Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 25, 2021.

Registration No. 333-                

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Sweetgreen, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   5812   27-1159215

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

3101 W. Exposition Blvd.

Los Angeles, CA 90018

(323) 990-7040

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Jonathan Neman

Chief Executive Officer

Sweetgreen, Inc.

3101 W. Exposition Boulevard

Los Angeles, CA 90018

(323) 990-7040

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

Nick Hobson

David Peinsipp

Siana Lowrey

Charles S. Kim

Cooley LLP

1333 2nd Street, Suite 400

Santa Monica, CA 90401

(310) 883-6400

 

Nicolas Jammet

Nathaniel Ru

Mitch Reback

Andrew Glickman

Sweetgreen, Inc.

3101 W. Exposition Blvd.

Los Angeles, CA 90018

(323) 990-7040

 

Michael Benjamin

Richard A. Kline

Latham & Watkins LLP

885 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

(212) 906-1200

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box:  

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer      Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each Class of

Securities to be Registered

  Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(1)(2)
 

Amount of

Registration Fee

Class A Common stock, par value $0.001 per share

  $100,000,000   $9,270

 

 

(1)

Includes            shares of Class A common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase from the registrant.

(2)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant will file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement will thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement will become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion, Dated October 25, 2021

                     Shares

LOGO

Class A Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering of shares of Class A common stock of Sweetgreen, Inc. We are offering shares of our Class A common stock.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price for our Class A common stock will be between $         and $         per share. We intend to apply to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “SG.”

Following this offering, we will have two classes of common stock: Class A common stock and Class B common stock. The rights of the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are identical, except with respect to voting, conversion and transfer rights. Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote. Each share of Class B common stock is entitled to ten votes and is convertible at any time into one share of Class A common stock. Immediately following the completion of this offering, all outstanding shares of our Class B common stock will be beneficially owned by our founders, Jonathan Neman, Nicolas Jammet, and Nathaniel Ru, who will collectively represent approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, and will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of our directors and the approval of any change in control transaction.

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced reporting requirements for this prospectus and may elect to do so in future filings.

 

 

Investing in our Class A common stock involves risks. See the section titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 26 to read about factors you should consider before buying our Class A common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                  $              

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

   $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to Sweetgreen, Inc.

   $        $    

 

(1)

See the section titled “Underwriting” for additional information regarding compensation payable to the underwriters.

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price per share up to     % of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus for sale at the initial public offering price through a directed share program to certain individuals identified by management. See the section titled “Underwriting—Directed Share Program.”

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to an additional              shares of our Class A common stock from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of Class A common stock to purchasers on             , 2021.

 

 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC   J.P. Morgan
Allen & Company LLC   Morgan Stanley
Citigroup   Cowen   Oppenheimer & Co.   RBC Capital Markets     William Blair  
Amerivet Securities      

Blaylock Van, LLC

 

 

Prospectus dated                 , 2021.


Table of Contents

LOGO

sweetgreen


Table of Contents

LOGO

Our mission is to build healthier communities by connecting people to real food.

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

In 2007, we started with a 560-square-foot restaurant in Washington, D.C.

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

Today we're proudly building healthier communities in 140 locations across 13 states and counting.

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

We do this every day thanks to the 5,000+ people who power our mission...

 


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO

and our vast network of sustainable suppliers... DWELLEY FAMILY FARMS - BRENTWOOD, CA (PARTNERS SINCE 2018)

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

who come together to create the fresh, plant-forward, earth-friendly meals we serve...


Table of Contents

LOGO

all while making it easier for our millions of customers to eat healthy.


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus

 

     Page  

Glossary

     iii  

Prospectus Summary

     2  

Risk Factors

     26  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     75  

Market, Industry, And Other Data

     77  

Use of Proceeds

     78  

Dividend Policy

     79  

Capitalization

     80  

Dilution

     83  

Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data

     87  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     93  

Business

     128  

Management

     159  

Executive Compensation

     168  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     187  

Principal Stockholders

     194  

Description of Capital Stock

     198  

Shares Eligible For Future Sale

     207  

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Our Class A Common Stock

     212  

Underwriting

     216  

Legal Matters

     226  

Experts

     226  

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     226  

Index to Financial Statements

     F-1  

 

 

Through and including             , 2021 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

Neither we nor any of the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. Neither we nor any of the underwriters take responsibility for, or can provide any assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the underwriters are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our Class A common stock only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our Class A common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may have changed since that date.

For investors outside the United States: neither we nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any

 

i


Table of Contents

jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of our Class A common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

“sweetgreen,” the sweetgreen logo, “SG,” “sweetgreen Outpost,” “SG Outpost,” and our other registered and common law trade names, trademarks, and service marks are the property of Sweetgreen, Inc. All other trademarks, trade names, and service marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and trade names in this prospectus may be referred to without the ® and symbols, but such references should not be construed as any indicator that their respective owners will not assert their rights thereto.

 

ii


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY

Key Terms for Our Business

General

Cash-on-Cash Returns.    Cash-on-Cash Returns for any individual restaurant is calculated as Restaurant-Level Profit for any applicable consecutive twelve-month period, divided by such restaurant’s initial buildout costs, inclusive of tenant improvement allowances. For example, year two Cash-on-Cash Returns for an individual restaurant, which we believe is a typical measurement point for this metric in the restaurant industry, would be calculated by dividing Restaurant-Level Profit for the twelve consecutive months beginning on month 13 after such restaurant’s opening by such restaurant’s initial buildout costs, inclusive of tenant improvement allowances. We do not believe that year one Cash-on-Cash Returns is a meaningful measure of performance because the first year of an individual restaurant’s operations is not representative of such restaurant’s ongoing operations, as the Restaurant-Level Profit is typically lower as a restaurant ramps up operations.

Comparable Restaurant Base.    Comparable Restaurant Base for any measurement period is defined as all restaurants that have operated for at least twelve full months as of the end of such measurement period, other than any restaurants that had a material, temporary closure during the relevant measurement period. Historically, a restaurant has been considered to have had a material, temporary closure if it had no operations for a consecutive period of at least 30 days. As a result of material, temporary closures in the second and third fiscal quarters of fiscal year 2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic, 19 restaurants were excluded from our Comparable Restaurant Base as of the end of (i) the second and third fiscal quarters of fiscal year 2020, (ii) fiscal year 2020, and (iii) the first and second fiscal quarters of fiscal year 2021. No restaurants were excluded from the Comparable Restaurant Base in fiscal year 2019 or in the third fiscal quarter of fiscal year 2021.

Channels

We have five main sales channels:    In-Store, Marketplace, Native Delivery, Outpost, and Pick-Up. We own and operate all of these channels other than our Marketplace Channel, which is operated by various third-party delivery marketplaces.

In-Store Channel.    In-Store Channel refers to sales to customers who make in-store purchases in our restaurants, whether they pay by cash, credit card, or digital scan-to-pay. Purchases made in our In-Store Channel via cash or credit card are referred to as “Non-Digital” transactions, and purchases made in our In-Store Channel via digital scan-to-pay are included as part of our Owned Digital Channels.

Marketplace Channel.    Marketplace Channel refers to sales to customers for delivery or pick-up made through third-party delivery marketplaces, including Caviar, DoorDash, Grubhub, Postmates, and Uber Eats.

Native Delivery Channel.    Native Delivery Channel refers to sales to customers for delivery made through the sweetgreen website or mobile app.

Outpost Channel.    Outpost Channel refers to sales to customers for delivery made through the sweetgreen website or mobile app to our Outposts, which are our trademark offsite drop-off points at offices, residential buildings, and hospitals.

Owned Digital Channels.    Owned Digital Channels encompasses our Pick-Up Channel, Native Delivery Channel, and Outpost Channel, and purchases made in our In-Store Channel via digital scan-to-pay.

 

iii


Table of Contents

Pick-Up Channel.    Pick-Up Channel refers to sales to customers made for pick up at one of our restaurants through the sweetgreen website or mobile app.

Total Digital Channels.    Total Digital Channels consist of our Owned Digital Channels and our Marketplace Channel, and include our revenues from all of our channels except those from Non-Digital transactions made through our In-Store Channel.

Key Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Restaurant-Level Profit, Restaurant-Level Profit Margin, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are financial measures that are not calculated in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). See the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information, including the limitations of such measures, and a reconciliation of each of these measures to the most directly comparable financial measures stated in accordance with GAAP.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin.    We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss adjusted to exclude interest income, interest expense, provision for (benefit from) income taxes, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation expense, loss (gain) on disposal of property and equipment, impairment of long-lived assets, Spyce acquisition costs, and other expense. Adjusted EBITDA Margin is Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue.

Restaurant-Level Profit and Restaurant-Level Profit Margin.    We define Restaurant-Level Profit as income (loss) from operations adjusted to exclude general and administrative expense, depreciation and amortization, pre-opening costs, impairment of long-lived assets, and loss on disposal of property and equipment. Restaurant-Level Profit Margin is Restaurant-Level Profit as a percentage of revenue.

Key Metrics

Average Unit Volume (“AUV”).    AUV is defined as the average trailing revenue for the prior four fiscal quarters for all restaurants in the Comparable Restaurant Base. The measure of AUV allows us to assess changes in guest traffic and per transaction patterns at our restaurants. As a result of material, temporary closures in the second and third fiscal quarters of fiscal year 2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic, 19 restaurants were excluded from our Comparable Restaurant Base as of the end of (i) the second and third fiscal quarters of fiscal year 2020, (ii) fiscal year 2020, and (iii) the first and second fiscal quarters of fiscal year 2021. No restaurants were excluded from the Comparable Restaurant Base in fiscal year 2019 or in the third fiscal quarter of fiscal year 2021.

Net New Restaurant Openings.    Net New Restaurant Openings reflect the number of new sweetgreen restaurant openings during a given reporting period, net of any permanent sweetgreen restaurant closures during the same period.

Same-Store Sales Change.    Same-Store Sales Change reflects the percentage change in year-over-year revenue for the relevant fiscal period for all restaurants that have operated for at least 13 full fiscal months as of the end of such fiscal period; provided, that for any restaurant that has had a temporary closure (which historically has been defined as a closure of at least five days during which the restaurant would have otherwise been open) during any prior or current fiscal month, such fiscal month, as well as the corresponding fiscal month for the prior or current fiscal year, as applicable, will

 

iv


Table of Contents

be excluded when calculating Same-Store Sales Change for that restaurant. As a result of temporary closures of 19 restaurants due to the COVID-19 pandemic during the second and third fiscal quarters of fiscal year 2020, Same-Store Sales Change has been adjusted for (i) fiscal year 2020 and (ii) all interim periods in fiscal years 2020 and 2021 (other than the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2020, the thirteen weeks ended December 27, 2020, and the thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2021). Additionally, as a result of temporary closures of 56 restaurants due to civil disturbances that occurred during one week in the second fiscal quarter of fiscal year 2020, we excluded only one week from the calculation of Same-Store Sales Change for the impacted periods (and we excluded the corresponding week from the corresponding fiscal periods in the prior fiscal year). This is because excluding an entire fiscal month for these restaurants, which represented a significant portion of our restaurant fleet, would result in a Same-Store Sales Change figure that is not representative of our business as a whole. This exclusion impacted the calculation of Same-Store Sales Change for these restaurants for (i) fiscal year 2020 and (ii) the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2020, the thirteen weeks ended June 27, 2021, the thirty-nine weeks ended September 27, 2020, and the thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021. Therefore, Same-Store Sales Change for fiscal year 2020 and certain of the interim periods presented in fiscal years 2020 and 2021 is not comparable to prior financial periods. This measure highlights the performance of existing restaurants, while excluding the impact of new restaurant openings and closures.

Total Digital Revenue Percentage and Owned Digital Revenue Percentage.    Our Total Digital Revenue Percentage is the percentage of our revenue attributed to purchases made through our Total Digital Channels. Our Owned Digital Revenue Percentage is the percentage of our revenue attributed to purchases made through our Owned Digital Channels.

 

v


Table of Contents

LOGO

 


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our Class A common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus. You should carefully consider, among other things, the sections titled “Risk Factors,” “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Sweetgreen, Inc.,” “sweetgreen,” “the company,” “we,” “us,” “our,” and similar references in this prospectus refer to Sweetgreen, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

Our Mission

To Build Healthier Communities by Connecting People to Real Food

Who We Are

We are building the next generation restaurant and lifestyle brand that serves healthy food at scale. Our core values guide our actions and we aim to empower our customers, team members and partners to be a positive force on the food system.

For too long, industrial food production has enabled large chain restaurants to design menus optimized for efficiency at the cost of nutrition and long-term health. The result is food created to fit the system, as opposed to food designed for the customer.

We started sweetgreen to help change this.

Over the last 15 years, we have been leading a movement to re-imagine fast food for a new era. There is a powerful shift happening in consumer behavior. Every day more people want to eat healthier food and care about the impact their choices have on the environment. This is becoming the new normal, and we believe sweetgreen is well positioned to be a category-defining food brand for the future.

Today, sweetgreen is one of the fastest-growing restaurant companies in the United States by revenue. As of September 26, 2021, we owned and operated 140 restaurants in 13 states and Washington, D.C., and employed over 5,000 team members. We have thoughtfully designed all of our restaurants to both reflect the culture and feel of our local communities and to support our multiple digital channels. For our fiscal year to date through September 26, 2021, 68% of our revenue came through our Total Digital Channels, with 47% of our revenue coming from our Owned Digital Channels (and the remaining 32% of our revenue attributable to Non-Digital transactions made through our In-Store Channel).

Most importantly, we have built a purpose-driven brand with significantly greater reach than our current physical footprint. Our brand recognition, in combination with our passionate customer following, has enabled us to lead conversations on the importance of what we eat. Our bold vision is to be as ubiquitous as traditional fast food, but with the transparency and quality that consumers increasingly expect.

Since opening our first restaurant in 2007, we have served over 100 million healthy meals - and we’re just getting started.


 

2


Table of Contents

Our Food Ethos

We believe the choices we make about what we eat, where it comes from and how it is prepared have a direct impact on our health, our communities and the planet. This is our Food Ethos, and it is firmly rooted in every aspect of our business. At sweetgreen, we only serve Real Food, which for us means:

 

   

Plant-forward

 

   

Celebrates seasonality

 

   

Made fresh in our restaurants

 

   

Prioritizes organic, regenerative, and local sourcing

 

   

Meets strict and humane animal welfare and seafood standards

 

   

Free of highly-processed preservatives, artificial flavors, and refined or hidden sugars

 

   

Mindful of the carbon impact of each ingredient to protect future generations

This commitment to our Food Ethos keeps our food delicious, nutrient dense, and sustainable. At sweetgreen, Real Food tastes better, makes you feel better, and drives the frequency that has defined our success.

We also apply our Food Ethos by integrating sustainability into every component of our value chain. Our plant-forward menu means that we are already 30% less carbon intensive than the average U.S. diet, according to Watershed, our third-party climate technology partner. We are a leading brand in an industry that has been reported to drive as much as one third of global greenhouse gas emissions, which The Rockefeller Foundation estimates to cost $400 billion per year in the United States alone. We believe that climate change is the defining challenge of our generation, which is why we committed to becoming carbon neutral by the end of 2027.

What Sets Sweetgreen Apart

We leverage our brand, technology, and supply chain to build a foundation that enables us to rapidly scale Real Food. Our approach is a balance of art and science. We start with the best ingredients, leverage data to understand the needs of our customers and use human creativity to tell great stories around food. Over the last 15 years, we have invested in five core elements that are designed to give us a durable competitive advantage.

Transparent and Scalable Supply Chain

We have built a differentiated, end-to-end supply chain that begins with more than 200 domestic food partners, such as farmers and bakers, and culminates in delicious, high-quality food for our customers. Our supply chain is organized into regional distribution networks that align retail proximity with cultivation to allow for more transparency from seed to bowl. We collaboratively plan crops with growers far in advance of our supply needs to ensure we can serve the best products for each market.

Our supply chain drives key decisions throughout our operations, from planning our seasonally inspired menu to prepping our fresh produce in our open kitchens. This integrated approach directly enhances our product quality, ensures high standards of food safety and builds trust with our customers. Consistent with our commitment to transparency, we are proud to showcase our food partners on the walls of every sweetgreen restaurant.


 

3


Table of Contents

Healthy and Habitual Menu

We have designed our menu to be delicious, customizable and convenient to empower our customers to make healthier choices for both lunch and dinner. We currently offer signature salads, warm bowls, and plates that are complemented by a seasonal menu that changes five times a year. Additionally, our assortment of approximately 40 freshly prepared or cooked ingredients allows our customers to create millions of unique, customized orders to accommodate almost any flavor profile or dietary preference.

We place our customers at the center of our menu design. We leverage data from our digital platform to better understand consumer preferences and behavior and integrate these learnings as we continue to evolve our menu offerings.

 

   

New Menu Categories: With the addition of Warm Bowls, Sides and Plates, we have further diversified our menu to provide customers with a greater variety of options. Collectively, for our fiscal year to date through September 26, 2021, these new menu categories represented 43% of our revenue.

 

   

Day-Part Expansion: Our menu expansion has also enabled us to take advantage of multiple day-parts as a way to increase our revenue and AUV. Our day-part split was 66% lunch (orders placed before 4 p.m.) and 34% dinner (orders placed at or after 4 p.m.) for our fiscal year to date through September 26, 2021, which was consistent with the previous several years.

The simplicity of our menu combined with the flexibility of our fresh ingredients has been our formula for making sweetgreen a part of our customers’ regular routine.

Digitally-Driven Restaurants

We strongly believe in harnessing the power of technology to enhance the sweetgreen experience. We have designed our digital platform to allow us to have a direct relationship with our customers, so that we can deliver a personalized experience and provide the convenience of multiple channels. As a result, the sweetgreen mobile app was recognized by the Webby Awards as the best Food & Drink app in both 2020 and 2021.

We have always innovated ahead of the curve, and by adding Outpost (2018) and Native Delivery (2020) as additional Owned Digital Channels, we have continued to improve our digital business.

 

   

Total Digital Revenue Percentage: Increased from 30% in fiscal year 2016 to 75% in fiscal year 2020.

 

   

Owned Digital Revenue Percentage: Increased from 29% in fiscal year 2016 to 56% in fiscal year 2020.


 

4


Table of Contents

For our fiscal year to date through September 26, 2021, our digital share has remained strong, with a Total Digital Revenue Percentage of 68% and an Owned Digital Revenue Percentage of 47%, even as revenue from our In-Store Channel improved.

 

 

LOGO

The convenience of our multi-channel approach, combined with our ability to offer personalized content and recommendations (such as exclusive menu items and curated collections), results in a highly engaged cohort of habitual sweetgreen customers.

 

   

Customers that ordered through one or more of our Owned Digital Channels in a fiscal quarter in 2021 (and who had made a purchase prior to that quarter) ordered almost 1.5 times more often in that quarter than customers that placed only Non-Digital orders through our In-Store Channel.

 

   

Customers that ordered through two or more of our Owned Digital Channels in a fiscal quarter in 2021 (and who had made a purchase prior to that quarter) ordered more than 2.5 times more often in that quarter than customers that placed only Non-Digital orders through our In-Store Channel.

LOGO

 

 

(1)

Excludes customers who were not existing sweetgreen customers prior to the relevant quarter of measurement, as well as any of the following customers, who in the aggregate constitute an immaterial portion of our digital orders: (i) sweetgreen


 

5


Table of Contents
  employees, (ii) aggregate ordering platform accounts pursuant to which one individual customer orders for a group of customers, (iii) customers who have (x) spent more than $35 per day since their first order, (y) ordered more than once, and (z) made their first sweetgreen purchase more than 7 days ago, or (iv) customers who have on average ordered more than 6 entrees per order. For orders placed through one of our Digital Channels, a unique customer is determined based on the customer’s login information. A single individual who places orders using different login information would be counted as multiple unique customers, and multiple individuals who place orders using the same login information would be counted as a single unique customer.
(2)

Includes only customers who make purchases through our In-Store Channel via credit card and use the same credit card for purchases in each quarter of measurement. A single individual who makes purchases using multiple credit cards would be counted as multiple unique customers, and multiple individuals who make purchases using the same credit card information would be counted as a single unique customer.

In addition to our customer-facing digital platform, we have also invested in technology to support our back of house operations and simplify the work of our team members. These investments include leveraging systems that manage daily inventory in our restaurants to ensure freshness, guide prep work, optimize our meal assembly process, and manage our team members’ output to enhance our order fulfillment times.

Passionate Team Member Culture

Our greatest competitive advantage is, and has always been, our people. Our teams are energized every day by our purpose-driven brand and strong growth trajectory. We empower our more than 5,000 team members to develop lifelong skills and advance their careers. At sweetgreen, the best leaders come from within – we develop a talent-rich pipeline by having a clear promotional track for team members to become a Head Coach (our title for a store manager) within as few as three years. During the six-month period preceding September 26, 2021, approximately half of our open Head Coach and Assistant Coach roles were filled by internal promotions.

We obsess over the team member experience and provide industry-leading benefits, such as equity incentives for our Head Coaches, parental leave to all of our team members, and policies and resource groups to promote diversity and inclusion. Our teams do their best work when they can bring their whole and authentic selves to work, which we believe results in an exceptional customer experience that keeps our customers coming back and feeling connected to the brand. In October 2021, we were ranked 18th by Newsweek in their Top 100 Most Loved Workplaces rankings.

A Brand Rooted in Purpose and Community

Our brand is designed to inspire consumers to live healthier lives without compromising their values. This allows sweetgreen to lead conversations on the importance of what we eat and the impact it has on the environment. Our goal is to connect food and culture to help redefine what the fast-food industry will look like in the years to come. We have collaborated with some of the world’s best chefs, athletes and musicians to amplify our mission, including our recent partnership with world champion tennis player and longtime sweetgreen fan, Naomi Osaka. In both 2019 and 2020 we were named as one of Fast Company’s Most Innovative Companies of the Year.

We believe there is no such thing as a successful business in an unsuccessful community, which is why we strive to build engagement through our social impact initiatives, including:

 

   

“sweetgreen in schools”: We partnered with FoodCorps to create programs to reimagine the school cafeteria that reached more than 170,000 students during the 2019-2020 school year; and

 

   

Impact Outpost: At the onset of COVID-19, we partnered with Chef Jose Andres’ non-profit, World Central Kitchen, to raise over $2.5 million and provide close to 400,000 meals to frontline hospital heroes.


 

6


Table of Contents

All this results in a highly engaged community of sweetgreen customers that stand for health and wellness and are proud to promote the brand, as demonstrated by our best-in-class net promoter score (“NPS”) of 78 on average from 2018 through the third fiscal quarter of 2021.

Rapid Growth with Strong Unit Economics

Our investments in the five core elements of our business resulted in exceptional growth from fiscal year 2014 through fiscal year 2019. We experienced a decline in our In-Store Channel due to the COVID-19 pandemic in fiscal year 2020, particularly in central business districts, which was partially offset by strong sales in our suburban locations and strong off-premises digital sales across all markets. For our fiscal year to date through September 26, 2021, we experienced positive momentum across all of our channels, as COVID-19 vaccines became widely available and customers started to return to offices. While we continued to see an increase in revenue in each completed fiscal quarter of 2021, as the Delta variant spread widely in the third fiscal quarter of 2021, our positive momentum slowed, as many jurisdictions imposed new or more stringent mask and vaccination mandates and many employers and employees have delayed their returns to offices.

Key Operational Metrics

 

   

Restaurant Count: Increased from 29 restaurants as of the end of fiscal year 2014 to 119 restaurants as of the end of fiscal year 2020 (27% compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”)). As of September 26, 2021, we have grown to 140 restaurants.

 

   

Average Unit Volume (AUV)(1):

 

   

2014-2019: Increased from $1.6 million to $3.0 million (12% CAGR)

 

   

2020: $2.2 million

 

   

2021: $2.5 million as of September 26, 2021, compared to $2.3 million as of September 27, 2020

 

   

Same-Store Sales Change(1):

 

   

2014-2019: Increased by an average of 10% per annum, with a Same-Store Sales Change of 15% in 2019

 

   

2020: (26)%

 

   

2021: 21% for our fiscal year to date through September 26, 2021, compared to (26%) for our fiscal year to date through September 27, 2020

Key Financial Metrics

 

   

Net Revenue:

 

   

2014-2019: Increased from $42 million to $274 million (46% CAGR)

 

   

2020: $221 million

 

   

2021: $243 million for our fiscal year to date through September 26, 2021, compared to $161 million for our fiscal year to date through September 27, 2020

 

   

Loss from Operations:

 

   

2014-2019: Increased from $(5) million to $(70) million

 

   

2020: $(142) million

 

   

2021: $(87) million for our fiscal year to date through September 26, 2021, compared to $(100) million for our fiscal year to date through September 27, 2020

 

(1) 

See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Performance Metrics” for more information, including a description of the adjustments made to, and the unadjusted values for, AUV and Same-Store Sales Change for the periods presented.


 

7


Table of Contents
   

Restaurant-Level Profit:

 

   

2014-2019: Increased from $8 million to $44 million, representing a Restaurant-Level Profit Margin of 16% for fiscal year 2019

 

   

2020: $(9) million, representing a Restaurant-Level Profit Margin of (4%)

 

   

2021: $28 million for our fiscal year to date through September 26, 2021, representing a Restaurant-Level Profit Margin of 12%, compared to $(6) million for our fiscal year to date through September 27, 2020, representing a Restaurant-Level Profit Margin of (4)%

 

 

LOGO

  

 

LOGO

LOGO

  

LOGO

We believe we have also demonstrated strong unit economics in conjunction with sustained rapid growth. We reported a Restaurant-Level Profit Margin of 16% for fiscal year 2019, in addition to a $3.0 million AUV as of the end of fiscal year 2019. Our Restaurant-Level Profit Margin declined to (4%) for fiscal year 2020, reflecting the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and civil disturbances, but rebounded to 12% for our fiscal year to date through September 26, 2021, and 14% in our third fiscal quarter of 2021, as we started to see the beginning of the recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic, although our urban stores in central business districts, in particular, continued to be significantly impacted by the pandemic and the spread of the Delta variant. Additionally, we had average year two Cash-on-Cash Returns for our restaurants opened from 2014 through 2017 of 40%. Year two Cash-on-Cash Returns for restaurants opened in 2018 were 25%, which is a result of the significant impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on performance in 2020, and as a result, we believe are not representative of our historical or targeted future performance.

As we continue to expand, we are confident that our compelling restaurant-level economics will continue to work across geographies and market types. We plan to target:

 

   

Year two Cash-on-Cash Returns of 42% to 50%;

 

   

AUV of $2.8 million to $3.0 million;


 

8


Table of Contents
   

Restaurant-Level Profit Margin of 18% to 20%; and

 

   

An average investment of approximately $1.2 million per new restaurant.

For more information about our non-GAAP results, including a reconciliation of Restaurant-Level Profit and Restaurant-Level Profit Margin to loss from operations, please see the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

Our Market Opportunity

We Operate in a Large and Growing Market That Is Critical to Society

Food is a massive and important category. In total, the U.S. food system represented a $1.8 trillion market in 2019, of which food away from home was an approximately $980 billion market, according to the U.S. Department of Agriculture.

 

   

Limited-Service Restaurants – Recently, limited-service restaurants, which include fast-food and fast-casual restaurants, have represented the fastest-growing category in food away from home, growing at a 7% CAGR from 2014 to 2019.

 

   

Healthy Food – Consumers have also recently exhibited a strong preference for healthier alternatives. According to the Organic Trade Association, between 2010 and 2019, organic food revenue grew at a 9% CAGR, more than three times faster than overall food revenue, and in 2020, organic food sales grew by a record 13%.

Our Industry Has Not Evolved Sufficiently to Reflect Changing Consumer Tastes

Large restaurant chains were built on a model that has not evolved to reflect shifting consumer tastes, leaving many consumers hungry for an alternative. We have always felt that this legacy model:

 

   

Lacks healthy and nutritious options – Restaurants have historically prioritized efficiency at the expense of quality, favoring processed foods that are easily mass produced and capable of traveling long distances. Despite some small steps towards adding healthier alternatives, the industry remains fundamentally unchanged. The Rockefeller Foundation estimates that in 2019, the total present and future costs of the U.S. food system, including factors like pollution, biodiversity loss, and rising health care costs associated with diet-related disease was $3.2 trillion, which is approximately triple the $1.1 trillion actually spent on food during that year.

 

   

Has not kept pace with technological innovation – We are one of a select few restaurants designed with technology as the basis for all elements of our operations. Many restaurants were built on antiquated technology, and while they have tried to slowly adapt, we believe they are at a fundamental disadvantage given their large legacy footprints and historical underinvestment.

 

   

Has limited direct relationships with customers – We place tremendous value on owning our customer relationships, in part so we can better understand our customers’ preferences and tastes. For many brands, third-party marketplaces have owned the digital customer relationship and franchisees have controlled the in-person customer experience, as restaurant owners have sacrificed having direct customer relationships for short-term revenue.


 

9


Table of Contents

We Sit at the Intersection of Powerful Consumer Trends Shaping Our Industry

We believe that our industry is ripe for disruption and that there is a significant market opportunity for brands aligned with changing consumer preferences, including:

 

   

Increased Focus on Health and Wellness – The growing awareness of the benefits of healthy eating and physical activity is driving behavioral change. Consumers are trading up to higher quality foods given an increased consumer focus on the impact of responsible sourcing, ingredients and preparation.

 

   

Seismic Shift to Plant-Based Meals – Consumers are increasingly aware of the environmental and health benefits of a plant-forward diet. According to the DoorDash 2020 Trend Report, nearly half of all Americans plan to incorporate more plant-based foods into their diets.

 

   

Rapid Adoption of Digital and Delivery Increasingly, consumers expect to be able to eat their food when and where they want it, a trend that was emphasized by COVID-19, and which we expect to continue in future years. In the restaurant industry, digital orders increased 19% in January 2020 and 145% in December 2020, compared to the same month of the prior year, according to The NPD group.

 

   

Stronger Connection to Purpose-Driven Brands More than ever, consumers are looking to allocate their spending to brands that align with their values. The 2020 Zeno Strength of Purpose study found that consumers are four to six times more likely to purchase from companies with a strong purpose, which Zeno defines as a company’s reason for being—its unique role and value in society that allows it to both grow the business and positively impact the world.

sweetgreen was founded in response to the fact that the legacy restaurant model failed to anticipate evolving consumer tastes and methods of engagement. We believe our brand and offering sit at the intersection of these powerful consumer trends shaping our industry.

Our Growth Strategies

At sweetgreen, our goal is to be a high-growth, profitable business that consistently delivers great outcomes for our customers, communities, and company. We believe we are well positioned to drive sustainable growth by investing in the following strategies:

Grow Our Restaurant Footprint

We are still in the very nascent stages of our journey, with only 140 sweetgreen restaurants in the United States as of September 26, 2021. One of our greatest immediate opportunities is to grow our footprint in both existing and new U.S. markets, and over time, internationally. From the end of fiscal year 2014 through the end of fiscal year 2020, we had 90 Net New Restaurant Openings and no permanent performance-related restaurant closures. We plan to open at least 30 domestic, company-owned restaurants in 2021 and to approximately double our current footprint of restaurants over the next three to five years.

 

   

New Market Expansion: We see tremendous whitespace in new markets throughout the U.S. and are confident that sweetgreen is well positioned to meet the growing demand for convenient and healthy food. We plan to open in at least two to three new markets every year for the next three years. This will allow us to introduce sweetgreen to both new customers and existing customers that follow our brand to new cities. We feel confident in our market expansion strategy because of our recent success in new markets. For example, some of our


 

10


Table of Contents
 

new restaurants in Miami and Austin, which opened during the COVID-19 pandemic, have achieved strong initial sales volumes, which were significantly in excess of our expectations.

 

   

Market Densification: As we have opened new restaurants in the same geographic market, we have not historically experienced cannibalization of our existing restaurants. In the markets in which we operated at the beginning of fiscal year 2014, we more than tripled our restaurant count from fiscal year 2014 to fiscal year 2019, and in parallel our AUV grew in those markets by approximately 85% over the same period. Although we continued to open new restaurants in those markets in fiscal year 2020, AUV in those markets decreased from fiscal year 2019 by 36% as a result of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

   

Additional Digital Capacity: Planning for future growth, we have intentionally built additional capacity in our existing restaurants for more digital revenue. All but one of our locations have been built with robust secondary lines that can flex up to handle more order volume without adding more costs or square footage. This allows us to quickly take advantage of the rising demand for off-premises dining.

 

   

New Restaurant Formats: We plan to diversify our store formats by adding drive-thru and pick-up only locations to densify our markets, and to bring sweetgreen into a wider variety of neighborhoods.

Grow Brand Awareness and Community Presence

Our average aided brand awareness has significantly increased to 51% in August 2021 from 41% in November 2019. (See the section titled “Market, Industry, and Other Data” for additional information regarding aided brand awareness.) We plan to build upon the momentum we have generated to date by focusing on the following areas:

 

   

Leverage Iconic Storefronts: Our customers do not go to just a sweetgreen, they go to their local sweetgreen. We purposefully design our restaurants to become iconic locations within each community we serve. We typically select high-traffic, popular locations for our restaurants so that they can serve as billboards, while also providing a human introduction to our offering. As we continue to grow, we will use our restaurants as strategic foundations to attract new customers and expand the reach of our brand.

 

   

Amplify Collaborations: We plan to foster new collaborations with cultural influencers who believe in our mission. To date, we have told bold stories with some of the largest celebrities across food, music, and sports, including Naomi Osaka, David Chang, and others. We are confident that that these collaborations will continue to drive increased engagement with our community and put sweetgreen in a rare class of culturally minded companies. In a 2020 Evercore survey, we also ranked in the top three of fifteen favorite quick-service restaurant chains among ages 18-29, ahead of many popular brands.

 

   

Build our Social Community: Today, sweetgreen has over 500,000 social media followers across all of our platforms, which we believe is a core strength given the size of our current physical footprint. Social media allows us to tell deeper stories around our supply chain and our recipe development and connect with influential creators that speak to our mission. We intend to continue to leverage our social communities to amplify our voice and engage the next generation of healthy eaters who are aligned with our values.

Grow Our Owned Digital Customers

Maintaining direct relationships with our customers on our owned digital platform is a key strategic goal for sweetgreen. Not only are our owned digital users our most frequent customers, but the Average


 

11


Table of Contents

Order Value (which is the dollar value of an order exclusive of taxes and any fees paid by the customer) for orders placed on our Owned Digital Channels for our fiscal year to date through September 26, 2021 was 21% higher than Non-Digital orders placed through our In-Store Channel. While we have a significant digital presence relative to our current physical footprint, there are opportunities to continue to expand our digital business, including:

 

   

Menu Exclusivity: We feature an expanded digital-only menu, such as curated “collections” and chef collaborations, only on our Owned Digital Channels. Additionally, our digital customers can only order certain items, like our seasonal salads and bowls, on our Native Delivery Channel (and not through our Marketplace Channel).

 

   

Digital Promotions and Lower Prices: Customers on our Owned Digital Channels receive access to our Referral Program and an increasing number of targeted digital promotions based on their ordering history and preferences. We also typically price our menu offerings on our Native Delivery and Pickup Channels at a lower price point than our Marketplace Channel to ensure that our customers are receiving the best value when ordering directly with sweetgreen.

 

   

Seamless + Personalized Ordering Experience: Given the customized nature of our menu, we have built unique features to enable a seamless and personalized ordering experience. From a visual ingredient selector and dietary preferences in-app to touchless scan-to-pay convenience via the app in-store, the sweetgreen digital experience is built to be the best way to order sweetgreen. Looking ahead, we see the opportunity to capitalize on macro-trends like personalized nutrition and subscription plans, to drive more users to our digital platform.

 

   

Expand our Multi-channel Approach: We believe that we can seamlessly expand into new revenue channels and formats, such as drive-thru, catering, and curbside pickup, in order to meet our customers where they are. We have proven the ability to rapidly scale new channels, as demonstrated by our Outpost Channel growing from pilot phase in 2018 to more than 1,000 locations by March 2020. While almost all of our Outposts were closed in 2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic, as employees began returning to offices, we have quickly increased the number of Outposts in operation to 350 as of September 26, 2021.

 

   

Leverage Performance Marketing: In order to drive customers from brand awareness to consideration to conversion, we have invested in robust customer relationship management (“CRM”) capabilities and paid media strategies across search, social media, and search engine optimization, as well as implemented mobile push notifications through our app. We plan to continue investing in efficient marketing through enhanced targeting capabilities, beta testing, and machine learning.

Grow Our Menu Offerings

We continuously focus on optimizing and improving our core menu offering, and we also believe our Food Ethos gives us permission to thoughtfully innovate our menu to expand our audience and grow all day-parts.

 

   

Expand Core Ingredients.     We are constantly improving our existing recipes, ingredients, or sources, but also experimenting with new core items, such as plant-based proteins, new bases, or dressings appealing to our broadening customer base.

 

   

New Menu Categories.     Salads and bowls are just the beginning of our culinary offering. Guided by our Food Ethos and leveraging our supply chain, we believe we can expand into new possible menu categories, such as broths, soups, desserts, and beverages to grow our day-parts and basket size.


 

12


Table of Contents
   

Consumer Packaged Goods.     Our brand awareness also allows us the opportunity to expand beyond our core menu categories and into consumer packaged goods, such as dressing, sauces, or packaged produce.

Commitment to Profitable and Sustainable Growth

Our goal is to be capital efficient, profitable, and sustainable at scale.

To date, we have not achieved profitability in any fiscal period, in large part because we have consciously invested in our operating and technology foundation. We believe this foundation has positioned us to achieve the above growth strategies, while also implementing restaurant-level efficiencies (such as enhanced labor management, automation, and optimal store layouts) and economies of scale in our supply chain. We expect strategic investments in these key areas to result in strong AUV growth and an expansion of our Restaurant-Level Profit Margin.

As we accelerate our growth in the coming years, we expect to be able to do so efficiently, without significantly increasing our general and administrative costs. We are confident that this will enable topline growth and operational leverage, resulting in improved Adjusted EBITDA Margins.

Recent Developments

Spyce Acquisition

In September 2021, we completed the acquisition of Spyce Food Co. (“Spyce”), a Boston-based restaurant company powered by automation technology. The purpose of the acquisition is to serve our food with even better quality, consistency, and efficiency in our restaurants via automation. This investment has the potential to allow us to elevate our team member experience, provide a more consistent customer experience, and, over time, improve our capacity and throughput, which we believe will have a positive impact on Restaurant-Level Profit Margin.

Risk Factors Summary

Investing in our common stock involves substantial risks. The risks described in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this summary may cause us to not realize the full benefits of our strengths or to be unable to successfully execute all or part of our strategy. Some of the more significant risks include the following:

 

   

We operate in a highly competitive industry. If we are not able to compete effectively, it could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

   

Pandemics or disease outbreaks, such as the recent outbreak of COVID-19, have disrupted, and may continue to disrupt, our business, and have adversely affected our operations and results of operations.

 

   

Changes in economic conditions and the customer behavior trends they drive, including long-term customer behavior trends following the COVID-19 pandemic, which are uncertain, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

   

Our future growth depends significantly on our ability to open new restaurants and is subject to many unpredictable factors.

 

   

Our long-term success is highly dependent on our ability to effectively identify and secure appropriate sites for new restaurants.


 

13


Table of Contents
   

Our expansion into new markets may present increased risks.

 

   

New restaurants, once opened, may not be profitable, and the increases in Average Unit Volume that we have experienced in the past may not be indicative of future results, and new restaurants may negatively impact sales at our existing restaurants.

 

   

Our success depends substantially on the value of our brand and failure to preserve its value or changes in customer recognition of our brand, including due to negative publicity, could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

   

Food safety and foodborne illness concerns could have an adverse effect on our business.

 

   

We have incurred significant losses since inception. We expect our operating expenses to increase significantly in the foreseeable future, as we grow our business, increase our new restaurant openings, and invest into new technology, and we may not achieve profitability.

 

   

Increases in labor costs, labor shortages, and any difficulties in attracting, motivating and retaining well-qualified employees could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

   

Acquisitions could be difficult to identify, pose integration challenges, divert the attention of management, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value, and adversely affect our results of operations and expansion prospects.

 

   

Governmental regulation may adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

   

Changes in employment laws may increase our labor costs and impact our results of operations.

 

   

We have been and will likely continue to be party to litigation that could distract management, increase our expenses, or subject us to monetary damages or other remedies.

 

   

If we experience a serious cybersecurity incident, or the confidentiality, integrity, or availability of our information technology, software, services, communications, or data is compromised, our platform may be perceived as not being secure, our reputation may be harmed, demand for our products and services may be reduced, and we may incur significant liabilities.

 

   

We are subject to rapidly changing and increasingly stringent laws, regulations, industry standards, and other obligations relating to privacy, data protection, and data security. The restrictions and costs imposed by these requirements, or our actual or perceived failure to comply with them, could harm our business.

 

   

We may not be able to adequately protect or enforce our rights in our intellectual property, which could harm the value of our brand and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

   

The dual-class structure of our common stock has the effect of concentrating voting control with our founders, who have substantial control over us and will be able to influence corporate matters.

Our Dual-Class Capital Structure

Upon the completion of this offering, we will have two classes of authorized common stock: Class A common stock and Class B common stock. Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share. Each share of Class B common stock is entitled to ten votes per share and is convertible into one share of Class A common stock. Immediately following the completion of this


 

14


Table of Contents

offering, all outstanding shares of our Class B common stock will be beneficially owned by our founders, Jonathan Neman, Nicolas Jammet, and Nathaniel Ru, who will collectively represent approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, and will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of our directors and the approval of any change in control transaction.

See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock” for more information.

Channels for Disclosure of Information

Following the closing of this offering, we intend to announce material information to the public through filings with the SEC, the investor relations page on our website, press releases, public conference calls, public webcasts, and our Instagram page.

Any updates to the list of disclosure channels through which we will announce information will be posted on the investor relations page on our website.

Corporate Information

We were founded in November 2006 and incorporated in October 2009 in Delaware. Our principal executive offices, which we refer to as our sweetgreen Support Center, are located at 3101 W. Exposition Boulevard, Los Angeles, CA 90018, and our telephone number is (323) 990-7040. Our website address is www.sweetgreen.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is only as an inactive textual reference.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We are an emerging growth company (“EGC”), as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups (“JOBS”) Act. The JOBS Act provides that an EGC can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This provision allows an EGC to delay the adoption of some accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to use the extended transition period under the JOBS Act for the adoption of certain accounting standards until the earlier of the date we (i) are no longer an EGC or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

In addition, we intend to rely on the other exemptions and reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if, as an EGC, we intend to rely on such exemptions, we are not required to, among other things: (i) provide an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; (ii) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act; (iii) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion


 

15


Table of Contents

and analysis); and (iv) disclose certain executive compensation-related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation to median employee compensation.

We will remain an EGC under the JOBS Act until the earliest of (i) the last day of our first fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the closing of our initial public offering, (ii) the last date of our fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, (iii) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the rules of the SEC with at least $700.0 million of outstanding securities held by non-affiliates, or (iv) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the previous three years.


 

16


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Class A common stock offered by us

               shares

Option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock offered by us

  


            shares

Class A common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

  


            shares (or              shares, assuming option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock is exercised in full)

Class B common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

  


13,477,303 shares

Total Class A common stock and Class B common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

  



            shares

Use of proceeds

  

We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of our Class A common stock that we are offering will be approximately $                million (or approximately $                million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock from us is exercised in full), assuming an initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our Class A common stock and facilitate our future access to the capital markets. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to us from this offering. However, we currently intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering for general corporate purposes, including developing the technology acquired in our recent acquisition of Spyce Food Co. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

Voting rights

   Following this offering, we will have two classes of common stock: Class A common stock and Class B common stock. Each share of our Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share. Each share of our Class B common stock is entitled to ten votes per share.

 

17


Table of Contents
   Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will generally vote together as a single class, unless otherwise required by law or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering. Following the completion of this offering, each share of our Class B common stock will be convertible into one share of our Class A common stock at any time and will convert automatically upon the sale or transfer of such share of Class B common stock (except for certain permitted transfers described in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, including transfers for tax and estate planning purposes or to any other founder or any affiliate of any founder) and in certain other circumstances as described in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock” for additional information. Immediately following the completion of this offering, all outstanding shares of our Class B common stock will be beneficially owned by our founders, Jonathan Neman, Nicolas Jammet, and Nathaniel Ru, who will collectively represent approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, and will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of our directors and the approval of any change in control transaction. See the section titled “Principal Stockholders” for additional information.

Directed Share Program

   At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to     % of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus for sale at the initial public offering price through a directed share program to certain individuals identified by management. Any shares sold under the directed share program will not be subject to the terms of any lock-up agreement. The number of shares of Class A common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced by the number of reserved shares sold to these individuals. Any reserved shares not purchased by these individuals will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same

 

18


Table of Contents
   basis as the other shares of Class A common stock offered under this prospectus. See the section titled “Underwriting—Directed Share Program.”

Risk factors

   You should carefully read the section titled “Risk Factors” and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of facts that you should consider before deciding to invest in shares of our Class A common stock.

Proposed NYSE trading symbol

   “SG”

The number of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on             shares of our Class A common stock and 13,477,303 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of September 26, 2021, after giving effect to the Reclassification and Exchange and Spyce Conversion (each as defined below) as if they had occurred as of September 26, 2021, and excludes:

 

   

6,015,384 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 26, 2021 under our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2009 Plan”), with a weighted-average exercise price of $3.28 per share;

 

   

7,963,985 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 26, 2021 under our 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2019 Plan”), with a weighted-average exercise price of $9.61 per share;

 

   

8,330,126 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the vesting and settlement of restricted stock units granted after September 26, 2021 under our 2019 Plan;

 

   

83,224 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 26, 2021 assumed in connection with our acquisition of Spyce Food Co., with a weighted-average exercise price of $8.74 per share;

 

   

55,000 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 26, 2021;

 

   

235,000 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of a warrant to purchase shares of our Series F preferred stock (the “Series F Warrant”) outstanding as of September 26, 2021;

 

   

             shares of our Class A common stock (based on an assumed initial public offering price of             per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) issuable upon the vesting and settlement of restricted stock units to be granted under our 2021 Plan (as defined below) to certain employees in connection with the Spyce acquisition following the completion of this offering; and

 

   

up to             shares of our Class A common stock (based on an assumed initial public offering price of             per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) issuable to the former stockholders of Spyce upon the achievement of certain milestones;

 

   

approximately 375,000 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the vesting and settlement of restricted stock units to be granted under our 2021 Plan following the completion of this offering;

 

   

up to 35,166,753 shares of Class A common stock reserved under our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2021 Plan”), which is the sum of (i) 11,500,000 new shares reserved


 

19


Table of Contents
 

for future issuance and (ii) 23,666,753 shares, which as of the date our board of directors approved the 2021 Plan was the sum of (A) the number of shares that remained available for grant of future awards under the 2019 Plan and will cease to be available for issuance under the 2019 Plan at the time our 2021 Plan becomes effective in connection with this offering and (B) the number of shares underlying outstanding awards granted under our 2009 Plan and 2019 Plan (which shares become available for issuance pursuant to the 2021 Plan to the extent that such shares expire, or are forfeited, cancelled, withheld, or reacquired), as well as any future increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance thereunder, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans”; and

 

   

3,000,000 shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”), which will become effective in connection with this offering, as well as any future increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance thereunder, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.”

In addition, unless we specifically state otherwise, the information in this prospectus assumes:

 

   

the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the effectiveness of our amended and restated bylaws, each of which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

   

the issuance of              shares of our Series J preferred stock, which is the estimated number of shares issuable upon the automatic net exercise of outstanding Series J preferred stock warrants in connection with this offering based on an assumed initial public offering price of             per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, as of September 26, 2021 (the “Series J Warrant Net Exercise”);

 

   

(i) the automatic conversion of             outstanding shares of preferred stock (including                  shares to be issued in connection with the Series J Warrant Net Exercise) into an equivalent number of shares of common stock, resulting in an aggregate of                                  outstanding shares of common stock and (ii) the reclassification of the                                      outstanding shares of common stock into an equivalent number of shares of Class A common stock, both of which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and the subsequent exchange of an aggregate of 13,477,303 shares of Class A common stock held by Messrs. Neman, Jammet, and Ru into an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock in connection with the completion of this offering pursuant to the terms of an exchange agreement entered into with us (collectively, the “Reclassification and Exchange”);

 

   

the automatic conversion of 1,843,493 shares of the Class S stock issued in connection with our acquisition of Spyce in September 2021 into             shares of Class A common stock (based on an assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering (the “Spyce Conversion”);

 

   

no exercise of the outstanding warrants (other than the Series J Warrant Net Exercise) or stock options, or settlement of the restricted stock units described above; and

 

   

no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional              shares of Class A common stock from us in this offering.


 

20


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data

The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended December 29, 2019 and December 27, 2020 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the thirteen and thirty-nine weeks ended September 27, 2020 and September 26, 2021 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of September 26, 2021 have been derived from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any period in the future and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of our expected results for the year ending December 26, 2021 or any other period. You should read the following summary financial and other data together with the sections titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected financial data included in this section are not intended to replace the financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Fiscal Year Ended     Thirteen Weeks Ended     Thirty-Nine Weeks Ended  
    Dec. 27, 2020     Dec. 29, 2019     Sept. 26, 2021     Sept. 27, 2020     Sept. 26, 2021     Sept. 27, 2020  
    (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

           

Revenue

  $ 220,615     $ 274,151     $ 95,844     $ 55,549     $ 243,448     $ 161,435  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restaurant operating costs (exclusive of depreciation and amortization presented separately below):

           

Food, beverage and packaging

    66,154       83,966       26,701       16,939       67,125       48,857  

Labor and related expenses

    83,691       86,547       30,316       22,727       79,343       61,348  

Occupancy and related expenses

    43,775       37,050       14,053       11,301       35,919       32,268  

Other restaurant operating costs

    35,697       22,613       11,640       9,288       33,001       25,306  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total restaurant operating costs

    229,317       230,176       82,710       60,255       215,388       167,779  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

           

General and administrative

    99,142       88,818       28,944       23,335       78,395       72,168  

Depreciation and amortization

    26,851       19,416       9,303       6,624       25,558       18,831  

Pre-opening costs

    4,551       5,405       2,789       1,741       6,256       3,592  

Impairment of long-lived assets

    1,456       -       4,415       -       4,415       -  

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

    891       409       -       441       56       586  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    132,891       114,048       45,451       32,141       114,680       95,177  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (141,593     (70,073     (32,317     (36,847     (86,620     (101,521

Interest income

    (1,018     (2,724     (78     (128     (299     (940

Interest expense

    404       88       23       140       65       306  

Other expense

    245       480       (2,196     -       608       (731
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before income taxes

    (141,224     (67,917     (30,066     (36,859     (86,994     (100,156

Income tax provision

    -       -       -       -       -       -  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (141,224   $ (67,917   $ (30,066   $ (36,859   $ (86,994   $ (100,156
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

           

Net loss per share, basic and diluted(1)

  $ (8.80   $ (4.50   $ (1.58   $ (2.25   $ (4.88   $ (6.32
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted(1)

    16,051,960       15,080,984       19,084,124       16,403,415       17,836,525       15,834,995  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)(2)

  $         $         $      
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)(2)

           
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

(1)

See Notes 1 and 14 to our audited consolidated financial statements and Notes 1 and 13 to our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.


 

21


Table of Contents
(2)

Basic and diluted unaudited pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 27, 2020 and the thirteen and thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021 gives effect to (i) the Reclassification and Exchange as if it had occurred as of the beginning of the period or on the date of issuance of the preferred stock or warrant (as applicable), if later; (ii) stock-based compensation expense related to stock options subject to service-based and performance-based vesting conditions, for which the performance-based vesting condition will be satisfied in connection with this offering; (iii) the assumed cash exercise in full of the Series F Warrant for 235,000 shares of Series F preferred stock and the conversion of such shares into an equal number of shares of Class A common stock as if the exercise and conversion had occurred as of the beginning of the period; and (iv) the Spyce Conversion, as if the Spyce Conversion had occurred as of the beginning of the period or on the date of issuance of the Class S stock, if later.

 

  

The table presented below sets forth the calculation of basic and diluted unaudited pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2020 and the thirteen and thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021:

 

    Fiscal Year Ended
Dec. 27, 2020
    Thirteen Weeks Ended
Sept. 26, 2021
    Thirty-Nine Weeks Ended
Sept. 26, 2021
 

(dollar amounts in thousands)

     

Numerator:

     

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (141,224   $ (30,066   $ (86,994

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability*

     

Stock-based compensation expense related to stock options subject to service-based and performance-based vesting conditions, for which the performance-based vesting condition will be satisfied in connection with this offering

    5,418       5,418       5,418  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss used to compute pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

  $ (146,642   $ (35,484   $ (92,412
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

     

Weighted-average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted

    16,051,960       19,084,124       17,836,525  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect the assumed conversion of preferred stock (other than the shares issuable in connection with the Series J Warrant Net Exercise, which are separately reflected below) pursuant to the Reclassification and Exchange

    62,562,051       69,231,197       69,231,197  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect the assumed exercise of the Series F Warrant and the assumed conversion of the preferred stock issuable pursuant thereto

    235,000       235,000       235,000  

Pro forma adjustment to reflect the Series J Warrant Net Exercise and the assumed conversion of the shares of preferred stock issuable pursuant thereto*

     

Pro forma adjustment to reflect the Spyce Conversion*

     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to calculate pro forma earnings per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma earnings per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

  $       $       $    

 

  *

Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.


 

22


Table of Contents
    Fiscal Year Ended     Thirteen Weeks Ended     Thirty-Nine Weeks Ended  
    Dec. 27, 2020     Dec. 29, 2019     Sept. 26, 2021     Sept. 27, 2020     Sept. 26, 2021     Sept. 27, 2020  
    (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Key Performance Metrics:

           

Net New Restaurant Openings(1)

    15       15       11       7       21       11  

Average Unit Volume (as adjusted)(2)

  $ 2,194     $ 2,967     $ 2,459     $ 2,313     $ 2,459     $ 2,313  

Same-Store Sales Change (as adjusted) (%)(3)

    (26%)       15%       43%       (34%)       21%       (26%)  

Restaurant-Level Profit(4)

  $ (8,702)     $ 43,975     $ 13,134     $ (4,706)     $ 28,060     $ (6,344)  

Restaurant-Level Profit Margin (%)(4)

    (4%)       16%       14%       (8%)       12%       (4%)  

Adjusted EBITDA(4)

  $ (107,483)     $ (46,344)     $ (14,085)     $ (28,408)     $ (48,928)     $ (78,472)  

Adjusted EBITDA Margin (%)(4)

    (49%)       (17%)       (15%)       (51%)       (20%)       (49%)  

Total Digital Revenue Percentage(5)

    75%       50%       63%       79%       68%       74%  

Owned Digital Revenue Percentage(5)

    56%       43%       43%       58%       47%       57%  

 

(1)

We define Net New Restaurant Openings as the number of new sweetgreen restaurant openings during a given reporting period, net of any permanent sweetgreen restaurant closures during the same period.

(2)

We define AUV as the average trailing revenue for the prior four fiscal quarters for all restaurants in the Comparable Restaurant Base. The measure of AUV allows us to assess changes in guest traffic and per transaction patterns at our restaurants. See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Performance Metrics” for more information, including a description of the adjustments made to, and the unadjusted values for, AUV for the periods presented.

(3)

Same-Store Sales Change reflects the percentage change in year-over-year revenue for the relevant fiscal period for all restaurants that have operated for at least 13 full months as of the end of such fiscal period; provided, that for any restaurant that has had a temporary closure during any prior or current fiscal period, such fiscal period, as well as the corresponding fiscal period for the prior or current fiscal year, as applicable, will be excluded when calculating Same-Store Sales Change for that restaurant. This measure highlights the performance of existing restaurants, while excluding the impact of new restaurant openings and closures. See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Performance Metrics” for more information, including a description of the adjustments made to, and the unadjusted values for, Same-Store Sales Change for the periods presented.

(4)

Restaurant-Level Profit, Restaurant-Level Profit Margin, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are financial measures that are not calculated in accordance with GAAP. See the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for more information, including the limitations of such measures, and a reconciliation each of these measures to the most directly comparable financial measure stated in accordance with GAAP.

(5)

Our Total Digital Revenue Percentage is the percentage of our revenue attributed to purchases made through our Total Digital Channels. Our Owned Digital Revenue Percentage is the percentage of our revenue attributed to purchases made through our Owned Digital Channels.

 

     As of September 26, 2021  
     Actual     Pro Forma(1)      Pro Forma As
Adjusted(2)(3)
 
   (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 137,031     $                          $                  

Working capital(4)

     113,581       

Total assets

     406,000       

Total liabilities

     118,721       

Preferred stock

     614,496       

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (327,217     

 

(1)

The pro forma consolidated balance sheet data gives effect to (i) the Reclassification and Exchange, (ii) the Spyce Conversion, (iii) the assumed cash exercise in full of the Series F Warrant for 235,000 shares of Series F preferred stock and the conversion of such shares into an equal number of shares of Class A common stock, and (iv) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering.


 

23


Table of Contents
(2)

The pro forma as adjusted consolidated balance sheet data reflects (i) the items described in footnote (1) above and (ii) our receipt of estimated net proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock that we are offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

(3)

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of our cash and cash equivalents, total assets, working capital and total stockholders’ equity by $            million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) each of our cash and cash equivalents, total assets, working capital and total stockholders’ equity by $            million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

(4)

Working capital is defined as current assets less current liabilities. See our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details regarding our current assets and current liabilities.


 

24


Table of Contents

LOGO

 


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors, as well as the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” before deciding whether to invest in shares of our Class A common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, may also become important factors that adversely affect our business. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects could be adversely affected. In this case, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline and you might lose part or all your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business, Our Brand and Our Industry

We operate in a highly competitive industry. If we are not able to compete effectively, it could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We face significant competition from restaurants in the fast-casual dining and traditional fast-food segments of the restaurant industry. These segments are highly competitive with respect to, among other things, taste, price, food quality and presentation, service, location, and the ambience and condition of each restaurant. Our competition includes a variety of locally owned restaurants and national and regional chains offering dine-in, carry-out, delivery, and catering services. Many of our competitors have existed longer and have a more established market presence with substantially greater financial, marketing, personnel, and other resources than we do, and as a result, these competitors may be better positioned to succeed in the highly competitive restaurant industry. Among our competitors are a number of multi-unit, multi-market, fast-food, or fast-casual restaurant concepts, some of which are expanding nationally, including companies like Chipotle, McDonalds, Panera Bread, and Shake Shack, as well as other quick service salad and health food concepts.

As we expand into new geographic markets and further develop our digital channels (including our Owned Digital Channels), we will face competition from these restaurants as well as new competitors that strive to compete with our market segments, particularly as many of our competitors have increased their digital presence to better navigate the COVID-19 pandemic, including by enabling delivery and take-out through their digital applications. In particular, we will face increasing competition from delivery kitchens, food aggregators and food delivery marketplaces (such as Doordash, GrubHub, Uber Eats, and others), grocery stores (particularly those that focus on freshly prepared and organic food), and other companies that are enabling the delivery of food to customers, including such delivery marketplaces that we partner with to deliver sweetgreen food to customers. These food delivery marketplaces own the customer data for sweetgreen orders placed on such marketplaces and may use such customer data to encourage these customers to order from other restaurants on their marketplaces. Competition from food aggregators and food delivery marketplaces has also increased in recent years, particularly with the significant increase in restaurants that previously focused on dine-in service and have increased their reliance on take-out or delivery during the COVID-19 pandemic, and competition is expected to continue to increase. Any of these competitors may have, among other things, greater operational or financial resources, lower operating costs, better locations, better facilities, better management, better digital technology, increased automation and production efficiency, more effective marketing, and more efficient operations. Additionally, we face the risk that new or existing competitors will copy, and potentially improve upon, our business model, menu options, technology, presentation, or ambience, among other things.

Any inability to successfully compete with the restaurants or other food companies in our markets and other restaurant segments will place downward pressure on our customer traffic and/or pricing and

 

26


Table of Contents

may prevent us from increasing or sustaining our growth rate or revenue and reaching profitability. Customer tastes, nutritional and dietary trends, methods of ordering, traffic patterns and the type, number, and location of competing restaurants, and ability to timely and effectively deliver food often affect the restaurant business, and our competitors may react more efficiently and effectively to those conditions. In addition, many of our restaurant competitors offer lower-priced menu options, meal packages, loyalty programs, or offer breakfast, whereas we currently offer only lunch and dinner. Our sales could decline due to changes in popular tastes, “fad” food regimens, and media attention on new restaurants. We cannot make any assurances regarding our ability to effectively respond to changes in consumer health perceptions or our ability to adapt our menu offerings to trends in eating habits. Because of the ample competition in our industry, if our menu does not continue to innovate and provide premier quality food, we may lose customers as a result of a lack of variety or quality. In addition, both fast-food and fast-casual dining segments have implemented deep discounting strategies to attract customers, while in 2021 we suspended our loyalty program, focused on more targeted promotions, and increased the menu prices of certain items. If we are unable to continue to compete effectively, our traffic, sales, and restaurant contribution could decline, which would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Pandemics or disease outbreaks, such as the recent outbreak of COVID-19, have disrupted, and may continue to disrupt, our business, and have adversely affected our operations and results of operations.

Pandemics or disease outbreaks such as COVID-19 have made and may make it more difficult to staff our restaurants and could cause a temporary inability to obtain supplies and increase commodity costs. At the beginning of the COVID-19 pandemic, we were initially forced to temporarily close some of our restaurants and for a prolonged period of time shifted to a “to-go” and delivery operating model. We have only recently resumed indoor sit-down dining at most of our locations. Even in those locations where we have resumed sit-down dining, our capacity has frequently been limited by local regulations. Additionally, vaccination mandates for restaurants operating indoor dining are currently in effect or contemplated in the markets in which we operate, including New York City, Los Angeles, and San Francisco. In response to these mandates, we may need to either close certain of our indoor dining rooms and shift back to outdoor dining (if available and if weather permits) and an off-premises dining operating model or terminate employees who have not submitted proof of vaccination status and check our customers’ vaccination status and corresponding identification (such as driver’s license or passport). For example, we recently announced that we will require all employees in our New York City stores to show proof of at least one dose of vaccine by December 1, 2021 in order to permit us to reopen indoor dining in that market. Any employee who does not submit proof of one dose of vaccine by that date will be terminated (unless a reasonable accommodation has been granted). Further, the Biden administration has proposed an employer vaccination mandate, which, if enacted, could require us to mandate that each of our employees either become vaccinated or undergo weekly testing (with testing potentially at our cost). To date, we have had significant challenges with our team members submitting proof of COVID-19 vaccinations. If the Biden employer vaccination mandate goes into effect, or if we choose to continue to operate indoor dining in markets with indoor dining vaccination mandates, the required actions could result in potentially significant employee layoffs, staffing shortages and related restaurant closures if not enough of our employees are vaccinated, as well as customer frustration and increased labor costs as a result of having to check vaccination statuses, all of which could have a material and adverse impact on sales and negatively impact our brand. Alternatively, if we choose to close our indoor dining rooms, sales from our In-Store Channel would likely suffer significantly.

We have also had to incur significant additional costs to ensure the setup and maintenance of our restaurants comply with any regulations, which have changed frequently during the COVID-19 pandemic. We cannot predict when these restrictions will be lifted, which will allow our restaurants to return to full

 

27


Table of Contents

occupancy. We have also implemented modified hours or reductions in on-site staff, resulting in cancelled shifts for some of our employees, and in 2020 temporarily furloughed approximately 2,000 of our restaurant employees for up to 90 days. The COVID-19 pandemic may also adversely affect our ability to implement our growth plans, recruit new team members, and cause delays in construction, permitting, or opening of new restaurants, as well as have an adverse impact on our overall ability to successfully execute our plans to enter into new markets. These and any additional changes may adversely affect our business or results of operations in the future, and may impact our liquidity or financial condition, particularly if these changes are in place for a significant amount of time.

In addition, our operations have been further disrupted when employees are suspected of having COVID-19 or other illnesses (or are suspected to have been exposed to or a close contact of someone who has tested positive for COVID-19) since this has required us to quarantine some or all those employees and close and disinfect our impacted restaurant facilities. If a significant percentage of our workforce is unable to work, including because of illness (or suspected COVID-19 exposure) or travel or government restrictions, including mandatory quarantines, in connection with pandemics or disease outbreaks, our operations may be negatively impacted, potentially adversely affecting our business, liquidity, financial condition, or results of operations. Moreover, in addition to the COVID-19-related sick leave that we adopted voluntarily, many jurisdictions, such as New York and California, have required that companies provide mandatory supplemental sick leave for COVID-19-related leave, including to care for a sick family member and to receive (and recover from) a COVID-19 vaccination. In addition, we are required by local and state regulations to report employees who have contracted or been exposed to the virus. Additional regulation or requirements with respect to the compensation of our employees could also have an adverse effect on our business.

Furthermore, such viruses may be transmitted through human contact and airborne delivery, and the risk of contracting viruses could continue to cause customers or employees to avoid gathering in public places, which has had, and could further have, adverse effects on our restaurant customer traffic or the ability to adequately staff restaurants. We have been adversely affected when government authorities have imposed and continue to impose restrictions on public gatherings, human interactions, operations of restaurants or mandatory closures, seek voluntary closures, restrict hours of operations or impose curfews. Even if such measures are not implemented and a virus or other disease does not spread significantly within a specific area, the perceived risk of infection or health risk in such area may adversely affect our business, liquidity, financial condition, and results of operations. Additionally, different jurisdictions have seen varying levels of outbreaks or resurgences in outbreaks, and corresponding differences in government responses, which may make it difficult for us to plan or forecast an appropriate response.

The ability of local and national authorities to contain COVID-19 and limit the spread of infections will impact our business operations. The United States may fail to fully contain COVID-19 or suffer a resurgence in COVID-19. For example, new developments like the Delta variant and measures taken to contain it may require us to make significant changes to how we operate and may adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations for an uncertain period of time.

Changes in economic conditions and the customer behavior trends they drive, including long-term customer behavior trends following the COVID-19 pandemic, which are uncertain, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The restaurant industry depends on customer discretionary spending. The United States in general, or the specific markets in which we operate, may suffer from depressed economic activity, recessionary economic cycles, higher fuel or energy costs, low customer confidence, high levels of unemployment, reduced home values, increases in home foreclosures, investment losses, personal bankruptcies, reduced access to credit or other economic factors that may affect customer

 

28


Table of Contents

discretionary spending. Consumer preferences tend to shift to lower-cost alternatives during recessionary periods and other periods in which disposable income is adversely affected. Traffic in our restaurants and the volume of pickup or our Native Delivery, Outpost, and Marketplace Channels could decline if customers choose to reduce the amount they spend on meals or choose to spend more on food from grocery stores as opposed to our ordering from our restaurants. Negative economic conditions might cause customers to make long-term or permanent changes to their discretionary spending behavior, including as it relates to dining out, picking up, or ordering delivery. For example, our customers may choose to order from us less frequently, purchase meals at a lower-priced competitor such as McDonalds or Chipotle, or order through a delivery marketplace, such as Uber Eats or Doordash, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. COVID-19, and most recently the Delta variant, had a negative impact on our assumptions for future near-term restaurant level cash flows, which resulted in elevated impairment charges in the thirteen and thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021. Prolonged negative trends in sales could cause us in the future to, among other things, reduce the number and frequency of new restaurant openings, close restaurants or delay remodeling our existing restaurants, or recognize further asset impairment charges.

The COVID-19 pandemic and mitigation measures have also had an adverse impact on global economic conditions, which have had an adverse effect on our business and financial condition. Our sales and results of operations may be affected by uncertain or changing economic and market conditions arising in connection with and in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, including prolonged periods of high unemployment, inflation, deflation, prolonged weak customer demand, a decrease in customer discretionary spending, political instability, prolonged periods of corporate employees working from home or other changes. The significance of the operational and financial impact to us will depend on how long and widespread the disruptions caused by COVID-19, and the corresponding response to contain the virus and treat those affected by it, prove to be.

Further, during the COVID-19 pandemic, our in-restaurant foot traffic has significantly declined, our Outpost Channel has significantly diminished, and our Native Delivery and Marketplace Channels have significantly increased. Post-pandemic long-term customer behavior trends are uncertain for all of our channels and the duration of such trends is unknown. In particular, it is uncertain whether workers will return to offices in urban centers on a consistent basis, and even if they do, whether they will have a more flexible work schedule, which could reduce our revenues at our urban locations. If the shift toward remote work continues even after the COVID-19 pandemic has ended and workers do not return to offices in urban centers, or work from those locations less frequently, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected for an uncertain period of time, even if customers otherwise resume pre-pandemic levels of discretionary spending. As a result, we may make the decision to temporarily or permanently close certain of our impacted locations.

Our future growth depends significantly on our ability to open new restaurants and is subject to many unpredictable factors.

One of the key means of achieving our growth strategy for the foreseeable future will be through opening new restaurants and operating those restaurants on a profitable basis. During both fiscal year 2019 and fiscal year 2020, we had 15 Net New Restaurant Openings, and we had 21 Net New Restaurant Openings year to date through September 26, 2021, with a plan to open an aggregate of at least 30 domestic, company-owned restaurants in 2021 and to approximately double our current footprint of restaurants over the next three to five years. In the past, we have experienced delays in opening a significant number of our restaurants due to, among other things, construction and permitting delays in new developments. Such delays could happen again in future restaurant openings, especially if the COVID-19 pandemic continues, which has significantly impacted our ability to complete construction of our new restaurants and also our ability to receive the necessary permits to open new restaurants.

 

29


Table of Contents

Additionally, due to recent staffing and hiring issues in the restaurant industry throughout the country, we may not have sufficient staffing or labor in order to open our new restaurants on schedule, or at full capacity. Delays or failures in opening new restaurants, or in launching new restaurant formats (including walk-up, drive-in, or drive-thru formats or store formats incorporating automation technology), could cost significant company resources (including lost sales and additional labor and marketing costs) and have an adverse effect on our growth strategy and our business, financial condition, and results of operations. As we operate more restaurants, our rate of expansion relative to the size of our restaurant base could decline.

Our long-term success is highly dependent on our ability to effectively identify and secure appropriate sites for new restaurants.

One of our challenges is locating and securing an adequate supply of suitable new restaurant sites, both in new geographic markets and in our existing geographic markets where we may already be located at the most desirable restaurant sites. Competition for those sites is intense, and other restaurant and retail concepts that compete for those sites may have economic models that permit them to bid more aggressively for sites than we can. There is no guarantee that a sufficient number of suitable sites will be available in desirable areas or on terms that are acceptable to us in order to achieve our growth plan or meet our economic objectives in new or existing geographic markets. Our ability to identify, secure, and open new restaurant sites also depends on other factors, many of which are likely to be more challenging if the COVID-19 pandemic continues, including:

 

   

identifying and securing an appropriate site and selecting the best restaurant format for that given site and market (including determining whether to test new restaurant formats, including any formats incorporating automation technology), which includes maximizing the effectiveness of our multi-channel approach, the size of the site, traffic patterns, local retail and business attractions and infrastructure that will drive high levels of customer traffic and sales, proximity of potential restaurant sites to existing restaurants, and anticipated commercial, residential and infrastructure development near the potential restaurant site, and many of these factors are uncertain as we recover from the COVID-19 pandemic;

 

   

negotiating leases with acceptable terms;

 

   

receiving timely delivery of leased premises to us from our landlords and the punctual commencement of our build-out construction activities;

 

   

obtaining tenant improvement allowances from our landlords;

 

   

analyzing financial conditions affecting developers and potential landlords, such as ability of landlords and developers to receive development financing, the effects of macro-economic conditions, and the credit market, which could lead to these parties delaying or canceling development projects (or renovations of existing projects), in turn reducing the number of appropriate restaurant sites available;

 

   

managing construction and development costs of new restaurants, particularly in competitive markets;

 

   

obtaining construction materials and labor at acceptable costs;

 

   

maintaining qualified real estate and construction resources to source and manage construction of new sites;

 

   

securing required governmental approvals, permits and licenses (including construction, certificates of occupancy and other permits) in a timely manner and responding effectively to any changes in local, state or federal laws and regulations;

 

30


Table of Contents
   

avoiding the impact of inclement weather, natural disasters and other calamities; and

 

   

identifying, hiring, and training qualified employees in each local market.

Given the numerous factors involved, we may not be able to successfully identify and secure a sufficient number of attractive restaurant sites in existing, adjacent or new markets, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. And, for those locations where we are able to secure an attractive restaurant site, our progress in opening new restaurants may occur at an uneven rate. If we do not open new restaurants in the future according to our current plans, the delay could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our expansion into new markets may present increased risks.

We have opened and plan to continue opening restaurants in markets where we have little or no operating experience. In particular, our restaurants have historically been heavily concentrated in large urban areas (such as New York City, Los Angeles, Boston, and the Washington, D.C./Maryland/Virginia metropolitan areas), and we do not currently have any restaurants in any markets outside of the United States. Restaurants we open in new markets may take longer to reach expected sales and profit levels on a consistent basis and may have higher construction, product, hiring and training, occupancy, or operating costs than restaurants we open in existing markets, thereby affecting our overall profitability. New markets may have competitive conditions, customer tastes and discretionary spending patterns that are more difficult to predict or satisfy than our existing markets, particularly as we expand outside of large metropolitan areas and into more suburban and residential areas, as well as more diverse geographic markets. We may also need to make greater investments than we originally planned in advertising and promotional activity in new markets to build brand awareness and attract new customers. In addition, because we try to locally source as much of our supply chain as practicable, we may have difficulty sourcing our ingredients from local suppliers and distributors that are in close proximity to our new markets and that meet our quality standards and are appropriate for our distribution model and Food Ethos. Because of the local nature of our supply chain, our costs of goods may increase significantly in a new market and supply chain availability may be limited by the climate and the grower network in a specific market. We may find it more difficult in new markets to hire, motivate and keep qualified employees who share our vision, passion and culture. We may also incur higher costs from entering new markets if, for example, we assign regional managers to manage comparatively fewer restaurants than in more developed markets, if our local supply chain only supplies ingredients for comparatively fewer restaurants or if we need to comply with new labor and employment regulations in such market. As a result, these new restaurants may be less successful or may not achieve desired growth rates or sales targets as quickly as our existing restaurants across our multiple channels. We may not be able to successfully develop critical market presence for our brand in new geographical markets as we may be unable to find and secure attractive locations, build name recognition or attract enough new customers. Inability to fully implement, or failure to successfully execute, our plans to enter new markets could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In the event we expand our operations outside of the United States, any such expansion may require partnering with and becoming reliant upon a third party, via a partnership, licensing agreement, joint venture, or other contractual relationship.

New restaurants, once opened, may not be profitable, and the increases in Average Unit Volume that we have experienced in the past may not be indicative of future results, and new restaurants may negatively impact sales at our existing restaurants.

If our new restaurants do not perform as planned, our business and future prospects could be harmed. In addition, an inability of our new restaurants to achieve our expected Average Unit Volumes, Cash-on-Cash Returns, Same-Store Sales Change, or Restaurant-Level Profit Margin would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. We may find that our

 

31


Table of Contents

restaurant concept has limited appeal in new markets, or we may experience a decline in the popularity of our restaurant concept in the markets in which we already operate. Newly opened restaurants in our current markets or our future markets may not be successful, or our Average Unit Volume may not increase at historical rates, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Further, the customer target area of our restaurants varies by location, depending on a number of factors, including population density, other local retail and business attractions, area demographics, and geography. The opening of a new restaurant in or near markets in which we already have restaurants could adversely impact sales at existing restaurants, particularly in markets where we have a highly concentrated number of restaurants, such as New York City, Los Angeles, Boston, and the Washington, D.C./Maryland/Virginia metropolitan area. Existing restaurants could also make it more difficult to build our customer base for a new restaurant in the same market. When we open new restaurants we do not believe that such new restaurants will adversely affect sales at our existing restaurants, but we may selectively open new restaurants in and around areas of existing restaurants that are operating at or near capacity to effectively serve our customers. Sales cannibalization among our restaurants may become significant in the future as we continue to expand our operations and could affect our sales growth, in particular if the delivery radius of an existing restaurant overlaps with that of a new restaurant, which could, in turn, adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Additionally, our restaurants and locations must be able to support growth of not only our In-Store and Pick-Up Channels, but also orders through our Native Delivery, Outpost, and Marketplace Channels. While we attempt to select our locations to maximize all of our channels, we may not be effective in doing so (particularly as a result of the change in customer behavior as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic), which could lead certain restaurants to be under capacity and other restaurants to be at, or over, capacity. We may also prioritize the development of hybrid restaurants that have larger capacity for supporting our Native Delivery, Outpost, and Marketplace Channels or the development of new restaurant formats, such as walk-up, drive-in, or drive-thru formats or store concepts incorporating automation technology. We do not have significant experience in operating such hybrid locations or such new restaurant formats (including any store formats incorporating automation technology), and we may not be able to operate them as efficiently as we operate our restaurants.

Our success depends substantially on the value of our brand and failure to preserve its value or changes in customer recognition of our brand, including due to negative publicity, could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We believe we have built an excellent reputation for the quality of our products, our focus on connecting people with real food, delivery of a consistently positive customer experience, and our social impact programs. To be successful in the future, we believe we must preserve, grow, and leverage the value of our brand across all channels. While we have had a net promoter score (“NPS”) of 78 on average from 2018 through the third fiscal quarter of 2021, in the second and third fiscal quarters of 2021 our NPS has decreased to an average of 72, which we believe is largely attributable to direct and indirect effects of the COVID-19 pandemic. We may not be able to maintain or increase our NPS in the future.

Brand value is based in part on customer perceptions on a variety of subjective qualities. Business incidents, whether isolated or recurring and whether originating from us or our business partners, from any of our third-party spokespersons that represent the brand, or even from unrelated food services businesses, if customers associate those businesses with our own operations, that erode customer trust can significantly reduce brand value, potentially trigger boycotts of our restaurants or result in civil or criminal liability and can have a negative impact on our financial results. Such incidents include actual or perceived breaches of data privacy, claims by current or former employees,

 

32


Table of Contents

particularly claims of discrimination or harassment, contaminated or unsafe food, including allergens, product recalls, store employees or other food handlers infected with communicable diseases, including COVID-19, failure to follow proper safety protocols, customer complaints, or other potential incidents discussed in this risk factors section. Additionally, any public statements, including social media posts, from any members of our senior management team or board of directors that are perceived negatively by the media or our customers could have a material and adverse impact on our brand. The impact of such incidents may be exacerbated if they receive considerable publicity, including rapidly through social or digital media (including for malicious reasons), or result in litigation. Customer demand for our products and our reputation could diminish significantly if we, our employees, delivery partners, or other business partners fail to preserve the quality of our products, do not provide orders in a timely fashion, act or are perceived to act in an unethical, illegal, racially biased, unequal, or socially irresponsible manner, including with respect to the sourcing, content, or sale of our products, service and treatment of customers at our restaurants, or the use of customer data for general or direct marketing or other purposes. Additionally, if we fail to comply with laws and regulations, publicly take controversial positions or actions, or fail to deliver a consistently positive customer experience in each of our markets, including by failing to invest in the right balance of wages and benefits to attract and retain employees that represent the brand well, our brand value may be diminished, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. We have also invested in technology to support our back of house operations and simplify the work of our team members. If our customers react negatively to these operational changes (in particular the use of automation in our restaurants), our brand value may be diminished, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

In addition, our future results depend on various factors, including local market acceptance of our restaurants and customer recognition of the quality of our food and operations. Although we have received national and regional recognition for the high quality of our food and operations, we cannot guarantee that we will continue to receive similar recognition in future periods. Failure to receive continued national and regional recognition may impact customer recognition of our brand, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Food safety and foodborne illness concerns could have an adverse effect on our business.

We cannot guarantee that our internal procedures and training will be fully effective in preventing all food safety issues at our restaurants, including any occurrences of foodborne illnesses such as salmonella, Cyclospora, E. coli, and hepatitis A. Moreover, our internal team may fail to report unsafe or unsanitary conditions in accordance with our internal procedures. The ingredients we handle in our restaurants (such as leafy greens and raw chicken) are among the highest risk foods when it comes to food safety and foodborne illness. In addition, we freshly prepare many of our menu items at our restaurants, which may put us at even greater risk for foodborne illness and food contamination outbreaks than some of our competitors who use processed foods or commissaries to prepare their food. The risk of foodborne illness may also increase whenever our menu items are served outside of our control, including orders through our Pick-Up, Native Delivery, Outpost, and Marketplace Channels, particularly if such food is not delivered or consumed within the 30-minute period that we recommend to our customers. In the event of a potential food safety incident, the protocols and procedures that we have in place, and the public statements we make, to respond to such an incident may not be sufficient and any disruption to these protocols, procedures and public statements could also adversely impact the safety of our customers and our reputation.

Additionally, we rely on third-party distributors, making it difficult to monitor food safety compliance and increasing the risk that foodborne illness would affect multiple locations rather than a single restaurant. Some foodborne illness incidents could be caused by third-party distributors, suppliers, or transporters outside of our control (who may provide substitute products, which may not

 

33


Table of Contents

be of equal quality and may cause tracing issues), but we may not have appropriate contractual recourse against such third parties, and any insurance maintained by our distributors and/or suppliers may not be sufficient to cover the cost of a potential claim. For example, in February 2019, we received reports that a number of our customers in the New York City area were made sick by blue cheese provided to us by our local cheese supplier, and we had difficulty tracing which restaurants in New York City received the spoiled blue cheese and which restaurants received a substitute product.

New illnesses resistant to our current precautions may develop in the future, or diseases with long incubation periods could arise, both of which could give rise to claims or allegations on a retroactive basis. One or more instances of foodborne illness in any of our restaurants or markets or related to food products we sell could negatively affect our restaurant revenue nationwide if highly publicized on national media outlets or through social media and could also have a negative impact on our brand, which could be incredibly difficult to restore. This risk exists even if it were later determined that the illness was wrongly attributed to us or one of our restaurants. A number of other restaurant chains have experienced incidents related to foodborne illnesses that have had an adverse effect on their brand and operations. In addition, our business may be adversely affected by recalls of products in cases where foodborne illnesses have been detected elsewhere. For example, in November 2019, we undertook voluntary recalls of romaine lettuce following notifications by the Center for Disease Control regarding possible links of E. coli infection to romaine lettuce produced in a certain region in the United States. The occurrence of a similar incident at one or more of our restaurants, or negative publicity or public speculation about an incident, even if such publicity or speculation were to prove unfounded, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Further, in August 2019, we received significant negative publicity because, at the time, our molded fiber bowls contained per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances (“PFAS”), which are chemicals associated with certain adverse health effects in humans, even though such substances are approved for use by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration. In addition, products containing PFAS may not be 100% compostable as required pursuant to BPI compostability certification beginning on January 1, 2020. Although we have recently transitioned to alternative bowls that do not contain PFAS, these alternatives could present other health or food safety risks. The inability to continue to source alternative bowls, or any negative publicity or public speculation around such prior incident or similar future incidents, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We have incurred significant losses since inception. We expect our operating expenses to increase significantly in the foreseeable future, as we grow our business, increase our new restaurant openings, and invest into new technology, and we may not achieve profitability.

We have incurred significant losses since inception, and we anticipate that our operating expenses and capital expenditures will increase substantially in the foreseeable future, in particular, as we continue to: open new restaurants within existing and new markets; launch new restaurant formats; offer promotions; invest in our multiple product channels, including our Owned Digital Channels, and our Marketplace Channel, and other corporate infrastructure at our sweetgreen Support Center; expand marketing channels and operations; hire additional employees and increase other general and administrative costs; add new products and offerings; and develop, enhance or invest in technologies to help grow our business, including our acquisition of Spyce and any other investments to automate portions of our ingredient preparation and menu item assembly as well as investments to improve our smartphone application. Additionally, our restaurants require costly ongoing maintenance and renovations, and we may need to temporarily close our restaurants while we perform maintenance and renovations, which could further affect our results of operations. As a result, our net losses may increase while we continue our planned expansion. We will need to generate and sustain increased

 

34


Table of Contents

revenue levels and decrease proportionate expenses in future periods to achieve profitability in many of our largest markets, and even if we do, we may not be able to maintain or increase profitability. These efforts may prove more expensive than we anticipate, and we may not succeed in increasing our revenue sufficiently to offset expenses. Many of our efforts to generate revenue, particularly our investment in our Native Delivery, Outpost, and Marketplace Channels are new and unproven, and any failure to adequately increase revenue or contain the related costs of these channels could prevent us from attaining or increasing profitability, particularly if these channels are not as successful as we forecast. For example, orders through our Native Delivery, Outpost, and Marketplace Channels are susceptible to delivery delays, or orders being cancelled by couriers, which are largely as a result of our reliance on third-party fulfillment services (for example, Uber Eats has been our exclusive delivery partner for our Native Delivery Channel since launch in 2019, but we are in the process of transitioning to DoorDash as our primary delivery partner for our Native Delivery Channel, which we expect to complete in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2021) and are outside of our control. Additionally, due to the fact that our Native Delivery, Outpost, and Marketplace Channels require the payment of third-party delivery fees in order to fulfill deliveries, sales through these channels have historically had lower margins than our In-Store and Pick-Up Channels, particularly in California, where delivery providers typically charge additional fees as a result of increased costs stemming from the passing of Proposition 22, which requires certain minimum wages and benefit pools for drivers on such platforms in California, in November 2020. Such fees may increase further in the future if Proposition 22 is overturned and drivers for those platforms are required to be considered employees. If we are unable to operate our Native Delivery, Outpost, and Marketplace Channels effectively and achieve scale, or if these lower margin channels increase as a total percent of company sales relative to higher margin ordering channels, we may not be able to achieve profitability in the near term or at all.

If we are not able to hire, train, reward, and retain a qualified workforce and/or if we are not able to appropriately optimize our workforce or effectively manage our growth in our restaurants, our growth plan and profitability could be adversely affected.

We rely on our restaurant-level employees to consistently provide high-quality food and positive experiences to our customers, which we refer to as the “sweet touch.” In addition, our ability to continue to open new restaurants depends on our ability to recruit, train and retain high-quality restaurant team members to manage, lead and work in our restaurants. Maintaining appropriate staffing in our existing restaurants and hiring and training staff for our new restaurants requires precise workforce planning, which has become more complex due to recent staffing and hiring issues in the restaurant industry throughout the country, as well as laws related to wage and hour violations or predictive scheduling (“fair workweek”) in many of our markets and New York City’s “just cause” termination legislation applicable to our industry, which went into effect in July 2021. Additionally, we have historically had higher turnover rates, including with respect to our restaurant operations leadership, than the accommodation and food services industry as a whole (130.7% for 2020, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics). For the twelve months ended September 26, 2021, based on the average number of restaurant employees during the period, approximately 119% of our restaurant employees (including 172% of our team members in non-leadership positions and 46% of our Head Coaches) left employment with sweetgreen, and our team member turnover for our non-leadership positions increased significantly in the third fiscal quarter of 2021, consistent with industry trends. We believe our high turnover rate is caused by a number of factors, including that our restaurants tend to be very busy during peak lunch and dinner hours, that our restaurant employees perform a significant amount of prep work in our restaurants, and our multi-channel approach, and we cannot be certain that our turnover rates will not increase above industry averages in the future. If we fail to appropriately plan our workforce and/or fail to reduce our turnover at our restaurants, it could adversely impact guest satisfaction, operational efficiency, and restaurant profitability.

 

35


Table of Contents

Moreover, to optimize our organizational structure, including in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and its impact on our business, we have previously implemented reductions in workforce at our sweetgreen Support Center and may in the future implement other reductions in workforce or restructurings. Any reduction in workforce or restructuring may yield unintended consequences and costs, such as attrition beyond the intended reduction in workforce, delay in development of critical technology or business optimization programs due to gaps in knowledge transfer and new employee ramp up time, the distraction of employees, and reduced employee morale, and could adversely affect our reputation as an employer, which could make it more difficult for us to hire new employees in the future and increase the risk that we may not achieve the anticipated benefits from the reduction in workforce. The COVID-19 pandemic has also resulted in aggressive competition for talent, wage inflation, and pressure to improve benefits and workplace conditions to remain competitive, both in our restaurants and in our sweetgreen Support Center, particularly because of the pandemic unemployment benefits provided by the federal stimulus packages. Our failure to recruit and retain new restaurant team members or corporate employees in a timely or efficient manner or experiencing higher employee turnover levels in either our restaurants or sweetgreen Support Center could affect our ability to open new restaurants and grow sales at existing restaurants, and we may experience higher than projected labor costs. In addition, if we fail to adequately monitor and proactively respond to employee dissatisfaction or complaints, it could lead to poor employee satisfaction, higher turnover, litigation, and unionization efforts.

Increases in labor costs, labor shortages, and any difficulties in attracting, motivating, and retaining well-qualified employees could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Labor is a significant component in the cost of operating our restaurants. If we face labor shortages, particularly due to recent labor shortages in the restaurant industry as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, increased labor costs because of increased competition for employees, higher employee turnover rates, inefficiency in scheduling our employees, increases in the federal, state, or local minimum wage, or other employee benefits costs (including costs associated with health insurance coverage), our operating expenses could increase and our growth could be negatively impacted. Our success depends in part upon our ability to attract, motivate, and retain a sufficient number of well-qualified restaurant operators and management personnel, as well as a sufficient number of other qualified employees, including customer service and kitchen staff, to align with our expansion plans and multi-channel approach. In the event we cannot sufficiently staff our restaurants, we may from time to time have to temporarily close some of our channels (including potentially certain of our Owned Digital Channels). Because of the busy nature of our restaurants, it is critical that we have a high level of labor productivity and if we do not maintain high engagement or deployment in our restaurants (including in new restaurants and in new markets), it could have an adverse effect on our business. As described above, we have historically had high turnover rates. Our ability to recruit and retain restaurant employees, particularly as a result of recent labor shortages in the restaurant industry, may delay the planned openings of new restaurants or result in higher employee turnover in existing restaurants, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Competition for these employees could require us to pay higher wages, which could result in higher labor costs.

Although none of our employees are currently covered under collective bargaining agreements, if a significant number of our employees were to become unionized and collective bargaining agreement terms were significantly different from our current compensation arrangements, it could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, a labor dispute involving some or all of our employees may harm our reputation, disrupt our operations and reduce our revenue, and resolution of disputes may increase our costs. If we are unable to continue to recruit and retain sufficiently qualified individuals, our business and our growth could be adversely affected.

 

36


Table of Contents

If we are unable to introduce new or upgraded products, menu items, services, channels, or features that our customers recognize as valuable, we may fail to attract additional customers to use and continue using our mobile and website ordering platforms. Our efforts to develop new and upgraded products, menu items, services, channels, and features on our smartphone and website ordering platforms could require us to incur significant costs.

To continue to attract and retain digital customers, we will need to continue to invest in the development of new products, menu items, services, channels, and features that add value for customers, and that differentiate us from our competitors. For example, in 2021, we launched our native application delivery in our Android smartphone application and completed the acquisition of Spyce to allow us to serve our food with even better quality, consistency, and efficiency in our restaurants via automation; in 2020, we launched our native application delivery in our iOS smartphone application and through website ordering; and in 2018, we launched our Outpost Channel whereby we deliver salads in bulk to commercial or other locations with no delivery fee. We also frequently launch seasonal and exclusive bowls and menu collections throughout the year to attract and retain customers. The success of such new products, menu items, services, channels, and features depend on several factors, including the timely completion, introduction and market acceptance of such products, menu items, services, channels, or features. If our customers do not recognize the value of our new products, menu items, services, channels or features, they may choose not to use our online and mobile ordering platforms, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Developing and delivering these new or upgraded products, menu items, services, channels, or features may increase our expenses, as this process is costly and we may experience difficulties in developing and delivering these new or upgraded products, menu items, services, channels, or features, which may prevent us from achieving or maintaining profitability. Moreover, any such new or upgraded products, menu items, services, channels, or features may not work as intended, provide the intended level of functionality or provide intended value to our customers. In particular, our planned investment in developing automation technology after our acquisition of Spyce could cost more and could take longer to develop than we initially expect. Efforts to enhance and improve the ease of use, responsiveness, functionality and features of our existing websites and applications have inherent risks, and we may not be able to manage these product developments and enhancements successfully. If we are unable to continue to develop new or upgraded products, menu items, services, channels, or features, our customers may choose not to order through our online and mobile platforms in favor of other restaurants or delivery marketplaces, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results operations. Our competitors, including certain large quick service restaurants chains or delivery marketplaces, may have larger or more experienced engineering teams as well as more resources to dedicate to developing or upgrading digital ordering platforms via third-party engineering partners, which may make such competitors’ products or services more attractive to customers.

We may choose to license or otherwise integrate applications, content and data from third parties into our online and mobile ordering platforms. The introduction of these improvements imposes costs on our business, requires the use of our resources, and makes us reliant on third parties who may have different objectives than we do. For example, certain third-party software integrated into our applications may not prioritize features that we otherwise view as critical to improving our overall technology. We may be unable to continue to access these technologies and content on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.

Changes in food and supply costs or failure to receive frequent deliveries of food ingredients and other supplies could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our profitability depends in part on our ability to anticipate and react to changes in food and supply costs, and our ability to maintain our menu depends in part on our ability to acquire ingredients

 

37


Table of Contents

that meet our specifications from our suppliers. Shortages or interruptions in the availability of certain supplies caused by unanticipated demand, our inability to accurately forecast our supply needs, problems in production or distribution (including any imbalances and freight supply and demand), food contamination, inclement weather, the COVID-19 pandemic, or other conditions could adversely affect the availability and cost of food and supplies or the quality of our ingredients (including requiring distributors to provide substitute products, which may not be of equal quality), which could harm our operations and expose us to risk. We have a localized set of suppliers, and typically rely on a single regional distributor for each of our fresh food products and another single regional distributor for dry goods in each geographical market where we operate, which may make our supply chain inherently more difficult to manage than if we partnered with national distributors, which is the approach of many of our competitors. In addition, we partner with small and medium-sized farmers that have lower inventory levels and experience supply disruptions that place our business at risk. This may further limit our ability to grow and scale, and in some situations serve our customers on a daily basis. Additionally, our farmers may not maintain food safety certifications, which may increase our risk in the event of a food safety incident. We have a developed a process to monitor food safety certifications and standards of our farmers and we do not generally source products from farmers that do not have a comprehensive a food safety plan. We periodically audit our farmers’ compliance with our food safety standards, and in the event of material noncompliance with our standards (which occurred with one of our largest chicken suppliers in 2020), our policy is to pause our relationship with such farmer until they become compliant.

Any increase in the prices, or lack of availability, of the food products most critical to our menu due to natural forces like weather or climate change, due to companies offering more competitive terms to our local farmers, inflation or other reasons could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. The markets for some of the ingredients we use, such as avocado, are particularly volatile due to factors such as limited supply sources, crop yield, seasonal shifts, climate conditions, industry demand, including as a result of food safety concerns, product recalls and government regulation. Material increases in the prices of the ingredients most critical to our menu could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations or cause us to consider changes to our product delivery strategy and adjustments to our menu pricing.

Our ability to maintain consistent price and quality throughout our restaurants depends in part upon our ability to acquire specified food products and supplies in sufficient quantities from our suppliers and distributors at a reasonable cost. Because of the way our supply chain is structured, finding a substitute product that meets our culinary requirements in any one geographical market where we operate, particularly with respect to our fresh food products, may be difficult. We do not control the businesses of our suppliers or distributors, and our efforts to specify and monitor the standards under which they perform may not be successful.

If any of our distributors or suppliers performs inadequately or is unable to grow and scale with our business, or our distribution or supply relationships are disrupted for any reason, there could be an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Currently, we typically have shorter-term contracts for the purchase or distribution of most of our food products and supplies. As a result, we may not be able to anticipate or react to changing food or supply costs by adjusting our purchasing practices or menu prices, which could cause our results of operations to deteriorate. Generally, our agreements range from one to three years, depending on the outlook for prices of the particular ingredient. In some cases, we have minimum purchase obligations. We have tried to increase, where practical, the number of suppliers for our ingredients, which we believe can help mitigate pricing volatility, and we follow industry news, trade issues, exchange rates, foreign demand, weather, crises, and other world events that may affect our ingredient prices. In the event of a dispute with a distributor or supplier, we may not have adequate contractual recourse, and any insurance maintained by our distributors and/or suppliers may not be sufficient to cover the cost of a potential claim. If we cannot replace or engage distributors or suppliers who meet our specifications in a short period of time, that could increase our expenses and cause shortages of food and other items at our

 

38


Table of Contents

restaurants such as packaging or paper products, which could cause a restaurant to remove items from its menu. If that were to happen, affected restaurants could experience significant reductions in sales during the shortage or thereafter, if customers change their dining habits as a result. In addition, we may choose not to, or may be unable to, pass along commodity price increases to customers. These potential changes in food and supply costs could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Furthermore, certain food items are perishable, and we have limited control over whether these items will be delivered to us in appropriate condition for use in our restaurants. If any of our vendors or other suppliers are unable to fulfill their obligations to our standards, including if we do not accurately forecast our needs (which has been historically challenging when there have been events outside of our control, such as the COVID-19 pandemic), or if we are unable to find replacement providers in the event of a supply or service disruption, we could encounter supply shortages and incur higher costs to secure adequate supplies or, alternatively, receive lower-quality substituted products, which would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Additionally, unanticipated store closures may result in our donation of an excess supply of perishable products, which may also have an adverse effect on our financial condition. As we expand into new markets, because of the local nature of our supply chain, we may be unable to find vendors to meet our supply specifications or service needs as we expand. We could likewise encounter supply shortages and incur higher costs to secure adequate supplies, which would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. There can be no assurance that we will be able to identify or negotiate additional or alternative sources on terms that are commercially reasonable to us, if at all. If our suppliers or distributors are unable to fulfill their obligations under their contracts or we are unable to identify alternative sources, we could encounter supply shortages and incur higher costs, each of which could have an adverse impact on our results of operations. Similarly, if we are unable to accurately forecast demand, we may end up with overages of custom and/or perishable products, which may result in food waste and in us paying suppliers or farmers for products that we do not end up using.

Our reliance on third parties could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We use various third-party vendors to provide, support and maintain most of our management information systems and technology, including key elements of our applications, and we also outsource certain accounting, payroll and human resource functions to business process service providers. We also use third-party vendors for delivery and customer account management. The failure of any of these vendors to fulfill their obligations could disrupt our operations. For example, we have relied on Uber Eats as our exclusive third-party delivery partner to power our Native Delivery Channel since our launch in 2019, and we are in the process of transitioning to DoorDash as our primary delivery partner for our Native Delivery Channel, which we expect to complete in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2021. If Uber Eats, DoorDash, or any future third-party delivery partner fails to fulfill its obligations or delivers unsatisfactory delivery service, for instance, by delivering orders late, by not having sufficient couriers to fulfill our orders, or by having a system outage, the risks of which may be increased during our transition to DoorDash on our Native Delivery Channel, we will not be able to provide the proper delivery services to our customers through our native application, which is likely to lead to customer dissatisfaction and higher refunds or credits. Additionally, we rely on LevelUp for account management for customers who have signed up on our smartphone application, including processing payments through our smartphone application. If LevelUp or any future third-party payment processing or account management partner, experiences any significant downtime, is unable to provide certain of its services or has a data security incident, it could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Additionally, any changes we may make to the services we obtain from our vendors, or from any new vendors we employ, may disrupt our operations. These disruptions could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

39


Table of Contents

Additionally, we, our advertisers and our partners are subject to or affected by the technical requirements, terms of service, and policies of the third-party operating system platforms and application stores on which our mobile application depends, including those operated by Apple and Google. The operators of these platforms and application stores have broad discretion to impose technical requirements and change or interpret their policies in a manner unfavorable to us and our partners, such as by imposing fees associated with access to their platforms, restricting how we collect, use, and share data, and limiting our ability to track users. For example, Apple recently announced restrictions that could adversely affect our advertising and marketing strategies, by requiring iOS mobile applications to obtain a user’s opt-in consent to track them for advertising purposes. If we do not comply with the requirements, terms, or policies of the platforms and application stores where we offer our mobile application, we could lose access to users and our business would be harmed.

Failure to manage our growth effectively could harm our business and results of operations.

Our growth plan includes opening a number of new restaurants, investing in a significant amount of technology to make our operations more efficient, and growing headcount at our sweetgreen Support Center to support our growth. Our existing restaurant management systems and other technology, financial and management controls, leadership team and information systems may be inadequate to support our planned expansion and investments, which may negatively impact the quality of service provided to our customers. In connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 29, 2019 and December 27, 2020, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting related to a lack of access security, insufficient system change controls and inadequate third-party oversight related to our accounting and financial reporting systems. While we believe we have remediated this material weakness as of June 27, 2021, managing our growth effectively will require us to continue to enhance these systems, procedures and controls and to hire, train and retain managers and team members. We may not respond quickly enough to the changing demands that our expansion will impose on our management, restaurant teams and existing infrastructure, which could harm our customer experience, and in turn, our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We may not persuade customers of the benefits of paying our prices for higher-quality food.

Our success depends in large part on our ability to persuade customers that food made with higher-quality, locally sourced ingredients is worth the prices they will pay at our restaurants relative to prices offered by some of our competitors. We may not successfully educate customers about the quality of our food, and customers may not care even if they do understand our approach. That could require us to change our pricing, advertising or promotional strategies, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations or the brand identity that we have tried to create. We increased our pricing in 2021 and may increase prices further in the future due to the increased costs of labor or ingredients or other factors, which could negatively affect the loyalty of our existing customers and cause them to reduce their spending with us or impact our ability to acquire new customers, particularly as we expand our footprint into new geographies where customers might have greater price sensitivity. If customers are not persuaded that we offer a good value for their money, we may not be able to grow or maintain our customer base, which would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Changes in commodity and other operating costs, particularly due to climate change, could adversely affect our results of operations.

The profitability of our restaurants depends in part on our ability to anticipate and react to changes in commodity costs, including food, paper, supplies, fuel, utilities and distribution, and other

 

40


Table of Contents

operating costs. Additionally, the commodity markets, including markets for key produce items, such as kale and avocado, will likely continue to increase over time if global warming trends continue and may also become volatile due to climate change and climate conditions, all of which are beyond our control and, in many instances, extreme and unpredictable (such as more frequent and/or severe fires and hurricanes). We can only partially address future price risk due to climate change through hedging and other activities, and therefore increases in commodity costs, particularly due to climate change, could have an adverse impact on our ability to achieve or maintain profitability. There can be no assurance that future cost increases can be offset by increased menu prices or that increased menu prices will be fully absorbed by our guests without any resulting change to their visit frequencies or purchasing patterns. In addition, there can be no assurance that we will generate revenue growth in an amount sufficient to offset inflationary or other cost pressures.

The profitability of our restaurants is also adversely affected by increases in the price of utilities, such as natural gas, electric and water, whether as a result of inflation, shortages or interruptions in supply, or otherwise. Our ability to respond to increased costs by increasing prices or by implementing alternative processes or products will depend on our ability to anticipate and react to such increases and other more general economic and demographic conditions, as well as the responses of our competitors and guests. All of these things may be difficult to predict and beyond our control. In this manner, increased costs could adversely affect our results of operations.

We depend on our senior management team and other key employees, and the loss of one or more key personnel or an inability to attract, hire, integrate and retain highly skilled personnel could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our success depends largely upon the continued services of our key executives, including our founders, Jonathan Neman, Nathaniel Ru, and Nicolas Jammet, and, to date, we have not implemented a robust or defined succession plan in the event of any key executive departures. We also rely on our leadership team in setting our strategic direction and culture, operating our business, identifying, recruiting and training key personnel, identifying expansion opportunities, arranging necessary financing and general and administrative functions.

We have had significant changes in our senior management over the last three years, and, from time to time, there may be changes in our executive management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives, which could disrupt our business. The loss of one or more of our executive officers, in particular our founders, or other key employees could seriously harm our ability to successfully implement our business strategy and could impede the achievement of our growth objectives, including with respect to scaling the number of our restaurants and expansion into new markets and restaurant formats and our supply-chain management system, improving our operations and advancing technological developments of our website and mobile application, which would have an adverse effect on our business. The replacement of one or more of our executive officers or other key employees would involve significant time and expense and may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives.

To continue to execute our growth strategy, we also must identify, hire, and retain highly skilled personnel. In particular, in connection with increasing our store count as well as our expansion into new revenue channels and new restaurant formats that rely on online ordering platforms and focus on the digital customer, such as our Native Delivery, Outpost, and Marketplace Channels, we must identify, hire and retain highly skilled software engineers, the hiring of which is competitive, and for which we may not be successful. In addition, we undertook two separate reductions in force at our sweetgreen Support Center in March 2020 and October 2020, both of which impacted many departments, including our engineering and digital growth teams, and we may take similar actions in

 

41


Table of Contents

the future. Failure to retain or identify, hire, and motivate necessary key personnel could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Failure to maintain our corporate culture could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We believe that a critical component of our success has been our corporate culture and the internal advancement of our corporate values. We have invested substantial time and resources in building our team, both at our sweetgreen Support Center and within our restaurants. In the future, we may find it difficult to maintain the innovation, teamwork, passion, and focus on execution that we believe are important aspects of our corporate culture. For example, recent reductions in force at our sweetgreen Support Center and the general impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our company morale, including our more flexible work-from-home policy as our corporate employees return to our office, have negatively impacted and may continue to negatively impact our corporate culture. We may also choose or be required to implement mask and/or vaccination requirements in connection with our return-to-office plans, which may negatively impact our corporate culture. As we have grown and increased our focus on simplifying our operations at scale and targeting the digital customer, we have also hired leaders from a variety of different backgrounds and experiences and have historically had a significant amount of management turnover. We have also been challenged in maintaining a cohesive and positive corporate culture between our employees in our restaurants and our sweetgreen Support Center. Any failure to preserve our culture could negatively affect our future success, including our ability to retain and recruit personnel and to effectively focus on and pursue our corporate objectives. If we cannot maintain our corporate culture as we grow, it could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our marketing strategies and channels will evolve and our programs may or may not be successful.

We incur significant costs and expend other resources in our marketing efforts to attract and retain customers. Our strategy includes public relations, digital and social media, targeted promotions (including free delivery), and in-store messaging, which require less marketing spend as compared to traditional marketing programs. As the number of restaurants increases, as our Native Delivery, Outpost, and Marketplace Channels expand and as we grow into new markets, we expect to increase our investment in advertising and consider additional promotional activities. Accordingly, in the future, we will incur greater marketing expenditures, resulting in greater financial risk and a greater impact on our company. Further, changes in customers’ expectations of privacy and limits to our ability to track users of our mobile application for advertising purposes, such as resulting from Apple’s requirement for iOS mobile applications to obtain a user’s opt-in consent before tracking them for advertising purposes, could decrease the effectiveness of our current marketing strategies and increase our marketing costs, as we may not be able to efficiently use targeted advertisements and may need to increase our marketing expenditures to maintain our current level of customer acquisition. We rely heavily on social media for many of our marketing efforts. If customer sentiment towards social media changes or a new medium of communication becomes more mainstream, we may be required to fundamentally change our current marketing strategies which could require us to incur significantly more costs. Some of our marketing initiatives may not be successful, resulting in expenses incurred without the benefit of higher revenues. Additionally, some of our competitors, including certain large quick service restaurants chains, have greater financial resources, which enable them to spend significantly more on marketing and advertising than we are able to at this time, with a particular focus on digital customers as well as sustainability. These competitors may include delivery marketplaces that our customers utilize instead of our Native Delivery Channel. Many factors, including operating costs, constraints, or changes and our current and future competitors’ pricing and marketing strategies, could significantly affect our pricing strategies. In 2021, we suspended our loyalty program, instead focusing on more targeted

 

42


Table of Contents

promotions, and modified our existing pricing, but these actions may not ultimately be successful in attracting and retaining customers. Further, our customers’ price sensitivity may vary by geographic location, and as we expand, our marketing strategies or pricing methodologies may not enable us to compete effectively in these locations. Should our competitors increase spending on marketing and advertising or our marketing funds decrease for any reason, if our marketing strategies or pricing methodologies change, or should our marketing strategies or pricing methodologies be less effective than those of our competitors, it could result in an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

New information or attitudes regarding diet and health could result in changes in regulations and customer consumption habits, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Regulations and customer eating habits may change as a result of new information or attitudes regarding diet and health. For example, a growing number of people are consuming plant-based meat substitutes, which we currently do not offer on our menu. Such changes may include responses to scientific studies on the health effects of particular food items or federal, state, and local regulations that impact the ingredients and nutritional content of the food and beverages we offer. The success of our restaurant operations is dependent, in part, upon our ability to effectively respond to changes in any customer attitudes or health regulations and our ability to adapt our menu offerings to trends in food consumption, especially fast-moving trends. If customer health regulations or customer eating habits change significantly, we may choose or be required to modify or delete certain menu items, which may adversely affect the attractiveness of our restaurants to new or returning customers. Changes in customer eating habits can occur rapidly, often in response to published research or study information, which puts additional pressure on us to adapt quickly. To the extent we are unwilling or unable to respond with appropriate changes to our menu offerings in an efficient manner, it could adversely affect customer demand and have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Government regulation and customer eating habits may impact our business as a result of changes in attitudes regarding diet and health or new information regarding the adverse health effects of consuming certain menu offerings. These changes have resulted in, and may continue to result in, laws and regulations requiring us to disclose the nutritional content of our food offerings, and they have resulted, and may continue to result in, laws and regulations affecting permissible ingredients and menu offerings. A number of counties, cities and states, including California, have enacted menu labeling laws requiring multi-unit restaurant operators to disclose to customers certain nutritional information, or have enacted legislation restricting the use of certain types of ingredients in restaurants, which laws may be different or inconsistent with requirements under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010 (the “PPACA”), which establishes a uniform, federal requirement for certain restaurants to post nutritional information on their menus. Specifically, the PPACA requires chain restaurants with 20 or more locations operating under the same name and offering substantially the same menus to publish the total number of calories of standard menu items on menus and menu boards, along with a statement that puts this calorie information in the context of a total daily calorie intake. These labeling laws may also change customer consumption habits in a way that adversely impacts our sales. Additionally, an unfavorable report on, or reaction to, our menu ingredients, the size of our portions, or the nutritional content of our menu items could negatively influence the demand for our menu offerings and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We may not be able to effectively respond to changes in customer health perceptions, comply with further nutrient content disclosure requirements or adapt our menu offerings to trends in eating habits, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

43


Table of Contents

Our focus on environmental sustainability and social initiatives may increase our costs, and our inability to meet our sustainability goals could harm our reputation and adversely impact our financial results.

There has been increasing public focus by investors, environmental activists, the media, and governmental and nongovernmental organizations on a variety of environmental, social, and other sustainability matters. With respect to the restaurant industry, concerns have been expressed regarding energy management, water management, food and packaging waste management, food safety, nutritional content, labor practices, and supply chain and management food sourcing. Through our mission, we have committed to supporting small and mid-size growers who are farming sustainably, to creating transparency around what’s in our food and where it came from, and to creating more accessibility to healthy, real food for more people. In connection therewith, we have announced our commitment to become carbon neutral, which involves reducing our carbon footprint by 50% and meaningfully offsetting where reduction is not yet possible, by 2027. Achieving this commitment could be costly to implement, and we may not be successful. If we are not effective in addressing environmental, social, and other sustainability matters affecting our industry, setting and meeting relevant sustainability goals, or fulfilling our mission or sustainability plans, our brand image may suffer. For example, we have recently transitioned to alternative bowls that do not contain PFAS. We may experience increased costs in order to execute upon our sustainability goals and measure achievement of those goals, which could have an adverse impact on our business and financial condition.

We will require additional capital to support business growth, and this capital might not be available on reasonable terms or at all.

We intend to continue to make significant investments to support our business growth, including with respect to investments in expansion of our restaurant footprint and our multiple distribution channels, the introduction of new store formats and technology to enhance our operating efficiency, each of which might require additional funds to respond to business challenges or opportunities. For example, we may need to open additional restaurants, develop new products and menu items or enhance our products and menu items, and enhance our operating infrastructure. In particular, our planned investment in developing automation technology after our acquisition of Spyce could cost more and could take longer to develop than we initially expect, which could require additional capital. Additionally, if our operating losses continue as a result of a slower-than-anticipated recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic, we may need to raise additional capital sooner than anticipated. Accordingly, we might need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences, and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. In addition, we might not be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly limited.

We operate our restaurants in leased properties subject to long-term, non-cancelable leases. If we are unable to secure new leases on favorable terms, terminate unfavorable leases, or renew or extend favorable leases, our profitability may suffer.

We operate our restaurants in leased facilities. Payments under our restaurant leases account for a significant portion of our operating expenses, and we expect the new restaurants we open in the future will also be leased. It is becoming increasingly challenging to locate and secure favorable lease facilities for new restaurants as competition for restaurant sites in our target markets is intense. Development and leasing costs are increasing, particularly for urban locations. These factors could

 

44


Table of Contents

negatively impact our ability to manage our occupancy costs, which may adversely impact our profitability. In addition, any of these factors may be exacerbated by economic factors, which may result in an increased demand for developers and contractors that could drive up our construction and leasing costs. Also, as we open and operate more restaurants, our rate of expansion relative to the size of our existing restaurant base will decline, making it increasingly difficult to achieve levels of sales and profitability growth that we achieved in prior years.

We are obligated under long-term, non-cancelable leases for almost all of our restaurants and our sweetgreen Support Center. Our restaurant leases generally require us to pay a proportionate share of real estate taxes, insurance, common area maintenance charges and other operating costs. Certain of our restaurant leases also provide for contingent rental payments based on sales thresholds. Additional sites that we lease are likely to be subject to similar long-term non-cancelable leases. While we have negotiated certain rent abatements with some of our landlords as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, if an existing or future restaurant is not profitable, and we decide to close it, we may nonetheless be committed to perform our obligations under the applicable lease (or negotiate a buyout with the landlord) including, among other things, paying the base rent for the balance of the lease term. In addition, as each of our leases expires, we may fail to negotiate renewals, either on commercially acceptable terms or at all, which could cause us to pay increased occupancy costs or to close restaurants in desirable locations. These potential increased occupancy costs and closed restaurants could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Furthermore, if we are unable to renew existing leases in key metropolitan areas where we operate or such leases are terminated, any inability to operate in such metropolitan area, as well as the publicity concerning any such termination or non-renewal, could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

A significant portion of our restaurants are located in large urban areas, and if our operations in these geographies are negatively affected, our financial results and future prospects would be adversely affected.

A significant portion of our restaurants are located in densely populated urban locations, such as midtown New York City, Los Angeles, Boston, and the Washington, D.C./Maryland/Virginia metropolitan areas. For fiscal year 2020 and our fiscal year to date through September 26, 2021, approximately 32% and 33%, respectively, of our revenue was generated from our restaurants located in the New York City metropolitan area. As a result, adverse economic or other conditions in any of these areas could have an adverse effect on our overall results of operations. In addition, given our geographic concentrations, negative publicity regarding any of our restaurants in these areas could have an adverse effect on our business and operations, as could other regional occurrences such as local strikes, terrorist attacks, increases in energy prices, inclement weather, or natural or man-made disasters.

As a result of our geographic concentration, our business and financial results are susceptible to economic, social, weather, and regulatory conditions or other circumstances in each of these densely populated urban areas, and any regional occurrences in the markets in which we operate, such as local strikes, terrorist attacks, increases in energy prices, health-related incidents, adverse weather conditions, tornadoes, earthquakes, storms, hurricanes, floods, droughts, fires or other natural or man-made disasters, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. For example, the COVID-19 pandemic significantly impacted our financial results in these urban locations far more negatively than our suburban locations, and the change in behavior as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic could lead to a sustained decline in the desirability of living, working, and congregating in the densely populated urban areas in which we operate. Additionally, during the 2020 presidential election and 2021 inauguration, we had prolonged store closures in the Washington, D.C./Virginia/Maryland metropolitan areas, which had an adverse impact on our restaurant revenues and profitability. Any short-term or long-term shifts in the travel patterns of customers away from densely populated urban areas

 

45


Table of Contents

could have an adverse impact on our future results of operations in these areas. An economic downturn, increased competition, or regulatory obstacles in any of these key markets would adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations to a much greater degree than would the occurrence of such events in other areas. In addition, any changes to local laws or regulations within these key metropolitan markets that affect our ability to operate or increase our operating expenses in these markets would have an adverse effect on our business.

In addition, adverse weather conditions, particularly in the winter months in some of our largest markets such as New York City, Boston, the Washington, D.C./Virginia/Maryland metropolitan region and Chicago, or unexpected adverse weather conditions in markets such as Texas or Florida, may also impact customer traffic at our restaurants, and, in more severe cases, cause temporary restaurant closures, sometimes for prolonged periods, which could have an adverse impact on our revenues. Many of our restaurants have outdoor seating, and the effects of adverse weather may impact the use of these areas and may negatively impact our revenue. As a result of adverse weather conditions, temporary or prolonged restaurant closures may occur and customer traffic may decline due to the actual or perceived effects of future weather-related events.

Acquisitions could be difficult to identify, pose integration challenges, divert the attention of management, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value, and adversely affect our results of operations and expansion prospects.

We have in the past and may in the future make acquisitions of other companies, technologies, or products. Competition within our industry for acquisitions of businesses, technologies in areas such as automation and logistics (such as our recent acquisition of Spyce), and assets (including retail spaces) may become intense, and we have limited experience in acquisitions. As such, even if we are able to identify a target for acquisition, we may not be able to complete the acquisition on commercially reasonable terms, or such target may be acquired by another company including, potentially, one of our competitors. Negotiations for such potential acquisitions may result in diversion of management time and significant out-of-pocket costs. If we do complete acquisitions, we may not ultimately strengthen our competitive position or achieve our goals, and any acquisitions we complete could be viewed negatively by customers, employees, or investors or result in the incurrence of significant other liabilities. We may expend significant cash or incur substantial debt to finance such acquisitions, which indebtedness may restrict our business or require the use of available cash to make interest and principal payments. In addition, we may finance or otherwise complete acquisitions by issuing equity or convertible debt securities, which may result in further dilution of our existing stockholders. For example, we spent significant time and resources and issued a significant amount of equity securities to acquire Spyce, and expect to spend significant additional resources (including proceeds from this offering) on developing Spyce’s automation technology and integrating the Spyce technology into our restaurants, and doing so may take more time or use more resources, than we expect, and we may not be successful at all in realizing our goals in the transaction. Additionally, the time and resources we spend toward developing Spyce’s automation technology and integrating the Spyce technology into our restaurants may be a significant distraction in successfully growing the rest of our business. If we fail to evaluate and execute acquisitions successfully or fail to successfully address any of these risks, our results of operations and expansion prospects may be harmed.

We are a party to a secured credit agreement, which contains certain affirmative and negative covenants that may restrict our current and future operations and could adversely affect our ability to execute business needs.

Our credit agreement with EagleBank (as amended, the “2020 Credit Agreement”) contains certain affirmative and negative covenants applicable to us and our subsidiaries, including, among other things, restrictions on indebtedness, liens, investments, mergers, dispositions, dividends and

 

46


Table of Contents

other distributions, and transactions with affiliates. The obligations under the 2020 Credit Agreement are guaranteed by our existing and future material subsidiaries and secured by substantially all of our and our subsidiary guarantor’s assets, other than certain excluded assets. The terms of our 2020 Credit Agreement may restrict our current and future operations and could adversely affect our ability to finance our future operations or capital needs in the means or manner desired. In addition, complying with these covenants may make it more difficult for us to successfully execute our business strategy, invest in our growth strategy and compete against companies who are not subject to such restrictions. The 2020 Credit Agreement also contains a financial covenant that requires us to maintain minimum liquidity, including cash and cash equivalents plus available amount under the revolving credit facility of the 2020 Credit Agreement, in an amount of not less than the trailing 90 day cash burn during a calendar quarter. We may not be able to generate sufficient cash flow or sales to meet the financial covenant or pay any principal or interest under the 2020 Credit Agreement.

If we are unable to comply with our payment requirements or any other covenants, it could result in an event of default under the 2020 Credit Agreement and our lender may accelerate our obligations under our 2020 Credit Agreement and foreclose upon the collateral, or we may be forced to sell assets, restructure our indebtedness, or seek additional equity capital, which would dilute our stockholders’ interests. In addition, such a default or acceleration may result in the acceleration of any future indebtedness to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies. If this occurs, we might not be able to repay our debt or borrow sufficient funds to refinance it. Even if new financing is available, it may not be on terms that are acceptable to us.

Further, interest on any outstanding balances under the 2020 Credit Agreement is calculated based on the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). On July 27, 2017, the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority (FCA), which regulates LIBOR, announced that it will no longer require banks to submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR after 2021. Further, on March 5, 2021, the Intercontinental Exchange Benchmark Administration, the FCA-regulated and authorized administrator of LIBOR, announced, and the FCA confirmed, that one week and two-month USD LIBOR settings will cease on December 31, 2021, and that the USD LIBOR panel for all other tenors will cease on June 30, 2023. The 2020 Credit Agreement provides for the discontinuation of U.S. dollar LIBOR by including provisions broadly consistent with the “hardwired” approach recommended by the Alternative Rates Reference Committee convened by the Federal Reserve Board. The “hardwired” approach provides for (i) a transition to a benchmark based on the secured overnight funds rate or another benchmark determined after giving regard to any recommendation by the Federal Reserve Board and any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for syndicated credit facilities and (ii) certain spread adjustments and other changes necessary to implement such replacement benchmark. The transition to a replacement benchmark is triggered by the earliest to occur of several events, including the cessation of publication of U.S. dollar LIBOR and the public announcement by the regulatory supervisor of the administrator of U.S. dollar LIBOR that U.S. dollar LIBOR is no longer representative. Currently, it is not possible to determine with certainty the future utilization of U.S. dollar LIBOR or of any particular replacement benchmark. As such, the potential effect of any such event on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations cannot yet be determined. However, any such event could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash flows and results from operations and could cause the market value of our Class A common stock to decline.

Risks Related to Legal and Governmental Regulation

Governmental regulation may adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We are subject to various federal, state, and local regulations, including those relating to building and zoning requirements and those relating to the preparation and sale of food and, in certain

 

47


Table of Contents

locations, those relating to the sale of alcoholic beverages, including “dram shop” statutes. The development and operation of restaurants depends to a significant extent on the selection and acquisition of suitable sites, which are subject to zoning, land use, environmental, traffic, and other regulations and requirements. Our restaurants are also subject to state and local licensing and regulation by health, sanitation, food and occupational safety, and other agencies, which regulation has increased in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic. We may experience difficulties or failures in obtaining the necessary licenses, approvals, or permits for our restaurants, which could delay planned restaurant openings (and has become significantly more difficult during the COVID-19 pandemic) or affect the operations at our existing restaurants. In addition, stringent and varied requirements of local regulators with respect to zoning, land use, and environmental factors could delay or prevent development of new restaurants in particular locations.

Our operations are subject to the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Act, which governs worker health and safety, as well as rules and regulations regarding COVID-19, the U.S. Fair Labor Standards Act, which governs such matters as minimum wages and overtime, and a variety of similar federal, state and local labor and employment laws (such as fair work week laws, various wage & hour laws, termination and discharge laws, and state occupational safety regulations) that govern these and other employment law matters. We may also be subject to lawsuits or investigations from our current or former employees in our restaurants or in the sweetgreen Support Center, the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, or others alleging violations of federal and state laws regarding workplace and employment matters, discrimination, exempt or non-exempt misclassification, and similar matters, and we have been a party to a number of such matters in the past. These lawsuits and investigations require significant resources from our senior management and can result in fines, penalties and/or settlements, some or all of which may not be covered by insurance. These lawsuits and investigations can also result in significant remediation efforts that may be costly and time consuming, and which we may not implement effectively. We have made payments to settle these types of lawsuits and/or investigations in the past, and additional lawsuits or investigations could have an adverse effect on our business, brand and reputation, financial condition, and results of operations. Additional federal, state, and local proposals related to paid sick leave or similar matters, particularly as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, could, if implemented, also have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We are also subject to the Americans with Disabilities Act (the “ADA”) and similar state laws that give civil rights protections to individuals with disabilities in the context of employment, public accommodations and other areas, including our restaurants, website, and smartphone applications. In the past, we have settled various lawsuits related to our alleged ADA non-compliance, which resulted in accommodations to our website, smartphone applications, and physical restaurant locations. We may face additional litigation in the future or have to further modify our digital platforms by providing auxiliary aids to disabled persons, or restaurants by adding access ramps or redesigning certain interior layouts or architectural fixtures to provide service to or make reasonable accommodations for disabled persons. The expenses associated with these modifications could be material, and there is no guarantee that we will be able to adjust our business practices appropriately to limit additional claims in the future.

We operate in a highly regulated industry, and we strive to implement industry best practices to ensure food and customer safety whether or not required by government regulation, including with respect to hand washing and sanitation of our restaurants as well as the prepping, handling, and maintaining of many of our perishable food items. In the event we fail to maintain such best practices, or do not comply with any required government regulation, it could lead to incidents related to foodborne illnesses that could have an adverse effect on their brand and operations. Local, state, and federal regulatory requirements are always evolving, and we anticipate compliance with these requirements may increase our costs and present challenges and risk to our company.

 

48


Table of Contents

The impact of current laws and regulations, including vaccination mandates for restaurants operating indoor dining, the effect of future changes in laws or regulations that impose additional requirements, and the consequences of litigation relating to current or future laws and regulations, or our inability to respond effectively to significant regulatory or public policy issues, could increase our compliance and other costs of doing business and, therefore, have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Failure to comply with the laws and regulatory requirements of federal, state, and local authorities could result in, among other things, revocation of required licenses, administrative enforcement actions, fines, and civil and criminal liability. In addition, certain laws, including the ADA, could require us to expend significant funds to make modifications to our restaurants if we failed to comply with applicable standards. Compliance with the aforementioned laws and regulations can be costly and can increase our exposure to litigation or governmental investigations or proceedings, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Changes in employment laws may increase our labor costs and impact our results of operations.

Various federal, state, and labor laws govern the relationship with our employees and impact operating costs. These laws include employee classification as exempt or non-exempt for overtime and other purposes, minimum wage requirements, fair workweek, wage and hour requirements, unemployment tax rates, workers’ compensation rates, immigration status, and other wage and benefit requirements. Additionally, certain markets, such as Los Angeles and San Francisco have provided for additional benefit and paid sick leave requirements as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. Significant additional government-imposed increases in the following areas could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations:

 

   

predictive scheduling;

 

   

minimum wages;

 

   

mandatory health benefits;

 

   

vacation accruals;

 

   

termination and discharge requirements;

 

   

paid leaves of absence, including paid sick leave and COVID-19-related leave; and

 

   

tax reporting.

Complying with these laws and regulations subjects us to substantial expense and non-compliance could expose us to significant liabilities. We incur legal costs to defend, and we could suffer losses from, these and similar cases, and the amount of such losses or costs could be significant. In addition, several states and localities in which we operate and the federal government have, from time to time, enacted minimum wage increases, changes to eligibility for overtime pay, paid sick leave and mandatory vacation accruals, and similar requirements. These changes have increased our labor costs and may have a further negative impact on our labor costs in the future.

For example, several jurisdictions in which we operate, including New York City, Philadelphia, Chicago, and San Francisco, have implemented fair workweek legislation, which impose complex requirements related to scheduling for certain restaurant and retail employees that are often difficult to comply with. We are currently under investigation by the New York City Department of Consumer Affairs for potential fair workweek violations for one of our New York City locations, and the outcome of such investigation is unknown at this time. Other jurisdictions where we operate are considering enacting similar legislation. In addition, New York City recently passed a “just cause” termination legislation as part

 

49


Table of Contents

of its fair workweek legislation, which restricts companies’ ability to terminate employees unless they can prove “just cause” or a “bona fide economic reason” for the termination, which went into effect in July 2021. All of these regulations impose additional obligations on us and could increase our costs of doing business and cause us to make changes to our business model. Our failure to comply with any of these laws and regulations could lead to higher employee turnover and negative publicity, and subject us to penalties and other legal liabilities, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations and potentially cause us to close some restaurants in these jurisdictions.

In addition, a significant number of our restaurant employees are paid at rates impacted by the applicable minimum wage. To the extent implemented, federal, state and local proposals that increase minimum wage requirements or mandate other employee matters could, to the extent implemented, increase our labor and other costs. Several states in which we operate have approved minimum wage increases that are above the federal minimum. As more jurisdictions, or if the federal government (including as a result of the Biden administration’s commitment to a $15 federal minimum wage), implement minimum wage increases, we expect our labor costs will continue to increase. Our ability to respond to minimum wage increases by increasing menu prices depends on willingness of our guests to pay the higher prices and our perceived value relative to competitors. Our distributors and suppliers could also be affected by higher minimum wage, benefit standards, and compliance costs, which could result in higher costs for goods and services supplied to us. Any increase in the labor costs of our business may have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

We have been and will likely continue to be party to litigation that could distract management, increase our expenses, or subject us to monetary damages or other remedies.

We have been subject to a number of claims from our employees alleging violations of federal and state law regarding workplace and employment matters, including off-the-clock work (including meal and rest break compliance), predictive scheduling, equal opportunity, harassment, discrimination, retaliation, wrong termination, and similar matters, and we could become subject to class action or other lawsuits related to these or different matters in the future. We may not have valid arbitration agreements with all current or former employees, and the arbitration agreements that are in place may not protect us from certain claims in certain states (including Private Attorney General Act claims in California). In addition, customers may file complaints or lawsuits against us alleging we caused an illness or injury they suffered at or after a visit to our restaurants, including in the context of claims related to exposure to COVID-19, or that we have problems with food quality or operations. In recent years, a number of restaurant companies, including sweetgreen, have been subject to such claims. Additionally, because we do not perform background checks on all employees, we have been and may in the future be exposed to certain risks, including allegations of negligence in our hiring practices, as well as needing to terminate existing employees who do not pass any background check that we may conduct after an employee has been hired. Regardless of whether any claims against us are valid, or whether we are ultimately held liable, claims may be expensive to defend, may divert time and money away from our operations, and hurt our performance. A judgment in excess of, or that is excluded from, our insurance coverage for any claims could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Any adverse publicity resulting from these allegations, regardless of whether any claims against us are valid, may also adversely affect our reputation, which in turn could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

In addition, the restaurant industry has been subject to a growing number of claims based on the nutritional content of food products sold and disclosure and advertising practices. We may also be subject to this type of proceeding in the future and, even if we are not, publicity about these matters (particularly directed at the fast-casual segment of the industry) may harm our reputation and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

50


Table of Contents

Failure to obtain and maintain required licenses and permits or to comply with food control regulations could lead to the loss of our food service licenses and, thereby, harm our business.

The restaurant industry is subject to various federal, state, and local government regulations, including those relating to design and construction of restaurants and the sale of food and alcoholic beverages. Such regulations are subject to change from time to time. During the COVID-19 pandemic, the timeline for obtaining licenses and permits has increased significantly. The failure to obtain and properly maintain and comply with these licenses, permits and approvals in a timely manner could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Typically, licenses must be renewed annually and may be revoked, suspended, or denied renewal for cause or we could be subject to fines or temporary restaurant closures at any time if governmental authorities determine that our conduct violates applicable regulations. Difficulties or failure to maintain or obtain the required licenses and approvals could adversely affect our existing restaurants and delay or result in our decision to cancel the opening of new restaurants. Any failure to maintain such licenses could have an adverse effect on our business, brand and reputation, financial condition and results of operations.

Failure to comply with immigration laws, or changes thereto, may increase the operating costs of our business.

Although we require all workers to provide us with government-specified documentation evidencing their employment eligibility on their first day of work, some of our employees, particularly in our restaurants, may, without our knowledge, be unauthorized workers, or provide false documentation. Additionally, our historical hiring processes in our restaurants have not always ensured that we collect and approve all required government-specified documentation evidencing employment eligibility on a timely basis in accordance with applicable laws. We have previously been subject to, and are also currently under, audit by the Department of Homeland Security in certain markets, and we may be subject to additional audits in the future. Unauthorized workers are subject to deportation and may subject us to fines or penalties, and if any of our workers are found to be unauthorized, we could experience adverse publicity that negatively impacts our brand and may make it more difficult to hire and keep qualified employees. In the past we have terminated a significant number of employees who were determined to be unauthorized workers, and if we take similar actions in the future, it may disrupt our operations, cause temporary increases in our labor costs as we train new employees, and result in additional adverse publicity. We could also become subject to fines, penalties, and other costs related to claims or governmental audits that we did not fully comply with all obligations of federal and state immigration compliance laws, including record-keeping obligations. These factors could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations as well as our brand and reputation.

Furthermore, in recent years immigration laws have been a topic of considerable political focus. Further changes in immigration or work authorization laws and additional enforcement programs by the Department of Homeland Security of existing immigration or work authorization laws, including at the state level, could increase our compliance and oversight obligations, which could subject us to additional costs and potential liability, impact our brand and reputation, and make our hiring process more burdensome, and could potentially reduce the availability of prospective employees.

Failure to comply with environmental laws, particularly regarding waste management, may negatively affect our business.

We are subject to various federal, state, and local laws and regulations concerning waste minimization, recyclables, disposal, pollution, protection of the environment, and the presence, discharge, storage, handling, release and disposal of, and exposure to, hazardous or toxic substances.

 

51


Table of Contents

These environmental laws, which typically vary significantly at the local level, provide for significant fines and penalties for noncompliance and liabilities for remediation, sometimes without regard to whether the owner or operator of the property knew of, or was responsible for, the release or presence of hazardous or toxic substances. Compliance with these regulations become increasingly more complicated as we expand into additional markets. We primarily partner with a third-party vendor to manage the disposal of our waste and are reliant on them to ensure that our waste is transferred, recycled, or disposed of in accordance with our standards and applicable regulations. Third parties may also make claims against owners or operators of properties for personal injuries and property damage associated with releases of, or actual or alleged exposure to, such hazardous or toxic substances at, on or from our restaurants. Particularly in light of our focus on environmental sustainability and social impact, environmental conditions relating to releases of hazardous substances at a prior, existing, or future restaurant could have an adverse effect on our brand and reputation, business, financial condition, and results of operations. Further, environmental laws, and the administration, interpretation, and enforcement thereof, are subject to change and may become more stringent in the future, each of which could make our waste management more complex and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The effect of changes to healthcare laws in the United States may increase the number of employees who choose to participate in our healthcare plans, which may significantly increase our healthcare costs and negatively impact our financial results.

In 2010, the PPACA, which required health care coverage for many uninsured individuals and expanded coverage the coverage of those already insured, was signed into law in the United States. The PPACA requires us to offer healthcare benefits to all full-time employees (including full-time hourly employees) that meet certain minimum requirements of coverage and affordability, or face penalties. We have incurred additional expenses due to organizing and maintaining a healthcare plan that covers the increased number of employees who have elected to obtain coverage through a healthcare plan we subsidize in part. If we fail to continue to offer such benefits, or the benefits we elect to offer do not meet the applicable requirements, we may incur penalties. It is also possible that by making changes or failing to make changes in the healthcare plans offered by us we will become less competitive in the market for our labor. The future costs and other effects of these new healthcare requirements cannot be determined with certainty, but they may significantly increase our healthcare coverage costs and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Additionally, the modifications made under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act enacted in 2017 had no impact on the employer mandate. However, we cannot predict the ultimate content, timing, or impact of any changes to the PPACA or other federal and state reform efforts. There is no assurance that federal or state health care reform will not adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations, and we cannot predict how future federal or state legislative, judicial, or administrative changes relating to healthcare reform will affect our business.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

As of December 27, 2020, we had U.S. Federal net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”) of $356,546, of which $256,556 may be carried forward indefinitely, and the remaining carryforwards of $99,990 expire at various dates from 2029 through 2037. As of December 27, 2020, we had state net operating loss carryforwards of $344,125, of which $38,019 may be carried forward indefinitely, and the remaining carryforwards of $306,106 expire at various dates from 2021 through 2040. It is possible that we will not generate taxable income in time to use NOLs before their expiration, or at all. Under Section 382 and Section 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change NOLs

 

52


Table of Contents

and other tax attributes, including R&D tax credits, to offset its post-change income may be limited. In general, an “ownership change” will occur if there is a cumulative change in our ownership by “five percent stockholders” that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. Our ability to use NOLs and other tax attributes to reduce future taxable income and liabilities may be subject to annual limitations as a result of prior ownership changes and ownership changes that may occur in the future, including as a result of this offering.

Under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “Tax Act”), as amended by the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”), net operating losses arising in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 and before January 1, 2021 may be carried back to each of the five taxable years preceding the tax year of such loss, but net operating losses arising in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2020 may not be carried back. Additionally, under the Tax Act, as modified by the CARES Act, net operating losses from tax years that began after December 31, 2017 may offset no more than 80% of current taxable income annually for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2020, but the 80% limitation on the use of net operating losses from tax years that began after December 31, 2017 does not apply for taxable income in tax years beginning before January 1, 2021. NOLs arising in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017 can be carried forward indefinitely, but NOLs generated in tax years beginning before January 1, 2018 will continue to have a two-year carryback and twenty-year carryforward period. As we maintain a full valuation allowance against our U.S. NOLs, these changes will not impact our balance sheet as of December 27, 2020. However, in future years, if and when a net deferred tax asset is recognized related to our NOLs, the changes in the carryforward and carryback periods as well as the new limitation on use of NOLs may significantly impact our valuation allowance assessments for NOLs generated in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.

There is also a risk that due to regulatory changes, such as suspensions of the use of NOLs and tax credits by certain jurisdictions, including in order to raise additional revenue to help counter the fiscal impact from the COVID-19 pandemic, possibly with retroactive effect, or other unforeseen reasons, our existing NOLs and tax credits could expire or otherwise be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities. A temporary suspension of the use of certain NOLs and tax credits has been enacted in California, and other states may enact suspensions as well. For these reasons, we may not be able to realize a tax benefit from the use of our NOLs and tax credits.

We may expand our independent contractor driver network with respect to our expanding delivery program. The status of the drivers as independent contractors, rather than employees, may be challenged. A reclassification of the drivers as employees could harm our business or results of operations.

In 2019, our subsidiary, SG Logistics, LLC (“SG Logistics”), commenced engaging drivers to deliver products for certain of our Outpost orders through our technology platform. These drivers may also fulfill certain delivery orders made through our native smartphone application or our website in the future. SG Logistics may become involved in legal proceedings and investigations that claim that members of its delivery network who it treats as independent contractors for all purposes, including employment tax and employee benefits, should instead be treated as employees. In addition, there can be no assurance that legislative, judicial or regulatory (including tax) authorities will not introduce proposals or assert interpretations of existing law and regulations, such as California’s AB5 legislation, that would mandate that SG Logistics’ change its classification of the drivers. In the event of a reclassification of members of SG Logistics’ independent contractor driver network as employees, SG Logistics could be exposed to various liabilities and additional costs. These liabilities and costs could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations for our Outpost business and/or make it cost prohibitive for SG Logistics to deliver orders using its driver network, particularly in geographic areas where we do not have significant volume. These liabilities and

 

53


Table of Contents

additional costs could include exposure (for prior and future periods) under federal, state, and local tax laws, and workers’ compensation, unemployment benefits, labor, and employment laws, as well as potential liability for penalties and interest. Additionally, in the event a courier that contracts with SG Logistics commits a serious crime in connection with providing services on the SG Logistics platform, we could potentially be responsible for any losses as a result of such incident, and such incident could have a material adverse impact on our brand.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property and Information Technology

If we experience a serious cybersecurity incident, or the confidentiality, integrity, or availability of our information technology, software, services, communications, or data is compromised, our platform may be perceived as not being secure, our reputation may be harmed, demand for our products and services may be reduced, and we may incur significant liabilities.

Operating our business and platform involves the collection, use, storage, and transmission of sensitive, proprietary, and confidential information, including personal information of customers, personnel, business contacts, and others, and our sensitive, proprietary and confidential business information. For example, we collect certain customers’ home and/or business addresses for processing delivery orders, mobile phone numbers from users of our platform, and personal information from our personnel, including in the administration of our benefit plans. Cybersecurity incidents compromising the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of this information or our systems could result from cyber attacks, software bugs and vulnerabilities, viruses, supply chain attacks and vulnerabilities through our third-party partners, credential stuffing, efforts by individuals or groups of hackers and sophisticated organizations, including state-sponsored organizations, errors or malfeasance of our personnel, and security vulnerabilities in the software or systems on which we rely. Such incidents have occurred in the past, and may occur in the future, resulting in unauthorized, unlawful, or inappropriate access to, inability to access, disclosure of, or loss of the sensitive, proprietary and confidential information that we handle. In addition, we have experienced an increase in credential stuffing activity in which malicious third parties try to access an online service by using credentials compromised in cybersecurity incidents suffered by different services. We have security measures in place to mitigate our risk to these vulnerabilities, but these measures may not be adequate to ensure that our operations are not disrupted or that security incidents do not occur. Risks relating to security incidents are likely to increase as we continue to grow and collect, process, store, and transmit increasingly large amounts of data.

We also rely on a number of third parties to support and operate our critical business systems and process confidential and personal information, such as LevelUp, our account management provider, and the payment processors that process customer credit card payments. These third parties may not have adequate security measures and could experience a security incident that compromises the confidentiality, integrity, or availability of the systems they operate for us or the information they process on our behalf. Moreover, the risk of circumvention of our security measures or those of our third parties on whom we rely has been heightened by advances in computer and software capabilities and the increasing sophistication of actors who employ complex techniques, including, without limitation, “phishing” or social engineering incidents, ransomware, extortion, account takeover attacks, denial or degradation of service attacks, and malware. Cybercrime and hacking techniques are constantly evolving, and we or third parties who we work with may be unable to anticipate attempted cybersecurity incidents, react in a timely manner, or implement adequate preventative measures, particularly given increasing use of hacking techniques designed to circumvent controls, avoid detection, and remove or obfuscate forensic artifacts.

Because of the prominence of our brand, we believe that we are an attractive target for cyberattacks. We have taken measures designed to detect and prevent security incidents, and to

 

54


Table of Contents

protect the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of our systems and the sensitive, proprietary, and confidential information under our control. However, despite any measures that we have taken by us to increase our cybersecurity, we cannot assure you that the measures that we or the third parties we work with have implemented will always be followed and/or be effective against current or future security threats. Moreover, we and the third parties we work with may be more vulnerable to security incidents in remote work environments, which have increased in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

If we or the third parties we work with suffer, or are perceived to have suffered, a security incident, we may experience a loss of customer and partner confidence in the security of our platform and damage to our brand, reduced demand for our offerings, and disruption of normal business operations. Such an incident may also require us to spend resources to investigate and correct the issue and to prevent recurrence, expose us to legal liabilities, including litigation, regulatory enforcement, and indemnity obligations, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Additionally, our agreements with our material third-party partners, such as LevelUp, Uber Eats and DoorDash, require us to maintain adequate security measures and not subject their confidential information to a cybersecurity incident. If we were to breach those contractual obligations, we could be responsible for any indemnifying our partners for any losses associated with such incident.

Laws in all states and U.S. territories require businesses to notify affected individuals, governmental entities, and/or credit reporting agencies of certain security incidents affecting personal information. Such laws are inconsistent, and compliance in the event of a widespread security incident is complex and costly and may be difficult to implement. Our existing general liability and cyber liability insurance policies may not cover, or may cover only a portion of, any potential claims related to security breaches to which we are exposed or may not be adequate to indemnify us for all or any portion of liabilities that may be imposed. We also cannot be certain that our existing insurance coverage will continue to be available on acceptable terms or in amounts sufficient to cover the potentially significant losses that may result from a security incident or breach or that the insurer will not deny coverage of any future claim. Security incidents also could harm our reputation and result in litigation against us. Any of these results could have an adverse effect on our business, our financial condition, or results of operations.

We are subject to rapidly changing and increasingly stringent laws, regulations, industry standards, and other obligations relating to privacy, data protection, and data security. The restrictions and costs imposed by these requirements, or our actual or perceived failure to comply with them, could harm our business.

We collect, use, and disclose personal information of customers, personnel, business contacts, and others in the course of operating our business. These activities are or may become regulated by a variety of domestic and foreign laws and regulations relating to privacy, data protection, and data security, which are complex, rapidly evolving, and increasingly stringent.

State legislatures have begun to adopt comprehensive privacy laws. For example, the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 (the “CCPA”), which took effect on January 1, 2020, gives California residents expanded rights related to their personal information, including the right to access and delete their personal information, and receive detailed information about how their personal information is used and shared. The CCPA also created restrictions on “sales” of personal information that allow California residents to opt-out of certain sharing of their personal information and may restrict the use of cookies and similar technologies for advertising purposes. Our platform relies on such technologies for advertising purposes and could be adversely affected by the CCPA’s restrictions if users opt-out of certain information sharing on which our advertising relies, which would impair our ability to advertise. This could decrease the effectiveness of our marketing and adverting strategies and decrease our level of customer acquisition and/or retention, may cause us to find new avenues to market and advertise,

 

55


Table of Contents

and may cause us to increase our marketing and advertising expenditures. The CCPA prohibits discrimination against individuals who exercise their privacy rights, provides for civil penalties for violations, and creates a private right of action for certain data breaches that is expected to increase data breach litigation. Many of the CCPA’s requirements as applied to personal information of a business’s personnel and related individuals are subject to a moratorium set to expire on January 1, 2023. The expiration of the moratorium may increase our compliance costs and our exposure to public and regulatory scrutiny, costly litigation, fines and penalties.

Additionally, California voters recently approved a ballot measure adopting the California Privacy Rights Act (“CPRA”), which will substantially expand the requirements of the CCPA effective January 1, 2023. The CPRA will restrict use of certain categories of sensitive personal information that we handle, further restrict the use of cross-context behavioral advertising techniques on which our platform relies, establish restrictions on the retention of personal information, expand the types of data breaches subject to the private right of action, and establish the California Privacy Protection Agency to implement and enforce the new law and impose administrative fines. Further, on March 2, 2021, Virginia enacted the Virginia Consumer Data Protection Act, and on July 7, 2021, Colorado enacted the Colorado Privacy Act, both of which laws are comprehensive privacy statutes that share similarities with the CCPA, CPRA, and legislation proposed in other states. Similar laws have been proposed in other states and at the federal level, reflecting a trend toward more stringent privacy legislation in the United States. The enactment of such laws could have potentially conflicting requirements that would make compliance challenging.

In addition to the risks we face under emerging privacy laws, the restrictions on text message communications imposed by the Telephone Consumer Protection Act (“TCPA”), have long been a source of potential liability for our business. Claims that we have violated the TCPA could be costly to litigate and could expose us to substantial statutory damages or settlement costs.

Foreign laws and regulations pertaining to privacy, data protection and data security – including in Europe, Brazil, and Japan – are also undergoing rapid change, have become increasingly stringent in recent years, and proposals for similar laws and regulations are being considered in several major foreign countries. Many of these countries are also beginning to impose or increase restrictions on the transfer of personal information to other countries. Restrictions relating to privacy, data protection, and data security in these countries may limit the products and services we can offer in them, which in turn may limit demand for our services in such countries and our ability to enter into and operate in new geographic markets.

Privacy advocates and industry groups have regularly proposed, and may propose in the future, self-regulatory standards by which we are or may become legally or contractually bound. If we fail to comply with these contractual obligations or standards, we may face public and regulatory scrutiny, substantial liability, and fines.

We also publish privacy policies and other documentation regarding our collection, processing, use, and disclosure of personal information and/or other confidential information. Although we endeavor to comply with our published policies, and documentation, we may at times fail to do so or may be perceived to have failed to do so. Moreover, despite our efforts, we may not be successful in achieving compliance if our employees or partners fail to comply with our published policies and documentation, which are outside of our control. Such failures can subject us to potential enforcement action the policies or documentation and perceived as deceptive, unfair, or misrepresentative of our actual practices such that they consumer protection laws and require us to publicly disclose any alleged non-compliance.

 

56


Table of Contents

Consumer resistance to the collection and sharing of the data used to deliver targeted advertising, increased visibility of consent or “do not track” mechanisms as a result of industry regulatory or legal developments, the adoption by consumers of browser settings or “ad-blocking” software, and the development and deployment of new technologies could impact our ability to collect data or engage in marketing and advertising, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

Further, we are subject to the Payment Card Industry (“PCI”) Data Security Standard, a security standard applicable to companies that collect, store or transmit certain data regarding credit and debit cards, holders and transactions. We rely on vendors to handle PCI matters and to ensure PCI compliance. Despite our compliance efforts, we may become subject to claims that we have violated the PCI Data Security Standard based on past, present, and future business practices. Our actual or perceived failure to comply with the PCI Data Security Standard can subject us to fines, termination of banking relationships, and increased transaction fees. In addition, there is no guarantee that PCI Data Security Standard compliance will prevent illegal or improper use of our payment systems or the theft, loss or misuse of payment card data or transaction information.

In addition, the FTC expects a company’s data security measures to be reasonable and appropriate in light of the sensitivity and volume of consumer information it holds, the size and complexity of its business, and the cost of available tools to improve security and reduce vulnerabilities. Our failure to take any steps perceived by the FTC as appropriate to protect consumers’ personal information may result in claims by the FTC that we have engaged in unfair or deceptive acts or practices in violation of Section 5(a) of the FTC Act. State consumer protection laws provide similar causes of action for unfair or deceptive practices for alleged privacy, data protection and data security violations.

Despite our efforts, we may not be successful in complying with the rapidly evolving privacy, data protection, and data security requirements discussed above. Any actual or perceived non-compliance with such requirements could result in litigation and proceedings against us by governmental entities, customers, or others, fines, civil or criminal penalties, limited ability or inability to operate our business, offer services, or market our platform in certain jurisdictions, negative publicity and harm to our brand and reputation, changes to our business practices, and reduced overall demand for our platform. Such occurrences could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

We may not be able to adequately protect or enforce our rights in our intellectual property, which could harm the value of our brand and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our intellectual property, particularly our trademark portfolio, is material to the conduct of our business, as our brand recognition is one of our key differentiating factors from our competitors. Our ability to implement our business plan successfully depends in part on our ability to further build brand recognition using our trademarks, service marks, trade dress, and other intellectual property, including our name and logos and the unique ambience of our restaurants. While we generally seek to register our material trademarks, our trademark applications may never be granted. Further, third parties may oppose our trademark applications, or seek to cancel our trademark applications.

Trademark rights generally exist on a country-by-country basis, and the possibility that such rights may be unavailable or unenforceable in certain jurisdictions could interfere with our international expansion. While we have filed applications to register trademarks in certain foreign jurisdictions, our trademarks may be subject to cancellation in such jurisdictions if we do not operate our business in such jurisdictions within a certain period of time specific to each jurisdiction.

 

57


Table of Contents

Our success is also dependent, in part, upon protecting our other intellectual property and proprietary information using a combination of copyright, trade secret, and other intellectual property laws, and confidentiality agreements with our employees and others. We maintain a policy requiring senior employees, as well as any employee or consultant who develops any material intellectual property for us, to enter into an agreement to protect our intellectual property rights and other proprietary information. However, we cannot guarantee that such agreements adequately protect our intellectual property rights and other proprietary information. We cannot guarantee that these agreements will not be breached, that we will have adequate remedies in the event of a breach, or that the respective employees or consultants will not assert rights to our intellectual property rights or other proprietary information. In addition, we may fail to enter into confidentiality agreements with all parties who have access to our trade secrets or other proprietary information.

While it is our policy to protect and defend vigorously our rights to our intellectual property, we cannot predict whether steps taken by us to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights will be adequate to prevent infringement, dilution, misappropriation or other violation of these rights or the use by others of restaurant features based upon, or otherwise similar to, our restaurant concept. It may be difficult for us to prevent others from copying elements of our concept and any litigation to enforce our rights will likely be costly and may not be successful. We cannot guarantee that we will have sufficient resources to enforce our intellectual property rights. In recent years, we have seen numerous concepts internationally that appear to have copied our trade dress or ambience, and foreign intellectual property laws may not provide the same protection our intellectual property received under U.S. law. Failure to protect or enforce our trademark rights could prevent us in the future from challenging third parties who use similar trademarks, which may in turn cause consumer confusion or negatively affect public perception of our brand, which could have an adverse effect on our business, international expansion, financial condition, and results of operations.

We rely heavily on information technology, and we may not timely and effectively scale and adapt our existing technology and network infrastructure to ensure that our online and mobile platforms are accessible, which would harm our reputation, business, financial condition, and results of operations.

It is critical to our success, particularly with respect to our online and mobile ordering business, that our customers can access our online and mobile ordering platforms at all times. We rely heavily on information technology, including for operating our website, mobile application and online and mobile ordering platforms, point-of-sale processing in our restaurants, management of our supply chain, payment processing, collection of cash, marketing and promotions, payment card transactions, and other processes and procedures. Our ability to efficiently and effectively manage our business depends significantly on the reliability and capacity of these systems. We have previously experienced service disruptions and, in the future, we may experience service disruptions, outages or other performance problems due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, human or software errors, capacity constraints due to an overwhelming number of customers accessing our platform simultaneously, downtime or outages from third-party services providers, and denial of service or fraud or security attacks. For example, several times in 2020, Uber Eats, our third-party delivery fulfilment partner for orders placed through our Native Delivery Channel, experienced outages that required us to temporarily shut down our Native Delivery Channel either entirely or in certain geographic markets, and, in 2019, our third-party credit card processing vendor experienced several outages. It is also possible that we may experience unexpected outages as we transition to DoorDash as our third-party delivery partner for orders placed through our Native Delivery Channel in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2021. These types of outages caused by third parties result in periodic store closures, lost revenue, and customer complaints. In some instances, we may not be able to identify the cause or causes of these performance problems within an

 

58


Table of Contents

acceptable period of time, and, in cases where we rely on third-party technological infrastructure, we may not have sufficient contractual recourse against such third-party to make us whole for any loss.

It may become increasingly difficult to maintain and improve the availability of our platform, especially during peak usage times and as our product offerings become more complex and our customer traffic increases. If our online and mobile ordering platforms are unavailable when customers attempt to access them or they do not load as quickly as customers expect, customers may seek other services, and may not return to our platforms as often in the future, or at all. This would harm our ability to attract customers to our restaurants and decrease the frequency with which they use our platforms. Additionally, the failure of our systems to operate effectively, maintenance problems, upgrading or transitioning to new platforms, network failures, natural disasters, terrorism, war, electrical failures, hackers, computer viruses, and other security issues could result in delays in customer service, reduce efficiency in our operations, and result in reputational harm. We expect to continue to make significant investments to maintain and improve the availability of our platforms and to enable rapid releases of new features and products for our multi-channel offerings. To the extent that we do not effectively address capacity constraints, respond adequately to service disruptions, upgrade our systems as needed or continually develop our technology and network architecture to accommodate actual and anticipated changes in technology, our business, financial condition, and results of operations would be harmed.

The digital and delivery business, and expansion thereof, is uncertain and subject to risk.

Digital innovation and growth remain a focus for us. We have focused on our digital strategy over the past few years, including the development and launch of our app; regular enhancements to our app; and use of third-party delivery partners, for both fulfilling delivery services for orders through our website or native smartphone application and through third-party delivery marketplaces. As the digital space around us continues to evolve, our technology needs to evolve concurrently to remain competitive with the industry. If we do not maintain digital systems that are competitive with the industry, our digital business may be adversely affected and could damage our sales. Certain competitors, including those with greater resources than we have, such as Chipotle, also have focused on a digital strategy and may be more successful in employing that strategy.

We rely on certain third parties for, among other things, our ordering and payment processing relating to our mobile app and website. Such services performed by these third parties could be damaged or interrupted by technological issues, which could then result in a loss of sales for a period of time, and pursuant to our contractual arrangements with such third parties it is unlikely that we would be able to recover for lost profits or other consequential damages. Information processed by these third parties could also be impacted by cyber-attacks, which could not only negatively impact our sales, but also harm our brand image.

We have historically relied on Uber Eats as our exclusive third-party delivery partner to power delivery services for orders through our Native Delivery Channel, but we are in the process of transitioning to DoorDash as our primary delivery partner for our Native Delivery Channel, which we expect to complete in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2021. If Uber Eats, DoorDash or any future third-party delivery partner fails to fulfill its obligations or delivers unsatisfactory delivery service, for instance, by delivering orders late, by not having sufficient couriers to fulfill our orders, or by having a system outage, or if the transition to DoorDash is not seamless, we will not be able to provide proper delivery services to our customers through our native application. Errors in providing adequate delivery services may result in customer dissatisfaction, which could also result in loss of customers, loss in sales, increase of refunds and credits, and damage to our brand image and NPS. Additionally, as with any third party handling food, such delivery services increase the risk of food tampering while in transit.

 

59


Table of Contents

Any changes to our agreement with Uber Eats (prior to the transition), DoorDash, or any future third-party delivery partner, including the loss or addition of any third-party delivery partner, could also affect our ability to provide proper delivery services to our customers. We are also subject to risk if there is a shortage of delivery drivers in any of our markets for any period of time, which could result in a failure to meet our customers’ expectations and have a negative impact on our sales.

We also partner with each of the mainstream third-party delivery providers to provide food on their marketplaces. If any of these third-party delivery providers that we partner with experiences damage to their brand image, we may also see ramifications due to our partnership with them. Additionally, we currently compete with these third-party delivery providers through our Native Delivery Channel, and some of these providers may have greater financial resources to spend on marketing and advertising around their digital and delivery campaigns than we are able to at this time, which could adversely impact our business, financial performance, and results of operations. Additionally, over time our commission rates with any of our third-party delivery partners could increase, either for delivery services for orders through our website or native smartphone application or through third-party delivery marketplaces, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

If we are unable to adapt to changes in technology, our business could be harmed.

Because our customers can access our website and mobile platform on a variety of mobile devices (including both Android and iOS), we will need to continuously modify and enhance our platform to keep pace with changes in mobile devices and other Internet-related hardware, software, communication, and browser technologies. We may not be successful in either developing these modifications and enhancements or in timely bringing them to market. For example, our customers were unable to order our delivery on our native Android smartphone application until March 2021, despite this feature being available on our iOS smartphone application for some time. Furthermore, uncertainties about the timing and nature of new mobile devices and other network platforms or technologies, or modifications to existing mobile devices, platforms or technologies, could increase our research and development expenses more than we anticipate. Any failure of our mobile platform to operate effectively with future technologies could result in dissatisfaction from customers and harm our business.

Our online and mobile ordering platforms are highly technical, and if they contain undetected errors, our business could be adversely affected.

Our online and mobile ordering platforms incorporate software that is highly technical and complex. Our software may now or in the future contain undetected errors, bugs or vulnerabilities. Some errors in our software code may only be discovered after the code has been released. Any errors, bugs or vulnerabilities discovered in our code after release could result in damage to our reputation, loss of customers ordering from our online and mobile platforms, loss of revenue, or liability for damages, any of which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. We also rely on multiple third-party vendors to run our mobile ordering platforms, including our delivery fulfilment services, and any errors, bugs, vulnerabilities or service outages that impact their software could have an adverse impact on our platforms. For instance, several times in 2020, Uber Eats, our third-party delivery fulfilment partner for orders placed through our Native Delivery Channel, experienced service outages, which adversely impacted our revenue. Further, we have a limited ability to control the remediation of such errors, bugs or vulnerabilities in a third party’s software, and as such, we may not be able to remedy such errors, bugs or vulnerabilities in a timely manner, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

 

60


Table of Contents

The successful operation of our business depends upon the performance and reliability of Internet, mobile, and other infrastructure that is not under our control.

Both our in-restaurant and online and mobile ordering business depend on the performance and reliability of Internet infrastructure to process and fulfill orders, which is not under our control. Almost all access to the Internet is maintained through telecommunication operators. Disruptions in Internet infrastructure or the failure of telecommunications network operators to provide us with the bandwidth we need to provide our services could temporarily shut down our in-restaurant ordering business and could interfere with the speed and availability of our online and mobile ordering platforms. If our online and mobile ordering platforms are unavailable when our customers attempt to access them, or our applications do not load as quickly as they expect, our customers may not return to our online and mobile ordering platforms as often in the future, or at all. In addition, we have no control over the costs of the services provided by the national telecommunications operators. If mobile Internet access fees or other charges to Internet users increase, our customer traffic may decrease, which in turn may significantly decrease our revenue.

Our online and mobile ordering business depends on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of mobile communications systems. Despite any precautions we may take, the occurrence of an unanticipated problem, such as a power outage, telecommunications delay or failure, break-in to our systems, or computer virus, could result in delays or interruptions to our services and business interruption for us and our customers. Any of these events could damage our reputation, significantly disrupt our operations and subject us to liability, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Third parties may claim that our business or operations infringe their intellectual property rights, and this may create liability for us or otherwise have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We may face claims by third parties that our or Spyce’s technology has infringed, diluted, misappropriated, or otherwise violated their intellectual property rights. Any such litigation may be costly and could divert other resources from our business. If we are unable to successfully defend against such claims, we may be subject to injunctions that could require expensive changes to our business operations or prevent or delay us from using our trademarks or other applicable technology, and we may be liable for damages, which in turn could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock

Our stock price may be volatile, and the value of our Class A common stock may decline.

The market price of our Class A common stock may be highly volatile and may fluctuate or decline substantially as a result of a variety of factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

 

   

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition or results of operations;

 

   

variance in our financial performance from expectations of securities analysts;

 

   

changes in our projected operating and financial results;

 

   

actual or anticipated effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of significant business developments, acquisitions, or new offerings;

 

   

announcements or concerns regarding real or perceived quality or food safety issues with our products or similar products of our competitors;

 

61


Table of Contents
   

our involvement in litigation;

 

   

future sales of our common stock by us or our stockholders, as well as the anticipation of lock-up releases;

 

   

novel and unforeseen market forces and trading strategies;

 

   

changes in senior management or key personnel;

 

   

the trading volume of our Class A common stock; and

 

   

changes in the anticipated future size and growth rate of our market.

Broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political, regulatory, and market conditions, may also negatively impact the market price of our Class A common stock, particularly in light of uncertainties surrounding the COVID-19 pandemic and the related impacts.

The dual-class structure of our common stock has the effect of concentrating voting control with our founders, who have substantial control over us and will be able to influence corporate matters, including controlling the outcome of director elections.

Our Class B common stock has ten votes per share, whereas our Class A common stock, which is the stock we are offering in this offering, has one vote per share. Immediately following the completion of this offering, all outstanding shares of our Class B common stock will be beneficially owned by our founders, Jonathan Neman, Nicolas Jammet, and Nathaniel Ru, who will collectively represent approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. As a result, after this offering, our founders will be able to exercise significant influence over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, approval of significant corporate transactions (such as a merger), and amendments of our organizational documents. This may prevent or discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for our common stock that you may feel are in your best interest as one of our stockholders. The interests of our founders may not always coincide with your interests or the interests of other stockholders and they may act in a manner that advances their best interests and not necessarily those of other stockholders, including seeking a premium value for their common stock, and might affect the prevailing market price for our common stock.

Further, future transfers by holders of our Class B common stock will generally result in those shares converting into shares of our Class A common stock, subject to limited exceptions, such as certain transfers effected for tax or estate planning purposes. The conversion of shares of our Class B common stock into shares of our Class A common stock will have the effect, over time, of increasing the relative voting power of those holders of Class B common stock who retain their shares in the long term.

Any founder’s shares of Class B common stock will convert automatically into Class A common stock, on a one-to-one basis, upon either the (i) the sale or transfer of such share of Class B common stock (except for certain permitted transfers described in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, including transfers for tax and estate planning purposes or to any other founder or any affiliate of any founder) or (ii) the one-year anniversary of the death or permanent disability of such founder.

Additionally, all outstanding shares of our Class B common stock will convert automatically into shares of our Class A common stock on the final conversion date, defined as the earlier of (i) the nine-month anniversary of the death or permanent disability of the last of the founders; (ii) the last trading day of the fiscal year during which the 10th anniversary of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part occurs, or (iii) the date specified by a vote of the

 

62


Table of Contents

holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock; provided, however, that the final conversion date may be extended by the affirmative vote of the holders of the majority of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of Class A common stock not held by a founder or an affiliate or permitted transferee of a founder and entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

No public market for our Class A common stock currently exists, and an active public trading market may not develop or be sustained following this offering.

Prior to this offering, no public market for our common stock currently existed. An active public trading market for our common stock may not develop following the completion of this offering or, if developed, may not be sustained. We determined the initial public offering price for our Class A common stock through negotiations with the underwriters, and the negotiated price may not be indicative of the market price of our Class A common stock after this offering. The market value of our Class A common stock may decrease from the initial public offering price. As a result of these and other factors, you may be unable to resell your shares of our Class A common stock at or above the initial public offering price. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. The lack of an active market may also reduce the fair value of your shares. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies by using our shares as consideration.

In addition, we currently anticipate that up to         % of the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby will, at our request, be offered to retail investors through Robinhood Financial, LLC, as a selling group member, via its online brokerage platform. There may be risks associated with the use of the Robinhood platform that we cannot foresee, including risks related to the technology and operation of the platform, and the publicity and the use of social media by users of the platform that we cannot control, and potentially increased costs in connection with our annual proxy solicitation.

We previously identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting and may identify additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, which may result in material misstatements of our consolidated financial statements or cause us to fail to meet our periodic reporting obligations.

In recent periods, we have experienced rapid growth, and this growth has placed considerable strain on our IT and accounting systems, processes, and personnel. As a result, in connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 29, 2019 and December 27, 2020, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. We have concluded that this material weakness arose because we did not have the proper business processes, systems, personnel, and related internal controls in place.

The material weakness that we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified occurred because:

(i) We had a lack of access security controls, primarily related to user provisioning, user deprovisioning, user access reviews, user administration, and user authentication, whereby we did not sufficiently document, approve, remove/disable, review, and/or configure access based upon least privilege and with consideration of segregation of duties;

 

63


Table of Contents

(ii) We had insufficient system change controls, as we had not implemented a formalized change management process for financially relevant systems in our IT environment. Multiple change control deficiencies were identified, whereby we were unable to demonstrate sufficient oversight and governance over the testing and approval of changes prior to those changes being deployed into the production environments of relevant systems our IT environment; and

(iii) We did not have adequate third-party oversight, as we had not formally implemented policies and procedures or controls to effectively monitor ongoing usage of outsourced service providers. This includes obtaining, reviewing, and assessing the sufficiency of third-party reports describing the extent of what services these third parties provide to us, what we rely on as part of these reports, and our responsibilities that are carved out of these reports.

We believe we have remediated the material weakness as of June 27, 2021. Despite remediating this material weakness, we cannot be certain that we have identified all of our existing material weaknesses, or that we will not in the future have additional material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. Our failure to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could result in errors in our consolidated financial statements that could result in a restatement of our consolidated financial statements, and could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations, any of which could diminish investor confidence in us and cause a decline in the price of our Class A common stock, and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities.

We rely on data from internal tools to calculate certain of our performance metrics. Real or perceived inaccuracies in such metrics may harm our reputation and negatively affect our business.

We track our performance metrics with internal tools that are not independently verified by any third party. Our internal tools have a number of limitations, and our methodologies for tracking these metrics may change over time, which could result in unexpected changes to our performance metrics, including the key metrics we report. If the internal tools we use to track these metrics over- or undercount performance or contain errors, the data we report may not be accurate and our understanding of certain details of our business may be distorted, which could affect our longer-term strategies.

There are also inherent challenges in measuring the order frequency of our digital and non-digital customers. For example, for digital customers, because a unique customer is determined based on the customer’s login information, a single individual who places orders using different login information would be counted as multiple unique customers, and multiple individuals who place orders using the same login information would be counted as a single unique customer, and for non-digital customers, a single individual who makes purchases using multiple credit cards would be counted as multiple unique customers, and multiple individuals who make purchases using the same credit card information would be counted as a single unique customer. For these and other reasons, any calculations based on the number of unique customers may not accurately reflect the number of people actually placing orders through one of our Digital Channels or making purchases through the non-digital component of our In-Store Channel.

We are continually seeking to improve our ability to measure our performance metrics, and regularly review our processes to assess potential improvements to their accuracy. However, the improvement of our tools and methodologies could cause inconsistency between current data and previously reported data, which could confuse investors or raise questions about the integrity of our data. Similarly, as both the industry in which we operate and our business continue to evolve, so too might the metrics by which we evaluate our business. We may revise or cease reporting metrics if we

 

64


Table of Contents

determine such metrics are no longer accurate or appropriate measures of our performance. If analysts or investors do not perceive our metrics to be accurate representations of our business, or if we discover material inaccuracies in our metrics, our reputation may be harmed.

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to compliance with our public company responsibilities and corporate governance practices.

As a public company, we will incur significant finance, legal, accounting, and other expenses, including director and officer liability insurance, that we did not incur as a private company, which we expect to further increase after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, NYSE listing requirements, and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on public companies. Our management and other personnel devote a substantial amount of time to compliance with these requirements. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we will incur as a public company or the specific timing of such costs.

The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly, and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. Moreover, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures, and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures, and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. In connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 29, 2019 and December 27, 2020, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting because we did not have the proper business processes, systems, personnel, and related internal controls in place. While we believe the material weakness has been remediated as of June 27, 2021, we cannot be certain that we have identified all of our existing material weaknesses, or that we will not in the future have additional material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. Any failure to maintain internal control over financial reporting could result in our inability to detect errors on a timely basis or accurately report our financial condition or operating results and our consolidated financial statements may be materially misstated as a result. Effective internal control is necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports and is important to prevent fraud.

Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (“Section 404”) we will be required to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the fiscal year ending December 25, 2022. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC following the date we are no longer an emerging growth company. To prepare for eventual compliance with Section 404, we will be engaged in a costly and challenging process of compiling the system and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404, but we may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing, and any required remediation in a timely fashion once initiated. Our compliance with Section 404 will require that we incur substantial expenses and expend significant management efforts. We will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge and compile the system and process documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404.

 

65


Table of Contents

We will have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds to us from this offering and may not use them effectively.

We will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds that we receive from this offering, including for any of the purposes described in the section titled “Use of Proceeds,” and you will not have the opportunity as part of your investment decision to assess whether the net proceeds are being used appropriately. Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the net proceeds that we receive from this offering, our ultimate use may vary substantially from our currently intended use. Investors will need to rely upon the judgment of our management with respect to the use of such proceeds. Pending use, we may invest the net proceeds that we receive from this offering in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing securities, such as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government that may not generate a high yield for our stockholders. If we do not use the net proceeds that we receive in this offering effectively, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be adversely affected, and the market price of our Class A common stock could decline.

The dual-class structure of our common stock may adversely affect the trading market for our Class A common stock.

We cannot predict whether our dual-class structure will result in a lower or more volatile market price of our Class A common stock or in adverse publicity or other adverse consequences. For example, certain index providers have announced restrictions on including companies with dual class or multi-class share structures in certain of their indexes. In July 2017, S&P Dow Jones and FTSE Russell announced changes to their eligibility criteria for the inclusion of shares of public companies on certain indices, including the Russell 2000, the S&P 500, the S&P MidCap 400 and the S&P SmallCap 600, to exclude companies with multiple classes of shares of common stock from being added to these indices. Beginning in 2017, MSCI, a leading stock index provider, opened public consultations on their treatment of no-vote and multi-class structures and temporarily barred new multi-class listings from certain of its indices; however, in October 2018, MSCI announced its decision to include equity securities “with unequal voting structures” in its indices and to launch a new index that specifically includes voting rights in its eligibility criteria. As a result, our dual-class capital structure would make us ineligible for inclusion in any of these indices, and mutual funds, exchange-traded funds and other investment vehicles that attempt to passively track these indices will not be investing in our stock. These policies are still fairly new, and it remains unclear what effect, if any, they will have on the valuations of publicly traded companies excluded from the indices in the longer term, but it is possible that they may depress these valuations compared to those of other similar companies that are included. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that other stock indices will not take a similar approach to S&P Dow Jones or FTSE Russell in the future. Exclusion from indices could make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors and, as a result, the market price of our Class A common stock could be adversely affected.

Future sales of our Class A common stock in the public market could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market following the completion of this offering, or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our Class A common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. Many of our existing equity holders have substantial unrecognized gains on the value of the equity they hold based upon the price of this offering, and therefore they may take steps to sell their shares or otherwise secure the unrecognized gains on those shares. We are unable to predict the timing of or the effect that such sales may have on the prevailing market price of our Class A common stock.

 

66


Table of Contents

All of our directors and officers and the holders of substantially all of our capital stock and securities convertible into our capital stock are subject to lock-up agreements that restrict their ability to transfer shares of our capital stock during specified periods of time after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions. Shares of our Class A common stock as well as shares underlying outstanding options will be eligible for sale in the public market in the near future as set forth below:

 

   

Beginning at market open on the later of (i) the date on which two full trading days have elapsed after the public dissemination of our earnings release for the first completed fiscal quarter following the most recent period for which financial statements are included in this prospectus (such date, the “Trading Window Completion Date”) and (ii) the third trading day (such date, the “Trading Price Condition Date”) after the date on which the closing price of our Class A common stock on The New York Stock Exchange exceeds 133% of the initial public offering price as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, (x) for at least 10 trading days in any 15-trading-day period ending on or after the 90th day after the date of this prospectus and (y) on the fifteenth trading day of such period (the “Release Date”); provided that if the Trading Price Condition Date occurs during a closed trading window after the Trading Window Condition Date, the Release Date will occur at market open on the date, determined in accordance with our insider trading policy, that our trading window period next opens following the Trading Price Condition Date, a holder who is not a Company Founder or a Spyce Holder (as defined below) may sell a number of shares equal to 20% of the aggregate number of outstanding vested shares, any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock and vested equity awards, including shares and equity awards that are held by any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the holder or of an immediate family member of such holder, measured as of the date of this prospectus (such holdings, “Vested Holdings”).

 

   

For Company Founders, (i) beginning on the Release Date, a Company Founder may (a) sell a number of shares equal to 10% of his Vested Holdings and (b) may pledge as collateral a number of shares equal to 20% of his Vested Holdings (or such lower amount as may be approved or required by our board of directors); provided that the number of shares that may be pledged as collateral pursuant to (b) is automatically reduced by the number of shares sold pursuant to (a).

 

   

Beginning on the date that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus or, if the date that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus falls during one of our quarterly blackout periods as established in our insider trading policy, unless determined otherwise by our board of directors, 10 trading days prior to the date that such blackout period begins (the “Conditional Early Release Date”), provided that the Conditional Early Release Date occurs on or after the 150th day after the date of this prospectus, all remaining shares will be eligible for sale.

Notwithstanding anything else in this paragraph, we may elect, by written notice to Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC at least five days before any release described in the first or second bullet above (including with respect to the ability to pledge shares), that no such early release will occur. If we so elect that no such release will occur, we will publicly announce such decision prior to the date scheduled for such release. For the purposes of this paragraph, a “Company Founder” refers to Jonathan Neman, Nicolas Jammet, or Nathaniel Ru, and a “Spyce Holder” refers to any holder of (i) Class S Stock or securities convertible or exchangeable into Class S Stock issued pursuant to the terms of that certain Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and among us, Spyce Food Co., a Delaware corporation, and the other parties thereto (as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Merger Agreement”) or (ii) common stock issued or issuable pursuant to awards granted under the Spyce Food Co. 2016 Option and Grant Plan (as assumed by us pursuant to the Merger Agreement).

 

67


Table of Contents

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC may, in their sole discretion, permit our stockholders who are subject to these lock-up agreements to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements, subject to applicable notice requirements. If not earlier released, all of the shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering will become eligible for sale upon expiration of the lock-up period, except for any shares held by our affiliates as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

In addition, there were 14,062,593 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options as of September 26, 2021. We intend to register all of the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options, or other equity incentives we may grant in the future, for public resale under the Securities Act. The shares of Class A common stock will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent such options are exercised, subject to the lock-up agreements described above and compliance with applicable securities laws.

Further, based on shares outstanding as of September 26, 2021, holders of approximately             shares, or             % of our capital stock after the completion of this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us), will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering the sale of their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the shares of Class A common stock you purchase in this offering.

The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock is substantially higher than the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock immediately after this offering. If you purchase shares of our Class A common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution of $             per share, representing the difference between our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to the sale of Class A common stock in this offering and the initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. See the section titled “Dilution.”

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future and, as a result, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock and we do not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors. Accordingly, you may need to rely on sales of our Class A common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on your investment.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company more difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management, and limit the market price of our Class A common stock.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will include provisions that:

 

   

authorize our board of directors to issue, without further action by the stockholders, shares of undesignated preferred stock with terms, rights and preferences determined by our board of directors that may be senior to our common stock;

 

68


Table of Contents
   

require that any action to be taken by our stockholders be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by written consent;

 

   

specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our board of directors, the chair of our board of directors, or our chief executive officer;

 

   

establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors;

 

   

prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors;

 

   

provide that our directors may be removed only upon the vote of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of our then-outstanding shares of capital stock;

 

   

provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum; and

 

   

require the approval of our board of directors or the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of our then-outstanding shares of capital stock to amend our bylaws and certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation.

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally, subject to certain exceptions, prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an “interested” stockholder.

Any of the foregoing provisions could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our Class A common stock, and they could deter potential acquirers of our company, thereby reducing the likelihood that you would receive a premium for your shares of our Class A common stock in an acquisition.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and the federal district courts of the United States will be the exclusive forums for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law:

 

   

any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf;

 

   

any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty;

 

   

any action asserting a claim against us arising under the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws;

 

   

any action or proceeding to interpret, apply, enforce, or determine the validity of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws (including any right, obligation, or remedy thereunder);

 

69


Table of Contents
   

any action or proceeding as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; and

 

   

any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal-affairs doctrine or otherwise related to our internal affairs.

This provision would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act. Furthermore, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all such Securities Act actions. Accordingly, both state and federal courts have jurisdiction to entertain such claims. To prevent having to litigate claims in multiple jurisdictions and the threat of inconsistent or contrary rulings by different courts, among other considerations, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation further provides that the federal district courts of the United States will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause or causes of action arising under the Securities Act, including all causes of action asserted against any defendant to such complaint. For the avoidance of doubt, this provision is intended to benefit and may be enforced by us, our officers and directors, the underwriters for any offering giving rise to such complaint, and any other professional entity whose profession gives authority to a statement made by that person or entity and who has prepared or certified any part of the documents underlying the offering. While the Delaware courts have determined that such choice of forum provisions are facially valid, a stockholder may nevertheless seek to bring a claim in a venue other than those designated in the exclusive forum provisions. In such instance, we would expect to vigorously assert the validity and enforceability of the exclusive forum provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. This may require significant additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions and there can be no assurance that the provisions will be enforced by a court in those other jurisdictions.

This exclusive-forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers, and other employees. If a court were to find either exclusive-forum provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur further significant additional costs associated with resolving the dispute in other jurisdictions, all of which could seriously harm our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

General Risk Factors

Our quarterly financial results may fluctuate significantly, including due to factors that are not in our control.

Our quarterly financial results may fluctuate significantly, including due to factors that are not in our control, and could fail to meet investors’ expectations for various reasons, including:

 

   

negative publicity about the safety of our food, employment-related issues, litigation, or other issues involving our restaurants;

 

   

fluctuations in supply costs, particularly for our most significant ingredients, and our inability to offset the higher cost with price increases without adversely impacting customer spending;

 

   

labor availability and wages of our restaurant employees;

 

   

increases in marketing or promotional expenses;

 

   

the timing of new restaurant openings and related revenues and expenses, and the operating costs at newly opened restaurants;

 

70


Table of Contents
   

the impact of inclement weather and natural disasters, such as winter storms, freezes, and droughts, which could decrease customer traffic and increase the costs of ingredients;

 

   

changes in the senior management team;

 

   

the announcement of any mergers & acquisitions or other strategic partnerships;

 

   

the amount and timing of stock-based compensation;

 

   

litigation, settlement costs and related legal expenses;

 

   

tax expenses, asset impairment charges, and non-operating costs; and

 

   

variations in general economic conditions, including the impact of declining interest rates on our interest income.

As a result of any of these factors, results for any one quarter are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any other quarter or for any year. Our key performance metrics may also fluctuate as a result of these or other factors.

Our current insurance may not provide adequate levels of coverage against claims.

Our current insurance policies may not be adequate to protect us from liabilities that we incur in our business. Insurance availability, coverage terms, and pricing continue to vary with market conditions, particularly as a public company. Obtaining adequate insurance is particularly challenging for companies based in California with thousands of non-exempt employees, and retentions for certain of our insurance policies (including our employment practices liability insurance insurance) are quite high. Additionally, in the future, our insurance premiums and retentions may increase, we may not be able to obtain similar levels of insurance on reasonable terms, or at all, and we may choose insurance policies that result in more risk for us. Any substantial inadequacy of, or inability to obtain, insurance coverage could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

There are certain types of losses we may incur that cannot be insured against or that we believe are not economically reasonable to insure, including any wage and hour or other similar employment-based claims brought by current or former employees as well as certain natural disasters in some of our markets—for example, flood and hurricane insurance in markets such as Houston or South Florida. Such losses could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Although we have obtained directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, builders risk insurance, property and casualty insurance, workers compensation insurance, automobile insurance, employment practices liability insurance, and cyber insurance, we may not be able to maintain such coverage at a reasonable cost in the future, if at all. We may not receive adequate coverage or reimbursement from our insurers for potential issues that are beyond our control. It may be more costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance that protect against unforeseen cultural events, and we cannot be sure that additional restaurant closures and damage will not occur in the future. Failure to maintain adequate insurance, including directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, would likely adversely affect our ability to attract and retain qualified officers and directors. In addition, we routinely contract with third parties, including distributors and suppliers of produce, poultry and other dry goods, and these third parties may not maintain sufficient liability insurance policies to cover potential claims that may affect us, and we may not have adequate contractual recourse against such parties to cover such losses.

 

71


Table of Contents

Adverse developments in applicable tax laws could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Our effective tax rate could also change materially as a result of various evolving factors, including changes in income tax law resulting from the most recent U.S. presidential and congressional elections or changes in the scope of our operations.

We and our corporate subsidiaries are subject to income and non-income taxation, in each case, at the federal level and by certain states and municipalities because of the scope of our operations. In determining our tax liability for these jurisdictions, we must monitor changes to the applicable tax laws and related regulations. While our existing operations have been implemented in a manner we believe is in compliance with current prevailing laws, one or more taxing jurisdictions could seek to impose incremental or new taxes on us. In addition, as a result of the most recent presidential and congressional elections in the United States, there could be significant changes in tax law and regulations that could result in an additional federal income taxes being imposed on us. Any adverse developments in these laws or regulations, including legislative changes, judicial holdings, or administrative interpretations, could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Finally, changes in the scope of our operations, including expansion to new geographies, could increase the amount of taxes to which we are subject, and could increase our effective tax rate.

We are subject to review and audit by U.S. federal, state, and local tax authorities and could be subject to a future tax audit in these jurisdictions. Any adverse outcome of such a review or audit could have a negative effect on our financial position and results of operations.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty.

Upon the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will contain provisions that limit the liability of our current and former directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted for directors, executive officers or persons controlling us, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Our issuance of additional capital stock in connection with financings, acquisitions, investments, our equity incentive plans, or otherwise will dilute other stockholders.

We expect to issue additional capital stock in the future that will result in dilution to all other stockholders. We expect to grant equity awards to employees, directors and consultants under our equity incentive plans. We may also raise capital through equity financings in the future. As part of our business strategy, we may acquire or make investments in companies and issue equity securities as consideration for any such acquisition or investment, including issuances in connection with milestone consideration. Any such issuances of additional capital stock may cause stockholders to experience significant dilution of their ownership interests and the per share value of our Class A common stock to decline.

 

72


Table of Contents

We are an “emerging growth company,” and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we intend to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including:

 

   

being permitted to provide only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure in this prospectus;

 

   

not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404;

 

   

not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

 

   

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and our periodic reports and proxy statements; and

 

   

exemptions from the requirements of holding nonbinding advisory stockholder votes on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the extended transition period for adopting new or revised accounting standards under the JOBS Act as an emerging growth company. As a result, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of issuers who are required to comply with the effective dates for new or revised accounting standards that are applicable to public companies, which may make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors. In addition, if we cease to be an emerging growth company, we will no longer be able to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering; (ii) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenue is $1.07 billion or more; (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous rolling three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and (iv) the last day of the fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million as of June 30 of such fiscal year.

We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions. For example, if we do not adopt a new or revised accounting standard, our future results of operations may not be as comparable to the results of operations of certain other companies in our industry that adopted such standards. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock, and our stock price may be more volatile.

 

73


Table of Contents

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish unfavorable or inaccurate research about our business, the market price and trading volume of our Class A common stock could decline.

The market price and trading volume of our Class A common stock following the completion of this offering will be heavily influenced by the way analysts interpret our financial information and other disclosures. We do not have control over these analysts. If few securities analysts commence coverage of us, or if industry analysts cease coverage of us, our stock price would be negatively affected. If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, downgrade our Class A common stock, or publish negative reports about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our Class A common stock could decrease, which might cause our stock price to decline and could decrease the trading volume of our Class A common stock.

 

74


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements about us and our industry that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations or financial condition, business strategy, and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words or phrases such as “anticipate,” “are confident that,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “target,” “will,” or “would” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements concerning the following:

 

   

our expectations regarding our revenue, restaurant operating costs, operating expenses, and other results of operations, as well as our key operating metrics;

 

   

our expectations regarding our sales channel mix and impact on our margins and business;

 

   

our expectations regarding the COVID-19 pandemic, including the continued rise in activity across our restaurants as restrictions ease and vaccinations accelerate;

 

   

our expectations about customer behavior trends;

 

   

our plan to open at least 30 domestic, company-owned restaurants in 2021 and to approximately double our current footprint of restaurants over the next three to five years;

 

   

our plan to diversify our store formats by adding drive-thru and pick-up only locations, and to bring sweetgreen into a wider variety of neighborhoods;

 

   

our belief that sweetgreen is well positioned to be a category-defining food brand for the future and that sweetgreen has the potential to be a leading global restaurant and lifestyle brand that will make an impact on the future of food;

 

   

our bold vision to be as ubiquitous as traditional fast food, but with the transparency and quality that consumers increasingly expect;

 

   

our commitment to becoming carbon neutral by the end of 2027;

 

   

industry and market trends and our anticipated market opportunity;

 

   

the costs and success of our sales and marketing efforts and our ability to promote our brand;

 

   

our plan to continue fostering new collaborations with cultural influencers who believe in our mission;

 

   

our belief that we have a durable competitive advantage;

 

   

our successful development and integration of Spyce’s automation technology and the potential for the acquisition to allow us to elevate our team member experience, provide a more consistent customer experience, and, over time, improve our capacity and throughput, and have a positive impact on Restaurant-Level Profit Margin;

 

   

potential future investments in our business, our anticipated capital expenditures, and our estimates regarding our capital requirements;

 

   

our ability to effectively manage and scale our supply chain;

 

   

our growth strategies, including those related to our restaurant footprint, brand awareness, digital users, menu offerings, and profitability and financial returns; and

 

   

our expected use of proceeds from this offering.

 

75


Table of Contents

You should not rely on forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and operating results. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment.

New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. The results, events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur, and actual results, events or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.

In addition, statements that contain “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based on information available to us as of the date of this prospectus. While we believe that information provides a reasonable basis for these statements, that information may be limited or incomplete. Our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain, and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely on these statements.

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this prospectus to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements, and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures, or investments.

 

76


Table of Contents

MARKET, INDUSTRY, AND OTHER DATA

This prospectus contains statistical data and estimates that are based on independent industry publications or other publicly available information. While we believe the industry and market data included in this prospectus are reliable and are based on reasonable assumptions, this data involves many assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates. In some cases, we do not expressly refer to the sources from which this data is derived. We have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the data contained in these industry publications and other publicly available information. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Among other items, certain of the information included in this prospectus was published prior to the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic and did not anticipate the virus or its impacts. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications and reports.

This prospectus includes references to our aided brand awareness, which measures brand recognition by counting the number of people who express knowledge of a brand or product when prompted. We track aided brand awareness through internal and third-party surveys. Our average aided brand awareness as of November 2019 is based on a study we commissioned from Bastion db5, an independent third-party research agency that surveyed 300 fast casual customers in each of our existing markets and contemplated future markets. Our average aided brand awareness as of August 2021 is based on a survey we conducted of approximately 230 fast casual customers in each of our existing markets and contemplated future markets.

This prospectus includes references to the number of our social media followers across our platforms. This number, which is the aggregate number of followers on each of the social media platforms we use, does not purport to be the number of unique followers, as certain accounts follow us on multiple platforms.

 

77


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $         million (or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock from us in full) based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our Class A common stock and facilitate our future access to the capital markets. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds we receive from this offering. However, we currently intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, operating expenses, and capital expenditures, as well as developing the technology acquired in our recent acquisition of Spyce Food Co. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds we receive from this offering to acquire complementary businesses, products, services, or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments to enter into any acquisitions at this time.

We will have broad discretion over how to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering. We intend to invest the net proceeds we receive from this offering that are not used as described above in investment-grade, interest- bearing instruments.

 

78


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and future earnings, if any, to fund the development and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination regarding the declaration and payment of dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on then-existing conditions, including our financial condition, operating results, contractual restrictions (including any restrictions in our then-existing debt arrangements), capital requirements, business prospects, and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

79


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of September 26, 2021:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on a pro forma basis, giving effect to (i) the Reclassification and Exchange, (ii) the Spyce Conversion, (iii) the assumed cash exercise in full of the Series F Warrant for 235,000 shares of Series F preferred stock and the conversion of such shares into an equal number of shares of Class A common stock, and (iv) the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, each of which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to (i) the pro forma adjustments described above and (ii) our receipt of $         million in estimated net proceeds from the sale of              shares of Class A common stock that we are offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read this table together with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    September 26, 2021  
    Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 
    (in thousands except share and per share amounts)  

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 137,031     $     $  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share: 71,919,849 shares authorized, 69,231,197 shares issued and outstanding, actual; and no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

  $ 614,496     $                       $                    

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

     

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share: no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 200,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     

Common stock, $0.001 par value per share: 110,000,000 shares authorized, 21,893,706 shares issued and outstanding, actual; and no shares authorized or issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    22      

Class A common stock, $0.001 par value per share: no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 2,000,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 2,000,000,000 shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

    -      

Class B common stock, $0.001 par value per share: no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 300,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 300,000,000 shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

    -      

Class S stock, $0.001 par value per share: 1,933,258 shares authorized, 1,843,493 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized or issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    2      

Additional paid-in capital

    82,794      

Accumulated deficit

    (410,035    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

    (327,217    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

  $ 424,310     $       $    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

80


Table of Contents

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million, assuming the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) each of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

The number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on              shares of Class A common stock and 13,477,303 shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of September 26, 2021, after giving effect to the Reclassification and Exchange and Spyce Conversion as if they had occurred as of September 26, 2021, and excludes:

 

   

6,015,384 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 26, 2021 under our 2009 Plan, with a weighted-average exercise price of $3.28 per share;

 

   

7,963,985 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 26, 2021 under our 2019 Plan, with a weighted-average exercise price of $9.61 per share;

 

   

8,330,126 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the vesting and settlement of restricted stock units granted after September 26, 2021 under our 2019 Plan;

 

   

83,224 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 26, 2021 assumed in connection with our acquisition of Spyce Food Co., with a weighted-average exercise price of $8.74 per share;

 

   

55,000 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 26, 2021;

 

   

235,000 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Series F Warrant outstanding as of September 26, 2021;

 

   

            shares of our Class A common stock (based on an assumed initial public offering price of         per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) issuable upon the vesting and settlement of restricted stock units to be granted under our 2021 Plan to certain employees in connection with the Spyce acquisition following the completion of this offering; and

 

   

up to         shares of our Class A common stock (based on an assumed initial public offering price of         per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) issuable to the former stockholders of Spyce upon the achievement of certain milestones;

 

   

approximately 375,000 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the vesting and settlement of restricted stock units to be granted under our 2021 Plan following the completion of this offering;

 

   

up to 35,166,753 shares of Class A common stock reserved under our 2021 Plan, which is the sum of (i) 11,500,000 new shares reserved for future issuance and (ii) 23,666,753 shares,

 

81


Table of Contents
 

which as of the date our board of directors approved the 2021 Plan was the sum of (A) the number of shares that remained available for grant of future awards under the 2019 Plan and will cease to be available for issuance under the 2019 Plan at the time our 2021 Plan becomes in connection with this offering and (B) the number of shares underlying outstanding awards granted under our 2009 Plan and 2019 Plan (which shares become available for issuance pursuant to the 2021 Plan to the extent that such shares expire, or are forfeited, cancelled, withheld, or reacquired), as well as any future increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance thereunder, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans”; and

 

   

3,000,000 shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our ESPP, which will become effective in connection with this offering, as well as any future increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance thereunder, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.”

 

82


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our Class A common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering.

As of September 26, 2021, our historical net tangible book value was $219.4 million, or $10.02 per share, based on 21,893,706 shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of such date. Our historical net tangible book value per share represents total tangible assets, less total liabilities and preferred stock, divided by the aggregate number of shares of common stock outstanding as of September 26, 2021.

Our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 26, 2021 was $             million, or $             per share. Our pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of our shares of common stock outstanding as of September 26, 2021, after giving effect to (i) the Reclassification and Exchange, (ii) the Spyce Conversion, and (iii) the assumed cash exercise in full of the Series F Warrant for 235,000 shares of Series F preferred stock and the conversion of such shares into an equal number of shares of Class A common stock.

After giving effect to the pro forma adjustments described above and the sale by us of              shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 26, 2021 would have been $             million, or $             per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $             per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $             per share to new investors purchasing Class A common stock in this offering. We determine dilution by subtracting the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the initial public offering price per share paid by investors purchasing Class A common stock in this offering. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $  

Historical net tangible book value per share as of September 26, 2021

   $ 10.02                          

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to the pro forma adjustments described above

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 26, 2021

     

Increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors purchasing shares in this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors purchasing shares in this offering

      $    
     

 

 

 

The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and may change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $         per share and increase (decrease) the immediate dilution to new investors by $         per share, in each case assuming the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each

 

83


Table of Contents

increase of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $         per share and decrease the dilution to new investors by approximately $         per share, and each decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $         per share and increase the dilution to new investors by approximately $         per share, in each case assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us in full, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 26, 2021 would be $         per share, and the immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering would be $         per share.

The following table summarizes, as of September 26, 2021, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as described above, the number of shares of our Class A common stock, the total consideration and the average price per share (i) paid to us by existing stockholders and (ii) to be paid by new investors acquiring our Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares
Purchased
    Total Consideration     Weighted-
Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent        

Existing stockholders

                     %     $                  %     $            

New investors

                              $    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Totals

        100.0      $ 100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by $         million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. In addition, to the extent any outstanding options to purchase Class A common stock are exercised or restricted stock units are settled, new investors will experience further dilution.

Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables assume no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock in full from us, our existing stockholders would own        % and our new investors would own        % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering.

The number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on              shares of our Class A common stock and 13,477,303

 

84


Table of Contents

shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of September 26, 2021, after giving effect to the Reclassification and Exchange and Spyce Conversion as if they had occurred as of September 26, 2021, and excludes:

 

   

6,015,384 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 26, 2021 under our 2009 Plan, with a weighted-average exercise price of $3.28 per share;

 

   

7,963,985 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 26, 2021 under our 2019 Plan, with a weighted-average exercise price of $9.61 per share;

 

   

8,330,126 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the vesting and settlement of restricted stock units granted after September 26, 2021 under our 2019 Plan;

 

   

83,224 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 26, 2021 assumed in connection with our acquisition of Spyce Food Co., with a weighted-average exercise price of $8.74 per share;

 

   

55,000 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 26, 2021;

 

   

235,000 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Series F Warrant outstanding as of September 26, 2021;

 

   

            shares of our Class A common stock (based on an assumed initial public offering price of         per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) issuable upon the vesting and settlement of restricted stock units to be granted under our 2021 Plan to certain employees in connection with the Spyce acquisition following the completion of this offering; and

 

   

up to             shares of our Class A common stock (based on an assumed initial public offering price of         per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) issuable to the former stockholders of Spyce upon the achievement of certain milestones;

 

   

approximately 375,000 shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the vesting and settlement of restricted stock units to be granted under our 2021 Plan following the completion of this offering;

 

   

up to 35,166,753 shares of Class A common stock reserved under our 2021 Plan, which is the sum of (i) 11,500,000 new shares reserved for future issuance and (ii) 23,666,753 shares, which as of the date our board of directors approved the 2021 Plan was the sum of (A) the number of shares that remained available for grant of future awards under the 2019 Plan and will cease to be available for issuance under the 2019 Plan at the time our 2021 Plan becomes in connection with this offering and (B) the number of shares underlying outstanding awards granted under our 2009 Plan and 2019 Plan (which shares become available for issuance pursuant to the 2021 Plan to the extent that such shares expire, or are forfeited, cancelled, withheld, or reacquired), as well as any future increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance thereunder, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans”; and

 

   

3,000,000 shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our ESPP, which will become effective in connection with this offering, as well as any future increases in the number of shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance thereunder, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.”

 

85


Table of Contents

To the extent that any outstanding options are exercised or new options are issued under our stock-based compensation plans, or that we issue additional shares of capital stock in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering. If all outstanding options under our 2009 Plan and 2019 Plan as of September 26, 2021 were exercised then our existing stockholders, including the holders of these options, would own        %, and our new investors would own         %, of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding following the completion of this offering.

 

86


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following tables set forth our selected consolidated financial and other data. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected statements of operations data for the thirteen and thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021 and September 27, 2020, and the selected balance sheet data as of September 26, 2021 have been derived from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with our audited financial statements and include, in management’s opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 30, 2018, December 31, 2017, December 25, 2016, December 27, 2015, and December 28, 2014 have been derived from our consolidated financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any period in the future and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of our expected results for the year ending December 26, 2021 or any other period. You should read the following selected financial and other data together with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected financial data included in this section are not intended to replace the financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Fiscal Year Ended     Thirteen Weeks
Ended
    Thirty-Nine Weeks
Ended
 
    Dec. 27,
2020
    Dec. 29,
2019
    Dec. 30,
2018
    Dec. 31,
2017
    Dec. 25,
2016
    Dec. 27,
2015
    Dec. 28,
2014
    Sept. 26,
2021
    Sept. 27,
2020
    Sept. 26,
2021
    Sept. 27,
2020
 
    (in thousands)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                     

Revenue

  $ 220,615     $ 274,151     $ 220,494     $ 170,500     $ 113,208     $ 62,284     $ 42,107     $ 95,844     $ 55,549     $ 243,448   $ 161,435  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restaurant operating costs (exclusive of depreciation and amortization presented separately below):

                     

Food, beverage and packaging

    66,154       83,966       66,088       55,227       36,625       20,221       13,628       26,701       16,939       67,125     48,857  

Labor and related expenses

    83,691       86,547       65,373       53,276       34,494       17,382       11,854       30,316       22,727       79,343     61,348  

Occupancy and related expenses

    43,775       37,050       32,334       24,159       14,781       7,854       5,388       14,053       11,301       35,919     32,268  

Other restaurant operating costs

    35,697       22,613       16,617       13,677       10,488       5,567       3,246       11,640       9,288       33,001     25,306  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total restaurant operating costs

    229,317       230,176       180,412       146,339       96,388       51,024       34,116       82,710       60,255       215,388     167,779  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

                     

General and administrative

    99,142       88,818       49,585       39,072       24,979       17,616       9,179       28,944       23,335       78,395     72,168  

Depreciation and amortization

    26,851       19,416       16,775       12,194       6,635       4,123       2,500       9,303       6,624       25,558     18,831  

Pre-opening costs

    4,551       5,405       1,839       4,612       6,214       2,499       737       2,789       1,741       6,256     3,592  

Impairment of long-lived assets

    1,456       -       -       -       -       115       239       4,415       -       4,415     -  

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

    891       409       313       387       271       197       41       -       441       56     586  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    132,891       114,048       68,512       56,265       38,099       24,550       12,696       45,451       32,141       114,680     95,177  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (141,593     (70,073     (28,430     (32,104     (21,279     (13,290     (4,705     (32,317     (36,847     (86,620     (101,521

Interest income

    (1,018     (2,724     (500     (32     (77     (85     (48     (78     (128     (299     (940

Interest expense

    404       88       3,200       976       18       111       176       23       140       65     306  

Other expense

    245       480       -       -       -       -       111       (2,196     -       608     (731
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before income taxes

    (141,224     (67,917     (31,130     (33,048     (21,220     (13,316     (4,944     (30,066     (36,859     (86,994     (100,156

Income tax provision

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -     -  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (141,224   $ (67,917   $ (31,130   $ (33,048   $ (21,220   $ (13,316   $ (4,944   $ (30,066   $ (36,859   $ (86,994   $ (100,156
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

87


Table of Contents
     As of     As of  
     Dec. 27,
2020
    Dec. 29,
2019
    Sept. 26,
2021
 
                 (unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 102,640     $ 249,257     $ 137,031  

Working capital(1)

     79,541       228,664       113,581  

Total assets

     265,683       386,420       406,000  

Total liabilities

     67,407       53,977       118,721  

Preferred stock

     505,638       505,638       614,496  

Total stockholders’ (deficit)

     (307,362     (173,195     (327,217

 

(1)

Working capital is defined as current assets less current liabilities. See our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details regarding our current assets and current liabilities.

 

    Fiscal Year Ended     Thirteen
Weeks Ended
    Thirty-Nine
Weeks Ended
 
    Dec. 27,
2020
    Dec. 29,
2019
    Dec. 30,
2018
    Dec. 31,
2017
    Dec. 25,
2016
    Dec. 27,
2015
    Dec. 28,
2014
    Sept. 26,
2021
    Sept. 27,
2020
    Sept. 26,
2021
    Sept. 27,
2020
 
    (dollar amounts in thousands)              

Other Financial Data:

                     

Restaurant-Level Profit(1)

  $ (8,702   $ 43,975     $ 40,082     $ 24,161     $ 16,820     $ 11,260     $ 7,991     $ 13,134     $ (4,706   $ 28,060     $ (6,344

Restaurant-Level Profit Margin (%)(1)

    (4%     16     18     14     15     18     19     14     (8%     12     (4%

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

  $ (107,483   $ (46,344   $ (7,500   $ (18,371   $ (13,436   $ (8,222   $ (1,543   $ (14,085   $ (28,408   $ (48,928   $ (78,472

Adjusted EBITDA Margin (%)(1)

    (49%     (17%     (3%     (11%     (12%     (13%     (4%     (15%     (51%     (20%     (49%

 

(1)

Restaurant-Level Profit, Restaurant-Level Profit Margin, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are financial measures that are not calculated in accordance with GAAP. See “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below for more information, including the limitations of such measures, and a reconciliation of each of these measures to the most directly comparable financial measure stated in accordance with GAAP.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

In addition to our consolidated financial statements, which are presented in accordance with GAAP, we present certain non-GAAP financial measures, including Restaurant-Level Profit, Restaurant-Level Profit Margin, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA Margin. We believe these measures are useful to investors and others in evaluating our performance because these measures:

 

   

facilitate operating performance comparisons from period to period by isolating the effects of some items that vary from period to period without any correlation to core operating performance or that vary widely among similar companies. These potential differences may be caused by variations in capital structures (affecting interest expense), tax positions (such as the impact on periods or companies of changes in effective tax rates or NOL), and the age and book depreciation of facilities and equipment (affecting relative depreciation expense);

 

   

are widely used by analysts, investors, and competitors to measure a company’s operating performance; are used by our management and board of directors for various purposes, including as measures of performance, as a basis for strategic planning and forecasting; and

 

   

are used internally for a number of benchmarks including to compare our performance to that of our competitors.

We define Restaurant-Level Profit as income (loss) from operations adjusted to exclude general and administrative expense, depreciation and amortization, pre-opening costs, impairment of long-lived

 

88


Table of Contents

assets, and loss on disposal of property and equipment. Restaurant-Level Profit Margin is Restaurant-Level Profit as a percentage of revenue. As it excludes general and administrative expense, which is primarily attributable to our sweetgreen Support Center, we evaluate Restaurant-Level Profit and Restaurant-Level Profit Margin as a measure of profitability of our restaurants.

We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss adjusted to exclude interest income, interest expense, provision for (benefit from) income taxes, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation expense, loss (gain) on disposal of property and equipment, impairment of long-lived assets, Spyce acquisition costs, and other expense. Adjusted EBITDA Margin is Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue.

Restaurant-Level Profit, Restaurant-Level Profit Margin, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA Margin have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. In particular, Restaurant-Level Profit and Adjusted EBITDA should not be viewed as substitutes for, or superior to, loss from operations or net loss prepared in accordance with GAAP as a measure of profitability. Some of these limitations are:

 

   

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Restaurant-Level Profit and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect all cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;

 

   

Restaurant-Level Profit and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

   

Restaurant-Level Profit and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect the impact of the recording or release of valuation allowances or tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us;

 

   

Restaurant-Level Profit and Adjusted EBITDA do not consider the potentially dilutive impact of stock-based compensation;

 

   

Restaurant-Level Profit is not indicative of overall results of the Company and does not accrue directly to the benefit of stockholders, as corporate-level expenses are excluded;

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA does not take into account any income or costs that management determines are not indicative of ongoing operating performance, such as stock-based compensation, loss on disposal of property and equipment, impairment of long-lived assets, Spyce acquisition costs, and certain other expenses; and

 

   

other companies, including those in our industry, may calculate Restaurant-Level Profit and Adjusted EBITDA differently, which reduces their usefulness as comparative measures.

Because of these limitations, you should consider Restaurant-Level Profit, Restaurant-Level Profit Margin, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin alongside other financial performance measures, loss from operations, net loss, and our other GAAP results.

 

89


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of our loss from operations to Restaurant-Level Profit, as well as the calculation of loss from operations margin and Restaurant-Level Profit Margin for each of the periods indicated:

 

    Fiscal Year Ended  
(dollar amounts in thousands)   December 27,
2020
    December 29,
2019
    December 30,
2018
    December 31,
2017
    December 25,
2016
    December 27,
2015
    December 28,
2014
 

Loss from operations

  $ (141,593   $ (70,073   $ (28,430   $ (32,104   $ (21,279   $ (13,290   $ (4,705

Add back:

             

General and administrative

    99,142       88,818       49,585       39,072       24,979       17,616       9,179  

Depreciation and amortization

    26,851       19,416       16,775       12,194       6,635       4,123       2,500  

Pre-opening costs

    4,551       5,405       1,839       4,612       6,214       2,499       737  

Impairment of long-lived assets

    1,456       -       -       -       -       115       239  

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

    891       409       313       387       271       196       41  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restaurant-Level Profit

  $ (8,702   $ 43,975     $ 40,082     $ 24,161     $ 16,820     $ 11,260     $ 7,991  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations margin

    (64 %)      (26 %)      (13 %)      (19 %)      (19 %)      (21 %)      (11 %) 

Restaurant-Level Profit Margin

    (4 %)      16     18     14     15     18     19

 

     Thirteen Weeks Ended     Thirty-Nine Weeks Ended  
(dollar amounts in thousands)    September 26,
2021
    September 27,
2020
    September 26,
2021
    September 27,
2020
 

Loss from operations

   $ (32,317   $ (36,847   $ (86,620   $ (101,521

Add back:

        

General and administrative

     28,944       23,335       78,395       72,168  

Depreciation and amortization

     9,303       6,624       25,558       18,831  

Pre-opening costs

     2,789       1,741       6,256       3,592  

Impairment of long-lived assets

     4,415       -       4,415       -  

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

     -       441       56       586  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restaurant-Level Profit

   $ 13,134     $ (4,706   $ 28,060     $ (6,344
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations margin

     (34 %)      (66 %)      (36 %)      (63 %) 

Restaurant-Level Profit Margin

     14     (8 %)      12     (4 %) 

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of our net loss to Adjusted EBITDA, as well as the calculation of net loss margin and Adjusted EBITDA Margin for each of the periods indicated:

 

    Fiscal Year Ended  

(dollar amounts in thousands)

  December 27,
2020
    December 29,
2019
    December 30,
2018
    December 31,
2017
    December 25,
2016
    December 27,
2015
    December 28,
2014
 

Net loss

  $ (141,224   $ (67,917   $ (31,130   $ (33,048   $ (21,220   $ (13,316   $ (4,945

Non-GAAP adjustments:

             

Interest income

    (1,018     (2,724     (500     (32     (77     (85     (48

Interest expense

    404       88       3,200       976       18       111       176  

Depreciation and amortization

    26,851       19,416       16,775       12,194       6,635       4,123       2,500  

Stock-based compensation(1)

    4,912       3,904       3,842       1,152       937       633       382  

Loss on disposal of property and equipment(2)

    891       409       313       387       271       197       41  

Impairment of long-lived assets(3)

    1,456       -       -       -       -       115       239  

 

90


Table of Contents
    Fiscal Year Ended  

(dollar amounts in thousands)

  December 27,
2020
    December 29,
2019
    December 30,
2018
    December 31,
2017
    December 25,
2016
    December 27,
2015
    December 28,
2014
 

Other expense(4)

    245       480       -       -       -       -       111  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (107,483   $ (46,344   $ (7,500   $ (18,371   $ (13,436   $ (8,222   $ (1,543
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss margin

    (64 %)      (25 %)      (14 %)      (19 %)      (19 %)      (21 %)      (12 %) 

Adjusted EBITDA Margin

    (49 %)      (17 %)      (3 %)      (11 %)      (12 %)      (13 %)      (4 %) 

 

(1)

Includes non-cash, stock-based compensation.

(2)

Loss on disposal of property and equipment includes the loss on disposal of assets related to retirements and replacement or write-off of leasehold improvements or equipment.

(3)

Includes costs related to impairment of long-lived assets. Based on our review of long-lived assets for impairment, we recorded a non-cash impairment charges of $1.5 million for fiscal year 2020.

(4)

Other expense includes the change in fair value of the warrant liability. See Notes 1 and 3 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details.

 

     Thirteen Weeks Ended     Thirty-Nine Weeks Ended  
(dollar amounts in thousands)    September 26,
2021
    September 27,
2020
    September 26,
2021
    September 27,
2020
 

Net loss

   $ (30,066)     $ (36,859   $ (86,994)     $ (100,156

Non-GAAP adjustments:

        

Interest income

     (78     (128     (299     (940

Interest expense

     23       140       65       306  

Depreciation and amortization

     9,303       6,624       25,558       18,831  

Stock-based compensation(1)

     3,008       1,374       6,104       3,632  

Loss on disposal of property and equipment(2)

     -       441       56       586  

Impairment of long-lived assets(3)

     4,415       -       4,415       -  

Other (income) expense(4)

     (2,196     -       608       (731

Spyce acquisition costs(5)

     1,506       -       1,559       -  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (14,085   $ (28,408   $ (48,928   $ (78,472
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss margin

     (31 %)      (66 %)      (36 %)      (62 %) 

Adjusted EBITDA Margin

     (15 %)      (51 %)      (20 %)      (49 %) 

 

(1)

Includes non-cash, stock-based compensation.

(2)

Loss on disposal of property and equipment includes the loss on disposal of assets related to retirements and replacement or write-off of leasehold improvements or equipment.

(3)

Includes costs related to impairment of long-lived assets. Based on our review of long-lived assets for impairment, we recorded a non-cash impairment charges of $4.4 million for the thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021.

(4)

Other expense includes the change in fair value of the warrant liability. See Notes 1 and 3 to our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details.

(5)

Spyce acquisition costs include one-time costs we incurred in order to acquire Spyce, including severance payments, retention bonuses, and valuation and legal expenses. See Note 6 to our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details.

 

91


Table of Contents

LOGO

 


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the consolidated financial statements and related notes that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements based upon current plans, expectations and beliefs that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth in the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward- Looking Statements” and in other parts of this prospectus. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this section to “we,” “us,” “our,” the “Company,” or “sweetgreen” refer to Sweetgreen, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

Our fiscal year is a 52- or 53-week period that ends on the Sunday closest to the last day of December. Fiscal year 2020 was a 52-week period that ended December 27, 2020, and fiscal year 2019 was a 52-week period that ended December 29, 2019. In a 52-week fiscal year, each fiscal quarter includes 13 weeks of operations. In a 53-week fiscal year, the first, second, and third fiscal quarters each include 13 weeks of operations, and the fourth fiscal quarter includes 14 weeks of operations.

2020 and 2021 results for AUV and Same-Store Sales Change have been adjusted. See “—Key Performance Metrics” for more information, including a description of the adjustments made to, and the unadjusted values for, AUV and Same-Store Sales Change for the periods presented.

Overview

We are building the next generation restaurant and lifestyle brand that serves healthy food at scale. Our core values guide our actions and we aim to empower our customers, team members, and partners to be a positive force on the food system. sweetgreen is one of the fastest-growing restaurant companies in the United States by revenue.

Over the last 15 years, we have been leading a movement to re-imagine fast food for a new era. There is a powerful shift happening in consumer behavior. Every day, more people want to eat healthier food and care about the impact their choices have on the environment. This is becoming the new normal, and we believe sweetgreen is well positioned to be a category-defining food brand for the future.

 

LOGO

 

93


Table of Contents

As of September 26, 2021, we owned and operated 140 restaurants in 13 states and Washington, D.C., and employed over 5,000 team members. We grew our restaurant count from 29 restaurants as of the end of fiscal year 2014 to 119 restaurants as of the end of fiscal year 2020, representing a 27% compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”). Our AUV also expanded from $1.6 million as of the end of fiscal year 2014 to $3.0 million as of the end of fiscal year 2019, representing a 12% CAGR. In parallel, our revenue also grew from $42 million to $274 million between fiscal year 2014 and fiscal year 2019, representing a 46% CAGR. In fiscal year 2020, our AUV declined 26% to $2.2 million and our revenue fell 20% to $221 million, primarily due to business disruptions associated with the COVID-19 pandemic and ongoing social unrest.

 

LOGO

For our fiscal year to date through September 26, 2021, we experienced positive momentum across all of our channels, as COVID-19 vaccines became widely available and customers started to return to offices, resulting in AUV of $2.5 million as of September 26, 2021. While we continued to see an increase in revenue in each completed fiscal quarter of 2021, as the Delta variant spread widely in the third fiscal quarter of 2021, our positive momentum slowed, as many jurisdictions imposed new or more stringent mask and vaccination mandates and many employers and employees have delayed their returns to offices. Our Same-Store Sales Change increased to 43% for the thirteen weeks ended September 26, 2021 compared to (34%) for the thirteen weeks ended September 27, 2020, and to 21% for our fiscal year to date through September 26, 2021 compared to (26%) for our fiscal year to date through September 27, 2020. Additionally, our revenue for the thirteen weeks ended September 26, 2021 increased to $95.8 million, a 73% increase from the $55.5 million for the thirteen weeks ended September 27, 2020, and our revenue for our fiscal year to date through September 26, 2021 increased to $243.4 million, a 51% increase from the $161.4 million for our fiscal year to date through September 27, 2020. Our revenue for the fifty-two weeks ended September 26, 2021 was $303 million.

 

94


Table of Contents

LOGO

We reported a (26%) loss from operations margin for fiscal year 2019, which increased to (64%) for fiscal year 2020, and our loss from operations increased from $(70) million in fiscal year 2019 to $(142) million in fiscal year 2020. Our loss from operations margin improved to (34%) and (36%) for the thirteen weeks ended and our fiscal year to date through September 26, 2021, respectively, driven by loss from operations of $(32) million and $(87) million, respectively, for the corresponding periods. This was an increase from (66%) and (63%) for the thirteen weeks ended and our fiscal year to date through September 27, 2020, respectively, driven by loss from operations of $(37) million and $(102) million, respectively, for the corresponding periods.

We believe we have demonstrated strong unit economics during our sustained rapid growth from fiscal year 2014 to fiscal year 2019. We reported a 16% Restaurant-Level Profit Margin for fiscal year 2019, in addition to a $3.0 million AUV as of the end of fiscal year 2019. Our fiscal year 2020 AUV was negatively impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic and civil disturbances. In parallel, our Restaurant-Level Profit Margin declined in fiscal year 2020 to (4%) as we implemented numerous measures in our restaurants to protect the health and safety of our customers and team members, and provided voluntary COVID-19-related paid leave and temporary salary increases to our team members. As a result, our Restaurant-Level Profit fell to $(9) million in fiscal year 2020 from $44 million for fiscal year 2019. Driven by Restaurant-Level Profit of $13 million and $28 million for the thirteen weeks ended and our fiscal year to date through September 26, 2021, respectively, our Restaurant-Level Profit Margin improved to 14% and 12%, respectively, for the corresponding periods. This was an increase from our Restaurant-Level Profit Margin of (8%) and (4%) for the thirteen weeks ended and our fiscal year to date through September 27, 2020, respectively, driven by Restaurant-Level Profit of $(5) million and $(6) million, respectively, for the corresponding periods.

Additionally, we had average year two Cash-on-Cash Returns for our restaurants opened from 2014 through 2017 of 40%. Year two Cash-on-Cash Returns for restaurants opened in 2018 were 25%, which is a result of the significant impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on performance in 2020, and as a result, we believe are not representative of our historical or targeted future performance. We are confident that our compelling restaurant-level economics will continue to work across geographies and market types. We plan to target:

 

   

Year two Cash-on-Cash Returns of 42% to 50%;

 

   

AUV of $2.8 million to $3.0 million;

 

   

Restaurant-Level Profit Margins of 18% to 20%; and

 

   

An average investment of approximately $1.2 million per new restaurant.

We also believe we have significantly enhanced the productivity of our restaurants by supporting multiple channels so that we can meet our customers where they are. Sales through our Owned Digital

 

95


Table of Contents

Channels contributed 43% and 56% of our fiscal year 2019 and fiscal year 2020 revenue, respectively. When including orders placed on our Marketplace Channel, this digital share increases to 50% and 75% of our fiscal year 2019 and fiscal year 2020 revenue, respectively. For our fiscal year to date through September 26, 2021, our digital share has remained strong, with a Total Digital Revenue Percentage of 68% and an Owned Digital Revenue Percentage of 47%, even as revenue from our In-Store Channel improved.

 

LOGO

Our goal is to be capital efficient, profitable, and sustainable at scale.

To date, we have not achieved profitability in any fiscal period, in large part because we have consciously invested in our operating and technology foundation. We believe this foundation has positioned us to achieve the above growth strategies, while also implementing restaurant-level efficiencies (such as enhanced labor management, automation and optimal store layouts) and economies of scale in our supply chain. We expect strategic investments in these key areas to result in strong AUV growth and an expansion of our Restaurant-Level Profit Margin.

As we accelerate our growth in the coming years, we expect to be able to do so efficiently, without significantly increasing our general and administrative costs. We are confident that this will enable topline growth and operational leverage, resulting in improved Adjusted EBITDA Margins.

 

96


Table of Contents

Factors Affecting Our Business

Expanding Restaurant Footprint

Opening new restaurants is an important driver of our revenue growth. In 2020, we had 15 Net New Restaurant Openings, and for our fiscal year to date through September 26, 2021, we had 21 Net New Restaurant Openings, bringing our total count as of September 26, 2021 to 140 restaurants in 13 states and Washington, D.C.

 

LOGO

We are still in the very nascent stages of our journey, and one of our greatest immediate opportunities is to grow our footprint in both existing and new U.S. markets and, over time, internationally. From the end of fiscal year 2014 through the end of fiscal year 2020, we had 90 Net New Restaurant Openings and no permanent performance-related restaurant closures. We plan to open at least 30 domestic, company-owned restaurants in 2021 and to approximately double our current footprint of restaurants over the next three to five years.

Real Estate Selection

We utilize a rigorous, data-driven real estate selection process to identify new restaurant sites with both high anticipated foot traffic and proximity to workplaces and residences that support our multi-channel approach.

As we have opened new restaurants in the same geographic market, we have not historically experienced cannibalization of our existing restaurants. In the markets in which we operated at the beginning of fiscal year 2014, we more than tripled our restaurant count from fiscal year 2014 to fiscal year 2019, and in parallel our AUV grew in those markets by approximately 85% over the same period. Although we continued to open new restaurants in those markets in fiscal year 2020, AUV in those markets decreased from fiscal year 2019 by 36% as a result of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Macroeconomic Conditions

Consumer spending on food outside the home fluctuates with macroeconomic conditions. Consumers tend to allocate higher spending to food outside the home when macroeconomic conditions are stronger, and rationalize spending on food outside the home during weaker economies. As a premium offering in the fast-casual industry, we are exposed both to consumers trading the convenience of food away from home for the cost benefit of cooking, and to consumers selecting less expensive fast-casual alternatives during weaker economic periods. Throughout our 15-year history,

 

97


Table of Contents

our customers have demonstrated a willingness to pay a premium for a craveable, convenient, and healthier alternative to traditional fast-food and fast-casual offerings.

While we have been able to partially offset inflation and other increases, such as wage increases, in the costs of core operating resources by gradually increasing menu prices, coupled with more efficient purchasing practices, productivity improvements, and greater economies of scale, there can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to do so in the future. In particular, macroeconomic conditions could make additional menu price increases imprudent. There can be no assurance that future cost increases can be offset by increased menu prices or that increased menu prices will be fully absorbed by our customers without any resulting change to their visit frequencies or purchasing patterns.

Seasonality

Our revenue fluctuates as a result of seasonal factors. Historically, our revenue is lower in the first and fourth quarters of the year due, in part, to the holiday season and the fact that fewer people eat out during periods of inclement weather (the winter months) than during periods of mild to warm weather (the spring, summer, and fall months). In addition, a core part of our menu, salads, has proven to be more popular among consumers in the warmer months.

Sales Channel Mix

Our revenue is derived from sales of food and beverage to customers through our five sales channels. There have been historical fluctuations in the mix of sales between our various channels. For example, during the COVID-19 pandemic, we have experienced a significant increased percentage of sales through our Owned Digital and Marketplace Channels. Due to the fact that our Native Delivery, Outpost, and Marketplace Channels require the payment of third-party fees in order to fulfill deliveries, sales through these channels have historically negatively impacted our margins. Additionally, historically, orders on our Native Delivery, Outpost and Marketplace Channels have resulted in a higher rate of refunds and credits than our In-Store and Pick-Up Channels, which has a negative impact on revenue on these channels. We have also historically prioritized promotions and discounts on our Owned Digital Channels, which also reduces revenue on these channels. If we continue to see a more permanent shift in sales through these channels, our margins may continue to decrease. In fiscal years 2019 and 2020, and the thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021, our third-party delivery fees for our Native Delivery Channel, which are based on a combination of a flat fee per order and a percentage commission on each order, were a total of $8,000 (as our Native Delivery Channel was in a pilot phase), $7.4 million, and $7.2 million, respectively, and our third-party delivery fees for our Marketplace Channel, which are based on a percentage commission on each order, were a total of $1.7 million, $4.5 million, and $6.2 million, respectively. However, over time, we expect that as we scale our Native Delivery, Outpost, and Marketplace Channels, we will be successful in negotiating lower third-party delivery fees, and our relative margins will improve. As a result of higher third-party delivery fees for our Native Delivery Channel and significant delivery fee promotions offered to customers in the first year after we launched our Native Delivery Channel, our margins from sales through our Native Delivery Channel in fiscal year 2020 and the thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021 were lower than margins from sales through our Marketplace Channel. However, we have negotiated lower third party delivery fees for our Native Delivery Channel on a fixed fee per order basis based on the geographic market and mileage for each order (such fees to take effect beginning in the fourth fiscal quarter of 2021), and, combined with the reduction of delivery fee promotions, we expect our margins from sales through our Native Delivery Channel to improve significantly in the future.

 

98


Table of Contents

The COVID-19 Pandemic

As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic in the United States, many jurisdictions implemented measures to combat the COVID-19 outbreak, including travel bans, shelter-in-place orders, and restrictions on restaurant operations. We took several actions in fiscal year 2020 in response to these measures, including: reducing the operations of our restaurants, including shifting to a digital pick-up and delivery operating model in many locations and temporarily closing certain sweetgreen locations as needed; deferring rent payments on the majority of our leased properties for the months of April, May and June; undergoing a cost restructuring plan that included a temporary furlough of approximately 2,000 of our restaurant employees for up to 90 days and terminating approximately 100 employees at our sweetgreen Support Center; implementing strict sanitation and safety standards across our restaurants to protect our customers and team members; and providing up to 14 days of voluntary paid wellness leave for COVID-19-related circumstances for our team members as well as $1 per hour of supplemental “Hero Pay” during the summer.

The COVID-19 pandemic had a significant impact on our results of operations for fiscal years 2020 and 2021 and the interim periods presented. In particular, our In-Store and Outpost Channels have been materially and adversely impacted due to shelter-in-place orders, legal and health restrictions on businesses and gatherings, and the decline in foot traffic and lower office occupancy, particularly in large urban centers like New York City. In addition, in certain locations, we had temporary restaurant closures due to other factors such as civil disturbances and inclement weather. This negative impact was partially offset by a surge in activity across our Owned Digital and Marketplace Channels, which contributed 56% and 18%, respectively, of our revenue in fiscal year 2020 compared to 43% and 7%, respectively, of our revenue in fiscal year 2019. In part due to the strength of our multiple digital channels, we were able to maintain over 80% of our fiscal year 2019 revenue in fiscal year 2020. In the thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021, our digital share has remained strong, with a Total Digital Revenue Percentage of 68% and an Owned Digital Revenue Percentage of 47%, even as revenue from our In-Store Channel improved. We expect that many of our customers that converted to transacting via our Owned Digital Channels during this period will continue this behavior going forward as we believe our Owned Digital Channels provide the best ordering experience for our customers.

We have entered into agreements with certain landlords with respect to a majority of our leased properties affected by the rent deferrals. We recorded $5.1 million of rent deferrals within accrued expenses in fiscal year 2020. Rent abatements are recorded within general and administrative expenses within the consolidated statement of operations and our recognition of rent abatements did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements for fiscal year 2020. We are continuing to negotiate with certain of our landlords for rent concessions and abatements, but we do not expect any future negotiated deferrals or abatements to have a material impact on our consolidated financial results. We did not permanently close any restaurants in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, and as of December 27, 2020 all of our restaurants had reopened. We also had 15 Net New Restaurant Openings across existing and new markets during 2020 and 21 Net New Restaurant Openings across existing and new markets in the thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021.

Due to the rapid development and fluidity of this situation, we cannot determine the ultimate impact that the COVID-19 pandemic will have on our consolidated financial condition, liquidity, and future results of operations. Please see the section titled “Risk Factors” for more information regarding risks associated with the COVID-19 pandemic.

For our fiscal year to date through September 26, 2021, we experienced positive momentum across all of our channels, as COVID-19 vaccines became widely available and customers started to return to offices. While we continued to see an increase in revenue in each completed fiscal quarter of 2021, as the Delta variant spread widely in the third fiscal quarter of 2021, our positive momentum

 

99


Table of Contents

slowed, as many jurisdictions imposed new or more stringent mask and vaccination mandates and many employers and employees have delayed their returns to offices. This had a negative impact on our assumptions for future near-term restaurant-level cash flows and results of operations. Employer vaccination mandates and vaccination mandates for restaurants operating indoor dining that are currently in effect or contemplated in the markets in which we operate, including New York City, Los Angeles and San Francisco, may require us to make significant changes to how we operate, increase our costs, and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations for the remainder of fiscal year 2021 and beyond.

Key Performance Metrics

We track the following key business metrics and non-GAAP financial measures to evaluate our performance, identify trends, formulate financial projections, and make strategic decisions. We believe that these key business metrics, which includes certain non-GAAP financial measures, provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our results of operations in the same manner as our management team. These key business metrics and non-GAAP financial measures are presented for supplemental informational purposes only, should not be considered a substitute for financial information presented in accordance with GAAP, and may be different from similarly titled metrics or measures presented by other companies. See the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of Restaurant-Level Profit, Restaurant-Level Profit Margin, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted EBITDA Margin to the most directly comparable financial measures stated in accordance with GAAP.

 

     Fiscal Year Ended      Thirteen Weeks Ended      Thirty-Nine Weeks Ended  

(dollar amounts in
thousands)

   December 27,
2020
     December 29,
2019
     September 26,
2021
     September 27,
2020
     September 26,
2021
     September 27,
2020
 

Net New Restaurant Openings

     15        15        11        7        21        11  

Average Unit Volume (as adjusted)(1)

   $ 2,194      $ 2,967      $ 2,459      $ 2,313      $ 2,459      $ 2,313  

Same-Store Sales Change (as adjusted) (%)(2)

     (26%)        15%        43%        (34%)        21%        (26%)  

Restaurant-Level Profit

   $ (8,702)      $ 43,975      $ 13,134      $ (4,706)      $ 28,060      $ (6,344)  

Restaurant-Level Profit Margin (%)

     (4%)        16%        14%        (8%)        12%        (4%)  

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (107,483)      $ (46,344)      $ (14,085)      $ (28,408)      $ (48,928)      $ (78,472)  

Adjusted EBITDA Margin (%)

     (49%)        (17%)        (15%)        (51%)        (20%)        (49%)  

Total Digital Revenue Percentage

     75%        50%        63%        79%        68%        74%  

Owned Digital Revenue Percentage

     56%        43%        43%        58%        47%        57%  

 

(1)

Our results for the fiscal year ended December 27, 2020 have been adjusted to reflect the material, temporary closures of 19 restaurants in the second and third fiscal quarters of fiscal year 2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic by excluding such restaurants from the Comparable Restaurant Base. Without these adjustments, AUV would have been $2.0 million as of December 27, 2020.

 

100


Table of Contents
(2)

Our results for all periods presented other than the fiscal year ended December 29, 2019 have been adjusted to reflect the temporary closures of 19 restaurants in the second and third fiscal quarters of fiscal year 2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic and the temporary closures of 56 restaurants due to civil disturbances that occurred during one week in the second fiscal quarter of fiscal year 2020. With respect to the 56 temporary closures due to civil disturbances, because excluding an entire fiscal month for these restaurants, which represented a significant portion of our restaurant fleet, would result in a Same-Store Sales Change figure that is not representative of our business as a whole, we excluded only one week from the calculation of Same-Store Sales Change for these restaurants. Therefore, Same-Store Sales Change for the fiscal year ended December 27, 2020 and the interim periods presented in fiscal years 2020 and 2021 is not comparable to prior periods. Without these adjustments, Same-Store Sales Change would have been (32%) for the fiscal year ended December 27, 2020, 48% and (37%) for the thirteen weeks ended September 26, 2021 and September 27, 2020, respectively, and 27% and (34%) for the thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021 and September 27, 2020, respectively.

Net New Restaurant Openings

Net New Restaurant Openings reflect the number of new sweetgreen restaurant openings during a given reporting period, net of any permanent sweetgreen restaurant closures during the same given period. Before we open new restaurants, we incur pre-opening costs, as further described below.

Average Unit Volume

AUV is defined as the average trailing revenue for the prior four fiscal quarters for all restaurants in the Comparable Restaurant Base. The measure of AUV allows us to assess changes in guest traffic and per transaction patterns at our restaurants. Comparable Restaurant Base for any measurement period is defined as all restaurants that have operated for at least twelve full months as of the end of such measurement period, other than any restaurants that had a material, temporary closure during the relevant measurement period. As a result of material, temporary closures in the second and third fiscal quarters of fiscal year 2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic, 19 restaurants were excluded from our Comparable Restaurant Base as of the end of (i) the second and third fiscal quarters of fiscal year 2020, (ii) fiscal year 2020, and (iii) the first and second fiscal quarters of fiscal year 2021. No restaurants were excluded from the Comparable Restaurant Base in fiscal year 2019 or in the third fiscal quarter of fiscal year 2021.

Same-Store Sales Change

Same-Store Sales Change reflects the percentage change in year-over-year revenue for the relevant fiscal period for all restaurants that have operated for at least 13 full fiscal months as of the end of such fiscal period; provided, that for any restaurant that has had a temporary closure (which historically has been defined as a closure of at least five days during which the restaurant would have otherwise been open) during any prior or current fiscal month, such fiscal month, as well as the corresponding fiscal month for the prior or current fiscal year, as applicable, will be excluded when calculating Same-Store Sales Change for that restaurant. As a result of temporary closures of 19 restaurants due to the COVID-19 pandemic during the second and third fiscal quarters of fiscal year 2020, Same-Store Sales Change has been adjusted for (i) fiscal year and (ii) all interim periods in fiscal years 2020 and 2021 (other than the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2020, the thirteen weeks ended December 28, 2020, and the thirteen weeks ended March 28, 2021). Additionally, as a result of temporary closures of 56 restaurants due to civil disturbances that occurred during one week in the second fiscal quarter of fiscal year 2020 we excluded only one week from the calculation of Same-Store Sales Change for the impacted periods (and we excluded the corresponding week from the corresponding fiscal periods in the prior fiscal year). This is because excluding an entire fiscal month for these restaurants which represented a significant portion of our restaurant fleet, would result in a Same-Store Sales Change figure that is not representative of our business as a whole. This exclusion impacted the calculation of Same-Store Sales Change for these restaurants for (i) fiscal year 2020 and (ii) the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2020, the thirteen weeks ended June 27, 2021, the thirty-nine weeks ended September 27, 2020, and the thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021. Therefore, Same-Store Sales Change for fiscal year 2020 and certain of the interim periods presented in fiscal years 2020 and 2021 is not comparable to prior financial periods. This measure highlights the performance of existing restaurants, while excluding the impact of new restaurant openings and closures.

 

101


Table of Contents

Restaurant-Level Profit and Restaurant-Level Profit Margin

We define Restaurant-Level Profit as income (loss) from operations adjusted to exclude general and administrative expense, depreciation and amortization, pre-opening costs, impairment of long-lived assets, and loss on disposal of property and equipment. Restaurant-Level Profit Margin is Restaurant-Level Profit as a percentage of revenue.

As it excludes general and administrative expense, which is primarily attributable to our sweetgreen Support Center, we evaluate Restaurant-Level Profit and Restaurant-Level Profit Margin as a measure of profitability of our restaurants.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin

We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss adjusted to exclude interest income, interest expense, provision for (benefit from) income taxes, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation expense, loss (gain) on disposal of property and equipment, impairment of long-lived assets, Spyce acquisition costs, and other expense. Adjusted EBITDA Margin is Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue.

Total Digital Revenue Percentage and Owned Digital Revenue Percentage

Our Total Digital Revenue Percentage is the percentage of our revenue attributed to purchases made through our Total Digital Channels. Our Owned Digital Revenue Percentage is the percentage of our revenue attributed to purchases made through our Owned Digital Channels.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

We recognize food and beverage revenue, net of discounts and incentives, when payment is tendered at the point of sale as the performance obligation has been satisfied, through our three disaggregated revenue channels: Owned Digital Channels, In-Store-Channel (Non-Digital component), and Marketplace Channel. Provisions for discounts are provided for in the same period the related sales are recorded. Sales taxes and other taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are presented on a net basis, and as such, are excluded from revenue. We expect revenue to increase as we focus on opening additional restaurants, as well as investments in our Owned Digital Channels to attract new customers and increase order frequency in our existing customers.

Gift Cards.    We also sell gift cards that do not have an expiration date. Upon sale, gift cards are recorded as unearned revenue and included within gift card liability in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The revenue from gift cards is recognized when redeemed by customers. Because we do not track addresses of gift card purchasers, the relevant jurisdiction related to the requirement for escheatment, the legal obligation to remit unclaimed assets to the state, is our state of incorporation, which is Delaware. The state of Delaware requires escheatment after five years from issuance. We do not recognize breakage income because of our requirements to escheat unredeemed gift card balances.

Sweetgreen Rewards.    Through the first quarter of 2021, we had a loyalty program whereby customers accumulate loyalty rewards for digital purchases made through our Owned Digital Channels. Previously, a sweetgreen rewards customer had 120 days to accumulate the necessary amount of purchases for a reward, and the reward expired after 120 days. During the first quarter of 2020, we changed our redemption policy such that a customer now had 30 days to accumulate the necessary amount of purchases for a reward and the reward expires after 30 days. The loyalty points represent a material right. We defer revenue associated with the relative estimated standalone selling price of the loyalty points, which is estimated as the value of the loyalty reward, net of loyalty related purchases not expected to be redeemed. We estimate loyalty purchases not expected to be redeemed

 

102


Table of Contents

based on historical company-specific data. Revenue is recognized when the reward is redeemed or expires. In the first quarter of 2021, we ended our loyalty program.

Delivery.    All of our restaurant locations offer a delivery option. Delivery services are fulfilled by third-party service providers whether delivery is ordered through our Native Delivery Channel or Marketplace Channel. With respect to Native Delivery Channel sales, we control the delivery services and recognize revenue, including delivery revenue, when the delivery partner transfers food or beverage to the customer. For these sales, we receive payment directly from the customer at the time of sale. With respect to Marketplace Channel sales, we recognize revenue, excluding delivery fees collected by the delivery partner as we do not control the delivery service, when control of the food or beverage is delivered to the end customer. We receive payment from the delivery partner subsequent to the transfer of food and the payment terms are short-term in nature. For all delivery sales, we are considered the principal and recognize the revenue on a gross basis. Although our margins from sales through our Native Delivery Channel in fiscal year 2020 and the thirteen and thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021 were lower than margins from sales through our Marketplace Channel, we expect our margins from sales through our Native Delivery Channel to improve significantly in the future. For a more detailed discussion of our third-party delivery fees and our expectations regarding our margins, see the section titled “—Sales Channel Mix” above.

Restaurant Operating Costs, Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

Food, Beverage, and Packaging

Food, beverage, and packaging costs include the direct costs associated with food, beverage, and packaging of our menu items. We anticipate food, beverage and packaging costs on an absolute dollar basis will increase for the foreseeable future to the extent we experience additional in-store orders as restrictions related to the COVID-19 pandemic ease, as we open additional restaurants, and as a result our revenue grows. However, food, beverage, and packaging costs as a percentage of revenue may vary, as these costs are impacted by menu mix and fluctuations in commodity costs, as well as geographic scale and proximity.

Labor and Related Expenses

Labor and related expenses include salaries, benefits, payroll taxes, workers compensation expenses, and other expenses related to our restaurant employees. As with other variable expense items, we expect labor costs to grow as our revenue grows. Factors that influence labor costs include minimum wage and payroll tax legislation, health care costs, and size and location of our restaurants.

Occupancy and Related Expenses

Occupancy and related expenses consist of restaurant-level occupancy expenses (including rent, common area expenses and certain local taxes), maintenance and utilities, and exclude occupancy expenses associated with unopened restaurants, which are recorded separately in pre-opening costs. We anticipate occupancy and related expenses on an absolute dollar basis will increase for the foreseeable future to the extent we continue to open new restaurants and revenue grows. Occupancy and related expenses as a percentage of revenue are impacted by geographic location, type of restaurant build, and revenue increases.

Other Restaurant Operating Costs

Other restaurant operating costs include other operating expenses incidental to operating our restaurants, such as third-party delivery fees, non-perishable supplies, repairs and maintenance, restaurant-level marketing, credit card fees and property insurance. We expect that other restaurant operating costs will increase on an absolute dollar basis for the foreseeable future to the extent we

 

103


Table of Contents

continue to open new restaurants and our revenue grows. Other restaurant operating costs as a percentage of revenue are expected to increase in line with growth in our Native Delivery, Outpost, and Marketplace Channels, as these channels are impacted by third-party delivery fees. However, as revenue increases, we expect that other restaurant operating costs, such as repairs and maintenance and property insurance, as a percentage of revenue will decline.

Operating Expenses

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of operations, finance, legal, human resources, administrative personnel, and other personnel costs that support restaurant development and operations, as well as stock-based compensation expense, brand-related marketing, and Spyce acquisition costs. We expect that general and administrative expenses will increase on an absolute dollar basis and vary from period to period as a percentage of revenue for the foreseeable future as we focus on processes, systems, and controls to enable our internal support functions to scale with the growth of our business. We expect to incur additional expenses as a result of operating as a public company, including expenses to comply with the rules and regulations applicable to companies listed on a national securities exchange, expenses related to compliance and reporting obligations pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC, as well as higher expenses for general liability and director and officer insurance, investor relations, and professional services. While we expect that our general and administrative expenses will increase in absolute dollars as our business grows, as a percentage of revenue, we expect these expenses to vary from period to period and decrease over time.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization include the depreciation of fixed assets, including leasehold improvements and equipment, and the amortization of external costs and certain internal costs directly associated with developing computer software applications for internal use. We expect that depreciation and amortization expenses will increase on an absolute dollar basis as we continue to build new restaurants and make investments in our digital platform.

Pre-Opening Costs

Pre-opening costs primarily consist of rent, wages, travel for training and restaurant opening teams, food, marketing, and other restaurant costs that we incur prior to the opening of a restaurant. These expenses will increase in proportion to the increase of our new restaurant openings. These costs are expensed as incurred. We expect that pre-opening costs will increase on an absolute dollar basis as we continue to build new restaurants and enter new markets.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Impairment of long-lived assets includes impairment charges related to our long-lived assets, which include property and equipment.

Loss on Disposal of Property and Equipment

Loss on disposal of property and equipment includes the net book value of assets that have been retired and consists primarily of furniture, equipment and fixtures that were replaced in the normal course of business.

Interest Income and Interest Expense

Interest income consists of interest earned on our cash and cash equivalents. Interest expense includes mainly the interest incurred on our outstanding indebtedness, as well as amortization of deferred financing costs, mainly debt origination and commitment fees.

 

104


Table of Contents

Other Expense

Other expenses consist primarily of changes in the fair value of our preferred warrant liability. We expect to remeasure the liability associated with our outstanding warrants each quarter until they are exercised. In connection with our initial public offering, all outstanding warrants for our preferred stock will be either automatically exercised for no consideration or converted to warrants for our common stock and, as a result, we do not expect to incur these expenses as a public company.

Income Tax Provision

Our income tax provision consists primarily of federal and state income taxes. We have a net deferred tax asset position prior to valuation allowance considerations, consisting primarily of net operating loss carryforwards. For additional discussion, see Note 13 to our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 12 to our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Thirteen Weeks and Thirty-Nine Weeks Ended September 26, 2021 and September 27, 2020

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the thirteen weeks ended September 26, 2021 and September 27, 2020:

 

     Thirteen Weeks Ended     Dollar
Change
    Percentage
Change
 

(dollar amounts in thousands)

   September 26,
2021
    September 27,
2020
 

Revenue

   $ 95,844   $ 55,549   $ 40,295     73
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Restaurant operating costs (exclusive of depreciation and amortization presented separately below):

        

Food, beverage, and packaging

     26,701     16,939     9,762     58

Labor and related expenses

     30,316     22,727     7,589     33

Occupancy and related expenses

     14,053     11,301     2,752     24

Other restaurant operating costs

     11,640     9,288     2,352     25
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total cost of restaurant operations

     82,710     60,255     22,455     37
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Operating expenses:

        

General and administrative

     28,944     23,335     5,609     24

Depreciation and amortization

     9,303     6,624     2,679     40

Pre-opening costs

     2,789     1,741     1,048     60

Impairment of long-lived assets

     4,415     -       4,415     *  

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

     -       441     (441     *  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

     45,451     32,141     13,310     41
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Loss from operations

     (32,317     (36,847     4,530     (12 %) 

Interest income

     (78     (128     50     (39 %) 

Interest expense

     23     140     (117     (84 %) 

Other income

     (2,196     -       (2,196     *  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net loss before income taxes

     (30,066     (36,859     6,793     (18 %) 

Income tax provision

     -       -       -       *  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net loss

   $ (30,066   $ (36,859   $ 6,793     (18 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

*

Not meaningful

 

105


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021 and September 27, 2020:

 

     Thirty-Nine Weeks Ended     Dollar
Change
    Percentage
Change
 

(dollar amounts in thousands)

   September 26,
2021
    September 27,
2020
 

Revenue

   $ 243,448   $ 161,435   $ 82,013     51
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Restaurant operating costs (exclusive of depreciation and amortization presented separately below):

        

Food, beverage, and packaging

     67,125     48,857     18,268     37

Labor and related expenses

     79,343     61,348     17,995     29

Occupancy and related expenses

     35,919     32,268     3,651     11

Other restaurant operating costs

     33,001     25,306     7,695     30
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total cost of restaurant operations

     215,388     167,779     47,609     28
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Operating expenses:

        

General and administrative

     78,395     72,168     6,227     9

Depreciation and amortization

     25,558     18,831     6,727     36

Pre-opening costs

     6,256     3,592     2,664     74

Impairment of long-lived assets

     4,415     -       4,415     100

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

     56     586     (530     (90 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

     114,680     95,177     19,503     20
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Loss from operations

     (86,620     (101,521     14,901     (15 %) 

Interest income

     (299     (940     641     (68 %) 

Interest expense

     65     306     (241     (79 %) 

Other expense/(income)

     608     (731     1,339     (183 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net loss before income taxes

     (86,994     (100,156     13,162     (13 %) 

Income tax provision

     -       -       -       100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net loss

   $ (86,994   $ (100,156   $ 13,162     (13 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Revenue

 

    Thirteen Weeks Ended           Thirty-Nine Weeks Ended        

(dollar amounts in thousands)

  September 26,
2021
    September 27,
2020
    Percentage
Change
    September 26,
2021
    September 27,
2020
    Percentage
Change
 

Revenue

  $ 95,844   $ 55,549       73   $ 243,448   $ 161,435     51
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Average Unit Volume

  $ 2,459     2,313       7     2,459     2,313     7

Same-Store Sales Change

    43     (34 )%      77     21     (26 %)      47

The increase in revenue for the thirteen weeks ended September 26, 2021 was primarily due to an increase in Comparable Restaurant Base revenue of $23.6 million, resulting in Same-Store Sales Change of 43%, primarily due to the impact of a decline in foot traffic, temporary restaurant closures and reduced office frequency as a result of stay-at-home orders and other restrictions due to the COVID-19 pandemic in the same period in the prior year, which primarily impacted our In-Store Channel. The increase in revenue was also impacted by $15.2 million of incremental revenue associated with 32 Net New Restaurant Openings during or subsequent to the thirteen weeks ended September 27, 2020 and $1.5 million increase from the impact of temporary closures from the same

 

106


Table of Contents

period in the prior year. Revenue from our Owned Digital Channels and Marketplace Channel increased collectively by $16.5 million, while revenue from our In-Store (Non-Digital component) increased by $23.8 million.

The increase in revenue for the thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021 was primarily due to an increase in Comparable Restaurant Base revenue of $32.6 million, resulting in Same-Store Sales Change of 21%, primarily due to the impact of a decline in foot traffic, temporary restaurant closures and reduced office frequency as a result of stay-at-home orders and other restrictions due to the COVID-19 pandemic in the same period in the prior year, which primarily impacted our In-Store Channel. The increase in revenue was also impacted by $37.8 million of incremental revenue associated with 36 Net New Restaurant Openings during or subsequent to fiscal 2020 that are not reflected in Same-Store Sales Change for fiscal year 2020 and $11.6 million increase from the impact of temporary closures from the same period in the prior year. Revenue from our Owned Digital Channels and Marketplace Channel increased collectively by $47.7 million, while revenue from our In-Store (Non-Digital component) increased by $34.3 million.

Restaurant Operating Costs

Food, Beverage, and Packaging

 

     Thirteen Weeks Ended           Thirty-Nine Weeks Ended        

(dollar amounts in
thousands)

   September 26,
2021
    September 27,
2020
    Percentage
Change
    September 26,
2021
    September 27,
2020
    Percentage
Change
 

Food, beverage, and packaging

   $ 26,701   $ 16,939     58   $ 67,125   $ 48,857     37

As a percentage of total revenue

     28     30     (2 %)      28     30     (2 %) 

The increase in food, beverage, and packaging costs for the thirteen weeks ended September 26, 2021 was primarily due to an $8.7 million increase in food and beverage costs and a $1.1 million increase in packaging costs. This was primarily due to an increase in revenue related to recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic.

The increase in food, beverage, and packaging costs for the thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021 was primarily due to a $15.6 million increase in food and beverage costs and a $2.7 million increase in packaging costs. This was primarily due to an increase in revenue related to recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic.

As a percentage of revenue, the decrease in food, beverage, and packaging costs for the thirteen and thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021 was primarily due to the impact of a 3.7% menu pricing increase subsequent to the thirty-nine weeks ended September 27, 2020, as well as the termination of the sweetgreen rewards program.

Labor and Related Expenses

 

     Thirteen Weeks Ended           Thirty-Nine Weeks Ended        

(dollar amounts in
thousands)

   September 26,
2021
    September 27,
2020
    Percentage
Change
    September 26,
2021
    September 27,
2020
    Percentage
Change
 

Labor and related expenses

   $ 30,316   $ 22,727     33   $ 79,343   $ 61,348     29

As a percentage of total revenue

     32     41     (9 %)      33     38     (5 %) 

 

107


Table of Contents

The increase in labor and related expenses for the thirteen weeks ended September 26, 2021 was primarily due to an increase in staffing expenses across all restaurant locations. This was mostly due to lower headcount during the thirteen weeks ended September 27, 2020 as a result of the furloughs associated with our cost restructuring plan implemented during the second quarter of 2020, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. Additionally, labor and related expenses for the thirteen weeks ended September 27, 2020 were impacted by costs incurred for wellness leave for COVID-19-related circumstances for our team members as well as $1 per hour of supplemental “Hero Pay” in the summer of 2020. The increases were also due to the 32 Net New Restaurant Openings during or subsequent to the thirteen weeks ended September 27, 2020.

The increase in labor and related expenses for the thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021 was primarily due to an increase in staffing expenses across all restaurant locations. This was mostly due to lower headcount during the thirty-nine weeks ended September 27, 2020 as a result of the furloughs associated with our cost restructuring plan implemented during that period in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. The increases were also due to the 36 Net New Restaurant Openings during or subsequent to fiscal 2020.

As a percentage of revenue, the decrease in labor and related expenses for the thirteen and thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021 was primarily due to the impact of a 3.7% menu pricing increase subsequent to the thirty-nine weeks ended September 27, 2020, and greater sales leverage associated with the recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic, as well as the decreases noted above.

Occupancy and Related Expenses

 

     Thirteen Weeks Ended           Thirty-Nine Weeks Ended        

(dollar amounts in
thousands)

   September 26,
2021
    September 27,
2020
    Percentage
Change
    September 26,
2021
    September 27,
2020
    Percentage
Change
 

Occupancy and related expenses

   $ 14,053   $ 11,301     24   $ 35,919   $ 32,268     11

As a percentage of total revenue

     15     20     (5 %)      15     20     (5 %) 

The increase in occupancy and related expenses for the thirteen weeks ended September 26, 2021 was primarily due to the 32 Net New Restaurant Openings during or subsequent to the thirteen weeks ended September 27, 2020. These increases were partially offset by COVID-19 related rent abatement received for multiple restaurant locations during the thirteen weeks ended September 26, 2021.

The increase in occupancy and related expenses for the thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021 was primarily due to the 36 Net New Restaurant Openings during or subsequent to fiscal 2020. These increases were partially offset by COVID-19 related rent abatement received for multiple restaurant locations during the thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021.

As a percentage of revenue, the decrease in occupancy and related expenses for the thirteen and thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021 was primarily due to greater sales leverage associated with the recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic, as well as the impact of the rent abatement received for multiple restaurant locations during the thirteen and thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021, and the impact of a 3.7% menu pricing increase subsequent to thirty-nine weeks ended September 27, 2020.

 

108


Table of Contents

Other Restaurant Operating Costs

 

     Thirteen Weeks Ended           Thirty-Nine Weeks Ended        

(dollar amounts in
thousands)

   September 26,
2021
    September 27,
2020
    Percentage
Change
    September 26,
2021
    September 27,
2020
    Percentage
Change
 

Other restaurant operating costs

   $ 11,640   $ 9,288     25   $ 33,001   $ 25,306     30

As a percentage of total revenue

     12     17     (5 )%      14     16     (2 )% 

The increase in other restaurant operating costs for the thirteen weeks ended September 26, 2021 was primarily due to a $0.9 million increase in delivery fees due to growth in our Native Delivery and Marketplace Channels, as well as the 32 Net New Restaurant Openings during or subsequent to the thirteen weeks ended September 27, 2020. In addition, there was a $1.1 million increase in credit card and online related processing fees, related to the increases in revenue, and $0.3 million increase in other restaurant operating costs to support the increase in restaurants described above.

The increase in other restaurant operating costs for the thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021 was primarily due to a $5.0 million increase in delivery fees due to growth in our Native Delivery and Marketplace Channels, as well as the 36 Net New Restaurant Openings during or subsequent to fiscal 2020. In addition, there was a $1.6 million increase in credit card and online related processing fees, related to the increases in revenue, and $1.1 million increase in other restaurant operating costs to support the increase in new restaurants described above.

As a percentage of revenue, the decrease in other costs of operations for the thirteen and thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021 was primarily due to the impact of a 3.7% menu pricing increase subsequent to thirty-nine weeks ended September 27, 2020 and greater sales leverage associated with the recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic.

Operating Expenses

General and Administrative

 

     Thirteen Weeks Ended           Thirty-Nine Weeks Ended        

(dollar amounts in
thousands)

   September 26,
2021
    September 27,
2020
    Percentage
Change
    September 26,
2021
    September 27,
2020
    Percentage
Change
 

General and administrative

   $ 28,944   $ 23,335     24   $ 78,395   $ 72,168     9

As a percentage of total revenue

     30     42     (12 %)      32     45     (13 %) 

The increase in general and administrative expenses for the thirteen weeks ended September 26, 2021 was primarily due to a $1.5 million increase in stock-based compensation expense, a $1.5 million increase in acquisition costs related to the purchase of Spyce (see Note 6 to our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus), a $1.3 million increase in operational consulting costs required to assist in our transition to a public company, a $0.8 million increase in operational and system related expenses to help support continued growth, and a $0.3 million increase in marketing and advertising.

The increase in general and administrative expenses for the thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021 was primarily due to a $2.3 million increase in stock-based compensation expense, a $1.8 million increase in management-related wages and benefits, primarily related to accrued bonus, a $1.8 million increase in other operational and system related expenses to support

 

109


Table of Contents

continued growth, a $1.7 million increase in operational consulting to support our transition to a public company, a $1.6 million increase in acquisition costs related to the purchase of Spyce and a $0.8 million increase in marketing and advertising. These increases were partially offset by additional costs incurred in the prior period related to COVID-19 and civil unrest related support costs.

As a percentage of revenue, the decrease in general and administrative expenses for the thirteen and thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021 was primarily due to the comparatively higher revenue in the current periods, partially offset by the increases noted above.

Depreciation and Amortization

 

     Thirteen Weeks Ended           Thirty-Nine Weeks Ended        

(dollar amounts in
thousands)

   September 26,
2021
    September 27,
2020
    Percentage
Change
    September 26,
2021
    September 27,
2020
    Percentage
Change
 

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 9,303   $ 6,624     40   $ 25,558   $ 18,831     36

As a percentage of total revenue

     10     12     (2 %)      10     12     (2 %) 

The increase in depreciation and amortization for the thirteen weeks ended September 26, 2021 was primarily due to the 32 Net New Restaurant Openings during or subsequent to the thirteen weeks ended September 27, 2020, and an increase of internally developed software to support our digital growth.

The increase in depreciation and amortization for the thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021 was primarily due to the 36 Net New Restaurant Openings during or subsequent to fiscal 2020, and an increase of internally developed software to support our digital growth.

As a percentage of revenue, the decrease in depreciation and amortization for the thirteen and thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021 was primarily due to comparatively higher revenue in the current period, partially offset by the increases noted above.

Pre-Opening Costs

 

     Thirteen Weeks Ended           Thirty-Nine Weeks Ended        

(dollar amounts in
thousands)

   September 26,
2021
    September 27,
2020
    Percentage
Change
    September 26,
2021
    September 27,
2020
    Percentage
Change
 

Pre-opening costs

   $ 2,789   $ 1,741     60   $ 6,256   $ 3,592     74

As a percentage of total revenue

     3     3     -     3     2     1

The increase in pre-opening costs for the thirteen weeks ended September 26, 2021 was primarily due to the 11 Net New Restaurant Openings during the thirteen weeks ended September 26, 2021, as compared to 7 Net New Restaurant Openings during the thirteen weeks ended September 27, 2020. The increase in pre-opening costs for the thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021 was primarily due to the 21 Net New Restaurant Openings during the thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021, as compared to 11 Net New Restaurant Openings during the thirty-nine weeks ended September 27, 2020.

As a percentage of revenue, pre-opening costs were relatively flat in the thirteen and thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021 compared to the thirteen and thirty-nine weeks ended September 27, 2020, due to comparatively higher revenue, offset by the increased number of Net New Restaurant Openings discussed above.

 

110


Table of Contents

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

 

     Thirteen Weeks Ended           Thirty-Nine Weeks Ended        

(dollar amounts in
thousands)

   September 26,
2021
    September 27,
2020
    Percentage
Change
    September 26,
2021
    September 27,
2020
    Percentage
Change
 

Impairment of long-lived assets

   $ 4,415   $ -       N/A     $ 4,415   $ -       N/A  

As a percentage of total revenue

     5     -     5     2     -     2

The increase in impairment of long-lived assets for the thirteen and thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021 was primarily due to asset impairment charges on property and equipment of $4.4 million, related to certain of our stores, as well as the two stores operated by Spyce Food Co. (“Spyce”). COVID-19, and most recently the Delta variant, have had a negative impact on our assumptions for future near-term restaurant-level cash flows, which resulted in elevated impairment charges.

Loss on Disposal of Property and Equipment

 

     Thirteen Weeks Ended           Thirty-Nine Weeks Ended        

(dollar amounts in
thousands)

   September 26,
2021
    September 27,
2020
    Percentage
Change
    September 26,
2021
    September 27,
2020
    Percentage
Change
 

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

   $ -     $ 441     (100 %)    $ 56   $ 586     (90 %) 

As a percentage of total revenue

     -     1     (1 %)      -     -     0

The decrease in loss on disposal of property and equipment is due to a decrease in furniture, equipment and fixture replacements at multiple restaurants for the thirteen and thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021.

Interest Income and Interest Expense

 

     Thirteen Weeks Ended           Thirty-Nine Weeks Ended        

(dollar amounts in
thousands)

   September 26,
2021
    September 27,
2020
    Percentage
Change
    September 26,
2021
    September 27,
2020
    Percentage
Change
 

Interest income

   $ (78   $ (128     (39 %)    $ (299   $ (940     (68 %) 

Interest expense

     23     140     (84 %)      65     306     (79 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest (income) expense

   $ (55   $ 12     (558 %)    $ (234   $ (634     (63 %) 

As a percentage of total revenue

     -     -     -     -     -     -

The increase in interest (income) expense is primarily due to higher average cash balances during the thirteen and thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021, as well as a lower outstanding balance on our revolving facility, as described below in “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Facility”.

 

111


Table of Contents

Other Expense

 

     Thirteen Weeks Ended           Thirty-Nine Weeks Ended        

(dollar amounts in
thousands)

   September 26,
2021
    September 27,
2020
    Percentage
Change
    September 26,
2021
    September 27,
2020
    Percentage
Change
 

Other (income) expense

   $ (2,196   $ -       N/A     $ 608   $ (731     (183 )% 

As a percentage of total revenue

     (2 )%      -     (2 %)      -     -     -

The change in other (income) expense for both the thirteen and thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021 is due to a fluctuation in the fair value of our preferred warrant liability as of September 26, 2021.

Comparison of Fiscal Year 2020 and Fiscal Year 2019

The following table summarizes our results of operations for fiscal year 2020 and fiscal year 2019:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended     Dollar
Change
    Percentage
Change
 

(dollar amounts in thousands)

   December 27,
2020
    December 29,
2019
 

Revenue

   $ 220,615     $ 274,151     $ (53,536     (20 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Restaurant operating costs (exclusive of depreciation and amortization presented separately below):

        

Food, beverage, and packaging

     66,154       83,966       (17,812     (21 %) 

Labor and related expenses

     83,691       86,547       (2,856     (3 %) 

Occupancy and related expenses

     43,775       37,050       6,725       18

Other restaurant operating costs

     35,697       22,613       13,084       58
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total cost of restaurant operations

     229,317       230,176       (859     -
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Operating expenses:

        

General and administrative

     99,142       88,818       10,324       12

Depreciation and amortization

     26,851       19,416       7,435       38

Pre-opening costs

     4,551       5,405       (854     (16 %) 

Impairment of long-lived assets

     1,456       -       1,456       N/A  

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

     891       409       482       118
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

     132,891       114,048       18,843       17
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Loss from operations

     (141,593     (70,073     (71,520     102

Interest income

     (1,018     (2,724     1,706       (63 %) 

Interest expense

     404       88       316       359

Other expense

     245       480       (235     (49 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Loss from operations before income taxes

     (141,224     (67,917     (73,307     108

Income tax provision

     -       -       -       N/A  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net loss

   $ (141,224   $ (67,917   $ (73,307     108
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

112


Table of Contents

Revenue

 

     Fiscal Year Ended     Percentage
Change
 

(dollar amounts in thousands)

   December 27,
2020
    December 29,
2019
 

Revenue

   $ 220,615     $ 274,151       (20 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Average Unit Volume

     2,175       2,955       (26 %) 

Same-Store Sales Change

     (26 %)      15     (41 %) 

The decrease in revenue in fiscal year 2020 was primarily due to a decline in Comparable Restaurant Base revenue of $65 million, resulting in negative Same-Store Sales Change of (26%), due to the impact of a decline in foot traffic, temporary restaurant closures and reduced office frequency as a result of stay-at-home orders and other restrictions due to the COVID-19 pandemic, which primarily impacted our In-Store Channel. Although overall AUV, inclusive of Owned Digital Channels and Marketplace Channels, declined, revenue from these specific channels increased by $27.8 million, as many customers migrated to the convenience of these channels from our In-Store Channel. The decrease in revenue was partially offset by $12 million of incremental revenue associated with 15 Net New Restaurant Openings during fiscal year 2020 and the 15 Net New Restaurant Openings in fiscal year 2019 that are not reflected in Same-Store Sales Change for fiscal year 2020.

Restaurant Operating Costs

Food, Beverage, and Packaging

 

     Fiscal Year Ended    

 

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)

   December 27,
2020
    December 29,
2019
    Percentage
Change
 

Food, beverage, and packaging

   $ 66,154     $ 83,966       (21 %) 

As a percentage of total revenue

     30     31     (1 %) 

The decrease in food, beverage, and packaging costs for fiscal year 2020 was primarily due to a $16.5 million decrease in food and beverage costs and a $1.3 million decrease in packaging costs. This was primarily due to a decline in revenue volume related to the COVID-19 pandemic, partially offset by the higher packaging costs for delivery and Outpost Channel orders.

As a percentage of revenue, the decrease in food, beverage, and packaging costs for fiscal year 2020 was primarily due to the impact of a 2.5% menu pricing increase during fiscal year 2020, partially offset by the cost increases stated above.

Labor and Related Expenses

 

     Fiscal Year Ended    

 

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)

   December 27,
2020
    December 29,
2019
    Percentage
Change
 

Labor and related expenses

   $ 83,691     $ 86,547       (3 %) 

As a percentage of total revenue

     38     32     6

The decrease in labor and related expenses for fiscal year 2020 was primarily due to a reduction in staffing expenses across all restaurant locations. This was mostly due to lower headcount during a portion of fiscal year 2020 as a result of the furloughs associated with our cost restructuring plan implemented in the second fiscal quarter of 2020 in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. These decreases were partially offset by 15 Net New Restaurant Openings during fiscal year 2020, the full fiscal year effects of the 15 Net New Restaurant Openings in fiscal year 2019 that are not reflected in

 

113


Table of Contents

Same-Store Sales Change for fiscal year 2020, as well as the costs incurred for wellness leave for COVID-19-related circumstances for our team members as well as $1 per hour of supplemental “Hero Pay” in the summer of 2020.

As a percentage of revenue, the increase in labor and related expenses for fiscal year 2020 was primarily due to comparatively lower revenue associated with the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, as well as the increases and incremental costs stated above.

Occupancy and Related Expenses

 

     Fiscal Year Ended        

(dollar amounts in thousands)

   December 27,
2020
    December 29,
2019
    Percentage
Change
 

Occupancy and related expenses

   $ 43,775     $ 37,050       18

As a percentage of total revenue

     20     14     6

The increase in occupancy and related expenses for fiscal year 2020 was primarily due to the 15 Net New Restaurant Openings during fiscal year 2020 and the full fiscal year effects of the 15 Net New Restaurant Openings in fiscal year 2019 that are not reflected in Same-Store Sales Change for fiscal year 2020.

As a percentage of revenue, the increase in occupancy and related expenses for fiscal year 2020 was primarily due to comparatively lower revenue associated with the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, as well as the increases stated above.

Other Restaurant Operating Costs

 

     Fiscal Year Ended        

(dollar amounts in thousands)

   December 27,
2020
    December 29,
2019
    Percentage
Change
 

Other restaurant operating costs

   $ 35,697     $ 22,613       58

As a percentage of total revenue

     16     8     8

The increase in other costs of operations for fiscal year 2020 was primarily due to higher delivery fees due to digital growth associated with the COVID-19 pandemic, higher supplies spent on COVID-19 safety measures for our employees and customers, as well as the 15 Net New Restaurant Openings during fiscal year 2020 and the full fiscal year effects of the 15 Net New Restaurant Openings in fiscal year 2019 that are not reflected in Same-Store Sales Change for fiscal year 2020.

As a percentage of revenue, the increase in other costs of operations for fiscal year 2020 was primarily due to comparatively lower revenue associated with the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, as well as the increases stated above.

Operating Expenses

General and Administrative

 

     Fiscal Year Ended        

(dollar amounts in thousands)

   December 27,
2020
    December 29,
2019
    Percentage
Change
 

General and administrative

   $ 99,142     $ 88,818       12

As a percentage of total revenue

     45     32     13

 

114


Table of Contents

The increase in general and administrative expenses for fiscal year 2020 was primarily due to a $2.5 million increase in COVID-19 related employee support costs, $2.3 million in severance related costs due to the COVID-19 pandemic, $2.3 million increase in management-related wages and benefits, $1.6 million of incremental costs incurred related to store closures and store damage from civil unrest, a $1.2 million increase in temporary labor costs, and a $1.0 million increase in stock-based compensation expense. These increases were partially offset by a $0.6 million decrease in other general and administrative expenses.

As a percentage of revenue, the increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily due to comparatively lower revenue associated with the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, as well as the increase in general and administrative expenses stated above.

Depreciation and Amortization

 

     Fiscal Year Ended     Percentage
Change
 

(dollar amounts in thousands)

   December 27,
2020
    December 29,
2019
 

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 26,851     $ 19,416       38

As a percentage of total revenue

     12     7     5

The increase in depreciation and amortization for fiscal year 2020 was primarily due to the incremental depreciation related to the 15 Net New Restaurant Openings during fiscal year 2020 and the 15 Net New Restaurant Openings in fiscal year 2019, and increase to internally developed software to support our digital growth.

As a percentage of revenue, the increase in depreciation and amortization for fiscal year 2020 was primarily due to comparatively lower revenue associated with the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, as well as the increase in depreciation and amortization expenses stated above.

Pre-Opening Costs

 

     Fiscal Year Ended     Percentage
Change
 

(dollar amounts in thousands)

   December 27,
2020
    December 29,
2019
 

Pre-opening costs

   $ 4,551     $ 5,405       (16 %) 

As a percentage of total revenue

     2     2     -

The decrease in pre-opening costs for fiscal year 2020 was primarily due to lower rent costs for new restaurants, related to rent abatements obtained in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic and lower pre-opening-related activity due to the pandemic.

As a percentage of revenue, pre-opening costs were flat in fiscal year 2020 compared to fiscal year 2019, due to comparatively lower revenue related to the COVID-19 pandemic, offset by the decreases noted above.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

 

     Fiscal Year Ended     Percentage
Change
 

(dollar amounts in thousands)

   December 27,
2020
    December 29,
2019
 

Impairment of long-lived assets

   $ 1,456     $ -       N/A  

As a percentage of total revenue

     1     -     1

 

115


Table of Contents

The increase in impairment of long-lived assets for fiscal year 2020 was primarily due to asset impairment charges on property and equipment of $1.5 million related to one restaurant in New York City. The COVID-19 pandemic had a negative impact on our assumptions for future near-term restaurant level cash flows for certain restaurants which resulted in impairment of the long-lived assets of this restaurant.

Loss on Disposal of Property and Equipment

 

     Fiscal Year Ended     Percentage
Change
 

(dollar amounts in thousands)

   December 27,
2020
    December 29,
2019
 

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

   $ 891     $ 409       117.8

As a percentage of total revenue

     -     -     -

The increase in loss on disposal of property and equipment is due to an increase in furniture, equipment and fixture replacements at multiple restaurants during fiscal year 2020.

Interest Income and Interest Expense

 

     Fiscal Year Ended     Percentage
Change
 

(dollar amounts in thousands)

   December 27,
2020
    December 29,
2019
 

Interest income

   $ (1,018   $ (2,724     (63 %) 

Interest expense

     404       88       359
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest (income) expense

     (614     (2,636     (77 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As a percentage of total revenue

     -     (1 %)      1

The decline in interest (income) expense is primarily due to lower average cash balances during fiscal year 2020, as well as higher outstanding debt balances on our revolver.

Other Expense

 

     Fiscal Year Ended     Percentage
Change
 

(dollar amounts in thousands)

   December 27,
2020
    December 29,
2019
 

Other expense

   $ 245     $ 480       (49 %) 

As a percentage of total revenue

     -     -     -

The decrease in other expense is due to an increase in the fair value of our preferred warrant liability as of December 27, 2020.

Quarterly Results of Operations

Our business is subject to seasonal fluctuations in that our sales are typically nominally higher during the summer months affecting the second and third quarters of the fiscal year. Further, our quarterly results have been and will continue to be affected by the timing of new store openings and their associated pre-opening costs. As a result of these factors, our financial results for any single quarter or for periods of less than a year are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be achieved for a full fiscal year.

The following table sets forth our unaudited selected data for each of the 13-week periods during the fiscal years ended December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019 as well as the 13-week periods

 

116


Table of Contents

ended September 26, 2021, June 27, 2021, and March 28, 2021. These unaudited quarterly results of operations have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, the financial information set forth in the table below reflects all normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair statement of results of operations for these periods. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future and the results of a particular quarter or other interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results for a full year. You should read the following unaudited quarterly consolidated results of operations in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Thirteen Weeks Ended  
    Sept. 26,
2021
    June 27,
2021
    Mar. 28,
2021
    Dec. 27,
2020
    Sept. 27,
2020
    June 28,
2020
    Mar. 29,
2020
    Dec. 29,
2019
    Sept. 29,
2019
    June 30,
2019
    Mar. 31,
2019
 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    (dollar amounts in thousands)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                     

Revenue

  $ 95,844     $ 86,212     $ 61,392     $ 59,180     $ 55,549     $ 32,918     $ 72,969     $ 69,318     $ 74,065     $ 71,539     $ 59,228  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (30,066   $ (26,883)     $ (30,047   $ (41,066   $ (36,859   $ (39,290   $ (24,008   $ (26,594   $ (16,823   $ (12,828   $ (11,671
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Financial and Operating Data:

                     

Net New Restaurant Openings

    11       9       1       4       7       3       1       7       4       2       2  

Average Unit Volume(1)

  $ 2,459     $ 2,447     $ 2,075     $ 2,194     $ 2,313     $ 2,518     $ 2,981     $ 2,967     $ 2,863     $ 2,748     $ 2,662  

Same-Store Sales Change(2)

    43     86     (26 %)      (28 %)      (34 %)      (46 %)      2     15     16     12     17

Total Digital Revenue %

    63     68     77     78     79     97     59     54     51     47     48

Owned Digital Revenue %

    43     48     53     54     58     76     48     43     43     43     44

 

(1)

Our results for the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2020, September 27, 2020, December 27, 2020, March 28, 2021, and June 27, 2021, respectively have been adjusted to reflect the material, temporary closures of 19 restaurants in the second and third fiscal quarters of fiscal year 2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic by excluding such restaurants from the Comparable Restaurant Base. Without these adjustments, AUV would have been $2.5 million as of June 28, 2020, $2.2 million as of September 27, 2020, $2.0 million as of December 27, 2020, $1.8 million as of March 28, 2021, and $2.2 million as of June 27, 2021.

 

(2)

Our results for the thirteen weeks ended June 28, 2020, September 27, 2020, June 27, 2021, and September 26, 2021 have been adjusted to reflect the temporary closures of 19 restaurants in the second and third fiscal quarters of fiscal year 2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic and the temporary closures of 56 restaurants due to civil disturbances that occurred during one week in the second fiscal quarter of fiscal year 2020. Without these adjustments, Same Store Sales Change would have been 106% and (60%) for the thirteen weeks ended June 27, 2021 and June 28, 2020, respectively, and 48% and (37%) for the thirteen weeks ended September 26, 2021 and September 27, 2020, respectively.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

To date, we have funded our operations through proceeds received from previous common stock and preferred stock issuances, our ability to obtain lending commitments and through cash flow from operations. As of December 27, 2020 and September 26, 2021, we had $102.6 million and $137.0 million in cash and cash equivalents. We have access to $45.0 million, including a $35.0 million revolver and a $10.0 million delayed draw term loan, collectively referred to as the revolving loan, through EagleBank. As of December 27, 2020 and September 26, 2021, there have been no draws on the revolving loan. If we are unable to generate positive operating cash flows, additional debt and equity financings may be necessary to sustain future operations, and there can be no assurance that such financing will be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.

 

117


Table of Contents

Historically, our primary liquidity and capital requirements are for new restaurant development, initiatives to improve the customer experience in our restaurants, working capital and general corporate needs. We have not required significant working capital because customers generally pay using cash or credit and debit cards and, as a result, our operations do not require significant receivables. Additionally, our operations do not require significant inventories due, in part, to our use of numerous fresh ingredients. Additionally, we are able to sell most of our inventory items before payment is due to the supplier of such items.

Subsequent to December 27, 2020, we completed the closing of the sale of an aggregate of 6,669,146 shares of our Series J preferred stock at a purchase price of $17.10 per share. With the completion of this financing, based on our current operating plan, we believe our existing cash and cash equivalents and available revolving loan balances, will be sufficient to fund our operating lease obligations, capital expenditures, and working capital needs for at least the next 12 months following the date of this prospectus.

Credit Facility

On December 6, 2017, we entered into a revolving credit and security agreement (the “2017 Revolving Facility”) with EagleBank, with an original maturity date of June 19, 2020, which was extended via amendment to December 18, 2020. The 2017 Revolving Facility allowed us to borrow up to $15.0 million in the aggregate principal amount. On December 14, 2020, we refinanced the 2017 Revolving Facility with EagleBank (as refinanced and as amended on September 29, 2021, contingent upon the closing of this offering, the “2020 Credit Facility”). The 2020 Credit Facility allows us to borrow (i) up to $35.0 million in the aggregate principal amount under the refinanced revolving facility and (ii) up to $10.0 million in the aggregate principal amount under a new delayed draw term loan facility. The refinanced revolving facility matures on December 14, 2022, and the term loan facility matures on December 15, 2025. However, if we incur any Permitted Convertible Debt or Permitted Unsecured Indebtedness (each as defined in the 2020 Credit Facility), then each loan facility will mature on the earlier to occur of (i) the maturity date indicated in the previous sentence and (ii) 90 days prior to the scheduled maturity date for any portion of the Permitted Convertible Debt or Permitted Unsecured Indebtedness, as applicable. Under the 2020 Credit Facility, interest accrues on the outstanding loan balance and is payable monthly at a rate of the adjusted one-month London InterBank Offered Rate, plus 2.90%, with a floor on the interest rate at 3.75%. Under the 2017 Revolving Facility, interest accrued on the outstanding loan balance and was payable monthly at a rate of the adjusted one-month London InterBank Offered Rate, plus 2.90%. As of September 26, 2021 and December 27, 2020, we had no outstanding balance under the 2020 Credit Facility or the 2017 Revolving Facility, as applicable.

Under the 2017 Revolving Facility we were required to maintain liquid assets, consisting of unencumbered cash or marketable securities, of not less than the greater of (i) $10.0 million and (ii) the outstanding balance of the revolving facility. In addition, we were required to maintain net working capital in an amount equal to or in excess of the outstanding loan balance. For the 2020 Credit Facility, we are required to maintain liquidity (defined as total cash and cash equivalents on hand plus the available amount under the revolving facility) in amount no less than the trailing 90-day cash burn. We were in compliance with the applicable financial covenants as of September 26, 2021 and December 27, 2020.

The obligations under the 2020 Credit Facility are guaranteed by our existing and future material subsidiaries and secured by substantially all of our and our subsidiary guarantor’s assets, other than certain excluded assets. The agreement also restricts our ability, and the ability of our subsidiary guarantors to, among other things, incur liens; incur additional indebtedness; transfer or dispose of assets; make acquisitions; change the nature of the business; guarantee obligations; pay dividends to shareholders or repurchase stock; and make advances, loans, or other investments. The agreement contains customary events of default, including, without limitation, failure to pay the outstanding loans or accrued interest on the due date.

 

118


Table of Contents

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended     Thirty-Nine Weeks Ended  

(in thousands)

   December 27,
2020
    December 29,
2019
    September 26,
2021
    September 27,
2020
 

Net cash used in operating activities

   $ (90,352   $ (37,198   $ (36,215   $ (66,702

Net cash used in investing activities

     (58,405     (50,468     (69,746     (43,012

Net cash provided by financing activities

     2,145       149,796       140,555       16,685  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash

   $ (146,612   $ 62,130     $ 34,594   $ (93,029
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Activities

For the thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021, cash used in operating activities decreased $30.5 million compared to the thirty-nine weeks ended September 27, 2020, primarily due to a decrease in net loss after non-cash items resulting from the adverse impact of the COVID-19 pandemic in the same period in the prior year, as well as favorable working capital fluctuations.

The favorable working capital fluctuations were primarily due to an increase of $9.0 million in accruals for payroll and benefits, which were primarily related to timing of tax withholding payments from stock option exercises at the end of the period; the timing of our payroll; a $3.0 million decline in accrued delivery fees due to timing of payment; a $2.9 million increase in deferred rent, net of tenant improvement receivable, related to an increase in new and planned store openings; and normal operating fluctuations due to timing of payments.

For fiscal year 2020, cash used in operating activities increased $53.2 million compared to fiscal year 2019, primarily due to a decline in profitability after non-cash items resulting from the adverse impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, partially offset by favorable working capital fluctuations.

The favorable working capital fluctuations were primarily due to higher accrued expenses related to $5.1 million of rent deferrals received from landlords related to the COVID-19 pandemic.

Investing Activities

For the thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021, cash used in investing activities increased $26.7 million compared to the thirty-nine weeks ended September 27, 2020, primarily due to a $25.2 million increase in the purchase of property and equipment, due to an increase in new restaurants, a $2.5 million increase in costs related to acquisitions, and a $0.4 million increase in lease related costs, partially offset by a $1.4 million decrease in the purchase intangible assets, primarily related to significant growth in our internal technology in the prior period to support digital growth.

For fiscal year 2020, cash used in investing activities increased $7.9 million compared to fiscal year 2019, primarily due to purchases of property and equipment of $48.1 million during fiscal year 2020, compared to $39.2 million in fiscal year 2019. In addition, we had purchases of intangible assets of $8.7 million in fiscal year 2020 compared to $5.4 million in fiscal year 2019, primarily related to continued investment in our internal technology to support digital growth. This was partially offset by an increase in costs related to the acquisition of Galley Foods Inc. in fiscal year 2019 of $4.8 million.

Financing Activities

For the thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021, cash provided by financing activities increased $123.9 million compared to the thirty-nine weeks ended September 27, 2020, primarily due

 

119


Table of Contents

to proceeds received from preferred stock issuances, net of issuance costs, of $113.8 million during the thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021. In addition, there was an increase in proceeds received from stock option exercises of $23.7 million and an increase in proceeds received from the repayment of previously issued related party loans of $5.2 million, see Note 14 to our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details. This was partially offset by an increase in proceeds from long-term debt of $15.0 million during the thirty-nine weeks ended September 27, 2020 due to a borrowing under our 2017 Revolving Facility during that period and deferred offering costs paid of $3.8 million during the thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021.

For fiscal year 2020, cash provided by financing activities declined $147.7 million compared to fiscal year 2019, primarily due to proceeds received from preferred stock issuances, net of issuance costs, of $148.9 million in fiscal year 2019. This was partially offset by an increase in proceeds from stock option exercises of $1.3 million in fiscal year 2020 compared to fiscal year 2019.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

Our contractual obligations and commitments as of December 27, 2020 were as follows:

 

     Payments Due by Fiscal Year  

(in thousands)

   Total      2021      2022      2023      2024      2025      Thereafter  

Operating leases

   $ 362,165      $ 34,217      $ 40,558      $ 40,846      $ 40,461      $ 39,640      $ 166,443  

Our contractual obligations and commitments as of September 26, 2021 were as follows:

 

     Payments Due by Fiscal Year  

in thousands

   Total      2021      2022      2023      2024      2025      Thereafter  

Operating leases

   $ 354,863      $ 9,607      $ 41,396      $ 42,285      $ 42,072      $ 41,299      $ 178,204  

For additional discussion on our operating leases, see Notes 9 and 15 to our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 15 to our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Our material off-balance sheet arrangements are operating lease obligations. We excluded these items from the balance sheet in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). A summary of our operating lease obligations and other commitments by fiscal year is included in the table above. For additional information regarding our operating leases, see Notes 9 and 15 to our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 15 to our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make certain estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the balance sheet date, as well as reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Our most significant estimates and judgments involve difficult, subjective, or complex judgements made by management. Actual results may differ from these estimates. To the extent that there are differences between our estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows will be affected.

 

120


Table of Contents

We believe that the accounting policies described below involve a greater degree of judgment and complexity. Accordingly, these are the policies we believe are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our financial condition and results of operations. For further information, see Note 1 to our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 1 to our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Stock-Based Compensation

We grant stock options to certain of our employees, as well as nonemployees (including directors and others who provide substantial services to us) under our stock plans. We recognize compensation expense resulting from stock-based payments over the period for which the requisite services are provided. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of the stock options at the measurement date. The grant date is deemed to be the appropriate measurement date for stock options issued to employees and nonemployees. We have elected to account for forfeitures as they occur.

The use of the Black-Scholes option pricing model requires the use of subjective assumptions, including the following:

 

   

Fair Value of Common Stock—The absence of an active market for our common stock requires us to estimate the fair value of our common stock. See the subsection titled “—Fair Value of Common Stock” below.

 

   

Risk-Free Interest Rate—The yield on actively traded non-inflation indexed U.S. Treasury notes with the same maturity as the expected term of the underlying options was used as the average risk-free interest rate.

 

   

Expected Term—The expected term of options granted to employees was determined based on management’s expectations of the options granted, which are expected to remain outstanding. The expected term for options granted to nonemployees is equal to the remaining contractual life of the options.

 

   

Expected Volatility—There is no substantive share price history to calculate volatility and, as such, we have elected to use an approximation based on the volatility of other comparable public companies, which compete directly with us, over the expected term of the options.

 

   

Dividend Yield—We have not issued regular dividends on common shares in the past nor do we expect to issue dividends in the future. As such, the dividend yield has been estimated to be zero.

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the expected volatility and expected terms utilized in our stock-based compensation expense calculations on a prospective basis. As we continue to accumulate additional data related to our common stock, we may refine our estimates, which could materially impact our future stock-based compensation expense. See Note 12 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for information concerning certain of the specific assumptions we used in applying the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the estimated fair value of our stock options granted in the fiscal years ended December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019.

During fiscal year 2020, we recorded $4.9 million of stock-based compensation expense. During fiscal year 2019, we recorded $3.9 million of stock-based compensation expense. As of December 27, 2020, there was $16.7 million in unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested stock-based compensation arrangements which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.93 years. During the thirteen and thirty-nine weeks ended September 27, 2020, we recorded

 

121


Table of Contents

$1.4 million and $3.6 million, respectively, of stock-based compensation expense. As of September 26, 2021, there was $30.6 million in unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested stock-based compensation arrangements that is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.21 years.

As of            , 2021, the intrinsic value of all outstanding incentive awards was $            million based on the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), of which approximately $            million was related to vested incentive shares and approximately $            million was related to unvested incentive shares.

Common Stock Valuations

Prior to this offering, given the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, and in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Accounting and Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation (the Practice Aid), our board of directors exercised its reasonable judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of fair value of our common stock, including:

 

   

independent third-party valuations of our common stock;

 

   

the prices at which we sold shares of our preferred stock;

 

   

the rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

 

   

our capital resources and financial condition;

 

   

the likelihood and timing of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or sale of the company, given prevailing market conditions;

 

   

our historical operating and financial performance as well as our estimates of future financial performance;

 

   

valuations of comparable companies;

 

   

the hiring of key personnel;

 

   

the relative lack of marketability of our common stock;

 

   

industry information such as market growth and volume and macro-economic events; and

 

   

additional objective and subjective factors relating to our business.

The Practice Aid identifies various available methods for allocating enterprise value across classes and series of capital stock to determine the estimated fair value of common stock at each valuation date. In accordance with the Practice Aid, for our valuations performed throughout fiscal year 2020, we concluded the Option Pricing Method (OPM) was the most appropriate method for determining the fair value of our common stock given our stage of development and other relevant factors. Under the OPM, shares are valued by creating a series of call options with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences and conversion terms of each equity class. The estimated fair values of the preferred and common stock are inferred by analyzing these options.

In accordance with the Practice Aid, for our valuations performed after December 27, 2020, we concluded the Probability-Weighted Expected Return Method (PWERM) was the most appropriate method for determining the fair value of our common stock given our stage of development and other relevant factors. The PWERM is a scenario-based analysis that estimates value per share based on

 

122


Table of Contents

the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns, considering each of the possible outcomes available to us, as well as the economic and control rights of each share class.

The assumptions underlying these valuations represent our board of directors’ best estimates at the time they were made, which involve inherent uncertainties and the application of the judgment of our board of directors. As a result, if factors or expected outcomes change and we use significantly different assumptions or estimates, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different.

Following the closing of this offering, our board of directors will determine the fair market value of our common stock based on its closing price as reported on the date of grant on the primary stock exchange on which our common stock is traded.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets are reviewed for recoverability at the lowest level in which there are identifiable cash flows (asset group). The asset group is at the store-level for restaurant assets and the corporate-level for corporate assets. The carrying amount of a store asset group includes stores’ property and equipment, primarily leasehold improvements. Long-lived assets, including property and equipment and internally developed software, are reviewed by management for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be fully recoverable. When events or circumstances indicate that impairment may be present, we evaluate the probability that future undiscounted net cash flows received will be less than the carrying amount of the asset group. If projected future undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value of an asset group, then such assets are written down to their fair values. We use a discounted cash flows model to measure the fair value of an asset group. An impairment charge will be recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of the store asset group exceeds its fair value. A number of significant assumptions and estimates are involved in the application of the model to forecast operating cash flows, which are largely unobservable inputs and, accordingly, are classified as Level 3 inputs within the fair value hierarchy. Assumptions used in these forecasts are consistent with internal planning, and include revenue growth rates, gross margins, and operating expense in relation to the current economic environment and our future expectations, competitive factors in its various markets, inflation, revenue trends and other relevant economic factors that may impact the store under evaluation.

There is uncertainty in the projected undiscounted future cash flows used in our impairment review analysis, which requires the use of estimates and assumptions. If actual performance does not achieve the projections, or if the assumptions used change in the future, we may be required to recognize impairment charges in future periods, and such charges could be material. We determine that triggering events, primarily related to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, occurred for certain stores during fiscal year 2020 that required an impairment review of the Company’s long-lived assets. Based on the results of this analysis, the Company recorded non-cash impairment charges of $1.5 million related to one store in New York. Additionally, COVID-19, and most recently the Delta variant, have had a negative impact on our assumptions for future near-term restaurant-level cash flows, which resulted in an increase in impairment of long-lived assets for the thirteen and thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021. This increase was primarily due to asset impairment charges on property and equipment of $4.4 million related to certain of our stores, as well as the two stores operated by Spyce.

Any material changes in the sum of our undiscounted cash flow estimates resulting from different assumptions used as of December 27, 2020 for those store asset groups included in our evaluation could result in a material change in the long-lived asset impairment charge for fiscal year 2020. Our projections are estimates, which could vary significantly, either favorably or unfavorably, from actual

 

123


Table of Contents

results if future economic conditions, consumer demand and competitive environments differ from our expectations. At this time, we do not believe that there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions that we use to calculation our long-lived asset impairment charge.

Intangible Assets – Acquired in Business Combinations

We perform valuations of assets acquired and liabilities assumed on each acquisition accounted for as a business combination and allocate the purchase price of each acquired business to our respective net tangible and intangible assets. Acquired intangible assets include developed technology. We use valuation techniques to value these intangible assets, with the primary technique being the replacement cost method. The replacement cost method requires us to make various assumptions and estimates including level of workforce and time required to recreate existing technology, projected overhead, profit margins, and opportunity costs. Intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method which approximates the pattern in which the economic benefits are consumed.

Contingent Consideration

Due to certain conversion features, the contingent consideration issued as part of the Spyce acquisition (see Note 6 to our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements for further details) is considered a liability in accordance with ASC 480. The liability associated with the contingent consideration is initially recorded at fair value (see Note 3 to our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements for further details) upon issuance date and is subsequently re-measured to fair value at each reporting date. The initial fair value of the liability for the the contingent consideration was $16.4 million and was included as part of the purchase price for the Spyce acquisition.

Changes in fair value of the contingent consideration are recognized within other expense, net in the accompanying condensed consolidated statement of operations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 1 to our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 1 to our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for recently adopted accounting pronouncements and recently issued accounting pronouncements not yet adopted as of the date of this prospectus.

Emerging Growth Company

We are an emerging growth company (“EGC”), as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups (“JOBS”) Act. The JOBS Act provides that an EGC can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This provision allows an EGC to delay the adoption of some accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to use the extended transition period under the JOBS Act for the adoption of certain accounting standards until the earlier of the date we (i) are no longer an EGC or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

In addition, we intend to rely on the other exemptions and reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if, as an EGC, we

 

124


Table of Contents

intend to rely on such exemptions, we are not required to, among other things: (i) provide an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; (ii) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act; (iii) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis); and (iv) disclose certain executive compensation-related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation to median employee compensation.

We will remain an EGC under the JOBS Act until the earliest of (i) the last day of our first fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the closing of our initial public offering, (ii) the last date of our fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, (iii) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the rules of the SEC with at least $700.0 million of outstanding securities held by non-affiliates or (iv) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the previous three years.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We have operations solely within the United States, and we are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. The primary risks we face are commodity price risks, interest rate risk, and the effects of inflation.

Commodity Price Risks

We are exposed to commodity price risks. Many of the ingredients we use to prepare our food, as well as our packaging materials and utilities to run our restaurants, are ingredients or commodities that are affected by the price of other commodities, exchange rates, foreign demand, weather, seasonality, production, availability and other factors outside our control. We work closely with our suppliers and use a mix of forward pricing protocols under which we agree with our supplier on fixed prices for deliveries at some time in the future, fixed pricing protocols under which we agree on a fixed price with our supplier for the duration of that protocol, formula pricing protocols under which the prices we pay are based on a specified formula related to the prices of the goods, such as spot prices, and range forward protocols under which we agree on a price range for the duration of that protocol. Generally, our pricing agreements with suppliers range from one to three years, depending on the outlook for prices of the particular ingredient. In some cases, we have minimum purchase obligations. We have tried to increase, where practical, the number of suppliers for our ingredients, which we believe can help mitigate pricing volatility, and we follow industry news, trade issues, exchange rates, foreign demand, weather, crises, and other world events that may affect our ingredient prices. Increases in ingredient prices could adversely affect our results if we choose for competitive or other reasons not to increase menu prices at the same rate at which ingredient costs increase, or if menu price increases result in customer resistance. We also could experience shortages of key ingredients if our suppliers need to close or restrict operations due to unforeseen events, including the COVID-19 outbreak.

Changing Interest Rates

We are exposed to interest rate risk through fluctuations of interest rates on our investments through our cash in our money market accounts. Changes in interest rates affect the interest income we earn, and therefore impact our cash flows and results of operations. As of December 27, 2020 and September 26, 2021, we had $102.6 million and $137.0 million of cash and cash equivalents consisting

 

125


Table of Contents

of bank accounts and money market funds and $0.1 million and $0.1 million of restricted cash relating to certificates of deposit that are collateral for letters of credit to our lease agreements. Interest-earning instruments carry a degree of interest rate risk. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes and have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest rate risk exposure. Due to the short-term nature of our investments, we have not been exposed to, nor do we anticipate being exposed to, material risks due to changes in interest rates. A hypothetical 10% change in interest rates would not have had a material impact on our results of operations for fiscal year 2020 and the thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021.

Effects of Inflation

We have a substantial number of hourly employees who are paid wage rates at or based on the applicable federal, state, or local minimum wage, and increases in the minimum wage, and other upward pressure on wage rates, will increase our labor costs. While we have been able to partially offset inflation and other changes in the costs of core operating resources by gradually increasing menu prices, coupled with more efficient purchasing practices, productivity improvements and greater economies of scale, there can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to do so in the future. From time to time, competitive conditions could limit our menu pricing flexibility. In addition, macroeconomic conditions could make additional menu price increases imprudent. There can be no assurance that future cost increases can be offset by increased menu prices or that increased menu prices will be fully absorbed by our customers without any resulting change to their visit frequencies or purchasing patterns. In addition, there can be no assurance that we will generate same stores sales growth in an amount sufficient to offset inflationary or other cost pressures.

 

126


Table of Contents

LOGO

 


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Mission

To Build Healthier Communities by Connecting People to Real Food

Who We Are

We are building the next generation restaurant and lifestyle brand that serves healthy food at scale. Our core values guide our actions and we aim to empower our customers, team members, and partners to be a positive force on the food system.

For too long, industrial food production has enabled large chain restaurants to design menus optimized for production efficiency at the cost of nutrition and long-term health. The result is food created to fit the system, as opposed to food designed for the customer.

We started sweetgreen to help change this.

Over the last 15 years, we have been leading a movement to re-imagine fast food for a new era. There is a powerful shift happening in consumer behavior. Every day more people want to eat healthier food and care about the impact their choices have on the environment. This is becoming the new normal, and we believe sweetgreen is well positioned to be a category-defining food brand for the future.

Today, sweetgreen is one of the fastest-growing restaurant companies in the United States by revenue. As of September 26, 2021, we owned and operated 140 restaurants in 13 states and Washington, D.C., and employed over 5,000 team members. We have thoughtfully designed all of our restaurants to both reflect the culture and feel of our local communities and to support our multiple digital channels. For our fiscal year to date through September 26, 2021, 68% of our revenue came through our Total Digital Channels, with 47% of our revenue coming from our Owned Digital Channels (and the remaining 32% of our revenue attributable to Non-Digital transactions made through our In-Store Channel).

Most importantly, we have built a purpose-driven brand with significantly greater reach than our current physical footprint. Our brand recognition, in combination with our passionate customer following, has enabled us to lead conversations on the importance of what we eat. Our bold vision is to be as ubiquitous as traditional fast food, but with the transparency and quality that consumers increasingly expect.

Since opening our first restaurant in 2007, we have served over 100 million healthy meals - and we’re just getting started.

Our Food Ethos

We believe the choices we make about what we eat, where it comes from and how it is prepared have a direct impact on our health, our communities and the planet. This is our Food Ethos, and it is firmly rooted in every aspect of our business. At sweetgreen, we only serve Real Food, which for us means:

 

   

Plant-forward

 

   

Celebrates seasonality

 

   

Made fresh in our restaurants

 

128


Table of Contents
   

Prioritizes organic, regenerative, and local sourcing

 

   

Meets strict and humane animal welfare and seafood standards

 

   

Free of highly-processed preservatives, artificial flavors, and refined or hidden sugars

 

   

Mindful of the carbon impact of each ingredient to protect future generations

This commitment to our Food Ethos keeps our food delicious, nutrient dense and sustainable. At sweetgreen, Real Food tastes better, makes you feel better, and drives the frequency that has defined our success.

We also apply our Food Ethos by integrating sustainability into every component of our value chain. Our plant-forward menu means that we are already 30% less carbon intensive than the average U.S. diet, according to Watershed, our third-party climate technology partner. We are a leading brand in an industry that has been reported to drive as much as one third of global greenhouse gas emissions, which The Rockefeller Foundation estimates to cost $400 billion per year in the United States alone. We believe that climate change is the defining challenge of our generation, which is why we committed to becoming carbon neutral by the end of 2027.

What Sets Sweetgreen Apart

We leverage our brand, technology, and supply chain to build a foundation that enables us to rapidly scale Real Food. Our approach is a balance of art and science. We start with the best ingredients, leverage data to understand the needs of our customers and use human creativity to tell great stories around food. Over the last 15 years, we have invested in five core elements that are designed to give us a durable competitive advantage.

Transparent and Scalable Supply Chain

We have built a differentiated, end-to-end supply chain that begins with more than 200 domestic food partners, such as farmers and bakers, and culminates in delicious, high-quality food for our customers. Our supply chain is organized into regional distribution networks that align retail proximity with cultivation to allow for more transparency from seed to bowl. We collaboratively plan crops with growers far in advance of our supply needs to ensure we can serve the best products for each market.

Our supply chain drives key decisions throughout our operations, from planning our seasonally inspired menu to prepping our fresh produce in our open kitchens. This integrated approach directly enhances our product quality, ensures high standards of food safety and builds trust with our customers. Consistent with our commitment to transparency, we are proud to showcase our food partners on the walls of every sweetgreen restaurant.

Healthy and Habitual Menu

We have designed our menu to be delicious, customizable and convenient to empower our customers to make healthier choices for both lunch and dinner. We currently offer signature salads, warm bowls, and plates that are complemented by a seasonal menu that changes five times a year. Additionally, our assortment of approximately 40 freshly prepared or cooked ingredients allows our customers to create millions of unique, customized orders to accommodate almost any flavor profile or dietary preference.

We place our customers at the center of our menu design. We leverage data from our digital platform to better understand consumer preferences and behavior and integrate these learnings as we evolve our menu offerings.

 

129


Table of Contents
   

New Menu Categories: With the addition of Warm Bowls, Sides and Plates, we have further diversified our menu to provide customers with a greater variety of options. Collectively, in the thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021, these new menu categories represented 43% of our revenue.

 

   

Day-Part Expansion: Our menu expansion has also enabled us to take advantage of multiple day-parts as a way to increase our revenue and AUV. Our day-part split was 66% lunch (orders placed before 4 p.m.) and 34% dinner (orders placed at or after 4 p.m.) for our fiscal year to date through September 26, 2021, which was consistent with the previous several years.

The simplicity of our menu combined with the flexibility of our fresh ingredients has been our formula for making sweetgreen a part of our customers’ regular routine.

Digitally-Driven Restaurants

We strongly believe in harnessing the power of technology to enhance the sweetgreen experience. We have designed our digital platform to allow us to have a direct relationship with our customers, so that we can deliver a personalized experience and provide the convenience of multiple channels. As a result, the sweetgreen mobile app was recognized by the Webby Awards as the best Food & Drink app in both 2020 and 2021.

We have always innovated ahead of the curve, and by adding Outpost (2018) and Native Delivery (2020) as additional Owned Digital Channels, we have continued to improve our digital business.

 

   

Total Digital Revenue Percentage: Increased from 30% in fiscal year 2016 to 75% in fiscal year 2020.

 

   

Owned Digital Revenue Percentage: Increased from 29% in fiscal year 2016 to 56% in fiscal year 2020.

For our fiscal year to date through September 26, 2021, our digital share has remained strong, with a Total Digital Revenue Percentage of 68% and an Owned Digital Revenue Percentage of 47%, even as revenue from our In-Store Channel improved.

 

 

LOGO

The convenience of our multi-channel approach, combined with our ability to offer personalized content and recommendations, such as exclusive menu items and curated collections, results in a highly engaged cohort of habitual sweetgreen customers.

 

   

Customers that ordered through one or more of our Owned Digital Channels in a fiscal quarter in 2021 (and who had made a purchase prior to that quarter) ordered almost 1.5 times more often in that quarter than customers that placed only Non-Digital orders through our In-Store Channel.

 

130


Table of Contents
   

Customers that ordered through two or more of our Owned Digital Channels in a fiscal quarter in 2021 (and who had made a purchase prior to that quarter) ordered more than 2.5 times more often in that quarter than customers that placed only Non-Digital orders through our In-Store Channel.

 

LOGO

 

(1) 

Excludes customers who were not existing sweetgreen customers prior to the relevant quarter of measurement, as well as any of the following customers, who in the aggregate constitute an immaterial portion of our digital orders: (i) sweetgreen employees, (ii) aggregate ordering platform accounts pursuant to which one individual customer orders for a group of customers, (iii) customers who have (x) spent more than $35 per day since their first order, (y) ordered more than once, and (z) made their first sweetgreen purchase more than 7 days ago, or (iv) customers who have on average ordered more than 6 entrees per order. For orders placed through one of our Digital Channels, a unique customer is determined based on the customer’s login information. A single individual who places orders using different login information would be counted as multiple unique customers, and multiple individuals who place orders using the same login information would be counted as a single unique customer.

(2) 

Includes only customers who make purchases through our In-Store Channel via credit card and use the same credit card for purchases in each quarter of measurement. A single individual who makes purchases using multiple credit cards would be counted as multiple unique customers, and multiple individuals who make purchases using the same credit card information would be counted as a single unique customer.

In addition to our customer-facing digital platform, we have also invested in technology to support our back of house operations and simplify the work of our team members. These investments include leveraging systems that manage daily inventory in our restaurants to ensure freshness, guide prep work, optimize our meal assembly process, and manage our team members’ output to enhance our order fulfillment times.

Passionate Team Member Culture

Our greatest competitive advantage is, and has always been, our people. Our teams are energized every day by our purpose-driven brand and strong growth trajectory. We empower our more than 5,000 team members to develop lifelong skills and advance their careers. At sweetgreen, the best leaders come from within – we develop a talent-rich pipeline by having a clear promotional track for team members to become a Head Coach (our title for a store manager) within as few as three years. During the six-month period immediately prior to September 26, 2021, approximately half of our open Head Coach and Assistant Coach roles were filled by internal promotions.

We obsess over the team member experience and provide industry-leading benefits, such as equity incentives for our Head Coaches, parental leave to all of our team members, and policies and resource groups to promote diversity and inclusion. Our teams do their best work when they can bring

 

131


Table of Contents

their whole and authentic selves to work, which we believe results in an exceptional customer experience that keeps our customers coming back and feeling connected to the brand. In October 2021, we were ranked 18th by Newsweek in their Top 100 Most Loved Workplaces rankings.

A Brand Rooted in Purpose and Community

Our brand is designed to inspire consumers to live healthier lives without compromising their values. This allows sweetgreen to lead conversations on the importance of what we eat and the impact it has on the environment. Our goal is to connect food and culture to help redefine what the fast-food industry will look like in the years to come. We have collaborated with some of the world’s best chefs, athletes and musicians to partnership with world champion tennis player and longtime sweetgreen fan, Naomi Osaka. In both 2019 and 2020 we were named as one of Fast Company’s Most Innovative Companies of the Year.

We believe there is no such thing as a successful business in an unsuccessful community, which is why we strive to build engagement through our social impact initiatives, including:

 

   

“sweetgreen in schools”: We partnered with FoodCorps to create programs to reimagine the school cafeteria that reached more than 170,000 students during the 2019-2020 school year; and

 

   

Impact Outpost: At the onset of COVID-19, we partnered with Chef Jose Andres’ non-profit, World Central Kitchen, to raise over $2.5 million and provide close to 400,000 meals to frontline hospital heroes.

All this results in a highly engaged community of sweetgreen customers that stand for health and wellness and are proud to promote the brand, as demonstrated by our best-in-class net promoter score (“NPS”) of 78 on average from 2018 through the third fiscal quarter of 2021.

Rapid Growth with Strong Unit Economics

Our investments in the five core elements of our business resulted in exceptional growth from fiscal year 2014 through fiscal year 2019. We experienced a decline in our In-Store Channel due to the COVID-19 pandemic in fiscal year 2020, particularly in central business districts, which was partially offset by strong sales in our suburban locations and strong off-premises digital sales across all markets. For our fiscal year to date through September 26, 2021, we experienced positive momentum across all of our channels, as COVID-19 vaccines became widely available and customers started to return to offices. While we continued to see an increase in revenue in each completed fiscal quarter of 2021, as the Delta variant spread widely in the third fiscal quarter of 2021, our positive momentum slowed, as many jurisdictions imposed new or more stringent mask and vaccination mandates and many employers and employees have delayed their returns to offices.

Key Operational Metrics

 

   

Restaurant Count: Increased from 29 restaurants as of the end of fiscal year 2014 to 119 restaurants as of the end of fiscal year 2020 (27% compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”)). As of September 26, 2021, we have grown to 140 restaurants.

 

   

Average Unit Volume (AUV)(1):

 

   

2014-2019: Increased from $1.6 million to $3.0 million (12% CAGR)

 

   

2020: $2.2 million

 

   

2021: $2.5 million as of September 26, 2021, compared to $2.3 million as of September 27, 2020

 

(1)

See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Performance Metrics” for more information, including a description of the adjustments made to, and the unadjusted values for, AUV and Same-Store Sales Change for the periods presented.

 

132


Table of Contents
   

Same-Store Sales Change(1):

 

   

2014-2019: Increased by an average of 10% per annum, with a Same-Store Sales Change of 15% in 2019

 

   

2020: (26)%

 

   

2021: 21% for our fiscal year to date through September 26, 2021, compared to (26%) for our fiscal year to date through September 27, 2020

Key Financial Metrics

 

   

Net Revenue:

 

   

2014-2019: Increased from $42 million to $274 million (46% CAGR)

 

   

2020: $221 million

 

   

2021: $243 million for our fiscal year to date through September 26, 2021, compared to $161 million for our fiscal year to date through September 27, 2020

 

   

Loss from Operations:

 

   

2014-2019: Increased from $(5) million to $(70) million

 

   

2020: $(142) million

 

   

2021: $(87) million for our fiscal year to date through September 26, 2021, compared to $(100) million for our fiscal year to date through September 27, 2020

 

   

Restaurant-Level Profit:

 

   

2014-2019: Increased from $8 million to $44 million, representing a Restaurant-Level Profit Margin of 16% for fiscal year 2019

 

   

2020: $(9) million, representing a Restaurant-Level Profit Margin of (4%)

 

   

2021: $28 million for our fiscal year to date through September 26, 2021, representing a Restaurant-Level Profit Margin of 12%, compared to $(6) million for our fiscal year to date through September 27, 2020, representing a Restaurant-Level Profit Margin of (4)%

 

 

LOGO

  

 

LOGO

LOGO

  

LOGO

 

133


Table of Contents

We believe we have also demonstrated strong unit economics in conjunction with sustained rapid growth. We reported a Restaurant-Level Profit Margin of 16% for fiscal year 2019, in addition to a $3.0 million AUV as of the end of fiscal year 2019. Our Restaurant-Level Profit Margin declined to (4%) for fiscal year 2020, reflecting the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and civil disturbances, but rebounded to 12% for our fiscal year to date through September 26, 2021, and 14% in our third fiscal quarter of 2021, as we started to see the beginning of the recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic, although our urban stores in central business districts, in particular, continued to be significantly impacted by the pandemic and the spread of the Delta variant. Additionally, we had average year two Cash-on-Cash Returns for our restaurants opened from 2014 through 2017 of 40%. Year two Cash-on-Cash Returns for restaurants opened in 2018 were 25%, which is a result of the significant impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on performance in 2020, and as a result, we believe are not representative of our historical or targeted future performance.

As we continue to expand, we are confident that our compelling restaurant-level economics will continue to work across geographies and market types. We plan to target:

 

   

Year two Cash-on-Cash Returns of 42% to 50%;

 

   

AUV of $2.8 million to $3.0 million;

 

   

Restaurant-Level Profit Margin of 18% to 20%; and

 

   

An average investment of approximately $1.2 million per new restaurant.

For more information about our Non-GAAP results, including a reconciliation of Restaurant-Level Profit and Restaurant-Level Profit Margin to loss from operations, please see the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

Our Market Opportunity

We Operate in a Large and Growing Market That Is Critical to Society

Food is a massive and important category. In total, the U.S. food system represented a $1.8 trillion market in 2019, of which food away from home was an approximately $980 billion market, according to the U.S. Department of Agriculture.

 

   

Limited-Service Restaurants – Recently, limited-service restaurants, which include fast-food and fast-casual restaurants, have represented the fastest-growing category in food away from home, growing at a 7% CAGR from 2014 to 2019.

 

   

Healthy Food – Consumers have also recently exhibited a strong preference for healthier alternatives. According to the Organic Trade Association, between 2010 and 2019, organic food revenue grew at a 9% CAGR, more than three times faster than overall food revenue, and in 2020, organic food sales grew by a record 13%.

Our Industry Has Not Evolved Sufficiently to Reflect Changing Consumer Tastes

Large restaurant chains were built on a model that has not evolved to reflect shifting consumer tastes, leaving many consumers hungry for an alternative. We have always felt that this legacy model:

 

   

Lacks healthy and nutritious options – Restaurants have historically prioritized efficiency at the expense of quality, favoring processed foods that are easily mass produced and capable of traveling long distances. Despite some small steps towards adding healthier alternatives, the industry remains fundamentally unchanged. The Rockefeller Foundation estimates that in 2019, the total present and future costs of the U.S. food system, including factors like pollution, biodiversity loss, and rising health care costs associated with diet-related disease was $3.2 trillion, which is approximately triple the $1.1 trillion actually spent on food during that year.

 

134


Table of Contents
   

Has not kept pace with technological innovation – We are one of a select few restaurants designed with technology as the basis for all elements of our operations. Many restaurants were built on antiquated technology, and while they have tried to slowly adapt, we believe they are at a fundamental disadvantage given their large legacy footprints and historical underinvestment.

 

   

Has limited direct relationships with customers – We place tremendous value on owning our customer relationships, in part so we can better understand our customers’ preferences and tastes. For many brands, third-party marketplaces have owned the digital customer relationship and franchisees have controlled the in-person customer experience, as restaurant owners have sacrificed having direct customer relationships for short-term revenue.

We Sit at the Intersection of Powerful Consumer Trends Shaping Our Industry

We believe that our industry is ripe for disruption and that there is a significant market opportunity for brands aligned with changing consumer preferences, including:

 

   

Increased Focus on Health and Wellness – The growing awareness of the benefits of healthy eating and physical activity is driving behavioral change. Consumers are trading up to higher quality foods given an increased consumer focus on the impact of responsible sourcing, ingredients and preparation.

 

   

Seismic Shift to Plant-Based Meals – Consumers are increasingly aware of the environmental and health benefits of a plant-forward diet. According to the DoorDash 2020 Trend Report, nearly half of all Americans plan to incorporate more plant-based foods into their diets.

 

   

Rapid Adoption of Digital and Delivery – Increasingly, consumers expect to be able to eat their food when and where they want it, a trend that was emphasized by COVID-19, and which we expect to continue in future years. In the restaurant industry, digital orders increased 19% in January 2020 and 145% in December 2020, compared to the same month of the prior year, according to The NPD group.

 

   

Stronger Connection to Purpose-Driven Brands More than ever, consumers are looking to allocate their spending to brands that align with their values. The 2020 Zeno Strength of Purpose study found that consumers are four to six times more likely to purchase from companies with a strong purpose, which Zeno defines as a company’s reason for being—its unique role and value in society that allows it to both grow the business and positively impact the world.

sweetgreen was founded in response to the fact that the legacy restaurant model failed to anticipate evolving consumer tastes and methods of engagement. We believe our brand and offering sit at the intersection of these powerful consumer trends shaping our industry.

Our Growth Strategies

At sweetgreen, our goal is to be a high-growth, profitable business that consistently delivers great outcomes for our customers, communities, and company. We believe we are well positioned to drive sustainable growth by investing in the following strategies:

Grow Our Restaurant Footprint

We are still in the very nascent stages of our journey, with only 140 sweetgreen restaurants in the United States as of September 26, 2021. One of our greatest immediate opportunities is to grow our footprint in both existing and new U.S. markets, and over time, internationally. From the end of fiscal year 2014 through the end of fiscal year 2020, we had 90 Net New Restaurant Openings and no permanent performance-related

 

135


Table of Contents

restaurant closures. We plan to open at least 30 domestic, company-owned restaurants in 2021 and to approximately double our current footprint of restaurants over the next three to five years.

 

   

New Market Expansion: We see tremendous whitespace in new markets throughout the U.S. and are confident that sweetgreen is well positioned to meet the growing demand for convenient and healthy food. We plan to open in at least two to three new markets every year for the next three years. This will allow us to introduce sweetgreen to both new customers and existing customers that follow our brand to new cities. We feel confident in our market expansion strategy because of our recent success in new markets. For example, some of our new restaurants in Miami and Austin, which opened during the COVID-19 pandemic, have achieved strong initial sales volumes, which were significantly in excess of our expectations.

 

   

Market Densification: As we have opened new restaurants in the same geographic market, we have not historically experienced cannibalization of our existing restaurants. In the markets in which we operated at the beginning of fiscal year 2014, we more than tripled our restaurant count from fiscal year 2014 to fiscal year 2019, and in parallel our AUV grew in those markets by approximately 85% over the same period. Although we continued to open new restaurants in those markets in fiscal year 2020, AUV in those markets decreased from fiscal year 2019 by 36% as a result of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

   

Additional Digital Capacity: Planning for future growth, we have intentionally built additional capacity in our existing restaurants for more digital revenue. All but one of our locations have been built with robust secondary lines that can flex up to handle more order volume without adding more costs or square footage. This allows us to quickly take advantage of the rising demand for off-premises dining.

 

   

New Restaurant Formats: We plan to diversify our store formats by adding drive-thru and pick-up only locations to densify our markets, and to bring sweetgreen into a wider variety of neighborhoods.

Grow Brand Awareness and Community Presence

Our average aided brand awareness has significantly increased to 51% in August 2021 from 41% in November 2019. (See the section titled “Market, Industry, and Other Data” for additional information regarding aided brand awareness.) We plan to build upon the momentum we have generated to date by focusing on the following areas:

 

   

Leverage Iconic Storefronts: Our customers do not go to just a sweetgreen, they go to their local sweetgreen. We purposefully design our restaurants to become iconic locations within each community we serve. We typically select high-traffic, popular locations for our restaurants so that they can serve as billboards, while also providing a human introduction to our offering. As we continue to grow, we will use our restaurants as strategic foundations to attract new customers and expand the reach of our brand.

 

   

Amplify Collaborations: We plan to foster new collaborations with cultural influencers who believe in our mission. To date, we have told bold stories with some of the largest celebrities across food, music, and sports, including Naomi Osaka, David Chang, and others. We are confident that these collaborations will continue to drive increased engagement with our community and put sweetgreen in a rare class of culturally minded companies. In a 2020 Evercore survey, we also ranked in the top three of fifteen favorite quick-service restaurant chains among ages 18-29, ahead of many popular brands.

 

   

Build our Social Community: Today, sweetgreen has over 500,000 social media followers across all of our platforms, which we believe is a core strength given the size of our current physical footprint. Social media allows us to tell deeper stories around our supply chain and our recipe development and connect with influential creators that speak to our mission. We intend

 

136


Table of Contents
 

to continue to leverage our social communities to amplify our voice and engage the next generation of healthy eaters who are aligned with our values.

Grow Our Owned Digital Customers

Maintaining direct relationships with our customers on our owned digital platform is a key strategic goal for sweetgreen. Not only are our owned digital users our most frequent customers, but the Average Order Value (which is the dollar value of an order exclusive of taxes and any fees paid by the customer) for orders placed on our Owned Digital Channels for our fiscal year to date through September 26, 2021 was 21% higher than Non-Digital orders placed through our In-Store Channel. While we have a significant digital presence relative to our current physical footprint, there are opportunities to continue to expand our digital business, including:

 

   

Menu Exclusivity: We feature an expanded digital-only menu, such as curated “collections” and chef collaborations, only on our Owned Digital Channels. Additionally, our digital customers can only order certain items, like our seasonal salads and bowls, on our Native Delivery Channel (and not through our Marketplace Channel).

 

   

Digital Promotions and Lower Prices: Customers on our Owned Digital Channels receive access to our Referral Program and an increasing number of targeted digital promotions based on their ordering history and preferences. We also typically price our menu offerings on our Native Delivery and Pickup Channels at a lower price point than our Marketplace Channel to ensure that our customers are receiving the best value when ordering directly with sweetgreen.

 

   

Seamless + Personalized Ordering Experience: Given the customized nature of our menu, we have built unique features to enable a seamless and personalized ordering experience. From a visual ingredient selector and dietary preferences in-app to touchless scan-to-pay convenience via the app in-store, the sweetgreen digital experience is built to be the best way to order sweetgreen. Looking ahead, we see the opportunity to capitalize on macro-trends like personalized nutrition and subscription plans, to drive more users to our digital platform.

 

   

Expand our Multi-channel Approach: We have the capability to bolt new customer channels onto our digital platform in the future. We believe that we can seamlessly expand into new revenue channels and formats, such as drive-thru, catering, and curbside pickup, in order to meet our customers where they are. We have proven the ability to rapidly scale new channels, as demonstrated by our Outpost Channel growing from pilot phase in 2018 to more than 1,000 locations by March 2020. While almost all of our Outposts were closed in 2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic, as employees began returning to offices, we have quickly increased the number of Outposts in operation to 350 as of September 26, 2021.

 

   

Leverage Performance Marketing: In order to drive customers from brand awareness to consideration to conversion, we have invested in robust customer relationship management (“CRM”) capabilities and paid media strategies across search, social media, and search engine optimization, as well as implemented mobile push notifications through our app. We plan to continue investing in efficient marketing through enhanced targeting capabilities, beta testing, and machine learning.

Grow Our Menu Offerings

We continuously focus on optimizing and improving our core menu offering, and we also believe our Food Ethos gives us permission to thoughtfully innovate our menu to expand our audience and grow all day-parts.

 

   

Expand Core Ingredients.    We are constantly improving our existing recipes, ingredients, or sources, but also experimenting with new core items, such as plant-based proteins, new bases, or dressings appealing to our broadening customer base.

 

137


Table of Contents
   

New Menu Categories.    Salads and bowls are just the beginning of our culinary offering. Guided by our Food Ethos and leveraging our supply chain, we believe we can expand into new possible menu categories, such as broths, soups, desserts, and beverages to grow our day-parts and basket size.

 

   

Consumer Packaged Goods.    Our brand awareness also allows us the opportunity to expand beyond our core menu categories and into consumer packaged goods, such as dressing, sauces, or packaged produce.

Commitment to Profitable and Sustainable Growth

Our goal is to be capital efficient, profitable, and sustainable at scale.

To date, we have not achieved profitability in any fiscal period, in large part because we have consciously invested in our operating and technology foundation. We believe this foundation has positioned us to achieve the above growth strategies, while also implementing restaurant-level efficiencies (such as enhanced labor management, automation and optimal store layouts) and economies of scale in our supply chain. We expect strategic investments in these key areas to result in strong AUV growth and an expansion of our Restaurant-Level Profit Margin.

As we accelerate our growth in the coming years, we expect to be able to do so efficiently, without significantly increasing our general and administrative costs. We are confident that this will enable topline growth and operational leverage, resulting in improved Adjusted EBITDA Margins.

 

138


Table of Contents

Our Core Values

Our six core values embody our culture, spirit and dedication to doing what’s right. They keep us aligned and help us make decisions about everything from the food we serve to the impact we have on our communities.

 

LOGO

Our Menu Offering

We have designed our menu to be delicious, customizable and convenient to empower our customers to make healthier choices for both lunch and dinner.

Our Core Menu

 

   

Our core menu features 11 curated, signature items which are beloved by our customers and offered year-round in all of our locations.

 

139


Table of Contents
   

Our core menu items represented over 61% of our revenue for our fiscal year to date through September 26, 2021, and during that period, 65% of our core menu orders through our Native Delivery, Marketplace, Outpost, and Digital Pickup Channels were customized with at least one modification.

 

   

In addition to our core menu items, our single most popular item is the “custom” salad or bowl, which can include millions of combinations from 40-plus ingredients prepared fresh in each of our restaurants every day, as well as our made-from-scratch dressings. Custom orders represented approximately 25% of our revenue for our fiscal year to date through September 26, 2021.

 

LOGO

 

140


Table of Contents

Seasonal Menu

We keep our menu fresh by curating a smaller seasonal menu five times per year. We believe our seasonal menu rotation, which celebrates the strength of our regional supply chain by highlighting fresh local ingredients, increases order frequency by introducing new flavor combinations for our customers to sample. We also use our seasonal menu to audition concepts for our year-round offering; for instance, our “Buffalo Chicken Bowl” was a seasonal bowl in January 2019 and we moved it to our core menu in Spring 2020 given its popularity with our customers. Sales of items from our seasonal menu (excluding our seasonal digital exclusives) constituted approximately 5% of our revenue in the thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021.

 

LOGO

 

141


Table of Contents

Digital Exclusives and Collections

On our Owned Digital Channels, we offer exclusive menu items, including seasonal digital exclusives and curated “collections” relevant to each customer. In 2020, we debuted our “Eat Like a Chef” collection, a new menu format that spotlights the regular sweetgreen orders for award-winning chefs, including Malcolm Livingston, Nancy Silverton, and Missy Robbins, all of whom are avid sweetgreen customers. For our fiscal year to date through September 26, 2021, sales from our digital exclusive items constituted approximately 5% of our revenue.

 

LOGO

Menu Innovation

We are constantly seeking ways to enhance our menu, all while honoring our Food Ethos. In our test kitchen in Los Angeles, we evaluate new culinary ideas to make sure they meet our sustainability, seasonality and sourcing goals. We also continue to explore culinary creations in adjacent categories, such as broths, soups, desserts, and beverages.

 

142


Table of Contents

Our Supply Chain

We have built a differentiated, end-to-end supply chain that begins with more than 200 domestic food partners, such as farmers and bakers, and culminates in delicious, high-quality food for our customers. Consistent with our Food Ethos, we prioritize ingredients that are certified organic, regenerative, or locally sourced, and meet strict and humane animal welfare and seafood standards. We build direct relationships with our farmers and growers, 60% of which we have partnered with for two or more years. We are proud to showcase them on the walls of every restaurant and spotlight them on our digital platform. Our national supply chain is organized into regional distribution networks that align retail proximity with cultivation, while also making it easy to leverage existing relationships as we enter new markets in that region. We believe our approach to building our supply chain network can support our growth for the foreseeable future.

 

LOGO

Quality Control and Food Safety

At sweetgreen, we refer to food safety as our “license to operate.”

For sweetgreen, food safety starts with our food supply. All of our suppliers provide appropriate food safety certification and third-party audits as part of the onboarding process. After onboarding, we work closely with our suppliers to ensure they adhere to our product quality specifications.

We also follow a Comprehensive Food Safety Plan (“CFSP”), which includes our Approved Supplier Program, Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Points Program, guidelines for restaurant design, construction and maintenance, new product commercialization processes, and crisis management. As part of our CFSP, we have a set of “sweet clean standards” in each of our restaurants, which are guides

 

143


Table of Contents

for operators to ensure our approach to food safety is consistent and scalable across our restaurant fleet. Food safety is an integral element of our field leadership bonus plan; our operators do not receive any bonus unless they meet our food safety thresholds for the relevant period. On top of our CFSP sits a system of verification, audits, and monitoring to ensure our food safety is not compromised.

Food Packaging

Today, the packaging and utensils we use across our restaurants are compostable. We also recently launched bowls and lids without perfluoroalkyl and polyfluoroalkyl substances (“PFAS”), the so-called “forever chemicals” that are used in most of the molded fiber food packages that have become ubiquitous across fast-casual chains.

LOGO

Our Commitment to Sustainability

Since day one, we have been dedicated to leading with purpose and making sustainable decisions that last longer than we will. We believe that climate change is the defining challenge of our generation. As a leading brand in an industry that has been reported to drive as much as one third of global greenhouse gas emissions, which The Rockefeller Foundation estimates to cost $400 billion per year in the United States alone, we believe it is our responsibility to use our platform and resources to confront this crisis head on.

In February 2021, we announced our commitment to become carbon neutral by 2027. This plan focuses on reducing our carbon footprint by 50%, targeting scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions with supplier-specific assessments, and meaningfully offsetting where reduction isn’t yet possible. In anticipation of meeting this obligation, we are working with Watershed, our third-party climate technology partner, to develop our carbon neutral plan, track our progress and confirm our reduction via third-party audits.

Our path to carbon neutrality focuses on three key areas of our business that drive the majority of our emissions:

 

   

Food Sourcing: We plan to help our suppliers improve their agricultural practices, from investing in soil health to regenerative agriculture;

 

144


Table of Contents
   

Menu Development: Our plant-rich menu means that we’re already 30% less carbon intensive than the average U.S. diet, according to Watershed, but we believe we have room to improve. We have commissioned carbon assessments of specific suppliers to look at the fine print, like how much feed they use and how they handle manure. This, in turn, has enabled us to calculate an accurate carbon footprint for each of our menu items, which we plan to consider in our ongoing menu development; and

 

   

Buildings: We believe we have the opportunity to reduce the carbon impact from our physical spaces, including by optimizing our building materials, from construction to furniture, and investing in clean energy across our restaurants.

LOGO

Our Customer

We believe that we have a highly engaged and diverse community of habitual customers that are proud to promote our brand, as demonstrated by our best-in-class net promoter score of 78 on average from 2018 through the third fiscal quarter of 2021. As of September 26, 2021 we had approximately 1.35 million total 90-day active customers, defined as the number of customers who placed at least one order in the immediately preceding 90-day period (which does not include any customers who ordered exclusively on our Marketplace Channel).

While we have particularly strong brand resonance with Millennials and Generation Z, our offering appeals to all age groups. Per a customer survey we performed in October 2020, which was sent to a sample of customers across all of our markets who had transacted with us through one of our Owned Digital Channels in the six months prior to October 2020, over 30% of our customers were at least 35 years of age, and almost half of those customers were at least 45 years of age.

Furthermore, the sweetgreen customer is not only an urban dweller; we believe our customers are everywhere. We have demonstrated consistent success across all types of markets – whether urban or

 

145


Table of Contents

suburban and residential– and a significant array of geographies. As we expand our geographic footprint, we believe we will successfully access both new and existing customers that follow our brand.

LOGO

Our Marketing Strategy

Our brand is designed to inspire consumers to live healthier lives without compromising their values. This allows sweetgreen to lead conversations on the importance of what we eat and the impact it has on the environment. Our goal is to connect food and culture to amplify our mission both in our restaurants and on our digital platform. We use a carefully crafted combination of brand, retail and performance marketing to build awareness and generate sales. Our average aided brand awareness has significantly increased to 51% in August 2021 from 41% in November 2019. (See the section titled “Market, Industry, and Other Data” for additional information regarding aided brand awareness.)

Brand Marketing

Our brand campaigns reinforce our mission and result in strong earned media and word-of-mouth marketing. We leverage our in-house creative team to launch campaigns at an accelerated pace to put creativity at the center of everything we do. We use a seasonal framework that allows us to pulse newness multiple times a year through every channel, including our restaurants, digital, email, direct-mail, website and social media. Since inception, we have collaborated with some of the world’s best chefs, athletes, musicians and thought leaders in our communities to help us amplify the power of healthy food.

 

   

Naomi Osaka - In 2021 we announced our partnership with Naomi Osaka. At 23, Naomi is sweetgreen’s first ever national athlete ambassador and youngest investor. Together, our goal is to shift the paradigm of food sponsorships and create a positive impact on how the next generation connects to healthy eating.

 

   

The David Chang Bowl - In 2020 we partnered with renowned Chef David Chang to highlight the importance of sustainability to the food system. Together we worked with Atlantic Sea Farms to add kelp to our seasonal menu, which is regenerative to the ecosystem and helps remove carbon from the atmosphere.

 

   

sweetlife Festival - The sweetlife Festival was a music and food festival we hosted for 20,000 fans each year from 2011-2016 at Merriweather Post Pavilion. The festival combined national

 

146


Table of Contents
 

headlining acts with our favorite local chefs’ food to celebrate our community in the DC area. We have hosted headlining performers such as Kendrick Lamar, the Strokes, Lana Del Rey, The Weeknd, Haim, Phoenix, and many more.

We believe our campaigns establish sweetgreen as a lifestyle brand and provide a differentiated platform to build community.

 

LOGO

Restaurant Marketing + Expansion

Our restaurants are the face of our brand and a powerful acquisition tool for new customers. Our retail marketing strategy is a combination of art and science. We focus on establishing key community partnerships to build brand awareness, while acquiring new digital users through both in-store and online promotions. We use our restaurants as a canvas to execute national brand campaigns, seasonal menu launches, and local promotions to maintain the direct relationship with our customers.

 

147


Table of Contents

LOGO

Performance Marketing

In order to drive customers from awareness to consideration to conversion, we have invested in robust customer relationship management capabilities and paid media strategies across search, social media, and search engine optimization, as well as implemented mobile push notifications through our app. Our investment in a sophisticated marketing technology stack enables us to better understand our customers—how they first discover sweetgreen, what they order, and what makes them return.

Our deep understanding of our customers results in more efficient customer acquisition, which we measure by a number of metrics, such as return on ad spend, which is the amount of revenue generated for every dollar spent on paid advertising, and cost per app install, which is the amount spent on paid advertising for a new app install. We typically implement our growth marketing strategies to add new customers to our platform, which results in a relative increase in new customers over the applicable period. We have a continuous improvement mindset, with continued investment in machine learning and A/B testing to further increase efficiency. Combined with the strength of the sweetgreen brand and the local approach to both our food and restaurants, this is a key differentiator for sweetgreen as we expand our reach.

Our Team and Culture

Our approach to team and culture is consistent with our core value of win, win, win. We believe that providing the best possible experience for our more than 5,000 team members is a “win” for our team members, our customers, and our company. We benefit from the ability to attract and retain the best talent, and from having team members that are motivated to deliver an exceptional experience to

 

148


Table of Contents

our customers. We hire team members who are passionate about our purpose and strive to maintain a friendly, fun, and positive work environment. We pay competitive wages and believe we offer best-in-class benefits relative to the industry, including medical, dental, and vision insurance for eligible employees and their spouses or domestic partners, 401K matching, paid time off, paid parental leave, and equity incentives for our Head Coaches. In October 2021, we were ranked 18th by Newsweek in their Top 100 Most Loved Workplaces rankings.

Our Restaurant Team Structure and the Pathway to Opportunity

We believe we have designed a transparent and structured career learning path. By providing opportunities for advancement, professional development, and ultimately leadership, we have been able to promote high-performing talent and by extension scale our sweetgreen culture. At sweetgreen, the best leaders come from within—we develop a talent-rich pipeline by having a clear promotional track for team members to become a Head Coach (our title for a store manager) within as few as three years. During the six-month period immediately prior to September 26, 2021, approximately half of our open Head Coach and Assistant Coach roles were filled by internal promotions.

 

 

LOGO

Commitment to Diversity and Inclusion

We are committed to holding ourselves accountable to have gender and ethnic representation at all levels of our organization. Specifically, we have an internal Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (“DEI”) council and have an associated set of DEI-related goals that have been embedded into our leadership principles. We also require annual DEI training for all Senior Leaders, People Managers, Individual Contributors, and Field Leadership. In July 2021, we were named in Mogul’s Top 100 Workplaces with the Greatest Diversity & Inclusion Initiatives.

 

149


Table of Contents

Employees

As of September 26, 2021, we had a total of 5,396 employees, 364 of whom worked at our sweetgreen Support Center and 5,032 of whom worked in our restaurants.

Our Real Estate

As of September 26, 2021, we owned and operated 140 restaurants in 13 states and Washington, D.C.

 

LOGO

We utilize a rigorous, data-driven real estate selection process to identify new restaurant sites with both high anticipated foot traffic and proximity to workplaces and residences that support our multi-channel approach. We have incorporated additional capacity, including secondary lines, in the majority of our restaurants so they can flex to handle fluctuations in order volumes.

Almost all of our new restaurant sites are converted brownfield locations. We believe our adaptive re-use of existing spaces adds character to our restaurants, furthers our sustainability goals, and reduces our capital expenditure needs relative to greenfield deployment. Additionally, we had average year two Cash-on-Cash Returns for our restaurants opened from 2014 to 2017 of 40%. Year two Cash-on-Cash Returns for restaurants opened in 2018 were 25%, which is a result of the significant impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on performance in 2020, and as a result, we believe are not representative of our historical or targeted future performance.

 

150


Table of Contents

As we continue to expand, we are confident that our compelling restaurant-level economics will continue to work across geographies and market types. We plan to target:

 

   

Year two Cash-on-Cash Returns of 42% to 52%;

 

   

AUV of $2.8 million to $3.0 million;

 

   

Restaurant-Level Profit Margins of 18% to 20%; and

 

   

An average investment of approximately $1.2 million per new restaurant.

We are constantly testing new restaurant design concepts to densify our markets and to bring sweetgreen into a wider variety of neighborhoods. For instance, we recently added exterior pick-up windows as well as curbside pick-up at several locations. We continue to explore other design features and real estate formats, such as smaller format digital-only fulfillment restaurants and drive-thru and drive-up ordering concepts in more suburban markets. As we have opened new restaurants in the same geographic market, we have not historically experienced cannibalization of our existing restaurants. In markets in which we operated at the beginning of fiscal year 2014, we more than tripled our restaurant count from fiscal year 2014 to fiscal year 2019, and in parallel our AUV grew in those markets by approximately 85% over the same period. Although we continued to open new restaurants in those markets in fiscal year 2020, AUV in those markets decreased from fiscal year 2019 by 36% as a result of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Our Technology

Our Customer-Facing Digital Platform

We created our digital platform in 2013 to make it easy for our customers to order sweetgreen how they want, whenever they want. For fiscal year 2020, 56% of our revenue was from our Owned Digital Channels. When including orders placed on our Marketplace Channel, this digital share increases to 75% of our 2020 revenue. Even as revenue from our In-Store Channel has improved in fiscal year 2021, our Owned Digital Revenue Percentage and Total Digital Revenue Percentage have remained strong at 47% and 68%, respectively, for our fiscal year to date through September 26, 2021.

 

151


Table of Contents

LOGO

Multi-channel Restaurant Ecosystem

Pick-Up.    Customers place their order through our mobile app or website and pick it up from their chosen sweetgreen location at the time most convenient for them.

Native Delivery.    We launched our Native Delivery Channel in January 2020, and believe it offers a superior customer experience to our Marketplace Channel, with enhanced customization features, access to a greater number of seasonal menu items, and online exclusives and promotions.

Outpost.    Our Outpost Channel enables office workers, hospital workers, or building residents to get their custom sweetgreen order delivered directly to their location during a dedicated time window each day. We launched Outpost in late 2017 and rapidly scaled our number of Outposts from 57 at the end of fiscal 2018 to 675 by the end of fiscal 2019 and to over 1,000 by March 2020. While almost all of our Outposts were closed in 2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic, as employees began returning to offices, we have quickly increased the number of Outposts in operation to 350 as of September 26, 2021. Of note, since 2019, our Outpost customers have been our most habitual users, with the average Outpost customer ordering approximately six times per quarter.

In-Store.    Despite a strategic focus on our digital Channels, our In-Store Channel is core to our platform and serves as a critical path to attract new customers via our iconic physical locations. Customers can pay digitally using the “scan-to-pay” feature on our mobile app, which provides customers access to certain digital-only promotions.

Marketplace.    Our Marketplace Channel often serves as an effective means to reach new digital customers who have not used our native mobile app before. We then aim to convert Marketplace customers to our digital platform.

 

152


Table of Contents

LOGO

Channels Drive Customer Habituation and Frequency

The convenience of our multi-channel approach, combined with our ability to offer personalized content and recommendations, results in a highly engaged cohort of habitual sweetgreen customers. Not only are our owned digital users our most frequent customers, but the Average Order Value (which is the dollar value of an order exclusive of taxes and any fees paid by the customer) for orders placed on our Owned Digital Channels for our fiscal year to date through September 26, 2021 was 21% higher than Non-Digital orders placed through our In-Store Channel.

 

   

For our fiscal year to date through September 26, 2021, 64% of our revenue came from off-premises transactions, which consists of revenue from our Native Delivery, Marketplace, Outpost, and Pick-Up Channels.

 

   

Customers that ordered through one or more of our Owned Digital Channels in a fiscal quarter in 2021 (and who had made a purchase prior to that quarter) ordered almost 1.5 times more often in that quarter than customers that placed only Non-Digital orders through our In-Store Channel.

 

   

Customers that ordered through two or more of our Owned Digital Channels in a fiscal quarter in 2021 (and who had made a purchase prior to that quarter) ordered more than 2.5 times more often in that quarter than customers that placed only Non-Digital orders through our In-Store Channel.

 

   

We have also experienced rapid digital adoption as we have expanded into new markets. For our new restaurants in our new markets that have opened since 2020 (Colorado, Texas, Florida, and Georgia), we have on average had approximately 40% penetration on our Owned Digital Channels, and over 60% total digital penetration (including on our Marketplace Channel), within 60 days of restaurant opening.

 

153


Table of Contents

Technology that Powers an Elevated Customer Experience

 

   

From April 2015 through September 2021, we had approximately 2 million downloads from the Apple and Google play store and a 4.9 star Apple store app rating from over 86,000 reviews as of September 26, 2021.

 

   

Our digital customers have a high propensity to continue to engage with our mobile app as we had 67% app conversion, defined as the proportion of customers that open the app and make a transaction in the 90 day period immediately prior to September 26, 2021.

Proprietary Technology Powers our Operations at Scale

In addition to our customer-facing digital platform, we have also invested in technology to support our back of house operations and simplify the work of our team members. These investments include leveraging systems that manage daily inventory in our restaurants to ensure freshness, guides prep work, optimizes our meal assembly process, and manages our team members’ output to enhance our order fulfillment times.

Our Impact

Our mission to build healthier communities by connecting people to real food also extends to our goal of building a healthier and more equitable society. Below are just a few select examples of the many ways in which we contribute to our local communities:

 

   

Donations from New Restaurant Openings: For every meal sold on the opening day of each of our new restaurants, we provide a meal-for-meal donation to a local food access non-profit partner to help alleviate food insecurity in the community. These opening day donations, which typically amount to around 600 meals on average per new restaurant, are the beginning of a long-term relationship with our local communities.

 

   

Impact Outpost: Connecting Hospitals to Real Food: At the onset of COVID-19, we pivoted our entire Outpost operation to deliver free sweetgreen meals to frontline healthcare heroes. We also partnered with Chef Jose Andres’ non-profit, World Central Kitchen, to create the Impact Outpost Fund to provide even more meals to hospital workers and medical personnel. From April 2020 through August 2020, we raised over $2.5 million and provided close to 400,000 meals to frontline hospital heroes via our Impact Outpost program.

 

   

Food Education: sweetgreen in schools: In 2010, we created sweetgreen in schools, a one-week curriculum on food, health and sustainability in Washington, D.C., and over the last decade the program has reached approximately 9,000 students. In 2019, we began a partnership with FoodCorps, a national nonprofit connecting kids to healthy food. We have provided over $1 million to support FoodCorps’ hands-on gardening and cooking education for students and piloted programs to reimagine the school cafeteria experience by empowering student voice and choice. During the 2019-2020 school year, these programs reached more than 170,000 students.

 

   

Increasing Access to Real Food: We have provided funding over the last several years to various non-profits to expand access to real food by supporting programs that double SNAP benefits, also known as Food Stamps, at farmers’ markets. We have partnered with organizations across the nation, including SEE-LA (Los Angeles, CA), Green City Market (Chicago, IL), Freshfarm (Washington, D.C.), About Fresh (Boston, MA), and Urban Harvest (Houston, TX).

 

154


Table of Contents

LOGO

Competition

We face significant competition from restaurants in the fast-casual dining and traditional fast-food segments of the restaurant industry. These segments are highly competitive with respect to, among other things, taste, price, food quality and presentation, service, location, and the ambience and condition of each restaurant. Our competition includes a variety of locally owned restaurants and national and regional chains offering dine-in, carry-out, delivery, and catering services. Many of our competitors have existed longer and have a more established market presence with substantially greater financial, marketing, personnel, and other resources than we do, and as a result, these competitors may be better positioned to succeed in the highly competitive restaurant industry. Among our competitors are a number of multi-unit, multi-market, fast-food, or fast-casual restaurant concepts, some of which are expanding nationally, including companies like Chipotle, McDonalds, Panera Bread, and Shake Shack, as well as other quick service salad and health food concepts.

As we expand into new geographic markets and further develop our digital channels (including our Owned Digital Channels), we will face competition from these restaurants as well as new competitors that strive to compete with our market segments, particularly as many of our competitors have increased their digital presence to better navigate the COVID-19 pandemic, including by enabling delivery and take-out through their digital applications. In particular, we will face increasing competition from delivery kitchens, food aggregators and food delivery marketplaces (such as Doordash, GrubHub, Uber Eats, and others), grocery stores (particularly those that focus on freshly prepared and organic food), and other companies that are enabling the delivery of food to customers, including such delivery marketplaces that we partner with to deliver sweetgreen food to customers. These food delivery marketplaces own the customer data for sweetgreen orders placed on such marketplaces and may use

 

155


Table of Contents

such customer data to encourage these customers to order from other restaurants on their marketplaces. Competition from food aggregators and food delivery marketplaces has also increased in recent years, particularly with the significant increase in restaurants that previously focused on dine-in service and have increased their reliance on take-out or delivery during the COVID-19 pandemic, and competition is expected to continue to increase. Any of these competitors may have, among other things, greater operational or financial resources, lower operating costs, better locations, better facilities, better management, better digital technology, increased automation and production efficiency, more effective marketing, and more efficient operations. Additionally, we face the risk that new or existing competitors will copy, and potentially improve upon, our business model, menu options, technology, presentation, or ambience, among other things.

Trademarks and Other Intellectual Property

We protect our intellectual property primarily through a combination of trademarks, domain names, copyrights, and trade secrets. Since our inception, we have undertaken to strategically and proactively develop our trademark portfolio by registering our trademarks and service marks in the United States and various strategic foreign jurisdictions. Domestically, we registered our core marks (“sweetgreen,” “SG,” and the sweetgreen logo) and certain other marks, such as “SG Outpost” and “sweetgreen Outpost.” Internationally, we currently have registered our core sweetgreen mark, along with selected other marks, in foreign jurisdictions including Australia, Canada, China, the European Union, Hong Kong, Japan, Mexico, South Korea, and the United Kingdom. These marks are registered in multiple international trademark classes, including for restaurant services and related goods and services. We are currently pursuing additional trademark registrations in the United States and abroad and will continue to pursue additional trademark registrations to the extent we believe they would be beneficial and cost-effective. Additionally, including patents acquired in connection with the acquisition of Spyce, we have one issued patent and seven patent applications pending in the United States, two patent applications pending in the European Union, and one patent application pending in the People’s Republic of China. We intend to pursue additional patent protection (including in respect of Spyce’s automation technology) to the extent we believe it would be beneficial and cost-effective. We have obtained a registration of the sweetgreen.com domain name as well.

We have procedures in place to monitor for potential infringement of our intellectual property, and it is our policy to take appropriate action to enforce our intellectual property, taking into account the strength of our claim, likelihood of success, cost, and overall business priorities.

Government Regulation

We are subject to various federal, state, and local regulations, including those relating to building and zoning requirements, public health and safety and the preparation and sale of food. The development and operation of restaurants depends to a significant extent on the selection and acquisition of suitable sites, which are subject to zoning, land use, environmental, traffic, and other regulations and requirements. Our restaurants are also subject to state and local licensing and regulation by health, sanitation, food and occupational safety, and other agencies, which regulation has increased in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic. We may experience material difficulties or failures in obtaining the necessary licenses, approvals or permits for our restaurants, which could delay planned restaurant openings or affect the operations at our existing restaurants. In addition, stringent and varied requirements of local regulators with respect to zoning, land use, and environmental factors could delay or prevent development of new restaurants in particular locations.

Our operations are subject to the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Act, which governs worker health and safety, as well as rules and regulations regarding COVID-19, the U.S. Fair Labor Standards

 

156


Table of Contents

Act, which governs such matters as minimum wages and overtime, and a variety of similar federal, state and local laws (such as fair work week laws, immigration laws, various wage & hour laws, termination and discharge laws, and state occupational safety regulations) that govern these and other employment law matters. We may also be subject to lawsuits or investigations from our current or former employees, the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Department of Labor, or others alleging violations of federal and state laws regarding workplace and employment matters, discrimination and similar matters, and we have been a party to a number of such matters in the past. These lawsuits and investigations require significant resources from our senior management and can result in material fines, penalties and/or settlements, some or all of which may not be covered by insurance, as well as significant remediation efforts that may be costly and time consuming, and which we may not implement effectively.

We are also subject to the Americans with Disabilities Act (the “ADA”) and similar state laws that give civil rights protections to individuals with disabilities in the context of employment, public accommodations and other areas, including our restaurants, website, and smartphone applications. In the past, we have settled various lawsuits related to our alleged ADA non-compliance, which resulted in accommodations to our website, smartphone applications and physical restaurant locations.

Privacy, Data Protection, and Data Security

Because our business and platform involve the collection, use, storage, and transmission of personal information, we are subject to numerous laws, regulations, industry standards, and other obligations relating to privacy, data protection, and data security. Such laws, regulations, and industry standards may include Section 5(a) of the Federal Trade Commission Act, the Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 and all regulations promulgated thereunder, the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018, the California Privacy Rights Act of 2020, the California Online Privacy Protection Act, and the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard. Our compliance with our obligations related to privacy, data protection, and data security is important to improving user experience on the platform and building user trust. Countries around the world have adopted or are proposing similar laws and regulations relating to privacy, data protection, and data security, and we may become subject to them as we expand our operations into new geographic markets. For example, if we expand our operations to Europe, we would become subject to the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation, the Privacy and Electronic Communications Directive (2002/58/EC), and the data protection laws of the member states of the European Union, United Kingdom, and Switzerland, as applicable.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters, which we refer to as our sweetgreen Support Center, is located in Los Angeles, California, where we currently lease approximately 57,681 square feet of space under a lease that expires in February 2032. We believe our facilities are adequate and suitable for our current needs, and that should it be needed, suitable additional or alternative space will be available to accommodate our operations.

Legal Proceedings

We are subject to various claims, lawsuits, governmental investigations, and administrative proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. We do not believe that the ultimate resolution of any of these matters will have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations, liquidity, or capital resources. However, an increase in the number of these claims, or one or more successful claims under which we incur greater liabilities than we currently anticipate, could materially and adversely affect our business, financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.

 

157


Table of Contents

LOGO

 


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth information for our executive officers and directors as of September 26, 2021:

 

Name

   Age   

Position

Executive Officers:

     

Jonathan Neman

   36    Chief Executive Officer and Chair of our Board of Directors

Nicolas Jammet

   36    Chief Concept Officer and Director

Nathaniel Ru

   36    Chief Brand Officer and Director

Mitch Reback

   66    Chief Financial Officer

Wouleta Ayele

   57    Chief Technology Officer

Chris Carr

   57    Chief Operating Officer

Adrienne Gemperle

   56    Chief People Officer

Jim McPhail

   51    Chief Development Officer

Daniel Shlossman

   36    Senior Vice President, Digital Growth

Non-Employee Directors:

     

Neil Blumenthal(2)

   41    Director

Julie Bornstein(3)

   51    Director

Cliff Burrows(1)(2)

   62    Lead Independent Director

Stephen M. Case

   63    Director

Valerie Jarrett(1)(3)

   64    Director

Youngme Moon(2)(3)

   57    Director

Bradley Singer(1)

   55    Director

 

(1)

Member of the audit committee.

(2)

Member of the compensation committee.

(3)

Member of the nominating, environmental, social and governance committee.

Executive Officers

Jonathan Neman.    Mr. Neman is one of our founders and has served in various executive roles since our inception, most recently as our President since February 2018 and Chief Executive Officer since December 2017. Mr. Neman has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2009. Prior to his roles as President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Neman served as our Co-Chief Executive Officer from October 2009 to December 2017. He holds a B.S. from Georgetown University’s McDonough School of Business. We believe Mr. Neman is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to the perspective and experience he brings as one of our founders and our Chief Executive Officer.

Nicolas Jammet.    Mr. Jammet is one of our founders and has served in various executive roles since our inception, most recently as our Secretary since December 2020 and Chief Concept Officer since December 2017. Mr. Jammet has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2009. As Chief Concept Officer, Mr. Jammet is responsible for overseeing our supply chain, culinary, and development and construction departments. From October 2009 to June 2014, Mr. Jammet served as our President, and from June 2014 to December 2017, Mr. Jammet served as our Co-Chief Executive Officer. He holds a B.S. from Georgetown University’s McDonough School of Business. We believe Mr. Jammet is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to the perspective and experience he brings as one of our founders and our Chief Concept Officer.

Nathaniel Ru.    Mr. Ru is one of our founders and has served in various executive roles since our inception, most recently as our Treasurer since December 2020 and Chief Brand Officer since

 

159


Table of Contents

December 2017. Mr. Ru has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2009. As Chief Brand Officer, Mr. Ru is responsible for overseeing our consumer marketing, creative and brand departments, and previously oversaw our marketing department until October 2020. From October 2009 to December 2017, he served as our Co-Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Ru served as a member of the board of directors of L.A. Kitchen, a food-based training program and social enterprise, from November 2016 to November 2018. He holds a B.S. from Georgetown University’s McDonough School of Business. We believe Mr. Ru is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to the perspective and experience he brings as one of our founders and our Chief Brand Officer.

Mitch Reback.    Mr. Reback has served as our Chief Financial Officer since May 2015. From July 2014 to May 2015, Mr. Reback consulted for various consumer product companies. From January 2013 to June 2014, he served as Chief Financial Officer at Drybar, LLC, a haircare company. From 1996 to 2012, he served as Chief Financial Officer at the Neutrogena Company, a personal services company. He holds a B.A. from the University of California, Los Angeles and a M.B.A. from the University of Southern California.

Wouleta Ayele.    Ms. Ayele has served as our Chief Technology Officer since August 2021. From December 2005 to August 2021, Ms. Ayele served in various leadership roles at Starbucks Corporation, a multinational coffee company, most recently as Senior Vice President of Technology from February 2020 to August 2021, where she was responsible for Starbucks Technology Services, as well as Vice President, Enterprise Data & Analytics Technology from August 2016 to January 2020, Vice President of Digital & CRM Technology from March 2013 to August 2016, and Director of Retail & CRM Technology from December 2005 to August 2013. Ms. Ayele serves as a member of the board of directors of Everside Health Group, Inc. and the University of Washington Information School. She holds a B.S. from Cumberland University and a M.S. from Mercer University.

Chris Carr.    Mr. Carr has served as our Chief Operating Officer since May 2020. From May 2019 to May 2020, Mr. Carr served as a consultant to various consumer product companies. From May 2006 to May 2019, he served in various executive roles at Starbucks Corporation, a multinational coffee company, including as Executive Vice President, Chief Procurement Officer from December 2016 to May 2019, where he was responsible for enhancing the enterprise-wide, global strategic sourcing and supplier relationship capabilities. From February 2014 to November 2016, he served as Starbucks’ Executive Vice President, Americas Licensed Stores, and from October 2012 to January 2014, he served as Executive Vice President, U.S. Retail Stores. From September 1988 to April 2006, Mr. Carr served in various nonexecutive and executive roles at Exxon Mobil Corporation. Mr. Carr serves as a member of the board of directors of Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc., and Recreational Equipment, Inc., and serves as a Trustee of Howard University and the University of San Diego. He holds a B.A. from the University of San Diego School of Business Administration and a M.B.A. from the New York Institute of Technology.

Adrienne Gemperle.    Ms. Gemperle has served as our Chief People Officer since July 2020. Previously, Ms. Gemperle served as Chief People Officer at SoulCycle Inc., a fitness company, from July 2018 to July 2020. From March 2017 to July 2018, she served as Chief People Officer at Plated, a food delivery service, through its acquisition by Albertsons Companies, Inc. From May 2010 to March 2017, Ms. Gemperle served in a variety of leadership roles at Starbucks Corporation, a multinational coffee company, including as Senior Vice President, Partner Resources from July 2016 to February 2017, and as Senior Vice President, Global PRO Operations from February 2015 to June 2016. Ms. Gemperle holds a B.A. from Washington State University and an M.S. from Antioch University, Seattle.

Jim McPhail.    Mr. McPhail has served as our Chief Development Officer since October 2019. From December 2017 to October 2019, he served as Chief Growth Officer at Philz Coffee, Inc., a coffee company. From June 2013 to November 2017, Mr. McPhail served as Head of Real Estate and Center

 

160


Table of Contents

Development for DaVita Inc., a healthcare company. From June 2006 to March 2013, Mr. McPhail served as Executive Vice President and Chief Development Officer for 24 Hour Fitness USA, Inc., a fitness club company, and from July 2004 to January 2006, he served as Senior Vice President of Real Estate and Development for Kohl’s Department Stores, Inc., a retail company and subsidiary of Kohl’s Corporation. From November 1996 to May 2004, Mr. McPhail held multiple roles in real estate, design, and construction at The Home Depot, Inc., a home improvement retail company, most recently as the Senior Director of Real Estate for the Western United States. Mr. McPhail holds two B.A.s from the University of California, Berkeley and a M.B.A. from Northwestern University Kellogg School of Management.

Daniel Shlossman.    Mr. Shlossman has served as our Senior Vice President of Digital and Growth since October 2020. From July 2020 to October 2020, he served as our Vice President of Growth, from May 2019 to July 2020, he served as Vice President of Outpost, and from March 2018 to April 2019, he served as Head of Digital Operations. From May 2015 to March 2018, Mr. Shlossman served in a variety of roles at Uber Technologies, Inc., a technology and mobility company, including as Head of Product and Marketplace Experience for U.S. and Canada Operations from January 2017 to March 2018, Head of Operations and Marketing, West Coast from February 2016 to January 2017, and Senior Manager of Operations and Strategy, Los Angeles from May 2015 to February 2016. From July 2008 to April 2015, he served in various roles for the National Football League. Mr. Shlossman holds a B.S.B.A. from the University of Arizona Eller College of Management.

Non-Employee Directors

Neil Blumenthal.    Mr. Blumenthal has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2018. Since February 2010, Mr. Blumenthal has served as the Co-Chief Executive Officer at Warby Parker, Inc., an e-commerce company. Prior to co-founding Warby Parker in 2010, Mr. Blumenthal served as director of VisionSpring, a nonprofit social enterprise that trains low-income women to start their own business selling affordable eyewear to individuals living in developing countries. Mr. Blumenthal also serves on the boards of directors for Allbirds, Inc., as well as the non-profit organizations RxArt, the Mayor’s Fund to Advance New York City, and the Partnership Fund for New York City. He also sits on the leadership councils of Robin Hood and Tech:NYC. He holds a B.A. from Tufts University and a M.B.A. from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. We believe Mr. Blumenthal is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his experience in the consumer product and technology industries as a founder and executive officer.

Julie Bornstein.    Ms. Bornstein has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2021. Ms. Bornstein has served as the founder and Chief Executive Officer of THE YES, a personalized shopping app, since January 2018. She served as the Chief Operating Officer of Stitch Fix, Inc., a personal style service and online retailer, from March 2015 to September 2017. Previously, Ms. Bornstein served as Chief Marketing Officer and Chief Digital Officer of Sephora LVMH from August 2007 to March 2015. She has also served as a member of the board of directors of Redfin Corporation and WW International, Inc. since October 2016 and February 2019, respectively. Ms. Bornstein holds a B.A. and M.B.A. from Harvard University. We believe Ms. Bornstein is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to her experience in the consumer product and technology industries as a founder and executive officer.

Cliff Burrows.    Mr. Burrows has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2020. From April 2001 to January 2020, Mr. Burrows served in various executive roles at Starbucks Corporation, a multinational coffee company. He served as Group President, Siren Retail business from October 2016 to January 2020, as Group President U.S. & America segment from September 2011 to October 2016, and as President of Starbucks U.S. from March 2008 to September 2011. We believe Mr. Burrows is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive experience in the restaurant industry as an executive officer.

 

161


Table of Contents

Stephen M. Case.    Mr. Case has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2013. Mr. Case has served as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Revolution LLC, an investment firm, since 2005. Mr. Case was the founding chair of the Startup America Partnership, an effort launched by the administration of President Barack Obama in 2011, the founding co-chair of the National Advisory Council on Innovation and Entrepreneurship (NACIE), and a member of President Barack Obama’s Council on Jobs and Competitiveness, where he chaired the subcommittee on entrepreneurship. In 1985, Mr. Case co-founded America Online (AOL) and led the company until its merger with Time Warner in 2000. Mr. Case serves as Chair of the Smithsonian Institution and Chairman of the Case Foundation. He has also served on the boards of directors of Maui Land & Pineapple Company, Inc. and Revolution Acceleration Acquisition Corp. since December 2008 and November 2020, respectively. He holds a B.A. from Williams College. We believe Mr. Case is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive experience in the technology industry as an executive officer and founder.

Valerie Jarrett.    Ms. Jarrett has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2020. Ms. Jarrett has served as President of The Barack Obama Foundation since January 2021, and as a Senior Distinguished Fellow at the University of Chicago Law since January 2018. Ms. Jarrett served as a Senior Advisor to The Barack Obama Foundation from April 2017 to December 2020. During the Administration of President Barack Obama, Ms. Jarrett served as Senior Advisor to the President, Assistant to the President for Public Engagement and Intergovernmental Affairs, and Chairman of the White House Council on Women and Girls from 2009 to 2017. She currently serves as a member of the boards of directors of Lyft, Inc., 2U, Inc., Walgreens Boots Alliance, and Ralph Lauren Corporation, among other private, charitable and non-profit initiatives. Ms. Jarrett holds a B.A. from Stanford University and a J.D. from the University of Michigan Law School. We believe Ms. Jarrett is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to her experience in law, policy, and serving as a member of public company boards of directors.

Youngme Moon.    Dr. Moon has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2016. Dr. Moon has served as the Donald K. David Professor of Business Administration at Harvard Business School since July 2008, having joined the faculty in June 1998. From August 2010 to August 2014, she served as the school’s Senior Associate Dean for strategy and innovation and the Senior Associate Dean for its MBA Program. Dr. Moon is also a member of the boards of directors of MasterCard Incorporated, Unilever PLC, and Warby Parker, Inc. She previously served on the board of directors of Avid Technology, Inc. Dr. Moon holds a B.A. from Yale University, an M.A. from Stanford University and a Ph.D. from Stanford University. We believe Dr. Moon is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to her extensive expertise in business administration.

Bradley Singer.    Mr. Singer has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2021. Mr. Singer has served as Chief Operating Officer of ValueAct Capital, an investment company, since May 2012, and served as a partner of ValueAct Capital from May 2012 to June 2021. From July 2008 to March 2012, he served as Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Discovery Communications, Inc., and from December 2001 to June 2008, he served as the Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of American Tower Corporation, a real estate investment company. Mr. Singer previously served on the boards of directors of Citizens Communication Corporation, Martha Stewart Living Omnimedia, Inc., Motorola Solutions, Inc., and Rolls-Royce Holdings. Mr. Singer holds a B.S. from the University of Virginia and a M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. We believe Mr. Singer is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive experience in the technology and consumer industries as an executive officer.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among any of the directors or executive officers.

 

162


Table of Contents

Composition of Our Board of Directors

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. We currently have ten directors. All of our directors currently serve on the board of directors pursuant to the provisions of a voting agreement between us and several of our stockholders. The voting agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering, after which there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election or designation of our directors. Our current directors will continue to serve as directors until their resignation, removal or successor is duly elected. Our board of directors may establish the authorized number of directors from time to time by resolution.

Director Independence

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director. Based on information provided by each director concerning her or his background, employment and affiliations, our board of directors has determined that none of our directors, other than Jonathan Neman, Nicolas Jammet, and Nathaniel Ru, has any relationships that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”). In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our shares by each non-employee director and the transactions described in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Committees of Our Board of Directors

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating, environmental, social and governance committee. The composition and responsibilities of each of the committees of our board of directors are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors. Our board of directors may establish other committees as it deems necessary or appropriate from time to time.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of Valerie Jarrett, Cliff Burrows and Bradley Singer. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the audit committee satisfies the independence requirements under NYSE listing standards and Rule 10A-3(b)(1) of the Exchange Act and that each of Bradley Singer and Valerie Jarrett is an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of SEC regulations. The chair of our audit committee is Bradley Singer. Each member of our audit committee can read and understand fundamental financial statements in accordance with applicable requirements. In arriving at these determinations, our board of directors has examined each audit committee member’s scope of experience and the nature of their employment in the corporate finance sector. Our board of directors has determined that Ms. Jarrett’s simultaneous service on the audit committees of more than three public companies does not impair her ability to effectively serve on our audit committee.

The principal duties and responsibilities of our audit committee include, among other things:

 

   

selecting a qualified firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements;

 

   

helping to ensure the independence and performance of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

163


Table of Contents
   

helping to maintain and foster an open avenue of communication between management and the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing, with management and the independent registered public accounting firm, our interim and year-end operating results;

 

   

developing procedures for employees to submit concerns anonymously about questionable accounting or audit matters;

 

   

reviewing our policies on risk assessment and risk management;

 

   

reviewing related party transactions;

 

   

obtaining and reviewing a report by the independent registered public accounting firm at least annually, that describes its internal quality-control procedures, any material issues with such procedures, and any steps taken to deal with such issues when required by applicable law; and

 

   

approving (or, as permitted, pre-approving) all audit and all permissible non-audit services to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.

Our audit committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable listing standards of the NYSE.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee consists of Neil Blumenthal, Youngme Moon, and Cliff Burrows. The chair of our compensation committee is Cliff Burrows. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the compensation committee is independent under NYSE listing standards and a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

The principal duties and responsibilities of our compensation committee include, among other things:

 

   

approving the retention of compensation consultants and outside service providers and advisors;

 

   

reviewing and approving, or recommending that our board of directors approve, the compensation, individual and corporate performance goals and objectives and other terms of employment of our executive officers, including evaluating the performance of our chief executive officer and, with his assistance, that of our other executive officers;

 

   

reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the compensation of our directors;

 

   

administering our equity and non-equity incentive plans;

 

   

reviewing our practices and policies of employee compensation as they relate to risk management and risk-taking incentives;

 

   

reviewing and evaluating succession plans for the executive officers;

 

   

reviewing and approving, or recommending that our board of directors approve, incentive compensation and equity plans; and

 

   

reviewing and establishing general policies relating to compensation and benefits of our employees and reviewing our overall compensation philosophy.

Our compensation committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable listing standards of the NYSE.

 

164


Table of Contents

Nominating, Environmental, Social and Governance Committee

Our nominating, environmental, social and governance committee will consist of Julie Bornstein, Youngme Moon, and Valerie Jarrett. The chair of our nominating, environmental, social and governance committee will be Valerie Jarrett. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the nominating, environmental, social and governance committee is independent under the NYSE listing standards.

The nominating, environmental, social and governance committee’s responsibilities include, among other things:

 

   

identifying, evaluating, and selecting, or recommending that our board of directors approve, nominees for election to our board of directors and its committees;

 

   

approving the retention of director search firms;

 

   

evaluating the performance of our board of directors and of individual directors;

 

   

considering and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition of our board of directors and its committees;

 

   

overseeing the Company’s environmental, social and governance practices, strategy, initiatives, and policies;

 

   

reviewing potential conflicts of interest;

 

   

evaluating the adequacy of our corporate governance practices and reporting; and

 

   

overseeing an annual evaluation of the board’s performance.

Our nominating, environmental, social and governance committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable listing standards of the NYSE.

Code of Conduct and Business Ethics

In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt a Code of Conduct and Business Ethics that applies to all our employees, consultants, officers and directors. This includes our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, and principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. The full text of our Code of Conduct and Business Ethics will be posted on our website at www.sweetgreen.com. We intend to disclose on our website any future amendments of our Code of Conduct and Business Ethics or waivers that exempt any principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, persons performing similar functions or our directors from provisions in the Code of Conduct and Business Ethics. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is only as an inactive textual reference.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

During fiscal year 2020, we did not pay cash compensation to any of our non-employee directors for service on our board of directors. We have reimbursed and will continue to reimburse all of our non-employee directors for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending board of directors and committee meetings.

 

165


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation earned or paid to our non-employee directors during fiscal year 2020 service as a director.

 

Name

   Option
Awards
($)(1)(2)
     Total
($)
 

Neil Blumenthal

             

Cliff Burrows

     118,124        118,124  

Stephen M. Case

             

Mike Hislop(3)

             

Valerie Jarrett

     90,365        90,365  

Youngme Moon

             

Bradley Singer

             

 

(1)

The amounts reported represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the stock options granted to the director during fiscal year 2020 pursuant to our 2019 Plan, computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standard Board Accounting Standards Codification, Topic 718 (“ASC Topic 718”). The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options reported in this column are set forth in Note 12 to the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This amount does not reflect the actual economic value that may be realized by the non-employee director.

(2)

The aggregate number of shares subject to outstanding stock options held by each director listed in the table above as of December 27, 2020 was as follows: 185,000 shares for Mr. Hilsop. In addition, certain of our directors hold shares of common stock that were issued upon the early exercise of stock options. The number of unvested shares of common stock subject to repurchase as of December 27, 2020 was as follows: 8,334 shares for Mr. Blumenthal, 37,500 shares for Mr. Burrows, 41,667 shares for Ms. Jarrett and 16,250 shares for Dr. Moon.

(3)

Mr. Hilsop resigned as a member of our board of directors in June 2020.

Mr. Neman, our Chief Executive Officer and chair of our board of directors, Mr. Jammet, our Chief Concept Officer and a member of our board of directors, and Mr. Ru, our Chief Brand Officer and a member of our board of directors, do not receive any additional compensation for their service on the board of directors. Their compensation as named executive officers is set forth below under “Executive Compensation—Summary Compensation Table.”

May and June 2021 Option Grants

In May 2021, in connection with her appointment to our board of directors, Ms. Bornstein was granted an option to purchase 50,000 shares of our common stock with an exercise price of $10.76 per share. In June 2021, in connection with his January 2021 appointment to our board of directors, Mr. Singer was granted an option to purchase 50,000 shares of our common stock with an exercise price of $10.76 per share. The shares subject to Ms. Bornstein’s and Mr. Singer’s options vest in 24 monthly installments measured from the vesting commencement date, subject to their respective continuous service through each applicable vesting date. Upon a Change in Control (as defined in the 2019 Plan), 100% of the shares subject to the options shall become fully vested and exercisable.

October RSU Grants

In October 2021, our board of directors granted 10,000 restricted stock units to each of Mr. Blumenthal, Ms. Moon, Mr. Burrows, and Ms. Jarrett, and 5,000 restricted stock units to each of Mr. Singer and Ms. Bornstein, under our 2019 Plan. These awards are subject to both (i) a time based vesting condition, which provides that the restricted stock units will vest in four quarterly installments over a period of one year measured from a vesting commencement date of September 23, 2021, with the exception of the award to Mr. Blumenthal, which has a vesting commencement date of April 27, 2021, in each case subject to the director’s respective continuous service through the applicable vesting date, and (ii) a performance-based vesting condition, which will be satisfied upon the completion of this offering.

 

166


Table of Contents

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

Our board of directors adopted a non-employee director compensation policy in September 2021 that will become effective in connection with this offering, and will be applicable to all of our non-employee directors. This compensation policy provides that each such non-employee director will receive the following compensation for service on our board of directors:

 

   

an annual cash retainer of $50,000 for eligible directors;

 

   

an annual cash retainer of $70,000 for service as lead independent director (in lieu of the regular annual retainer described above);

 

   

additional cash retainers of $20,000 for service as the chair of the audit committee, $15,000 for service as the chair of the compensation committee, and $10,000 for service as the chair of the nominating, environmental, social and governance committee;

 

   

an annual fully vested restricted stock unit award granted at each annual meeting of our stockholders to each non-employee director serving on such date, with a value equal to $200,000; and

 

   

for a non-employee director joining our board of directors after an annual meeting, a fully vested restricted stock unit award having a value equal to $200,000 multiplied by the applicable percentage based on the fiscal quarter of such non-employee director’s start date as follows: (i) 75% if the start date is in the third fiscal quarter of the year in which the annual meeting occurred, (ii) 50% if the start date is in the fourth fiscal quarter of such year, and (iii) 25% if the start date is in the first fiscal quarter of the following year. If the start date is in the second fiscal quarter of the year following such annual meeting, no grant shall be provided until the full $200,000 grant at the next annual meeting as described above.

Pursuant to the non-employee director compensation policy, the compensation described above is subject to the limits on non-employee director compensation set forth in the 2021 Plan. Each of the restricted stock unit awards described above will be granted under our 2021 Plan, the terms of which are described in more detail below under “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans—2021 Equity Incentive Plan.”

We will also continue to reimburse each non-employee director for ordinary, necessary, and reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses to cover in-person attendance at and participation in board and committee meetings.

 

167


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Our named executive officers for fiscal year 2020, consisting of our principal executive officer and the next two most highly compensated executive officers, were:

 

   

Jonathan Neman, our Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

Chris Carr, our Chief Operating Officer; and

 

   

Jim McPhail, our Chief Development Officer.

Fiscal Year 2020 Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents all of the compensation awarded to or earned by our named executive officers for fiscal year 2020.

 

Name and Principal Position

   Salary
($)
     Bonus
($)(1)
     Option
Awards
($)(2)
     All Other
Compensation
($)(3)
     Total
($)
 

Jonathan Neman

     302,885               282,030        13,537        598,451  

Chief Executive Officer

              

Chris Carr

     223,558        57,693        656,530        865        938,646  

Chief Operating Officer

              

Jim McPhail

     342,548        123,750        141,015        2,620        609,933  

Chief Development Officer

              

 

(1)

Reflects a guaranteed bonus paid to the named executive officers during fiscal year 2020 pursuant to the named executive officer’s employment agreement. See “—Employment Arrangements” below for a description of the material terms pursuant to which this compensation was awarded.

(2)

Amounts reported represent (i) the aggregate grant date fair value of the stock options granted to our named executive officers during fiscal year 2020 under our 2019 Plan computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value and incremental fair value of the stock options reported in this column are set forth in Note 12 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This amount does not reflect the actual economic value that may be realized by the named executive officer.

(3)

Consists of employer contributions pursuant to our 401(k) plan and, for Mr. Neman, sweetgreen credits to spend at our stores, commuting expenses, and assistance with personal matters provided by Mr. Neman’s executive assistant. See “—Health and Welfare and Retirement Benefits; Perquisites—Health and Welfare Benefits and Perquisites” below for more information.

Narrative to Summary Compensation Table

Our board of directors or compensation committee reviews compensation annually for all employees, including our named executive officers. In making compensation determinations, we consider compensation for comparable positions in the market, the historical compensation levels of our executives, individual performance as compared to our expectations and objectives, our desire to motivate our employees to achieve short- and long-term results that are in the best interests of our stockholders and a long-term commitment to our company.

Annual Base Salary

Our named executive officers receive an annual base salary to compensate them for services rendered to us. The base salary payable to each named executive officer is intended to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting the executive’s skill set, experience, role and responsibilities. None of our named executive officers is currently entitled to automatic or scheduled increases in base salary. The annual base salaries for our named executive officers during fiscal year 2020 were as

 

168


Table of Contents

follows: (i) $350,000 for Mr. Neman, (ii) $375,000 for Mr. Carr, and (iii) $375,000 for Mr. McPhail, and our named executive officers’ current base salaries remain unchanged from those in place at the end of fiscal year 2020.

During fiscal year 2020, the COVID-19 pandemic severely impacted the entire restaurant community. We experienced a decline in foot traffic and an associated impact from reduced office frequency. We took several actions in fiscal year 2020 in response to these measures, including: reducing the operations of our restaurants, including shifting to a digital pick-up and delivery operating model in many locations and temporarily closing certain sweetgreen locations as needed; deferring rent payments on the majority of our leased properties for the months of April, May and June; undergoing a cost restructuring plan that included a temporary furlough of approximately 2,000 of our restaurant employees for up to 90 days and terminating approximately 100 employees at our sweetgreen Support Center; implementing strict sanitation and safety standards across our restaurants to protect our customers and team members; and providing up to 14 days of voluntary paid wellness leave for COVID-19-related circumstances for our team members as well as $1 per hour of supplemental “Hero Pay” during the summer. Recognizing the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, certain of our executive officers, including Messrs. Neman and McPhail, chose to voluntarily reduce their salaries during April and May of 2020. Mr. Neman’s salary was reduced by 50%, and Mr. McPhail’s salary was reduced by 25%. Mr. Carr was not yet employed by us.

Annual Bonuses

Bonuses paid to our named executive officers in fiscal year 2020 represent guaranteed bonuses under the named executive officer’s employment agreement. See “—Employment Arrangements” below.

Stock-Based Incentive Awards

Our equity award program is the primary vehicle for offering long-term incentives to our executives. We believe that equity awards provide our executives with a strong link to our long-term performance, create an ownership culture and help to align the interests of our executives and our stockholders. To date, we have almost exclusively used stock option grants for this purpose because we believe they are an effective means by which to align the long-term interests of our executive officers with those of our stockholders. The use of options also can provide tax and other advantages to our executive officers relative to other forms of equity compensation. We believe that our equity awards are an important retention tool for our executive officers, as well as for our other employees.

We award stock options broadly to our employees. Grants to our executives and other employees are made at the discretion of our board of directors and are not made at any specific time period during a year. In June 2021, our board of directors granted options to each of our executive officers, including our named executive officers. Mr. Neman was granted an option to purchase 830,000 shares of our common stock, and each of Mr. Carr and Mr. McPhail were granted options to purchase 100,000 shares of our common stock, all at an exercise price of $10.76 per share. The shares subject to these options vest according to the following schedule: 25% of the shares vest on January 1, 2022, with the remainder of the shares vesting in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter, subject to the named executive officer’s respective continuous service through each applicable vesting date. With respect to Mr. Neman’s option, if, within one month before or 12 months following a Change in Control (as defined in the 2019 Plan), Mr. Neman’s continuous service is involuntarily terminated without Cause (as defined in the 2019 Plan) or Mr. Neman resigns his continuous service for Good Reason (as defined in the option agreement), 100% of the shares subject to Mr. Neman’s option shall become fully vested and exercisable.

 

169


Table of Contents

Prior to this offering, all of the stock options we have granted were made pursuant to our 2009 Plan and our 2019 Plan. Following this offering, we will grant equity incentive awards under the terms of our 2021 Plan. The terms of our equity plans are described under “—Employee Benefit Plans” below.

In October 2021, our board of directors granted to our founders, including Mr. Neman, an aggregate of 6,300,000 performance-based restricted stock units (2,100,000 for each founder), under the 2019 Plan (the “Founder Awards”), which awards are eligible to vest beginning on the one-year anniversary of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part in seven equal tranches upon the attainment of milestones relating to the trailing 90-day volume weighted average trading price of our Class A common stock as described below, subject to each Founder’s respective continuous service through each applicable vesting date.

 

Number of Restricted Stock

Units in Vesting Tranche

   Milestone Price Per
Share of Common Stock

300,000

   $30.00

300,000

   $37.50

300,000

   $45.00

300,000

   $52.50

300,000

   $60.00

300,000

   $67.50

300,000

   $75.00

For two years following the receipt of shares of Class A common stock upon settlement of the Founder Awards, our founders may not transfer 50% of such number of shares of Class A common stock (net of any shares of Class A common stock used to satisfy certain tax-related items). The Founder Awards are intended to be granted in lieu of annual equity awards to our founders through fiscal year 2025, unless our board of directors otherwise agrees to grant additional awards during that period.

In October 2021, our board of directors also granted 200,000 restricted stock units to each of Mr. Carr and Mr. McPhail under the 2019 Plan. These awards have a vesting commencement date of August 15, 2021 and vest according to the following schedule: 25% of the restricted stock units will vest on the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, with the remainder of the restricted stock units vesting in 12 equal quarterly installments thereafter, subject to each of Mr. Carr and Mr. McPhail’s respective continuous service through each applicable vesting date.

Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 27, 2020

The following table presents information regarding outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 27, 2020. All awards were granted pursuant to the 2009 Plan and 2019 Plan. See “—Employee Benefit Plans—2019 Equity Incentive Plan” and “—Employee Benefit Plans—2009 Equity Incentive Plan” below for additional information.

 

170


Table of Contents
            Option Awards     Stock Awards  

Name and

Principal

Position

  Grant
Date(1)
  Vesting
Commencement
Date
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(Exercisable)

(#)
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(Unexercisable)

(#)
    Option
Exercise
Price

($)
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Number
of
Shares
of Stock
That
Have
Not
Vested(2)
    Market
Value of
Shares
of Stock
That
Have Not
Vested(3)
 

Jonathan Neman

  5/2/2014   12/3/2013     195,745 (4)            0.68       5/1/2024              

Chief Executive Officer

  12/9/2014   1/1/2014     275,000 (4)            0.96       12/8/2024              
  3/19/2016   1/1/2016     125,000 (4)            2.40       3/18/2026              
  3/14/2017   1/1/2017     30,598 (5)      652 (5)      3.14       3/13/2027              
  8/28/2018   8/28/2018     300,000 (6)      900,000 (6)      3.73       8/27/2028              
  12/5/2019   1/1/2019     248,778 (7)(9)(10)            7.77       12/4/2029       167,889 (7)      1,806,486  
  12/5/2019   12/5/2019           200,000 (8)      7.77       12/4/2029              
  6/30/2020   6/30/2020             150,000 (7)(9)      1,614,000  

Chris Carr

  6/30/2020   5/11/2020           350,000 (7)(9)      4.78       6/29/2030              

Chief Operating Officer

               

Jim McPhail

  12/5/2019   10/21/2019     29,166 (7)      70,834 (7)      7.77       12/4/2029              

Chief Development Officer

  6/30/2020   1/30/2020           75,000 (7)      4.78       6/29/2030              

 

(1)

All of the option awards were granted under either our 2009 Plan or 2019 Plan. All of the option awards were granted with a per share exercise price equal to the fair value of one share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined in good faith by our board of directors.

(2)

Represents shares acquired upon early exercise of stock options that were subject to a right of repurchase as of December 27, 2020.

(3)

This amount is calculated using a value of $10.76 per share, which was the fair value of our common stock as determined by our board of directors in good faith as of the most proximate date.

(4)

The shares subject to the option are fully vested.

(5)

The shares subject to the option vest in 48 monthly installments measured from the vesting commencement date, subject to the recipient’s continuous service through each applicable vesting date.

(6)

The shares subject to the option vest upon certain milestones, as determined in good faith by the board of directors: (i) 300,000 shares vested upon our achievement of a trailing 12 month contribution EBITDA of $40 million in June 2019, (ii) 300,000 of the shares vest upon either (x) a trailing 12 month contribution EBITDA of $60 million or (y) a liquidity event valuation of at least $1 billion, (iii) 300,000 shares vest upon either (x) a trailing 12 month contribution EBITDA of $80 million or (y) a liquidity event valuation of at least $1.2 billion, and (iv) 300,000 shares vest upon a liquidity event valuation of at least $2 billion, subject to the recipient’s continuous service through each applicable vesting date and provided that such milestone is achieved no later than December 31, 2021. For purposes hereof, “liquidity event valuation” means either (i) the implied valuation of the Company upon the consummation of a Change in Control (as defined in the 2009 Plan), as determined in good faith by the Board, or (ii) the valuation of the Company implied by the public offering price our initial public offering.

(7)

25% of the shares vest on the one-year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, with the remainder of the shares vesting in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter, subject to the recipient’s continuous service through each applicable vesting date.

(8)

100% of the shares subject to the option vest upon the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined in the 2019 Plan) or the completion of our initial public offering, subject to the recipient’s continuous service through such date.

(9)

100% of the shares subject to the option shall become fully vested and exercisable if, within one month before or 12 months following a Change in Control (as defined in the 2019 Plan), the recipient’s continuous service is involuntarily terminated without Cause (as defined in the 2019 Plan) or recipient resigns his continuous service for Good Reason (as defined in the option agreement).

(10)

The option contains an early exercise provision.

Employment Arrangements

We have entered into employment agreements with our named executive officers setting forth the terms and conditions of such executive’s employment with us. The employment agreements generally provide for at-will employment, have no specific term, and set forth the named executive officer’s

 

171


Table of Contents

annual base salary. For fiscal year 2021, our board of directors has approved a bonus plan for executive officers that is based on the achievement of certain metrics, as determined by our board of directors in its discretion, providing for a target bonus of 100% of base salary for Mr. Neman and 50% of base salary for Messrs. Carr and McPhail.

Agreement with Jonathan Neman

Effective October 1, 2021, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Neman, our Chief Executive Officer. The agreement provides for an annual base salary of $350,000. The agreement also provides that Mr. Neman is eligible for severance benefits, the terms of which are described below. The employment agreement supersedes all existing agreements and understandings Mr. Neman may have concerning his employment relationship with us.

Agreement with Chris Carr

Effective October 1, 2021, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Carr, our Chief Operating Officer. The agreement provides for an annual base salary of $375,000. The agreement also provides that Mr. Carr is eligible for severance benefits, the terms of which are described below. The employment agreement supersedes all existing agreements and understandings Mr. Carr may have concerning his employment relationship with us.

For fiscal year 2020, Mr. Carr’s employment with us was governed by an employment agreement we entered into with him in May 2020. Pursuant to the employment agreement, Mr. Carr was entitled to an annual base salary of $375,000, was eligible to receive an annual performance of up to 50% of his annual base salary (pro-rated based on base salary actually earned during 2020), as determined by our board of directors, such bonus to be no less than 50% of his maximum annual bonus potential for the calendar year 2020, and was granted an option to purchase 350,000 shares of our common stock.

Agreement with Jim McPhail

Effective October 1, 2021, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. McPhail, our Chief Development Officer. The agreement provides for an annual base salary of $375,000. The agreement also provides that Mr. McPhail is eligible for severance benefits, the terms of which are described below. The employment agreement supersedes all existing agreements and understandings Mr. McPhail may have concerning his employment relationship with us.

For fiscal year 2020, Mr. McPhail’s employment with us was governed by an employment agreement we entered into with him in September 2019 and which was amended in January 2020. Pursuant to the amended employment agreement, Mr. McPhail was entitled to an annual base salary of $375,000, was eligible to receive an annual performance bonus with a target achievement of 50% of his annual base salary, as determined by our board of directors, such bonus to be no less than 66% of his maximum annual bonus potential for Mr. McPhail’s first two full years of employment (calendar years 2020 and 2021), each of which has already been paid, and was granted an option to purchase 100,000 shares of our common stock.

Potential Payments and Benefits Upon Termination or Change of Control

Mr. Neman

Pursuant to Mr. Neman’s employment agreement, in the event of an involuntary termination, including termination without cause (as defined below) or resignation without good reason (as defined below) that occurs during the time period commencing on the effective date of a change in control (as defined in the 2019 Plan) and continuing until the twelve-month anniversary of the effective date of the

 

172


Table of Contents

change in control, we will provide the following severance benefits, contingent upon the conditions set forth in the employment agreement, including receiving a release of claims in favor of us and compliance with any existing confidentiality agreement: (i) a lump sum cash payment equal to 18 months of Mr. Neman’s base salary and (ii) a lump sum cash payment equal to Mr. Neman’s target bonus for the applicable fiscal year, pro-rated based on the date of termination. Mr. Neman’s employment agreement also provides that, in the event of an involuntary termination that is not within the change of control period described above, we will provide the following severance benefits, contingent upon the conditions set forth in the employment agreement: (i) a lump sum cash payment equal to 12 months of the Mr. Neman’s base salary and (ii) a lump sum cash payment equal to Mr. Neman’s target bonus for the applicable fiscal year, pro-rated based on the date of termination.

For the purposes of Mr. Neman’s severance benefits, the following definitions apply:

 

   

“cause” means any one or more of the following: (i) his conviction of, or plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof (other than a motor-vehicle related felony for which no custodial penalty is imposed); (ii) his commission of, or participation in, a fraud or material act of dishonesty against us or any of our employees or directors; (iii) his intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between us and Mr. Neman, our employee handbook and employment policies, our Code of Conduct and Business Ethics, or of any statutory or legal duty owed to us; (iv) his unauthorized use or unauthorized disclosure of our confidential information or trade secrets or other material breach of his confidentiality agreement with us; (v) his willful misconduct in the performance of his employment duties; and (vi) his willful failure to reasonably cooperate with any internal or external company investigation or audit (whether being conducted by us or by a third-party); provided, that “cause” pursuant to the foregoing clauses (iii), (iv), (v), and (vi) shall exist only if (a) such cause event results in or is likely to result in substantial and material damage to us and our subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and (b) our board of directors has first provided him with written notice of the applicable cause event (which specifically identifies, in reasonable detail, the basis for alleging a cause event) within 30 days of us learning, or of when we reasonably should have been aware, of such cause event, and provide him a period of 30 days thereafter to reasonably cure such cause event, to the extent curable. If Mr. Neman fails to cure such cause event within such period, then the termination of employment must be effective not later than 30 days after the end of his cure period. No act or failure to act by Mr. Neman shall be considered “willful” if done or omitted by him in good faith with reasonable belief that his action or omission was in the best interests of us and/or our subsidiaries.

 

   

“good reason” means any of the following actions taken by us or a successor corporation or entity without Mr. Neman’s written consent: (i) a material reduction of his base compensation, which the parties agree is a reduction of more than 10%, other than any reduction that applies generally to all executives; (ii) a material reduction in his authority, duties or responsibilities; provided, however, that a change in job position (including a change in title) will not be deemed a “material reduction” unless his new authority, duties or responsibilities are materially reduced from the prior authority, duties or responsibilities; (iii) a requirement to relocate the his primary workplace outside of the Los Angeles metropolitan area; or (iv) a change in the his reporting relationship such that he is no long reporting directly to the Board. In order to resign for good reason, Mr. Neman must provide written notice of the event giving rise to good reason to our board of directors within 30 days after he learns of, or reasonably should have been aware of, the condition, allow us 30 days to cure such condition, and if we fail to cure the condition within such period, Mr. Neman’s resignation from all positions he then holds with us must be effective not later than 30 days after the end of our cure period.

 

173


Table of Contents

Messrs. Carr and McPhail

Pursuant to their employment agreements, in the event of an involuntary termination, including termination without cause (as defined below) or resignation without good reason (as defined below) that occurs during the time period commencing on the effective date of a change in control (as defined in the 2019 Plan) and continuing until the twelve-month anniversary of the effective date of the change in control, we will provide the following severance benefits to Messrs. Carr and McPhail, contingent upon the conditions set forth in the employment agreement, including receiving a release of claims in favor of us and compliance with any existing confidentiality agreement: (i) a lump sum cash payment equal to 12 months of the applicable executive’s base salary and (ii) a lump sum cash payment equal to the applicable executive’s target bonus for the applicable fiscal year, pro-rated based on the date of termination. Messrs. Carr and McPhail’s employment agreements also provide that, in the event of an involuntary termination that is not within the change of control period described above, we will provide the following severance benefits, contingent upon the conditions set forth in the employment agreement: (i) a lump sum cash payment equal to six months of the applicable executive’s base salary and (ii) a lump sum cash payment equal to the applicable executive’s target bonus for the applicable fiscal year, pro-rated based on the date of termination.

For the purposes of Messrs. Carr and McPhail’s severance benefits, the following definitions apply:

 

   

“cause” means any one or more of the following: (i) his conviction of, or plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) his commission of, or participation in, a fraud or material act of dishonesty against us or any of our employees or directors that causes harm; (iii) his intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between us and the applicable executive, our employee handbook and employment policies, our Code of Conduct and Business Ethics, or of any statutory or legal duty owed to us; (iv) his unauthorized use or unauthorized disclosure of our confidential information or trade secrets or other material breach of his confidentiality agreement with us; (v) his willful misconduct in the performance of his employment duties; and (vi) his willful failure to reasonably cooperate with any internal or external company investigation or audit (whether being conducted by us or by a third-party); provided, that, in order to terminate the applicable executive’s employment for “cause” pursuant to the foregoing clauses (iii), (iv), (v), and (vi) our board of directors must first provide him with written notice of the applicable cause event (which specifically identifies, in reasonable detail, the basis for alleging a cause event) within 30 days of us learning, or of when we reasonably should have been aware, of such cause event, and provide him a period of 30 days thereafter to reasonably cure such cause event, to the extent curable. If the applicable executive fails to cure such cause event within such period, then the termination of employment must be effective not later than 30 days after the end of his cure period.

 

   

“good reason” means any of the following actions taken by us or a successor corporation or entity without the applicable executive’s written consent: (i) a material reduction of his base compensation, which the parties agree is a reduction of more than 10%, other than any reduction that applies generally to all executives; (ii) a material reduction in his authority, duties or responsibilities; provided, however, that a change in job position (including a change in title) will not be deemed a “material reduction” unless his new authority, duties or responsibilities are materially reduced from the prior authority, duties or responsibilities; (iii) a requirement to relocate the his primary workplace outside of the Los Angeles metropolitan area (unless such executive’s primary workplace is already outside of the Los Angeles metropolitan area); or (iv) a change in the his reporting relationship such that he is no long reporting directly to the person to whom he currently reports. In order to resign for good reason, the applicable executive must provide written notice of the event giving rise to good reason to our board of directors within 30 days after he learns of, or reasonably should have been aware of, the

 

174


Table of Contents
 

condition, allow us 30 days to cure such condition, and if we fail to cure the condition within such period, the applicable executive’s resignation from all positions he then holds with us must be effective not later than 30 days after the end of our cure period.

Pension and Defined Benefit Plan Retirement Benefits

Our named executive officers did not participate in, or otherwise receive any benefits under, any pension or defined benefit retirement plan sponsored by us in fiscal year 2020.

Health and Welfare and Retirement Benefits; Perquisites

Health and Welfare Benefits and Perquisites

All of our current named executive officers are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans, including our medical, dental, vision, disability, and life insurance plans, in each case on the same basis as all of our other salaried employees, as well as full-time hourly employees. We provide limited perquisites or personal benefits to our executive officers, including up to $150 per week in sweetgreen credits to spend at our stores, a benefit which is available to all full-time employees at our sweetgreen Support Center. Until April 2020, we also provided our named executive officers with parking subsidies. We also occasionally cover the cost of commuting expenses for our named executive officers.

401(k) Plan

Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in a defined contribution retirement plan that provides eligible U.S. employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. Eligible employees may defer eligible compensation on a pre-tax or after-tax (Roth) basis, up to the statutorily prescribed annual limits on contributions under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”). Contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants’ directions. To attract and retain employees with superior talent, we currently match 50% of employee contributions of the first three percent of eligible compensation so long as the following requirements are met: (i) the employee has worked for sweetgreen for six months, (ii) the employee has worked 500 or more hours (if hourly) and (iii) the employee is 21 years or older. The 401(k) plan is set up to vest the matched funds over a two-year period: 50% after one year of service and 100% after two years of service. Employees are immediately and fully vested in all contributions. The 401(k) plan is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code with the 401(k) plan’s related trust intended to be tax exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan (except for Roth contributions) and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan. Our board of directors may elect to adopt qualified or nonqualified benefit plans in the future, if it determines that doing so is in our best interests.

Employee Benefit Plans

The principal features of our equity plans are summarized below. These summaries are qualified in their entirety by reference to the actual text of the plans, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

2021 Equity Incentive Plan

In September 2021, our board of directors adopted, and in October 2021 our stockholders approved, our 2021 Plan. We expect our 2021 Plan will become effective on the date of the

 

175


Table of Contents

underwriting agreement related to this offering. Our 2021 Plan came into existence upon its adoption by our board of directors, but no grants will be made under our 2021 Plan prior to its effectiveness. Once our 2021 Plan becomes effective, no further grants will be made under our 2019 Plan.

Awards.    Our 2021 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options (“ISOs”), within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options (“NSOs”), stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, performance awards and other forms of awards to our employees, directors and consultants and any of our affiliates’ employees and consultants.

Authorized Shares.    Initially, the maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued under our 2021 Plan after it becomes effective will not exceed 35,166,753 shares of our common stock, which is the sum of (i) 11,500,000 new shares, plus (ii) an additional number of shares consisting of (a) shares that remain available for the issuance of awards under our 2019 Plan as of immediately prior to the time our 2021 Plan becomes effective and (b) any shares of our common stock subject to outstanding stock options or other stock awards granted under our 2009 Plan or 2019 Plan that, on or after our 2021 Plan becomes effective, terminate or expire prior to exercise or settlement; are not issued because the award is settled in cash; are forfeited because of the failure to vest; or are reacquired or withheld (or not issued) to satisfy a tax withholding obligation or the purchase or exercise price. The maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued on the exercise of ISOs under our 2021 Plan is 105,500,259 shares.

Shares subject to stock awards granted under our 2021 Plan that expire or terminate without being exercised in full or that are paid out in cash rather than in shares will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our 2021 Plan. Shares withheld under a stock award to satisfy the exercise, strike or purchase price of a stock award or to satisfy a tax withholding obligation will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our 2021 Plan. If any shares of our common stock issued pursuant to a stock award are forfeited back to or repurchased or reacquired by us (i) because of a failure to meet a contingency or condition required for the vesting of such shares; (ii) to satisfy the exercise, strike or purchase price of a stock award; or (iii) to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with a stock award, the shares that are forfeited or repurchased or reacquired will revert to and again become available for issuance under our 2021 Plan.

Plan Administration.    Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors, administers our 2021 Plan. Our board of directors may delegate to one or more of our officers the authority to (i) designate employees (other than officers) to receive specified stock awards; and (ii) determine the number of shares subject to such stock awards. Under our 2021 Plan, our board of directors has the authority to determine stock award recipients, the types of stock awards to be granted, grant dates, the number of shares subject to each stock award, the fair market value of our common stock, and the provisions of each stock award, including the period of exercisability and the vesting schedule applicable to a stock award.

Under our 2021 Plan, our board of directors also generally has the authority to effect, with the consent of any materially adversely affected participant, (i) the reduction of the exercise, purchase, or strike price of any outstanding option or stock appreciation right; (ii) the cancellation of any outstanding option or stock appreciation right and the grant in substitution therefore of other awards, cash, or other consideration; or (iii) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.

Stock Options.    ISOs and NSOs are granted under stock option agreements adopted by the administrator. The administrator determines the exercise price for stock options, within the terms and conditions of our 2021 Plan, except the exercise price of a stock option generally will not be less than

 

176


Table of Contents

100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under our 2021 Plan will vest at the rate specified in the stock option agreement as determined by the administrator.

The administrator determines the term of stock options granted under our 2021 Plan, up to a maximum of 10 years. Unless the terms of an optionholder’s stock option agreement, or other written agreement between us and the optionholder, provide otherwise, if an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases for any reason other than disability, death, or cause, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. This period may be extended in the event that exercise of the option is prohibited by applicable securities laws. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to death, or an optionholder dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the optionholder or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 18 months following the date of death. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to disability, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months following the cessation of service. In the event of a termination for cause, options generally terminate upon the termination date. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the administrator and may include (i) cash, check, bank draft, or money order; (ii) a broker-assisted cashless exercise; (iii) the tender of shares of our common stock previously owned by the optionholder; (iv) a net exercise of the option if it is an NSO; or (v) other legal consideration approved by the administrator.

Unless the administrator provides otherwise, options generally are not transferable except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Subject to approval of the administrator or a duly authorized officer, an option may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement, or other divorce or separation instrument.

Tax Limitations on ISOs.    The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our common stock with respect to ISOs that are exercisable for the first time by an award holder during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will generally be treated as NSOs. No ISO may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our parent or subsidiary corporations unless (i) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant; and (ii) the term of the ISO does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

Restricted Stock Unit Awards.    Restricted stock unit awards are granted under restricted stock unit award agreements adopted by the administrator. Restricted stock unit awards may be granted in consideration for any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to our board of directors and permissible under applicable law. A restricted stock unit award may be settled by cash, delivery of stock, a combination of cash and stock as deemed appropriate by the administrator, or in any other form of consideration set forth in the restricted stock unit award agreement. Additionally, dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares covered by a restricted stock unit award. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, or other written agreement between us and the recipient, restricted stock unit awards that have not vested will be forfeited once the participant’s continuous service ends for any reason.

Restricted Stock Awards.    Restricted stock awards are granted under restricted stock award agreements adopted by the administrator. A restricted stock award may be awarded in consideration

 

177


Table of Contents

for cash, check, bank draft, or money order, past or future services to us, or any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to our board of directors and permissible under applicable law. The administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock awards, including vesting and forfeiture terms. If a participant’s service relationship with us ends for any reason, we may receive any or all of the shares of common stock held by the participant that have not vested as of the date the participant terminates service with us through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right.

Stock Appreciation Rights.    Stock appreciation rights are granted under stock appreciation right agreements adopted by the administrator. The administrator determines the purchase price or strike price for a stock appreciation right, which generally will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. A stock appreciation right granted under our 2021 Plan will vest at the rate specified in the stock appreciation right agreement as determined by the administrator. Stock appreciation rights may be settled in cash or shares of our common stock or in any other form of payment as determined by our board of directors and specified in the stock appreciation right agreement.

The administrator determines the term of stock appreciation rights granted under our 2021 Plan, up to a maximum of 10 years. If a participant’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases for any reason other than cause, disability, or death, the participant may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of three months following the cessation of service. This period may be further extended in the event that exercise of the stock appreciation right following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws. If a participant’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases due to disability or death, or a participant dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the participant or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, stock appreciation rights generally terminate upon the termination date. In no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Performance Awards.    Our 2021 Plan permits the grant of performance awards that may be settled in stock, cash or other property. Performance awards may be structured so that the stock or cash will be issued or paid only following the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period. Performance awards that are settled in cash or other property are not required to be valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, our common stock.

The performance goals may be based on any measure of performance selected by our board of directors. The performance goals may be based on company-wide performance or performance of one or more business units, divisions, affiliates, or business segments, and may be either absolute or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise by our board of directors at the time the performance award is granted, our board will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of performance goals as follows: (i) to exclude restructuring or other nonrecurring charges; (ii) to exclude exchange rate effects; (iii) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (iv) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (v) to exclude the effects of items that are “unusual” in nature or occur “infrequently” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; (vi) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (vii) to assume that any business divested by us achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a performance period following such divestiture; (viii) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of our common stock by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common

 

178


Table of Contents

stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (ix) to exclude the effects of stock based compensation and the award of bonuses under our bonus plans; (x) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to be expensed under generally accepted accounting principles; and (xi) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under generally accepted accounting principles.

Other Stock Awards.    The administrator may grant other awards based in whole or in part by reference to our common stock. The administrator will set the number of shares under the stock award (or cash equivalent) and all other terms and conditions of such awards.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Limit.    The aggregate value of all compensation granted or paid to any non-employee director with respect to any fiscal year, including awards granted and cash fees paid by us to such non-employee director, will not exceed $750,000 in total value, except such amount will increase to $1,000,000 for the first year for newly appointed or elected non-employee directors.

Changes to Capital Structure.    In the event there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split, reverse stock split, or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (i) the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under our 2021 Plan, (ii) the class and maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (iii) the class and maximum number of shares that may be issued on the exercise of ISOs, and (iv) the class and number of shares and exercise price, strike price, or purchase price, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards.

Corporate Transactions.    In the event of a corporate transaction (as defined in the 2021 Plan), unless otherwise provided in a participant’s stock award agreement or other written agreement with us or one of our affiliates or unless otherwise expressly provided by the administrator at the time of grant, any stock awards outstanding under our 2021 Plan may be assumed, continued or substituted for by any surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company), and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us with respect to the stock award may be assigned to the successor (or its parent company). If the surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume, continue or substitute for such stock awards, then (i) with respect to any such stock awards that are held by participants whose continuous service has not terminated prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction, or current participants, the vesting (and exercisability, if applicable) of such stock awards will be accelerated in full (or, in the case of performance awards with multiple vesting levels depending on the level of performance, vesting will accelerate at 100% of the target level) to a date prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction (contingent upon the effectiveness of the corporate transaction), and such stock awards will terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction, and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us with respect to such stock awards will lapse (contingent upon the effectiveness of the corporate transaction); and (ii) any such stock awards that are held by persons other than current participants will terminate if not exercised (if applicable) prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction, except that any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us with respect to such stock awards will not terminate and may continue to be exercised notwithstanding the corporate transaction.

In the event a stock award will terminate if not exercised prior to the effective time of a corporate transaction, the administrator may provide, in its sole discretion, that the holder of such stock award may not exercise such stock award but instead will receive a payment equal in value to the excess (if any) of (i) the value of the property the participant would have received upon the exercise of the stock award, over (ii) any per share exercise price payable by such holder, if applicable. In addition, any escrow, holdback, earn out or similar provisions in the definitive agreement for the corporate transaction may apply to such payment to the same extent and in the same manner as such provisions apply to the holders of our common stock.

 

179


Table of Contents

Change in Control.    Stock awards granted under our 2021 Plan may be subject to acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a change in control (as defined in the 2021 Plan) as may be provided in the applicable stock award agreement or in any other written agreement between us or any affiliate and the participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration will automatically occur.

Plan Amendment or Termination.    Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2021 Plan at any time, provided that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent. Certain material amendments also require the approval of our stockholders. No ISOs may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the date our board of directors adopted our 2021 Plan. No stock awards may be granted under our 2021 Plan while it is suspended or after it is terminated.

2019 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2019 Plan in September 2019. Our 2019 Plan was most recently amended in January 2021. No further stock awards will be granted under our 2019 Plan on or after the effectiveness of our 2021 Plan; however, awards outstanding under our 2019 Plan will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

Awards.    Our 2019 Plan provides for the grant of ISOs to our employees and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of NSOs, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, and other forms of stock awards to our employees, directors and consultants and any of our affiliates’ employees and consultants.

Authorized Shares.    As of September 26, 2021, an aggregate of 18,487,693 shares of our Class A common stock, plus any shares subject to awards granted under our 2009 Plan that expire or terminate, are forfeited, or are reacquired, withheld, or not issued to satisfy a tax withholding obligation or the exercise or purchase price of an award, up to a maximum of 11,371,561 shares of our Class A common stock, were reserved for issuance under our 2019 Plan. As of September 26, 2021, the maximum number of shares of our Class A common stock that could be issued on the exercise of ISOs under our 2019 Plan was 89,577,762 shares of our Class A common stock. As of September 26, 2021, there were stock options to purchase 7,963,985 shares of our Class A common stock outstanding under our 2019 Plan and 9,268,331 shares of our Class A common stock remained available for issuance under our 2019 Plan.

Prior to the effectiveness of our 2021 Plan, the expiration or termination of a stock award without all of the shares covered by the stock award being issued or settlement of a stock award for cash will not reduce or offset the number of shares of our Class A common stock that may be issued under our 2019 Plan, and any shares issued pursuant to a stock award that are forfeited back to or repurchased by us due to the failure to vest or are reacquired to satisfy tax withholding obligations on, or the exercise or purchase price of, a stock award will again become available for issuance under our 2019 Plan. We expect that upon and following the effectiveness of our 2021 Plan, any such shares will be added to the shares available for issuance under our 2021 Plan as shares of our Class A common stock. In addition, we expect that upon the effectiveness of our 2021 Plan, the shares reserved but not issued or subject to outstanding awards under our 2019 Plan, if any, will be added to the shares available for issuance under our 2021 Plan as shares of our Class A common stock.

Plan Administration.    Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors, administers our 2019 Plan. The administrator has the authority to construe and interpret our 2019 Plan and stock awards granted under it and to make all other determinations necessary or expedient for the administration of our 2019 Plan. Under our 2019 Plan, the administrator also has the

 

180


Table of Contents

authority to effect, with the consent of any adversely affected participant, (i) the reduction of the exercise, purchase, or strike price of any outstanding stock award; (ii) the cancellation of any outstanding stock award and the grant in substitution therefore of other awards, cash, or other consideration; or (iii) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.

Stock Options.    ISOs and NSOs are granted under stock option agreements adopted by the administrator. The administrator determines the exercise price for stock options, within the terms and conditions of our 2019 Plan, except the exercise price of a stock option generally will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under our 2019 Plan vest at the rate specified in the stock option agreement as determined by the administrator.

The administrator determines the term of stock options granted under our 2019 Plan, up to a maximum of 10 years. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases for any reason other than disability, death, or cause, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of three months following the cessation of service. This period may be extended if exercise of the option is prohibited by certain securities laws or our insider trading policy. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to death, or an optionholder dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the optionholder’s estate or certain other persons may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 18 months following the date of death. If an optionholder’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to disability, the optionholder may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months following the cessation of service. In the event of a termination for cause, options generally terminate upon the termination date. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Acceptable consideration for the purchase of our Class A common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the administrator and may include (i) cash, check, bank draft or money order; (ii) a broker-assisted cashless exercise; (iii) the tender of shares of our common stock previously owned by the optionholder; (iv) a net exercise of the option if it is an NSO; (v) a deferred payment or similar arrangement; or (vi) other legal consideration approved by the administrator.

Unless the administrator provides otherwise, options generally are not transferable except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Subject to approval of the administrator or a duly authorized officer, an option may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement, or other divorce or separation instrument.

Tax Limitations on ISOs.    The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our common stock with respect to ISOs that are exercisable for the first time by an optionholder during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will generally be treated as NSOs. No ISO may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our parent or subsidiary corporations unless (i) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant; and (ii) the term of the option does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

Changes to Capital Structure.    If there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split, reverse stock split, or recapitalization, the administrator will appropriately and proportionately adjust (i) the class(es) and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under our 2019 Plan; (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of shares that may be issued on the exercise of ISOs; and (iii) the class(es) and number of shares and price per share, if applicable, of stock subject to outstanding stock awards.

 

181


Table of Contents

Corporate Transaction.    Our 2019 Plan provides that in the event of a corporate transaction (as defined in our 2019 Plan), unless otherwise provided in an award agreement or other written agreement between us and the participant, the administrator may take one or more of the following actions with respect to outstanding stock awards:

 

   

arrange for the assumption, continuation, or substitution of a stock award by the surviving or acquiring corporation or its parent company;

 

   

arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to the surviving or acquiring corporation or its parent company;

 

   

accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the stock award and, if applicable, the time at which the stock award may be exercised, to a date prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction and provide for its termination if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction;

 

   

arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us;

 

   

cancel the stock award, to the extent not vested or not exercised prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction, in exchange for such cash consideration, if any, as the administrator deems appropriate; and

 

   

make a payment, in such form as determined by the administrator, equal to the excess, if any, of the value of the property the participant would have received upon the exercise of the stock award immediately prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction over any exercise price payable by the holder in connection with such exercise.

The administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards or portions of stock awards in the same manner and is not obligated to treat all participants in the same manner.

Change in Control.    A stock award under our 2019 Plan may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a change in control (as defined in our 2019 Plan) as may be provided in the award agreement or any other written agreement between us and the participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration will occur.

Plan Amendment and Termination.    The administrator may amend, suspend, or terminate our 2019 Plan at any time, provided that such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent. Certain material amendments of our 2019 Plan also require the approval of our stockholders. As noted above, no further awards will be granted under our 2019 Plan on or after the effectiveness of our 2021 Plan; however, awards outstanding under our 2019 Plan will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

2009 Stock Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2009 Plan in November 2009. Our 2009 Plan previously terminated and no new awards may be granted under it; however, awards outstanding under our 2009 Plan will continue to be governed by their existing terms. As of September 26, 2021, options to purchase 6,015,384 shares of our Class A common stock were outstanding under our 2009 Plan.

Stock Awards.    Our 2009 Plan provided for the grant of ISOs to our employees and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of NSOs, restricted stock purchase rights and restricted stock bonuses, to our employees, directors and consultants and any of our parent and subsidiary corporation’s employees and consultants.

 

182


Table of Contents

Plan Administration.    Our board of directors or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors administers our 2009 Plan. The administrator has the authority, to among other things, (i) interpret the terms of our 2009 Plan and awards granted thereunder, (ii) amend, modify, extend, cancel or renew any award granted under our 2009 Plan, and (iii) make all other determinations and take such other actions with respect to our 2009 Plan or any award granted thereunder as it deems advisable to extent not inconsistent with the terms of our 2009 Plan.

Options.    Options granted under our 2009 Plan have terms substantially similar to options that have been granted under our 2019 Plan.

Changes to Capital Structure.    If there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split, reverse stock split, or recapitalization, appropriate and proportionate adjustments will be made to (i) the number and kind of shares subject to outstanding awards; and (ii) the exercise or purchase price of outstanding awards.

Change in Control.    Our 2009 Plan provides that in the event of a change in control (as defined in our 2009 Plan), our board of directors may take one or more of the following actions with respect to outstanding awards: (i) accelerate the vesting and, if applicable, exercisability, of the award, (ii) arrange for the assumption, continuation or substitution of the award by the surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent), (iii) terminate the award if it is neither assumed or continued or substituted by the surviving or acquiring entity nor exercised as of the time of the consummation of the change in control, or (iv) cancel the award in exchange for a payment for each vested share (and each unvested share if so determined by our board of directors) subject to such award in cash, stock, or other property equal to the fair market value of the per share consideration payable in the change in control (net of any exercise or purchase price), with such payment being made in respect of any vested portion of the award as soon as practicable and in respect of any unvested portion of the award on the vesting schedule applicable to the award.

Plan Amendment.    Our board of directors has the authority to amend our 2009 Plan at any time, subject to stockholder approval if required by law or stock exchange rules. No amendment, however, may adversely affect any then outstanding award without the consent of the participant.

2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In September 2021, our board of directors adopted, and in October 2021 our stockholders approved, our ESPP. Our ESPP will become effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the date of the underwriting agreement related to this offering. The purpose of our ESPP is to secure the services of new employees, to retain the services of existing employees, and to provide incentives for such individuals to exert maximum efforts toward our success and that of our affiliates. Our ESPP includes two components. One component is designed to allow eligible U.S. employees to purchase our common stock in a manner that may qualify for favorable tax treatment under Section 423 of the Code. The other component permits the grant of purchase rights that do not qualify for such favorable tax treatment in order to allow deviations necessary to permit participation by eligible employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the U.S. while complying with applicable foreign laws.

Share Reserve.    Our ESPP authorizes the issuance of 3,000,000 shares of our common stock under purchase rights granted to our employees or to employees of any of our designated affiliates. The number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance will automatically increase on January 1 of each year for a period of ten years, beginning on January 1, 2023 and continuing through January 1, 2031, by the lesser of (i) 1% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on December 31 of the immediately preceding year; and (ii) 4,300,000 shares, except before the date of any such increase, our board of directors may determine that such increase will be less than the amount set forth in clauses (i) and (ii).

 

183


Table of Contents

Administration.    Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors, administers our ESPP. Our ESPP is implemented through a series of offerings under which eligible employees are granted purchase rights to purchase shares of our common stock on specified dates during such offerings. Under our ESPP, our board of directors may specify offerings with durations of not more than 27 months and to specify shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which shares of our common stock will be purchased for employees participating in the offering. Our ESPP provides that an offering may be terminated under certain circumstances.

Payroll Deductions.    Generally, all regular employees, including executive officers, employed by us or by any of our designated affiliates, may participate in our ESPP and to contribute, normally through payroll deductions, up to 15% of their earnings (as defined in our ESPP) for the purchase of our common stock under our ESPP. Unless otherwise determined by our board of directors, common stock will be purchased for the accounts of employees participating in our ESPP at a price per share that is not less than the lesser of (i) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the first day of an offering; or (ii) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of purchase.

Limitations.    Employees may have to satisfy one or more of the following service requirements before participating in our ESPP, as determined by our board of directors: (i) being customarily employed for more than 20 hours per week; (ii) being customarily employed for more than five months per calendar year; or (iii) continuous employment with us or one of our affiliates for a period of time (not to exceed two years). No employee may purchase shares under our ESPP at a rate in excess of $25,000 worth of our common stock (based on the fair market value per share of our common stock at the beginning of an offering) for each calendar year such a purchase right is outstanding. Finally, no employee will be eligible for the grant of any purchase rights under our ESPP if immediately after such rights are granted, such employee has voting power over 5% or more of our outstanding capital stock measured by vote or value under Section 424(d) of the Code.

Changes to Capital Structure.    Our ESPP provides that in the event there occurs a change in our capital structure through such actions as a stock split, merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure, or similar transaction, our board of directors will make appropriate adjustments to: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of shares reserved under our ESPP; (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year; (iii) the class(es) and number of shares subject to, and purchase price applicable to, outstanding offerings and purchase rights; and (iv) the class(es) and number of shares that are subject to purchase limits under ongoing offerings.

Corporate Transactions.    Our ESPP provides that in the event of a corporate transaction (as defined in the ESPP), any then-outstanding rights to purchase our common stock under our ESPP may be assumed, continued, or substituted for by any surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company). If the surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company) elects not to assume, continue, or substitute for such purchase rights, then the participants’ accumulated payroll contributions will be used to purchase shares of our common stock within 10 business days before such corporate transaction, and such purchase rights will terminate immediately after such purchase.

Plan Amendment or Termination.    Our board of directors has the authority to amend or terminate our ESPP, except in certain circumstances such amendment or termination may not materially impair any outstanding purchase rights without the holder’s consent. We will obtain stockholder approval of any amendment to our ESPP as required by applicable law or listing requirements.

 

184


Table of Contents

Indemnification Matters

Upon the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that limit the liability of our current and former directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Such limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering will authorize us to indemnify our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws that will be in upon the completion of this offering will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law and may indemnify our other employees and agents. Our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering will also provide that, on satisfaction of certain conditions, we will advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With certain exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe these provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and these indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain customary directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted for directors, executive officers or persons controlling us, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

185


Table of Contents

Rule 10b5-1 Sales Plans

Our directors and officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our Class A common stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades under parameters established by the director or officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from them. The director or officer may amend a Rule 10b5-1 plan in some circumstances and may terminate a plan at any time. Our directors and executive officers may also buy or sell additional shares outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they do not possess of material nonpublic information, subject to compliance with the terms of our insider trading policy.

 

186


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Other than compensation arrangements for our directors and executive officers, which are described elsewhere in this prospectus, below we describe transactions since January 1, 2018 to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:

 

   

the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

   

any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock, or any member of the immediate family of, or person sharing the household with, the foregoing persons, which we refer to as our related parties, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Series J Preferred Stock Financing

From January to February 2021, we completed the closing of the sale of an aggregate of 6,669,146 shares of our Series J preferred stock at a purchase price of $17.10 per share, and, in connection with the sale of such shares of Series J preferred stock, we issued to each purchaser of Series J preferred stock certain warrants to purchase additional shares of Series J preferred stock pursuant to the terms thereof.

The table below sets forth the number of shares of our Series J preferred stock purchased by our related parties as well as the maximum number of shares of Series J preferred stock issuable upon exercise of the above-referenced warrants.

 

Stockholder(1)

   Shares of Series J
Preferred
Stock
     Total
Purchase Price
($)
     Maximum Shares of Series J
Preferred Stock Issuable
Upon Exercise of Warrants
 

The Yoel and Monia Sherry Neman Family Trust(2)

     175,438      $ 3,000,000        52,631  

Christophe Jammet(3)

     12,865      $ 220,000        3,859  

Bradley Singer and affiliate(4)

     233,917      $ 4,000,000        70,174  

D1 Master Holdco I LLC

     1,111,111      $ 18,999,998        333,333  

Entities associated with Lone Pine Capital LLC(5)

     288,600      $ 4,936,086        86,597  

Entities associated with Fidelity Management & Research Company(6)

     1,403,508      $ 23,999,987        421,043  

Entities associated with Anchorage Capital Group, L.L.C.(7)

     327,115      $ 5,593,667        98,134  

 

(1)

Additional details regarding certain of these stockholders and their equity holdings are included in this prospectus under the section titled “Principal Stockholders.”

(2)

The Yoel and Monia Sherry Neman Trust is affiliated with the parents of Jonathan Neman, a member of our board of directors and our Chief Executive Officer.

(3)

Christophe Jammet is the brother of Nicolas Jammet, a member of our board of directors and our Chief Concept Officer.

(4)

Includes shares purchased by The Singer 2013 Children’s Trust U/A/D 10/15/13, a trust affiliated with Mr. Singer.

(5)

The entities affiliated with Lone Pine Capital LLC whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Lone Spruce, L.P., Lone Cypress, Ltd., Lone Cascade, L.P., Lone Sierra, L.P., and Lone Monterey Master Fund, Ltd.

(6)

The entities affiliated with Fidelity Management & Research Company whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity Blue Chip Growth Fund, Fidelity Blue Chip Growth Commingled Pool, Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity Flex Large Cap Growth Fund, Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity Blue Chip Growth K6 Fund, Fidelity Blue Chip Growth Institutional Trust, Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity Series Blue Chip Growth Fund, FIAM Target Date Blue Chip Growth Commingled Pool, Variable Insurance Products Fund III: Growth Opportunities Portfolio, Fidelity Advisor Series I: Fidelity Advisor Growth Opportunities Fund, Fidelity Advisor Series I: Fidelity Advisor Series Growth Opportunities Fund, Fidelity U.S. Growth Opportunities Investment Trust, Fidelity NorthStar

 

187


Table of Contents
  Fund, Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Growth Company Fund, Fidelity Growth Company Commingled Pool, and Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Growth Company K6 Fund. These entities beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.
(7)

The entities affiliated with Anchorage Capital Group, L.L.C. are Anchorage Illiquid Opportunities Offshore Master V, L.P. and Anchorage Illiquid Opportunities Master VI (A), L.P. These entities beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

Series I Preferred Stock Financing

In September 2019, we completed the closing of the sale of an aggregate of 8,771,925 shares of our Series I preferred stock at a purchase price of $17.10 per share.

The table below sets forth the number of shares of our Series I preferred stock purchased by our related parties.

 

Stockholder(1)

   Shares of Series I
Preferred
Stock
     Total
Purchase Price
($)
 

D1 Capital Partners Master LP

     2,066,188      $ 35,331,815  

Entities associated with Lone Pine Capital LLC(2)

     2,066,188      $ 35,331,815  

Entities associated with Fidelity Management & Research Company(3)

     2,066,188      $ 35,331,815  

Certain funds and accounts advised or subadvised by T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.(4)

     835,077      $ 14,279,817  

Entities associated with Anchorage Capital Group, L.L.C.(5)

     430,235      $ 7,357,019  

 

(1)

Additional details regarding these stockholders and their equity holdings are included in this prospectus under the section titled “Principal Stockholders.”

(2)

The entities affiliated with Lone Pine Capital LLC whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Lone Spruce, L.P. and Lone Cypress, Ltd. Certain of the shares were subsequently transferred to Lone Cascade, L.P., Lone Sierra, L.P., and Lone Monterey Master Fund, Ltd.

(3)

The entities affiliated with Fidelity Management & Research Company whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Variable Insurance Products Fund III: Growth Opportunities Portfolio, Fidelity Advisor Series I: Fidelity Advisor Growth Opportunities Fund, Fidelity Advisor Series I: Fidelity Advisory Series Growth Opportunities Fund, Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Series Growth Company Fund, Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Growth Company Fund, Fidelity Growth Company Commingled Pool, Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust : Fidelity Growth Company K6 Fund, Fidelity Contrafund: Fidelity Advisor New Insights Fund, Fidelity U.S. Multi-Cap Investment Trust, Fidelity U.S. All Cap Fund, Fidelity Concord Street Trust: Fidelity Mid-Cap Stock Fund, Fidelity Mid-Cap Stock Commingled Pool, Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity New Millennium Fund, Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity Blue Chip Growth Fund, Fidelity Blue Chip Growth Commingled Poo, Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity Flex Large Cap Growth Fund, Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity Blue Chip Growth K6 Fund, Fidelity Blue Chip Growth Institutional Trust, and FIAM Target Date Blue Chip Growth Commingled Pool. These entities beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

(4)

Certain funds and accounts advised or subadvised by T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are T. Rowe Price New Horizons Fund, Inc, T. Rowe Price New Horizons Trust, T. Rowe Price U.S. Equities Trust, MassMutual Select Funds – MassMutual Select T. Rowe Price Small and Mid Cap Blend Fund, T. Rowe Price Small-Cap Value Fund, Inc., and T. Rowe Price U.S. Small-Cap Value Equity Trust. These entities beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

(5)

The entities affiliated with Anchorage Capital Group, L.L.C. are Anchorage Illiquid Opportunities Offshore Master V, L.P. and Anchorage Illiquid Opportunities Master VI (A), L.P. These entities beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

Series H Preferred Stock Financing

In November 2018, we completed the closing of the sale of an aggregate of 15,337,423 shares of our Series H preferred stock at a purchase price of $13.04 per share.

 

188


Table of Contents

The table below sets forth the number of shares of our Series H preferred stock purchased by our related parties.

 

Stockholder(1)

   Shares of Series H
Preferred
Stock
     Total
Purchase Price
($)
 

Entities associated with Fidelity Management & Research Company(2)

     6,901,841      $ 90,000,007  

Entities associated with Anchorage Capital Group, L.L.C.(3)

     3,834,355      $ 49,999,989  

 

(1)

Additional details regarding these stockholders and their equity holdings are included in this prospectus under the section titled “Principal Stockholders.”

(2)

The entities affiliated with Fidelity Management & Research Company whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Series Growth Company Fund, Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Growth Company Fund, Fidelity Growth Company Commingled Pool, Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity Blue Chip Growth Fund, Fidelity Blue Chip Growth Commingled Pool, Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity Flex Large Cap Growth Fund, Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity Blue Chip Growth K6 Fund, Fidelity Blue Chip Growth Institutional Trust, Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity Series Blue Chip Growth Fund, FIAM Target Date Blue Chip Growth Commingled Pool, and Fidelity Magellan Fund: Fidelity Magellan Fund. These entities beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

(3)

The entities affiliated with Anchorage Capital Group, L.L.C. are Anchorage Illiquid Opportunities Offshore Master V, L.P. and Anchorage Illiquid Opportunities Master VI (A), L.P. These entities beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

Series G Preferred Stock Financing

From February to May 2018, we completed the closing of an aggregate of 3,322,223 shares of our Series G preferred stock at a purchase price of $9.00 per share, in an extension to our prior Series G preferred stock financing round.

The table below sets forth the number of shares of our Series G preferred stock purchased by our related parties.

 

Stockholder(1)

   Shares of Series G
Preferred
Stock
     Total
Purchase Price
($)
 

The Reback-Costin Family Trust(2)

     20,000      $ 180,000  

Anchorage Illiquid Opportunities Master VI (A), L.P.

     127,118      $ 1,144,062  

Certain funds and accounts advised or subadvised by T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.(3)

     1,333,333      $ 11,999,997  

 

(1)

Additional details regarding certain of these stockholders and their equity holdings are included in this prospectus under the section titled “Principal Stockholders.”

(2)

The Reback-Costin Family Trust is for the benefit of Mitch Reback, our Chief Financial Officer.

(3)

Certain funds and accounts advised or subadvised by T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are T. Rowe Price New Horizons Fund, Inc, T. Rowe Price New Horizons Trust, T. Rowe Price U.S. Equities Trust, MassMutual Select Funds – MassMutual Select T. Rowe Price Small and Mid Cap Blend Fund, T. Rowe Price Small-Cap Value Fund, Inc., and T. Rowe Price U.S. Small-Cap Value Equity Trust. These entities beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

Secondary Transactions

Pursuant to certain agreements with our stockholders, including our amended and restated stockholders’ agreement, dated as of January 21, 2021, our amended and restated bylaws, as amended to date, and our equity incentive plans and the equity award documentation thereunder, as amended to date, certain shares of our capital stock are subject to transfer restrictions and/or a right of first refusal in our, or our assignee’s, favor. Since January 1, 2018, in transactions involving related parties and in excess of $120,000, we have waived such rights of first refusal or transfer restrictions in connection with the purchase and sale of (i) 2,361,841 shares of our common stock, (ii) 25,482 shares

 

189


Table of Contents

of our Series A preferred stock, (iii) 65,000 shares of our Series B preferred stock, (iv) 283,716 shares of our Series C preferred stock, (v) 37,174 shares of our Series D preferred stock, (vi) 171,990 shares of our Series E preferred stock, (vii) 32,993 shares of our Series F preferred stock, and (viii) 201,666 shares of our Series G preferred stock, in an aggregate of 28 separate transactions. Certain of our current or former directors or officers, including Jonathan Neman, Nathaniel Ru, Nicolas Jammet, Mike Hilsop, and Stephen M. Case, or their affiliated entities, as well as holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, including entities related to D1 Capital, Lone Pine Capital, and Fidelity, were parties to one or more of the foregoing transactions.

Since January 1, 2018, certain holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, including entities related to Revolution Growth, which is an affiliate of Stephen M. Case, Fidelity, Lone Pine Capital, and D1 Capital were also party to one or more purchases and sales of: (i) 5,629,997 shares of our Series D preferred stock and (ii) 766,871 shares of our Series H preferred stock, in an aggregate of 6 separate transactions involving in excess of $120,000.

Stockholders’, Management Rights and Co-Sale Agreements

In connection with our preferred stock financings, we entered into stockholders’, management rights and right of first refusal and co-sale agreements containing registration rights, information rights, rights of first offer, voting rights and rights of first refusal, among other things, with certain holders of our capital stock. The holders of more than 5% of our capital stock that are party to these agreements are D1 Master Holdco I LLC, entities associated with Lone Pine Capital LLC, entities associated with Revolution Growth (which are affiliates of Stephen M. Case, a member of our board of directors), entities associated with Fidelity Management & Research Company, entities associated with Anchorage Capital Group, L.L.C. and certain funds and accounts advised or subadvised by T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. In addition, Jonathan Neman, our Chief Executive Officer and member of our board of directors, Nicolas Jammet, our Chief Concept Officer and member of our board of directors, and Nathaniel Ru, our Chief Brand Officer and member of our board of directors, are also parties to our stockholders’ agreement and right of first refusal and co-sale agreement, as well as certain entities under the control of the foregoing persons or for their benefit. Certain related parties of Mr. Neman, Mr. Ru, and Mr. Jammet, including members of such persons’ immediate family, are party to our stockholders’ agreement and/or right of first refusal agreement in their capacity as our investors. Mitch Reback (our Chief Financial Officer) and Neil Blumenthal, Youngme Moon, Valerie Jarrett, Cliff Burrows, and Bradley Singer (non-employee members of our board of directors), and/or their related parties (as may be applicable), including members of such persons’ immediate family, are party to our stockholders’ agreement and/or right of first refusal agreement in their capacity as our stockholders.

The stockholder agreements described above will terminate upon the closing of this offering, except for the registration rights granted under our stockholders’ agreement, which will terminate upon the earlier of: (i) five years after the completion of this offering; and (ii) with respect to any particular stockholder, such time as such stockholder can sell all of its shares under Rule 144 of the Securities Act or another similar exemption during any three-month period, provided that such stockholder holds less than one percent of our outstanding capital stock. For a description of the registration rights, see the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Loans to Directors and Executive Officers

We previously made loans to certain of our directors and executive officers. As described below, each of the loans has been fully repaid. Certain of our directors and executive officers also have outstanding loans with an affiliate of J.P. Morgan Securities, LLC, which is one of the underwriters for this initial public offering.

 

190


Table of Contents

Loans to Jonathan Neman

In September 2020, in connection with the exercise of stock options, we made loans to Jonathan Neman, our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors, in the amounts of $4,282,995 and $717,000, each with interest at 0.35%, compounded annually. The loans were made pursuant to partial recourse promissory notes and secured by pledges of 551,222 shares and 150,000 shares of our common stock, respectively, purchased by Mr. Neman with the proceeds of the loans. These loans were fully repaid as of September 2021.

Loans to Nicolas Jammet

In September 2020, in connection with the exercise of stock options, we made loans to Nicolas Jammet, our Chief Concept Officer and a member of our board of directors, in the amounts of $4,282,995 and $717,000, each with interest at 0.35%, compounded annually. The loans were made pursuant to partial recourse promissory notes and secured by pledges of 551,222 shares and 150,000 shares of our common stock, respectively, purchased by Mr. Jammet with the proceeds of the loans. These loans were fully repaid as of September 2021.

Loans to Nathaniel Ru

In September 2020, in connection with the exercise of stock options, we made loans to Nathaniel Ru, our Chief Brand Officer and a member of our board of directors, in the amounts of $4,282,995 and $717,000, each with interest at 0.35%, compounded annually. The loans were made pursuant to partial recourse promissory notes and secured by pledges of 551,222 shares and 150,000 shares of our common stock, respectively, purchased by Mr. Ru with the proceeds of the loans. These loans were fully repaid as of September 2021.

Loan to Mitch Reback

In February 2019, in connection with the exercise of stock options, we loaned Mitch Reback, our Chief Financial Officer, $717,600, with interest at 4.0% per annum. The loan was made pursuant to a partial recourse promissory note and secured by a pledge of 120,000 shares of our common stock purchased by Mr. Reback with the proceeds of the loan. This loan was fully repaid as of August 2021.

Loan to Neil Blumenthal

In September 2020, in connection with the exercise of stock options, we loaned Neil Blumenthal, a member of our board of directors, $279,750, with interest at 0.35%, compounded annually. The loan was made pursuant to a partial recourse promissory note and secured by a pledge of 75,000 shares of our common stock purchased by Mr. Blumenthal with the proceeds of the loan. This loan was fully repaid as of September 2021.

Loans to Youngme Moon

In September 2020, in connection with the exercise of stock options, we made loans to Youngme Moon, a member of our board of directors, in the amounts of $235,500 and $233,100, each with interest at 0.35%, compounded annually. The loans were made pursuant to partial recourse promissory notes and secured by a pledge of 75,000 shares and 30,000 shares of our Class A common stock, respectively, purchased by Ms. Moon with the proceeds of the loans. These loans were fully repaid as of August 2021.

Loan to Valerie Jarrett

In September 2020, in connection with the exercise of stock options, we loaned Valerie Jarrett, a member of our board of directors, $239,000, with interest at 0.35%, compounded annually. The loan

 

191


Table of Contents

was made pursuant to a partial recourse promissory note and secured by a pledge of 50,000 shares of our common stock purchased by Ms. Jarrett with the proceeds of the loan. This loan was fully repaid as of August 2021.

Loans to Cliff Burrows

In September 2020, in connection with the exercise of stock options, we made loans to Cliff Burrows, a member of our board of directors, in the amounts $239,000 and $77,000, each with interest at 0.35%, compounded annually. The loans were made pursuant to partial recourse promissory notes and secured by pledges of 50,000 shares and 10,000 shares of our common stock, respectively, purchased by Mr. Burrows with the proceeds of the loans. These loans were fully repaid as of August 2021.

Prior Founder Loans

In December 2013, February 2015, and September 2016 we made loans to each of Jonathan Neman, our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors, Nicolas Jammet, our Chief Concept Officer and a member of our board of directors, and Nathaniel Ru, our Chief Brand Officer and a member of our board of directors. The 2013 loans were each in the amount of $500,000, the 2015 loans were each in the amount of $333,333, and the 2016 loans were each in the amount of $500,000, respectively, and each bears simple interest at 4.0% per annum. The loans were made pursuant to non-recourse promissory notes and the 2013 loans were each secured by pledges of 1,560,000 shares, the 2015 loans were each secured by pledges of 520,000 shares, and the 2015 loans were each secured by pledges of 416,667 shares, respectively, of our common stock. These loans were fully repaid as of September 2021.

Other Transactions

We have entered into employment agreements with our executive officers that, among other things, may provide for certain compensatory and change in control benefits, as well as severance benefits. We have also entered into offer letters with certain of our non-employee directors with respect to their service as our directors. For a description of these agreements with our named executive officers, see the section titled “Executive Compensation.”

We have also granted stock options to our executive officers and certain of our non-employee directors. For a description of these equity awards, see the section titled “Executive Compensation.”

Jonathan Neman (our Chief Executive Officer and a member of board of directors), Nicolas Jammet (our Chief Concept Officer and a member of our board of directors), Nathaniel Ru (our Chief Brand Officer and member of our board of directors), and Mitch Reback (our Chief Financial Officer) each hold indirect minority passive equity interests in Luzzatto Opportunity Fund II, LLC, an entity which holds indirect equity interests in Welcome to the Dairy, LLC, which is the owner of our the property leased by us at 3101 W. Exposition Boulevard, Los Angeles, CA 90018, for our sweetgreen Support Center. Beginning in August 2021 and continuing through the term of the lease, which expires in February 2032, we will pay to Welcome to the Dairy, LLC graduated monthly base rent installments ranging from $181,695 to $244,183.

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into indemnification agreements with certain of our current directors and executive officers, and intend to enter into new indemnification agreements with each of our current directors and executive officers before the completion of this offering. Our amended and restated

 

192


Table of Contents

certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Indemnification Matters.”

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price per share up to                 % of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus for sale at the initial public offering price through a directed share program to certain individuals identified by management. See the section titled “Underwriting—Directed Share Program.”

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to adopt a written policy that our executive officers, directors, nominees for election as a director, beneficial owners of more than 5% of any class of our common stock and any members of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons are not permitted to enter into a related party transaction with us without the approval or ratification of our board of directors or our audit committee. Any request for us to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, nominee for election as a director, beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our common stock or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and such person would have a direct or indirect interest, must be presented to our board of directors or our audit committee for review, consideration and approval. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, our board of directors or our audit committee is to consider the material facts of the transaction, including whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related party’s interest in the transaction.

 

193


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth, as of September 26, 2021, information regarding beneficial ownership of our capital stock by:

 

   

each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock;

 

   

each of our named executive officers;

 

   

each of our directors; and

 

   

all of our current executive officers and directors as a group.

The percentage ownership information under the column titled “Prior to Offering” is based on              shares of our Class A common stock and 13,477,303 shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of September 26, 2021, after giving effect to the Reclassification and Exchange and the Spyce Conversion as if they had occurred as of September 26, 2021. The percentage ownership information under the column titled “After Offering” is based on              shares of Class A common stock and 13,477,303 shares of Class B common stock outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering, after giving effect to the Reclassification and Exchange and the sale of             shares of Class A common stock by us in this offering, and assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.

Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC and generally means that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power of that security, including options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of September 26, 2021. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock shown that they beneficially own, subject to community property laws where applicable. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose.

Shares of Class A common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of options or warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of September 26, 2021 are deemed to be outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of the person holding these options and warrants and the percentage ownership of any group of which the holder is a member but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person, except that, as described above, the number of shares outstanding used for computing the percentage ownership for each person assumes the issuance of              shares of Class A common stock in connection with the Series J Warrant Net Exercise.

Unless otherwise noted below, the address for each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Sweetgreen, Inc., 3101 Exposition Boulevard, Los Angeles, California 90018.

 

194


Table of Contents
    Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to Offering
     Shares Beneficially Owned
After Offering
 
    Class A Common
Stock
    Class B Common
Stock
    % of
Total
Voting
Power
     Class A
Common Stock
    Class B Common
Stock
    % of
Total
Voting
Power
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

  Shares     %     Shares     %      Shares     %     Shares     %  

5% Stockholders

                                                                                     

Entities affiliated with Fidelity(1)

                    

Entities affiliated with T. Rowe Price(2)

    8,524,197                     

Entities affiliated with Revolution Growth(3)

    6,241,521                     

D1 Master Holdco I LLC(4)

                    

Jonathan Neman and affiliates(5)

    1,781,942         4,684,133       34.8             

Nicolas H. Jammet and affiliates(6)

    837,951         4,398,149       32.6             

Nathaniel Ru and affiliates(7)

    837,951         4,395,021       32.6             

Entities affiliated with Anchorage Capital Group, L.L.C.(8)

                    

Entities affiliated with Lone Pine Capital LLC(9)

                    

Directors and Named Executive Officers

                    

Jonathan Neman(5)

    1,781,942         4,984,133       34.8             

Chris Carr(10)

    131,250                     

Jim McPhail(11)

    77,083                     

Neil Blumenthal

    75,000                     

Julie Bornstein(10)

    12,500                     

Cliff Burrows

    60,000                     

Stephen M. Case(12)

    6,405,065                     

Nicolas H. Jammet(6)

    837,951         4,398,149       32.6             

Valerie Jarrett

    50,000                     

Youngme Moon

    105,000                     

Nathaniel Ru(7)

    837,951         4,395,021       32.6             

Bradley Singer(13)

    254,750                     

All directors and executive officers as a group (16 persons)(14)

    11,278,075         13,477,303       100.0             

 

*

Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

(1)

Consists of (i) 4,414,688 shares held by, and              shares issuable in connection with the Series J Warrant Net Exercise to, Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity Blue Chip Growth Fund; (ii) 775,600 shares held by Fidelity Contrafund: Fidelity Advisor New Insights Fund – Sub B; (iii) 1,164,800 shares held by, and              shares issuable in connection with the Series J Warrant Net Exercise to, Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Growth Company Fund; (iv) 1,046,648 shares held by, and              shares issuable in connection with the Series J Warrant Net Exercise to, Fidelity Growth Company Commingled Pool; (v) 213,900 shares held by Fidelity Concord Street Trust: Fidelity Mid-Cap Stock Fund; (vi) 588,089 shares held by, and              shares issuable in connection with the Series J Warrant Net Exercise to, Fidelity Advisor Series I: Fidelity Advisor Growth Opportunities Fund; (vii) 87,300 shares held by Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity New Millennium Fund; (viii) 398,690 shares held by, and              shares issuable in connection with the Series J Warrant Net Exercise to, FIAM Target Date Blue Chip Growth Commingled Pool; (ix) 241,551 shares held by Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Series Growth Company Fund; (x) 317,975 shares held by, and              shares issuable in connection with the Series J Warrant Net Exercise to, Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity Blue Chip Growth K6 Fund; (xi) 97,301 shares held by, and              shares issuable in connection with the Series J Warrant Net Exercise to, Variable Insurance Products Fund III: VIP Growth Opportunities Portfolio; (xii) 31,959 shares held by Fidelity U.S. All Cap Fund; (xiii) 166,522 shares held by, and              shares issuable in connection with the Series J Warrant Net Exercise to, Fidelity Blue Chip Growth Commingled Pool; (xiv) 31,363 shares held by, and              shares issuable in connection with the Series J Warrant Net Exercise to, Fidelity Advisor

 

195


Table of Contents
  Series I: Fidelity Advisor Series Growth Opportunities Fund; (xv) 8,000 shares held by Fidelity Mid-Cap Stock Commingled Pool; (xvi) 15,249 shares held by, and              shares issuable in connection with the Series J Warrant Net Exercise to, Fidelity Blue Chip Institutional Trust; (xvii) 133,374 shares held by, and              shares issuable in connection with the Series J Warrant Net Exercise to, Fidelity Mt. Vernon Street Trust: Fidelity Growth Company K6 Fund; (xviii) 3,341 shares held by, and              shares issuable in connection with the Series J Warrant Net Exercise to, Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity Flex Large Cap Growth Fund; (xix) 766,499 shares held by, and              shares issuable in connection with the Series J Warrant Net Exercise to, Fidelity Securities Fund: Fidelity Series Blue Chip Growth Fund; (xx) 4,466 shares held by, and              shares issuable in connection with the Series J Warrant Net Exercise to, Fidelity U.S. Growth Opportunities Investment Trust; and (xxi) 16,817 shares held by, and              shares issuable in connection with the Series J Warrant Net Exercise to, Fidelity NorthStar Fund. These accounts are managed by direct or indirect subsidiaries of FMR LLC. Abigail P. Johnson is a Director, the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer, and the President of FMR LLC. Members of the Johnson family, including Abigail P. Johnson, are the predominant owners, directly or through trusts, of Series B voting common shares of FMR LLC, representing 49% of the voting power of FMR LLC. The Johnson family group and all other Series B shareholders have entered into a shareholders’ voting agreement under which all Series B voting common shares will be voted in accordance with the majority vote of Series B voting common shares. Accordingly, through their ownership of voting common shares and the execution of the shareholders’ voting agreement, members of the Johnson family may be deemed, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, to form a controlling group with respect to FMR LLC. Neither FMR LLC nor Abigail P. Johnson has the sole power to vote or direct the voting of the shares owned directly by the various investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act (“Fidelity Funds”) advised by Fidelity Management & Research Company (“FMR Co”), a wholly owned subsidiary of FMR LLC, which power resides with the Fidelity Funds’ Boards of Trustees. Fidelity Management & Research Company carries out the voting of the shares under written guidelines established by the Fidelity Funds’ Boards of Trustees. The business address for FMR LLC is 200 Seaport Blvd. V12E, Boston, MA 02210.
(2)

Consists of 679,577 shares held by T. Rowe Price New Horizons Trust, 197,925 shares held by T. Rowe Price U.S. Small-Cap Value Equity Trust, 6,296,989 shares held by T. Rowe Price New Horizons Fund, Inc., 7,919 shares held by MassMutual Select Funds – MassMutual Select T. Rowe Price Small and Mid-Cap Blend Fund; 38,574 shares held by T. Rowe Price U.S. Equities Trust, and 1,303,213 shares held by T. Rowe Price Small-Cap Value Fund, Inc. T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. (“TRPA”) serves as investment adviser with power to direct investment and/or sole power to vote the shares listed above. TRPA may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of all of the shares listed above but disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. The address for each of the entities listed above is 100 East Pratt Street, Baltimore, MD 21202.

(3)

Consists of 2,080,497 shares held by Georgetown SG Holdings, LLC, 2,080,527 shares held by Revolution Growth II, LP, and 2,080,497 shares held by Tavern Green Holdings, LLC. Steven J. Murray, is the operating manager of the ultimate general partner of Revolution Growth II, LP, the sole member of Georgetown SG Holdings, LLC and Tavern Green Holdings, LLC, and has the power to vote the shares held by Georgetown SG Holdings, LLC, Revolution Growth II, LP and Tavern Green Holdings, LLC. Mr. Murray, Theodore J. Leonis, and Stephen M. Case, one of our directors, may be deemed to share dispositive power over the shares held by Georgetown SG Holdings, LLC, Revolution Growth II, LP and Tavern Green Holdings, LLC. Mr. Case’s LP and GP interests in Revolution Growth II, LP are pledged as security in connection with a credit facility, and therefore the shares held by Revolution Growth II, LP, Tavern Green Holdings, LLC and Georgetown SG Holdings, LLC that are beneficially owned by Mr. Case may be considered indirectly pledged as security. The address for the each of the entities and persons listed above is 1717 Rhode Island Ave., NW, 10th Floor, Washington, DC 20036.

(4)

Consists of 5,565,105 shares held and              shares issuable in connection with the Series J Warrant Net Exercise. D1 Capital Partners L.P. (the “D1 Management Company”) is a registered investment adviser and serves as the investment manager of private investment vehicles and accounts, including D1 Master Holdco I LLC, and may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of common stock held by D1 Master Holdco I LLC. Daniel Sundheim indirectly controls the D1 Management Company. The business address of each of D1 Master HoldCo I LLC, D1 Capital Partners L.P. and Daniel Sundheim is 9 West 57th Street, 36th Floor, New York, NY 10019.

(5)

Consists of (i) 1,059,985 shares held by Jonathan Neman, (ii) 2,942,699 shares held by Jonathan Neman Revocable Trust U/T/A dated October 7, 2016, for which Mr. Neman is the trustee, (iii) 181,449 shares held by Nicholas H. Jammet, as Trustee of the Jonathan Neman 2014 GRAT, (iv) 943,991 shares held by the JDRB Trust of which Mr. Neman is the beneficiary, (v) 500,000 shares held by the Neman Descendants Trust U/T/A dated September 3, 2021, J.P. Morgan Trust Company of Delaware as Trustee and (vi) 837,951 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 26, 2021.

(6)

Consists of (i) 1,060,337 shares held by Nicolas H. Jammet, (ii) 2,653,309 shares by Nicolas Jammet Revocable Trust U/T/A dated October 7, 2016, for which Mr. Jammet is the trustee, (iii) 184,503 shares held by Patrick Jammet, as Trustee of the Nicolas H. Jammet 2014 GRAT, (iv) 500,000 shares held by the Jammet Descendants Trust U/T/A dated September 3, 2021, J.P. Morgan Trust Company of Delaware as Trustee and (v) 837,951 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 26, 2021.

(7)

Consists of (i) 1,060,035 shares held by Nathaniel Ru, (ii) 2,753,100 held by Nathaniel Ru Revocable Trust U/T/A dated October 7, 2016, for which Mr. Ru is the trustee, (iii) 181,886 shares held by Jonathan Neman, as Trustee of the Nathaniel Espinoza Ru 2014 GRAT, (iv) 400,000 shares held by the Ru Descendants Trust U/T/A dated September 17, 2021, J.P. Morgan Trust Company of Delaware as Trustee and (v) 837,951 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 26, 2021.

 

196


Table of Contents
(8)

Consists of 2,330,264 shares held by, and              shares issuable in connection with the Series J Warrant Net Exercise to, AIO VI Holdings (Cayman) LLC (“AIO VI(A)”) and 2,388,559 shares held by, and              shares issuable in connection with the Series J Warrant Net Exercise to, AIO V Holdings (Cayman) LLC (“AIO V”). Anchorage Advisors Management, L.L.C. is the sole managing member of Anchorage Capital Group, L.L.C., which in turn is the investment manager of AIO VI(A) and AIO V. Mr. Kevin Ulrich is the Chief Executive Officer of Anchorage Capital Group, L.L.C. and the senior managing member of Anchorage Advisors Management, L.L.C. As such, each of the foregoing persons may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the Shares held by AIO VI(A) and AIO V. Each of the foregoing persons disclaims beneficial ownership of the Shares held by AIO VI(A) and AIO V, except of any pecuniary interests therein. The business address of each of the entities and persons listed above is c/o Anchorage Capital Group, L.L.C., 610 Broadway, 6th Floor, New York, NY 10012.

(9)

Consists of (i) 2,024,284 shares held by, and             shares issuable in connection with the Series J Warrant Net Exercise to, Lone Cypress, Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company (“Lone Cypress”), (ii) 1,992,800 shares held by, and             shares issuable in connection with the Series J Warrant Net Exercise to, Lone Cascade, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Lone Cascade”), (iii) 72,462 shares held by, and             shares issuable in connection with the Series J Warrant Net Exercise to, Lone Monterey Master Fund, Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company (“Lone Monterey Master Fund”), (iv) 39,414 shares held by, and             shares issuable in connection with the Series J Warrant Net Exercise to, Lone Spruce, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Lone Spruce”), and (v) 35,123 shares held by, and             shares issuable in connection with the Series J Warrant Net Exercise to, Lone Sierra, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Lone Sierra,” and, together with Lone Cypress, Lone Cascade, Lone Monterey Master Fund, and Lone Spruce, the “Lone Pine Funds”). Lone Pine Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Lone Pine Capital”), serves as investment manager to Lone Spruce, Lone Cascade, Lone Sierra, Lone Cypress, and Lone Monterey Master Fund with respect to the securities of the Company directly held by each of the Lone Pine Funds and has the authority to dispose of and vote the securities of the Company directly held by the Lone Pine Funds. Each of David F. Craver, Brian F. Doherty, Mala Gaonkar, Kelly A. Granat and Kerry A Tyler is an Executive Committee Member of Lone Pine Managing Member LLC, which is the Managing Member of Lone Pine Capital, with respect to the securities directly held by each of the Lone Pine Funds. Stephen F. Mandel, Jr. is the Managing Member of Lone Pine Managing Member LLC, which is the Managing Member of Lone Pine Capital, with respect to the securities directly held by each of the Lone Pine Funds. Each of David F. Craver, Brian F. Doherty, Mala Gaonkar, Kelly A. Granat, Kerry A. Tyler, and Stephen F. Mandel, Jr. may be deemed to beneficially own the securities held by the Lone Pine Funds and each of them disclaims beneficial ownership of these securities. The business address of Lone Pine Capital LLC and the Executive Committee Members is Two Greenwich Plaza, Greenwich, Connecticut 06830.

(10)

Represents shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 26, 2021.

(11)

Consists of (i) 13,000 shares held by James McPhail and (ii) 64,083 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 26, 2021.

(12)

Consists of 163,544 shares held by TF Group Holdings LLC. Mr. Case is the ultimate beneficial owner of the shares held by TF Group Holdings LLC and has the power to vote and dispose of such shares. Also includes the shares described in footnote number 3 above.

(13)

Consists of (i) 175,438 shares held by Bradley Singer, (ii) 58,479 shares held by The Singer 2013 Children’s Trust U/A/D 10/15/13 for which Mr. Singer and Alexandra T. Singer are trustees, and (iii) 20,833 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 26, 2021.

(14)

Consists of (i) 21,751,365 shares beneficially owned by our current executive officers and directors and (ii) 3,004,013 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 26, 2021.

 

197


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following description of our capital stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, as well as the relevant provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Copies of these documents will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part.

Upon the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 2,500,000,000 shares, all with a par value of $0.001 per share, of which:

 

   

2,000,000,000 shares will be designated Class A common stock;

 

   

300,000,000 shares will be designated Class B common stock; and

 

   

200,000,000 shares will be designated preferred stock.

As of September 26, 2021, we had outstanding              shares of Class A common stock and 13,477,303 shares of Class B common stock, after giving effect to the Reclassification and Exchange and the Spyce Conversion as if they had occurred as of September 26, 2021.

Our outstanding capital stock was held by 690 stockholders of record as of September 26, 2021. Our board of directors is authorized, without stockholder approval except as required by the NYSE listing standards, to issue additional shares of our capital stock.

Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock

Upon the completion of this offering, we will have authorized Class A common stock and Class B common stock. All outstanding shares of our existing common stock and all outstanding shares of our existing preferred stock will be reclassified into shares of our new Class B common stock. In addition, options and warrants to purchase shares of our capital stock outstanding prior to the completion of this offering will become eligible to be settled in or exercisable for shares of our Class B common stock.

Voting Rights

Holders of Class A common stock will be entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. Holders of Class B common stock will be entitled to ten votes per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. The holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will generally vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders (including the election of directors), unless otherwise required by Delaware law or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Immediately following the completion of this offering, all outstanding shares of our Class B common stock will be beneficially owned by our founders, Jonathan Neman, Nicolas Jammet, and Nathaniel Ru, who will collectively represent approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, and will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of our directors and the approval of any change in control transaction.

Under Delaware law, holders of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock would be entitled to vote as a separate class if a proposed amendment to our amended and restated certificate

 

198


Table of Contents

of incorporation would increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares of such class, increase or decrease the par value of the shares of such class, or alter or change the powers, preferences, or special rights of the shares of such class so as to affect them adversely. As a result, in these limited instances, the holders of a majority of the Class A common stock could defeat any amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. For example, if a proposed amendment of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provided for the Class A common stock to rank junior to the Class B common stock with respect to (1) any dividend or distribution, (2) the distribution of proceeds were we to be acquired, or (3) any other right, Delaware law would require the vote of the Class A common stock. In this instance, the holders of a majority of Class A common stock could defeat that amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering will not provide for cumulative voting for the election of directors.

Economic Rights

Except as otherwise will be expressly provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering or required by applicable law, all shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will have the same rights and privileges and rank equally, share ratably, and be identical in all respects for all matters, including those described below.

Dividends and Distributions

Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be entitled to share equally, identically, and ratably, on a per share basis, with respect to any dividend or distribution of cash or property paid or distributed by the company, unless different treatment of the shares of the affected class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of such affected class, voting separately as a class. See the section titled “Dividend Policy” for additional information.

Liquidation Rights

On our liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up, the holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be entitled to share equally, identically, and ratably in all assets remaining after the payment of any liabilities, liquidation preferences, and accrued or declared but unpaid dividends, if any, with respect to any outstanding preferred stock, unless a different treatment is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of such affected class, voting separately as a class.

Change of Control Transactions

The holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be treated equally and identically with respect to shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock owned by them, unless different treatment of the shares of each class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class treated differently, voting separately as a class, on (i) the closing of the sale, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets, (ii) the consummation of a consolidation, merger, or reorganization which results in our voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction (or the voting securities issued with respect to our voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction) representing less than a majority of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the company or the surviving or acquiring entity,

 

199


Table of Contents

or (iii) the closing of the transfer (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons of securities of the company if, after closing, the transferee person or group would hold 50% or more of the outstanding voting power of the company (or the surviving or acquiring entity). However, consideration to be paid or received by a holder of common stock in connection with any such assets sale, consolidation, merger, or reorganization under any employment, consulting, severance, or other compensatory arrangement will be disregarded for the purposes of determining whether holders of common stock are treated equally and identically.

Subdivisions and Combinations

If we subdivide or combine in any manner outstanding shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock, the outstanding shares of the other classes will be subdivided or combined in the same proportion and manner.

No Preemptive or Similar Rights

Our Class A common stock and Class B common stock are not entitled to preemptive rights, and are not subject to conversion, redemption, or sinking fund provisions, except for the conversion provisions with respect to the Class B common stock described below.

Conversion

Each share of Class B common stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of Class A common stock. After the closing of this offering, on any transfer of shares of Class B common stock, whether or not for value, each such transferred share will automatically convert into one share of Class A common stock, except for certain transfers described in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, including transfers for tax and estate planning purposes or to any other founder or any affiliate of any founder, so long as the transferring holder continues to hold sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares transferred.

Any founder’s shares of Class B common stock will convert automatically into Class A common stock, on a one-to-one basis, upon either the (i) the sale or transfer of such share of Class B common stock (except for certain permitted transfers described in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, including transfers for tax and estate planning purposes or to any other founder or any affiliate of any founder) or (ii) the one-year anniversary of the death or permanent disability of such founder.

Additionally, all outstanding shares of our Class B common stock will convert automatically into shares of our Class A common stock on the final conversion date, defined as the earlier of (i) the nine-month anniversary of the death or permanent disability of the last of the founders; (ii) the last trading day of the fiscal year during which the 10th anniversary of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part occurs, or (iii) the date specified by a vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock; provided, however, that the final conversion date may be extended by the affirmative vote of the holders of the majority of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of Class A common stock not held by a founder or an affiliate or permitted transferee of a founder and entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

Once transferred and converted into Class A common stock, the Class B common may not be reissued.

 

200


Table of Contents

Fully Paid and Non-Assessable

In connection with this offering, our legal counsel will opine that the shares of our Class A common stock to be issued under this offering will be fully paid and non-assessable.

Class S Stock

In September 2021, we issued 1,843,493 shares of our Class S stock in connection with our acquisition of Spyce. Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, no shares of Class S stock will be outstanding assuming the automatic conversion of the outstanding shares of Class S stock into              shares of Class A common stock (based on an assumed initial public offering price of              per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

Preferred Stock

As of September 26, 2021, there were              shares of preferred stock outstanding (including shares to be issued in connection with the Series J Warrant Net Exercise). Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into an equivalent number of shares of Class A common stock.

Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors may, without further action by our stockholders, fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of up to an aggregate of 200,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and authorize their issuance. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock. Any issuance of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of our Class A Common stock and Class B common stock, and the likelihood that such holders would receive dividend payments and payments on liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control or other corporate action. Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding. We have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options

As of September 26, 2021, 6,015,384 and 7,963,985 shares of our Class A common stock were issuable on the exercise of outstanding options to purchase shares of our Class A common stock under our 2009 Plan and 2019 Plans, respectively, with weighted-average exercise prices of $3.28 and $9.61 per share, respectively. For additional information regarding terms of our equity incentive plans, see the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.”

Warrants

Common Stock Warrants

As of September 26, 2021, warrants to purchase an aggregate of 69,333 shares of our Class A Common Stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.33 per share were outstanding. If not exercised prior to the completion of this offering, these warrants will terminate upon the completion of this offering. Warrants to purchase 14,333 of these shares were exercised subsequent to September 26, 2021.

 

201


Table of Contents

Series F Preferred Stock Warrant

As of September 26, 2021, a warrant to purchase an aggregate of 235,000 shares of our Series F preferred stock, with an exercise price of $7.67 per share, was outstanding. This warrant was exercised in full subsequent to September 26, 2021.

Series J Preferred Stock Warrants

As of September 26, 2021, warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 2,000,715 shares of our Series J preferred stock were outstanding. If not exercised prior to the completion of this offering, these warrants will be automatically net exercised upon the completion of this offering. The exact number of shares issuable upon the automatic net exercise of these warrants will be calculated using the following formula: X = Y(A-B)/A, where: (i) X equals the number of shares of Series J Preferred Stock issued to the holder; (ii) Y equals 60% of the number of shares of Series J Preferred Stock purchased by the holder pursuant to that certain Series J Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated January 21, 2021, by and among us and the purchasers party thereto; (iii) A equals the lesser of (x) the per share price to the public in this offering and (y) $34.20; and (iv) B equals $17.10.

Registration Rights

We are party to an amended and stockholders’ agreement that provides that certain holders of our capital stock, including certain holders of our preferred stock have certain registration rights, as set forth below. This stockholders’ agreement was initially entered into in November 2009 and has been amended and restated from time to time. The registration of shares of our common stock by the exercise of registration rights described below would enable the holders to sell these shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective. We will pay the registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, of the shares registered by the demand, piggyback, and Form S-3 registrations described below.

Generally, in an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include. The demand, piggyback, and Form S-3 registration rights described below will expire upon the earliest to occur of: (i) five years after the completion of this offering; or (ii) with respect to any particular stockholder, such time as such stockholder can sell all of its shares under Rule 144 of the Securities Act or another similar exemption during any three-month period, provided that such stockholder holds less than one percent of our outstanding capital stock.

Demand Registration Rights

The holders of an aggregate of              shares of our capital stock (including shares issued pursuant to the Series J Warrant Net Exercise) will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time beginning six months following the completion of this offering, certain holders of these shares may request that we register all or a portion of the registrable shares. We are obligated to effect only two such registrations. Such request for registration must cover shares with an anticipated aggregate offering price, before deduction of underwriting discounts and commissions, of at least $15 million.

Piggyback Registration Rights

In connection with this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 71,100,265 shares of our capital stock were entitled to, and the necessary percentage of holders waived, their rights to notice of this offering and to include their shares of registrable securities in this offering. After this offering, in the

 

202


Table of Contents

event that we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of an aggregate of              shares of our capital stock (including shares issued pursuant to the Series J Warrant Net Exercise) will be entitled to certain piggyback registration rights allowing such holders to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, subject to certain exceptions, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right to include their shares in the registration, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the offering.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

The holders of an aggregate of              shares of our capital stock (including shares issued pursuant to the Series J Warrant Net Exercise) will be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights. If we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, these holders have the right, upon written request from such holders, to have such shares registered by us if the anticipated aggregate offering price of such shares is at least $10 million, subject certain exceptions. We will not be required to effect more than two registrations on Form S-3 within any 12-month period.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Some provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, and our amended and restated bylaws contain or will contain provisions that could make the following transactions more difficult: an acquisition of us by means of a tender offer; an acquisition of us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise; or the removal of our incumbent officers and directors. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish or could deter transactions that stockholders may otherwise consider to be in their best interest or in our best interests, including transactions which provide for payment of a premium over the market price for our shares.

These provisions, summarized below, are intended to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of the increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging these proposals because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Preferred Stock

Our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to 200,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by our board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock would enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest, or other means.

Stockholder Meetings

Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by our chair of the board, chief executive officer or president if the chair of the board is unavailable, or by a resolution adopted by a majority of our board of directors.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals

Our amended and restated bylaws will establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals to be brought before a stockholder meeting and the nomination of candidates for

 

203


Table of Contents

election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors, or a committee of the board of directors.

Elimination of Stockholder Action by Written Consent

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will eliminate the right of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting following the first date on which the outstanding shares of Class B common stock represent less than a majority of the total voting power of the then-outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

Removal of Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that, in addition to any other vote required by law, the approval of not less than two-thirds of the total voting power of all of our outstanding voting stock then entitled to vote in the election of directors shall be required to remove a director from office.

Stockholders Not Entitled to Cumulative Voting

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not permit stockholders to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they choose, other than any directors that holders of our preferred stock may be entitled to elect.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits persons deemed to be “interested stockholders” from engaging in a “business combination” with a publicly held Delaware corporation for three years following the date these persons become interested stockholders unless the business combination is, or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder was, approved in a prescribed manner or another prescribed exception applies. Generally, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock. Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. The existence of this provision may have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by the board of directors.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

When we have a class of voting stock that is either listed on a national securities exchange or held of record by more than 2,000 stockholders, we will be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, subject to certain exceptions.

Choice of Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if and only if the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware lacks subject matter jurisdiction, any state court located

 

204


Table of Contents

within the State of Delaware or, if and only if all such state courts lack subject matter jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) is the sole and exclusive forum for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (ii) any action or proceeding asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our current or former directors, officers, or other employees to us or our stockholders; (iii) any action or proceeding asserting a claim against us or any of our current or former directors, officers or other employees arising out of or pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws; (iv) any action or proceeding to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws (including any right, obligation, or remedy thereunder); (v) any action or proceeding as to which the Delaware General Corporation Law confers jurisdiction to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; and (vi) any action or proceeding asserting a claim against us or any of our current or former directors, officers, or other employees that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in all cases to the fullest extent permitted by law and subject to the court’s having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants.

This choice of forum provision would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction, or the Securities Act. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering will further provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause or causes of action arising under the Securities Act, including all causes of action asserted against any defendant to such complaint. However, as Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder, there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such provision.

For the avoidance of doubt, this provision is intended to benefit and may be enforced by us, our officers and directors, the underwriters to any offering giving rise to such complaint, and any other professional entity whose profession gives authority to a statement made by that person or entity and who has prepared or certified any part of the documents underlying the offering. Additionally, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering will provide that any person or entity holding, owning or otherwise acquiring any interest in any of our securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to these provisions. We note that investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Amendment of Charter Provisions

The amendment of any of the above provisions, except for the provision making it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock, would require approval by holders of at least two-thirds of the total voting power of all of our outstanding voting stock. The provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, and our amended and restated bylaws could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our Class A common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in the composition of our board and management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

 

205


Table of Contents

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification

See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Indemnification Matters.”

Exchange Listing

Our common stock is currently not listed on any securities exchange. We intend to apply to list our Class A common on the NYSE under the symbol “SG.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent’s address is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, NY, 11219.

 

206


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock, including shares issued on the exercise of outstanding options, in the public market after this offering, or the possibility of these sales or issuances occurring, could adversely affect the prevailing market price for our Class A common stock or impair our ability to raise equity capital.

Based on our shares outstanding as of September 26, 2021, upon the completion of this offering, a total of              shares of Class A common stock and 13,477,303 shares of Class B common stock will be outstanding, after giving effect to the Reclassification and Exchange and the Spyce Conversion as if they had occurred as of September 26, 2021. Of these shares, all of the Class A common stock sold in this offering by us, plus any shares sold by on the exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock, will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless these shares are held by “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

The remaining shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be, and shares of Class A common stock subject to stock options and warrants will be on issuance, “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below. Restricted securities may also be sold outside of the United States to non-U.S. persons in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S.

Subject to the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144 or Regulation S under the Securities Act, as well as our insider trading policy, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market after the date of this prospectus.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, an eligible stockholder is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. To be an eligible stockholder under Rule 144, such stockholder must not be deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and must have beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144, subject to the expiration of the lock-up agreements described below.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell shares on expiration of the lock-up agreements described below, subject, in the case of restricted securities, to such shares having been beneficially owned for at least six months. Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, within any three-month period, such stockholders may sell a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of Class A common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately              shares immediately after this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from us; or

 

207


Table of Contents
   

the average weekly trading volume of our Class A common stock on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who was issued shares under a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days, to sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required by that rule to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares under Rule 701, subject to the expiration of the lock-up agreements described below.

Form S-8 Registration Statements

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act with the SEC to register the offer and sale of shares of our Class A common stock that are issuable under the 2009 Plan, 2019 Plan, 2021 Plan and ESPP. These registration statements will become effective immediately on filing. Shares covered by these registration statements will then be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, any applicable lock-up agreements described below, and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates.

Lock-Up Arrangements and Market Standoff Agreements

Our directors, executive officers, and the holders of substantially all of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock and securities exercisable for or convertible into our common stock outstanding immediately prior to the completion of this offering, have agreed, or will agree, with the underwriters not to, during specified periods of time after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions, without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities, LLC, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, lend or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock, or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of our common stock, or any securities or contract convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares (or the benefit of appreciation in value) of our common stock. Under the terms of the lock-up agreements with the underwriters:

 

   

Beginning at market open on the later of (i) the date on which two full trading days have elapsed after the public dissemination of our earnings release for the first completed fiscal quarter following the most recent period for which financial statements are included in this prospectus (such date, the “Trading Window Completion Date”) and (ii) the third trading day (such date, the “Trading Price Condition Date”) after the date on which the closing price of our Class A common stock on The New York Stock Exchange exceeds 133% of the initial public offering price as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, (x) for at least 10 trading days in any 15-trading-day period ending on or after the 90th day after the date of this prospectus and (y) on the fifteenth trading day of such period (the “Release Date”); provided that if the Trading Price Condition Date occurs during a closed trading window after the Trading Window Condition Date, the Release Date will occur at market open on the date, determined in

 

208


Table of Contents
 

accordance with our insider trading policy, that our trading window period next opens following the Trading Price Condition Date, a holder who is not a Company Founder or a Spyce Holder (as defined below) may sell a number of shares equal to 20% of the aggregate number of outstanding vested shares, any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock and vested equity awards, including shares and equity awards that are held by any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the holder or of an immediate family member of such holder, measured as of the date of this prospectus (such holdings, “Vested Holdings”).

 

   

For Company Founders, (i) beginning on the Release Date, a Company Founder may (a) sell a number of shares equal to 10% of his Vested Holdings and (b) may pledge as collateral a number of shares equal to 20% of his Vested Holdings (or such lower amount as may be approved or required by our board of directors); provided that the number of shares that may be pledged as collateral pursuant to (b) is automatically reduced by the number of shares sold pursuant to (a)).

 

   

Beginning on the date that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus or, if the date that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus falls during one of our quarterly blackout periods as established in our insider trading policy, unless determined otherwise by our board of directors, 10 trading days prior to the date that such blackout period begins (the “Conditional Early Release Date”), provided that the Conditional Early Release Date occurs on or after the 150th day after the date of this prospectus, all remaining shares will be eligible for sale.

Notwithstanding anything else in this paragraph, we may elect, by written notice to Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC at least five days before any release described in the first or second bullet above (including with respect to the ability to pledge shares), that no such early release will occur. If we so elect that no such release will occur, we will publicly announce such decision prior to the date scheduled for such release. For the purposes of this paragraph, a “Company Founder” refers to Jonathan Neman, Nicolas Jammet, or Nathaniel Ru, and a “Spyce Holder” refers to any holder of (i) Class S Stock or securities convertible or exchangeable into Class S Stock issued pursuant to the terms of that certain Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and among us, Spyce Food Co., a Delaware corporation, and the other parties thereto (as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Merger Agreement”) or (ii) common stock issued or issuable pursuant to awards granted under the Spyce Food Co. 2016 Option and Grant Plan (as assumed by us pursuant to the Merger Agreement).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to certain conditions, the lock-up restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to our directors, officers, and other holders of substantially all of our outstanding securities with respect to:

 

   

transfers of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock as a bona fide gift or charitable contribution, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting such transfer shall be required or shall be voluntarily made;

 

   

transfers of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock to an immediate family member or a trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the stockholder or such immediate family member of the stockholder, or, if the holder is a trust, to a trustor, grantor, or beneficiary of the trust or to the estate of a beneficiary of such trust, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting such transfer shall be required or shall be voluntarily made (other than any required Form 5 filing after the end of the calendar year in which such transaction occurs);

 

   

transfers of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock upon death, by will, or intestacy, provided that, if required, any public report or filing under Section 16 of the Exchange Act will clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that such transfer was solely pursuant to the circumstances described in this clause;

 

209


Table of Contents
   

transactions relating to shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock acquired in this offering or in open market transactions after the completion of this offering, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act (other than a required Form 5 reporting such transfer, or any required Schedule 13F, Schedule 13F/A, Schedule 13G or Schedule 13G/A filing) shall be required or shall be voluntarily made;

 

   

the sale of shares to satisfy income, employment, or social tax withholding and remittance obligations arising in connection with the settlement of restricted stock units granted under our equity incentive plans described elsewhere in this prospectus; provided, that, if required, any public report or filing under Section 16 of the Exchange Act will clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that such transfer was solely pursuant to the circumstances described in this clause;

 

   

the exercise of a stock option or the receipt of shares on the vesting or settlement of a restricted stock unit, granted under our equity incentive plans described elsewhere in this prospectus, and the receipt of shares of common stock upon such exercise, as well as the disposition of shares to us or withholding of shares by us in connection with the exercise of options or the vesting of restricted stock units, provided that the underlying shares will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the lock-up agreement and, provided, further that, if required, any public report or filing under Section 16 of the Exchange Act will clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that such transfer was solely pursuant to the circumstances described in this clause;

 

   

distributions by a legal entity of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock to limited partners, members, stockholders, or holders of similar equity interests or to another legal entity or investment fund managed by or affiliated with such legal entity or under common investment management, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting such transfer (other than a required Form 5, or any required Schedule 13F, Schedule 13F/A, Schedule 13G or Schedule 13G/A) shall be required or shall be voluntarily made;

 

   

transfers of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock pursuant to a domestic relations order, divorce decree, or court order, provided that, if required, any public report or filing under Section 16 of the Exchange Act will clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that such transfer was solely pursuant to the circumstances described in this clause;

 

   

transfers to us in connection with the repurchase of common stock related to the termination of a stockholder’s employment with us pursuant to contractual agreements with us, provided that, if required, any public report or filing under Section 16 of the Exchange Act will clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that such transfer was solely pursuant to the circumstances described in this clause;

 

   

transfers of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock after the closing of this offering pursuant to a bona fide merger, consolidation, or other similar transaction involving a change of control approved by our board of directors, provided that, in the event that such change of control transaction is not completed, the securities owned by a security holder shall remain subject to the lock-up agreement;

 

   

to the conversion of outstanding common stock and preferred stock, or any securities or warrants convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock, into shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock in connection with the closing of this offering or any conversion of Class B common stock into Class A common stock, provided that, if required, any public report or filing under Section 16 of the Exchange Act will clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that such transfer was solely pursuant to the circumstances described in this clause;

 

210


Table of Contents
   

transfers to any third-party pledgee in a bona fide transaction as collateral to secure obligations pursuant to lending or other similar arrangement relating to a financing arrangement between such third parties (or their affiliates or designees) and the lock-up party and/or its affiliates, provided that the securities shall remain subject to the lock-up agreement;

 

   

the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of common stock, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the restricted period; and

 

   

the sale of shares pursuant to the underwriting agreement.

These agreements are described in the section titled “Underwriting.” Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities, LLC may, in their sole discretion, release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time.

In addition, we have agreed with the underwriters not to sell any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities, LLC may, at any time, in their sole discretion, waive these restrictions.

In addition to the restrictions contained in the lock-up agreements described above, we have entered into agreements, including our amended and restated stockholders’ agreement, with certain of our security holders that contain market stand-off provisions imposing restrictions on the ability of such security holders to offer, sell or transfer our equity securities for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus.

Registration Rights

Upon the completion of this offering, the holders of             shares of our capital stock or their transferees will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of the offer and sale of their shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately on the effectiveness of the registration. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information.

10b5-1 Plans

After the offering, certain of our employees, including our executive officers, and/or directors may enter into written trading plans that are intended to comply with Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Sales under these trading plans would not be permitted until the expiration of the lock-up agreements relating to the offering described above.

 

211


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK

The following summary describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock acquired in this offering by Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below). This discussion is not a complete analysis of all potential U.S. federal income tax consequences relating thereto, does not deal with non-U.S., state, or local tax consequences that may be relevant to Non-U.S. Holders in light of their particular circumstances, and does not address U.S. federal tax consequences other than income taxes. For example, it does not address estate and gift taxes, the alternative minimum tax, the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income, or the application of special tax accounting rules under Section 451(b). Special rules different from those described below may apply to certain Non-U.S. Holders that are subject to special treatment under the Code, such as financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, tax-qualified retirement plans, governmental organizations, broker-dealers and traders in securities, U.S. expatriates, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, corporations or other entities organized outside of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia that are nonetheless treated as U.S. taxpayers for U.S. federal income tax purposes, persons that hold our Class A common stock as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction,” “synthetic security,” or integrated investment or other risk reduction strategy, persons who acquire our Class A common stock through the exercise of an option or otherwise as compensation, “qualified foreign pension funds” as defined in Section 897(l)(2) of the Code and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds, partnerships and other pass-through entities or arrangements and investors in such pass-through entities or arrangements, persons deemed to sell our Class A common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code, and persons that own, or are deemed to own, our Class B common stock. Such Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors to determine the U.S. federal, state, local, and other tax consequences that may be relevant to them. Furthermore, the discussion below is based upon the provisions of the Code and Treasury Regulations, rulings, and judicial decisions thereunder, each as of the date hereof, and such authorities may be repealed, revoked, or modified, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. We have not requested a ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will agree with such statements and conclusions. This discussion assumes that the Non-U.S. Holder holds our Class A common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment).

This discussion is for informational purposes only and is not tax advice. Persons considering the purchase of our Class A common stock pursuant to this offering should consult their own tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal income, gift, estate, and other tax consequences of acquiring, owning, and disposing of our Class A common stock in light of their particular situations as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction, including any state, local, or non-U.S. tax consequences, or under any applicable income tax treaty.

For the purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of Class A common stock that is neither a U.S. Holder nor a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its place of organization or formation). A “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our Class A common stock that is, or is treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as any of the following:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

212


Table of Contents
   

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust if it (i) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more United States persons (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a United States person.

Distributions

As described in the section titled “Dividend Policy,” we do not anticipate declaring or paying dividends to holders of our Class A common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions of cash or property on our Class A common stock to a Non-U.S. Holder, such distributions, to the extent made out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles), generally will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes and will be subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, subject to the discussions below regarding effectively connected income, backup withholding, and foreign accounts. To obtain a reduced rate of withholding under a treaty, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be required to provide us with a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (in the case of individuals) or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (in the case of entities), or other appropriate form, certifying the Non-U.S. Holder’s entitlement to benefits under that treaty. We do not intend to adjust our withholding unless such certificates are provided to us or our paying agent before the payment of dividends and are updated as may be required by the IRS. In the case of a Non-U.S. Holder that is an entity, Treasury Regulations and the relevant tax treaty provide rules to determine whether, for purposes of determining the applicability of a tax treaty, dividends will be treated as paid to the entity or to those holding an interest in that entity. If a Non-U.S. Holder holds stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the holder’s behalf, the holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to such agent. The holder’s agent will then be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty and you do not timely file the required certification, you may be able to obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS.

We generally are not required to withhold tax on dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder that are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such holder maintains in the United States) if a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI, stating that the dividends are so connected, is furnished to us (or, if stock is held through a financial institution or other agent, to such agent). In general, such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular rates applicable to U.S. persons. A corporate Non-U.S. Holder receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax,” which is imposed, under certain circumstances, at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable treaty) on the corporate Non-U.S. Holder’s effectively connected earnings and profits, subject to certain adjustments. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

To the extent distributions on our Class A common stock, if any, exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, they will first reduce the Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted basis in our Class A common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain to the extent of any excess amount distributed, and taxed in the same manner as gain realized from a sale or other disposition of Class A common stock as described in the next section.

 

213


Table of Contents

Gain on Disposition of Our Common Stock

Subject to the discussions below regarding backup withholding and foreign accounts, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain realized on a sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock unless (i) the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of such holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such holder maintains in the United States), (ii) the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual and is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, or (iii) we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” within the meaning of Code Section 897(c)(2) at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding such disposition or such holder’s holding period in our Class A common stock. In general, we would be a United States real property holding corporation if the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of our worldwide real property interests plus our other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. We believe that we have not been and we are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a United States real property holding corporation. Because the determination of whether we are a United States real property holding corporation depends, however, on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our non-United States real property interests and our other business assets, there can be no assurance we currently are not a United States real property holding corporation or will not become one in the future. Even if we are treated as a United States real property holding corporation, gain realized by a Non-U.S. Holder on a disposition of our Class A common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax so long as (1) the Non-U.S. Holder owned, directly, indirectly, and constructively, no more than 5% of our Class A common stock at all times within the shorter of (a) the five-year period preceding the disposition or (b) the holder’s holding period in our Class A common stock and (2) our Class A common stock is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market. There can be no assurance that our Class A common stock will qualify as regularly traded on an established securities market. If any gain on your disposition is taxable because we are a United States real property holding corporation and your ownership of our Class A common stock exceeds 5%, you will be taxed on such disposition generally in the manner as gain that is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business (subject to the provisions under an applicable income tax treaty), except that the branch profits tax generally will not apply.

If you are a Non-U.S. Holder described in (i) above, you will be required to pay tax on a net income basis at the U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. Holders, and corporate Non-U.S. Holders described in (i) above may be subject to the additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are a Non-U.S. Holder described in (ii) above, you will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a flat 30% rate (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the net gain derived from the disposition, which gain may be offset by certain U.S.-source capital losses (even though you are not considered a resident of the United States), provided that the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Information Reporting Requirements and Backup Withholding

Information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with payments of distributions on our Class A common stock. Unless you comply with certification procedures to establish that you are not a U.S. person, information returns may also be filed with the IRS in connection with the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock. Copies of information returns that are filed with the IRS may also be made available under the provisions of an

 

214


Table of Contents

applicable treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which you reside or are established. You may be subject to backup withholding on payments on our Class A common stock or on the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock unless you comply with certification procedures to establish that you are not a U.S. person or otherwise establish an exemption. Your provision of a properly executed applicable IRS Form W-8 certifying your non-U.S. status will permit you to avoid backup withholding. Amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules are not additional taxes and may be refunded or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Foreign Accounts

Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (commonly referred to as FATCA) impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on certain payments paid to a foreign financial institution (as specifically defined by applicable rules) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners). FATCA also generally imposes a federal withholding tax of 30% on certain payments to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with either a certification that it does not have any substantial direct or indirect U.S. owners or provides information regarding substantial direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify these requirements. The withholding tax described above will not apply if the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from the rules.

FATCA withholding currently applies to payments of dividends. The U.S. Treasury Department has released proposed regulations which, if finalized in their present form, would eliminate the federal withholding tax of 30% applicable to the gross proceeds of a disposition of our Class A common stock. In its preamble to such proposed regulations, the U.S. Treasury Department stated that taxpayers may generally rely on the proposed regulations until final regulations are issued. Non-U.S. Holders are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our Class A common stock.

EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING, AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY RECENT OR PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAW.

 

215


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares of Class A common stock being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares of Class A common stock indicated in the following table. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P Morgan Securities LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of
Shares
 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

                       

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Allen & Company LLC

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Cowen and Company, LLC

  

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.

  

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  

AmeriVet Securities, Inc.

  

Blaylock Van, LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares of Class A common stock being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares of Class A common stock covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional             shares of Class A common stock from us to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of Class A common stock than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares of Class A common stock are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares of Class A common stock in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to additional shares of Class A common stock from us.

Paid by Us

 

     No
Exercise
     Full
Exercise
 

Per Share

   $              $          

Total

   $        $    

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares of Class A common stock sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares of Class A common stock, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms.

 

216


Table of Contents

We currently anticipate that up to         % of the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby will, at our request, be offered to retail investors through Robinhood Financial, LLC, as a selling group member, via its online brokerage platform. Robinhood Financial is not affiliated with us. Purchases through the Robinhood platform will be subject to the terms, conditions and requirements set by Robinhood. Any purchase of our Class A common stock in this offering through the Robinhood platform will be at the same initial public offering price, and at the same time, as any other purchases in this offering, including purchases by institutions and other large investors. The Robinhood platform and information on the Robinhood application do not form a part of this prospectus.

The offering of the shares of Class A common stock by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part. Sales of shares of Class A common stock made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares of Class A common stock to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

We and our executive officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of our Class A common stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our Class A common stock have agreed or will agree with the underwriters, for the restricted period, except with the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities, LLC, not to:

 

   

offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale, or otherwise dispose of any shares of Class A common stock, or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of Class A common stock, or any securities or contract convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares (or the benefit of appreciation in value) of Class A common stock, or publicly disclose an intention to do any of the foregoing, whether now owned or hereinafter acquired, owned directly by the undersigned (including holding as a custodian) or with respect to which the undersigned has beneficial ownership (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act); or

 

   

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, all or a portion of the economic consequences of ownership of our Class A common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable, or exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to our officers, directors, and stockholders, the lock-up agreements provide that:

 

   

Beginning at market open on the later of (i) the date on which two full trading days have elapsed after the public dissemination of our earnings release for the first completed fiscal quarter following the most recent period for which financial statements are included in this prospectus (such date, the “Trading Window Completion Date”) and (ii) the third trading day (such date, the “Trading Price Condition Date”) after the date on which the closing price of our Class A common stock on The New York Stock Exchange exceeds 133% of the initial public offering price as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, (x) for at least 10 trading days in any 15-trading-day period ending on or after the 90th day after the date of this prospectus and (y) on the fifteenth trading day of such period (the “Release Date”); provided that if the Trading Price Condition Date occurs during a closed trading window after the Trading Window Condition Date, the Release Date will occur at market open on the date, determined in accordance with our insider trading policy, that our trading window period next opens following

 

217


Table of Contents
 

the Trading Price Condition Date, a holder who is not a Company Founder or a Spyce Holder (as defined below) may sell a number of shares equal to 20% of the aggregate number of outstanding vested shares, any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock and vested equity awards, including shares and equity awards that are held by any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the holder or of an immediate family member of such holder, measured as of the date of this prospectus (such holdings, “Vested Holdings”).

 

   

For Company Founders, (i) beginning on the Release Date, a founder may (a) sell a number of shares equal to 10% of his Vested Holdings and (b) may pledge as collateral a number of shares equal to 20% of his Vested Holdings (or such lower amount as may be approved or required by our board of directors); provided that the number of shares that may be pledged as collateral pursuant to (b) is automatically reduced by the number of shares sold pursuant to (a)).

 

   

Beginning on the date that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus or, if the date that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus falls during one of our quarterly blackout periods as established in our insider trading policy, unless determined otherwise by our board of directors, 10 trading days prior to the date that such blackout period begins (the “Conditional Early Release Date”), provided that the Conditional Early Release Date occurs on or after the 150th day after the date of this prospectus, all remaining shares will be eligible for sale.

Notwithstanding anything else in this paragraph, we may elect, by written notice to Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC at least five days before any release described in the first or second bullet above (including with respect to the ability to pledge shares), that no such early release will occur. If we so elect that no such release will occur, we will publicly announce such decision prior to the date scheduled for such release. For the purposes of this paragraph, a “Company Founder” refers to Jonathan Neman, Nicolas Jammet, or Nathaniel Ru, and a “Spyce Holder” refers to any holder of (i) Class S Stock or securities convertible or exchangeable into Class S Stock issued pursuant to the terms of that certain Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and among us, Spyce Food Co., a Delaware corporation, and the other parties thereto (as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Merger Agreement”) or (ii) common stock issued or issuable pursuant to awards granted under the Spyce Food Co. 2016 Option and Grant Plan (as assumed by us pursuant to the Merger Agreement).

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares of Class A common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares of Class A common stock, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management, and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We intend to apply to list our Class A common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “SG.”

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of our Class A common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of our Class A common stock than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares of our Class A common stock for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock or purchasing shares of Class A common stock in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares of Class A

 

218


Table of Contents

common stock available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares of Class A common stock pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares of Class A common stock for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares of Class A common stock in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the Class A common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of Class A common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares of our Class A common stock sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our Class A common stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain, or otherwise affect the market price of the Class A common stock. As a result, the price of the Class A common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

We estimate that our share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $         million. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses in an amount up to $        .

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage, and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the issuer and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors, and employees may purchase, sell, or hold a broad array of investments and actively traded securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities, or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities, or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities, and instruments.

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for

 

219


Table of Contents

that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing, and brokerage activities.

Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, provided, and may in the future provide, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, including personal loans to certain of our directors and executive officers, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or for the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to         % of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus for sale at the initial public offering price through a directed share program to certain individuals identified by management. Any shares sold under the directed share program will not be subject to the terms of any lock-up agreement. The number of shares of Class A common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced by the number of reserved shares sold to these individuals. Any reserved shares not purchased by these individuals will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares of Class A common stock offered under this prospectus. We will agree to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, in connection with sales of the shares reserved for the directed share program. The directed share program will be arranged through Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each an “EEA State”), no shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that EEA State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that EEA State or, where appropriate, approved in another EEA State and notified to the competent authority in that EEA State, all in accordance with the EU Prospectus Regulation, except that it may make an offer to the public in that EEA State of any shares at any time under the following exemptions under the EU Prospectus Regulation:

 

   

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the EU Prospectus Regulation;

 

220


Table of Contents
   

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the EU Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

   

in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the EU Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of the shares shall require the Issuer or any Manager to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the EU Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the EU Prospectus Regulation.

Each person in an EEA State who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with the Company and the representatives that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the EU Prospectus Regulation.

In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 5(1) of the EU Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer to the public other than their offer or resale in an EEA State to qualified investors, in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

The Company, the underwriters and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to the shares in any EEA State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, and the expression “EU Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

The above selling restriction is in addition to any other selling restrictions set out below.

United Kingdom

In relation to the United Kingdom, no shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in the United Kingdom prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the Financial Conduct Authority in accordance with the UK Prospectus Regulation, except that it may make an offer to the public in the United Kingdom of any shares at any time under the following exemptions under the UK Prospectus Regulation:

 

  (i)

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the UK Prospectus Regulation;

 

  (ii)

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the UK Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (iii)

at any time in other circumstances falling within section 86 of the FSMA,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require the Issuer or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Section 85 of the FSMA or Article 3 of the UK Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the UK Prospectus Regulation.

 

221


Table of Contents

Each person in the United Kingdom who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with the Company and the representatives that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the UK Prospectus Regulation.

In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 5(1) of the UK Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the Shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer to the public other than their offer or resale in the United Kingdom to qualified investors, in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

The Company, the representatives and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares in the UK means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, the expression “UK Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018, and the expression “FSMA” means the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.

This document is for distribution only to persons who (i) have professional experience in matters relating to investments and who qualify as investment professionals within the meaning of Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (as amended, the “Financial Promotion Order”), (ii) are persons falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) (“high net worth companies, unincorporated associations etc.”) of the Financial Promotion Order, (iii) are outside the United Kingdom, or (iv) are persons to whom an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) in connection with the issue or sale of any securities may otherwise lawfully be communicated or caused to be communicated (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document is directed only at relevant persons and must not be acted on or relied on by persons who are not relevant persons. Any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is available only to relevant persons and will be engaged in only with relevant persons.

Canada

The securities may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions, and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption form, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

 

222


Table of Contents

Hong Kong

The securities may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong), or Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, or which do not constitute an invitation to the public within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong), or Securities and Futures Ordinance, or (ii) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, and no advertisement, invitation, or document relating to the securities may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares of Class A common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” in Hong Kong as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares of Class A common stock may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares of Class A common stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined under Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA) under Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where the shares of Class A common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor, the securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation has acquired the shares of Class A common stock under Section 275 of the SFA except: (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (ii) where such transfer arises from an offer in that corporation’s securities pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, (iii) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (iv) where the transfer is by operation of law, (v) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (vi) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore, or Regulation 32.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an accredited investor, the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (ii) where such transfer arises from an offer that is made on terms that such rights or interest are acquired at a consideration of not less than $200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction

 

223


Table of Contents

(whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities, or other assets), (iii) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (iv) where the transfer is by operation of law, (v) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (vi) as specified in Regulation 32.

Singapore SFA Product Classification—In connection with Section 309B of the SFA and the CMP Regulations 2018, unless otherwise specified before an offer of shares of our common stock, we have determined, and hereby notify, all relevant persons (as defined in Section 309A(1) of the SFA), that shares of our common stock are “prescribed capital markets products” (as defined in the CMP Regulations 2018) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).

Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948, as amended), or the FIEA. The securities may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan (including any person resident in Japan or any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the FIEA and otherwise in compliance with any relevant laws and regulations of Japan.

Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement, or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, or ASIC, in relation to the offering. This offering document does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement, or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement, or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares of Class A common stock may only be made to persons, or the Exempt Investors, who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares of Class A common stock without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares of Class A common stock applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares of Class A common stock must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This offering document contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation, or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this offering document is appropriate to their needs, objectives, and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

 

224


Table of Contents

Dubai International Financial Centre

This offering document relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This offering document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth in this prospectus and has no responsibility for the offering document. The securities to which this offering document relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this offering document you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Switzerland

We have not and will not register with the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (“FINMA”), as a foreign collective investment scheme pursuant to Article 119 of the Federal Act on Collective Investment Scheme of 23 June 2006, as amended (“CISA”), and accordingly the securities being offered pursuant to this prospectus have not and will not be approved, and may not be licensable, with FINMA. Therefore, the securities have not been authorized for distribution by FINMA as a foreign collective investment scheme pursuant to Article 119 CISA and the securities offered hereby may not be offered to the public (as this term is defined in Article 3 CISA) in or from Switzerland. The securities may solely be offered to “qualified investors,” as this term is defined in Article 10 CISA, and in the circumstances set out in Article 3 of the Ordinance on Collective Investment Scheme of 22 November 2006, as amended (“CISO”), such that there is no public offer. Investors, however, do not benefit from protection under CISA or CISO, or supervision by FINMA. This prospectus and any other materials relating to the securities are strictly personal and confidential to each offeree, and do not constitute an offer to any other person. This prospectus may only be used by those qualified investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offer described in this prospectus and may neither directly or indirectly be distributed or made available to any person or entity other than its recipients. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied and/or distributed to the public in Switzerland or from Switzerland. This prospectus does not constitute an issue prospectus as that term is understood pursuant to Article 652a and/or 1156 of the Swiss Federal Code of Obligations. We have not applied for a listing of the securities on the SIX Swiss Exchange or any other regulated securities market in Switzerland, and consequently, the information presented in this prospectus does not necessarily comply with the information standards set out in the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange.

 

225


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of Class A common stock being offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Cooley LLP, Santa Monica, California. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The financial statements as of December 29, 2019 and December 27, 2020, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 27, 2020, included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our Class A common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The SEC maintains an internet website that contains reports and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available at www.sec.gov.

We also maintain a website at www.sweetgreen.com. Information contained in, or accessible through, our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is only as an inactive textual reference.

 

226


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

               

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Fiscal Years Ended December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019

     F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit for the Fiscal Years Ended December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Fiscal Years Ended December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019

     F-6  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 26, 2021 (Unaudited) and December 27, 2020

     F-33  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Thirteen and Thirty-Nine Weeks Ended September 26, 2021 and September 27, 2020 (Unaudited)

     F-34  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit for the Thirteen and Thirty-Nine Weeks Ended September 26, 2021 and September 27, 2020 (Unaudited)

     F-35  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Thirty-Nine Weeks Ended September 26, 2021 and September 27, 2020 (Unaudited)

     F-37  

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-38  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Sweetgreen, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Sweetgreen, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the years ended December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years ended December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Los Angeles, California

June 17, 2021

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2012.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

SWEETGREEN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     December 27,
2020
    December 29,
2019
 

ASSETS

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 102,640     $ 249,257  

Accounts receivable

     1,087       2,383  

Inventory

     620       831  

Prepaid expenses

     5,387       6,119  

Tenant improvement receivable

     5,523       2,595  

Current portion of lease acquisition costs

     384       339  

Other current assets

     218       57  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     115,859       261,581  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

     127,211       107,783  

Goodwill

     6,275       6,275  

Intangible assets, net

     10,942       5,721  

Lease acquisition costs, net

     3,248       2,887  

Security deposits

     2,023       2,053  

Restricted cash

     125       120  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 265,683     $ 386,420  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES, PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 6,232     $ 8,321  

Accrued expenses

     17,893       9,973  

Accrued payroll

     6,764       9,486  

Gift cards and loyalty liability

     2,337       3,474  

Current portion of deferred rent liability

     3,092       1,663  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     36,318       32,917  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred rent liability, net of current portion

     24,241       19,457  

Accrued payroll, net of current portion

     5,000       -  

Preferred stock warrant liability

     1,848       1,603  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 67,407     $ 53,977  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 15)

    

Preferred Stock:

    

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share (62,797,051 shares authorized, 62,562,051 shares issued and outstanding as of December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019)

     505,638       505,638  

Stockholders’ deficit:

    

Common stock, $0.001 par value per share (96,000,000 shares authorized, 16,731,625 and 15,340,159 shares issued and outstanding as of December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019, respectively)

     17       15  

Loans to related parties

     (4,000     (4,000

Additional paid-in capital

     19,662       12,607  

Accumulated deficit

     (323,041     (181,817
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (307,362     (173,195
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 265,683     $ 386,420  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

SWEETGREEN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     Fiscal Year
Ended
December 27,
2020
    Fiscal Year
Ended
December 29,
2019
 

Revenue

   $ 220,615     $ 274,151  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restaurant operating costs (exclusive of depreciation and amortization presented separately below):

    

Food, beverage, and packaging

     66,154       83,966  

Labor and related expenses

     83,691       86,547  

Occupancy and related expenses

     43,775       37,050  

Other restaurant operating costs

     35,697       22,613  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total restaurant operating costs

     229,317       230,176  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

    

General and administrative

     99,142       88,818  

Depreciation and amortization

     26,851       19,416  

Pre-opening costs

     4,551       5,405  

Impairment of long-lived assets

     1,456       -  

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

     891       409  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     132,891       114,048  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (141,593     (70,073

Interest income

     (1,018     (2,724

Interest expense

     404       88  

Other expense

     245       480  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before income taxes

     (141,224     (67,917

Income tax provision

     -       -  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (141,224   $ (67,917
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

    

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (8.80   $ (4.50
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted

     16,051,960       15,080,984  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

SWEETGREEN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

     Preferred Stock      Common Stock      Additional
Paid-in
Capital
     Loans to
Related
Parties
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total  
     Shares      Amount      Shares      Amount  

Balances at December 30, 2018

     53,790,126      $ 356,732        14,656,540      $ 14      $ 7,814      $ (4,000   $ (113,900   $ (110,072

Net loss

     -        -        -        -        -        -       (67,917     (67,917

Exercise of stock options

     -        -        683,619        1        889        -       -       890  

Stock-based compensation expense

     -        -        -        -        3,904        -       -       3,904  

Issuance of preferred stock (net of issuance costs of $1,085)

     8,771,925        148,906        -        -        -        -       -       -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 29, 2019

     62,562,051      $ 505,638        15,340,159      $ 15      $ 12,607      $ (4,000   $ (181,817   $ (173,195

Net loss

     -        -        -        -           -       (141,224     (141,224

Exercise of stock options

     -        -        1,391,466        2        2,143        -       -       2,145  

Stock-based compensation expense

     -        -        -        -        4,912        -       -       4,912  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 27, 2020

     62,562,051      $ 505,638        16,731,625      $ 17      $ 19,662      $ (4,000   $ (323,041   $ (307,362
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

SWEETGREEN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

     Fiscal Year
Ended
December 27,
2020
    Fiscal Year
Ended
December 29,
2019
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (141,224   $ (67,917

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     26,851       19,416  

Amortization of lease acquisition

     344       288  

Amortization of loan origination fees

     96       88  

Loss on fixed asset disposal

     891       409  

Stock-based compensation

     4,912       3,904  

Impairment of long-lived assets

     1,456       -  

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

     245       480  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Account receivable

     1,296       (1,053

Tenant improvement receivables

     (2,928     (431

Inventory

     211       (190

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     475       (2,562

Accounts payable

     958       (1,686

Accrued payroll and benefits

     2,278       3,763  

Accrued expenses

     8,520       3,061  

Gift card and loyalty liability

     (946     1,100  

Deferred rent liability

     6,213       4,132  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used for operating activities

     (90,352     (37,198

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchase of property and equipment

     (48,146     (39,288

Purchase of intangible assets

     (8,748     (5,403

Acquisition, net of cash acquired

     (791     (4,795

Security and landlord deposits

     30       (323

Lease acquisition costs

     (750     (659
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used for investing activities

     (58,405     (50,468

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Repayment on long term debt

     (15,000     -  

Proceeds from long term debt

     15,000       -  

Proceeds from preferred stock issuance, net of issuance costs

     -       148,906  

Proceeds from stock option exercise

     2,145       890  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     2,145       149,796  

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash

     (146,612     62,130  

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash—beginning of year

     249,377       187,247  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash—end of year

   $ 102,765     $ 249,377  

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow:

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 383     $ -  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Purchase of property and equipment accrued in accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 469     $ 3,515  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrued lease acquisition costs

   $ 8     $ 136  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

SWEETGREEN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

1.

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Sweetgreen, Inc., a Delaware corporation, together with its wholly owned subsidiaries (the “Company”), develops and operates fast-casual restaurants serving healthy foods prepared from locally sourced, seasonal, and organic ingredients. As of December 27, 2020, the Company operated 119 restaurants in 12 states and Washington, D.C., all within the United States of America. 15 restaurants opened in fiscal year 2020, and there were no permanent closures.

The Company was founded in November 2006 and incorporated in the state of Delaware in October 2009 and currently is headquartered in Los Angeles, California. The Company’s operations are conducted as one operating segment and one reportable segment, as the Company’s chief operating decision maker, who is the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, reviews financial information on an aggregate basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. The Company’s revenue is derived from retail sales of food and beverages by company-owned restaurants.

Principles of Consolidation—The accompany consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Fiscal Year—The Company’s fiscal year is a 52- or 53-week period that ends on the Sunday closest to the last day of December. Fiscal year 2020 was a 52-week period that ended December 27, 2020 and fiscal year 2019 was a 52-week period that ended December 29, 2019. In a 52-week fiscal year, each quarter includes 13 weeks of operations. In a 53-week fiscal year, the first, second and third quarters each include 13 weeks of operations, and the fourth quarter includes 14 weeks of operations.

Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic—

As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic in the United States, many jurisdictions implemented measures to combat the COVID-19 outbreak, including travel bans, shelter-in-place orders and restrictions on restaurant operations. The Company took several actions in fiscal year 2020 in response to these measures including: reducing the operations of the Company’s restaurants, including shifting to digital pick-up and delivery operating model in many locations as needed; deferring rent payments on the majority of its leased properties for the months of April, May and June; undergoing a cost restructuring plan that included a temporary furlough of approximately 2,000 of the Company’s restaurant employees for up to 90 days and terminating approximately 100 employees at its sweetgreen Support Center; implementing strict sanitation and safety standards across its restaurants to protect its customers and team members; and providing up to 14 days voluntary paid wellness leave for COVID-related circumstances for its team members as well as $1 per hour of supplemental “Hero Pay” during the summer.

The COVID-19 pandemic had a significant impact on the Company’s results of operations for fiscal year 2020. In particular, the Company’s In-Store and Outpost Channels were materially and adversely impacted due to shelter-in-place orders and the resulting decline in foot traffic and lower office occupancy, particularly in large urban centers like New York City. In addition, in certain locations, the Company had temporary restaurant closures due to other factors such as civil disturbances and inclement weather.

The Company has entered into agreements with certain landlords with respect to a majority of the Company’s leased properties affected by the rent deferrals. The Company recorded $5.1 million of rent deferrals within accrued expenses in fiscal year 2020. Rent abatements are recorded within general and administrative expenses within the consolidated statement of operations and the Company’s recognition of rent abatements did not have a material impact on the Company’s

 

F-7


Table of Contents

consolidated financial statements for fiscal year 2020. The Company is continuing to negotiate with certain of the Company’s landlords for rent concessions and abatements, but the Company does not expect any future negotiated deferrals or abatements to have a material impact on its consolidated financial results. The Company did not permanently close any restaurants in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, and as of December 27, 2020 all of its restaurants had reopened.

Due to the rapid development and fluidity of this situation, the Company cannot determine the ultimate impact that the COVID-19 pandemic will have on its consolidated financial condition, liquidity, and future results of operations. Please see the section titled “Risk Factors” for more information regarding risks associated with the COVID-19 pandemic.

Management’s Use of Estimates—The consolidated financial statements have been prepared by the Company in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect certain reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant accounting estimates made by the Company include the income tax valuation allowance, impairment of long-lived assets, legal liabilities, valuation of preferred stock warrant liability, valuation of the fair value of common stock, and stock-based compensation. These estimates are based on information available as of the date of the consolidated financial statements; therefore, actual results could differ from those estimates, including those resulting from the impact of COVID-19.

Cash and Cash Equivalents—The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. Amounts receivable from credit card processors are converted to cash shortly after the related sales transaction and are considered to be cash equivalents because they are both short-term and highly liquid in nature. Amounts receivable from sales transactions as of December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019, were $0.8 million and $1.6 million, respectively.

Restricted Cash—The Company’s restricted cash balance relates to certificates of deposit that are collateral for letters of credit to lease agreements entered into by the Company.

The reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash presented in the Company’s accompanying consolidated balance sheets to the total amount shown in its consolidated statements of cash flows is as follows:

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)    December 27,
2020
     December 29,
2019
 

Reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 102,640      $ 249,257  

Restricted cash, noncurrent

     125        120  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash shown on statement of cash flows

   $ 102,765      $ 249,377  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Concentrations of Risk—The Company maintains cash balances at several financial institutions located in the United States. The cash balances may, at times, exceed federally insured limits. Accounts are guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) up to $0.3 million.

As of December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019, approximately 32% and 39%, respectively, of the Company’s revenue was generated from the Company’s restaurants located in New York City.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Accounts Receivable - Accounts receivable primarily consists of receivables from the Company’s Marketplace Channel.

Inventory—Inventory, consisting primarily of food, beverages and supplies, is valued at the lower of cost first-in, first-out cost or net realizable value.

Prepaid Expenses—Prepaid expenses primarily include prepaid rent, which is expensed in the period for which it relates.

Property and Equipment—Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Property and equipment are depreciated using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

 

Property and Equipment    Useful Life

Leasehold improvements

   Shorter of lease term or estimated asset life

Furniture and fixtures

   5 years

Kitchen equipment

   5 years

Computers and other equipment

   3 years

Upon retirement or disposal of assets, the accounts are relieved of cost and accumulated depreciation and any related gain or loss is reflected in loss on disposal of property and equipment in the consolidated statement of operations. Assets to be disposed consists of primarily furniture, equipment and fixtures that were replaced in the normal course of business and are reported at the lower of their carrying amount or fair value less estimated cost to sell.

Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged directly to expense when incurred. The cost of assets sold, retired, or otherwise disposed of, and the related accumulated depreciation and amortization are eliminated from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is included in earnings.

The Company capitalizes certain directly attributable internal costs in conjunction with the acquisition, development and construction of future restaurants, after the restaurant construction is past the planning stage and it is considered probable that the restaurant will open. These costs are included in property and amortized over the shorter of the life of the related buildings and leasehold improvements or the lease term. Costs related to abandoned sites and other site selection costs that cannot be identified with specific restaurants are charged to general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, and were less than $0.1 million and $0.2 million for each of the fiscal years ended December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019, respectively. The Company capitalized internal costs related to site selection and construction activities of $1.3 million for the fiscal year ended December 27, 2020. Prior to fiscal year 2020 internal costs related to site selection and construction were not considered material for capitalization.

Business Combinations—The Company utilizes the acquisition method of accounting in any acquisitions or business combinations. The acquisition method of accounting requires companies to assign values to assets and liabilities acquired based upon their fair values at the acquisition date. In most instances, there are not readily defined or listed market prices for individual assets and liabilities acquired in connection with a business, including intangible assets. The determination of fair value for assets and liabilities in many instances requires a high degree of estimation. The valuation of intangible assets, in particular, is very subjective. The Company generally obtains third-party valuations to assist it in estimating fair values. The use of different valuation techniques and assumptions could change the amounts and useful lives assigned to the assets and liabilities acquired and related amortization expense.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Goodwill—Goodwill, which represents the excess of the cost of an acquired entity over the fair value of the acquired net assets, has an indefinite life and, accordingly, is not amortized. The Company has one reporting unit. The Company tests goodwill for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset may be impaired.

The Company reviews goodwill for impairment utilizing either a qualitative assessment or a fair value test by comparing the fair value of its reporting unit with its carrying amount. If the Company decides that it is appropriate to perform a qualitative assessment and concludes that the fair value of its reporting unit more likely than not exceeds its carrying value, no further evaluation is necessary. If the Company performs the fair value test, the Company will compare the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the Company will recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds its reporting unit’s fair value.

Key assumptions and factors considered by the Company include, but not limited to, future projections of the business, considerations of the implied fair value of the Company based on the transaction price of the recent preferred stock issuances, and the market multiples of comparable companies.

The Company did not record any impairment charges related to the carrying amount of goodwill during the fiscal years ended December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019.

Fair value estimates are subject to change as a result of many factors, including changes in business plans, economic conditions, and the competitive environment, among others. Should actual cash flows and the Company’s future estimates vary adversely from previous estimates, the Company may be required to recognize goodwill impairment charges in future years.

Intangible Assets, net— External costs and certain internal costs, including payroll and payroll-related costs for employees, directly associated with developing computer software applications for internal use are capitalized subsequent to the preliminary stage of development. Internal-use software costs are amortized using the straight-line method over a three-year estimated useful life of the software when the project is substantially complete and ready for its intended use.

Lease Acquisition Costs—Lease acquisition costs include key money and legal and broker fees incurred to obtain a lease. Key money is the amount of funds paid to a landlord or tenant to acquire the rights of tenancy under a commercial property lease. These costs are amortized over the respective lease terms that range from 10 to 15 years and are presented net of accumulated amortization of $1.2 million and $0.8 million for the fiscal years ended December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019, respectively. Amortization expense for both the fiscal years ended December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019 was $0.3 million, of which all but an insignificant amount is included in occupancy and the remainder is included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Revenue Recognition—The Company recognizes food and beverage revenue, net of discounts and incentives, when payment is tendered at the point of sale as the performance obligation has been satisfied, through the Company’s three disaggregated revenue channels: Owned Digital Channels, In Store-Channel (Non-Digital component), and Marketplace Channel. Owned Digital Channels encompasses the Company’s Pick-Up Channel, Native Delivery Channel, Outpost Channel, and purchases made in its In-Store Channel via digital scan-to-pay. Pick-Up Channel refers to sales to customers made for pick up at one of the Company’s restaurants through the sweetgreen website or mobile app. Native Delivery Channel refers to sales to customers for delivery made through the sweetgreen website or mobile app. Outpost Channel refers to sales to customers for delivery made through the sweetgreen website or mobile app to Outposts, which are the Company’s trademark offsite drop-off points at offices, residential buildings and hospitals.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

In-Store Channel (Non-Digital component) refers to sales to customers who make in-store purchases in the Company’s restaurants, whether they pay by cash or credit card.

Marketplace Channel refers to sales to customers for delivery or pick-up made through third-party delivery marketplaces, including Caviar, DoorDash, Grubhub, Postmates, and Uber Eats.

Provisions for discounts are provided for in the same period the related sales are recorded. Sales taxes and other taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are presented on a net basis, and as such, are excluded from revenues.

Gift Cards

The Company sells gift cards that do not have an expiration date. Upon sale, gift cards are recorded as unearned revenue and included within gift card liability in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The revenues from gift cards are recognized when redeemed by customers. Because the Company does not track addresses of gift card purchasers, the relevant jurisdiction related to the requirement for escheatment, the legal obligation to remit unclaimed assets to the state, is the Company’s state of incorporation, which is Delaware. The state of Delaware requires escheatment after 5 years from issuance. The Company does not recognize breakage income because of its requirements to escheat unredeemed gift card balances.

sweetgreen Rewards

The Company also has a loyalty program whereby customers accumulate loyalty rewards for digital purchases made through the Company’s Owned Digital Channels. Previously, the customer had 120 days to accumulate the necessary amount of purchases for a reward, and the reward expired after 120 days. During the first quarter of 2020, the Company changed its redemption policy such that the customer now has 30 days to accumulate the necessary amount of purchases for a reward and the reward expires after 30 days. The loyalty points represent a material right. The Company defers revenue associated with the relative estimated standalone selling price of the loyalty points, which is estimated as the value of the loyalty reward, net of loyalty related purchases not expected to be redeemed. The Company estimates loyalty purchases not expected to be redeemed based on historical company-specific data. Revenue is recognized when the reward is redeemed or expires.

Delivery

All of the Company’s locations offer a delivery option. Delivery services are fulfilled by third-party service providers whether delivery is ordered through the Company’s Native Delivery Channel or Marketplace Channel. With respect to Native Delivery Sales, the Company controls the delivery services and recognizes revenue, including delivery revenue, when the delivery partner transfers food to the customer. For these sales, the Company receives payment directly from the customer at the time of sale. With respect to Marketplace Channel sales, the Company recognizes revenue, excluding delivery fees collected by the delivery partner as the Company does not control the delivery service, when control of the food is delivered to the end customer. The Company receives payment from the delivery partner subsequent to the transfer of food and the payment terms are short-term in nature. For all delivery sales, the Company is considered the principal and recognizes the revenue on a gross basis.

Income Taxes—The Company is subject to federal and state income taxes. The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes as set forth in ASC 740, Income Taxes. Under this method, the Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the respective carrying amounts and tax basis of assets and liabilities. All deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified as noncurrent in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is established against the portion of deferred tax

 

F-11


Table of Contents

assets that the Company believes will not be realized on a more-likely-than-not basis. As of December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019, the Company continues to maintain a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets.

With respect to uncertain tax positions, the Company recognizes in its consolidated financial statements those tax positions determined to be “more likely than not” of being sustained upon examination, based on the technical merits of the positions. The Company’s policy is to recognize, when applicable, interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions as part of income tax expense. As of December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019, the Company had had approximately $0.9 million and $0.8 million of unrecognized tax benefits, respectively. Due to the valuation allowance position, none of the unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, will impact the Company’s effective tax rate.

On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) was signed into law. The CARES Act provides numerous tax provisions and other stimulus measures, including provisions, among others, addressing the carryback of NOLs for specific periods, refunds of alternative minimum tax credits, temporary modifications to the limitations placed on the tax deductibility of net interest expenses, and technical amendments for qualified improvement property (“QIP”). Additionally, the CARES Act, in efforts to enhance business’ liquidity, provides for refundable employee retention tax credits and the deferral of the employer-paid portion of social security taxes. The CARES Act provides for the deferral of the employer-paid portion of social security payroll taxes. The Company has elected to defer the employer-paid portion of social security payroll taxes through December 27, 2020, of $5,000 and will remit such amounts during calendar years 2021 and 2022. These amounts are included within accrued payroll, net of current portion, within the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments—The fair value measurement accounting guidance creates a fair value hierarchy to prioritize the inputs used to measure fair value into three categories. A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input significant to the fair value measurement, where Level 1 is the highest category (observable inputs) and Level 3 is the lowest category (unobservable inputs). The three levels are defined as follows:

Level 1—Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.

Level 2—Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active and model-derived valuations in which significant value drivers are observable.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. This includes certain pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs.

The carrying amount of accounts receivable, tenant improvement allowance receivable, other current assets, accounts payable, accrued payroll and accrued expenses approximates fair value due to the short-term maturity of these financial instruments. The fair value of loans to related parties is not readily determinable by virtue of the nature of the related parties’ relationship with the Company. The Company’s preferred stock warrant liability is carried at fair value determined using Level 3 inputs in the fair value. For further details refer to Note 3, “Fair Value.”

Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. In other words, the instruments are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments only in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment). For further details refer to Note 3, “Fair Value.”

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets— Long-lived assets are reviewed for recoverability at the lowest level in which there are identifiable cash flows (“asset group”). The asset group is at the store-level for restaurant assets and the corporate-level for corporate assets. The carrying

 

F-12


Table of Contents

amount of a store asset group includes stores’ property and equipment, primarily leasehold improvements. Long-lived assets, including property and equipment and internally developed software, are reviewed by management for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be fully recoverable. When events or circumstances indicate that impairment may be present, management evaluates the probability that future undiscounted net cash flows received will be less than the carrying amount of the asset group. If projected future undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value of an asset group, then such assets are written down to their fair values. The Company uses a discounted cash flows model to measure the fair value of an asset group. An impairment charge will be recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of the store asset group exceeds its fair value. A number of significant assumptions and estimates are involved in the application of the model to forecast operating cash flows, which are largely unobservable inputs and, accordingly, are classified as Level 3 inputs within the fair value hierarchy. Assumptions used in these forecasts are consistent with internal planning, and include sales growth rates, gross margins, and operating expense in relation to the current economic environment and the Company’s future expectations, competitive factors in its various markets, inflation, sales trends and other relevant economic factors that may impact the store under evaluation.

There is uncertainty in the projected undiscounted future cash flows used in the Company’s impairment review analysis, which requires the use of estimates and assumptions. If actual performance does not achieve the projections, or if the assumptions used change in the future, the Company may be required to recognize impairment charges in future periods, and such charges could be material. The Company determined that triggering events, primarily related to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, occurred for certain stores during the fiscal year ended December 27, 2020 that required an impairment review of the Company’s long-lived assets. Based on the results of this analysis, the Company recorded non-cash impairment charges of $1.5 million, related to one store in New York.

Leases—Restaurants are located on sites leased from third parties. At inception, each lease is evaluated to determine whether the lease will be accounted for as an operating or capital lease based on the terms of the lease agreement. When determining the lease term, the Company includes reasonably assured option periods.

For operating leases, minimum lease payments, including minimum scheduled rent increases, are recognized as rent expense on a straight-line basis over the applicable lease terms. The term used for rent expense is calculated initially from the date of lease commencement through the lease term. Certain lease agreements contain a free rent holiday period that generally begins on the lease commencement date and ends on the rent commencement date. During the free rent holiday period, no cash rent payments are due under the terms of the lease. In addition, certain leases contain fixed escalations throughout the lease term. Expense is recorded for both free rent holiday periods and fixed escalations on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The difference between the cash paid to the property owner and the amount recognized as rent expense on the straight-line basis is included as deferred rent liability in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

Certain leases contain provisions for contingent rent that require additional rental payments based upon restaurant sales volume. Contingent rent is expensed each period as the liability is incurred.

The Company receives tenant improvement allowances, generally in the form of cash, from some of the landlords of its leased properties. These tenant improvement allowances received and earned are recorded as deferred rent liability in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and amortized on a straight-line basis as a reduction to rent expense over the applicable lease terms.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock Warrant Liability— In connection with entering into a prior credit facility with CNF Investments IV, LLC in December 2016, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 235,000 shares of Series F preferred stock which was determined to be classified as a liability on the consolidated balance sheet because the warrants are free standing financial instruments that may require the Company to transfer assets upon exercise. The liability associated the warrant was initially recorded at fair value upon issuance date and is subsequently re-measured to fair value at each reporting date. Changes in fair value of the warrant liability are recognized within other expense, net in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. The fair value of the warrants is estimated using a scenario-based approach, specifically the Probability Weighted Expected Return Method (“PWERM”) with two scenarios – the initial public offering (“IPO”) scenario and the Stay Private scenario. In the IPO scenario, the value of the warrant was calculated using a Black Scholes model which involves making assumptions like the underlying stock value, term, volatility and risk-free rate. The underlying value was calculated using a future waterfall based on the expected IPO date equity value which was then discounted back at a risk adjusted rate and a term was considered based on the remaining contractual life of the warrant considering that the warrants survives the IPO scenario. In the Stay Private scenario, the value of the warrants was calculated using an option pricing method (“OPM”). The OPM framework involves making assumptions for the equity value, expected time to liquidity, volatility and risk-free rate. The equity value was implied based on an independent third-party valuation such that the value for the weighted average value of most recent financing across the IPO and Stay Private scenarios equals the amount paid. The equity value implied in the Stay Private scenario was further supported using the DCF and Market approaches.

Contingencies—The Company is subject to various claims, lawsuits, governmental investigations, and administrative proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company accrues a liability (which includes litigation costs expected to be incurred) and recognizes an expense for such matters when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Estimating liabilities and costs associated with these matters require significant judgment based upon the professional knowledge and experience of management and its legal counsel.

Marketing and Public Relations—Marketing costs, which include the development and production of advertising materials and online marketing tools, are expensed in the period incurred. Marketing expense directly attributable to an individual restaurant is included within other restaurant operating costs. Marketing expense for the fiscal years ended December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019, was $10.7 million and $8.7 million, respectively, of which $8.0 million and $7.3 million, respectively, is included in general and administrative expense, $2.4 million and $1.1 million, respectively, is included in other restaurant operating costs and $0.3 million for both periods is included in preopening costs in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Restaurant operating costs—Restaurant operating costs primarily consist of food, beverage, packaging costs for to-go orders, salaries, benefits, and other expenses related to the Company’s in-store employees, maintenance and utilities at the Company’s restaurants, and leasing costs for the Company’s restaurants.

Operating Expenses— Operating expenses primarily consist of operations, finance, legal, human resources, administrative personnel, stock-based compensation, depreciation and amortization of assets, and pre-opening costs. Pre-opening costs primarily consist of rent, wages, travel for training and store opening teams, food and other restaurant costs that the Company incurs prior to the opening of a restaurant. These costs are expensed as incurred.

Stock-Based Compensation—The Company recognizes compensation expense resulting from stock-based payments over the period for which the requisite services are provided. The Company uses the Black-Scholes-Merton (“Black-Scholes”) option-pricing model to estimate the

 

F-14


Table of Contents

fair value of the incentive stock options at the measurement date. Grant date is deemed to be the appropriate measurement date for stock options issued to employees and nonemployees. The use of the Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the use of subjective assumptions, including the fair value and projected volatility of the underlying common stock and the expected term of the award.

The Company determined the Option Pricing Method (“OPM”) was the most appropriate method for determining the fair value of its common stock. Under the OPM, shares are valued by creating a series of call options with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences and conversion terms of each equity class. The estimated fair values of the common stock are inferred by analyzing these options.

Interest Income—Interest income consists of interest earned on cash and cash equivalents.

Interest Expense—Interest expense includes mainly the interest incurred on outstanding indebtedness, as well as amortization of deferred financing costs, mainly debt origination and commitment fees. Debt origination fees are amortized on a straight-line basis over the commitment period.

Net Loss Per Share—The Company calculated basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders using the two-class method required for companies with participating securities. The Company considers preferred stock to be participating securities as the holders are entitled to receive non-cumulative dividends on a pari passu basis in the event that a dividend is paid on common stock.

Under the two-class method, basic net loss per share available to common shareholders was calculated by dividing the net loss available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. The net loss available to common shareholders was not allocated to the preferred stock as the holders of preferred stock did not have a contractual obligation to share in losses. Diluted net loss per share available to common shareholders was computed by giving effect to all potentially dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding for the period. For purposes of this calculation, preferred stock and stock options to purchase common stock were considered common stock equivalents but had been excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share available to common shareholders as their effect was anti-dilutive. In periods in which the Company reports a net loss available to common shareholders, diluted net loss per share available to common shareholders is the same as basic net loss per share available to common shareholders, since dilutive common shares are not assumed to have been issued if their effect is anti-dilutive. The Company reported net loss available to common shareholders for the fiscal years ended December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019.

Employee Benefit Plan— The Company sponsors a qualified 401(k) defined contribution plan (the “Plan”) covering eligible employees. Participants may contribute a portion of their annual compensation limited to a maximum annual amount set by the Internal Revenue Service. The Company matches 50% of an eligible employee’s contribution up to 3% of wages. Employee becomes eligible once the individual has worked at the Company for 6 months, has worked 500 or more hours, and is 21 years or older. For the fiscal years ended December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019, the matching contribution was $1.1 million and $0.7 million, respectively.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASC 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (“ASC 606”), replacing the existing accounting standard and industry specific guidance for revenue recognition with a five-step model for recognizing and measuring

 

F-15


Table of Contents

revenue from contracts with customers. The underlying principle of the new standard is to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers at the amount to be collected. The Company adopted ASC 606 as of December 30, 2019 (the beginning of fiscal year 2020) using the modified retrospective method, which allows companies to apply the new revenue standard to reporting periods beginning in the year the standard is first implemented, while prior periods continue to be reported in accordance with previous accounting guidance. ASC 606 did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and no cumulative effect adjustment was recognized.

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-07, Compensation—Stock Compensation: Improvements to Non-employee Share-Based Payment Accounting (“ASU 2018-07”). ASU 2018-07 was issued to provide guidance on share-based payments granted to nonemployees in exchange for goods or services used or consumed in an entity’s own operations and supersedes the guidance in ASC 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees. ASU 2018-07 aligns much of the guidance on measuring and classifying nonemployee awards with that of awards to employees. The Company adopted the new guidance as of December 30, 2019 (the beginning of fiscal year 2020). This ASU did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework - Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement (“ASU 2018-13”). ASU 2018-13 adds, amends, and eliminates certain disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. This ASU requires enhanced disclosures on valuation techniques and inputs that a reporting entity uses to determine its fair value measurement. ASU 2018-13 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company adopted the new standard effective December 30, 2019 (the beginning of fiscal year 2020) and the guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-04,Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting(“ASU 2020-04”), which provides temporary optional expedients and exceptions to the GAAP guidance on contract modifications and hedge accounting to ease the financial reporting burdens related to the expected market transition from the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) and other interbank offered rates to alternative reference rates. This ASU is effective for all entities beginning as of its date of effectiveness, March 12, 2020. The guidance is temporary and can be applied through December 31, 2022. The Company adopted the ASU 2020-04 as of December 29, 2020 and the guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In April 2012, the JOBS Act was enacted. Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. The Company has elected to take advantage of the extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards and to adopt certain of the reduced disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies. As a result of the accounting standards election, the Company will not be subject to the same implementation timing for new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies which may make comparison of its financials to those of other public companies more difficult.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases. This update requires lessees to recognize in the consolidated balance sheet assets and liabilities for leases with lease terms of more than 12 months. Consistent with current GAAP, the recognition, measurement, and

 

F-16


Table of Contents

presentation of expenses and cash flows arising from a lease by a lessee primarily will depend on its classification as a finance or operating lease. However, unlike current GAAP—which requires only capital leases to be recognized in the consolidated balance sheet—the new ASU will require both types of leases to be recognized by a lessee in the consolidated balance sheet. In June 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-05 which delayed the effective date to fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. Early application is permitted. The Company plans on electing the optional transition method to apply the standard as of the effective date and therefore, will not apply the standard to the comparative periods presented in its financial statements. While the Company is still evaluating this ASU, the Company has determined that the primary impact will be to recognize in the consolidated balance sheets all operating leases with lease terms greater than 12 months. It is expected that this ASU will have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as it will record assets and obligations related to approximately 120 restaurant operating and corporate office leases. The Company does not expect a material impact on its consolidated statement of operations or consolidated statement of cash flows. Additionally, the Company is in the process of evaluating the expanded disclosure requirements related to this ASU.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”). The amendments in ASU 2016-13 provide amended guidance for estimating credit losses on certain types of financial instruments based on expected losses and the timing of the recognition of such losses. Expanded disclosures related to the methods used to estimate the losses are also required. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. The application of ASU 2018-07 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12,Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes(“ASU 2019-12”), which simplifies various aspects related to the accounting for income taxes. ASU 2010-12 removes certain exceptions to the general principles of ASC 740 and clarifies and amends existing guidance to improve consistent application. ASU 2019-12 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. The Company is currently evaluating the impact ASU 2019-12 will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15,Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40)”: Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract (“ASU 2018-15”), which clarifies the accounting for implementation costs in cloud computing arrangements. ASU 2018-15 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021. Prior to the adoption of ASU 2018-15, the Company capitalized implementation costs incurred during the application development phase of cloud computing arrangements to leasehold improvements, property and equipment, net on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and have recognized expense over the useful life of the related asset within depreciation and amortization on the Company’s consolidated statements of income. Subsequent to the adoption of ASU 2018-15, the Company will capitalize such costs within prepaid expenses and other current assets or other assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and will recognize expense within general and administrative expenses or other operating costs on the Company’s consolidated statements of income, consistent with the where the expense associated with the hosting element of the arrangement are presented. The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 2018-15 to result in a material change to its consolidated financial statements.

 

F-17


Table of Contents
2.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

Nature of products and services

The Company has one revenue stream. See Note 1 “Description of Business and Summary of significant Accounting Policies” for a description of the revenue recognition policies.

The following table presents the Company’s revenue for the years ended December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019 disaggregated by significant revenue channel:

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)    Fiscal Year Ended
December 27,
2020
     Fiscal Year Ended
December 29,
2019
 

Owned Digital Channels

   $ 124,271      $ 117,679  

In-Store Channel (Non-Digital component)

     55,669        137,009  

Marketplace Channel

     40,675        19,463  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Revenue

   $ 220,615      $ 274,151  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gift Cards

Gift card liability included in gift card and loyalty liability within the accompanying consolidated balance sheet was as follows:

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)    December 27,
2020
     December 29,
2019
 

Gift Card Liability

   $ 1,394      $ 1,524  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenue recognized from the redemption of gift cards that was included in gift card and loyalty liability at the beginning of the year was as follows:

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)    Fiscal Year Ended
December 27,
2020
     Fiscal Year Ended
December 29,
2019
 

Revenue recognized from gift card liability balance at the beginning of the year

   $ 294      $ 281  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

sweetgreen Rewards

Changes in sweetgreen Rewards liability included in gift card and loyalty liability within the accompanying consolidated balance sheet was as follows:

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)    December 27,
2020
    December 29,
2019
 

sweetgreen Rewards liability, beginning balance

   $ 1,950     $ 920  

Revenue deferred

     6,504       6,615  

Revenue recognized

     (7,511     (5,585
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

sweetgreen Rewards liability, ending balance

   $ 943     $ 1,950  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

All the loyalty liability outstanding at the beginning of each year presented was recognized during each respective year. The Company expects all rewards revenue related to performance obligations unsatisfied as of December 27, 2020 to be recognized within one year.

 

F-18


Table of Contents
3.

FAIR VALUE

The following tables present information about the Company’s financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

            Fair Value Measurements
at December 27, 2020
 
     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  
(dollar amounts in thousands)                            

Preferred stock warrant liability

   $ 1,848      $ -      $ -      $ 1,848  

 

            Fair Value Measurements
at December 29, 2019
 
     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  
(dollar amounts in thousands)                            

Preferred stock warrant liability

   $ 1,603      $ -      $ -      $ 1,603  

The fair value of preferred stock warrant liability was determined based on significant inputs not observable in the market, which represents a Level 3 measurement within the fair value hierarchy.

The Company used the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the option pricing model across IPO and Stay Private scenarios, which incorporates assumptions and estimates, to value the preferred stock warrants. Additionally, because the preferred stock has certain conversion features, the fair value of the related preferred stock warrants is re-measured to fair value on a periodic basis and any changes to the preferred stock warrant liability are recorded in the consolidated statement of operations in the related period.

 

Input    Fiscal Year Ended
December 27, 2020
     Fiscal Year Ended
December 29, 2019
 

Risk-free interest rate

     0.2% - 0.51%        1.67%  

Expected term

     3.0 - 6.0        4.0  

Expected volatility

     44.2% - 49.0%        50.0%  

Dividend yield

     0%        0%  

Risk-Free Interest Rate—The yield on actively traded noninflationary indexed U.S Treasury notes with the same maturity as the expected term of the underlying options was used as the average risk-free interest rate (Stay Private Scenario- 0.2% and IPO Scenario – 0.51%).

Expected Term—The expected term for preferred stock warrants is equal to the remaining contractual life of the warrants in the IPO scenario (5.97 years) considering the warrants survive the IPO event and the expected time to liquidity in the Stay Private scenario (3.00 years).

Expected Volatility—There is no substantive share price history to calculate volatility and, as such, the Company has elected to use an approximation based on the volatility of other comparable public companies, which compete directly with the Company, over the expected term of the options (IPO Scenario – 44.2% and Stay Private Scenario – 49.0%).

Dividend Yield—The Company has not issued regular dividends on common shares in the past nor does the Company expect to issue dividends in the future. As such, the dividend yield has been estimated to be zero.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

The following table provides a roll forward of the aggregate fair values of the Company’s preferred stock warrant liability based on both scenarios, for which fair value is determined using Level 3 inputs.

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)    Preferred Stock
Warrant Liability
 

Balance—December 30, 2018

   $ 1,123  

Change in fair value

     480  
  

 

 

 

Balance—December 29, 2019

     1,603  

Change in fair value

     245  
  

 

 

 

Balance—December 27, 2020

   $ 1,848  
  

 

 

 

The following non-financial instruments were measured at fair value, on a nonrecurring basis, as of and for the fiscal year ended December 27, 2020, reflecting certain property and equipment for which an impairment loss was recognized during the corresponding periods, as discussed in FN 1 under “Impairment of Long-Lived Assets”:

 

            Fair Value Measurements
at December 27, 2020
     Fiscal Year Ended
December 27, 2020
 
     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Impairment
Losses
 
(dollar amounts in thousands)                                   

Certain property and equipment, net

   $ 2,619      $ -      $ -      $ 2,619      $ 1,456  

The Company did not have any non-financial instruments measured at fair value, on a nonrecurring basis for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2019.

 

4.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life. A summary of property and equipment is as follows:

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)    December 27,
2020
    December 29,
2019
 

Furniture and fixtures

   $ 17,130     $ 12,804  

Computers and other equipment

     15,981       12,450  

Kitchen equipment

     36,366       30,954  

Leasehold improvements

     119,925       100,574  

Assets not yet placed in service

     15,653       7,047  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

     205,055       163,829  

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (77,844     (56,046
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment - net

   $ 127,211     $ 107,783  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for the fiscal years ended December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019, was $23.6 million and $18.1 million, respectively.

Loss on asset disposals for the fiscal years ended December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019, was $0.9 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

As of December 27, 2020, the Company had six facilities under construction due to open during 2021. As of December 29, 2019, the Company had five facilities under construction, which opened during 2020. Depreciation commences after a store opens and the related assets are placed in service.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Based on the Company’s review of its long-lived assets for impairment, the Company recorded a non-cash impairment charges of $1.5 million for the fiscal year ended December 27, 2020. See “Impairment of Long-Lived Assets” in Note 1 for additional information.

 

5.

GOODWILL

The following table presents the changes in the Company’s Goodwill balance:

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)       

Balance—December 30, 2018

   $ 715  

Additions to goodwill in 2019

     5,560  
  

 

 

 

Balance—December 29, 2019

     6,275  

Additions to goodwill in 2020

     -  
  

 

 

 

Balance—December 27, 2020

     6,275  
  

 

 

 

During the fiscal year ended December 29, 2019 the Company completed one business acquisition for total consideration of $5.6 million which consisted of cash payments of $4.8 million paid during the fiscal year ended December 29, 2019 and $0.8 million paid during the fiscal year ended December 27, 2020. The Company purchased of all of the assets associated with Galley Foods, Inc. in order to expand its delivery capabilities in a more efficient and cost-effective manner. The Company did not acquire any identifiable assets or assumed liabilities with significant fair values. The Company’s consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2019 reflect results of operations of the newly acquired business from June 18, 2019 to December 29, 2019. The Company’s consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 27, 2020 reflect results of operations for the entire fiscal year. The Company accounted for this acquisition under the acquisition method in accordance with ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations. The goodwill is attributable to the synergies the Company expects to achieve through leveraging the workforce and delivery capabilities of the acquired business. Transaction costs related to this acquisition amount to $0.1 million during 2019 and are included in general and administrative expense. The business combination did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2019, and the related acquisition disclosures and supplemental proforma results were not considered material.

 

6.

INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET

The following table presents the Company’s intangible assets, net balances, which consist of internal use software:

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)    December 27,
2020
    December 29,
2019
 

Internal use software

   $ 17,894     $ 9,152  

Accumulated amortization

     (6,952     (3,431
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 10,942     $ 5,721  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization expense for intangible assets was $3.2 million and $1.3 million for 2020 and 2019, respectively. Estimated amortization of intangible assets for each of the next five years is as follows:

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)       

2021

   $ 4,724  

2022

     4,290  

2023

     1,787  

2024

     141  

2025

     -  

 

F-21


Table of Contents
7.

ACCRUED EXPENSES

Accrued expenses consist of the following:

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)    December 27,
2020
     December 29,
2019
 

Rent deferrals

   $ 5,129      $ 270  

Accrued general and sales tax

     2,188        2,305  

Accrued delivery fee

     4,596        -  

Accrued settlements and legal fees

     1,868        1,952  

Other accrued expenses

     4,112        5,446  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses

   $ 17,893      $ 9,973  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

8.

DEBT

Credit Facility—On December 6, 2017, the Company entered into a revolving credit and security agreement (the “2017 Revolving Facility”) with EagleBank, with an original maturity date of June 19, 2020, which was extended via amendment to December 18, 2020. The 2017 Revolving Facility allowed the Company to borrow up to $15.0 million in the aggregate principal amount. On December 14, 2020, the Company refinanced the 2017 Revolving Facility with EagleBank (as refinanced, the “2020 Credit Facility”). The 2020 Credit Facility allows the Company to borrow (i) up to $35.0 million in the aggregate principal amount under the refinanced revolving facility and (ii) up to $10.0 million in the aggregate principal amount under a new delayed draw term loan facility. Under the 2020 Credit Facility, interest accrues on the outstanding loan balance and is payable monthly at a rate of the adjusted one-month London InterBank Offered Rate, plus 2.90%, with a floor on the interest rate at 3.75%. Under the 2017 Revolving Facility, interest accrued on the outstanding loan balance and is payable monthly at a rate of the adjusted one-month London InterBank Offered Rate, plus 2.90%. As of December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019, the Company had no outstanding balance under the 2020 Credit Facility or 2017 Revolving Facility, as applicable.

Under the 2017 Revolving Facility the Company was required to maintain liquid assets, consisting of unencumbered cash or marketable securities, of not less than the greater of (i) $10.0 million and (ii) the outstanding balance of the revolving facility. In addition, the Company was required to maintain net working capital in an amount equal to or in excess of the outstanding loan balance. For the 2020 Credit Facility, the Company is required to maintain certain levels of liquidity (defined as total cash and cash equivalents on hand plus the available amount under the revolving facility) which liquidity amount shall be no less than the trailing 90-day cash burn. The Company was in compliance with the applicable financial covenants as of December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019.

The obligations under the 2020 Credit Facility are guaranteed by the Company’s existing and future material subsidiaries and secured by substantially all of the Company’s and subsidiaries guarantor’s assets. The agreement also restricts the Company’s ability, and the ability of the Company’s subsidiary guarantors, to, among other things, incur liens; incur additional indebtedness; transfer or dispose of assets; make acquisitions, change the nature of the business; guarantee obligations; pay dividends to shareholders or repurchase stock; and make advances, loans, or other investments. The agreement contains customary events of default, including, without limitation, failure to pay the outstanding loans or accrued interest on the due date.

The Company had unamortized loan origination fees of $0.2 million and $0.1 million as of December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019, respectively, which is included within the accompanying consolidated balance sheet in other current assets. The Company recognized $0.1 million of interest expense in both fiscal years 2020 and 2019, respectively, related to the amortization of loan origination fees.

 

F-22


Table of Contents
9.

LEASES

The Company leases restaurants and corporate office space under operating leases that expire on various dates through July 2033. Lease terms for restaurants generally include a base term of 10 years, with options to extend these leases for additional periods of 5 to 15 years. Typically, the lease includes rent escalations, which are expensed on a straight-line basis over the expected lease term.

The table below outlines the components of rent expense for the fiscal years ended December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019:

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)    Fiscal Year Ended
December 27, 2020
    Fiscal Year Ended
December 29, 2019
 

Base rent

   $ 30,248     $ 24,380  

Contingent rent

     367       648  

Pre-opening rent

     1,829       2,686  

Less: sublease income

     (493     -  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net rent

   $ 31,951     $ 27,714  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Future minimum lease payments required under existing lease obligations as of December 27, 2020 are as follows:

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)       

2021

   $ 34,217  

2022

     40,558  

2023

     40,846  

2024

     40,461  

2025

     39,640  

Thereafter

     166,443  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 362,165  
  

 

 

 

Rent expense for the fiscal years ended December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019 was $32.0 million and $27.7 million, respectively, of which $27.7 million and $23.0 million, respectively, is included in occupancy, $2.4 million and $2.0 million, respectively, is included in general and administrative expenses and $1.8 million and $2.7 million, respectively, is included in pre-opening costs in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

In April 2020, the FASB issued guidance allowing entities to make a policy election whether to account for lease concessions related to the COVID-19 pandemic as lease modifications. The election applies to any lessor-provided lease concession related to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, provided the concession does not result in a substantial increase in the rights of the lessor or in the obligations of the lessee. During the fiscal year ended December 27, 2020, the Company received non-substantial concessions from certain landlords in the form of rent deferrals and abatements. The Company elected to not account for these rent concessions as lease modifications. The rent deferrals are recorded as part of accrued expenses and the rent abatements are accounted for as variable lease payments. The recognition of rent abatements did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of December 27, 2020. The Company did record $5.1 million of rent deferrals within accrued expenses, see Note 7 “Accrued Expenses.”

 

F-23


Table of Contents
10.

COMMON STOCK

As of December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019, the Company had reserved shares of common stock for issuance in connection with the following:

 

     December 27,
2020
     December 29,
2019
 

Conversion of outstanding shares of preferred stock

     62,562,051        62,562,051  

Options outstanding under the 2009 Stock Plan and 2019 Equity Incentive Plan

     14,612,730        14,675,289  

Series F preferred stock warrant

     235,000        235,000  

Common stock warrants

     69,333        69,333  

Options available for future issuance under the 2019 Equity Incentive Plan

     358,410        687,317  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total reserved shares of common stock

     77,837,524        78,228,990  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

11.

PREFERRED STOCK

Preferred stock as of December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019 consists of the following:

 

     December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019  
(dollar amounts in thousands except per share
amounts)
   Preferred
Shares
Authorized
     Preferred Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Issuance
Price Per
Share
     Liquidation
Preference
     Carrying
Value
 

Series A

     5,340,351        5,340,351      $ 0.8500      $ 4,539      $ 4,539  

Series B

     3,831,756        3,831,756      $ 1.4314      $ 5,485      $ 5,481  

Series C

     3,875,935        3,875,935      $ 2.0094      $ 7,788      $ 7,513  

Series D

     8,345,723        8,345,723      $ 2.6900      $ 25,980      $ 22,187  

Series E

     4,729,065        4,729,065      $ 4.0700      $ 20,486      $ 19,105  

Series F

     4,798,223        4,563,223      $ 7.6700      $ 35,000      $ 34,842  

Series G

     7,766,650        7,766,650      $ 9.0000      $ 69,900      $ 69,577  

Series H

     15,337,423        15,337,423      $ 13.0400      $ 200,000      $ 193,488  

Series I

     8,771,925        8,771,925      $ 17.1000      $ 150,000      $ 148,906  

The holders of preferred stock have various rights and preferences as follows:

Voting—Each share of preferred stock entitles the holder to the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of common stock into which each share is convertible at the time of the vote.

The holders of record of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, are entitled to elect two members of the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”). The holders of record of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, and Series C Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis, are entitled to elect one member of the Board. The holders of record of the shares of common stock, voting as a separate class, are entitled to elect three members of the Board. The holders of record of the shares of common stock and preferred stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, are entitled to elect any remaining members of the Board. As of December 27, 2020, the Board consisted of eight (8) directors, and the stockholders party to that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement (the “SHA”) have agreed to vote their shares in favor of the Board composition as set forth in the SHA.

Dividends - The holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock are entitled to dividends that have accrued through June 30, 2015, if and when declared by the Board, in an amount equal to $0.423 per share and $0.262 per share, respectively, adjusted for any stock splits, reverse stock splits, stock dividends and similar recapitalization events. Dividends no longer accrue on the shares of Series D Preferred Stock or the Series E Preferred Stock after June 30, 2015. As of

 

F-24


Table of Contents

December 27, 2020, the cumulative accrued Series D Preferred Stock dividend is $3.5 million, and the cumulative accrued Series E Preferred Stock dividend is $1.2 million, which dividend becomes payable, with respect to either the shares of Series D Preferred Stock or the Series E Preferred Stock, as the case may be, if declared by the Board or if the holders of such series of preferred stock receive their liquidation preference in lieu of participating with the holders of shares of common stock upon a liquidation event. Upon conversion of a share of Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock into common stock, accrued dividends with respect to such share will cease to be accrued or payable. Furthermore, if either the shares of Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock are deemed to have converted to common stock in connection with a liquidation event, such accrued dividends shall not be payable.

After payment of the full amount of accrued and unpaid dividends due to the holders of shares of Series E Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, and Series C Preferred Stock (collectively, “Junior Preferred”) outstanding shall be entitled to receive, when as and if declared by the Board, out of assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the Series I Preferred Stock, Series H Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock or common stock, noncumulative dividends at an annual rate of $0.068 per share of Series A Preferred Stock, $0.114512 per share of Series B Preferred Stock, and $0.160752 per share of Series C Preferred Stock, respectively, adjusted for any stock splits, reverse stock splits, stock dividends, and similar recapitalization events. No dividends have been declared by the Board as of December 27, 2020. The holders of preferred stock and the holders of common stock are also entitled to receive dividends when funds are legally available and declared by the Board, pro rata and on an as-converted basis, subject to the foregoing rights.

Liquidation Preference—In the event of the liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, or a liquidation event, the assets and funds of the Company available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed as follows: (i) first to the holders of Series I Preferred Stock, an amount equal to $17.10 per share, plus all declared and unpaid dividends thereon, (ii) second to the holders of Series H Preferred Stock, an amount equal to $13.04 per share, plus all declared and unpaid dividends thereon, (iii) third to the holders of Series G Preferred Stock, an amount equal to $9.00 per share, plus all declared and unpaid dividends thereon; (iv) fourth to the holders of Series F Preferred Stock, an amount equal to $7.67 per share, plus all declared and unpaid dividends thereon; (v) fifth to the holders of shares of Series E Preferred Stock, an amount equal to $4.07 per share, plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon; (vi) sixth to the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock, an amount equal to $2.69 per share, plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon; (vii) seventh to the holders of Junior Preferred, on a pari passu basis, an amount equal to $0.85 per share of Series A Preferred Stock, $1.4314 per share of Series B Preferred Stock, and $2.0094 per share of Series C Preferred Stock, in each case, plus all declared and unpaid dividends thereon; and (viii) eighth to the holders of shares of common stock, any remaining assets available for distribution to stockholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each holder of shares of preferred stock shall be deemed to have converted such shares to common stock immediately prior to a liquidation event if, as a result of an actual conversion, such holder would receive an amount greater than the amount that would be distributed to such holder if such holder did not convert such shares of preferred stock to common stock (in which case such holder shall not be entitled to receive any distribution that would otherwise be made to holders of such preferred stock).

Redemption—The shares of preferred stock are not redeemable at the option of the holder. In accordance with ASC Topic 480-10-S99-3A, SEC Staff Announcement: Classification and Measurement of Redeemable Securities, preferred stock issued with redemption provisions that are outside of the control of the Company or that contain certain redemption rights in a deemed liquidation event is required to be classified as temporary equity in the mezzanine section of the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The shares of preferred stock contain liquidation features, including a liquidation preference in the event of a deemed liquidation event, that were not solely within the Company’s control. Therefore, these shares are classified as temporary equity.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Conversion—Each share of preferred stock is convertible at the option of the holder, at any time after the date of issuance, into shares of common stock as is determined by dividing the original purchase price of such share of preferred stock by the conversion price in effect at the time of conversion, which as of December 27, 2020, is 1:1 for all outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Each share of preferred stock will automatically be converted into shares of common stock at the then-effective conversion rate of such shares upon (i) the affirmative election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of preferred stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, including the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock, a majority of the shares of Series E Preferred Stock, a majority of the shares of Series F Preferred Stock, a majority of the shares of Series G Preferred Stock, a majority of the shares of Series H Preferred Stock, and a majority of the shares of Series I Preferred Stock; or (ii) upon the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-1 (or a successor form) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of common stock of at least $50.0 million.

 

12.

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

The Company grants stock options to its employees, as well as nonemployees (including directors and others who provide substantial services to the Company) under the Company’s 2009 Stock Plan and 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (collectively, the “Stock Plans”). The total number of shares authorized under the Stock Plans are 96,000,000 as of December 27, 2020, and 358,410 options were available for grant. Options granted in 2020 and prior have vesting terms between six months and four years and have a contractual life of 10 years.

The following table summarizes the Company’s employee stock option activity:

 

(dollar amounts in thousands except per
share amounts)
   Number of
Shares
    Exercise Price
Per share
     Weighted-
Average

Exercise
Price Per
Share
     Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(In Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Balance—December 30, 2018

     9,722,604     $ 0.36-3.14      $  2.63        7.75      $  32,752  

Options granted

     5,925,550       5.98-7.77        7.19        

Options exercised

     (583,619     0.36-5.98        1.46        

Options forfeited

     (744,388     0.68-6.31        4.78        

Options expired

     (153,358     0.98-5.98        2.71        
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance—December 29, 2019

     14,166,789     $ 0.36-7.77      $ 4.44        7.9      $ 47,080  

Options granted

     2,174,060       4.78-7.77        5.42        

Options exercised

     (1,183,716     0.36-7.77        1.69        

Options forfeited

     (816,836     3.14-7.77        5.88        

Options expired

     (81,317     2.36-7.77        3.45        
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance—December 27, 2020

     14,258,980       0.45-7.77        4.75        7.56      $ 14,209  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable—December 27, 2020

     6,425,974       0.45-7.77        3.84        6.38      $ 11,076  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest—December 27, 2020

     14,258,980       0.45-7.77        4.75        7.56      $ 14,209  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the Company’s nonemployee stock option activity:

 

(dollar amounts in thousands except per
share amounts)
   Number of
Shares
    Exercise Price
Per share
     Weighted-
Average

Exercise
Price Per
Share
     Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(In Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Balance—December 30, 2018

     673,500     $ 0.36-3.14      $  0.60        4.0      $  3,218  

Options granted

     10,000       6.31        6.31        

Options exercised

     (100,000     0.39        0.39        

Options forfeited

     (75,000     3.14        3.14        
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance—December 29, 2019

     508,500     $ 0.36-6.31      $ 0.76        3.5      $ 3,566  

Options granted

     53,000       4.78        4.78        

Options exercised

     (207,750     4.78-7.77        0.68        

Options forfeited

     -       -        -        
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance—December 27, 2020

     353,750       0.51-6.31        1.41        3.89      $ 1,202  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable—December 27, 2020

     297,270       0.51-6.31        0.75        2.75      $ 1,202  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest—December 27, 2020

     353,750       0.51-6.31        1.41        3.89      $ 1,202  

The weighted-average fair value of options granted in fiscal year 2020 was $2.08 and $2.38 for stock options issued to employees and non-employees, respectively. The weighted-average fair value of options granted in fiscal year 2019 was $3.04 and $4.49 for stock options issued to employees and non-employees, respectively.

The fair value of each option granted has been estimated as of the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the assumptions during the fiscal years ended December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019, included in the table below. The Company has elected to account for forfeitures as they occur.

 

Input    Fiscal Year Ended
December 27,
2020
   Fiscal Year Ended
December 29,
2019

Risk-free interest rate

   0.29%-0.83%    1.56%-2.51%

Expected term

   5.09-6.39 years    5.06-6.25 years

Expected Volatility

   40.37%    42.22%

Dividend yield

   0%    0%

Fair Value of Common Stock—The absence of an active market for the Company’s common stock requires the Company to estimate the fair value of its common stock.

Risk-Free Interest Rate—The yield on actively traded non-inflation indexed U.S. Treasury notes with the same maturity as the expected term of the underlying options was used as the average risk-free interest rate.

Expected Term—The expected term of options granted to employees was determined based on management’s expectations of the options granted, which are expected to remain outstanding. The expected term for options granted to nonemployees is equal to the remaining contractual life of the options.

Expected Volatility—There is no substantive share price history to calculate volatility and, as such, the Company has elected to use an approximation based on the volatility of other comparable public companies, which compete directly with the Company, over the expected term of the options.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Dividend Yield—The Company has not issued regular dividends on common shares in the past nor does the Company expect to issue dividends in the future. As such, the dividend yield has been estimated to be zero.

During the fiscal year ended December 27, 2020, the Company recorded $4.9 million of stock-based compensation expense, of which $4.9 million and less than $0.1 million related to options issued to employees and nonemployees, respectively. During fiscal year 2019, the Company recorded $3.9 million of stock-based compensation expense, of which $3.9 million and less than $0.1 million related to options issued to employees and nonemployees, respectively.

As of December 27, 2020, there was $16.7 million in unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested stock-based compensation arrangements and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period 0.93 years.

 

13.

INCOME TAXES

The Company’s entire pretax loss for the fiscal years ended December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019 was from its U.S domestic operations. For the fiscal years ended December 27, 2020 and December 19, 2019, the Company did not record income tax expense due to the Company’s full valuation allowance.

A reconciliation of the Company’s statutory income tax rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate is as follows:

 

     December 27,
2020
    December 29,
2019
 

Federal statutory rate

     21.0     21.0

Effect of:

    

State taxes, net of federal benefit

     7.4     8.0

Permanent differences

     0.1     (0.7 %) 

Change in valuation allowance

     (28.6 %)      (27.3 %) 

Other

     0.1     (1.0 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     -       -  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Components of the Company’s net deferred tax assets / (liabilities) consisted of the following:

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)    December 27,
2020
    December 29,
2019
 

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss carryforward

   $  100,817     $ 57,378  

Charitable contributions

     540       562  

Deferred rent

     6,952       5,923  

Stock-based compensation expense

     1,173       1,505  

Accrued expenses

     3,072       802  

Deferred revenue

     444       487  

Other

     276       224  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     113,274       66,881  

Valuation allowance

     (90,465     (50,120
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

     22,809       16,761  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax (liabilities):

    

Depreciation and amortization differences

     (16,198     (12,943

State deferred taxes

     (6,611     (3,818
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (22,809     (16,761
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset (liability)

   $ -     $ -  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

As of December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019, Company management assessed the realizability of deferred tax assets, in order to determine the need for a valuation allowance. As of the years ended December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019, the Company is in a net deferred tax asset position of $90.5 million and $50.1 million, respectively. The deferred tax assets consist principally of net operating loss carryforwards. The future realization of the tax benefits from existing temporary differences and tax attributes ultimately depends on the existence of sufficient taxable income. In assessing the realization of the deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Management assesses the available positive and negative evidence to estimate if sufficient future taxable income will be generated to use the existing deferred tax assets.

In concluding on its evaluation, Company management placed significant emphasis on guidance in ASC 740, which states that “a cumulative loss in recent years is a significant piece of negative evidence that is difficult to overcome.” Such objective evidence limits the ability to consider other subjective evidence, such as the Company’s projections for future growth. On the basis of this evaluation, as of December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019, a full valuation allowance of $90.5 million and $50.1 million, respectively, has been recorded against the deferred tax assets, which represents an increase of $40.3 million year over year.

As of December 27, 2020, the Company had U.S. Federal net operating loss carryforwards of $356.5 million, of which $256.6 million may be carried forward indefinitely, and the remaining carryforwards $100.0 million expire at various dates from 2029 through 2037. As of December 27, 2020, the Company had state net operating loss carryforwards of $344.1 million, of which $38.0 million may be carried forward indefinitely, and the remaining carryforwards of $306.1 million expire at various dates from 2021 through 2040.

The future realization of the Company’s net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes may also be limited by the change in ownership rules under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code Section 382. In general, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (Section 382), a corporation that undergoes an ownership change is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change net operating loss carryovers and tax credits to offset future taxable income. The Company completed a Section 382 analysis to evaluate whether any ownership changes and related limitations impacted the Company’s ability to utilize net operating loss carryforwards or other attributes prior to their expiration dates. The Company existing net operating loss carryforwards and tax credits are subject to annual limitations arising from ownership changes which occurred in previous periods. Currently, the limitations imposed by Section 382 are not expected to impair the Company’s ability to fully realize its net operating losses. Future changes in the Company’s stock ownership, some of which are outside of the Company’s control, could result in an additional ownership change under Section 382 of the Code; if that occurs, the Company’s ability to utilize net operating losses could be further limited. Furthermore, the Company’s ability to utilize net operating losses of companies that we may acquire in the future may be subject to limitations under Section 382 of the Code.

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and in various state and local jurisdictions in which it operates, and therefore is subject to tax examination by various taxing authorities. The Company is not currently under examination and is not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its tax positions. As of December 27, 2020, tax years from 2016 to present remain open to examination under the statutes applied by the relevant taxing jurisdictions in which the Company files tax returns. Additionally, to the extent the Company utilizes tax attribute carryforwards, such as net operating losses, the tax years in which the attribute was generated may still be adjusted upon examination by the Internal Revenue Service and state and local tax authorities.

The calculation and assessment of the Company’s tax exposures generally involve the uncertainties in the application of complex tax laws and regulations for federal, state and local

 

F-29


Table of Contents

jurisdictions. A tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation, on the basis of the technical merits. As of December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019, the Company had approximately $0.9 million and $0.8 million of unrecognized tax benefits, respectively. Due to the valuation allowance position, none of the unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, will impact the Company’s effective tax rate. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties, if any, related to uncertain tax positions in income tax provision in its financial statements, if applicable. The Company did not have any accrued interest of penalties associated with any uncertain tax positions, and no interest expense was recognized during the years ended December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019. The following table summarizes the activity related to the Company’s gross uncertain tax positions for the years ended December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019:

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)    December 27,
2020
     December 29,
2019
 

Uncertain Tax Positions

     

Beginning of year balance

   $ 839      $ 696  

Increases related to prior year tax positions

     68        143  

Decreases related to prior year tax positions

     -        -  

Increases related to current year tax positions

     -        -  

Decreases related to lapsing of statute of limitations

     -        -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

End of year balance

     907        839  

On March 27, 2020, CARES Act was signed into law. The CARES Act provides numerous tax provisions and other stimulus measures, including provisions, among others, addressing the carryback of NOLs for specific periods, refunds of alternative minimum tax credits, temporary modifications to the limitations placed on the tax deductibility of net interest expenses, and technical amendments for qualified improvement property (“QIP”). Additionally, the CARES Act, in efforts to enhance business’ liquidity, provides for refundable employee retention tax credits and the deferral of the employer-paid portion of social security taxes. The Company has elected to defer the employer-paid portion of social security payroll taxes through December 27, 2020, of $5.0 million and will remit such amounts during calendar years 2021 and 2022.

 

14.

NET LOSS PER SHARE

The following table sets forth the computation of net loss per common share:

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)    Fiscal Year Ended
December 27,
2020
    Fiscal Year Ended
December 29,
2019
 

Numerator:

    

Net loss

   $ (141,224   $ (67,917

Denominator:

    

Weighted-average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted

     16,051,960       15,080,984  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share—basic and diluted

   $ (8.80   $ (4.50
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company’s potentially dilutive securities, which include preferred stock and options to purchase common stock, have been excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share as the effect would be antidilutive. Therefore, the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding used to calculate both basic and diluted net loss per share is the same. The Company excluded the following potential common shares, presented based on amounts

 

F-30


Table of Contents

outstanding at each period end, from the computation of diluted net loss per share for the periods indicated because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended
December 27,
2020
     Fiscal Year Ended
December 29,
2019
 

Options to purchase common stock

     14,682,063        14,744,622  

Preferred stock (as converted to common shares)

     62,797,051        62,797,051  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total common stock equivalents

     77,479,114        77,541,673  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

15.

RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

As of December 27, 2020, the Company had $4.0 million in loans to its founders with a non-accruing annual interest rate of 4.0%, which are secured by a portion of the founders’ stock. The principal amount, as well as unpaid interest, is payable in full in nine years from the date of issuance. The loan maturity dates are as follows:

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)       

Principal

   Maturity Date  

$ 1,500

     12/3/2022  

1,000

     2/19/2024  

1,500

     9/25/2025  

The loans are classified as a reduction to stockholders’ equity within the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The Company determined at the time of issuance that the fair value of the collateral stock securing the loans to the founders exceeded the value received by the founders.

Additionally, the Company’s founders and Chief Financial Officer each hold indirect minority passive interests in Luzzatto Opportunity Fund II, LLC, an entity which holds indirect equity interests in Welcome to the Dairy, LLC, which is the owner of the property leased by the Company at 3101 W. Exposition Boulevard, Los Angeles, CA 90018, for the Company’s principal corporate headquarters.

 

16.

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company is subject to various claims, lawsuits, governmental investigations and administrative proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company does not believe that the ultimate resolution of any of these matters will have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, liquidity, or capital resources. However, an increase in the number of these claims, or one or more successful claims under which the Company incurs greater liabilities than the Company currently anticipates, could materially and adversely affect the Company’s business, financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.

 

17.

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company evaluated subsequent events through June 17, 2021, the date its accompanying consolidated financial statements were available to be issued. Except as discussed below, there are no events that require adjustment to or disclosure in these consolidated financial statements.

From January to February 2021, the Company completed the closing of the sale of an aggregate of 6,669,146 shares of its Series J preferred stock at a purchase price of $17.10 per share, and, in connection with the sale of such shares of Series J preferred stock, issued to each purchaser

 

F-31


Table of Contents

of Series J preferred stock certain warrants to purchase additional shares of Series J preferred stock pursuant to the terms thereof.

On March 25, 2021, the Company ended its current sweetgreen Rewards program.

*    *    *    *    *    *

 

F-32


Table of Contents

SWEETGREEN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(UNAUDITED)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

    As of
September 26,
2021
    As of
December 27,
2020
 

ASSETS

   

Current assets:

   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 137,031   $ 102,640

Accounts receivable

    2,450     1,087

Inventory

    833     620

Prepaid expenses

    5,241     5,387

Tenant improvement receivable

    16,353     5,523

Current portion of lease acquisition costs

    460     384

Other current assets

    5,189     218
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    167,557     115,859
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

    164,455     127,211

Goodwill

    35,970     6,275

Intangible assets, net

    31,896     10,942

Lease acquisition costs, net

    4,013     3,248

Security deposits

    1,781     2,023

Restricted cash

    328     125
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 406,000   $ 265,683
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES, PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

   

Current liabilities:

   

Accounts payable

  $ 12,980   $ 6,232

Accrued expenses

    14,683     17,893

Accrued payroll

    19,660     6,764

Gift cards and loyalty liability

    1,349     2,337

Current portion of deferred rent liability

    5,304     3,092
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    53,976     36,318
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred rent liability, net of current portion

    38,396     24,241

Accrued payroll, net of current portion

    2,500     5,000

Contingent consideration liability

    16,440     -  

Preferred stock warrant liability

    7,409     1,848
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  $ 118,721   $ 67,407
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 15)

   

Preferred Stock:

   

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share (71,919,849 shares authorized, 69,231,197 shares issued and outstanding as of September 26, 2021 and 62,797,051 shares authorized, 62,562,051 shares issued and outstanding as of December 27, 2020

    614,496     505,638

Stockholders’ deficit:

   

Common stock, $0.001 par value per share (122,000,000 shares authorized and 21,893,706 shares issued and outstanding as of September 26, 2021 and 96,000,000 shares authorized, 16,731,625 shares issued and outstanding as of December 27, 2020, respectively)

    22     17

Class S Stock:

   

Class S stock, $0.001 par value per share (1,933,258 shares authorized and 1,843,493 shares issued and outstanding as of September 26, 2021, and 0 shares issued and outstanding as of September 26, 2021 and December 27, 2020, respectively)

    2     -  

Loans to related parties

    -       (4,000

Additional paid-in capital

    82,794     19,662

Accumulated deficit

    (410,035     (323,041
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

    (327,217     (307,362
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

  $ 406,000   $ 265,683
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

SWEETGREEN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(UNAUDITED)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     Thirteen Weeks Ended     Thirty-Nine Weeks Ended  
     September 26,
2021
    September 27,
2020
    September 26,
2021
    September 27,
2020
 

Revenue

   $ 95,844   $ 55,549   $ 243,448   $ 161,435
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restaurant operating costs (exclusive of depreciation and amortization presented separately below):

        

Food, beverage, and packaging

     26,701     16,939     67,125     48,857

Labor and related expenses

     30,316     22,727     79,343     61,348

Occupancy and related expenses

     14,053     11,301     35,919     32,268

Other restaurant operating costs

     11,640     9,288     33,001     25,306
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total restaurant operating costs

     82,710     60,255     215,388     167,779
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

General and administrative

     28,944     23,335     78,395     72,168

Depreciation and amortization

     9,303     6,624     25,558     18,831

Pre-opening costs

     2,789     1,741     6,256     3,592

Impairment of long-lived assets

     4,415     -       4,415     -  

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

     -       441     56     586
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     45,451     32,141     114,680     95,177
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (32,317     (36,847     (86,620     (101,521

Interest income

     (78     (128     (299     (940

Interest expense

     23     140     65     306

Other expense/(income)

     (2,196     -       608     (731
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before income taxes

     (30,066     (36,859     (86,994     (100,156

Income tax provision

     -       -       -       -  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (30,066   $ (36,859   $ (86,994   $ (100,156
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

        

Net loss per share, Class S and common stock, basic and diluted

   $ (1.58   $ (2.25   $ (4.88   $ (6.32
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used in computing net loss per share, Class S and common stock, basic and diluted

     19,084,124     16,403,415     17,836,525     15,834,995
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

SWEETGREEN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(UNAUDITED)

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

    For the Thirteen Weeks Ended September 26, 2021 and September 27, 2020  
    Preferred Stock    

 

    Class S Stock     Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Loans to
Related
Parties
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total  
    Shares     Amount    

 

    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balances at June 28, 2020

    62,562,051   $ 505,638         -       -       16,206,431   $ 17   $ 15,772   $ (4,000   $ (245,114   $ (233,325

Net loss

    -       -           -       -       -       -       -       -       (36,859     (36,859

Exercise of stock options

    -       -           -       -       374,813     -       776     -       -       776

Stock-based compensation expense

    -       -           -       -       -       -       1,374     -       -       1,374
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at September 27, 2020

    62,562,051   $ 505,638         -       -       16,581,244   $ 17   $ 17,922   $ (4,000   $ (281,973   $ (268,034
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at June 27, 2021

    69,231,197   $ 614,496         -       -       17,635,784   $ 18   $ 26,523   $ (4,000   $ (379,969   $ (357,428

Net loss

    -       -           -       -       -       -         -       (30,066     (30,066

Exercise of stock options

    -       -           -       -       4,243,589     4     21,546     -       -       21,550

Exercise of common stock warrants

    -       -           -       -       14,333     -       32     -       -       32

Issuance of Class S Stock

    -       -           1,843,493     2     -       -       30,702     -       -       30,704

Stock-based compensation expense

    -       -           -       -       -       -       2,832     -       -       2,832

Repayment of related party loan

    -       -           -       -       -       -       1,159     4,000     -       5,159
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at September 26, 2021

    69,231,197   $ 614,496         1,843,493   $ 2     21,893,706   $ 22   $ 82,794   $ -   $ (410,035   $ (327,217
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents
    For the Thirty-Nine Weeks Ended September 26, 2021 and September 27, 2020  
    Preferred Stock    

 

    Class S Stock     Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Loans to
Related
Parties
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total  
    Shares     Amount    

 

    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balances at December 29, 2019

    62,562,051   $ 505,638         -       -       15,340,159   $ 15   $ 12,607   $ (4,000   $ (181,817   $ (173,195

Net loss

    -       -           -       -       -       -       -       -       (100,156     (100,156

Exercise of stock options

    -       -           -       -       1,241,085     2     1,683     -       -       1,685

Stock-based compensation expense

    -       -           -       -       -       -       3,632     -       -       3,632
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at September 27, 2020

    62,562,051   $ 505,638       $ -     $ -       16,581,244   $ 17   $ 17,922   $ (4,000   $ (281,973   $ (268,034
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at December 27, 2020

    62,562,051   $ 505,638       $ -     $ -       16,731,625   $ 17   $ 19,662   $ (4,000   $ (323,041   $ (307,362

Net loss

    -       -           -       -       -       -         -       (86,994     (86,994

Exercise of stock options

    -       -           -       -       5,147,748     5     25,310     -       -       25,315

Exercise of common stock warrants

    -       -           -       -       14,333     -       32     -       -       32

Issuance of Class S Stock

    -       -           1,843,493     2     -       -       30,702     -       -       30,704

Stock-based compensation expense

    -       -           -       -       -       -       5,929     -       -       5,929

Issuance of preferred stock (net of issuance costs of $226)

    6,669,146     108,858         -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  

Repayment of related party loan

    -       -           -       -       -       -       1,159     4,000     -       5,159
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at September 26, 2021

    69,231,197   $ 614,496         1,843,493   $ 2     21,893,706   $ 22   $ 82,794   $ -     $ (410,035   $ (327,217
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

SWEETGREEN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(UNAUDITED)

(in thousands)

 

    Thirty-Nine Weeks Ended  
    September 26,
2021
    September 27,
2020
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

   

Net loss

  $ (86,994   $ (100,156

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

   

Depreciation and amortization

    25,558     18,831

Amortization of lease acquisition

    300     253

Amortization of loan origination fees

    68     66

Loss on fixed asset disposal

    56     586

Stock-based compensation

    6,104     3,632

Impairment of long-lived assets

    4,415     -  

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

    608     (731

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

   

Accounts receivable

    (1,363     679

Tenant improvement receivables

    (10,830     (4,310

Inventory

    (213     192

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    146     659

Accounts payable

    3,539     482

Accrued payroll and benefits

    10,396     1,389

Accrued expenses

    (3,384     5,824

Gift card and loyalty liability

    (988     (1,024

Deferred rent liability

    16,367     6,926
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

    (36,215     (66,702

Cash flows from investing activities:

   

Purchase of property and equipment

    (60,070     (34,868

Purchase of intangible assets

    (5,438     (6,857

Acquisition, net of cash and cash equivalents acquired

    (3,340     (791

Security and landlord deposits

    242     18

Lease acquisition costs

    (1,140     (514
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (69,746     (43,012

Cash flows from financing activities:

   

Repayment on long term debt

    -       -  

Proceeds from long term debt

    -       15,000

Proceeds from preferred stock issuance, net of issuance costs

    113,811     -  

Proceeds from stock option exercise

    25,347     1,685

Deferred offering costs paid

    (3,793     -  

Proceeds from related party loan

    5,158     -  

Proceeds from exercise of warrants

    32     -  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

    140,555     16,685

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash

    34,594     (93,029

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash—beginning of year

    102,765     249,377
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash—end of period

  $ 137,359   $ 156,348

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

   

Cash paid for interest

  $ -   $ 241

Purchase of property and equipment accrued in accounts payable and accrued expenses

  $ 2,431   $ 872

Non-cash investing and financing activities

   

Deferred offering costs not yet paid

  $ 1,246   $ -

Initial liability associated with Series J warrants

  $ 4,953   $ -

Acquisition non-cash consideration

  $ 30,704   $ -

Initial liability associated with contingent consideration

  $ 16,440     -  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

SWEETGREEN, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

1.

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Sweetgreen, Inc., a Delaware corporation, together with its wholly owned subsidiaries (the “Company”), develops and operates fast-casual restaurants serving healthy foods prepared from locally sourced, seasonal, and organic ingredients. As of September 26, 2021, the Company operated 140 restaurants in 13 states, all within the United States of America.

The Company was founded in November 2006 and incorporated in the state of Delaware in October 2009 and currently is headquartered in Los Angeles, California. The Company’s operations are conducted as one operating segment and one reportable segment, as the Company’s chief operating decision maker, who is the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, reviews financial information on an aggregate basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. The Company’s revenue is primarily derived from retail sales of food and beverages by company-owned restaurants.

The Company has prepared the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles for interim financial statements and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments consisting of normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations. Interim results of operations are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be achieved for the full year. The financial statements and related notes do not include all information and footnotes required by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles for annual reports and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 27, 2020, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Principles of Consolidation—The accompany condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Fiscal Year—The Company’s fiscal year is a 52- or 53-week period that ends on the Sunday closest to the last day of December. Fiscal year 2021 is a 52-week period that ends December 26, 2021 and fiscal year 2020 was a 52-week period that ended December 27, 2020. In a 52-week fiscal year, each quarter includes 13 weeks of operations. In a 53-week fiscal year, the first, second and third quarters each include 13 weeks of operations, and the fourth quarter includes 14 weeks of operations.

Management’s Use of Estimates—The condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared by the Company in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The preparation of condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect certain reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the condensed consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant accounting estimates made by the Company include the income tax valuation allowance, impairment of long-lived assets, legal liabilities, valuation of preferred stock warrant liability, valuation of the fair value of common stock, fair value of contingent consideration, intangible assets acquired in business combinations, goodwill and stock-based compensation. These estimates are based on information available as of the date of the condensed consolidated financial statements; therefore, actual results could differ from those estimates, including those resulting from the impact of COVID-19.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Fair Value of Financial Instruments—The fair value measurement accounting guidance creates a fair value hierarchy to prioritize the inputs used to measure fair value into three categories. A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input significant to the fair value measurement, where Level 1 is the highest category (observable inputs) and Level 3 is the lowest category (unobservable inputs). The three levels are defined as follows:

Level 1—Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.

Level 2—Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active and model-derived valuations in which significant value drivers are observable.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. This includes certain pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs.

The carrying amount of accounts receivable, tenant improvement allowance receivable, other current assets, accounts payable, accrued payroll and accrued expenses approximates fair value due to the short-term maturity of these financial instruments. The fair value of loans to related parties is not readily determinable by virtue of the nature of the related parties’ relationship with the Company. The Company’s preferred stock warrant liability and contingent consideration are carried at fair value determined using Level 3 inputs in the fair value. For further details refer to Note 3, “Fair Value.”

Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. In other words, the instruments are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments only in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment). For further details refer to Note 3, “Fair Value.”

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets—Long-lived assets are reviewed for recoverability at the lowest level in which there are identifiable cash flows (“asset group”). The asset group is at the store-level for restaurant assets and the corporate-level for corporate assets. The carrying amount of a store asset group includes stores’ property and equipment, primarily leasehold improvements. Long-lived assets, including property and equipment and internally developed software, are reviewed by management for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be fully recoverable. When events or circumstances indicate that impairment may be present, management evaluates the probability that future undiscounted net cash flows received will be less than the carrying amount of the asset group. If projected future undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value of an asset group, then such assets are written down to their fair values. The Company uses a discounted cash flows model to measure the fair value of an asset group. An impairment charge will be recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of the store asset group exceeds its fair value. A number of significant assumptions and estimates are involved in the application of the model to forecast operating cash flows, which are largely unobservable inputs and, accordingly, are classified as Level 3 inputs within the fair value hierarchy. Assumptions used in these forecasts are consistent with internal planning, and include sales growth rates, gross margins, and operating expense in relation to the current economic environment and the Company’s future expectations, competitive factors in its various markets, inflation, sales trends and other relevant economic factors that may impact the store under evaluation.

There is uncertainty in the projected undiscounted future cash flows used in the Company’s impairment review analysis, which requires the use of estimates and assumptions. If actual performance does not achieve the projections, or if the assumptions used change in the future, the Company may be required to recognize impairment charges in future periods, and such

 

F-39


Table of Contents

charges could be material. The Company determined that triggering events, primarily related to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic impacting our near-term restaurant level cash flow forecasts, occurred for certain restaurants during the thirteen and thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021 that required an impairment review of the Company’s long-lived assets. Based on the results of this analysis, the Company recorded non-cash impairment charges of $4.4 million, related to certain of the Company’s stores, as well as the two stores operated by Spyce Food Co. (“Spyce”) (see Note 6 for information regarding the Company’s acquisition of Spyce).

Business Combinations—The Company utilizes the acquisition method of accounting in any acquisitions or business combinations. The acquisition method of accounting requires companies to assign values to assets and liabilities acquired based upon their fair values at the acquisition date. In most instances, there are not readily defined or listed market prices for individual assets and liabilities acquired in connection with a business, including intangible assets. The determination of fair value for assets and liabilities in many instances requires a high degree of estimation. The valuation of intangible assets, in particular, is very subjective. The Company generally obtains third-party valuations to assist it in estimating fair values. The use of different valuation techniques and assumptions could change the amounts and useful lives assigned to the assets and liabilities acquired and related amortization expense.

Contingent ConsiderationDue to certain conversion features, the contingent consideration issued as part of the Spyce acquisition (see Note 6 for further details) is considered a liability in accordance with ASC 480. The liability associated the contingent consideration is initially recorded at fair value (see Note 3 for further details) upon issuance date and is subsequently re-measured to fair value at each reporting date. The initial fair value of the liability for the contingent consideration was $16.4 million and was included as part of the purchase price for the Spyce acquisition.

Changes in fair value of the contingent consideration is recognized within other expense, net in the accompanying condensed consolidated statement of operations.

Cash and Cash Equivalents—The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. Amounts receivable from credit card processors are converted to cash shortly after the related sales transaction and are considered to be cash equivalents because they are both short-term and highly liquid in nature. Amounts receivable from sales transactions as of September 26, 2021 and December 27, 2020, were $3.2 million and $0.8 million, respectively.

Restricted Cash—The Company’s restricted cash balance relates to certificates of deposit that are collateral for letters of credit to lease agreements entered into by the Company.

The reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash presented in the Company’s accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets to the total amount shown in its condensed consolidated statements of cash flows is as follows:

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)    As of
September 26,
2021
     As of
December 27,
2020
 

Reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 137,031    $ 102,640

Restricted cash, noncurrent

     328      125
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash shown on statement of cash flows

   $ 137,359      $ 102,765  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Concentrations of Risk—The Company maintains cash balances at several financial institutions located in the United States. The cash balances may, at times, exceed federally insured limits. Accounts are guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) up to $0.3 million.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

During the thirteen weeks ended September 26, 2021 and September 27, 2020, approximately 33% and 29%, respectively, of the Company’s revenue was generated from the Company’s restaurants located in the New York City metropolitan area. During the thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021 and September 27, 2020, approximately 33% and 33%, respectively, of the Company’s revenue was generated from the Company’s restaurants located in the New York City metropolitan area.

Deferred Offering Costs—Deferred offering costs, which consist of direct incremental legal, consulting, accounting, and other fees relating to the anticipated sale of the Company’s Class A Common Stock in the initial public offering (“IPO”), are capitalized and will be recorded as a reduction of proceeds from the IPO upon the consummation of the IPO. There were $5.0 million and $0 of deferred offering costs included in other current assets on the condensed consolidated balance sheets as of September 26, 2021 and December 27, 2020, respectively. Of the costs included in the condensed consolidated balance sheet, $3.8 million and $1.2 million were paid and unpaid, respectively, as of September 26, 2021.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted—In April 2012, the JOBS Act was enacted. Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. The Company has elected to take advantage of the extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards and to adopt certain of the reduced disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies. As a result of the accounting standards election, the Company will not be subject to the same implementation timing for new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies which may make comparison of its financials to those of other public companies more difficult.

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-02, Leases. This update requires lessees to recognize in the condensed consolidated balance sheet assets and liabilities for leases with lease terms of more than 12 months. Consistent with current GAAP, the recognition, measurement, and presentation of expenses and cash flows arising from a lease by a lessee primarily will depend on its classification as a finance or operating lease. However, unlike current GAAP—which requires only capital leases to be recognized in the condensed consolidated balance sheet—the new ASU will require both types of leases to be recognized by a lessee in the condensed consolidated balance sheet. In June 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-05 which delayed the effective date to fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. Early application is permitted. The Company plans on electing the optional transition method to apply the standard as of the effective date and therefore, will not apply the standard to the comparative periods presented in its financial statements. While the Company is still evaluating this ASU, the Company has determined that the primary impact will be to recognize in the condensed consolidated balance sheets all operating leases with lease terms greater than 12 months. It is expected that this ASU will have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheet as it will record assets and obligations related to approximately 140 restaurant operating and corporate office leases. The Company does not expect a material impact on its condensed consolidated statement of operations or condensed consolidated statement of cash flows. Additionally, the Company is in the process of evaluating the expanded disclosure requirements related to this ASU.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”). The amendments in ASU 2016-13 provide amended guidance for estimating credit losses on certain types of financial instruments based on expected losses and the timing of the recognition of such

 

F-41


Table of Contents

losses. Expanded disclosures related to the methods used to estimate the losses are also required. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. The application of ASU 2018-07 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12,Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes” (“ASU 2019-12”), which simplifies various aspects related to the accounting for income taxes. ASU 2010-12 removes certain exceptions to the general principles of ASC 740 and clarifies and amends existing guidance to improve consistent application. ASU 2019-12 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. The Company is currently evaluating the impact ASU 2019-12 will have on its condensed consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15,Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40)”: Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract (“ASU 2018-15”), which clarifies the accounting for implementation costs in cloud computing arrangements. ASU 2018-15 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021. Prior to the adoption of ASU 2018-15, the Company capitalized implementation costs incurred during the application development phase of cloud computing arrangements to leasehold improvements, property and equipment, net on the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets and have recognized expense over the useful life of the related asset within depreciation and amortization on the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of income. Subsequent to the adoption of ASU 2018-15, the Company will capitalize such costs within prepaid expenses and other current assets or other assets on the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets and will recognize expense within general and administrative expenses or other operating costs on the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of income, consistent with the where the expense associated with the hosting element of the arrangement are presented. The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 2018-15 to result in a material change to its condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

2.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

Nature of products and services

The Company recognizes food and beverage revenue, net of discounts and incentives, when payment is tendered at the point of sale as the performance obligation has been satisfied, through the Company’s three disaggregated revenue channels: Owned Digital Channels, In Store-Channel (Non-Digital component), and Marketplace Channel. Owned Digital Channels encompasses the Company’s Pick-Up Channel, Native Delivery Channel, Outpost Channel, and purchases made in its In-Store Channel via digital scan-to-pay. Pick-Up Channel refers to sales to customers made for pick up at one of the Company’s restaurants through the sweetgreen website or mobile app. Native Delivery Channel refers to sales to customers for delivery made through the sweetgreen website or mobile app. Outpost Channel refers to sales to customers for delivery made through the sweetgreen website or mobile app to Outposts, which are the Company’s trademark offsite drop-off points at offices, residential buildings and hospitals.

In-Store Channel (Non-Digital component) refers to sales to customers who make in-store purchases in the Company’s restaurants, whether they pay by cash or credit card.

Marketplace Channel refers to sales to customers for delivery or pick-up made through third-party delivery marketplaces, including Caviar, DoorDash, Grubhub, Postmates, and Uber Eats.

Provisions for discounts are provided for in the same period the related sales are recorded. Sales taxes and other taxes collected from customers and remitted to governmental authorities are presented on a net basis, and as such, are excluded from revenues.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Gift Cards

The Company sells gift cards that do not have an expiration date. Upon sale, gift cards are recorded as unearned revenue and included within gift card liability in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The revenues from gift cards are recognized when redeemed by customers. Because the Company does not track addresses of gift card purchasers, the relevant jurisdiction related to the requirement for escheatment, the legal obligation to remit unclaimed assets to the state, is the Company’s state of incorporation, which is Delaware. The state of Delaware requires escheatment after 5 years from issuance. The Company does not recognize breakage income because of its requirements to escheat unredeemed gift card balances.

sweetgreen Rewards

During the thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021, the Company eliminated its sweetgreen rewards program. Prior to its elimination, customers accumulated loyalty rewards for digital purchases made through the Company’s Owned Digital Channels. The customer had 30 days to accumulate the necessary amount of purchases for a reward and the reward expires after 30 days. The loyalty points represent a material right. The Company defers revenue associated with the relative estimated standalone selling price of the loyalty points, which is estimated as the value of the loyalty reward, net of loyalty related purchases not expected to be redeemed. The Company estimates loyalty purchases not expected to be redeemed based on historical company-specific data. Revenue is recognized when the reward is redeemed or expires.

Delivery

All of the Company’s locations offer a delivery option. Delivery services are fulfilled by third-party service providers whether delivery is ordered through the Company’s Native Delivery Channel or Marketplace Channel. With respect to Native Delivery sales, the Company controls the delivery services and recognizes revenue, including delivery revenue, when the delivery partner transfers food to the customer. For these sales, the Company receives payment directly from the customer at the time of sale. With respect to Marketplace Channel sales, the Company recognizes revenue, excluding delivery fees collected by the delivery partner as the Company does not control the delivery service, when control of the food is delivered to the end customer. The Company receives payment from the delivery partner subsequent to the transfer of food and the payment terms are short-term in nature. For all delivery sales, the Company is considered the principal and recognizes the revenue on a gross basis.

The following table presents the Company’s revenue for the thirteen and thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021 and September 27, 2020 disaggregated by significant revenue channel:

 

     Thirteen Weeks Ended      Thirty-Nine Weeks Ended  
(dollar amounts in thousands)    September 26,
2021
     September 27,
2020
     September 26,
2021
     September 27,
2020
 

Owned Digital Channels

   $ 41,087    $ 32,206    $ 114,629    $ 92,436

In-Store Channel (Non-Digital component)

     35,372      11,591      77,048      42,688

Marketplace Channel

     19,385        11,752        51,771        26,311  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Revenue

   $ 95,844      $ 55,549      $ 243,448      $ 161,435  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Gift Cards

Gift card liability included in gift card and loyalty liability within the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet was as follows:

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)    As of
September 26,
2021
     As of
December 27,
2020
 

Gift Card Liability

   $ 1,349      $ 1,394  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenue recognized from the redemption of gift cards that was included in gift card and loyalty liability at the beginning of the year was as follows:

 

     Thirteen Weeks Ended      Thirty-Nine Weeks Ended  
(dollar amounts in thousands)    September 26,
2021
     September 27,
2020
     September 26,
2021
     September 27,
2020
 

Revenue recognized from gift card liability balance at the beginning of the year

   $ 30      $ 30      $ 209      $ 274  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

sweetgreen Rewards

Changes in sweetgreen Rewards liability included in gift card and loyalty liability within the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet was as follows:

 

     Thirty-Nine Weeks Ended  
(dollar amounts in thousands)    September 26,
2021
    September 27,
2020
 

sweetgreen Rewards liability, beginning balance

   $ 943   $ 1,950

Revenue deferred

     1,701       4,736  

Revenue recognized

     (2,644     (5,595
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

sweetgreen Rewards liability, ending balance

   $ -     $ 1,091  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

All the loyalty liability outstanding at the beginning of each year presented was recognized during each respective year. All rewards revenue related to performance obligations were satisfied as of September 26, 2021.

 

3.

FAIR VALUE

The following tables present information about the Company’s financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

            Fair Value Measurements
as of September 26, 2021
            Fair Value Measurements
as of December 27, 2020
 
     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  
(dollar amounts in thousands)                                                        

Preferred stock warrant liability

   $ 7,409    $ -      $ -      $ 7,409    $ 1,848    $ -      $ -      $ 1,848

Contingent consideration

     16,440      -        -        16,440      -        -        -        -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 23,849    $ -      $ -      $ 23,849    $ 1,848    $ -      $ -      $ 1,848
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The fair value of preferred stock warrant liability and contingent consideration was determined based on significant inputs not observable in the market, which represents a Level 3 measurement within the fair value hierarchy.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

In connection with the acquisition of Spyce, the former equityholders of Spyce may receive additional shares of Class A Common Stock worth up to $20 million (with the number of shares being calculated based on the Reference Price, as defined below), contingent on the achievement of certain performance milestones between the closing date and June 30, 2026. See Note 6 for further details. The contingent consideration was valued using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model across IPO and Stay Private scenarios. The analysis considered, among other items, the equity value, as calculated in the Company’s ASC 718 analysis, the contractual terms of the Spyce Merger agreement, the Company’s discount rate, and the probability that the milestone targets required for issuance of shares under the contingent consideration will be achieved.

The Company used the Black-Scholes option pricing model across IPO and Stay Private scenarios, which incorporates assumptions and estimates, to value the preferred stock warrants. Additionally, because the preferred stock has certain conversion features, the fair value of the related preferred stock warrants are re-measured to fair value on a periodic basis and any changes to the preferred stock warrant liability are recorded in the condensed consolidated statement of operations in the related period.

 

Input    As of September 26,
2021
     As of December 27,
2020
 

Risk-free interest rate

     0.43% - 0.97%        0.2% - 0.51%  

Expected term

     0.1 - 5.2        3.0 - 6.0  

Expected volatility

     57.0% - 67.8%        44.2% - 49.0%  

Dividend yield

     0        0  

Risk-Free Interest Rate—The yield on actively traded noninflationary indexed U.S Treasury notes with the same maturity as the expected term of the underlying options was used as the average risk-free interest rate (Stay Private Scenario- 0.5% and IPO Scenario – 0.97%) for the Series J and Series F warrants, and (Stay Private Scenario- 0.43% ) for the contingent consideration.

Expected Term—For Series F warrant, the expected term is equal to the remaining contractual life of the warrant in the IPO scenario (5.22 years) considering the warrant survives the IPO event and the expected time to liquidity in the Stay Private scenario (3.00 years). For Series J warrants, the expected term is equal to the remaining contractual life of the warrants in the IPO scenario (0.1 years) and the expected time to liquidity in the Stay Private scenario (3.00 years). If not exercised prior to the completion of the offering, the Series J warrants will be automatically net exercised upon the completion of the offering. For the contingent consideration the expected term is equal to the remaining period of time to each milestone in the IPO scenario (0.15 years to 4.32 years) and equal to the Company’s most recent ASC 718 and ASC 480 analysis for the Stay Private Scenario (2.9 years).

Expected Volatility—There is no substantive share price history to calculate volatility and, as such, the Company has elected to use an approximation based on the volatility of other comparable public companies, which compete directly with the Company, over the expected term of the options for the Series F and Series J warrants (IPO Scenario – 57.0% and Stay Private Scenario – 67.8%), and for the contingent consideration (IPO Scenario – 58.0% and Stay Private Scenario – 59.0%).

Dividend Yield—The Company has not issued regular dividends on common shares in the past nor does the Company expect to issue dividends in the future. As such, the dividend yield has been estimated to be zero.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

The following table provides a roll forward of the aggregate fair values of the Company’s preferred stock warrant liability and contingent consideration based on both scenarios, for which fair value is determined using Level 3 inputs.

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)    Preferred Stock
Warrant Liability
 

Balance—December 29, 2019

   $ 1,603

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrants

     245
  

 

 

 

Balance—December 27, 2020

     1,848

Addition of Series J warrant

     4,953

Addition of contingent consideration

     16,440

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrants

     608
  

 

 

 

September 26, 2021

   $ 23,849
  

 

 

 

In addition to the fair value measurement related to an acquisition as discussed in Note 6, the following non-financial instruments were measured at fair value, on a non-recurring basis, as of and for the thirteen and thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021, reflecting certain property and equipment for which an impairment loss was recognized during the corresponding periods, as discussed in Note 1 under “Impairment of Long-Lived Assets.” The fair value of the related property and equipment was determined to be $0 and represents a Level 3 fair value measurement:

 

            Fair Value Measurements
as of September 26, 2021
     Thirteen Weeks
Ended
September 26,
2021
     Thirty-Nine Weeks
Ended
September 26,
2021
 
     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Impairment Losses  
(dollar amounts in thousands)                                          

Certain property and equipment, net

   $ 4,415    $ -    $ -    $ -    $ 4,415    $ 4,415  

There were no non-financial instruments measured at fair value, on a non-recurring basis, as of and for the thirteen and thirty-nine weeks ended September 27, 2020.

 

4.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life. A summary of property and equipment is as follows:

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)    As of
September 26,
2021
    As of
December 27,
2020
 

Furniture and fixtures

     23,752   $ 17,130  

Computers and other equipment

     21,270     15,981

Kitchen equipment

     44,169     36,366

Leasehold improvements

     151,697     119,925

Assets not yet placed in service

     21,641     15,653
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

     262,529     205,055

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (98,074     (77,844
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment - net

   $ 164,455     $ 127,211  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Depreciation expense for the thirteen weeks ended September 26, 2021 and September 27, 2020, was $7.6 million and $5.9 million, respectively.

Depreciation expense for the thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021 and September 27, 2020, was $21.1 million and $16.9 million, respectively.

Loss on asset disposals for the thirteen weeks ended September 26, 2021 and September 27, 2020, was $0 and $0.4 million, respectively.

Loss on asset disposals for the thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021 and September 27, 2020, was $0.1 million and $0.6 million, respectively.

As of September 26, 2021, the Company had 10 facilities under construction due to open during 2021. As of December 27, 2020, the Company had 6 facilities under construction, which opened during 2021. Depreciation commences after a store opens and the related assets are placed in service.

Based on the Company’s review of its long lived assets for impairment, the Company recorded non-cash impairment charges of $4.4 million for the thirteen and thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021. See “Impairment of Long-Lived Assets” in Note 1 for additional information.

 

5.

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET

The following table represents the changes in the Company’s Goodwill balance:

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)       

Balance—December 27, 2020

     6,275

Spyce acquisition

     29, 695  
  

 

 

 

Balance—September 26, 2021

   $ 35,970
  

 

 

 

The change in the goodwill balance from December 27, 2020 is attributable to the Company’s acquisition of Spyce. See Note 6 “Business Acquisition” for further details.

The following table presents the Company’s intangible assets, net balances:

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)    As of
September 26,
2021
    As of
December 27,
2020
 

Internal use software

   $ 23,296   $ 17,894

Developed technology

     20,050     -  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

     43,346     17,894

Accumulated amortization

     (11,450     (6,952
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 31,896     $ 10,942  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Developed technology intangible assets and development intangible assets were recognized in conjunction with the Company’s acquisition of Spyce on September 7, 2021. The estimated useful lives of developed technology is 5 years. As of September 26, 2021, developed technology has not been placed into service. See Note 6 “Business Acquisition” for further details.

Amortization expense for intangible assets was $1.7 million and $0.7 million for the thirteen weeks ended September 26, 2021 and September 27, 2020, respectively.

Amortization expense for intangible assets was $4.5 million and $2.0 million for the thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021 and September 27, 2020, respectively.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Estimated amortization of internal use software for each of the next five years is as follows:

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)       

2021

   $ 1,813

2022

     5,860

2023

     3,361

2024

     812

2025

     -  

 

6.

BUSINESS ACQUISITION

On September 7, 2021, the Company closed its acquisition of Spyce, a Boston-based restaurant company powered by automation technology. The Company acquired 100% of the stock of Spyce. The purpose of the acquisition is to allow the Company to serve its food with even better quality, consistency and efficiency in its restaurants via automation. Pursuant to the merger agreement, upon closing, the Company issued unregistered Class S Shares (the “Class S Shares”) worth approximately $37.5 million, of which $6.8 million is considered post-business combination compensation expense, see Note 11 for details, and subject to certain vesting requirements of certain Spyce employees. Each Class S Share shall convert into a number of shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock, which will be offered as part of the Company’s initial public offering (“IPO”), based on the following: (i) in the event the Company commences an IPO prior to March 31, 2022, based on the price per share of Class A Common Stock offered in the IPO (the “Reference Price”) or (ii) in the event the Company does not commence an IPO prior to March 31, 2022, the Reference Price shall instead equal $20 per share. Other than the right to convert into Class A common stock at the Reference Price, the rights and privileges associated with Class S shares are substantially the same as those associated with the Company’s common stock, including distribution rights upon a liquidation event. Additionally, the Company paid off approximately $3.5 million of certain indebtedness and transaction expenses of Spyce. Furthermore, the former equityholders of Spyce may receive additional shares of Class A Common Stock worth up to $20 million (with the number of shares being calculated based on the Reference Price), contingent on the achievement of certain performance milestones between the closing date and June 30, 2026. The acquisition of Spyce was not significant pursuant to Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

The following allocation of the purchase price and the estimated transaction costs is preliminary and is based on information available to the Company’s management at the time the consolidated financial statements were prepared. Accordingly, the allocation is subject to change and the impact of such changes may be material (in thousands):

 

     As of September 7,
2021
 

Fair value of assets acquired

  

Restricted cash

     203

Property and equipment, net

     707

Other assets

     660

Developed technology

     20,050

Goodwill

     29,695
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

   $ 51,315
  

 

 

 

Fair value of liabilities assumed

  

Other liabilities

     628  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

   $ 628
  

 

 

 

Total identifiable net assets

   $ 50,687

Fair value of consideration

  

Cash consideration, net of cash acquired

     2,762

Closing third party expenses

     781

Equity consideration

     30,704

Contingent equity consideration

     16,440
  

 

 

 

Total consideration

   $ 50,687
  

 

 

 

Determining the fair value of the intangible assets acquired requires significant judgment, including the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, long-term growth rates and discount rates. The fair value of the intangibles assets was determined using a cost approach, which were based on the Company’s best estimate of recreating the developed technology acquired as part of the transaction. This includes estimates related to opportunity costs, developers profit, weighted average weight of return, and projected overhead. Use of different estimates and judgments could yield materially different results.

The Company’s consolidated financial statements for the thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021 reflect results of operations of the newly acquired business from September 7, 2021 to September 26, 2021. The Company accounted for this acquisition under the acquisition method in accordance with ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations. The goodwill is attributable to the synergies the Company expects to achieve through leveraging the acquired technology to its existing restaurants and the workforce of Spyce. Transaction costs related to this acquisition amount to $1.5 million and $1.6 million during the thirteen and thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021, respectively, and are included in general and administrative expense within the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statement of operations. For tax purposes the acquisition was treated as a stock purchase, and as such any goodwill or other intangible assets recorded as a result of this transaction are not deductible for tax purposes.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

Supplemental Pro Forma Information (unaudited)

Spyce revenue and loss from operations for the thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021 since acquisition on September 7, 2021 were not material. The following unaudited pro forma summary presents consolidated information of the Company as if the business acquisition occurred on December 29, 2019.

 

     Thirteen Weeks Ended     Thirty-Nine Weeks Ended  
(dollar amounts in thousands)    September 26,
2021
     September 27,
2020
    September 26,
2021
    September 27,
2020
 

Revenue

   $ 96,307      $ 55,549   $ 244,381     $ 161,435
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to sweetgreen

   $ (31,524)      $ (38,246   $ (89,869   $ (104,908
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company did not have any material, nonrecurring pro forma adjustments directly attributable to the business acquisition included in the reported pro forma revenue and earnings.

These pro forma amounts have been calculated by applying the Company’s accounting policies.

The unaudited pro forma supplemental information is based on estimates and assumptions, which the Company believes are reasonable and are not necessarily indicative of the results that have been realized had the acquisition been consolidated in the tables above as of December 29, 2019, nor are they indicative of results of operations that may occur in the future.

 

7.

ACCRUED EXPENSES

Accrued expenses consist of the following:

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)    As of
September 26,
2021
     As of
December 27,
2020
 

Rent deferrals

   $ 3,107    $ 5,129  

Accrued general and sales tax

     3,342      2,188

Accrued delivery fee

     1,045      4,596

Accrued settlements and legal fees

     2,463      1,868

Other accrued expenses

     4,726      4,112
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses

   $ 14,683    $ 17,893
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

8.

DEBT

Credit Facility—On December 6, 2017, the Company entered into a revolving credit and security agreement (the “2017 Revolving Facility”) with EagleBank, with an original maturity date of June 19, 2020, which was extended via amendment to December 18, 2020. The 2017 Revolving Facility allowed the Company to borrow up to $15.0 million in the aggregate principal amount. On December 14, 2020, the Company refinanced the 2017 Revolving Facility with EagleBank (as refinanced, the “2020 Credit Facility”). The 2020 Credit Facility allows the Company to borrow up to $35.0 million in the aggregate principal amount under the refinanced revolving facility and up to $10.0 million in the aggregate principal amount under a new delayed draw term loan facility. Under the 2020 Credit Facility, interest accrues on the outstanding loan balance and is payable monthly at a rate of the adjusted one-month London InterBank Offered Rate, plus 2.90%, with a floor on the interest rate at 3.75%. Under the 2017 Revolving Facility, interest accrued on the outstanding loan balance and is payable monthly at a rate of the adjusted one-month London InterBank Offered Rate, plus 2.90%. As of September 26, 2021 and December 27, 2020, the Company had no outstanding balance under the 2020 Credit Facility or 2017 Revolving Facility, as applicable.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

Under the 2017 Revolving Facility the Company was required to maintain liquid assets, consisting of unencumbered cash or marketable securities, of not less than the greater of (i) $10.0 million and (ii) the outstanding balance of the revolving facility. In addition, the Company was required to maintain net working capital in an amount equal to or in excess of the outstanding loan balance. For the 2020 Credit Facility, the Company is required to maintain certain levels of liquidity (defined as total cash and cash equivalents on hand plus the available amount under the revolving facility) which liquidity amount shall be no less than the trailing 90-day cash burn. The Company was in compliance with the applicable financial covenants as of September 26, 2021 and December 27, 2020.

The obligations under the 2020 Credit Facility are guaranteed by the Company’s existing and future material subsidiaries and secured by substantially all of the Company’s and subsidiaries guarantor’s assets. The agreement also restricts the Company’s ability, and the ability of the Company’s subsidiary guarantors, to, among other things, incur liens; incur additional indebtedness; transfer or dispose of assets; make acquisitions, change the nature of the business; guarantee obligations; pay dividends to shareholders or repurchase stock; and make advances, loans, or other investments. The agreement contains customary events of default, including, without limitation, failure to pay the outstanding loans or accrued interest on the due date.

The Company had unamortized loan origination fees of $0.2 million and $0.2 million as of September 26, 2021 and December 27, 2020, respectively, which is included within the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet in other current assets. The Company recognized less than $0.1 million of interest expense for all of the thirteen and thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021 and September 27, 2020, related to the amortization of loan origination fees.

 

9.

COMMON STOCK

As of September 26, 2021 and December 27, 2020, the Company had reserved shares of common stock for issuance in connection with the following:

 

    As of
September 26,
2021
    As of
December 27,
2020
 

Conversion of outstanding shares of preferred stock

    69,231,197     62,562,051

Options outstanding under the 2009 Stock Plan and 2019 Equity Incentive Plan

    13,979,369     14,612,730

Conversion of outstanding shares of Class S stock

    1,843,493     -  

Options outstanding under the Spyce Food Co. 2016 Stock Option and Grant Plan

    83,224     -  

Series F preferred stock warrant

    235,000     235,000

Series J preferred stock warrants (maximum shares issuable upon exercise)

    2,000,715     -  

Common stock warrants

    55,000     69,333

Options available for future issuance under the 2019 Equity Incentive Plan

    9,268,331     358,410
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total reserved shares of common stock

    96,696,329     77,837,524
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

10.

PREFERRED STOCK

From January 2021 to February 2021, the Company completed the closing of the sale of an aggregate of 6,669,146 shares of its Series J Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $17.10 per share for proceeds of $114.0 million, net of issuance costs of $0.3 million (the “Series J Financing”). In connection with the Series J Financing, the Company issued certain warrants to purchase shares of the Series J Preferred Stock to the purchasers in the Series J Financing

 

F-51


Table of Contents

(collectively, the “Series J Warrants”). The Series J Warrants are exercisable for a number of shares based on the fair market value of the Series J Preferred Stock at the time of exercise, up to a maximum of 2,000,715 shares of Series J Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, combination, or other recapitalization or reclassification) in the aggregate.

Additionally, in connection with entering into a prior credit facility with CNF Investments IV, LLC in December 2016, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 235,000 shares of Series F Preferred Stock (the “Series F Warrant”). Both the Series J Warrants and Series F Warrant were determined to be classified as a liability on the condensed consolidated balance sheet because the warrants are free standing financial instruments that may require the Company to transfer assets upon exercise.

The liability associated with the warrants is initially recorded at fair value upon issuance date and is subsequently re-measured to fair value at each reporting date. The proceeds from the Series J Financing were allocated using the with-and-without method, in which a portion of the proceeds equal to the fair value of the Series J Warrants were allocated to the warrants first, and the remaining proceeds, net of issuance cost, were allocated to the Series J Preferred Stock on a residual basis. The initial fair value of the liability for the Series J Warrants was $4.95 million and remaining proceeds, net of issuance cost, was recorded as an increase to preferred stock on the condensed consolidated statements of preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit.

Changes in fair value of the warrant liability are recognized within other expense, net in the accompanying condensed consolidated statement of operations. The fair value of the warrants is estimated using a scenario-based approach, specifically the Probability Weighted Expected Return Method (“PWERM”) with two scenarios – the initial public offering (“IPO”) scenario and the Stay Private scenario. In the IPO scenario, the value of the warrant was calculated using a Black Scholes model which involves making assumptions like the underlying stock value, term, volatility and risk-free rate. The underlying value was calculated using a future waterfall based on the expected IPO date equity value which was then discounted back at a risk adjusted rate and a term was considered based on the remaining contractual life of the warrant considering that the warrants survives the IPO scenario. In the Stay Private scenario, the value of the warrants was calculated using an option pricing method (“OPM”). The OPM framework involves making assumptions for the equity value, expected time to liquidity, volatility and risk-free rate. The equity value was implied based on an independent third-party valuation such that the value for the weighted average value of most recent financing across the IPO and Stay Private scenarios equals the amount paid. The equity value implied in the Stay Private scenario was further supported using the DCF and Market approaches.

Preferred stock as of September 26, 2021 consists of the following:

 

     September 26, 2021  
(dollar amounts in thousands except per
share amounts)
   Preferred
Shares
Authorized
     Preferred Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Issuance
Price Per
Share
     Liquidation
Preference
     Carrying
Value
 

Series A

     5,340,351      5,340,351      $ 0.8500    $ 4,539      $ 4,539

Series B

     3,831,756      3,831,756      $ 1.4314    $ 5,485      $ 5,481

Series C

     3,875,935      3,875,935      $ 2.0094    $ 7,788      $ 7,513

Series D

     8,345,723      8,345,723      $ 2.6900    $ 25,980      $ 22,187

Series E

     4,729,065      4,729,065      $ 4.0700    $ 20,486      $ 19,105

Series F

     4,798,223      4,563,223      $ 7.6700    $ 35,000      $ 34,842

Series G

     7,766,650      7,766,650      $ 9.0000    $ 69,900      $ 69,577

Series H

     15,337,423      15,337,423      $ 13.0400    $ 200,000      $ 193,488

Series I

     8,771,925      8,771,925      $ 17.1000    $ 150,000      $ 148,906

Series J

     9,122,798      6,669,146      $ 17.1000    $ 114,042      $ 108,858

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Preferred stock as of December 27, 2020 consists of the following:

 

     December 27, 2020  
(dollar amounts in thousands except per
share amounts)
   Preferred
Shares
Authorized
     Preferred Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
     Issuance
Price Per
Share
     Liquidation
Preference
     Carrying
Value
 

Series A

     5,340,351      5,340,351      $ 0.8500    $ 4,539      $ 4,539

Series B

     3,831,756      3,831,756      $ 1.4314    $ 5,485      $ 5,481

Series C

     3,875,935      3,875,935      $ 2.0094    $ 7,788      $ 7,513

Series D

     8,345,723      8,345,723      $ 2.6900    $ 25,980      $ 22,187

Series E

     4,729,065      4,729,065      $ 4.0700    $ 20,486      $ 19,105

Series F

     4,798,223      4,563,223      $ 7.6700    $ 35,000      $ 34,842

Series G

     7,766,650      7,766,650      $ 9.0000    $ 69,900      $ 69,577

Series H

     15,337,423      15,337,423      $ 13.0400    $ 200,000      $ 193,488

Series I

     8,771,925      8,771,925      $ 17.1000    $ 150,000      $ 148,906

The holders of preferred stock have various rights and preferences as follows:

Voting—Each share of preferred stock entitles the holder to the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of common stock into which each share is convertible at the time of the vote.

The holders of record of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, are entitled to elect two members of the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”). The holders of record of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, and Series C Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis, are entitled to elect one member of the Board. The holders of record of the shares of common stock, voting as a separate class, are entitled to elect three members of the Board. The holders of record of the shares of common stock and preferred stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, are entitled to elect any remaining members of the Board. As of September 26, 2021, the Board consisted of ten (10) directors, and the stockholders party to that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement (the “SHA”) have agreed to vote their shares in favor of the Board composition as set forth in the SHA.

Dividends—The holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock are entitled to dividends that have accrued through June 30, 2015, if and when declared by the Board, in an amount equal to $0.423 per share and $0.262 per share, respectively, adjusted for any stock splits, reverse stock splits, stock dividends and similar recapitalization events. Dividends no longer accrue on the shares of Series D Preferred Stock or the Series E Preferred Stock after June 30, 2015. As of September 26, 2021, the cumulative accrued Series D Preferred Stock dividend is $3.5 million, and the cumulative accrued Series E Preferred Stock dividend is $1.2 million, which dividend becomes payable, with respect to either the shares of Series D Preferred Stock or the Series E Preferred Stock, as the case may be, if declared by the Board or if the holders of such series of preferred stock receive their liquidation preference in lieu of participating with the holders of shares of common stock upon a liquidation event. Upon conversion of a share of Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock into common stock, accrued dividends with respect to such share will cease to be accrued or payable. Furthermore, if either the shares of Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock are deemed to have converted to common stock in connection with a liquidation event, such accrued dividends shall not be payable.

After payment of the full amount of accrued and unpaid dividends due to the holders of shares of Series E Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, and Series C Preferred Stock (collectively, “Junior Preferred”) outstanding shall be entitled to receive, when as and if declared by the Board, out of

 

F-53


Table of Contents

assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the Series J Preferred Stock, Series I Preferred Stock, Series H Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock or common stock, noncumulative dividends at an annual rate of $0.068 per share of Series A Preferred Stock, $0.114512 per share of Series B Preferred Stock, and $0.160752 per share of Series C Preferred Stock, respectively, adjusted for any stock splits, reverse stock splits, stock dividends, and similar recapitalization events. No dividends have been declared by the Board as of September 26, 2021. The holders of preferred stock and the holders of common stock are also entitled to receive dividends when funds are legally available and declared by the Board, pro rata and on an as-converted basis, subject to the foregoing rights.

Liquidation Preference—In the event of the liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, or a liquidation event, the assets and funds of the Company available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed as follows: (i) first to the holders of Series J Preferred Stock, an amount equal to $17.10 per share, plus all declared and unpaid dividends thereon, (ii) second to the holders of Series I Preferred Stock, an amount equal to $17.10 per share, plus all declared and unpaid dividends thereon, (iii) third to the holders of Series H Preferred Stock, an amount equal to $13.04 per share, plus all declared and unpaid dividends thereon, (iv) fourth to the holders of Series G Preferred Stock, an amount equal to $9.00 per share, plus all declared and unpaid dividends thereon; (v) fifth to the holders of Series F Preferred Stock, an amount equal to $7.67 per share, plus all declared and unpaid dividends thereon; (vi) sixth to the holders of shares of Series E Preferred Stock, an amount equal to $4.07 per share, plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon; (vii) seventh to the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock, an amount equal to $2.69 per share, plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon; (viii) eighth to the holders of Junior Preferred, on a pari passu basis, an amount equal to $0.85 per share of Series A Preferred Stock, $1.43 per share of Series B Preferred Stock, and $2.01 per share of Series C Preferred Stock, in each case, plus all declared and unpaid dividends thereon; and (ix) ninth to the holders of shares of common stock and Class S stock (pro rata), any remaining assets available for distribution to stockholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each holder of shares of preferred stock shall be deemed to have converted such shares to common stock immediately prior to a liquidation event if, as a result of an actual conversion, such holder would receive an amount greater than the amount that would be distributed to such holder if such holder did not convert such shares of preferred stock to common stock (in which case such holder shall not be entitled to receive any distribution that would otherwise be made to holders of such preferred stock).

Redemption—The shares of preferred stock are not redeemable at the option of the holder. In accordance with ASC Topic 480-10-S99-3A, SEC Staff Announcement: Classification and Measurement of Redeemable Securities, preferred stock issued with redemption provisions that are outside of the control of the Company or that contain certain redemption rights in a deemed liquidation event is required to be classified as temporary equity in the mezzanine section of the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets. The shares of preferred stock contain liquidation features, including a liquidation preference in the event of a deemed liquidation event, that were not solely within the Company’s control. Therefore, these shares are classified as temporary equity.

Conversion—Each share of preferred stock is convertible at the option of the holder, at any time after the date of issuance, into shares of common stock as is determined by dividing the original purchase price of such share of preferred stock by the conversion price in effect at the time of conversion, which as of September 26, 2021, is 1:1 for all outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Each share of preferred stock will automatically be converted into shares of common stock at the then-effective conversion rate of such shares upon (i) the affirmative election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of preferred stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, including the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Series D

 

F-54


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock, a majority of the shares of Series E Preferred Stock, a majority of the shares of Series F Preferred Stock, a majority of the shares of Series G Preferred Stock, a majority of the shares of Series H Preferred Stock, a majority of the shares of Series I Preferred Stock and a majority of the shares of Series J Preferred Stock; or (ii) upon the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-1 (or a successor form) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of common stock of at least $50.0 million.

 

11.

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

The Company grants stock options to its employees, as well as nonemployees (including directors and others who provide substantial services to the Company) under the Company’s 2009 Stock Plan and 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (collectively, the “Stock Plans”). In addition, as part of the acquisition of Spyce, see Note 6 for further details, the Company assumed certain options to purchase shares of common stock issued pursuant to the Spyce Food Co. 2016 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Spyce Plan”), which, following such assumption, are exercisable for 96,151 shares of sweetgreen common stock with a weighted average exercise price of $8.95, and the Company issued shares of Class S stock to certain Spyce employees. The portion of the assumed options under the Spyce plan that is related to pre-acquisition vesting is included in the fair value of the equity consideration transferred in the acquisition when measuring goodwill. The portion of the assumed options under the Spyce plan that vest in the future will be recognized as compensation expense as the assumed options vest. The total number of shares authorized under the Stock Plans, which, for the avoidance of doubt, excludes the options assumed under the Spyce Plan, was 32,260,515 as of September 26, 2021, and 9,268,331 shares were available for grant. Options granted in the thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021 and prior periods generally have vesting terms between twelve months and four years and have a contractual life of 10 years.

The issuance of shares of Class S stock issued to certain Spyce employees is subject to time-based service requirements and will vest on the two year anniversary of vesting commencement, subject to vesting acceleration in full upon the occurance of certain events. Additionally, in accordance with ASC 480, due to certain conversion features, as described in Note 6, the issuance of these shares will be included within the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheet, as a share-based liability recorded at fair value, as they vest. As the value is fixed, the grant date fair value of the award represents the fair value of the shares on the acquisition date. As of September 26, 2021, the Company maintained a liability of $0.2 million included within accrued expenses in the condensed consolidated financial statements. For both the thirteen and thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021, the Company recognized stock-based compensation expense of $0.2 million, related to the vested portion of these shares of Class S stock.

 

 

F-55


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the Company’s employee stock option activity for the thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021 and September 27, 2020, excluding options assumed in connection with the Spyce acquisition, as described above:

 

(dollar amounts in thousands except per
share amounts)
   Number of
Shares
    Exercise
Price

Per share
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price Per
Share
     Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(In Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Balance—December 27, 2020

     14,258,980       0.45-7.77      $ 4.75      7.56      $ 14,209

Options granted

     5,097,110       10.76-15.02        11.20      

Options exercised

     (5,066,687     0.45-10.76        4.99      

Options forfeited

     (527,434     3.14-10.76        6.84      

Options expired

     (85,100     0.45-7.77        5.43      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance—September 26, 2021

     13,676,869       0.51-15.02      $ 7.01      7.83      $ 110,222
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable—September 26, 2021

     4,261,586       0.51-10.76        4.42      6.00      $ 45,156
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest—September 26, 2021

     13,676,869       0.51-15.02        7.01      7.83      $ 110,222
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(dollar amounts in thousands except per
share amounts)
   Number of
Shares
    Exercise Price
Per share
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price Per
Share
     Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(In Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Balance—December 29, 2019

     14,166,789       0.36-7.77      $ 4.44      7.9      $ 47,080

Options granted

     2,174,060       4.78-7.77        5.42      

Options exercised

     (1,033,335     0.36-7.77        1.48      

Options forfeited

     (538,355     3.14-7.77        5.70      

Options expired

     (41,928     3.14-5.98        4.16      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance—September 27, 2020

     14,727,231       0.36-7.77      $ 4.72      7.56      $ 14,340
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable—September 27, 2020

     6,060,634       0.36-7.77        3.65      6.44      $ 11,083
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest—September 27, 2020

     14,727,231       0.36-7.77        4.72      7.56      $ 14,340
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the Company’s nonemployee stock option activity:

 

(dollar amounts in thousands except per share
amounts)
   Number of
Shares
    Exercise Price
Per share
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price Per
Share
     Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(In Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Balance—December 27, 2020

     353,750       0.51-6.31      $ 1.41      3.89      $ 1,202

Options granted

     26,000       10.76        10.76      

Options exercised

     (77,250     0.51-10.76        2.19      

Options forfeited

     -       -        -        

Options expired

     -       -        -        
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance—September 26, 2021

     302,500       0.51-10.76      $ 2.08      3.48      $ 3,980
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable—September 26, 2021

     267,791       0.51-10.76        1.43      2.6      $ 3,639
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest—September 26, 2021

     302,500       0.51-10.76        2.08      3.48      $ 3,980
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-56


Table of Contents
(dollar amounts in thousands except per share
amounts)
   Number of
Shares
    Exercise Price
Per share
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price Per
Share
     Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(In Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Balance—December 29, 2019

     508,500       0.36-6.31      $ 0.76      3.5      $ 3,566

Options granted

     1,000       4.78        4.78      

Options exercised

     (207,750     0.51-0.68        0.68      

Options forfeited

     -       -        -        

Options expired

     -       -        -        
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance—September 27, 2020

     301,750       0.36-6.31      $ 1.65      4.82      $ 1,202
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable—September 27, 2020

     269,208       0.36-6.31        0.73      2.98      $ 1,202
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest—September 27, 2020

     301,750       0.36-6.31        1.65      4.82      $ 1,202
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The weighted-average fair value of options granted during the thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021, was $4.47 and $7.84 for stock options issued to employees and non-employees, respectively. The weighted-average fair value of options granted to employees and non-employees during the thirty-nine weeks ended September 27, 2020, was $2.08 and $2.35, respectively.

The fair value of each option granted has been estimated as of the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the assumptions during the fiscal years ended December 27, 2020 and December 29, 2019, included in the table below. The Company has elected to account for forfeitures as they occur.

 

     Thirty-Nine Weeks Ended
Input    September 26,
2021
  September 27,
2020

Risk-free interest rate

   0.46%-1.08%   0.29%-0.83%

Expected term

   5.00-6.08 years   5.09-6.39 years

Expected Volatility

   41%   40%

Dividend yield

   -%   -%

During the thirteen and thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021, the Company recorded $2.8 million and $5.9 million of stock- based compensation expense, respectively, of which $2.7 million and $5.7 million, respectively, related to options issued to employees and less than $0.1 million and $0.2 million related to options issued to nonemployees, respectively. During thirteen and thirty-nine weeks ended September 27, 2020, the Company recorded $1.4 million and $3.6 million, respectively, of stock-based compensation expense, of which $1.4 million and $3.6 million, respectively, related to options issued to employees and less than $0.1 million, for both periods, related to options issued to nonemployees.

As of September 26, 2021, there was $30.6 million in unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested stock-based compensation arrangements and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period 3.21 years.

 

12.

INCOME TAXES

The Company’s entire pretax loss for the thirteen and thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021 and September 27, 2020 was from its U.S domestic operations. The Company’s tax provision for interim periods is determined using an estimate of its annual effective tax rate,

 

F-57


Table of Contents

adjusted for discrete items arising during interim periods. For the thirteen and thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021 and September 27, 2020, there were no significant discrete items recorded and the Company did not record income tax expense due to the Company’s full valuation allowance.

On March 27, 2020, CARES Act was signed into law. The CARES Act provides numerous tax provisions and other stimulus measures, including provisions, among others, addressing the carryback of NOLs for specific periods, refunds of alternative minimum tax credits, temporary modifications to the limitations placed on the tax deductibility of net interest expenses, and technical amendments for qualified improvement property (“QIP”). Additionally, the CARES Act, in efforts to enhance business’ liquidity, provides for refundable employee retention tax credits and the deferral of the employer-paid portion of social security taxes. The Company has elected to defer the employer-paid portion of social security payroll taxes through December 27, 2020, of $5.0 million and will remit such amounts during calendar years 2021 and 2022. As of September 26, 2021, $2.5 million is included within the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet in accrued payroll and the remaining $2.5 million is included within accrued payroll, net of current portion.

On March 11, 2021, President Biden signed the American Rescue Plan Act (“ARPA”). The ARPA includes several provisions, such as measures that extend and expand the employee retention credit, previously enacted under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”), through December 31, 2021. We are still evaluating the ARPA and we do not expect that it will have a material impact on our condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

13.

NET LOSS PER SHARE

The following table sets forth the computation of net loss per Class S and common share:

 

     Thirteen Weeks Ended     Thirty-Nine Weeks Ended  
(dollar amounts in thousands)    September 26,
2021
    September 27,
2020
    September 26,
2021
    September 27,
2020
 

Numerator:

        

Net loss

   $ (30,066   $ (36,859   $ (86,994   $ (100,156
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

        

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, Class S and common stock—basic and diluted

     19,084,124       16,403,415     17,836,525     15,834,995
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share—basic and diluted

   $ (1.58   $ (2.25   $ (4.88   $ (6.32
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

In connection with the acquisition of Spyce (see Note 6 for further details) the Company issued shares of Class S stock. As these shares have identical preference to the Company’s common stock in regards to dividends and liquidity events, they are considered shares of common stock for the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share, in accordance with ASC 260. The Company computes earnings per share of Class S and common stock using the two-class method required for participating securities. Basic and diluted earnings per share are the same for Class S and common stock because they are entitled to the same liquidation and dividend rights.

 

 

F-58


Table of Contents

The Company excluded the following potential shares of common stock, presented based on amounts outstanding at each period end, from the computation of diluted net loss per share for the periods indicated because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:

 

     Thirteen Weeks Ended      Thirty-Nine Weeks Ended  
     September 26,
2021
     September 27,
2020
     September 26,
2021
     September 27,
2020
 

Options to purchase common stock

     14,117,593      15,065,772      14,117,593      15,065,772

Preferred stock (as converted to common shares)

     71,466,912      62,797,051      71,466,912      62,797,051
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total common stock equivalents

     85,584,505      77,862,823      85,584,505      77,862,823
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

14.

RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

During the thirteen and thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021, the Company’s founders repaid $4.0 million in loans plus interest of $1.2 million, based on a non-accruing annual interest rate of 4.0%, which are secured by a portion of the founders’ stock. Interest was recorded to additional-paid in capital within the condensed consolidated financial statements. The original loan maturity dates are as follows:

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)       

Principal

   Maturity Date  

$1,500

     12/3/2022  

1,000

     2/19/2024  

1,500

     9/25/2025  

As of December 27, 2020 the loans were classified as a reduction to stockholders’ equity within the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet. The Company determined at the time of issuance that the fair value of the collateral stock securing the loans to the founders exceeded the value received by the founders.

Additionally, the Company’s founders and Chief Financial Officer each hold indirect minority passive interests in Luzzatto Opportunity Fund II, LLC, an entity which holds indirect equity interests in Welcome to the Dairy, LLC, which is the owner of the property leased by the Company at 3101 W. Exposition Boulevard, Los Angeles, CA 90018, for the Company’s principal corporate headquarters.

 

15.

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating Leases

The Company leases its office facilities, restaurant locations, and certain equipment under non-cancelable operating leases that expire on various dates. During the thirteen weeks ended September 26, 2021 and September 27, 2020, the Company recorded rent expense of $9.9 million and $8.4 million, respectively. During the thirty-nine weeks ended September 26, 2021 and September 27, 2020, the Company recorded rent expense of $25.5 million and $24.0 million, respectively.

 

 

F-59


Table of Contents

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases subsequent to September 26, 2021 are as follows (in thousands):

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)       

2021

   $ 9,607

2022

     41,396

2023

     42,285

2024

     42,072

2025

     41,299

Thereafter

     178,204
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 354,863
  

 

 

 

Legal Contingencies

The Company is subject to various claims, lawsuits, governmental investigations and administrative proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company does not believe that the ultimate resolution of any of these matters will have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, liquidity, or capital resources. However, an increase in the number of these claims, or one or more successful claims under which the Company incurs greater liabilities than the Company currently anticipates, could materially and adversely affect the Company’s business, financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.

 

16.

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company evaluated subsequent events through October 25, 2021, the date its accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements were available to be issued. Except as discussed below, there are no events that require adjustment to or disclosure in these condensed consolidated financial statements.

On September 29, 2021 and contingent upon the closing of the IPO, the Company and EagleBank amended the 2020 Credit Facility to, among other things, exclude acquired Spyce intellectual property and assets from the EagleBank collateral package, permit the Company’s dual-class capital structure, and enhance the Company’s ability to make acquisitions, pursue stock repurchases, and incur indebtedness. Under the 2020 Credit Facility, the refinanced revolving facility matures on December 14, 2022, and the term loan facility matures on December 15, 2025. However, if the Company incurs any convertible debt or unsecured indebtedness that are permitted by the 2020 Credit Facility, then each loan facility will mature on the earlier to occur of (i) the maturity date indicated in the previous sentence and (ii) 90 days prior to the scheduled maturity date for any portion of such permitted convertible debt or unsecured indebtedness, as applicable. The amendment did not change any financial covenant requirements.

In October 2021, the board of directors approved 2,100,000 performance-based restricted stock units (“RSUs”) to each founder, for a total issuance of 6,300,000, under the 2019 Plan. The performance based RSUs vest in seven equal tranches based on certain stock price and liquidity event requirements as defined in the terms of the RSU award agreement. All RSUs that do not vest on or before the expiration date will be immediately forfeited to the Company upon expiration at no cost. In addition, the board of directors approved a total of 1,795,000 RSUs to certain key employees (not including the Company’s founders). The RSUs have a vesting commencement date of August 15, 2021, with 25% vesting on the one year anniversary of vesting commencement, and quarterly after that, subject to each employees’ continuous service throughout the applicable vesting date. All RSUs that do not vest on or before the expiration date will be immediately forfeited to the Company upon expiration at no cost.

In October 2021, upon the exercise in full of the Series F Warrant, the Company issued 235,000 shares of its Series F Preferred Stock.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

 

 

                         Shares

Class A Common Stock

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC   J.P. Morgan
Allen & Company LLC   Morgan Stanley
Citigroup   Cowen   Oppenheimer & Co.   RBC Capital Markets     William Blair  
Amerivet Securities      

Blaylock Van, LLC

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Unless otherwise indicated, all references to “sweetgreen,” the “company,” “we,” “our,” “us” or similar terms refer to Sweetgreen, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by us, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) filing fee and the exchange listing fee.

 

     Amount Paid
or to be Paid
 

SEC registration fee

   $                 *  

FINRA filing fee

     *  

Exchange listing fee

     *  

Printing and engraving expenses

     *  

Legal and other advisory fees and expenses

     *  

Accounting fees and expenses

     *  

Custodian, transfer agent and registrar fees

     *  

Miscellaneous

     *  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ *  
  

 

 

 

 

*

To be filed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement for expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering permits indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, and our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering provide that we will indemnify our directors and executive officers and permit us to indemnify our other officers, employees and other agents, in each case to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers, whereby we have agreed to indemnify our directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by law, including indemnification against expenses and liabilities incurred in legal proceedings to which the director or executive officer was, or is threatened to be made, a party by reason of the fact that such director or executive officer is or was a director, executive officer, employee or agent of Sweetgreen, Inc., provided that such director or executive officer acted in good faith and in a manner that the director or executive officer reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interest of Sweetgreen, Inc. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director or executive officer of Sweetgreen, Inc. regarding which indemnification is sought, nor is the registrant aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

We maintain insurance policies that indemnify our directors and officers against various liabilities arising under the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that might be incurred by any director or officer in his capacity as such.

The underwriters are obligated, under certain circumstances, under the underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto, to indemnify us and our officers and directors against liabilities under the Securities Act.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

From January 1, 2018 through October 24, 2021, we have made the following sales of unregistered securities:

Equity Plan-Related Issuances

 

  1.

Since January 1, 2018, we have issued to our directors, officers, employees, consultants, and other service providers an aggregate of 8,635,538 shares of our common stock at per share purchase prices ranging from $0.36 to $10.76 pursuant to exercises of options under our 2009 Plan and 2019 Plan, as well as 3,811 shares of our common stock at per share purchase prices ranging from $9.63 to $10.29 pursuant to exercises of options assumed in connection with our acquisition of Spyce Food Co.

 

  2.

Since January 1, 2018, we have granted to our directors, officers, employees, consultants, and other service providers options to purchase 18,925,470 shares of our common stock with per share exercise prices ranging from $3.14 to $15.02 under our 2009 Plan and 2019 Plan.

 

  3.

Since January 1, 2018, we have granted to our directors, officers, employees, consultants, and other service providers an aggregate of 8,330,126 restricted stock units.

Preferred Stock Issuances

 

  4.

In January and February 2021, we issued and sold an aggregate of 6,669,146 shares of our Series J preferred stock to 66 accredited investors at a price per share of $17.10, for an aggregate purchase price of $114,042,723.

 

  5.

In September 2019, we issued and sold an aggregate of 8,771,925 shares of our Series I preferred stock to 45 accredited investors at a price per share of $17.10, for an aggregate purchase price of $149,999,918.

 

  6.

In November 2018, we issued and sold an aggregate of 15,337,423 shares of our Series H preferred stock to 18 accredited investors at a price per share of $13.04, for an aggregate purchase price of $199,999,996.

 

  7.

From February 2018 to May 2018, we issued and sold an aggregate of 3,322,223 shares of our Series G preferred stock to 38 accredited investors at a price per share of $9.00, for an aggregate purchase price of $29,900,007.

Preferred Stock Warrant Issuances

 

  8.

In January and February 2021, we issued warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 2,000,715 shares of our Series J preferred stock to 66 accredited investors. These warrants are net exercisable only and do not have a fixed exercise price.

Warrant Exercise-Related Issuances

 

  9.

In July 2021, upon the exercise of a warrant, we issued and sold 6,000 shares of our common stock to one accredited investor at a price per share of $4.00, for an aggregate purchase price of $24,000.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
  10.

In September 2021, upon the exercise of a warrant, we issued and sold 8,333 shares of our common stock to one accredited investor at a price per share of $0.96, for an aggregate purchase price of $8,000.

 

  11.

In October 2021, upon the exercise of a warrant, we issued and sold 235,000 shares of our Series F preferred stock to one accredited investor at a price per share of $7.67, for an aggregate purchase price of $1,802,450.

Acquisition-Related Issuances

 

  12.

In September 2021, we issued 1,843,493 shares of our Class S stock to 39 accredited investors in connection with our acquisition of Spyce Food Co.

 

  13.

In June 2019, we issued warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 10,000 shares of our common stock with an exercise price of $6.31 per share to one accredited investor in connection with our acquisition of Galley Foods Inc.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in paragraphs 1 through 3 were deemed to be exempt from registration under Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation, or under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering. The recipients of such securities were our directors, officers, employees, consultants or other service providers and received the securities under our equity incentive plans. Appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about us.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in paragraphs 4 through 13 were deemed to be exempt under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Rule 506 of Regulation D under the Securities Act as a transaction by an issuer not involving a public offering. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions acquired the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions was an accredited investor within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act and had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about us. No underwriters were involved in these transactions.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

The following exhibits are included herein or incorporated herein by reference:

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended, as currently in effect.
3.1.1    Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, as currently in effect.
3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of the offering.
3.3    Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of the offering.
4.1*    Form of Class A Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant.
5.1*    Opinion of Cooley LLP.
10.1    Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of September 3, 2021, by and between the Registrant and certain of its stockholders.
10.2+    Sweetgreen, Inc. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.
10.3+    Sweetgreen, Inc. 2019 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.
10.4+    Forms of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Awards Under the 2019 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.5+    Sweetgreen, Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.
10.6+    Spyce Food Co. 2016 Stock Option and Grant Plan.
10.7+    Sweetgreen, Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.8+    Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy.
10.9+    Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into by and between the Registrant and each director and executive officer.
10.10+    Executive Employment Agreement, effective October 1, 2021, by and between the Registrant and Jonathan Neman.
10.11+    Executive Employment Agreement, effective October 1, 2021, by and between the Registrant and Chris Carr.
10.12+    Executive Employment Agreement, effective October 1, 2021, by and between the Registrant and Jim McPhail.
10.13    Lease Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2019, by and between the Registrant and Welcome to the Dairy, LLC.
10.14    First Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as of August 12, 2020, by and between the Registrant and Welcome to the Dairy, LLC.
10.15    First Amended and Restated Revolving Credit, Delayed Draw Term Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2020, by and between the Registrant and EagleBank.
10.16    Amendment No. 1 to First Amended and Restated Revolving Credit, Delayed Draw Term Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of September 29, 2021, by and between the Registrant and EagleBank.
10.17+    Form of Exchange Agreement by and among the Registrant, Jonathan Neman, Nicolas Jammet, Nathaniel Ru, and certain related entities.
21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
23.2*    Consent of Cooley LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Power of Attorney (included on signature page to this registration statement).

 

*

To be submitted by amendment.

+

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

#

Previously filed.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant under the foregoing provisions or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance on Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant under Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act will be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus will be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time will be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Los Angeles, California, on October 25, 2021.

 

SWEETGREEN, INC.
By:  

/s/ Jonathan Neman

Name:   Jonathan Neman
Title:   Chief Executive Officer and Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Jonathan Neman and Mitch Reback, and each one of them, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective on filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

   Date

/s/ Jonathan Neman

Jonathan Neman

   Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
   October 25, 2021

/s/ Nicolas Jammet

Nicolas Jammet

   Chief Concept Officer and Director    October 25, 2021

/s/ Nathaniel Ru

Nathaniel Ru

   Chief Brand Officer and Director    October 25, 2021

/s/ Mitch Reback

Mitch Reback

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

   October 25, 2021

/s/ Neil Blumenthal

Neil Blumenthal

   Director    October 25, 2021

/s/ Julie Bornstein

Julie Bornstein

   Director    October 25, 2021

/s/ Cliff Burrows

Cliff Burrows

   Director    October 25, 2021

/s/ Stephen M. Case

Stephen M. Case

   Director    October 25, 2021


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

   Date

/s/ Valerie Jarrett

Valerie Jarrett

   Director    October 25, 2021

/s/ Youngme Moon

Youngme Moon

   Director    October 25, 2021

/s/ Bradley Singer

Bradley Singer

   Director    October 25, 2021

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF SWEETGREEN, INC.

Sweetgreen, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

1.    The name of the corporation is Sweetgreen, Inc.

2.    The date of filing of its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was October 21, 2009.

3.    This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates and integrates and further amends the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation as herein set forth in full:

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation (hereinafter, the “Corporation”) is Sweetgreen, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware and the County of Kent is 850 New Burton Road, Suite 201, Dover, DE 19904, and the name of the registered agent at that address is Cogency Global Inc.

ARTICLE III

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

ARTICLE IV

The Corporation is authorized to issue three classes of stock, designated “Common Stock,” “Preferred Stock” and “Class S Stock,” each with a par value of $0.001 per share. The total number of shares of Common Stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 113,000,000 shares. The total number of shares of Preferred Stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 71,919,849 shares. The total number of shares of Class S Stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 1,933,258 shares.

The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The first series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of 5,340,351 shares and shall be designated “Series A Preferred Stock.” The second series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of 3,831,756 shares and shall be designated “Series B Preferred Stock.” The third series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of 3,875,935 shares and shall be designated “Series C Preferred Stock.” The fourth series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of 8,345,723 shares and shall be designated “Series D Preferred Stock.” The fifth series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of 4,729,065 shares and shall be designated “Series E Preferred Stock.” The sixth series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of 4,798,223 shares and shall be designated “Series F Preferred Stock.” The seventh series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of 7,766,650 shares and shall be designated “Series G Preferred Stock.” The eighth series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of 15,337,423 shares and shall be designated “Series H Preferred Stock.” The ninth


series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of 8,771,925 shares and shall be designated “Series I Preferred Stock.” The tenth series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of 9,122,798 shares and shall be designated “Series J Preferred Stock.”

The relative rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon the Preferred Stock, Class S Stock and Common Stock are as follows:

1.    Dividends.

(a)    Series E Preferred Stock. The holders of the then outstanding Series E Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) and subject to Sections 6(d)(iii), 6(e)(iii), 6(f)(iii), 6(g)(iii) and 6(h)(iii) below, out of assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the Series J Preferred Stock, Series I Preferred Stock, Series H Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Class S Stock or Common Stock (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities or rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock), accrued dividends in an amount equal to $0.262 per share of Series E Preferred Stock (the “Series E Historic Dividend”), as adjusted for any stock splits, reverse stock splits, stock dividends and similar recapitalization events (each, a “Recapitalization Event”). Other than the Series E Historic Dividends, no other dividends are accrued on the Series E Preferred Stock as of the filing date of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Filing Date”). The Series E Historic Dividends shall not bear or accrue interest or dividends, and no further dividends shall accrue on the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock following the Filing Date. Upon conversion of a share of Series E Preferred Stock into Common Stock, all Series E Historic Dividends shall terminate and cease to be accrued or payable. Nothing contained in this Section 1(a) shall in any way or under any circumstances be construed or deemed to require the Board of Directors to declare, or the Corporation to pay or set aside for payment, any dividends on shares of the Series E Preferred Stock at any time other than as otherwise provided for in this Section 1 or Section 2(f) of this Article IV.

(b)    Series D Preferred Stock. The holders of the then outstanding Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors and subject to Sections 6(d)(iii), 6(e)(iii), 6(f)(iii), 6(g)(iii) and 6(h)(iii) below, out of assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the Series J Preferred Stock, Series I Preferred Stock, Series H Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Class S Stock or Common Stock (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities or rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock), accrued dividends in an amount equal to $0.423 per share of Series D Preferred Stock (the “Series D Historic Dividend”), as adjusted for any Recapitalization Event. Other than the Series D Historic Dividends, no other dividends are accrued on the Series D Preferred Stock as of the Filing Date. The Series D Historic Dividends shall not bear or accrue interest or dividends, and no further dividends shall accrue on the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock following the Filing Date. Upon conversion of a share of Series D Preferred Stock into Common Stock, all Series D Historic Dividends shall terminate and cease to be accrued or payable. Nothing contained in this Section 1(b) shall in any way or under any circumstances be construed or deemed to require the Board of Directors to declare, or the Corporation to pay or set aside for payment, any dividends on shares of the Series D Preferred Stock at any time other than as otherwise provided for in this Section 1 or Section 2(g) of this Article IV.

(c)    Junior Preferred Stock. After the full amount of accrued and unpaid dividends then due the holders of Series E Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to Sections 1(a) and


1(b) has been paid, the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock (collectively, the “Junior Preferred Stock”) then outstanding shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the Series J Preferred Stock, Series I Preferred Stock, Series H Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Class S Stock or Common Stock (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities or rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock), dividends on a pari passu basis at the annual rate of (i) $0.068 per share on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock, (ii) $0.114512 per share on each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock and (iii) $0.160752 per share on each outstanding share of Series C Preferred Stock, in each case as adjusted for any Recapitalization Events. The right to dividends on shares of Junior Preferred Stock shall not be cumulative, and no right shall accrue to holders of Junior Preferred Stock by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not declared in any period, nor shall any undeclared or unpaid dividend bear or accrue interest.

(d)    Common Stock. In addition to the dividends specified in Sections 1(a), 1(b) and 1(c) of this Article IV, any additional dividends (other than dividends payable solely in Common Stock) shall be distributed pro rata on the Common Stock, Class S Stock and Preferred Stock, treating, with respect to the shares of Preferred Stock, each share of Preferred Stock as the greatest whole number of shares of Common Stock then issuable upon conversion thereof pursuant to Section 4 of this Article IV.

2.    Liquidation Preference. In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, the assets and funds of the Corporation available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed as follows:

(a)    First, the holders of shares of Series J Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to receive, out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, before any payment shall be made in respect of the Series I Preferred Stock, Series H Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Junior Preferred Stock, Class S Stock or Common Stock, an amount equal to $17.10 per share of Series J Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any Recapitalization Events, the “Original Series J Price”), plus all declared and unpaid dividends thereon to the date fixed for such distribution. If, upon the occurrence of such event, the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution are insufficient to permit the payment to the holders of Series J Preferred Stock of the full preferential amount, then the entire assets available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed to the holders of Series J Preferred Stock ratably in proportion to the full preferential amounts which they would be entitled to receive pursuant to the preceding sentence of this Section 2(a).

(b)    After the full preferential amounts due to the holders of Series J Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2(a) have been paid or set aside, the holders of shares of Series I Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to receive, out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, before any payment shall be made in respect of the Series H Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Junior Preferred Stock, Class S Stock or Common Stock, an amount equal to $17.10 per share of Series I Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any Recapitalization Events, the “Original Series I Price”), plus all declared and unpaid dividends thereon to the date fixed for such distribution. If, upon the occurrence of such event, the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution are insufficient to permit the payment to the holders of Series I Preferred Stock of the full preferential amount, then the entire assets available for distribution to stockholders, after payment of the amounts set forth in Section 2(a), shall be distributed to the holders of Series I Preferred Stock ratably in proportion to the full preferential amounts which they would be entitled to receive pursuant to the preceding sentence of this Section 2(b).


(c)    After the full preferential amounts due to the holders of Series J Preferred Stock and Series I Preferred Stock pursuant to Sections 2(a) and 2(b), respectively, have been paid or set aside, the holders of shares of Series H Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to receive, out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, before any payment shall be made in respect of the Series G Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Junior Preferred Stock, Class S Stock or Common Stock, an amount equal to $13.04 per share of Series H Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any Recapitalization Events, the “Original Series H Price”), plus all declared and unpaid dividends thereon to the date fixed for such distribution. If, upon the occurrence of such event, the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution are insufficient to permit the payment to the holders of Series H Preferred Stock of the full preferential amount, then the entire assets available for distribution to stockholders, after payment of the amounts set forth in Sections 2(a) and 2(b), respectively, shall be distributed to the holders of Series H Preferred Stock ratably in proportion to the full preferential amounts which they would be entitled to receive pursuant to the preceding sentence of this Section 2(c).

(d)    After the full preferential amounts due to the holders of Series J Preferred Stock, Series I Preferred Stock and Series H Preferred Stock pursuant to Sections 2(a), 2(b) and 2(c), respectively, have been paid or set aside, the holders of shares of Series G Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to receive, out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, before any payment shall be made in respect of the Series F Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Junior Preferred Stock, Class S Stock or Common Stock, an amount equal to $9.00 per share of Series G Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any Recapitalization Events, the “Original Series G Price”), plus all declared and unpaid dividends thereon to the date fixed for such distribution. If, upon the occurrence of such event, the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution are insufficient to permit the payment to the holders of Series G Preferred Stock of the full preferential amount, then the entire assets available for distribution to stockholders, after payment of the amounts set forth in Sections 2(a), 2(b) and 2(c), respectively, shall be distributed to the holders of Series G Preferred Stock ratably in proportion to the full preferential amounts which they would be entitled to receive pursuant to the preceding sentence of this Section 2(d).

(e)    After the full preferential amounts due the holders of Series J Preferred Stock, Series I Preferred Stock, Series H Preferred Stock and Series G Preferred Stock pursuant to Sections 2(a), 2(b), 2(c) and 2(d), respectively, have been paid or set aside, the holders of shares of Series F Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to receive, out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, before any payment shall be made in respect of the Series E Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Junior Preferred Stock, Class S Stock or Common Stock, an amount equal to $7.67 per share of Series F Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any Recapitalization Events, the “Original Series F Price”), plus all declared and unpaid dividends thereon to the date fixed for such distribution. If, upon the occurrence of such event, the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution are insufficient to permit the payment to the holders of Series F Preferred Stock of the full preferential amount, then the entire assets available for distribution to stockholders, after payment of the amounts set forth in Sections 2(a), 2(b), 2(c) and 2(d), respectively, shall be distributed to the holders of Series F Preferred Stock ratably in proportion to the full preferential amounts which they would be entitled to receive pursuant to the preceding sentence of this Section 2(e).

(f)    After the full preferential amounts due the holders of Series J Preferred Stock, Series I Preferred Stock, Series H Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock pursuant to Sections 2(a), 2(b), 2(c), 2(d) and 2(e), respectively, have been paid or set aside, the holders of shares of Series E Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to receive, out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, before any payment shall be made in respect of the Series D Preferred Stock, Junior Preferred Stock, Class S Stock or Common Stock, an amount equal to


$4.07 per share of Series E Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any Recapitalization Events, the “Original Series E Price”), plus any then-unpaid portion of the Series E Historic Dividend thereon and all declared and unpaid dividends thereon to the date fixed for such distribution. If, upon the occurrence of such event, the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution are insufficient to permit the payment to the holders of Series E Preferred Stock of the full preferential amount, then the entire assets available for distribution to stockholders, after payment of the amounts set forth in Sections 2(a), 2(b), 2(c), 2(d) and 2(e), respectively, shall be distributed to the holders of Series E Preferred Stock ratably in proportion to the full preferential amounts which they would be entitled to receive pursuant to the preceding sentence of this Section 2(f).

(g)    After the full preferential amounts due the holders of Series J Preferred Stock, Series I Preferred Stock, Series H Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to Sections 2(a), 2(b), 2(c), 2(d), 2(e) and 2(f), respectively, have been paid or set aside, the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to receive, out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, before any payment shall be made in respect of the Junior Preferred Stock, Class S Stock or Common Stock, an amount equal to $2.69 per share of Series D Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any Recapitalization Events, the “Original Series D Price”), plus any then-unpaid portion of the Series D Historic Dividend thereon and all declared and unpaid dividends thereon to the date fixed for such distribution. If, upon the occurrence of such event, the remaining assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution are insufficient to permit the payment to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock of the full preferential amount, then the entire remaining assets available for distribution to stockholders, after payment of the amounts set forth in Sections 2(a), 2(b), 2(c), 2(d), 2(e) and 2(f), respectively, shall be distributed to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock ratably in proportion to the full preferential amounts which they would be entitled to receive pursuant to the preceding sentence of this Section 2(g).

(h)    After the full preferential amounts due the holders of Series J Preferred Stock, Series I Preferred Stock, Series H Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to Sections 2(a), 2(b), 2(c), 2(d), 2(e), 2(f) and 2(g), respectively, have been paid or set aside, the holders of shares of Junior Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to receive on a pari passu basis, out of the remaining assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to its stockholders, before any payment or distribution of such assets shall be made in respect of the Class S Stock or Common Stock, an amount equal to (i) $0.85 per share of Series A Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any Recapitalization Events, the “Original Series A Price”), (ii) $1.4314 per share of Series B Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any Recapitalization Events, the “Original Series B Price”) and (iii) $2.0094 per share of Series C Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any Recapitalization Events, the “Original Series C Price”), plus all declared and unpaid dividends thereon to the date fixed for such distribution. If, upon the occurrence of such event, the remaining assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution are insufficient to permit the payment to the holders of Junior Preferred Stock of the full preferential amounts described in this Section 2(h), then the entire remaining assets legally available for distribution to stockholders, after payment of the amounts set forth in Sections 2(a), 2(b), 2(c), 2(d), 2(e), 2(f) and 2(g), respectively, shall be distributed to the holders of the Junior Preferred Stock ratably in proportion to the full preferential amounts which they would be entitled to receive pursuant to the preceding sentence of this Section 2(h).

(i)    After the full preferential amounts due the holders of Preferred Stock pursuant to Sections 2(a), 2(b), 2(c), 2(d), 2(e), 2(f), 2(g) and 2(h), respectively, have been paid or set aside, any remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be distributed to the holders of Class S Stock and Common Stock ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Class S Stock and Common Stock then held by each holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining the amount each holder of shares of Preferred Stock is entitled to receive with respect to a Deemed


Liquidation (as defined below), each such holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have converted (regardless of whether such holder actually converted) such holder’s shares of Preferred Stock immediately prior to the Deemed Liquidation if, as a result of an actual conversion, such holder would receive, in the aggregate, an amount greater than the amount that would be distributed to such holder if such holder did not convert such shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock. If any such holder shall be deemed to have converted shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 2(i), then such holder shall not be entitled to receive any distribution that would otherwise be made to holders of Preferred Stock that have not converted (or have not been deemed to have converted) into shares of Common Stock.

(j)    (i) A merger or consolidation of the Corporation into or with another entity after which the stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to such transaction do not own, immediately following the consummation of the transaction by virtue of their shares in the Corporation or securities received in exchange for such shares in connection with the transaction, a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity, (ii) the closing of the transfer (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, in each case, to which the Corporation is a party, to a person or group of affiliated persons (other than an underwriter of the Corporation’s securities), of the Corporation’s securities if, after such closing, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold a majority of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation (or the surviving acquiring entity), or (iii) the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition (but not including a transfer or disposition by pledge or mortgage to a bona fide lender) by the Corporation or any subsidiary or subsidiaries of the Corporation of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation (other than to a wholly-owned subsidiary), shall be deemed to be a liquidation of the Corporation as that term is used in this Section 2 (each a “Deemed Liquidation”). A Deemed Liquidation may be waived upon the vote of holders of a majority of the voting power of the Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, including the vote or written consent of a majority of the voting power represented by the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, a majority of the voting power represented by the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, a majority of the voting power represented by the then outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock, a majority of the voting power represented by the then outstanding shares of Series G Preferred Stock, a majority of the voting power represented by the then outstanding shares of Series H Preferred Stock, a majority of the voting power represented by the then outstanding shares of Series I Preferred Stock and a majority of the voting power represented by the then outstanding shares of Series J Preferred Stock.

(k)    In the event of any liquidation of the Corporation involving the distribution of assets other than cash to the stockholders of the Corporation, the value of the assets to be distributed shall be determined as follows:

(i)    In the case of securities that are not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free tradability,

(A)    if traded on a national securities exchange or through the Nasdaq Global Market, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities over the 10 day period ending three days prior to the closing;

(B)    if actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of (i) the average of the last bid and ask prices or (ii) the closing sale prices (whichever is applicable) over the 30 day period ending three days prior to the closing; and

(C)    if there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.


(ii)    In the case of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate), the value shall be based on an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in Section 2(k)(i) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as mutually determined by the Corporation and the holders of a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis.

(iii)    In the case of any other property, the value shall be equal to the property’s fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(l)    Allocation of Escrow. In the event of a Deemed Liquidation, if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation is placed into escrow (including without limitation for the purpose of satisfying indemnification or other obligations) or is payable to the stockholders of the Corporation subject to contingencies, the definitive acquisition agreement relating thereto shall provide that (i) the portion of such consideration that is not placed in escrow and not subject to any contingencies (the “Initial Consideration”) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Section 2 above as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Deemed Liquidation and (ii) any additional consideration which becomes payable to the stockholders of the Corporation upon release from escrow or satisfaction of contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Section 2 above after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction.

3.    Redemption. The Preferred Stock, Class S Stock and Common Stock is not redeemable at the option of the holder thereof.

4.    Conversion. The holders of the Preferred Stock and Class S Stock shall have conversion rights as follows:

(a)    Right to Convert. Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock, into a number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock equal to the Original Series A Price, the Original Series B Price, the Original Series C Price, the Original Series D Price, the Original Series E Price, the Original Series F Price, the Original Series G Price, the Original Series H Price, the Original Series I Price or the Original Series J Price, as applicable, divided by the Conversion Price (as defined below) for such series of Preferred Stock in effect at the time of conversion. The Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred Stock shall initially be $0.85, the Conversion Price for the Series B Preferred Stock shall initially be $1.4314, the Conversion Price for the Series C Preferred Stock shall initially be $2.0094, the Conversion Price for the Series D Preferred Stock shall initially be $2.69, the Conversion Price for the Series E Preferred Stock shall initially be $4.07, the Conversion Price for the Series F Preferred Stock shall initially be $7.67, the Conversion Price for the Series G Preferred Stock shall initially be $9.00, the Conversion Price for the Series H Preferred Stock shall initially be $13.04, the Conversion Price for the Series I Preferred Stock shall initially be $17.10 and the Conversion Price for the Series J Preferred Stock shall initially be $17.10 (each, a “Conversion Price”). Each Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(d).

(b)    Preferred Stock Automatic Conversion. Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock, at the then effective Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock, upon (i) the vote or written consent of a majority of the voting power represented by the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, including the vote or written consent of a majority of the voting power


represented by the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, a majority of the voting power represented by the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, a majority of the voting power represented by the then outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock, a majority of the voting power represented by the then outstanding shares of Series G Preferred Stock, a majority of the voting power represented by the then outstanding shares of Series H Preferred Stock, a majority of the voting power represented by the then outstanding shares of Series I Preferred Stock and a majority of the voting power represented by the then outstanding shares of Series J Preferred Stock or (ii) the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-1 (or a successor form) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (an “IPO”), covering the offer and sale of Common Stock of at least $50,000,000.

(c)    Mechanics of Conversion. Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the headquarters of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Corporation and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that the holder elects to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock are to be issued (except that no such written notice of election to convert shall be necessary in the event of an automatic conversion pursuant to Section 4(b)). The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted (except that, in the case of an automatic conversion upon an initial public offering pursuant to Section 4(b), such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the closing of the offering) and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock on such date. Upon the occurrence of either of the events specified in Section 4(b), the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion unless either the certificates evidencing such shares of Preferred Stock are delivered to the Corporation or its transfer agent as provided above, or the holder notifies the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates.

(d)    Adjustments to Conversion Price of Preferred Stock.

(i)    Issuance of Additional Stock below Purchase Price. If the Corporation should issue, at any time or from time to time after the Filing Date, any Additional Stock (as defined below) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the applicable Conversion Price for the Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, Series H Preferred Stock, Series I Preferred Stock or Series J Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Stock, the Conversion Price for the Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, Series H Preferred Stock, Series I Preferred Stock or Series J Preferred Stock, as applicable, in effect immediately prior to such issuance shall automatically be adjusted as set forth in this Section 4(d)(i), unless otherwise provided in this Section 4(d)(i).

(A)    Adjustment Formula. Whenever a Conversion Price is adjusted pursuant to this Section (4)(d)(i), the new Conversion Price shall be determined by multiplying the


Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction, (x) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance (the “Outstanding Common”) plus the number of shares of Common Stock that the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for such issuance would purchase at such Conversion Price; and (y) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Outstanding Common plus the number of shares of such Additional Stock. For purposes of the foregoing calculation, the number of shares of Outstanding Common as of a given date shall be the sum of (A) the number of shares of Common Stock and Class S Stock outstanding on such date, (B) the number of shares of Common Stock into which the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock could be converted if fully converted on the day immediately preceding the given date, and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock which are issuable upon the exercise or conversion of all other rights, options and convertible securities outstanding on the day immediately preceding the given date.

(B)    Definition of “Additional Stock”. For purposes of this Section 4(d)(i), “Additional Stock” shall mean any shares of Common Stock issued (or deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 4(d)(i)(E)) by the Corporation after the Filing Date other than:

(1)    shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to stock dividends, stock splits or similar transactions to which Section 4(d)(ii) or 4(d)(iii) hereof applies;

(2)    shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to employees, consultants, officers or directors of the Corporation directly or pursuant to a stock option plan or restricted stock plan approved by the Board of Directors;

(3)    capital stock, or options or warrants to purchase capital stock, issued to banks, equipment lessors, landlords or other financial institutions pursuant to commercial credit arrangements, equipment financings, commercial property lease transactions or similar transactions approved by the Board of Directors (including the Series D Designee (as defined below));

(4)    shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise or conversion of options, warrants, notes or other rights to acquire securities outstanding as of the Filing Date;

(5)    shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock or Class S Stock, or as a dividend or distribution on the Preferred Stock or Class S Stock;

(6)    capital stock, or options or warrants to purchase capital stock, issued or issuable in connection with a bona fide acquisition by the Corporation approved by the Board of Directors (including the Series D Designee);

(7)    shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in a public offering prior to or in connection with which all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock will be converted to Common Stock;

(8)    capital stock, or options or warrants to purchase capital stock, issued or issuable in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other similar arrangements or strategic partnerships, in each case approved by the Board of Directors (including the Series D Designee); and


(9)    any Securities (as defined in that certain Series J Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 21, 2021, by and among the Company and the additional parties thereto (the “Series J SPA”)) issued pursuant to the Series J SPA.

(C)    No Fractional Adjustments. No adjustment of the Conversion Price for any series of Preferred Stock shall be made in an amount less than one cent per share, provided that any adjustments which are not required to be made by reason of this sentence shall be carried forward and shall be either taken into account in any subsequent adjustment made prior to three years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward, or shall be made at the end of three years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all such adjustments carried forward shall be made immediately prior to the closing of a Deemed Liquidation or the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or upon conversion of the Preferred Stock.

(D)    Determination of Consideration. In the case of the issuance of Additional Stock for cash, the consideration shall be deemed to be the amount of cash paid therefor after deducting any reasonable discounts or commissions, but before deducting any other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by the Corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with the issuance and sale thereof. In the case of the issuance of the Additional Stock for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair market value thereof as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors irrespective of any accounting treatment.

(E)    Deemed Issuances of Common Stock. In the case of the issuance (whether before, on or after the Filing Date) of securities or rights convertible into, or entitling the holder thereof to receive directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock (the “Common Stock Equivalents”), the following provisions shall apply for all purposes of this Section 4(d)(i):

(1)    The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion, exchange or exercise (assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to convertibility, exchangeability or exercisability, including, without limitation, the passage of time, but without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) of any Common Stock Equivalents and subsequent conversion, exchange or exercise thereof shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such securities were issued or such Common Stock Equivalents were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration, if any, received by the Corporation for any such securities and related Common Stock Equivalents (excluding any cash received on account of accrued interest or accrued dividends), plus the minimum additional consideration, if any, to be received by the Corporation (without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of any Common Stock Equivalents (the consideration in each case to be determined in the manner provided in Section 4(d)(i)(D)).

(2)    In the event of any change in the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable or in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon conversion, exchange or exercise of any Common Stock Equivalents, including a change resulting from the antidilution provisions thereof, but excluding a change resulting from a contemporaneous adjustment to a different series of Preferred Stock resulting from the antidilution provisions thereof, the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such Common Stock Equivalents, shall be recomputed to reflect such change, but no further adjustment shall be made for the actual issuance of Common Stock or any payment of such consideration upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of such Common Stock Equivalents.

(3)    Upon the termination or expiration of the convertibility, exchangeability or exercisability of any Common Stock Equivalents, the Conversion Price of any series of


Preferred Stock, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such Common Stock Equivalents, shall be recomputed to reflect the issuance of only the number of shares of Common Stock (and Common Stock Equivalents that remain convertible, exchangeable or exercisable) actually issued upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of such Common Stock Equivalents.

(4)    The number of shares of Common Stock deemed issued and the consideration deemed paid therefor pursuant to Section 4(d)(i)(E)(1) shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any change, termination or expiration of the type described in either Section 4(d)(i)(E)(2) or 4(d)(i)(E)(3).

(F)    No Increased Conversion Price. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section (4)(d)(i), except to the limited extent provided for in Sections 4(d)(i)(E)(2) and 4(d)(i)(E)(3), no adjustment of a Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4(d)(i) shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price above the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment.

(ii)    Subdivisions, Combinations or Consolidations of Common Stock. In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided, combined or consolidated, by stock split, reverse stock split or similar event, into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock after the Filing Date, the Conversion Price for such series in effect immediately prior to such subdivision, combination or consolidation shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, combination or consolidation, be proportionately adjusted.

(iii)    Common Stock Dividends and Distributions. If, after the Filing Date, the Corporation at any time or from time to time issues, or fixes a record date for determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock, then in each such event, as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such record date is fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, the Conversion Price for such series that is then in effect shall be decreased by multiplying the Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction, (x) the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and (y) the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution; provided, however, that if such record date is fixed and such dividend or distribution is not paid in full on the date fixed therefor, the Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 4(d)(iii) to reflect the actual payment of such dividend or distribution.

(iv)    Other Distributions. In case the Corporation shall distribute to holders of its Common Stock shares of its capital stock (other than shares of Common Stock and other than as otherwise subject to adjustment pursuant to this Section 4(d)), stock or other securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by the Corporation or other persons, assets (excluding cash dividends) or options or rights (excluding options to purchase and rights to subscribe for Common Stock or other securities of the Corporation convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock), or shall fix a record date for determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive such a distribution, then, in each such case, provision shall be made so that the holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, upon conversion thereof, in addition to the number of shares of Common Stock receivable thereupon, the amount of securities of the Corporation that they would have received had their Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event (or on the record date with respect thereto, if such record date is fixed) and had they thereafter, during the period from the date of such event to and including the date of conversion, retained such securities receivable by them as aforesaid during such period, subject to all other adjustments called for during such period under this Section 4 with respect to the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock.


(v)    Recapitalizations and Reorganizations. In the case of any capital recapitalization or reorganization (other than a subdivision, combination or other recapitalization provided for elsewhere in this Section 4 or a merger or sale of assets provided for in Section 2), or the fixing of any record date for determination of holders of Common Stock affected by such recapitalization or reorganization, provision shall be made so that the holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, upon conversion thereof, the type and number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Corporation or otherwise that they would have received had their Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event (or on the record date with respect thereto, if such record date is fixed) and had they thereafter, during the period from the date of such event to and including the date of conversion, retained such securities receivable by them as aforesaid during such period, subject to all other adjustments called for during such period under this Section 4 with respect to the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 4 to the end that the provisions of this Section 4 shall be applicable after the recapitalization or reorganization to the greatest extent practicable.

(vi)    Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price for a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of a share of such series of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments and readjustments, (ii) the Conversion Price at the time in effect for the series of Preferred Stock held by such holder and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the type and amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of a share of such series of Preferred Stock.

(e)    Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder of shares of Preferred Stock would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of one share of Common Stock as determined by the Board of Directors. The number of whole shares issuable to each holder of a series of Preferred Stock upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the total number of shares of such series being converted into Common Stock by such holder at that time.

(f)    Notices of Record Date. In the event (i) the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its capital stock for the purpose of entitling them to receive a dividend or other distribution (other than a cash dividend) or to subscribe for or purchase any shares of stock of any class or to receive any other rights, (ii) of any capital reorganization, reclassification or recapitalization (other than a subdivision or combination of its outstanding shares of Common Stock), or (iii) of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation or any Deemed Liquidation, then, and in any such case, the Corporation shall cause to be mailed to each holder of record of the Preferred Stock at the address of record of such stockholder as set forth on the Corporation’s books, at least ten days prior to the earliest date hereinafter specified, a notice stating the material terms of the proposed transaction and the date on which (x) a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or rights or (y) such reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is to take place and the date, if any is to be fixed, as of which holders of capital stock of record shall be entitled to exchange their shares of capital stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, recapitalization, dissolution, liquidation or winding up; provided, however, that such notice period may be


shortened upon the written consent of holders of Preferred Stock that are entitled to such notice rights or similar notice rights and that represent a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis. If any material change in the facts set forth in the written notice shall occur, the Corporation shall promptly give written notice of such material change to each holder of shares of Preferred Stock.

(g)    Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preferred Stock and Class S Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and Class S Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and Class S Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

(h)    Waiver of Adjustment of Conversion Price. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price for the Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4 may be waived, in a particular instance, by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class on an as-converted basis, (ii) any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price for the Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4 may be waived, in a particular instance, by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class on an as-converted basis, (iii) any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price for the Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4 may be waived, in a particular instance, by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class on an as-converted basis, (iv) any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price for the Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4 may be waived, in a particular instance, by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class on an as-converted basis, (v) any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price for the Series F Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4 may be waived, in a particular instance, by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class on an as-converted basis, (vi) any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price for the Series G Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4 may be waived, in a particular instance, by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series G Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class on an as-converted basis, (vii) any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price for the Series H Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4 may be waived, in a particular instance, by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series H Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class on an as-converted basis, (viii) any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price for the Series I Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4 may be waived, in a particular instance, by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series I Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class on an as-converted basis and (ix) any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price for the Series J Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4 may be waived, in a particular instance, by the consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series J Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class on an as-converted basis. Any such waiver shall bind all future holders of shares of such series of Preferred Stock. For the avoidance of doubt, however, such a waiver shall not affect, serve as a waiver of or prejudice in any way, the continuing right of such series of Preferred Stock to subsequent adjustments pursuant to this Section 4.

(i)    Class S Stock Automatic Conversion.


(i)    Class S Stock Automatic Conversion. Effective immediately prior to the earliest to occur of (x) an IPO, (y) a Deemed Liquidation and (z) the close of business on March 31, 2022 (each, a “Triggering Event”), each share of Class S Stock shall automatically be converted into the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the quotient of $20.00 (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any Recapitalization Event with respect to the Common Stock) divided by the Class S Conversion Price (as defined below). No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of shares of Class S Stock, and the number of whole shares issuable to each holder of Class S Stock upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the total number of shares of Class S Stock then held by such holder and being converted to Common Stock. For purposes hereof, “Class S Conversion Price” shall mean: (A) in the case of an automatic conversion of the Class S Stock in connection with an IPO, the price at which the shares of Common Stock are sold to the public in such IPO; (B) in the case of an automatic conversion of the Class S Stock in connection with a Deemed Liquidation, the price at which the shares of Common Stock are valued pursuant to such Deemed Liquidation (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors); and (C) in the case of an automatic conversion on March 31, 2022, $20.00 (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any Recapitalization Event with respect to the Common Stock). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Corporation authorizes more than one class of shares of capital stock in connection with an IPO, at the election of the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, the Class S Stock shall convert into the same class of shares issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock and all references to “Common Stock” in this Section 4(i)(i) shall refer to such class of shares.

(ii)    Class S Stock Conversion Mechanics. Upon the occurrence of any Triggering Event, (A) the outstanding shares of Class S Stock shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and all rights with respect to such converted Class S Stock shall terminate (whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent) and (B) the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock on such date; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion unless either the certificates evidencing such shares of Class S Stock are delivered to the Corporation or its transfer agent, or the holder notifies the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates.

5.    Voting Rights.

(a)    General. Each holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which such holder’s shares of Preferred Stock could then be converted and, except as otherwise required by law or as set forth herein, shall have voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the Common Stock. Each holder of Preferred Stock and Class S Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation and shall be entitled to vote with the holders of Common Stock with respect to any matter upon which holders of Common Stock have the right to vote, except as otherwise provided herein or those matters required by law to be submitted to a class vote. Each share of Common Stock and Class S Stock is entitled to one (1) vote on all matters upon which the holders of Common Stock are entitled to vote. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock, Class S Stock or Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and without a separate class vote of the holders of the Common Stock, Class S Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable.


(b)    Election of Directors. At each election of directors of the Corporation, (i) the holders of a majority of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two directors (the “Series D Directors” and the one Series D Director designated by a holder of Series D Preferred Stock without any further approval or consent of any other stockholders or directors required pursuant to any stockholders agreement among the Corporation and certain of its stockholders, the “Series D Designee”), (ii) the holders of Junior Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class on an as-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect one director (the “Preferred Director”), (iii) the holders of Common Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect three (3) directors (the “Common Directors”) and (iv) the holders of Preferred Stock and Common Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect any remaining directors of the Corporation (each, a “Joint Director”).

6.    Protective Provisions.

(a)    So long as any shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the voting power represented by the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, and any such act or transaction entered into without such vote or written consent shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

(i)    modify the rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions of the Preferred Stock so as to adversely affect the Preferred Stock; or

(ii)    amend the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that adversely affects the Preferred Stock,

provided, that, for the avoidance of doubt, the mere creation, authorization or issuance (other than by reclassification) of any equity security having a preference over, or on a parity with or with similar rights to, the Preferred Stock shall not constitute such a modification or amendment.

(b)    So long as any shares of Series D Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the voting power represented by the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such vote or written consent shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

(i)    liquidate, dissolve or wind up the affairs of the Corporation or effect any Deemed Liquidation, or consent to any of the foregoing, in each case unless the holders of Series D Preferred Stock receive an amount per share of Series D Preferred Stock equal to no less than two times the Original Series D Price; or

(ii)    amend, alter, waive or repeal any provision of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that modifies the rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions of the Series D Preferred Stock (provided that the mere creation, authorization or issuance (other than by reclassification) of any equity security having a preference over, or on a parity with or with similar rights to, the Series D Preferred Stock shall not constitute such a modification).

(c)    So long as any shares of Series E Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, without first


obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the voting power represented by the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such vote or written consent shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

(i)    liquidate, dissolve or wind up the affairs of the Corporation or effect any Deemed Liquidation, or consent to any of the foregoing, in each case unless the holders of Series E Preferred Stock receive an amount per share of Series E Preferred Stock equal to no less than two times the Original Series E Price; or

(ii)    amend, alter, waive or repeal any provision of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that modifies the rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions of the Series E Preferred Stock (provided that the mere creation, authorization or issuance (other than by reclassification) of any equity security having a preference over, or on a parity with or with similar rights to, the Series E Preferred Stock shall not constitute such a modification).

(d)    So long as any shares of Series F Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the voting power represented by the then outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such vote or written consent shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

(i)    amend, alter, waive or repeal any provision of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that modifies the rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions of the Series F Preferred Stock (provided that the mere creation, authorization or issuance (other than by reclassification) of any equity security having a preference over, or on a parity with or with similar rights to, the Series F Preferred Stock shall not constitute such a modification);

(ii)    increase the number of authorized shares of Series F Preferred Stock; or

(iii)    purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem) or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of capital stock of the Corporation other than (i) payment of Series E Historic Dividends and Series D Historic Dividends pursuant to Sections 2(f) and 2(g), (ii) dividends or other distributions payable on the Common Stock solely in the form of additional shares of Common Stock, (iii) repurchases of stock from former employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons who performed services for the Corporation or any subsidiary in connection with the cessation of such employment or service or (iv) repurchases of stock upon the exercise of a contractual right of first refusal.

(e)    So long as any shares of Series G Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the voting power represented by the then outstanding shares of Series G Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such vote or written consent shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

(i)    amend, alter, waive or repeal any provision of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that modifies the rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions of the Series G Preferred Stock (provided that the mere creation, authorization or


issuance (other than by reclassification) of any equity security having a preference over, or on a parity with or with similar rights to, the Series G Preferred Stock shall not constitute such a modification);

(ii)    increase the number of authorized shares of Series G Preferred Stock; or

(iii)    purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem) or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of capital stock of the Corporation other than (i) payment of Series E Historic Dividends and Series D Historic Dividends pursuant to Sections 2(f) and 2(g), (ii) dividends or other distributions payable on the Common Stock solely in the form of additional shares of Common Stock, (iii) repurchases of stock from former employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons who performed services for the Corporation or any subsidiary in connection with the cessation of such employment or service or (iv) repurchases of stock upon the exercise of a contractual right of first refusal.

(f)    So long as any shares of Series H Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the voting power represented by the then outstanding shares of Series H Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such vote or written consent shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

(i)    amend, alter, waive or repeal any provision of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that modifies the rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions of the Series H Preferred Stock (provided that the mere creation, authorization or issuance (other than by reclassification) of any equity security having a preference over, or on a parity with or with similar rights to, the Series H Preferred Stock shall not constitute such a modification);

(ii)    increase the number of authorized shares of Series H Preferred Stock; or

(iii)    purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem) or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of capital stock of the Corporation other than (i) payment of Series E Historic Dividends and Series D Historic Dividends pursuant to Sections 2(f) and 2(g), (ii) dividends or other distributions payable on the Common Stock solely in the form of additional shares of Common Stock, (iii) repurchases of stock from former employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons who performed services for the Corporation or any subsidiary in connection with the cessation of such employment or service or (iv) repurchases of stock upon the exercise of a contractual right of first refusal.

(g)    So long as any shares of Series I Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the voting power represented by the then outstanding shares of Series I Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such vote or written consent shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

(i)    amend, alter, waive or repeal any provision of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that modifies the rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions of the Series I Preferred Stock (provided that the mere creation, authorization or issuance (other than by reclassification) of any equity security having a preference over, or on a parity with or with similar rights to, the Series I Preferred Stock shall not constitute such a modification);


(ii)    increase the number of authorized shares of Series I Preferred Stock; or

(iii)    purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem) or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of capital stock of the Corporation other than (i) payment of Series E Historic Dividends and Series D Historic Dividends pursuant to Sections 2(f) and 2(g), (ii) dividends or other distributions payable on the Common Stock solely in the form of additional shares of Common Stock, (iii) repurchases of stock from former employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons who performed services for the Corporation or any subsidiary in connection with the cessation of such employment or service or (iv) repurchases of stock upon the exercise of a contractual right of first refusal.

(h)    So long as any shares of Series J Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the voting power represented by the then outstanding shares of Series J Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such vote or written consent shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

(i)    amend, alter, waive or repeal any provision of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that modifies the rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions of the Series J Preferred Stock (provided that the mere creation, authorization or issuance (other than by reclassification) of any equity security having a preference over, or on a parity with or with similar rights to, the Series J Preferred Stock shall not constitute such a modification);

(ii)    increase the number of authorized shares of Series J Preferred Stock; or

(iii)    purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem) or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of capital stock of the Corporation other than (i) payment of Series E Historic Dividends and Series D Historic Dividends pursuant to Sections 2(f) and 2(g), (ii) dividends or other distributions payable on the Common Stock solely in the form of additional shares of Common Stock, (iii) repurchases of stock from former employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons who performed services for the Corporation or any subsidiary in connection with the cessation of such employment or service or (iv) repurchases of stock upon the exercise of a contractual right of first refusal.

7.    Status of Converted Stock. In the event any shares of Preferred Stock or Class S Stock shall be converted pursuant to Section 4, or otherwise acquired by the Corporation, the shares so converted shall be canceled and shall not be issuable by the Corporation, and the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation shall be appropriately amended to effect the corresponding reduction in the Corporation’s authorized capital stock.

8.    Residual Rights. All rights accruing to the outstanding shares of the Corporation not expressly provided for to the contrary herein shall be vested in the Common Stock.

9.    Consent to Certain Repurchases. To the extent the Corporation may be subject to Section 2115 of the California Corporations Code, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock, Class S Stock and Common Stock shall be deemed to have consented, for purposes of Sections 502 and 503 of the California Corporations Code, to any distribution made by the Corporation in connection with the repurchase of shares of Common Stock and Class S Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors, consultants or other service providers (i) pursuant to agreements providing for such repurchase at the original purchase price, (ii) at a purchase price not exceeding the fair market value of such Common Stock


or Class S Stock, or (iii) in connection with the exercise of a contractual right of first refusal entitling the Corporation to purchase the shares upon the terms offered by a third party.

ARTICLE V

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by statute or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation. Election of directors need not be by written ballot, unless the Bylaws so provide.

ARTICLE VI

Subject to any additional vote required by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, the Board of Directors is authorized to make, adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. Subject to any additional vote required by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, the stockholders shall also have power to make, adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VII

1.    To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the General Corporation Law or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article VII to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as so amended.

2.    The Corporation shall indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation, or serves or served at any other enterprise as a director or officer at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation.

3.    To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Corporation (and any other persons to which General Corporation Law permits the Corporation to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law.

4.    Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article VII, nor the adoption of any provision of the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VII, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article VII in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article VII, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE VIII

Subject to any additional vote required by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, the Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any of the provisions


contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in any manner now or hereafter permitted by law, and the rights of the stockholders of the Corporation are granted subject to this reservation.

ARTICLE IX

The Corporation hereby renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, or in being informed about, an Excluded Opportunity. An “Excluded Opportunity” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of any holder of shares of capital stock of the Corporation or any affiliate, partner, member, director, stockholder, employee, agent or other related person of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “Covered Persons”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and exclusively in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation.

*        *         *

4.    This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted by the board of directors and stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation this 3rd day of September, 2021.

 

SWEETGREEN, INC.
By:   /s/ Jonathan Neman
  Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.1.1

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

SWEETGREEN, INC.

Sweetgreen, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), certifies as follows:

FIRST: The name of the corporation is Sweetgreen, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as the “Corporation”) and this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the DGCL on October 21, 2009.

SECOND: Pursuant to Section 242 of the DGCL, this Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “Certificate of Amendment”) amends the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “Certificate”), as set forth below.

 

1.

The first paragraph of Article IV of the Certificate is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“The Corporation is authorized to issue three classes of stock, designated “Common Stock,” “Preferred Stock” and “Class S Stock,” each with a par value of $0.001 per share. The total number of shares of Common Stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 122,000,000 shares. The total number of shares of Preferred Stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 71,919,849 shares. The total number of shares of Class S Stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 1,933,258 shares.”

 

2.

Section 4(b) of Article IV of the Certificate is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

Preferred Stock Automatic Conversion. Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock, at the then effective Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock, upon (i) the vote or written consent of a majority of the voting power represented by the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, including the vote or written consent of a majority of the voting power represented by the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, a majority of the voting power represented by the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, a majority of the voting power represented by the then outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock, a majority of the voting power represented by the then outstanding shares of Series G Preferred Stock, a majority of the voting power represented by the then outstanding shares of Series H Preferred Stock, a majority of the voting power represented by the then outstanding shares of Series I Preferred Stock and a majority of the voting power represented by the then outstanding shares of Series J Preferred Stock or (ii) at 11:59 p.m. eastern time on the day that is immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-1 (or a successor form) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (an “IPO”), covering the offer and sale of Common Stock of at least $50,000,000.”

 

3.

The first sentence of Section 4(i)(i) of Article IV of the Certificate is amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:


Class S Stock Automatic Conversion. Effective upon the earliest to occur of (x) 11:59 p.m. eastern time on the day that is immediately prior to the closing of an IPO (y) immediately prior to the consummation of a Deemed Liquidation and (z) immediately prior to the close of business on March 31, 2022 (each, a “Triggering Event”), each share of Class S Stock shall automatically be converted into the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the quotient of $20.00 (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any Recapitalization Event with respect to the Common Stock) divided by the Class S Conversion Price (as defined below).”

THIRD: The foregoing Certificate of Amendment has been duly approved and adopted by the Board of Directors and stockholders of the Company in accordance with Sections 141, 228 and 242 of the DGCL.

FOURTH: Other than as set forth in this Certificate of Amendment, the Certificate shall remain in full force and effect, without modification, amendment or change.

[Signature page follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation to be executed by a duly authorized officer of this Corporation on this 5th day of October, 2021.

 

SWEETGREEN, INC.
By: /s/ Jonathan Neman
Name: Jonathan Neman
Title: Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SWEETGREEN, INC.

Jonathan Neman hereby certifies that:

ONE: The present name of the corporation is Sweetgreen, Inc. and the date of filing of the original Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was October 21, 2009.

TWO: He is the duly elected and acting Chief Executive Officer of the corporation.

THREE: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation, which restates and integrates and also further amends the provisions of the corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and restated, was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and by the written consent of its stockholders in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

FOUR: The Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation, as amended and/or restated, is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

I.

The name of this corporation is Sweetgreen, Inc. (the “Company”).

II.

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is 850 New Burton Road, Suite 201, Dover, Delaware 19904, and the name of the registered agent of the Company in the State of Delaware at such address is Cogency Global Inc.

III.

The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”).

IV.

A. The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” (“Common Stock”) and “Preferred Stock” (“Preferred Stock”). The total number of shares of Common Stock that the Company is authorized to issue is 2,500,000,000 shares, 2,000,000,000 shares of which shall be designated as a series of Common Stock denominated as “Class A Common Stock” (the “Class A Common Stock”), and 300,000,000 shares of which shall be designated as a series of Common Stock denominated as “Class B Common Stock” (the “Class B Common Stock”). The total number of shares of Preferred Stock that the Company is authorized to issue is 200,000,000 shares. The Preferred Stock shall have a par value of $0.001 per share and the Common Stock shall have a par value of $0.001 per share. From and after the Effective Time (as defined herein), each share of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (“Pre-IPO Stock”) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall automatically be reclassified as and become one share of Class A Common Stock. Certificates representing shares of Pre-IPO Stock prior to the Effective Time shall, from and after the Effective Time, no longer represent shares of Pre-IPO Stock and shall represent only the number of shares of Class A Common Stock into which the shares of Pre-IPO Stock previously represented by such certificate were reclassified pursuant hereto.

 

1


B. The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”) is hereby expressly authorized by resolution or resolutions to provide for the issuance of all or any of the shares of the Preferred Stock in one or more series, and to fix the number of such shares and to determine for each such series, such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designation, preferences, and relative, participating, optional, or other rights and such qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of such shares and as may be permitted by the DGCL. The Board of Directors is also expressly authorized to increase (but not above the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issuance of shares of that series.

C. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock, Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, without a separate vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock.

D. Except as provided above, the rights, preferences, privileges, restrictions and other matters relating to the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are as follows:

1. Definitions.

(a)Acquisition” means (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other Entity, other than any such consolidation or merger in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation or merger continue to hold a majority of the voting power of the surviving Entity in substantially the same proportions (or, if the surviving Entity is a wholly owned subsidiary of another Entity, the surviving Entity’s Parent) immediately after such consolidation or merger; or (B) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of 50% of the Company’s voting power is transferred or issued; provided that an Acquisition shall not include (i) any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes or (ii) the initial issuance of the Class B Common Stock to the Founders and their Affiliates on the date on which the Effective Time occurs.

(b)Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person, including with respect to a Founder, any trust of which such Founder or such Founder’s Family Members are trustees, grantors, settlors, or beneficiaries; provided, however, that if a Founder is a trustee for another Founder’s trust, such trust shall only be considered an Affiliate of the Founder settlor or grantor.

(c)Asset Transfer” means the sale, lease, exclusive license, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries in the aggregate.

(d)Certificate of Incorporation” means the certificate of incorporation of the Company, as amended and/or restated from time to time, including the terms of any certificate of designations of any series of Preferred Stock.

 

2


(e)Entity” means any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, charitable foundation or other organization exempt from taxation under the Internal Revenue Code (as amended from time to time), or other legal entity or organization.

(f)Effective Time” means the time of the effectiveness of the filing of the Certificate of Incorporation first setting forth this definition with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, which, for the avoidance of doubt, was filed in connection with the IPO.

(g)Family Member” means with respect to any natural person, the spouse, domestic partner, parents, grandparents, aunts, uncles, cousins, lineal descendants, siblings and lineal descendants of siblings (in each case whether by any blood relation or adoption) of such person.

(h)Final Conversion Date” means 5:00 p.m. in New York City, New York on the earlier of (i) the nine-month anniversary of the death or Permanent Disability of the last to die or become Permanently Disabled of the Founders, (ii) the last Trading Day of the fiscal year during which the 10th anniversary of the effectiveness of the registration statement in connection with the IPO occurs, or (iii) the date specified by a vote of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock; provided, however, that the Final Conversion Date may be extended by the affirmative vote of the holders of the majority of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock not held by a Founder or Affiliate or Permitted Transferee of a Founder and entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

(i)Founder” means each of Jonathan Neman, Nicolas Jammet, and Nathaniel Ru.

(j)IPO” means the Company’s first firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Class A Common Stock where the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are each a “covered security” as described in Section 18(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(k)Liquidation Event” means (i) any Asset Transfer or Acquisition in which cash or other property is, pursuant to the express terms of the Asset Transfer or Acquisition, to be distributed to the stockholders in respect of their shares of capital stock in the Company or (ii) any liquidation, dissolution and winding up of the Company; provided, however, for the avoidance of doubt, compensation pursuant to any employment, consulting, severance or other compensatory arrangement to be paid to or received by a person who is also a holder of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock does not constitute consideration or a “distribution to stockholders” in respect of the Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock.

(l)Parent” of an Entity means any Entity that directly or indirectly owns or controls a majority of the voting power of the voting securities or interests of such Entity.

(m)Permanent Disability” .and “Permanently Disabled” mean, with respect to a Founder, that such Founder is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which would reasonably be expected to result in death within twelve (12) months or which has lasted or would reasonably be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months as determined by a licensed medical practitioner jointly selected by a majority of the Board of Directors and such Founder. If such Founder is incapable of selecting a licensed physician, then (A) such Founder’s spouse shall make the selection on behalf of such

 

3


Founder, or (B) in the absence or incapacity of such Founder’s spouse, such Founder’s parents shall make the selection on behalf of such Founder, or (C) in the absence of parents of such Founder, a natural person then acting as the successor trustee of a revocable living trust which was created by such Founder and which holds more shares of all classes of capital stock of the corporation than any other revocable living trust created by such Founder shall make the selection on behalf of such Founder, or (D) in absence of any such successor trustee, the legal guardian or conservator of the estate of such Founder shall make the selection on behalf of such Founder.

(n)Permitted Entity” means, with respect to a Qualified Stockholder, (i) any Entity in which such Qualified Stockholder directly, or indirectly through one or more Permitted Entities or Permitted Transferees, has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control (or, if the Qualified Stockholder is a Founder, a trustee of a Permitted Trust of a Founder, or a Permitted Entity or Permitted Transferee of a Founder, shares dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with one or more Family Members of such Founder) with respect to all shares of Class B Common Stock held of record by such Entity or (ii) any Individual Retirement Account, as defined in Section 408(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, or a pension, profit sharing, stock bonus or other type of plan or trust of which a Qualified Stockholder is a participant or beneficiary and which satisfies the requirements for qualification under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code and has sole dispositive power and exclusive Voting Control with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock held in such account, plan or trust.

(o)Permitted Transfer” means, and shall be restricted to, any Transfer of a share of Class B Common Stock:

(i) by a Qualified Stockholder (including a natural person serving in a trustee capacity) to a trustee of a Permitted Trust of such Qualified Stockholder or to such Qualified Stockholder in his or her individual capacity or as a trustee of a Permitted Trust, or to a Permitted Entity of such Qualified Stockholder;

(ii) by the trustee(s) of a Permitted Trust of a Qualified Stockholder, to such Qualified Stockholder, to the trustee(s) of any other Permitted Trust of such Qualified Stockholder or to any Permitted Entity or any Permitted Transferee of such Qualified Stockholder;

(iii) by a Qualified Stockholder to a Founder’s estate or a Founder’s heirs, effective upon the death of such Founder;

(iv) by a Qualified Stockholder to any Founder, any Affiliate of such Founder, any Permitted Entity of such Founder or a trustee of any Permitted Trust of such Founder; or

(v) by a Permitted Entity or a Permitted Transferee of a Qualified Stockholder to any Qualified Stockholder or any other Permitted Entity of a Qualified Stockholder, or to a trustee of a Permitted Trust of a Qualified Stockholder, or to a Permitted Transferee of a Qualified Stockholder.

(p)Permitted Transferee” means a transferee of shares of Class B Common Stock received in a Transfer (or Person that would be eligible to receive shares of Class B Common Stock in a Transfer) that constitutes a Permitted Transfer.

(q)Permitted Trust” means, with respect to any Qualified Stockholder, any trust or other estate planning vehicle for the benefit of one or more Qualified Stockholders, one or more Family Members of a Qualified Stockholder, or one or more Affiliates of a Qualified Stockholder, or a trust under the terms of which a Qualified Stockholder has retained a “qualified interest” within the meaning of §2702(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code (as amended from time to time) and/or a reversionary interest.

 

4


(r)Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other Entity.

(s)Qualified Stockholder” means (i) the record holder of a share of Class B Common Stock as of 11:59 p.m. in New York City, New York on the date on which the Effective Time occurs; (ii) the initial record holder of any share of Class B Common Stock that is originally issued by the Company after the Effective Time; and (iii) a Permitted Transferee of a Qualified Stockholder.

(t)Trading Day” means any day on which The Nasdaq Stock Market and the New York Stock Exchange are open for trading.

(u)Transfer” of a share of Class B Common Stock means any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, hypothecation or other transfer or disposition of such share or any legal or beneficial interest in such share, whether or not for value and whether voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law, including, without limitation, a transfer of a share of Class B Common Stock to a broker or other nominee (regardless of whether there is a corresponding change in beneficial ownership), or the transfer of, or entering into a binding agreement with respect to, Voting Control (as defined below) over such share by proxy or otherwise; provided, however, that the following shall not be considered a “Transfer” within the meaning of this Article IV:

(i) the granting of a revocable proxy to officers or directors of the Company at the request of the Board of Directors in connection with actions to be taken at an annual or special meeting of stockholders;

(ii) entering into a voting trust, agreement or arrangement (with or without granting a proxy) pursuant to a written agreement to which the Company is a party or that has been approved by the Board of Directors;

(iii) entering into a voting trust, agreement or arrangement (with or without granting a proxy) solely with stockholders who are holders of Class B Common Stock that (A) is disclosed either in a Schedule 13D filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or in writing to the Secretary of the Company, (B) either has a term not exceeding one year or is terminable by the holder of the shares subject thereto at any time and (C) does not involve any payment of cash, securities, property or other consideration to the holder of the shares subject thereto other than the mutual promise to vote shares in a designated manner;

(iv) granting a proxy to a person that has been approved by the Board of Directors to exercise dispositive power and/or Voting Control effective on the death or disability of a person;

(v) the pledge of shares of Class B Common Stock by a stockholder that creates a mere security interest in such shares pursuant to a bona fide loan or indebtedness transaction for so long as such stockholder continues to exercise exclusive Voting Control over such pledged shares; provided, however, that a foreclosure on such shares or other similar action by the pledgee shall constitute a “Transfer” unless such foreclosure or similar action qualifies as a “Permitted Transfer”;

(vi) any entry into contract, instruction or plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, with a broker or other nominee; provided, however, that a sale or other disposition of such shares of Class B Common Stock pursuant to such contract, instruction or plan shall constitute a “Transfer” at the time of such sale or other disposition;

 

5


(vii) entering into, or reaching an agreement, arrangement or understanding regarding, a support or similar voting or tender agreement (with or without granting a proxy and/or other customary terms) in connection with a Liquidation Event, Asset Transfer or Acquisition that has been approved by the Board of Directors; or

(viii) the fact that, as of the Effective Time or at any time after the Effective Time, the spouse of any holder of Class B Common Stock possesses or obtains an interest in such holder’s shares of Class B Common Stock arising solely by reason of the application of the community property laws of any jurisdiction, so long as no other event or circumstance shall exist or have occurred that constitutes a Transfer of such shares of Class B Common Stock; provided, that any transfer of shares by any holder of shares of Class B Common Stock to such holder’s spouse, including a transfer in connection with a divorce proceeding, domestic relations order or similar legal requirement, shall constitute a “Transfer” of such shares of Class B Common Stock unless otherwise exempt from the definition of Transfer.

A “Transfer” shall also be deemed to have occurred with respect to a share of Class B Common Stock beneficially held by (i) a Permitted Transferee on the date that such Permitted Transferee ceases to meet the qualifications to be a Permitted Transferee of the Qualified Stockholder who effected the Transfer of such shares to such Permitted Transferee, or (ii) an Entity that is a Qualified Stockholder, if there occurs a Transfer on a cumulative basis, from and after the Effective Time, of a majority of the voting power of the voting securities of such Entity or any Parent of such Entity, other than a Transfer to parties that were, as of the Effective Time, holders of voting securities of any such Entity or Parent of such Entity or Affiliates of such holders.

(v)Voting Control” means, with respect to a share of Class B Common Stock, the power (whether exclusive or shared) to vote or direct the voting of such share by proxy, voting agreement or otherwise.

2. Rights Relating To Dividends, Subdivisions and Combinations.

(a) Subject to the prior rights of holders of any Preferred Stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of the Company legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors. Except as permitted in Section 2(b), any dividends paid to the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall be paid pro rata, on an equal priority, pari passu basis, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class.

(b) Subject to the rights of holders of Class B Common Stock as provided in Section 10 of this Article IV.D, the Company shall not declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution to the holders of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock payable in securities of the Company unless the same dividend or distribution with the same record date and payment date shall be declared and paid on all shares of Common Stock; provided, however, that subject to the rights of the holders of Class B Common Stock as provided in Section 10 of this Article IV.D, (i) dividends or other distributions payable in shares of Class A Common Stock or rights to acquire shares of Class A Common Stock may be declared and paid to the holders of Class A Common Stock without the same dividend or distribution being declared

 

6


and paid to the holders of the Class B Common Stock if, and only if, a dividend payable in shares of Class B Common Stock, or rights to acquire shares of Class B Common Stock, as applicable, are declared and paid to the holders of Class B Common Stock at the same rate and with the same record date and payment date; and (ii) dividends or other distributions payable in shares of Class B Common Stock or rights to acquire shares of Class B Common Stock may be declared and paid to the holders of Class B Common Stock without the same dividend or distribution being declared and paid to the holders of the Class A Common Stock if, and only if, a dividend payable in shares of Class A Common Stock, or rights to acquire shares of Class A Common Stock, as applicable, are declared and paid to the holders of Class A Common Stock at the same rate and with the same record date and payment date.

(c) If the Company in any manner subdivides or combines (including by reclassification) the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, then the outstanding shares of all Common Stock will be subdivided or combined in the same proportion and manner.

3. Liquidation Rights. In the event of a Liquidation Event, upon the completion of the distributions required with respect to any Preferred Stock that may then be outstanding, the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution to stockholders, or consideration payable to the stockholders of the Company, in the case of an Acquisition constituting a Liquidation Event, shall be distributed on an equal priority, pro rata basis to the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock (and the holders of any Preferred Stock that may then be outstanding, to the extent required by the Certificate of Incorporation), unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class; provided, however, for the avoidance of doubt, compensation pursuant to any employment, consulting, severance or other compensatory arrangement to be paid to or received by a person who is also a holder of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock does not constitute consideration or a “distribution to stockholders” in respect of the Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock.

4. Voting Rights.

(a) Class A Common Stock. Each holder of shares of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share thereof held.

(b) Class B Common Stock. Each holder of shares of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to ten votes for each share thereof held.

(c) Voting Generally. Except as required by law or as specifically provided in this Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of Preferred Stock, Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall vote together and not as separate series or classes. Except as otherwise required by applicable law, holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law.

5. Optional Conversion.

(a) Optional Conversion of the Class B Common Stock.

(i) At the option of the holder thereof, each share of Class B Common Stock shall be convertible, at any time or from time to time, into one fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock as provided herein.

 

7


(ii) Each holder of Class B Common Stock who elects to convert the same into shares of Class A Common Stock shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor (if any), duly endorsed, at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Class B Common Stock, and shall give written notice to the Company at such office that such holder elects to convert the same and shall state therein the number of shares of Class B Common Stock being converted. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Class B Common Stock to be converted, or, if the shares are uncertificated, immediately prior to the close of business on the date that the holder delivers notice of such conversion to the Company’s transfer agent and the person entitled to receive the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Class A Common Stock at such time; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to issue a certificate evidencing the share of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such conversion unless the certificate evidencing such share of Class B Common Stock is either delivered to the Company or its transfer agent as provided below, or the holder notifies the Company or its transfer agent that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Company to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificate.

6. Automatic Conversion.

(a) Conversion upon Transfer. Each share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically be converted into one fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock upon a Transfer, other than a Permitted Transfer, of such share of Class B Common Stock. Such conversion shall occur automatically without the need for any further action by the holder of such share and whether or not the certificate representing such share (if any) is surrendered to the Company or its transfer agent; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to issue a certificate evidencing the share of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such conversion unless the certificate evidencing such share of Class B Common Stock is either delivered to the Company or its transfer agent as provided below, or the holder notifies the Company or its transfer agent that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Company to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificate. Upon the occurrence of such automatic conversion of a share of Class B Common Stock, the holder of such share of Class B Common Stock so converted shall surrender the certificate representing such share (if any) at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Class B Common Stock.

(b) Conversion upon Death or Permanent Disability. Each share of Class B Common Stock held of record by a Founder, or an Affiliate or Permitted Transferee of such Founder, shall automatically, without any further action, convert into one fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock twelve months after the date of the death or Permanent Disability of such Founder.

(c) Final Conversion. On the Final Conversion Date, each issued share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically, without any further action, convert into one share of Class A Common Stock. Following the Final Conversion Date, the Company may no longer issue any additional shares of Class B Common Stock. Such conversion shall occur automatically without the need for any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares (if any) are surrendered to the Company or its transfer agent; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon such conversion unless the certificates evidencing such shares of Class B Common Stock (if any) are either delivered to the Company or its transfer agent as provided below, or the holder notifies the Company or its

 

8


transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Company to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. Upon the occurrence of such automatic conversion of the Class B Common Stock, the holders of Class B Common Stock so converted shall surrender the certificates representing such shares (if any) at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Class A Common Stock.

(d) Procedures. The Company may, from time to time, establish such policies and procedures relating to the conversion of Class B Common Stock to Class A Common Stock and the general administration of this dual class stock structure, including the issuance of stock certificates (or the establishment of book-entry positions) with respect thereto, as it may deem reasonably necessary or advisable, and may from time to time request that holders of shares of Class B Common Stock furnish certifications, affidavits or other proof to the Company as it deems necessary to verify the ownership of Class B Common Stock and to confirm that a conversion to Class A Common Stock has not occurred.

(e) Effect of Conversion. In the event of a conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock to shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to this Section 6, such conversion(s) shall be deemed to have been made at the time that the Transfer of shares occurred, immediately upon the twelve-month anniversary of the death or Permanent Disability of the applicable founder, or immediately upon the Final Conversion Date, as applicable. Upon any conversion of Class B Common Stock to Class A Common Stock, all rights of the holder of shares of Class B Common Stock shall cease and the person or persons in whose name or names the certificate or certificates (or book-entry position(s)) representing the shares of Class A Common Stock are to be issued shall be treated for all purposes as having become the record holder or holders of such shares of Class A Common Stock.

7. Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Class B Common Stock, such number of its shares of Class A Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then-outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, as applicable, the Company will use its best efforts to take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

8. Prohibition on Reissuance of Shares. Shares of Class B Common Stock that are acquired by the Company for any reason (whether by repurchase, upon conversion, or otherwise) shall be retired in the manner required by law and shall not be reissued as shares of Class B Common Stock.

9. Class B Protective Provisions. After 11:59 p.m. in New York City, New York on the date on the date on which the Effective Time occurs, and prior to the date on which no shares of Class B Common Stock remain outstanding, the Company shall not, without the prior affirmative vote (either at a meeting or by written election) of the holders of 66 2/3% of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, voting as a separate class, in addition to any other vote required by applicable law or this Certificate of Incorporation:

(a) directly or indirectly, whether by amendment, or through merger, recapitalization, consolidation or otherwise, amend or repeal, or adopt any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company inconsistent with, or otherwise alter, any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company in a manner that adversely affects the Class B Common Stock, in each case relating to the voting, conversion or other rights, powers, preferences, privileges or restrictions of the Class B Common Stock;

 

9


(b) reclassify any outstanding shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Company into shares having rights as to dividends or liquidation that are senior to the Class B Common Stock or the right to have more than one (1) vote for each share thereof;

(c) authorize, or issue any shares of, any class or series of capital stock of the Company (other than Class B Common Stock) having (i) rights as to dividends or liquidation that are senior to the Class B Common Stock (other than the authorization and issuance of new series of Preferred Stock in connection with a bona fide capital raising transaction by the Company) or (ii) the right to more than (1) vote for each share thereof; or

(d) issue any shares of Class B Common Stock, including, for the avoidance of doubt, by dividend, distribution or otherwise, other than shares of Class B Common Stock (i) issued under the Exchange Agreement or (ii) otherwise issued to a Founder or to a Person that would be eligible to receive shares of Class B Common Stock in a Permitted Transfer by such Founder.

V.

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Company, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Company, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

A. Board of Directors.

1. Generally. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. The number of directors that shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be fixed exclusively by resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors.

2. Election.

(a) Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders for a term of one year. Each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

(b) No stockholder entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate votes to which such stockholder is entitled.

(d) Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

3. Removal of Directors. Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law and subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, any individual director or directors may be removed from office at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

10


4. Vacancies. Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by the stockholders and except as otherwise provided by applicable law, be filled only by the Board of Directors by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified.

5. Preferred Directors. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, during any period when the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or together with one or more series, have the right to elect additional directors, then upon commencement and for the duration of the period during which such right continues: (i) the then otherwise total authorized number of directors of the Company shall automatically be increased by such specified number of directors, and the holders of such Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect the additional directors so provided for or fixed pursuant to said provisions; and (ii) each such additional director shall serve until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s right to hold such office terminates pursuant to said provisions, whichever occurs earlier, subject to his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal. Except as otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolution or resolutions establishing such series, whenever the holders of any series of Preferred Stock having such right to elect additional directors are divested of such right pursuant to the provisions of such stock, the terms of office of all such additional directors elected by the holders of such stock, or elected to fill any vacancies resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of such additional directors, shall forthwith terminate (in which case each such director thereupon shall cease to be a director) and the total authorized number of directors of the Company automatically shall be reduced accordingly.

B. Stockholder Actions. Following the first date on which the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock represent less than a majority of the total voting power of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, (i) no action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Company except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with the Bylaws and (ii) no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Company shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Company.

C. Bylaws. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Company required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

VI.

A. The liability of the directors of the Company for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law.

 

11


B. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company may provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers, and other agents of the Company (and any other persons to which applicable law permits the Company to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

C. Any repeal or modification of this Article VI shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Article VI in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act giving rise to liability.

D. Unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for the following types of actions or proceedings under Delaware statutory or common law: (A) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company; (B) any action or proceeding asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer or other employee of the Company or any stockholder to the Company or the Company’s stockholders; (C) any action or proceeding asserting a claim against the Company or any current or former director, officer or other employee of the Company or any stockholder arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company (as each may be amended from time to time); (D) any action or proceeding to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company (including any right, obligation or remedy thereunder); (E) any action or proceeding as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; and (F) any action asserting a claim against the Company or any director, officer or other employee of the Company or any stockholder, governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in all cases to the fullest extent permitted by law and subject to the court’s having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants. This Article VI shall not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.

E. Unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, including all causes of action asserted against any defendant named in such complaint, subject to and contingent upon a final adjudication in the State of Delaware of the enforceability of such exclusive forum provision. For the avoidance of doubt, this provision is intended to benefit and may be enforced by the Company, its officers and directors, the underwriters to any offering giving rise to such complaint, and any other professional entity whose profession gives authority to a statement made by that person or entity and who has prepared or certified any part of the documents underlying the offering.

F. Any person or Entity holding, owning or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Company shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article VI.

VII.

A. The Company reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, except as provided in paragraph B. of this Article VII, and all rights conferred upon the stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

B. In addition to any affirmative vote required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal Articles V, VI, and VII.

 

12


* * * *

[Signature Page Follows]

 

13


Sweetgreen, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by a duly authorized officer on______, 2021.

 

SWEETGREEN, INC.
By:  

 

  Jonathan Neman
  Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.3

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS OF

SWEETGREEN, INC.

ARTICLE I

STOCKHOLDERS

1.1 Place of Meetings. All meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place within or without the State of Delaware as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors, the President or Chief Executive Officer.

1.2 Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting shall be held on a date to be fixed by the Board of Directors at the time and place to be fixed by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting.

1.3 Special Meetings. Special meetings of stockholders may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the President or the holders of record of not less than 10% of all shares entitled to cast votes at the meeting, for any purpose or purposes prescribed in the notice of the meeting and shall be held at such place, on such date and at such time as the Board may fix. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be confined to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting.

1.4 Notice of Meetings. Written notice of each meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or as required by law (meaning here and hereafter, as required from time to time by the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation). The notices of all meetings shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting. The notice of a special meeting shall state, in addition, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation.

1.5 Voting List. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare, at least 10 days before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting, at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time of the meeting, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. This list shall determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

 

1


1.6 Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, the holders of a majority of the shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, may adjourn the meeting to another place, date or time.

1.7 Adjournments. Any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned to any other time and to any other place at which a meeting of stockholders may be held under these Amended and Restated Bylaws (these “Bylaws”) by the Chairman of the meeting or, in the absence of such person, by any officer entitled to preside at or to act as Secretary of such meeting, or by the holders of a majority of the shares of stock present or represented at the meeting and entitled to vote, although less than a quorum. When a meeting is adjourned to another place, date or time, written notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the place, date and time thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided, however, that if the date of any adjourned meeting is more than 30 days after the date for which the meeting was originally noticed, or if a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, written notice of the place, date, and time of the adjourned meeting shall be given in conformity herewith. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

1.8 Voting and Proxies. Each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote held of record by such stockholder and a proportionate vote for each fractional share so held, unless otherwise provided by law or in the Certificate of Incorporation. Each stockholder of record entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may vote in person or may authorize any other person or persons to vote or act for him by written proxy executed by the stockholder or his authorized agent or by a transmission permitted by law and delivered to the Secretary of the corporation. No stockholder may authorize more than one proxy for his shares. Any copy, facsimile transmission or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission created pursuant to this section may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile transmission or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

1.9 Action at Meeting. When a quorum is present at any meeting, any election shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote at the election, and all other matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast affirmatively or negatively on the matter (or if there are two or more classes of stock entitled to vote as separate classes, then in the case of each such class, a majority of each such class present or represented and voting affirmatively or negatively on the matter shall decide such matter), except when a different vote is required by express provision of law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

All voting, including on the election of directors, but excepting where otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided, however, that upon demand therefor by a stockholder entitled to vote or his or her proxy, a stock vote shall be taken. Every stock vote shall be taken by ballot, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other

 

2


information as may be required under the procedure established for the meeting. Every vote taken by ballot shall be counted by an inspector or inspectors appointed by the chairman of the meeting. The corporation may, and to the extent required by law, shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The corporation may designate one or more persons as an alternate inspector to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting may, and to the extent required by law, shall, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath to faithfully execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability.

1.10 Stockholder Action Without Meeting. Any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice, if a consent in writing, setting forth the actions so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes which would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. All such consents shall be filed with the Secretary of the corporation and shall be maintained in the corporate records. Prompt notice of the taking of a corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

An electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder, or by a proxy holder or other person authorized to act for a stockholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purpose of this Section 1.10, provided that such electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (i) that the electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or by a person authorized to act for the stockholder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or authorized person transmitted such electronic transmission. The date on which such electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the books in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded.

1.11 Meetings by Remote Communication. If authorized by the Board of Directors, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board may adopt, stockholders and proxy holders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication, participate in the meeting and be deemed present in person and vote at the meeting, whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (i) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxy holder, (ii) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxy holders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (iii) if any stockholder or proxy holder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the corporation.

 

3


ARTICLE II

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

2.1 General Powers. The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, who may exercise all of the powers of the corporation except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation. In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining directors, except as otherwise provided by law, may exercise the powers of the full Board until the vacancy is filled.

2.2 Number and Term of Office. The number of directors shall initially be seven (7) and, thereafter, shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board for adoption). All directors shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until their respective successors are elected, except in the case of the death, resignation or removal of any director.

2.3 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or other cause (other than removal from office by a vote of the stockholders) may be filled only by a majority vote of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director, and directors so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

2.4 Resignation. Any director may resign by delivering notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the President, Chairman of the Board or Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

2.5 Removal. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any directors, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. Vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from such removal may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, by the sole remaining director, or by the stockholders at the next annual meeting or at a special meeting called in accordance with Section 1.3 above. Directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders.

 

4


2.6 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; provided that any director who is absent when such a determination is made shall be given notice of the determination. A regular meeting of the Board of Directors may be held without notice immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders.

2.7 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President or two or more directors and may be held at any time and place, within or without the State of Delaware.

2.8 Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of any special meeting of directors shall be given to each director by the Secretary or by the officer or one of the directors calling the meeting. Notice shall be duly given to each director by whom it is not waived by (i) giving notice to such director in person or by telephone, electronic transmission or voice message system at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, (ii) sending a facsimile to his last known facsimile number, or delivering written notice by hand, to his last known business or home address at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, or (iii) mailing written notice to his last known business or home address at least three days in advance of the meeting. A notice or waiver of notice of a meeting of the Board of Directors need not specify the purposes of the meeting. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

2.9 Participation in Meetings by Telephone Conference Calls or Other Methods of Communication. Directors or any members of any committee designated by the directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

2.10 Quorum. A majority of the total number of authorized directors shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the Board of Directors. In the absence of a quorum at any such meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or at a meeting of a committee which authorizes a particular contract or transaction.

2.11 Action at Meeting. At any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, the vote of a majority of those present shall be sufficient to take any action, unless a different vote is specified by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

2.12 Action by Written Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent to the action in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writings or electronic transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

5


2.13 Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation, with such lawfully delegated powers and duties as it therefor confers, to serve at the pleasure of the Board. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members of the committee present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors and subject to the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Each such committee shall keep minutes and make such reports as the Board of Directors may from time to time request. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by such rules, its business shall be conducted as nearly as possible in the same manner as is provided in these Bylaws for the Board of Directors.

2.14 Compensation of Directors. Directors may be paid such compensation for their services and such reimbursement for expenses of attendance at meetings as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation or any of its parent or subsidiary corporations in any other capacity and receiving compensation for such service.

2.15 Nomination of Director Candidates. Subject to the rights of holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, nominations for the election of Directors may be made by (i) the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof or (ii) any stockholder entitled to vote in the election of Directors.

ARTICLE III

OFFICERS

3.1 Enumeration. The officers of the corporation shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer, a Chief Financial Officer and such other officers with such other titles as the Board of Directors shall determine, including, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a Chairman of the Board and one or more Vice Presidents and Assistant Secretaries. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers as it may deem appropriate.

3.2 Election. Officers shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at its first meeting following the annual meeting of stockholders. Officers may be appointed by the Board of Directors at any other meeting.

 

6


3.3 Qualification. No officer need be a stockholder. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

3.4 Tenure. Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, each officer shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified, unless a different term is specified in the vote appointing him, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

3.5 Resignation and Removal. Any officer may resign by delivering his written resignation to the corporation at its principal office or to the President or Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event. Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors.

3.6 Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors may appoint a Chairman of the Board. If the Board of Directors appoints a Chairman of the Board, he shall perform such duties and possess such powers as are assigned to him by the Board of Directors. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, he shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders, and, if he is a director, at all meetings of the Board of Directors.

3.7 President. The President shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, have responsibility for the general management and control of the business and affairs of the corporation and shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of President or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors. Unless otherwise designated by the Board of Directors, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation. The President shall, in the absence of or because of the inability to act of the Chairman of the Board, perform all duties of the Chairman of the Board and preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of stockholders. The President shall perform such other duties and shall have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. He or she shall have power to sign stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the corporation which are authorized and shall have general supervision and direction of all of the other officers, employees and agents of the corporation, other than the Chairman of the Board.

3.8 Vice Presidents. Any Vice President shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors or the President may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the President, the Vice President (or if there shall be more than one, the Vice Presidents in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties of the President and when so performing shall have at the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Board of Directors may assign to any Vice President the title of Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or any other title selected by the Board of Directors.

3.9 Secretary and Assistant Secretaries. The Secretary shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as the Board of Directors or the President may from time to time prescribe. In addition, the Secretary shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of the Secretary, including, without limitation, the duty and power to give

 

7


notices of all meetings of stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, to keep a record of the proceedings of all meetings of stockholders and the Board of Directors, to maintain a stock ledger and prepare lists of stockholders and their addresses as required, to be custodian of corporate records and the corporate seal and to affix and attest to the same on documents.

Any Assistant Secretary shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary.

In the absence of the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary at any meeting of stockholders or directors, the person presiding at the meeting shall designate a temporary secretary to keep a record of the meeting.

3.10 Treasurer. The Treasurer shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of treasurer, including without limitation, the duty and power to keep and be responsible for all funds and securities of the corporation, to maintain the financial records of the corporation, to deposit funds of the corporation in depositories as authorized, to disburse such funds as authorized, to make proper accounts of such funds, and to render as required by the Board of Directors accounts of all such transactions and of the financial condition of the corporation.

3.11 Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. Unless otherwise designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Financial Officer shall be the Treasurer of the corporation.

3.12 Salaries. Officers of the corporation shall be entitled to such salaries, compensation or reimbursement as shall be fixed or allowed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

3.13 Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL STOCK

4.1 Issuance of Stock. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the corporation or the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the corporation held in its treasury may be issued, sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by vote of the Board of Directors in such manner, for such consideration and on such terms as the Board of Directors may determine.

 

8


4.2 Certificates of Stock. Every holder of stock of the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, in such form as may be prescribed by law and by the Board of Directors, certifying the number and class of shares owned by him in the corporation. Each such certificate shall be signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the Chairman or Vice Chairman, if any, of the Board of Directors, or the President or a Vice President, and the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile.

Each certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, applicable securities laws or any agreement among any number of shareholders or among such holders and the corporation shall have conspicuously noted on the face or back of the certificate either the full text of the restriction or a statement of the existence of such restriction.

4.3 Transfers. Except as otherwise established by rules and regulations adopted by the Board of Directors, and subject to applicable law, shares of stock may be transferred on the books of the corporation by the surrender to the corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate representing such shares properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, and with such proof of authority or authenticity of signature as the corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require. Except as may be otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, the corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect to such stock, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock until the shares have been transferred on the books of the corporation in accordance with the requirements of these Bylaws.

4.4 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in place of any previously issued certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors may prescribe, including the presentation of reasonable evidence of such loss, theft or destruction and the giving of such indemnity as the Board of Directors may require for the protection of the corporation or any transfer agent or registrar.

4.5 Record Date. The Board of Directors may fix in advance a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights in respect of any change, concession or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action. Such record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action to which such record date relates.

If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day before the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day before the day on which the meeting is held. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent

 

9


to corporate action in writing without a meeting when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed. The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating to such purpose.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

4.6 Restrictions on Transfer.

(a) No holder of any of the shares of stock of the corporation may sell, transfer, assign, pledge, or otherwise dispose of or encumber any of the shares of stock of the corporation or any right or interest therein, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or by gift or otherwise (each, a “Transfer”) without the prior written consent of the corporation. The corporation may withhold consent for any legitimate corporate purpose. Examples of the basis for the corporation to withhold its consent include, without limitation, (i) if such Transfer is to individuals, companies or any other form of entity identified by the corporation as a potential competitor or considered by the corporation to be unfriendly; or (ii) if such Transfer increases the risk of the corporation having a class of security held of record by 2,000 or more persons, or 500 or more persons who are not accredited investors (as such term is defined by the SEC), as described in Section 12(g) of the 1934 Act and any related regulations, or otherwise requiring the corporation to register any class of securities under the 1934 Act; or (iii) if such Transfer would result in the loss of any federal or state securities law exemption relied upon by the corporation in connection with the initial issuance of such shares or the issuance of any other securities; or (iv) if such Transfer is facilitated in any manner by any public posting, message board, trading portal, internet site, or similar method of communication, including without limitation any trading portal or internet site intended to facilitate secondary transfers of securities; or (v) if such Transfer is to be effected in a brokered transaction; or (vi) if such Transfer represents a Transfer of less than all of the shares then held by the stockholder and its affiliates or is to be made to more than a single transferee.

(b) If a stockholder desires to Transfer any shares, then the stockholder shall first give written notice thereof to the corporation. The notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of shares to be transferred, the proposed consideration, and all other terms and conditions of the proposed transfer. A Transfer to which the corporation has consented pursuant to Section 36(a) will first be subject to any right of first refusal provision contained in an agreement between the corporation and the stockholder proposing the Transfer.

(c) At the option of the corporation, the stockholder shall be obligated to pay to the corporation a reasonable transfer fee related to the costs and time of the corporation and its legal and other advisors related to any proposed Transfer.

(d) Any Transfer, or purported Transfer, of shares not made in strict compliance with this Section shall be null and void, shall not be recorded on the books of the corporation and shall not be recognized by the corporation.

 

10


(e) The foregoing restriction on Transfer shall terminate upon the date securities of the corporation are first offered to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the SEC under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”).

(f) The certificates representing shares of stock of the corporation shall bear on their face the following legend so long as the foregoing Transfer restrictions are in effect:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A TRANSFER RESTRICTION, AS PROVIDED IN THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION.”

(g) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the provisions of this Section 4.6 do not apply to (i) any holder of shares of stock of the corporation that is (x) an advisory client of T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. (or any successor or affiliated registered investment advisor to such holder) with respect to its ownership interest in the corporation or (y) Revolution Growth II, LP or its affiliates, (ii) any shares of stock of the corporation transferred by any person described in the foregoing clause (i) or (iii) any Transfer in compliance with any drag-along rights provided in any stockholders agreement among the corporation and any of its stockholders.

ARTICLE V

GENERAL PROVISIONS

5.1 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be as fixed by the Board of Directors.

5.2 Corporate Seal. The corporate seal shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Board of Directors.

5.3 Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice whatsoever is required to be given by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, a waiver of such notice either in writing signed by the person entitled to such notice or such person’s duly authorized attorney, or by electronic transmission or any other method permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law, whether before, at or after the time stated in such waiver, or the appearance of such person or persons at such meeting in person or by proxy, shall be deemed equivalent to such notice. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver. Attendance at any meeting shall constitute waiver of notice except attendance for the sole purpose of objecting to the timeliness of notice.

5.4 Actions with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise designate, the Chief Executive Officer or President or any officer of the corporation authorized by the Chief Executive Officer or President shall have the power to vote and otherwise act on behalf of the corporation, in person or proxy, and may waive notice of, and act as, or appoint any person or persons to act as, proxy or attorney-in-fact to this corporation (with or without power of substitution) at any meeting of stockholders or shareholders (or with respect to any action of stockholders) of any other corporation or organization, the securities of which may be held by this corporation and otherwise to exercise any and all rights and powers which this corporation may possess by reason of this corporation’s ownership of securities in such other corporation or other organization.

 

11


5.5 Evidence of Authority. A certificate by the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, or a temporary Secretary, as to any action taken by the stockholders, directors, a committee or any officer or representative of the corporation shall as to all persons who rely on the certificate in good faith be conclusive evidence of such action.

5.6 Certificate of Incorporation. All references in these Bylaws to the Certificate of Incorporation shall be deemed to refer to the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation, as amended and in effect from time to time.

5.7 Severability. Any determination that any provision of these Bylaws is for any reason inapplicable, illegal or ineffective shall not affect or invalidate any other provision of these Bylaws.

5.8 Pronouns. All pronouns used in these Bylaws shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons may require.

5.9 Notices. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein or required by law, all notices required to be given to any stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent shall be in writing and may in every instance be effectively given by hand delivery to the recipient thereof, by depositing such notice in the mails, postage paid, or by sending such notice by commercial courier service, or by facsimile or other electronic transmission, provided that notice to stockholders by electronic transmission shall be given in the manner provided in Section 232 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Any such notice shall be addressed to such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent at his or her last known address as the same appears on the books of the corporation. The time when such notice shall be deemed to be given shall be the time such notice is received by such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent, or by any person accepting such notice on behalf of such person, if delivered by hand, facsimile, other electronic transmission or commercial courier service, or the time such notice is dispatched, if delivered through the mails. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively, notice to any stockholder shall be deemed given: (1) if by facsimile, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (2) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (3) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; (4) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder; and (5) if by mail, when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation.

5.10 Reliance Upon Books, Reports and Records. Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer of the corporation shall, in the performance of his duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the corporation, including reports made to the corporation by any of its officers, by an independent certified public accountant, or by an appraiser selected with reasonable care.

 

12


5.11 Time Periods. In applying any provision of these Bylaws which require that an act be done or not done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of the event shall be included.

5.12 Facsimile Signatures. In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

5.13 Annual Report. For so long as the corporation has fewer than 100 holders of record of its shares, the mandatory requirement of an annual report under Section 1501 of the California Corporations Code is hereby expressly waived to the extent applicable.

ARTICLE VI

AMENDMENTS

6.1 By the Board of Directors. Except as is otherwise set forth in these Bylaws, these Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present.

6.2 By the Stockholders. Except as otherwise set forth in these Bylaws, these Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the shares of capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote generally in any election of directors, voting together as a single class. Such vote may be held at any annual meeting of stockholders, or at any special meeting of stockholders provided that notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws shall have been stated in the notice of such special meeting.

ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

7.1 Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (“proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, or as a controlling person of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer, or in any other

 

13


capacity while serving as a director or officer, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said Law permitted the corporation to provide prior to such amendment) against all expenses, liability and loss reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 7.2 of this Article VII, the corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnity in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if (a) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (b) the proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (c) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (d) the proceeding (or part thereof) is brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement under an indemnity agreement or any other statute or law or otherwise as required under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. The rights hereunder shall be contract rights and shall include the right to be paid expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer of the corporation in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is tendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this section or otherwise.

7.2 Right of Claimant to Bring Suit. If a claim under Section 7.1 is not paid in full by the corporation within 60 days after a written claim has been received by the corporation, or 20 days in the case of a claim for advancement of expenses, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if such suit is not frivolous or brought in bad faith, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any, has been tendered to this corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by the corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the corporation shall be entitled to recover

 

14


such expenses upon a final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, shall be on the corporation.

7.3 Indemnification of Employees and Agents. The corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification, and to the advancement of related expenses, to any employee or agent of the corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article with respect to the indemnification of and advancement of expenses to directors and officers of the corporation.

7.4 Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person in this Article VII shall not be exclusive of any other right which such persons may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

7.5 Indemnification Contracts. The Board of Directors is authorized to enter into a contract with any director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or any person serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including employee benefit plans, providing for indemnification rights equivalent to or, if the Board of Directors so determines, greater than, those provided for in this Article VII.

7.6 Insurance. The corporation may maintain insurance to the extent reasonably available, at its expense, to protect itself and any such director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any such expense, liability or loss, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

7.7 Effect of Amendment. Any amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Article VII shall not adversely affect any right or protection of an indemnitee or his successor in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, repeal or modification.

 

15


SWEETGREEN, INC.

CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY

I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT:

I am the duly elected and acting Secretary of SWEETGREEN, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”); and

Attached hereto is a complete and accurate copy of the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company as duly adopted by the Board of Directors by unanimous written consent dated August 11, 2016 and by written consent of the requisite stockholders dated August 11, 2016, and said Bylaws are presently in effect.

Signed on August 11, 2016.

 

  /s/ Nicolas Jammet
  NICOLAS JAMMET
  Secretary

 

16


AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF

SWEETGREEN, INC.

NOVEMBER 9, 2018

The Amended and Restated Bylaws (the “Bylaws”) of Sweetgreen, Inc. (the “Company”) are hereby amended as follows:

 

1.

Section 4.6(g) of Article IV of the Bylaws shall be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(g) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the provisions of this Section 4.6 do not apply to (i) any holder of shares of stock of the corporation that is (x) an advisory client of T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. (or any successor or affiliated registered investment advisor to such holder) with respect to its ownership interest in the corporation, (y) advised or sub-advised by Fidelity Management & Research Company (or any successor or affiliated registered investment advisor to such holder) with respect to its ownership interest in the corporation, or (z) Revolution Growth II, LP or its affiliates, (ii) any shares of stock of the corporation transferred by any person described in the foregoing clause (i), or (iii) any Transfer in compliance with any drag-along rights provided in any stockholders agreement among the corporation and any of its stockholders.”

[Signature page follows]


I, the undersigned, certify that I am the duly elected and acting Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and that the above amendment to the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company was duly adopted by an action of written consent of the Board of Directors of the Company dated November 8, 2018 and an action of written consent of the stockholders of the Company dated November 8, 2018.

 

By:   /s/ Jonathan Neman
Name: Jonathan Neman
Title: Chief Executive Officer


AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO THE

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF

SWEETGREEN, INC.

SEPTEMBER 12, 2019

The Amended and Restated Bylaws, as amended (the “Bylaws”), of Sweetgreen, Inc. (the “Company”) are hereby amended as follows:

 

1.

Section 4.6(g) of Article IV of the Bylaws shall be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(g) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the provisions of this Section 4.6 do not apply to (i) any holder of shares of stock of the corporation that is (v) an advisory client of T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. (or any successor or affiliated registered investment advisor to such holder) with respect to its ownership interest in the corporation, (w) advised or sub-advised by Fidelity Management & Research Company (or any successor or affiliated registered investment advisor to such holder) with respect to its ownership interest in the corporation, (x) Revolution Growth II, LP or its affiliates, (y) D1 Capital Partners Master LP or its affiliates or its and their advised funds, accounts or investment vehicles or (z) Lone Spruce, L.P., Lone Cypress, Ltd. or their respective affiliates or advised funds, accounts or investment vehicles of any of the foregoing (ii) any shares of stock of the corporation transferred by any person described in the foregoing clause (i), or (iii) any Transfer in compliance with any drag-along rights provided in any stockholders agreement among the corporation and any of its stockholders.”

[Signature page follows]


I, the undersigned, certify that I am the duly elected and acting Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and that the above amendment to the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, as amended, was duly adopted at a meeting of the Board of Directors of the Company on September 12, 2019 and an action of written consent of the stockholders of the Company dated September 12, 2019.

 

By:   /s/ Jonathan Neman
Name:   Jonathan Neman
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

SWEETGREEN, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

[_________], 2021


Table of Contents

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I OFFICES

     1  

Section 1.

  Registered Office      1  

Section 2.

  Other Offices      1  

ARTICLE II CORPORATE SEAL

     1  

Section 3.

  Corporate Seal      1  

ARTICLE III STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     1  

Section 4.

  Place of Meetings      1  

Section 5.

  Annual Meetings      1  

Section 6.

  Special Meetings      5  

Section 7.

  Notice of Meetings      7  

Section 8.

  Quorum and Vote Required      7  

Section 9.

  Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings      7  

Section 10.

  Voting Rights      8  

Section 11.

  Joint Owners of Stock      8  

Section 12.

  List of Stockholders      8  

Section 13.

  Action without Meeting      8  

Section 14.

  Remote Communication      9  

Section 15.

  Organization      9  

ARTICLE IV DIRECTORS

     10  

Section 16.

  Number and Term of Office      10  

Section 17.

  Powers      10  

Section 18.

  Board of Directors      10  

Section 19.

  Vacancies      10  

Section 20.

  Resignation      10  

Section 21.

  Removal      10  

Section 22.

  Meetings      10  

Section 23.

  Quorum and Voting      11  

Section 24.

  Action without Meeting      11  

Section 25.

  Fees and Compensation      11  

Section 26.

  Committees      12  

Section 27.

  Duties of Chair of the Board of Directors and Lead Independent Director      13  

Section 28.

  Organization      13  

 

-i-


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

         Page  

ARTICLE V OFFICERS

     13  

Section 29.

  Officers Designated      13  

Section 30.

  Tenure and Duties of Officers      13  

Section 31.

  Delegation of Authority      15  

Section 32.

  Resignations      15  

Section 33.

  Removal      15  

ARTICLE VI EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

     15  

Section 34.

  Execution of Corporate Instruments      15  

Section 35.

  Voting of Securities Owned By the Corporation      16  

ARTICLE VII SHARES OF STOCK

     16  

Section 36.

  Form and Execution of Certificates      16  

Section 37.

  Lost Certificates      16  

Section 38.

  Transfers      17  

Section 39.

  Fixing Record Dates      17  

Section 40.

  Registered Stockholders      17  

Section 41.

  Additional Powers of the Board      18  

ARTICLE VIII OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

     18  

Section 42.

  Execution of Other Securities      18  

ARTICLE IX DIVIDENDS

     18  

Section 43.

  Declaration of Dividends      18  

Section 44.

  Dividend Reserve      18  

ARTICLE X FISCAL YEAR

     19  

Section 45.

  Fiscal Year      19  

ARTICLE XI INDEMNIFICATION

     19  

Section 46.

  Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents      19  

ARTICLE XII NOTICES

     21  

Section 47.

  Notices      21  

ARTICLE XIII AMENDMENTS

     22  

Section 48.

  Amendments      22  

 

-ii-


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

         Page  

ARTICLE XIV LOANS TO OFFICERS

     23  

Section 49.

  Loans to Officers      23  

 

-iii-


AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

SWEETGREEN, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

[_____________], 2021

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office. The registered office of Sweetgreen, Inc. (the “Corporation”) in the State of Delaware shall as set forth in the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as the same may be amended or restated from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation”).

Section 2. Other Offices. The Corporation may also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the board of directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”), and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE SEAL

Section 3. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal. If adopted, the corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the Corporation and the inscription, “Corporate Seal-Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE III

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 4. Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be held at such place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) and Section 14 below.

Section 5. Annual Meetings.

(a) The annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may properly come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Corporation may postpone, reschedule or cancel any annual meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of

 

1


Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors and proposals of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders: (i) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders; (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof; or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record (and, with respect to any beneficial owner, if different, on whose behalf such business is proposed or such nomination or nominations are made, only if such beneficial owner was the beneficial owner of shares of the Corporation) at the time of giving the stockholder’s notice provided for in Section 5(b) below, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 5. For the avoidance of doubt, clause (iii) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations and submit other business (other than matters properly included in the Corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders and proxy statement under Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “1934 Act”)) before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(b) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law, the Certificate of Incorporation and these Amended and Restated Bylaws, as the same may be amended or restated from time to time (the “Bylaws”), and only such nominations shall be made and such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures below.

(i) For nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of the Bylaws, the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(b)(iii) and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(c). Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each nominee such stockholder proposes to nominate at the meeting: (1) the name, age, business address and residence address of such nominee; (2) the principal occupation or employment of such nominee; (3) the class and series and number of shares of each class and series of capital stock of the Corporation that are owned of record and beneficially by such nominee; (4) the date or dates on which such shares were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition; and (5) such other information concerning such nominee as would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement soliciting proxies for the election of such nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved and whether or not proxies are being or will be solicited), or that is otherwise required to be disclosed pursuant to Section 14 of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in the Corporation’s proxy statement and associated proxy card as a nominee of the stockholder and to serving as a director if elected); and (B) all of the information required by Section 5(b)(iv). The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the Corporation (as such term is used in any applicable stock exchange listing requirements or applicable law) or on any committee or sub-committee of the Board of Directors under any applicable stock exchange listing requirements or applicable law, or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such proposed nominee. The number of nominees a Proponent (as defined below) may nominate for election at the annual meeting (or in the case of a Proponent giving the notice on behalf of a beneficial owner, the number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at the annual meeting on behalf of such beneficial owner) shall not exceed the number of directors to be elected at such annual meeting.

 

2


(ii) Other than proposals sought to be included in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act, for business other than nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of the Bylaws, the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(b)(iii), and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(c). Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the Bylaws, the language of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, and any material interest (including any anticipated benefit of such business to any Proponent (as defined below) other than solely as a result of its ownership of the Corporation’s capital stock, that is material to any Proponent individually, or to the Proponents in the aggregate) in such business of any Proponent; and (B) the information required by Section 5(b)(iv).

(iii) To be timely, the written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or 5(b)(ii) must be received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 90th day nor earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (which date shall, for purposes of the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders after its shares of Class A Common Stock (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation) are first publicly traded, be deemed to have occurred on June 15, 2021; provided, however, that, subject to the last sentence of this Section 5(b)(iii), in the event that (A) the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 30 days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or, the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the corporation or (B) the corporation did not have an annual meeting in the preceding year, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not later than the tenth day following the day on which a public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of an annual meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(iv) The written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or 5(b)(ii) shall also set forth, as of the date of the notice and as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (each, a “Proponent” and collectively, the “Proponents”): (A) the name and address of each Proponent; (B) the class, series and number of shares of the Corporation that are owned beneficially and/or of record by each Proponent; (C) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether oral or in writing) with respect to such nomination or proposal between or among any Proponent, and/or any of its affiliates or associates and any other persons (including the names of such persons); (D) a representation that the Proponents are holders of record or beneficial owners, as the case may be, of shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting and intend to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(i)) or to propose the business that is specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(ii)); (E) a representation as to whether the Proponents intend to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a sufficient number of holders of the Corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(i)) or to carry such proposal (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(ii)); (F) to the extent known by any Proponent, the name and address of any other stockholder supporting the proposal on the date of such stockholder’s notice; and (G) a description of all Derivative Transactions (as defined below) by each Proponent during the previous 12-month period, including the date of the transactions and the class, series and number of securities involved in, and the material economic terms of, such Derivative Transactions.

 

3


(c) A stockholder providing the written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or (ii) shall update and supplement such notice in writing, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice is true and correct in all material respects as of (i) the record date for the meeting and (ii) the date that is five business days (as defined below) prior to the meeting and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, five business days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 5(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five business days after the later of the record date for the meeting or the public announcement of such record date. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 5(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than two business days prior to the date for the meeting, and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, two business days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting.

(d) Notwithstanding anything in Section 5(b)(iii) to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors is increased and there is no public announcement of the appointment of a director to the Board of directors, or, if no appointment was made, of the resulting vacancy, made by the Corporation at least ten days before the last day a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination in accordance with Section 5(b)(iii), a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 5 and that complies with the requirements in Section 5(b)(i), other than the timing requirements in Section 5(b)(iii), shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions on the Board of Directors created by such increase, if it shall be received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

(e) A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director at an annual meeting unless the person is nominated in accordance with either clause (ii) or (iii) of Section 5(a) and in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 5(b), Section 5(c), and Section 5(d), as applicable. Only such business shall be conducted at any annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with clauses (i), (ii), or (iii) of Section 5(a) and in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 5(b) and Section 5(c), as applicable. Except as otherwise required by law, the chairperson of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with the Bylaws, or the Proponent does not act in accordance with the representations in Sections 5(b)(iv)(D) and 5(b)(iv)(E), to declare that such proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded, or that such business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such nomination or such business may have been solicited or received.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholders’ meeting, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. Nothing in the Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided, however, that any references in the Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to proposals and/or nominations to be considered pursuant to Section 5(a)(iii) of the Bylaws. Nothing in the Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of holders of any class or series of preferred stock to nominate and elect directors pursuant to and to the extent provided in any applicable provision of the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

4


(g) For purposes of Sections 5 and 6,

(i) affiliates” and “associates” shall have the meanings set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”).

(ii) business day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banks are closed in New York City, New York.

(iii) close of business” means 5:00 p.m. local time at the principal executive offices of the Corporation on any calendar day, whether or not the day is a Business Day.

(iv) Derivative Transaction” means any agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding entered into by, or on behalf or for the benefit of, any Proponent or any of its affiliates or associates, whether record or beneficial:

(1) the value of which is derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares or other securities of the Corporation,

(2) that otherwise provides any direct or indirect opportunity to gain or share in any gain derived from a change in the value of securities of the Corporation,

(3) the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss, manage risk or benefit of security value or price changes, or

(4) that provides the right to vote or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Proponent, or any of its affiliates or associates, directly or indirectly, with respect to any securities of the Corporation,

which agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding may include, without limitation, any option, warrant, debt position, note, bond, convertible security, swap, stock appreciation or similar right, short position, profit interest, hedge, right to dividends, voting agreement, performance-related fee or arrangement to borrow or lend shares (whether or not subject to payment, settlement, exercise or conversion in any such class or series), and any proportionate interest of such Proponent in the securities of the Corporation held by any general or limited partnership, or any limited liability company, of which such Proponent is, directly or indirectly, a general partner or managing member.

(v) public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press, Business Wire, GlobeNewswire or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act, or by such other means reasonably designed to inform the public or security holders in general of such information including, without limitation, posting on the Corporation’s investor relations website; and

Section 6. Special Meetings.

(a) Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called, for any purpose as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law, by (i) the Chair of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer or the President if the Chair of the Board of Directors is unavailable, or (iii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. The Corporation may postpone, reschedule or cancel any special meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors.

 

5


(b) The Board of Directors shall determine the time and place, if any, of such special meeting. Upon determination of the time and place, if any, of the meeting, the Secretary of the Corporation shall cause a notice of meeting to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of these Bylaws. No business may be transacted at such special meeting other than specified in the notice of meeting.

(c) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof or (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record (and, with respect to any beneficial owner, if different, on whose behalf such nomination or nominations are made, only if such beneficial owner was the beneficial owner of shares of the corporation) at the time of giving notice provided for in this paragraph, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who delivers written notice to the Secretary of the Corporation setting forth the information required by Sections 5(b)(i) and 5(b)(iv). In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder of record may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if written notice setting forth the information required by Section 5(b)(i) of the Bylaws shall be received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such meeting, or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement (as defined in Section 6) is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. The stockholder shall also update and supplement such information as required under Section 5(c). In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of a special meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. The number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at the special meeting (or in the case of a stockholder giving the notice on behalf of a beneficial owner, the number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at the special meeting on behalf of such beneficial owner) shall not exceed the number of directors to be elected at such special meeting.

(d) A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director at the special meeting unless the person is nominated either in accordance with clause (i) or clause (ii) of this Section 6(c). Except as otherwise required by law, the chairperson of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with the Bylaws, or if the Proponent does not act in accordance with the representations in Sections 5(b)(iv)(D) and 5(b)(iv)(E), to declare that such proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such nominations or such business may have been solicited or received.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to matters set forth in this Section 6. Nothing in the Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided, however, that any references in the Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be considered pursuant to Section 6(c) of the Bylaws.

 

6


Section 7. Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, notice, given in writing or by electronic transmission, of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not fewer than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, if any, date and hour, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at any such meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. If sent via electronic transmission, notice is given when directed to such stockholder’s electronic mail address. Notice of the time, place, if any, and purpose of any meeting of stockholders (to the extent required) may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof or by electronic transmission by such person, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his or her attendance thereat in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

Section 8. Quorum and Vote Required. At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by the Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairperson of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares represented thereat and entitled to vote thereon, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by statute or by applicable stock exchange rules, or by the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the holders of the majority of voting power of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute or by applicable stock exchange rules, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by statute, applicable stock exchange rules, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter and the affirmative vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of the voting power of the shares of such class or classes or series present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of such class or classes or series.

Section 9. Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairperson of the meeting or by the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote thereon. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed present in person and may vote at such meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the

 

7


meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix as the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

Section 10. Voting Rights. For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders or adjournment thereof, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the Corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 12 of the Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every person entitled to vote shall have the right to do so either in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware law. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy shall be voted after three years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A stockholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by delivering to the Secretary of the Corporation a revocation of the proxy or a new proxy bearing a later date. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot.

Section 11. Joint Owners of Stock. If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary of the Corporation is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only one votes, his or her act binds all; (b) if more than one votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in Section 217(b) of the DGCL. If the instrument filed with the Secretary of the Corporation shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purpose of subsection (c) of Section 11 shall be a majority or even-split in interest.

Section 12. List of Stockholders. The Corporation shall prepare, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number and class of shares registered in the name of each stockholder; provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect all of the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. The list shall be open to examination of any stockholder during the time of the meeting as provided by law.

Section 13. Action without Meeting. Following the first date on which the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock represent less than a majority of the total voting power of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, (i) no action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders duly called in accordance with the Bylaws, and (ii) no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent.

 

8


Section 14. Remote Communication. For the purposes of the Bylaws, if authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board of Directors may adopt, stockholders and proxyholders may, by means of remote communication:

(a) participate in a meeting of stockholders; and

(b) be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (i) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder, (ii) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (iii) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.

Section 15. Organization.

(a) At every meeting of stockholders, the Chair of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chair has not been appointed or is absent or refuses to act, the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving or is absent or refuses to act, the President, or, if the President is absent or refuses to act, a chairperson of the meeting designated by the Board of Directors, or, if the Board of Directors does not designate such chairperson, a chairperson of the meeting chosen by a majority of the voting power of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, shall act as chairperson of the meeting of stockholders. The Chair of the Board may appoint the Chief Executive Officer as chairperson of the meeting. The Secretary of the Corporation, or, in his or her absence, an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or other officer or other person directed to do so by the chairperson of the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

(b) The Board of Directors shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairperson of the meeting shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairperson, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairperson shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters that are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairperson of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

9


ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

Section 16. Number and Term of Office. The authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 17. Powers. Except as provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

Section 18. Board of Directors. The terms of the members of the Board of Directors shall be as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 19. Vacancies. Vacancies on the Board of Directors shall be filled as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

Section 20. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors or the Secretary of the Corporation, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time. If no such specification is made, the resignation shall be deemed effective at the time of delivery of the resignation to the Board of Directors or the Secretary of the Corporation. Acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, and each director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the director whose place shall be vacated and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

Section 21. Removal. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed only in the manner specified in the Certificate of Incorporation, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

Section 22. Meetings.

(a) Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware that has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice-messaging system or other system designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for regular meetings of the Board of Directors.

(b) Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chair of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or a majority of the total number of authorized directors.

(c) Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

10


(d) Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place, if any, of all special meetings of the Board of Directors and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be given orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means at least 24 hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by U.S. mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, postage prepaid, at least three days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting of the Board of Directors may be waived in writing, or by electronic transmission, at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

(e) Waiver of Notice. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though it had been transacted at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Section 23. Quorum and Voting.

(a) Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number, and except with respect to questions related to indemnification arising under Section 46 for which a quorum shall be one-third of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the total number of directors then serving on the Board of Directors or, if greater, one third of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation.

(b) At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws.

Section 24. Action without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission. After an action is taken, the writing or writings or transmission or transmissions shall be filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 25. Fees and Compensation. Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, or a committee thereof to which the Board of Directors has delegated such responsibility and authority, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and reimbursement of expenses, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors, or a committee thereof to which the Board of Directors has delegated such responsibility and authority, and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors, as well as reimbursement for other reasonable expenses incurred with respect to duties as a member of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.

 

11


Section 26. Committees.

(a) Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may designate an Executive Committee to consist of one or more members of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by applicable law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the Corporation.

(b) Other Committees. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, designate such other committees as may be permitted by law. Such other committees designated by the Board of Directors shall consist of one or more members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall any such committee have powers or authority denied to the Executive Committee in these Bylaws.

(c) Term. The Board of Directors, subject to any requirements of any outstanding series of preferred stock and the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Section 26, may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his or her death, removal as member of the committee or from the Board of Directors or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

(d) Meetings. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee designated pursuant to this Section 26 shall be held at such times and places, if any, as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at such place, if any, that has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any director who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the time and place, if any, of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place, if any, of special meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of any meeting of any committee may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends such meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Unless otherwise provided by the Board

 

12


of Directors in the resolutions authorizing the creation of the committee, a majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, each committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the Board of Directors conducts its business pursuant to Article IV of the Bylaws.

Section 27. Duties of Chair of the Board of Directors and Lead Independent Director.

(a) The Chair of the Board of Directors, if appointed and when present, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chair of the Board of Directors shall perform other duties customarily associated with the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(b) The Chair of the Board of Directors, or if the Chair is not an independent director, one of the independent directors, may be designated by the Board of Directors as lead independent director to serve until replaced by the Board of Directors (“Lead Independent Director”). The Lead Independent Director will preside over meetings of the independent directors and perform such other duties as may be established or delegated by the Board of Directors.

Section 28. Organization. At every meeting of the directors, the Chair of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chair has not been appointed or is absent, the Chief Executive Officer (if a director), or, if a Chief Executive Officer is absent, the Lead Independent Director, or if the Lead Independent Director has not been appointed or is absent, the President (if a director), or if the President is absent, the most senior Vice President (if a director), or, in the absence of any such person, a chairperson of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary of the Corporation, or in his or her absence, any Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or other officer, director or other person directed to do so by the person presiding over the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 29. Officers Designated. The officers of the Corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer and the Treasurer. The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem appropriate or necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the Corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof.

Section 30. Tenure and Duties of Officers.

(a) General. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors, a duly authorized committee thereof or, if so authorized by the Board of Directors, by the Chief Executive Officer or another officer of the Corporation.

 

13


(b) Duties of Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors (if a director), unless the Chair of the Board of Directors has been appointed and is present. Unless an officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the Corporation. To the extent that a Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and no President has been appointed, all references in the Bylaws to the President shall be deemed references to the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform other duties customarily associated with the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof shall designate from time to time.

(c) Duties of President. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors (if a director), unless the Chair of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, or the Lead Independent Director has been appointed and is present. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall, subject to the supervision, direction and control of the Board of Directors, have general powers and duties of supervision, direction, management and control of the business and officers of the Corporation as are customarily associated with the position of President. The President shall perform other duties customarily associated with the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof shall designate from time to time.

(d) Duties of Vice Presidents. A Vice President may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is vacant. A Vice President shall perform other duties customarily associated with their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or, if the Chief Executive Officer has not been appointed or is absent, the President shall designate from time to time.

(e) Duties of Secretary. The Secretary of the Corporation shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the Corporation. The Secretary of the Corporation shall give notice in conformity with the Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary of the Corporation shall perform all other duties provided for in the Bylaws and other duties customarily associated with the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer shall designate from time to time. The Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President may direct any Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or other officer to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary of the Corporation shall perform other duties customarily associated with the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President shall designate from time to time.

(f) Duties of Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the Corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the Corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive officer is then serving, the President. The

 

14


Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the Corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties customarily associated with the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President shall designate from time to time. To the extent that a Chief Financial Officer has been appointed and no Treasurer has been appointed, all references in the Bylaws to the Treasurer shall be deemed references to the Chief Financial Officer. The President may direct the Treasurer, if any, or any Assistant Treasurer, or the controller or any assistant controller to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer and each controller and assistant controller shall perform other duties customarily associated with the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President shall designate from time to time.

(g) Duties of Treasurer. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation, the Treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the Corporation and shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the Corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the Corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President, and, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall perform other duties customarily associated with the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President and the Chief Financial Officer (if not Treasurer) shall designate from time to time.

Section 31. Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

Section 32. Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors or to the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President or to the Secretary of the Corporation. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.

Section 33. Removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the Board of Directors, or by any committee thereof or by the Chief Executive Officer or by other superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

Section 34. Execution of Corporate Instruments. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the Corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the Corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the Corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or the Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the Corporation.

 

15


All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the Corporation or in special accounts of the Corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do.

Unless otherwise specifically determined by the Board of Directors or otherwise required by applicable law, the execution, signing or endorsement of any corporate instrument or document may be effected manually, by facsimile or (to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to such policies and procedures as the Corporation may have in effect from time to time) by electronic signature.

Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

Section 35. Voting of Securities Owned By the Corporation. All stock and other securities of other corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies and other entities owned or held by the Corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chair of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President.

ARTICLE VII

SHARES OF STOCK

Section 36. Form and Execution of Certificates. The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, or shall be uncertificated if so provided by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors. Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock in the Corporation represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the Corporation by any two authorized officers of the Corporation, including but not limited to, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number, and the class or series, of shares owned by such holder in the Corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 37. Lost Certificates. A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The Corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the Corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the Corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.

 

16


Section 38. Transfers.

(a) Transfers of record of shares of stock of the Corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and, in the case of stock represented by certificate, upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.

(b) The Corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes or series of stock of the Corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Corporation of any one or more classes or series owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

Section 39. Fixing Record Dates.

(a) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than 60 nor fewer than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

(c) For the purposes of this Section 39, “close of business” as of any day means 5:00 p.m. local time at the principal executive offices of the Corporation on such day.

Section 40. Registered Stockholders. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

17


Section 41. Additional Powers of the Board. In addition to, and without limiting, the powers set forth in the Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have power and authority to make all such rules and regulations as it shall deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer, and registration of certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation, including the use of uncertificated shares of stock, subject to the provisions of the DGCL, other applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws. The Board of Directors may appoint and remove transfer agents and registrars of transfers, and may require all stock certificates to bear the signature of any such transfer agent and/or any such registrar of transfers.

ARTICLE VIII

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

Section 42. Execution of Other Securities. All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the Corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 36), may be signed by the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and if such securities require it, the corporate seal may be impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal may be imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary of the Corporation or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the Corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the Corporation.

ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

Section 43. Declaration of Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

Section 44. Dividend Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, determines proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose or purposes as the Board of Directors shall determine to be conducive to the interests of the Corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

 

18


ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR

Section 45. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 46. Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents.

(a) Directors and Executive Officers. The Corporation shall indemnify its directors and executive officers (for the purposes of this Article XI, “executive officers” shall have the meaning defined in Rule 3b-7 promulgated under the 1934 Act) to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law; provided, however, that the Corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and executive officers; and, provided, further, that the Corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director or executive officer in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the Corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Corporation under the DGCL or any other applicable law or (iv) such indemnification is required to be made under subsection (d).

(b) Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents. The Corporation shall have power to indemnify (including the power to advance expenses in a manner consistent with subsection (c) of this Section 46) its other officers, employees and other agents as set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether indemnification shall be given to any such person except executive officers to such officers or other persons as the Board of Directors shall determine.

(c) Expenses. The Corporation shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or executive officer, of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or executive officer of Another Enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by any director or executive officer in connection with such Proceeding provided, however, that if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by a director or executive officer in his or her capacity as a director or executive officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 46 or otherwise.

 

19


(d) Enforcement. Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors and executive officers under this Section 46 shall be deemed to be contractual rights, shall vest when the person becomes a director or executive officer of the Corporation, shall continue as vested contract rights even if such person ceases to be a director or executive officer of the Corporation, and shall be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the Corporation and the director or executive officer. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Section 46 to a director or executive officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within 90 days of request therefor. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting the claim. In connection with any claim for indemnification, the Corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL or any other applicable law for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by a director or executive officer to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, the burden of proving that the director or executive officer is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Section 46 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

(e) Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Section 46 shall not be exclusive of any other right that such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The Corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL, or by any other applicable law.

(f) Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or other agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(g) Insurance. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL or any other applicable law, the Corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this Section 46.

(h) Amendments. Any repeal or modification of this Section 46 shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Section 46 in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any Proceeding against any agent of the Corporation.

(i) Saving Clause. If this Article XI or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this Article XI that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law. If this Article XI shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification provisions of another jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent under any other applicable law.

 

20


(j) Certain Definitions and Construction of Terms. For the purposes of Article XI of the Bylaws, the following definitions and rules of construction shall apply:

(i) The term “Proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(ii) The term “expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any Proceeding.

(iii) The term the “Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting Corporation, any constituent Corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger that, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Section 46 with respect to the resulting or surviving Corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent Corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(iv) References to a “director,” “executive officer,” “officer,” “employee,” or “agent” of the Corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of the Corporation as, respectively, a director, executive officer, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

(v) References to “Another Enterprise” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation that imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Section 46.

ARTICLE XII

NOTICES

Section 47. Notices.

(a) Notice to Stockholders. Notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 7 herein. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by law, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by U.S. mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, email or by other means of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder.

 

21


(b) Notice to Directors. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by U.S. mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, email or other form of electronic transmission, or as otherwise provided in the Bylaws, with notice other than one which is delivered personally to be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary of the Corporation, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known address of such director.

(c) Affidavit of Mailing. An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected, or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.

(d) Methods of Notice. It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

(e) Notice to Person With Whom Communication is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting that shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the Corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

(f) Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under DGCL, any notice given under the provisions of DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Such consent shall have been deemed to have been given if such stockholder fails to object in writing to the Corporation within 60 days of having been given notice by the Corporation of its intention to send the single notice. Any consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

Section 48. Amendments. Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 46(h) of the Bylaws or the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. The stockholders also shall have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

22


ARTICLE XIV

LOANS TO OFFICERS

Section 49. Loans to Officers. Except as otherwise prohibited by applicable law, the Corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the Corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a director of the Corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the Corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the Corporation. Nothing in the Bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the Corporation at common law or under any statute.

 

23

Exhibit 10.1

SWEETGREEN, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of September 3, 2021 (the “Effective Date”), by and among Sweetgreen, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the holders of the Company’s Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Stock”) and/or Common Stock (as defined below) set forth on Exhibit A hereto (the “Investors”), those holders of Common Stock set forth on Exhibit B hereto (the “Common Holders”) and those holders of Class S Stock (as defined below) or any shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Class S Stock set forth on Exhibit C hereto (the “Class S Holders” and together with the Investors and the Common Holders, the “Stockholders”).

RECITALS

A. The Company and certain of the Stockholders (the “Existing Stockholders”) are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement dated as of January 21, 2021 (as amended, the “Prior Agreement”).

B. The Company has entered into an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of August 20, 2021, by and among the Company and the additional parties thereto (the “Merger Agreement”), related to the acquisition of Spyce Food Co. (“Spyce”) by the Company, pursuant to which the holders of capital stock of Spyce will become stockholders of the Company.

C. The obligations of the parties to the Merger Agreement are conditioned upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement, and the Company and the undersigned Existing Stockholders desire to enter into this Agreement, which amends and restates the Prior Agreement in its entirety.

Therefore, the parties agree as follows:

1. Definitions.

1.1 “Affiliate” means, (a) with respect to any specified individual or entity, any other individual or entity who or that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such specified individual or entity, including without limitation any general or limited partner, officer, director, manager or employee of such entity and any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by or under common control with one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such individual or entity, (b) with respect to a Fidelity Investor (as defined below), any investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 advised or sub-advised by Fidelity (as defined below) or any affiliated investment advisor of Fidelity, one or more mutual fund, pension fund, pooled investment vehicle or institutional client advised or sub-advised by Fidelity or any affiliated investment advisor of Fidelity, (c) with respect to a T. Rowe Price Investor (as defined below), any investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 advised or sub-advised by T. Rowe Price (as defined below) or any affiliated investment advisor of T. Rowe Price, one or more mutual fund, pension fund, pooled investment vehicle or institutional client advised or sub-advised by T. Rowe Price or any affiliated investment advisor of T. Rowe Price, (d) with respect to D1 (as defined below), any investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 advised or sub-advised by D1 or any affiliated investment advisor of D1, one or more investment vehicle, investment fund, account or institutional client directly or indirectly advised or sub-advised by D1 or any Affiliate of D1 and (e) with respect to Lone Pine (as defined below), any investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 advised or sub-advised by Lone Pine or any affiliated investment advisor of Lone Pine, one or more investment vehicle, investment fund, account or institutional client directly or indirectly advised or sub-advised by Lone Pine or any Affiliate of Lone Pine.


1.2 “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

1.3 “Class S Stock” means the Class S Stock, $0.001 par value, of the Company.

1.4 “Common Stock” means the Common Stock, $0.001 par value, of the Company.

1.5 “D1” means D1 Master Holdco I LLC and any Affiliate thereof that is an Investor.

1.6 “Durable” means Durable Capital Master Fund LP and any Affiliate thereof that is an Investor.

1.7 “Equity Securities” means (i) Common Stock, (ii) rights, options or warrants to purchase Common Stock, (iii) any security, shares, interests, participations, other equity interests of any kind or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of the Company, and any warrants, options, rights to purchase any of the foregoing or (iv) any security convertible into or exchangeable for any of the foregoing.

1.8 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

1.9 “Fidelity” means Fidelity Management & Research Company, and any successor or affiliated registered investment advisor to the Fidelity Investors.

1.10 “Fidelity Investor” means any Investor that is advised or sub-advised by Fidelity. For the sake of clarity, as of the date hereof, the Fidelity Investors are indicated on Exhibit A hereto.

1.11 “Founder Holder” means each of the Jammet Founder Holder, Neman Founder Holder and Ru Founder Holder.

1.12 “Founders” means Nicolas Jammet, Jonathan Neman and Nathaniel Ru.

1.13 “Holder” means any Investor that holds Registrable Securities or securities convertible into Registrable Securities or any assignee of record of such Registrable Securities to whom rights under Section 2 have been duly assigned in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof.

1.14 “IPO” means the Company’s first firmly underwritten public offering of its Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the SEC under the Securities Act.

1.15 “Jammet Founder Holder” means (a) Mr. Jammet, (b) Mr. Jammet’s spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother, sister, adopted child or adopted grandchild; (c) the spouse of Mr. Jammet’s child, adopted child, grandchild or adopted grandchild; (d) a trust for the exclusive benefit of Mr. Jammet or Mr. Jammet’s family members as described in this Section 1.15 (including, without limitation, the Nicolas H. Jammet 2014 GRAT and the Nicolas Jammet Revocable Trust U/T/A dated October 7, 2016); and (e) an Affiliate of Mr. Jammet.

1.16 “Lone Pine” means Lone Spruce, L.P., Lone Cypress, Ltd., Lone Cascade, L.P., Lone Sierra, L.P. and Lone Monterey Master Fund, Ltd., and any Affiliate thereof that is an Investor.


1.17 “Major Holder” means (a) each Fidelity Investor, (b) each T. Rowe Price Investor, (c) D1, (d) Lone Pine, (e) Durable and (f) each other Stockholder that holds at least 2,500,000 shares of the Company’s capital stock.

1.18 “Neman Founder Holder” means (a) Mr. Neman, (b) Mr. Neman’s spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother, sister, adopted child or adopted grandchild; (c) the spouse of Mr. Neman’s child, adopted child, grandchild or adopted grandchild; (d) a trust for the exclusive benefit of Mr. Neman or Mr. Neman’s family members as described in this Section 1.18 (including, without limitation, the Jonathan Neman 2014 GRAT and the Jonathan Neman Revocable Trust U/T/A dated October 7, 2016); and (e) an Affiliate of Mr. Neman.

1.19 “Permitted Indebtedness” means (a) indebtedness with an aggregate principal amount of up to $40,000,000 incurred pursuant to secured loan facilities of the Company and any extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements thereof, provided that such loan facilities are approved by the Board of Directors and the principal amount thereof is not increased above $40,000,000, (b) guarantees of the obligations of any wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company provided to landlords or sublessors in connection with real estate leases, (c) obligations under letters of credit in an aggregate outstanding amount of up to $2,000,000 in connection with real estate leases and (d) obligations under equipment leases (not to exceed $150,000 with respect to any individual equipment lease or $1,000,000 in the aggregate unless otherwise contemplated in the annual operating budget approved by the Board of Directors).

1.20 “Register,” “registered” and “registration” refer to a registration effected by the preparation and filing of a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement.

1.21 “Registrable Securities” means: (i) any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock, (ii) any shares of Common Stock held by Lone Pine, D1 or Radcliff SG I LLC, and (iii) any shares of Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, in exchange for, or in replacement of, such shares of Common Stock described in clauses (i) and (ii) above; provided, however, that particular shares of any of the foregoing shall cease to be Registrable Securities once they have been sold in any public offering or transferred by the Holder in a transaction in which its rights under this Agreement are not assigned in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

1.22 “Registrable Securities then outstanding” means the number of shares of Common Stock which are Registrable Securities and (i) are then issued and outstanding or (ii) are then issuable pursuant to the exercise or conversion of options, warrants or convertible securities.

1.23 “Restated Charter” means the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended from time to time.

1.24 “Restricted Debt” means (a) indebtedness for borrowed money of any type, or any other indebtedness evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments; (b) any obligations for the deferred purchase price of property or services; (c) any obligations under any interest rate or currency swap transaction, cap, collar or other hedging arrangements (whether interest rate or otherwise) (valued at the termination cost thereof); (d) any obligations for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit; (e) any obligations to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property which obligation has been, or is required to be, classified and accounted for as a capital lease on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP (as defined below); (f) any obligations created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to acquired property; (g) any obligations with respect to any factoring programs; and (h) any guarantee, direct or indirect, of any indebtedness or other obligations of any third party of the type specified in any of the foregoing clauses; provided, that trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business shall not constitute Restricted Debt.


1.25 “Ru Founder Holder” means (a) Mr. Ru, (b) Mr. Ru’s spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother, sister, adopted child or adopted grandchild; (c) the spouse of Mr. Ru’s child, adopted child, grandchild or adopted grandchild; (d) a trust for the exclusive benefit of Mr. Ru or Mr. Ru’s family members as described in this Section 1.25 (including, without limitation, the Nathaniel Espinoza Ru 2014 GRAT and the Nathaniel Ru Revocable Trust U/T/A dated October 7, 2016); and (e) an Affiliate of Mr. Ru.

1.26 “SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

1.27 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

1.28 “T. Rowe Price” means T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. and any successor or affiliated registered investment advisor to the T. Rowe Price Investors.

1.29 “T. Rowe Price Investor” means any Investor that is an advisory client of T. Rowe Price with respect to its ownership interest in the Company. For the sake of clarity, as of the date hereof, the T. Rowe Price Investors are indicated on Exhibit A hereto.

2. Registration Rights.

2.1 Demand Registration.

(a) Request by Holders. If the Company shall receive, at any time after six months following the effective date of the IPO, a written request from Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (“Initiating Holders”) that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of at least forty percent (40%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding or such lesser amount as would have an anticipated aggregate public offering price of not less than $15,000,000, then the Company shall, within ten (10) business days of the receipt of such written request, give written notice of such request (“Demand Notice”) to all Holders and, as soon as practicable, file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities that the Initiating Holders requested to be registered and any additional Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within 20 days of the date a Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of this Section 2.

(b) Underwriting. If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, then they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Section 2.1(a) and the Company shall include such information in the Demand Notice. In such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein. The underwriters will be selected by the Company and shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority in interest of the Registrable Securities held by the Initiating Holders. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.1, if the managing underwriters


advise the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of securities to be underwritten, then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that would otherwise be registered and underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be reduced as required by the underwriters and allocated among the Holders on a pro rata basis according to the number of Registrable Securities held by each Holder requesting registration; provided, however, (i) that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting and registration shall not be reduced unless all other securities of the Company are first entirely excluded from the underwriting and registration and (ii) that the number of shares of Registrable Securities of the Initiating Holders to be included in such underwriting and registration shall not be reduced unless all Registrable Securities of all Holders other than the Initiating Holders are first entirely excluded from the underwriting and registration. Any Registrable Securities excluded and withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from the registration.

(c) Exceptions to Registration Obligations. The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to this Section 2.1: (i) during the period starting with the date 60 days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on the date that is 180 days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated underwritten public offering, provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; (ii) after the Company has effected two such registrations (one of which shall have an aggregate offering price of not less than $15,000,000 and the other of which shall have an aggregate offering price of not less than $30,000,000) or (iii) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 2.3. A registration shall not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 2.1 until such time as the applicable registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC, unless the Initiating Holders withdraw their request for such registration.

(d) Deferral of Registration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 a certificate signed by the President or Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors, it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be filed and it is therefore essential to defer the filing of such registration statement, then the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than 120 days following receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided, however, that the Company may not utilize this right more than once in any 12-month period.

(e) Other Company Shares. If the managing underwriters have not limited the Registrable Securities to be underwritten, the Company may include securities for its own account or for the account of others in such registration if the managing underwriters so agree and if the number of Registrable Securities which would otherwise have been included in such registration and underwriting will not thereby be limited.

2.2 Company Registration.

(a) Notice to Holders. If (but without any obligation to do so) the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its stock in connection with the public offering of such stock (other than a registration relating solely to the issuance of securities by the Company pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase or similar benefit plan or an SEC Rule 145 transaction, or a registration in which the only stock being registered is stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered), the Company shall promptly give each Holder written notice of such registration. Upon the request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after such notice is given by the Company, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 2.2(c), use all reasonable efforts to cause to be registered all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be included in such registration.


(b) Right to Terminate Registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.2 before the effective date of such registration, whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration. The expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.6.

(c) Underwriting. If a registration of which the Company gives notice under this Section 2.2 is for an underwritten offering, then the Company shall so advise the Holders. In such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriters selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of securities to be underwritten, then the managing underwriters may exclude shares (including Registrable Securities) from the registration and the underwriting, and the number of shares that may be included in the registration and the underwriting shall be allocated, first, to the Company, and second, to each of the Holders requesting inclusion of their Registrable Securities in such registration statement on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Securities then held by each such Holder; provided, however, that no such reduction shall reduce the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the registration below 20% of the total amount of securities included in such registration, unless such offering is the initial public offering, in which event all Registrable Securities may be excluded. In no event will shares of any other selling stockholder be included in such registration which would reduce the number of shares that may be included by selling Holders without the written consent of not less than a majority in interest of the Registrable Securities held by the selling Holders. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the managing underwriters. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be excluded and withdrawn from the registration. For any Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation, the partners or members, retired partners or members or shareholders of such Holder, the estates and immediate family members of any of the foregoing persons and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single Holder, and any pro rata reduction with respect to such Holder shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such Holder.

2.3 Form S-3 Registration. If the Company shall receive, at any time after six months following the effective date of the IPO, from Initiating Holders a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 or a successor form and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Initiating Holders, then the Company shall:

(a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration and the Initiating Holders’ request therefor, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders of Registrable Securities (the “S-3 Notice”); and

(b) as soon as practicable, use its best efforts to effect such registration as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Initiating Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holders joining in such request as are specified in a request given to the Company within fifteen (15) days after the S-3 Notice is given; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration pursuant to this Section 2.3:


(i) if Form S-3 is not then available for such offering by the Holders;

(ii) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to and requesting inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public of less than $10,000,000;

(iii) if the Company furnishes to the Holders a certificate signed by the President or Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that, in the good-faith judgment of the Board, it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than 120 days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders under this Section 2.3; provided, however, that the Company shall not invoke this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period;

(iv) if within thirty (30) days of receipt of a written request from any Holder or Holders pursuant to this Section 2.3, the Company gives notice to such Holder or Holders of the Company’s intention to make a public offering within ninety (90) days (other than a registration relating solely to the issuance of securities by the Company pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase or similar benefit plan or an SEC Rule 145 transaction, or a registration in which the only stock being registered is stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered);

(v) if the Company has, within the twelve (12) month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two (2) registrations pursuant to this Section 2.3 or Section 2.1; or

(vi) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.

(c) Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall not be counted as demands for registration effected pursuant to Section 2.1.

(d) If the registration is for an underwritten offering, the provisions of Section 2.1(b) hereof shall apply to such registration.

2.4 Obligations of the Company. Whenever required under this Section 2 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to one hundred eighty (180) days or until the Holders have completed the distribution described in the registration statement relating thereto, whichever first occurs;

(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;


(c) furnish to the selling Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by them that are included in such registration;

(d) use reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue sky laws of such states or other jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the selling Holders, provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions;

(e) in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriters of such offering (it being understood and agreed that, as a condition to the Company’s obligations under this clause (e), each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement);

(f) notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing;

(g) in the event of an underwritten public offering, use all reasonable efforts to furnish, at the request of the managing underwriters, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, (i) an opinion, dated as of such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, and (ii) a “comfort” letter dated as of such date, from the independent public accountants of the Company, in form and substance customarily given by independent public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters;

(h) use its best efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder to be listed on each securities exchange and trading system (if any) on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

(i) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to such registration statement and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration; and

(j) promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any managing underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with any such registration statement.


2.5 Furnish Information. It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Section 2.1, 2.2 or 2.3 hereof that the selling Holders shall furnish to the Company such information regarding themselves, the Registrable Securities held by them and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to timely effect the registration of their Registrable Securities.

2.6 Expenses. All expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions, stock transfer taxes and fees and any fees and disbursements of any counsel for the selling Holders) incurred in connection with a registration pursuant to Section 2.1 and 2.2, including, without limitation, registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, shall be borne by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall only be required to pay for 50% of any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.1 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all participating Holders shall bear the remaining 50% of such expenses on a pro rata basis based on the number of Registrable Securities that were requested to be included in the withdrawn registration); provided, however, that if, at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure by the Company of such material adverse change, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses.

2.7 Delay of Registration. No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

2.8 Indemnification. In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under Section 2.1, 2.2 or 2.3 hereof:

(a) By the Company. To the extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, members, officers and directors of each Holder, legal counsel, accountants and investment advisers for each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any expenses, losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such expenses, losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (each a “Violation”):

(i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto;

(ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or

(iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any federal or state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any federal or state securities law in connection with the offering covered by such registration statement;


and the Company shall reimburse each such Holder, partner, officer or director, underwriter or controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them, as incurred, in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage liability or action; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such expense, loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of any such Holder, partner, officer or director, underwriter or controlling person expressly for use in connection with such registration by such Holder, partner, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person.

(b) By Selling Holders. To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder, severally and not jointly, shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who have signed the registration statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter and any other Holder selling securities under such registration statement or any of such other Holder’s partners, directors or officers or any person who controls such Holder within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any expenses, losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the foregoing persons may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such expenses, losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation arises out of or is based on actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder shall reimburse the Company and such other persons for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such expense, loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and provided further, that the total amounts payable in indemnity by a Holder under this Section 2.8(b) when combined with any amounts contributed under Section 2.8(d) by such Holder in respect of any Violation shall not exceed the net proceeds received by such Holder in the registered offering out of which such Violation arises except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

(c) Notice. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action) for which a party may be entitled to indemnification hereunder, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.8, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof, and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in such action and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party to which notice has been given, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain its own counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.8, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party other than under this Section 2.8.


(d) Contribution. In order to provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either (i) any party otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Section 2.8 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case notwithstanding the fact that this Section 2.8 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any party hereto for which indemnification is provided under this Section 2.8; then, and in each such case, such parties will contribute to the aggregate expenses, losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the Violation that resulted in such expense, loss, claim, damage or liability as well as other equitable considerations. The relative fault of such parties shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission of a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided, however, that, in any such case, (A) no such Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the net proceeds from the sale of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement, and (B) no individual or entity guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any individual or entity who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; and provided further, that in no event shall a Holder’s liability pursuant to this Section 2.8(d), when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such Holder pursuant to Section 2.8(b), exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, except in the case of willful misconduct or fraud by such Holder.

(e) Survival. Unless otherwise superseded by an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the offering, the obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.8 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration under this Section 2, and otherwise shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

2.9 Rule 144 Reporting. With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC which may at any time permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, after such time as a public market exists for the Common Stock, the Company agrees to:

(a) make and keep adequate current public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(b) use reasonable best efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

(c) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and (iii) such other reports and documents of the Company as a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing a Holder to sell any such securities without registration (at any time after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act).


2.10 “Market Stand-Off” Agreement. Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriters, during the period commencing on the effective date of the registration statement relating to any registered public offering of the Company’s Common Stock and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriters (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days in the case of the IPO and ninety (90) days in the case of a subsequent offering, or, if required by such managing underwriters in connection with the IPO, such longer period of time as is necessary to enable such underwriters to issue a research report or make a public appearance that relates to an earnings release or announcement by the Company within twenty (20) days before or after the date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of the registration statement relating to the initial public offering, but in any event not to exceed two hundred ten (210) days following the effective date of the registration statement relating to such offering) (i) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock held immediately before the effective date of the registration statement for such offering or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash, or otherwise. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.10 (i) shall apply to Durable, D1, Lone Pine, the Fidelity Investors and the T. Rowe Price Investors with respect to the IPO only, (ii) shall not apply to the sale of any shares (A) to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement or (B) acquired by D1, Lone Pine, a Fidelity Investor or a T. Rowe Investor pursuant to the IPO or in the secondary market following the IPO, (iii) shall be applicable to the Holders only if all officers, directors and stockholders individually owning more than one percent (1%) of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock are subject to the same restrictions and (iv) shall not prohibit or restrict transfers of shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock from any Investor (A) to any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity all of the beneficial ownership interests of which are held by such Investor, (B) if such Investor is a corporation, partnership or other business entity (I) to another corporation, partnership or other business entity that is an Affiliate of such Investor or (II) as part of a disposition, transfer or distribution by such Investor to its equity holders, partners, members or affiliates or any of its Affiliates’ directors, officers and employees or (C) that is a Fidelity Investor or T. Rowe Price Investor to another fund, pooled investment vehicle, institutional client or account that receives, directly or indirectly, investment management or investment advisory services from Fidelity or T. Rowe Price, respectively (it shall be a condition of transfer or distribution pursuant to this clause (iv) that (x) there shall be no disposition for value and (y) each transferee, donee or distributee shall be bound by the terms of this Agreement). The underwriters in connection with the offering are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Section 2.10 and shall have the right, power, and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the managing underwriters in the offering that are consistent with this Section 2.10 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply to all Holders subject to such agreements pro rata based on the number of shares subject to such agreements. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities of each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.


2.11 Assignment of Registration Rights. The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2 may be assigned to a transferee or assignee in connection with any transfer or assignment of Registrable Securities by the Holder, provided that (i) such transfer or assignment may otherwise be effected in accordance with applicable securities laws, (ii) such transferee or assignee acquires at least 100,000 Registrable Securities or, if less, all of the Registrable Securities held by the Holder, (iii) written notice is promptly given to the Company and (iv) such transferee or assignee agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement. The foregoing 100,000-share limitation shall not apply, however, to transfers or assignments by a Holder (a) to a partner, member or shareholder of a Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation, respectively, (b) to a retired partner or member of such partnership or limited liability company who retires after the date hereof, (c) to the estate of any such partner, member or shareholder, (d) to an Affiliate of any such partnership, limited liability company, corporation or other entity, (e) pursuant to a merger or reorganization of a U.S. registered mutual fund that receives, directly or indirectly, investment management or investment advisory services from Fidelity or T. Rowe Price, (f) pursuant to a transfer by a Fidelity Investor or T. Rowe Price Investor to any other fund, pooled investment vehicle, institutional client or account that receives, directly or indirectly, investment management or investment advisory services from Fidelity or T. Rowe Price, respectively, or (g) pursuant to a transfer by a Fidelity Investor or T. Rowe Price Investor to any other entity managed or advised by a registered investment advisor, provided that all such transferees or assignees agree in writing to appoint a single representative as their attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices, or taking any action under this Section 2.

2.12 Termination of Registration Rights. The Company’s obligations pursuant to Section 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 shall terminate (i) five (5) years after the closing date of the IPO or (ii) as to any Holder, at such time following the IPO, as all Registrable Securities that such Holder holds or has the right to acquire may immediately be sold in any three-month period without registration pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, provided that the Holder holds Registrable Securities constituting less than 1% of the outstanding voting stock of the Company.

2.13 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis), enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that provides such holder or prospective holder with registration rights with respect to such securities unless (a) such other registration rights are subordinate to the registration rights granted to the Holders hereunder and the inclusion of such securities will not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Holders that are included in a given registration and (b) the holders of such rights are subject to market standoff obligations no more favorable to such persons than those contained herein, provided that this limitation shall not apply to any additional Investor who becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance with Section 8.14 hereof. In the event the Company, without the prior written consent of Durable, Revolution Growth (as defined below), D1, Lone Pine, the Fidelity Investors or the T. Rowe Price Investors, grants registration rights to any third parties which are superior to the rights contained herein or subjects any third parties to market standoff obligations that are more favorable to such persons than those contained herein, the Company will also grant Durable, Revolution Growth, D1, Lone Pine, the Fidelity Investors and the T. Rowe Price Investors such superior registration rights and/or such favorable market standoff obligations, as applicable.

3. Rights to Purchase Additional Stock.

3.1 Right of First Offer. Subject to the terms of this Section 3 and applicable securities laws, if the Company proposes to offer or sell any Equity Securities, the Company shall give each Major Holder the right to purchase such Major Holder’s pro rata share of such Equity Securities, on the same terms as the Company is willing to sell such Equity Securities to any other person. A Major Holder’s pro rata share of the Equity Securities shall be equal to that percentage of the Common Equivalents (as defined below) held by such Major Holder on the date of the Company’s written notice


referred to in Section 3.2 below. For purposes of this Section 3, “Common Equivalents” shall mean outstanding shares of Common Stock, Class S Stock and all shares of Common Stock issuable, directly or indirectly, upon exercise or conversion of any outstanding Preferred Stock, warrants or options or any other right to acquire any of the foregoing. A Major Holder shall be entitled to apportion this right of first offer among itself and its Affiliates, or with respect to a Fidelity Investor or T. Rowe Price Investor among itself and other funds, pooled investment vehicles, institutional clients or accounts that receive, directly or indirectly, investment management or investment advisory services from Fidelity or T. Rowe Price, respectively, in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

3.2 Notice; Exercise of Right. Prior to any sale or issuance by the Company of any Equity Securities, the Company shall give notice to each Major Holder of its intention to sell and issue such Equity Securities, setting forth the terms under which it proposes to make such sale (the “Offer Notice”). Within ten (10) business days after receipt of the Offer Notice, each Major Holder shall notify the Company whether such Major Holder desires to purchase its pro rata share of the Equity Securities so offered. At the expiration of such ten (10) business day period, the Company shall promptly give notice to each Major Holder that elects to purchase all the shares available to it (each, a “Fully Exercising Holder”) of any other Major Holder’s failure to do likewise, specifying the number of additional shares that are available to the Fully Exercising Holders as a result of any of the Major Holders failing to so elect (“Additional Shares”). During the five (5) business day period commencing after the Company has given such notice, each Fully Exercising Holder may, by giving notice to the Company, elect to purchase, in addition to the number of shares specified above, up to that portion of the Additional Shares which is equal to the proportion that the Common Equivalents held by such Fully Exercising Holder bears to the Common Equivalents then held by all Fully Exercising Holders who wish to purchase such Additional Shares. If a Major Holder notifies the Company of its desire to purchase any of the Equity Securities offered by the Company, the closing of the sale shall occur within sixty (60) days of the date that the Offer Notice is given or, if later, the closing date for the proposed sale of such Equity Securities to third parties.

3.3 Permitted Sales. With respect to any Equity Securities that are not subscribed for by Major Holders after the end of the fifteen (15) business day period specified in Section 3.2, the Company may, during a period of ninety (90) days following the end of such period, offer and sell such Equity Securities to other persons upon terms and conditions not less favorable to the Company than those set forth in the Offer Notice. In the event the Company has not entered into a definitive agreement for the sale of the Equity Securities within said 90-day period, or if such agreement is not consummated within sixty (60) days after the consummation thereof, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any Equity Securities without first offering such securities to the Major Holders pursuant to this Section 3.

3.4 Exceptions. The right of first offer contained in this Section 3 shall not apply to issuances by the Company (i) of shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to officers, directors or employees of, or consultants to, the Company pursuant to any stock option plan or agreement or other stock incentive program or agreement approved by the Board of Directors, (ii) pursuant to the IPO, (iii) as consideration to the target or its shareholders in an acquisition by the Company of all or substantially all of the assets or shares of another company or entity through a merger, exchange, reorganization or the like that is approved by the Board of Directors, (iv) in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other similar arrangements, or strategic partnerships, joint ventures or strategic investment, in each case that is approved by the Board of Directors (including the Series D Designee (as defined below)), (v) to banks, equipment lessors, landlords or other financial institutions pursuant to commercial credit arrangements, equipment financings, commercial property lease transactions or similar transactions approved by the Board of Directors (including the Series D Designee), (vi) directly or indirectly upon conversion or exercise of shares of convertible securities, options or warrants that are outstanding as of the date of this Agreement, (vii) in connection with any stock split, stock dividend, reverse stock split or similar recapitalization event, (viii) of any


securities issued pursuant to the Merger Agreement or (ix) which are exempted from such right of first offer by the affirmative vote or written consent of (a) the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock then held by the Major Holders, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, (b) solely with respect to the right of first offer of Revolution Growth, Revolution Growth, (c) solely with respect to the right of first offer of each Fidelity Investor, such Fidelity Investor, (d) solely with respect to the right of first offer of each T. Rowe Price Investor, such T. Rowe Price Investor, (e) solely with respect to the right of first offer of D1, D1, (f) solely with respect to the right of first offer of Lone Pine, Lone Pine and (g) solely with respect to the right of first offer of Durable, Durable.

3.5 Termination. The right of first offer contained in this Section 3 shall terminate and be of no further force and effect immediately prior to the closing of (i) the IPO or (ii) a transaction that is deemed to be a liquidation pursuant to the Restated Charter (a “Deemed Liquidation Event”); provided, that the right of first offer of Durable, Revolution Growth, D1, Lone Pine, each Fidelity Investor and each T. Rowe Price Investor shall not terminate upon a Deemed Liquidation Event in which the consideration received by such Investor is not entirely in the form of cash and/or freely-tradeable marketable securities, unless such Investor is provided a similar right of first offer by the successor entity.

4. Information and Other Rights.

4.1 Financial Statements and Reports. The Company shall deliver to each Major Holder:

(a) as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (and in any event within one hundred and twenty (120) days thereafter), a balance sheet as of the end of such year, statements of income and of cash flows for such year and a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such year, such year-end financial reports to be in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and audited and certified by an independent public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing selected by the Company;

(b) as soon as practicable after the end of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within forty-five (45) days thereafter, an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of each such quarterly period and unaudited statements of income and cash flows for such period, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, except that they may not contain all of the footnotes that are required by GAAP;

(c) as soon as practicable after the end of each accounting period (the Company maintains financial reports on a 4/4/5 week cycle) and in any event within thirty (30) days, an unaudited balance sheet for such preceding month and unaudited statements of income and cash flows for such preceding month;

(d) as soon as practicable after the end of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within forty-five (45) days thereafter, a statement showing the number of shares of each class and series of capital stock and securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of capital stock outstanding at the end of the period, the Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise of any outstanding securities convertible or exercisable for Common Stock and the exchange ratio or exercise price applicable thereto, and the number of shares of issued stock options and stock options not yet issued but reserved for issuance, if any, all in sufficient detail as to permit the Major Holders to calculate their respective percentage equity ownership in the Company;

(e) within thirty (30) days of the end of each fiscal year, a budget for the next fiscal year, prepared on a monthly basis, including balance sheets, income statements and statements of cash flows for such months;


(f) such other information relating to the financial condition, business, prospects, or corporate affairs of the Company as any Major Holder may from time to time reasonably request; and

(g) with respect to Durable, D1, Lone Pine, each Fidelity Investor and each T. Rowe Price Investor, a current capitalization table upon delivery of the financial information set forth in Sections 4.1(a) and (b) above.

If, for any period, the Company has any subsidiary whose accounts are consolidated with those of the Company, then in respect of such period the financial statements delivered pursuant to the foregoing sections shall be the consolidated financial statements of the Company and all such consolidated subsidiaries.

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 4.1 to provide any information (i) that it reasonably considers to be a trade secret or similar confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in form acceptable to the Company, which Section 4.2 is), (ii) to any Major Holder that the Company reasonably determines to be a competitor or an officer, employee, director or greater-than-10% shareholder of a competitor (provided that this clause (ii) shall not apply to Durable, Revolution Growth, D1, Lone Pine, any Fidelity Investor or any T. Rowe Price Investor) or (iii) the disclosure of which would result in the waiver of the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

4.2 Confidentiality. Each Stockholder agrees that such Stockholder will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge or use for any purpose (other than to monitor its investment in the Company) any confidential information obtained from the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (including notice of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement and the materials provided pursuant to Section 4.1) unless such confidential information (a) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Section 4.2 by such Stockholder), (b) is or has been independently developed or conceived by the Stockholder without use of the Company’s confidential information, or (c) is or has been made known or disclosed to the Stockholder by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company; provided, however, that a Stockholder may disclose confidential information (i) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, registered investment advisor (or any employee or representative thereof) and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company, (ii) to any prospective purchaser of any Registrable Securities from such Stockholder, if such prospective purchaser agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 4.2, (iii) to any Affiliate, partner, member, stockholder, or wholly owned subsidiary of such Stockholder in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Stockholder informs such person that such information is confidential and directs such person to maintain the confidentiality of such information, or (iv) as may otherwise be required by applicable law, regulation or court or other governmental order, provided that, in the case of this clause (iv), the Stockholder promptly notifies the Company of such disclosure and takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure (other than disclosure pursuant to a routine audit or inspection by, or blanket request from, any governmental or regulatory body (including stock exchanges or self-regulatory organizations) that does not specifically reference the Company or its confidential information). For the sake of clarity and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing contained in this Section 4.2 shall in any way restrict or impair the ability of any Fidelity Investor or T. Rowe Price Investor to disclose confidential information to Fidelity or T. Rowe Price, respectively (or vice versa), or restrict or impair the obligations of Fidelity or T. Rowe Price to report the investment of its advisory clients (as Investors) in the Company in accordance with applicable laws and regulations or internal policies, without any requirement of prior notice to the Company.


4.3 Directors’ Liability and Indemnification; Insurance.

(a) The Restated Charter and Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (as amended, the “Bylaws”) shall provide (i) for elimination of the liability of directors to the maximum extent permitted by law and (ii) for indemnification of directors for acts on behalf of the Company to the maximum extent permitted by law. In addition, the Company shall enter into and use its best efforts to at all times maintain indemnification agreements with each of its directors to indemnify such directors to the maximum extent permissible under applicable law.

(b) The Company shall maintain directors and officers liability insurance with a national carrier in an amount no less than $5,000,000 and otherwise on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Board of Directors.

4.4 Treatment of the Shares. The Company covenants and agrees that, absent a change in law, (a) it shall treat, consistently, the shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, Series H Preferred Stock, Series I Preferred Stock and Series J Preferred Stock as equity (and not debt) for U.S. federal income tax purposes, for purposes of corresponding provisions of state and local income tax law, and for financial reporting purposes (including the treatment of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, Series H Preferred Stock, Series I Preferred Stock and Series J Preferred Stock in its financial statements and other reports); and (b) the Company shall treat the shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, Series H Preferred Stock, Series I Preferred Stock and Series J Preferred Stock as constituting stock which participates in corporate growth to a significant extent within the meaning of Section 1.305-5(a) of the Treasury Regulations, and hence shall not treat the shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, Series H Preferred Stock, Series I Preferred Stock and Series J Preferred Stock as preferred stock for purposes of Section 305 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.

4.5 Termination. The rights of any Stockholder set forth in this Section 4 shall terminate and be of no further force and effect immediately prior to the earlier of (i) the closing of the IPO, (ii) such time as the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or (iii) the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event; provided, that the rights of Durable, Revolution Growth, D1, Lone Pine, each Fidelity Investor and each T. Rowe Price Investor set forth in this Section 4 shall not terminate upon a Deemed Liquidation Event in which the consideration received by such Investor is not entirely in the form of cash and/or freely-tradeable marketable securities, unless such Investor is provided equivalent rights by the successor entity.

5. Right of First Refusal.

5.1 Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Section 5, the following terms have the following meanings:

(a) “Offered Stock” means all Subject Stock (as defined below) held by a Stockholder proposed to be the subject of a Transfer (as defined below).

(b) “Right of First Refusal” means the right of first refusal provided to the Company in this Section 5.

(c) “Subject Stock” means all shares of Common Stock, Preferred Stock, Class S Stock, or any other securities of the Company now owned or hereafter acquired by a Stockholder, other than shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, Series G Preferred Stock, Series H Preferred Stock, Series I Preferred Stock, Series J Preferred Stock or Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of any of the foregoing.


(d) “Transfer” means any sale, assignment, encumbrance, hypothecation, pledge, conveyance in trust, gift, transfer by bequest, devise or descent, or other transfer or disposition of any kind, including but not limited to transfers to receivers, levying creditors, trustees or receivers in bankruptcy proceedings or general assignees for the benefit of creditors, whether voluntary or by operation of law, directly or indirectly, except the following (each, a “Permitted Transfer”):

(i) any Transfer by a Stockholder: (A) to a Stockholder’s spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother, sister, adopted child or adopted grandchild; (B) to the spouse of a Stockholder’s child, adopted child, grandchild or adopted grandchild; (C) to a trust or trusts for the exclusive benefit of a Stockholder or a Stockholder’s family members as described in this Section 5.1(d)(i) or by such a trust then in effect for bona fide estate planning purposes to the settlor or beneficiaries thereof; (D) by devise or descent; or (E) to an Affiliate of such Stockholder, in all cases if the transferee or other recipient executes a counterpart copy of this Agreement and becomes bound thereby in the same manner as such Stockholder;

(ii) any Transfer of Subject Stock by a Stockholder made: (A) pursuant to a Deemed Liquidation Event; or (B) at, and pursuant to, the IPO; or

(iii) with respect to each Founder Holder: (A) bona fide pledges of Common Stock or Preferred Stock that cumulatively shall not exceed (in addition to the pledges to secure loans by the Company to the Founders outstanding as of the Effective Date) 385,000 shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (on an as converted basis) held by such pledgee, if the pledgee (other than the Company) executes a counterpart copy of this Agreement and becomes bound hereby as a Common Holder or Investor (as determined by the Company); (B) Transfers, to one or more accredited investor as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, that cumulatively shall not exceed 1,200,000 shares of capital stock of the Company, if the transferee executes a counterpart copy of this Agreement and becomes bound hereby as a Common Holder or Investor (as determined by the Company); or (C) Transfers among the Founder Holders.

5.2 Notice of Proposed Transfer. Before any Stockholder (other than Durable, Revolution Growth, D1, Lone Pine, any Fidelity Investor or any T. Rowe Price Investor) may effect any Transfer of any Offered Stock, such Stockholder must submit to the Company a written notice signed by such Stockholder (“Stockholder’s Notice”) stating (a) the Stockholder’s bona fide intention to Transfer such Offered Stock; (b) the number of shares of Offered Stock; (c) the name, address and relationship, if any, to the Stockholder of each proposed purchaser or other transferee; and (d) the bona fide cash price or, in reasonable detail, other consideration, per share for which the Stockholder proposes to transfer such Offered Stock (the “Offered Price”). Upon the request of the Company, the Stockholder will promptly furnish such information to the Company as may be reasonably requested to establish that the offer and proposed transferee are bona fide.

5.3 Company’s Right of First Refusal. With respect to any Transfer by any Stockholder (other than Durable, Revolution Growth, D1, Lone Pine, any Fidelity Investor or any T. Rowe Price Investor), the Company shall have a Right of First Refusal to purchase all or any part of the Offered Stock, exercisable as set forth in Section 5.4.

5.4 Exercise by the Company. The Company’s Right of First Refusal may be exercised as follows:


(a) Upon receipt of a Stockholder’s Notice, the Company shall have the irrevocable and exclusive right to purchase all or any portion of the Offered Stock.

(b) If the Company desires to purchase all or any part of the Offered Stock, the Company must, within the twenty (20) day period commencing on the date of delivery of the Stockholder’s Notice (the “Offer Date”), give written notice to the Stockholder of the Company’s election to purchase all or any portion of the Offered Stock.

5.5 Purchase Price. The purchase price for the Offered Stock to be purchased by the Company exercising its Right of First Refusal under this Agreement will be the Offered Price, but will be payable as set forth in Section 5.6 hereof. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration will be determined by the Board of Directors in good faith, which determination will be binding upon the Company and the Stockholder absent fraud or willful error.

5.6 Payment. Payment of the purchase price for the Offered Stock purchased by the Company exercising its Right of First Refusal shall be made prior to the sixtieth (60th) day following the Offer Date. Payment of the purchase price will be made by the Company (i) by check or by wire transfer of immediately available funds, (ii) by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Stockholder to the Company, as applicable, or (iii) by any combination of the foregoing.

5.7 Rights as a Stockholder. To the extent that the Company exercises its Right of First Refusal to purchase the Offered Stock, then, upon consummation of such purchase, the Stockholder will have no further rights as a holder of the Offered Stock except the right to receive payment for the Offered Stock from the Company in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and the Stockholder will forthwith cause all certificate(s) evidencing such Offered Stock to be surrendered to the Company for transfer to the Company.

5.8 Stockholder’s Right to Transfer. If the Right of First Refusal of the Company has lapsed or been waived as to any portion of the Offered Stock, then the Stockholder may transfer that portion of the Offered Stock to any person named as a purchaser or other transferee in the Stockholder’s Notice, at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such transfer (i) is consummated within ninety (90) days following the Offer Date, (ii) is in accordance with all the terms of this Agreement, the Bylaws and, if applicable, that certain Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement dated as of the date hereof, and (iii) is to one or more accredited investors as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. If the Offered Stock is not so transferred during such 90-day period, then the Stockholder may not transfer any of such Offered Stock without complying again in full with the provisions of this Agreement.

5.9 Refusal to Transfer. Any attempt by a Stockholder to Transfer any Subject Stock in violation of any provision of this Agreement will be void. The Company will not be required to (i) transfer on its books any Subject Stock that has been Transferred in violation of this Agreement, or (ii) treat as owner of such Subject Stock, or accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser, donee or other transferee to whom such Subject Stock may have been so Transferred.

5.10 Right of First Refusal Legend. The Stockholders (other than Durable, Revolution Growth, D1, Lone Pine, any Fidelity Investor or any T. Rowe Price Investor) understand and agree that the Company will cause the legend set forth below, or a legend substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) or other documents or instruments evidencing ownership of Subject Stock by the Stockholders (other than Durable, Revolution Growth, D1, Lone Pine, any Fidelity Investor or any T. Rowe Price Investor):


THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AS SET FORTH IN A STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO BY THE HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, THE COMPANY AND CERTAIN STOCKHOLDERS OF THE COMPANY. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY. SUCH RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL IS BINDING ON CERTAIN TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

5.11 Stop Transfer Instructions. The Stockholders agree, to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, that the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” certificates or instructions and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its records.

5.12 Termination. The provisions of this Section 5 shall terminate and be of no further force and effect immediately prior to the closing of (i) the IPO or (ii) a Deemed Liquidation Event.

6. Drag-Along Right. In the event that (a) the Board of Directors, (b) holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis), (c) holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock held by the Founder Holders (voting as a separate class) and (d) solely if the holders of Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock have a separate approval right pursuant to Section 6(b)(i) or 6(c)(i) of Article IV of the Restated Charter, holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock, as applicable (in each case, voting as a separate class on an as-converted basis) (collectively, the “Requisite Parties”), approve (i) a transaction or series of related transactions in which an individual or entity or group of related individuals or entities acquires from the stockholders of the Company shares representing more than 50% of the outstanding voting power of the Company (a “Stock Sale”) or (ii) a Deemed Liquidation Event (each, a “Sale of the Company”), each of the Stockholders agrees:

6.1 to consent to, vote for and raise no objections to the Sale of the Company and any matter that could reasonably be expected to facilitate such Sale of the Company (including without limitation any amendment to the Restated Charter), and to vote against any proposal for any financing, recapitalization, merger, sale of assets or other business combination (other than such Sale of the Company) that could reasonably be expected to delay or impair the ability of the Company to consummate such Sale of the Company;

6.2 if the Sale of the Company is structured as a merger, consolidation or asset sale, to waive any dissenters rights, appraisal rights or similar rights in connection with such transaction;

6.3 if the Sale of the Company is structured as a Stock Sale, to sell such Stockholder’s shares of the Company on the terms and conditions approved by the Requisite Parties, provided that such terms do not provide that the Stockholder would receive less than the amount that would be distributed to such Stockholder in the event the proceeds of the Sale of the Company were distributed in accordance with the Restated Charter then in effect; and

6.4 to take all necessary and desirable actions approved by the Requisite Parties in connection with the consummation of the Sale of the Company, including the execution of such agreements and such instruments and other actions reasonably necessary to provide the representations, warranties, indemnities, covenants, conditions, non-compete agreements, escrow agreements and other provisions and agreements relating to the Sale of the Company;


provided, that the liability for indemnification, if any, of each Stockholder in such Sale of the Company is several and not joint (except to the extent that funds may be paid out of an escrow established to cover breaches of representations, warranties and covenants of the Company as well as breach by any stockholder of any identical representations, warranties and covenants provided by all stockholders), is pro rata based on the consideration payable to each Stockholder in the Sale of the Company, and will not exceed the consideration payable to such Stockholder in the Sale of the Company, except, in each case, in the case of liability for fraud by such Stockholder; provided, further, in no event will Durable, Revolution Growth, D1, Lone Pine, any Fidelity Investor or any T. Rowe Price Investor, or any of their respective Affiliates, be required to enter into any non-competition, non-solicitation or similar agreement, or any release of claims other than those arising solely in such Stockholder’s capacity as a stockholder of the Company; provided, further, upon the consummation of the Sale of the Company (i) each holder of each class or series of the Company’s stock will receive the same form of consideration for their shares of such class or series as is received by other holders in respect of their shares of such same class or series of stock, (ii) each holder of a series of Preferred Stock will receive the same amount of consideration per share of such series of Preferred Stock as is received by other holders in respect of their shares of such same series, (iii) each holder of Common Stock will receive the same amount of consideration per share of Common Stock as is received by other holders in respect of their shares of Common Stock, and (iv) the aggregate consideration receivable by all holders of the Preferred Stock and Common Stock shall be allocated among the holders of Preferred Stock and Common Stock on the basis of the amount of consideration the holders of Preferred Stock and Common Stock are entitled in a Deemed Liquidation Event (assuming for this purpose that the Sale of the Company is a Deemed Liquidation Event) in accordance with the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation in effect immediately prior to the Sale of the Company; provided, further, that subject to the immediately preceding proviso, requiring the same form of consideration to be available to the holders of any capital stock, if any holders of any single class or series of capital stock of the Company are given an option as to the form and amount of consideration to be received as a result of the Sale of the Company, all holders of capital stock will be given the same option; provided, however, that nothing in this proviso shall entitle any holder to receive any form of consideration that such holder would be ineligible to receive as a result of such holder’s failure to satisfy any condition, requirement or limitation that is generally applicable to the Company’s stockholders; provided, that, with respect to any holder of Series H Preferred Stock, the per-share proceeds payable to such Stockholder in the Sale of the Company in respect of such Series H Preferred Stock will be at least the Original Series H Price (as defined in the Restated Charter) (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and similar recapitalization events), notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary; provided, further, that with respect to any holder of Series I Preferred Stock, the per-share proceeds payable to such Stockholder in the Sale of the Company in respect of such Series I Preferred Stock will be at least the Original Series I Price (as defined in the Restated Charter) (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and similar recapitalization events), notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary; provided, further, that with respect to any holder of Series J Preferred Stock, the per-share proceeds payable to such Stockholder in the Sale of the Company in respect of such Series J Preferred Stock will be at least the Original Series J Price (as defined in the Restated Charter) (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and similar recapitalization events), notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary.

The provisions of this Section 6 shall terminate and be of no further force and effect immediately upon the closing of (i) the IPO or (ii) a Deemed Liquidation Event; provided, that the provisions of this Section 6 will continue after the closing of any Sale of the Company to the extent necessary to enforce the provisions of this Section 6 with respect to such Sale of the Company.


7. Board of Directors.

7.1 Size of the Board. Each Stockholder agrees to vote, or cause to be voted, all Shares (as defined below) owned by such Stockholder, or over which such Stockholder has voting control, from time to time and at all times, in whatever manner as shall be necessary to ensure that the size of the Board of Directors shall be set at either nine (9) directors or ten (10) directors, as determined by the Board of Directors from time to time. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Shares” shall mean and include any securities of the Company the holders of which are entitled to vote, including without limitation, all shares of Common Stock, Preferred Stock and Class S Stock, by whatever name called, now owned or subsequently acquired by a Stockholder, however acquired, whether through stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications, recapitalizations, similar events or otherwise.

7.2 Board Composition. Each Stockholder agrees to vote, or cause to be voted, all Shares owned by such Stockholder, or over which such Stockholder has voting control, from time to time and at all times, in whatever manner as shall be necessary to ensure that at each annual or special meeting of stockholders at which an election of directors is held or pursuant to any written consent of the stockholders, the following persons shall be elected to the Board of Directors:

(a) as a Series D Director (as defined in the Restated Charter), (i) one individual (the “Series D Designee”) designated by Revolution Growth II, LP (“Revolution Growth”) so long as Revolution Growth and its Affiliates continue to own at least 4,000,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and similar recapitalization events), who shall initially be Steve Case, or (ii) if Revolution Growth is no longer entitled to designate the Series D Designee, one independent member of the Board of Directors not otherwise an Affiliate of the Company or any Stockholder designated by a majority of the other directors then in office;

(b) as a Series D Director, one independent member of the Board of Directors not otherwise an Affiliate of the Company or any Stockholder (unless otherwise approved by a majority of the other directors then in office (excluding the Series D Designee)) (i) designated by Revolution Growth so long as Revolution Growth and its Affiliates continue to own at least 4,000,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and similar recapitalization events), (ii) approved (or, if Revolution Growth is no longer entitled to designate such Series D Director, designated) by a majority of the other directors then in office (excluding the Series D Designee) in their reasonable discretion and (iii) for which the Founders may propose candidates for consideration, who shall initially be Cliff Burrows;

(c) as the Preferred Director (as defined in the Restated Charter), one individual designated by holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Company’s Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock held by the Founder Holders, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, who shall initially be Neil Blumenthal;

(d) as the Common Directors (as defined in the Restated Charter), three individuals designated by holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock held by the Founder Holders, voting together as a separate class, who shall initially be the Founders;

(e) as a Joint Director (as defined in the Restated Charter), one independent member of the Board of Directors not otherwise an Affiliate of the Company or any Stockholder designated by a majority of the other directors then in office, who shall initially be Youngme Moon; and

(f) as Joint Directors, up to three individuals designated by holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock held by the Founder Holders, voting together as a separate class, who shall initially be Valerie Jarrett, Brad Singer and Julie Bornstein.

7.3 Removal of Board Members. Each Stockholder also agrees to vote, or cause to be voted, all Shares owned by such Stockholder, or over which such Stockholder has voting control, from time to time and at all times, in whatever manner as shall be necessary to ensure that:


(a) no director elected pursuant to this Section 7 may be removed from office, with or without cause (subject to the Bylaws and any requirements of law), unless such removal is directed or approved by the affirmative vote or written consent of the person or group entitled under Subsection 7.2 to designate or approve that director;

(b) any vacancies created by the resignation, removal or death of a director elected pursuant to this Section 7 shall be filled by an individual designated and approved by the person or group entitled under Subsection 7.2 to designate or approve such director; and

(c) upon the request of any person or group entitled to designate or approve a director as provided in Subsection 7.2 to remove such director, such director shall be removed.

7.4 Matters Requiring Board Approval. The Company hereby covenants and agrees that the following shall require approval of a majority of the members of the Company’s Board of Directors then in office:

(a) the consolidated annual operating budget of the Company and its subsidiaries;

(b) any individual capital expenditure of the Company or any of its subsidiaries which is material and outside of the ordinary course of business and not specified in the annual operating budget approved by the Board of Directors;

(c) the sale or issuance of any equity securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries;

(d) the incurrence, assumption or guarantee of any Restricted Debt (other than Permitted Indebtedness);

(e) the purchase or redemption of any shares of the Company’s capital stock or the payment of any dividend (other than (i) the repurchase of shares of Common Stock from employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons performing services for the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which the Company has the option to repurchase such shares upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment, or (ii) the exercise of any contractual right of first refusal);

(f) voluntarily liquidate, dissolve or wind up the affairs of the Company or consummate a Deemed Liquidation Event or IPO;

(g) increase the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Company’s 2009 Stock Plan or the Company’s 2019 Equity Incentive Plan, as applicable;

(h) enter into any agreement or commitment for, or consummate, the acquisition of another business or any material portion thereof, whether by merger, stock purchase, asset purchase or otherwise;

(i) hire, terminate or materially change the compensation of any C-level executive officer of the Company; or

(j) create, or hold capital stock in, any subsidiary that is not wholly-owned (directly or indirectly) by the Company or dispose of any capital stock or all or substantially all of the assets of any subsidiary of the Company (including, without limitation, create, authorize or issue (or obligate itself to issue) any equity securities of any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company that would result in such subsidiary no longer being wholly-owned).


7.5 “Bad Actor” Matters.

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that any director designated hereunder is subject to any “bad actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) to (viii) under the Securities Act (each, a “Disqualification Event”), except for any Disqualification Events covered by Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act, then upon written request of the Company each Stockholder agrees to vote its shares to remove such director who is subject to such Disqualification Event from the Board of Directors, it being agreed that no such removal shall impair the rights of the Stockholder(s) that designated such director to designate the successor of such director with an individual not subject to any such Disqualification Event.

(b) Each Stockholder with the right to designate or participate in the designation of a director pursuant to this Agreement hereby (i) represents and warrants as of the date hereof that no Disqualification Event is applicable to such Stockholder or any of its Rule 506(d) Related Parties and (ii) agrees that it shall notify the Company promptly in writing in the event that such Stockholder becomes aware that a Disqualification Event has become applicable to such Stockholder, any of its Rule 506(d) Related Parties or any director designated by such Stockholder, in each case except, if applicable, for a Disqualification Event as to which Rule 506(d)(2)(ii) or (iii) or (d)(3) is applicable. For purposes of this Agreement, “Rule 506(d) Related Party” shall mean, with respect to any Stockholder, any other person or entity that is covered by the “Bad Actor disqualification” provision of Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act as a result of such Stockholder’s ownership of securities of the Company.

7.6 Further Assurances. All Stockholders agree to execute any written consents required to perform the obligations of this Agreement, and the Company agrees at the request of any group entitled to designate directors to call a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing directors.

7.7 Termination. The provisions of this Section 7 shall terminate and be of no further force and effect immediately upon the closing of (i) the IPO or (ii) a Deemed Liquidation Event.

8. Miscellaneous.

8.1 Irrevocable Proxy and Power of Attorney. To secure each party’s obligations to vote Shares in accordance with this Agreement, each Stockholder (other than with respect to a Fidelity Investor or T. Rowe Price Investor, or any one of their respective affiliates, or any transferee of the Company’s capital stock from a Fidelity Investor or a T. Rowe Price Investor who is an Advisory Investor (as defined below), or D1 or Lone Pine) appoints the President or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, or either of them from time to time, or their designees, as its true and lawful proxy and attorney, with the power to act alone and with full power of substitution, to vote or act by written consent with respect to all Shares held by such Stockholder in accordance with the provisions set forth in Section 6 and 7 of this Agreement, and to execute all appropriate instruments consistent with such provisions of this Agreement on behalf of such party. The proxy and power granted pursuant to this Section are coupled with an interest and are given to secure the performance of such party’s duties under this Agreement. Each such proxy and power will be irrevocable for the term hereof. The proxy and power, so long as any party hereto is an individual, will survive the death, incompetency and disability of such party or any other individual holder of shares of the Company and, so long as any party hereto is an entity, will survive the merger, consolidation, conversion or reorganization of such party or any other entity holding any shares of the Company. Each party hereto (other than with respect to a Fidelity Investor or T. Rowe Price Investor, or any one of their respective affiliates, or any transferee of the Company’s capital stock from a


Fidelity Investor or a T. Rowe Price Investor who is an Advisory Investor (as defined below), or D1 or Lone Pine) hereby revokes any and all previous proxies or powers of attorney with respect to the Shares and shall not hereafter, unless and until this Agreement terminates or expires pursuant to its terms, purport to grant any other proxy or power of attorney with respect to any of the Shares, deposit any of the Shares into a voting trust or enter into any agreement (other than this Agreement), arrangement or understanding with any person, directly or indirectly, to vote, grant any proxy or give instructions with respect to the voting of any of the Shares, in each case, with respect to any of the matters set forth herein. For purposes of this Agreement, an “Advisory Investor” shall mean a mutual fund, pension fund, pooled investment vehicle or separate account advised by an investment advisor registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

8.2 Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (a) upon actual delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day; provided that the applicable electronic mail address or facsimile number has been provided to the Company and confirmed by the Investor as a valid electronic mail address or facsimile number, as applicable, that may be used for purposes of providing notice pursuant to this Section 8.2, it being understood that if no such electronic mail address or facsimile number is provided to the Company by such Investor, then notice may not be delivered by electronic mail or facsimile as applicable, or (c) one business day after deposit with a recognized overnight courier, addressed (i) if to a Stockholder, at the Stockholder’s address set forth on Exhibit A, Exhibit B or Exhibit C attached hereto, (ii) if to any other holder of any Registrable Securities, at such address as such holder shall have furnished the Company in writing upon 10 days’ notice or, until any such holder so furnishes an address to the Company, to and at the address of the last holder of such Registrable Securities who has so furnished an address to the Company or (iii) if to the Company, at the following address:

Sweetgreen, Inc.

3101 W. Exposition Blvd.

Los Angeles, CA 90018

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Email: mitch.reback@sweetgreen.com;

andrew.glickman@sweetgreen.com

with a copy to:

Cooley LLP

1333 2nd Street, Suite 400

Santa Monica, California 90401-4100

Attn: Nick Hobson

Email: nhobson@cooley.com

Any party hereto may, by ten (10) days’ prior notice so given, change its address for future notices hereunder.

8.3 Successors and Assigns. Each Stockholder agrees that it may not assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the Company’s written consent; provided, that a Stockholder may assign its rights and obligations (other than rights and obligations granted specifically to such Stockholder and not to all holders of the same class or series of capital stock, such as the right to designate members of the Board of Directors) to (a) an individual or entity to which Registrable Securities are transferred by such Stockholder pursuant to Section 2.11 and (b) with respect to the right of first offer set forth in Section 3, as permitted by Section 3.1, and, in each case, such assignee shall be deemed an “Investor”, “Common Holder” or “Class S Holder,” as applicable, for purposes of this Agreement,


provided further that such assignment shall be contingent upon the assignee providing a written instrument to the Company notifying the Company of such assignment and agreeing in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement. Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, the successors and permitted assigns of the parties hereto. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein or in the Series F Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated June 30, 2015, the Series G Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated August 15, 2016, the Series H Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated November 9, 2018, the Series I Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated September 13, 2019 or the Series J Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated January 21, 2021, neither Durable, Revolution Growth, D1, Lone Pine, any Fidelity Investor nor any T. Rowe Price Investor shall require the written consent of the Company to assign its Equity Securities together with rights related thereto, provided that such assignment complies with the provisions of Section 2.10 (if applicable) and Section 2.11 hereof.

8.4 Amendments and Waivers. Subject to Sections 3.4, 8.14, 8.15 and 8.16 hereof, any provision of this Agreement may be amended and the observance thereof may be waived, either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively, only with the written consent of the Company, holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock held by the Founder Holders (voting as a separate class) and holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock then held by the Stockholders (voting together as a single-class on an as-converted basis); provided, that: (a) the written consent of Revolution Growth shall be required for any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement (including Sections 5.3, 6.4, 7.2(a) or 7.2(b)) that modifies the rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions of Revolution Growth (provided, that (i) the addition of additional parties to this Agreement and (ii) any amendment or waiver that grants to other Stockholders rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions preferential to, or on a parity with or similar to Revolution Growth shall not constitute such a modification); (b) the written consent of the T. Rowe Price Investors shall be required for (x) any amendment or waiver of this proviso and Sections 1.1(c) (and Section 1.1 as it relates to Section 1.1(c)), 1.17(b) (and Section 1.17 as it relates to Section 1.17(b)), 1.28, 1.29, 2.10, 3.4(d) (and Section 3.4 as it relates to Section 3.4(d)), 3.5 and 8.4(b) (and Section 8.4 as it relates to Section 8.4(b)) and (y) any amendment or waiver of Sections 2.11, 2.13, 3.1, 4.1, 4.2, 4.5, 5.2, 5.3, 5.10, 6.4, 8.1, 8.3, and 8.4 that adversely affects T. Rowe Price or the T. Rowe Price Investors (regardless of whether other Stockholders are affected similarly) or any other provision of this Agreement that modifies any of the rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions of the T. Rowe Price Investors (provided, that (i) the addition of additional parties to this Agreement and (ii) any amendment or waiver that grants to other Stockholders rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions preferential to, or on a parity with or similar to, any T. Rowe Price Investor shall not constitute such a modification); (c) the written consent of the holders of a majority of the shares of the Company’s capital stock then held by the Fidelity Investors shall be required for (x) any amendment or waiver of this proviso and Sections 1.1(b) (and Section 1.1 as it relates to Section 1.1(b)), 1.9, 1.10, 1.17(a) (and Section 1.17 as it relates to Section 1.17(a)), 2.10, 3.4(c) (and Section 3.4 as it relates to Section 3.4(c)), 3.5, 8.4(c) (and Section 8.4 as it relates to Section 8.4(c)) and 8.19 and (y) any amendment or waiver of Sections 2.11, 2.13, 3.1, 4.1, 4.2, 4.5, 5.2, 5.3, 5.10, 6.4, 8.1, 8.3, and 8.4 that adversely affects Fidelity or the Fidelity Investors (regardless of whether other Stockholders are affected similarly) or any other provision of this Agreement that modifies any of the rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions of the Fidelity Investors (provided, that (i) the addition of additional parties to this Agreement and (ii) any amendment or waiver that grants to other Stockholders rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions preferential to, or on a parity with or similar to, any Fidelity Investor shall not constitute such a modification); (d) the written consent of D1 shall be required for (x) any amendment or waiver of this proviso and Sections 1.1(d) (and Section 1.1 as it relates to Section 1.1(d)), 1.5, Sections 1.17(c) (and Section 1.17 as it relates to Section 1.17(c)), 2.10, 3.4(e) (and Section 3.4 as it relates to Section 3.4(e)), 3.5 and 8.4(d) (and Section 8.4 as it relates to Section 8.4(d)), in each case, as it relates to D1, and (y) any amendment or waiver of Sections 2.13, 3.1, 4.1, 4.5, 5.2, 5.3, 5.10, 6.4, 8.1, 8.3, and 8.4 that adversely affects D1 (regardless of whether other Stockholders are affected similarly) or any other provision of this Agreement that modifies any of the


rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions of D1 (provided, that (i) the addition of additional parties to this Agreement and (ii) any amendment or waiver that grants to other Stockholders rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions preferential to, or on a parity with or similar to, D1 shall not constitute such a modification); (e) the written consent of Lone Pine shall be required for (x) any amendment or waiver of this proviso and Sections 1.1(e) (and Section 1.1 as it relates to Section 1.1(e)), 1.16, Sections 1.17(d) (and Section 1.17 as it relates to Section 1.17(d)), 2.10, 3.4(f) (and Section 3.4 as it relates to Section 3.4(f)), 3.5 and 8.4(e) (and Section 8.4 as it relates to Section 8.4(e)), in each such case, as it relates to Lone Pine, and (y) any amendment or waiver of Sections 2.13, 3.1, 4.1, 4.5, 5.2, 5.3, 5.10, 6.4, 8.1, 8.3, and 8.4 that adversely affects Lone Pine (regardless of whether other Stockholders are affected similarly) or any other provision of this Agreement that modifies any of the rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions of Lone Pine (provided, that (i) the addition of additional parties to this Agreement and (ii) any amendment or waiver that grants to other Stockholders rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions preferential to, or on a parity with or similar to, Lone Pine shall not constitute such a modification); (f) the written consent of Durable shall be required for (x) any amendment or waiver of this proviso and Sections 1.6, Sections 1.17(e) (and Section 1.17 as it relates to Section 1.17(e)), 3.4(g) (and Section 3.4 as it relates to Section 3.4(g)), 3.5 and 8.4(f) (and Section 8.4 as it relates to Section 8.4(f)), in each case, as it relates to Durable, and (y) any amendment or waiver of Sections 2.10, 2.13, 4.1, 4.5, 5.2, 5.3, 5.10, 6.4, 8.3, and 8.4 that adversely affects Durable (regardless of whether other Stockholders are affected similarly) or any other provision of this Agreement that modifies any of the rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions of Durable (provided, that (i) the addition of additional parties to this Agreement and (ii) any amendment or waiver that grants to other Stockholders rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions preferential to, or on a parity with or similar to, Durable shall not constitute such a modification); (g) the written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series H Preferred Stock shall be required for any amendment or waiver of the penultimate proviso of the paragraph immediately following Section 6.4 as it relates to the holders of shares of Series H Preferred Stock (or any other section or proviso as it relates to such proviso); (h) the written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series I Preferred Stock shall be required for any amendment or waiver of the last proviso of the paragraph immediately following Section 6.4 as it relates to the holders of shares of Series I Preferred Stock (or any other section or proviso as it relates to such proviso); (i) the written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series J Preferred Stock shall be required for any amendment or waiver of the last proviso of the paragraph immediately following Section 6.4 as it relates to the holders of shares of Series J Preferred Stock (or any other section or proviso as it relates to such proviso); and (j) the written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Class S Stock shall be required for any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement that materially and adversely affects holders of Class S Stock in a manner that is disproportionate to the effect on holders of Common Stock. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 8.4 shall be binding upon each Stockholder, each permitted successor or assignee of such Stockholder and the Company.

8.5 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with all the exhibits hereto, constitutes and contains the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior negotiations, correspondence, agreements, understandings, duties or obligations between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

8.6 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed exclusively in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without reference to principles of choice of law. THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO DISPUTES ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RELATED AGREEMENTS AND CONSENT TO A BENCH TRIAL WITH THE APPROPRIATE JUDGE ACTING AS THE FINDER OF FACT.


8.7 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be unenforceable under applicable law, then such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement and the balance of this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

8.8 Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power or remedy of the nonbreaching or nondefaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default therefore or thereafter occurring. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any Stockholder, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

8.9 Captions. The captions to sections of this Agreement have been inserted for identification and reference purposes only and shall not be used to construe or interpret this Agreement.

8.10 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

8.11 Costs and Attorneys’ Fees. In the event that any action, suit or other proceeding is instituted concerning or arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereunder, the prevailing party shall recover all of such party’s costs and attorneys’ fees incurred in each such action, suit or other proceeding, including any and all appeals or petitions therefrom.

8.12 Adjustments for Recapitalization Events. Wherever in this Agreement there is a reference to a specific number of shares of capital stock of the Company or a specific dollar amount per share, then, upon the occurrence of any stock split, stock dividend, reverse stock split or similar recapitalization event affecting such shares, the specific number of shares or dollar amount so referenced in this Agreement shall automatically be proportionally adjusted to reflect the effect on the outstanding shares of such class or series of stock of such recapitalization event.

8.13 Aggregation of Stock. With regard to any Stockholder, all shares held or acquired by Affiliates shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement for such Stockholder.

8.14 Additional Investors. Subject to compliance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Restated Charter, if after the date hereof (i) the Company issues additional shares of Preferred Stock or (ii) a person acquires shares of Common Stock from a Stockholder and the Company determines that such transferee should be an “Investor” (in lieu of a “Common Holder”), any purchaser of such shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering a counterpart signature page to this Agreement, and thereafter shall be deemed an “Investor” and “Stockholder” for all purposes hereunder, without the need for any consent, approval or signature of any Stockholder.

8.15 Additional Class S Holders. Subject to compliance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Restated Charter, if after the date hereof a person acquires shares of Class S Stock from a Stockholder, any transferee of such shares of Class S Stock may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering a counterpart signature page to this Agreement, and thereafter shall be deemed a “Class S Holder” for all purposes hereunder, with the consent of the Company and without the need for any consent, approval or signature of any Stockholder.


8.16 Additional Common Holders. The parties hereto acknowledge and the Company agrees that in the event any holder of an option to purchase shares of Common Stock exercises such option or any person otherwise acquires any shares of Common Stock (other than an existing Stockholder party to this Agreement or as provided in Section 8.14), such that such person owns (or has the right to acquire, whether immediately or with the passage of time) one percent (1%) or more of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock on a fully-diluted basis, the Company shall use reasonable efforts to cause such person, as a condition precedent to the issuance of such shares of Common Stock, to deliver to the Company an agreement, in form satisfactory to the Company, pursuant to which such person (i) becomes a party to this Agreement and (ii) has the same rights and obligations as those of a “Common Holder” hereunder; provided, that any such issuance shall be subject to compliance with the other provisions of this Agreement and of the Restated Charter.

8.17 Amendment of Prior Agreement. The Prior Agreement is hereby amended and superseded in its entirety and restated herein. Such amendment and restatement is effective upon the execution of this Agreement by the Company and the other parties required for an amendment pursuant to Section 8.4 of the Prior Agreement. Upon such execution, all provisions of, rights granted and covenants made in the Prior Agreement are hereby waived, released and superseded in their entirety by the provisions hereof and shall have no further force or effect.

8.18 Specific Performance. In addition to any and all other remedies that may be available at law in the event of any breach of this Agreement, each Investor shall be entitled to specific performance of the agreements and obligations of the Company hereunder and to such other injunction or other equitable relief as may be granted by a court of competent jurisdiction.

8.19 Massachusetts Business Trust. A copy of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of each Fidelity Investor or any affiliate thereof is on file with the Secretary of State of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and notice is hereby given that this Agreement is executed on behalf of the trustees of such Fidelity Investor or any affiliate thereof as trustees and not individually and that the obligations of this Agreement are not binding on any of the trustees, officers or stockholders of such Fidelity Investor or any affiliate thereof individually but are binding only upon such Purchaser or any affiliate thereof and its assets and property.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

COMPANY:
SWEETGREEN, INC.
By:  

/s/ Jonathan Neman

  Jonathan Neman
  Chief Executive Officer


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

COMMON HOLDERS:
By:  

/s/ Nicolas Jammet

  Nicolas Jammet
By:  

/s/ Jonathan Neman

  Jonathan Neman
By:  

/s/ Nathaniel Ru

  Nathaniel Ru
By:  

Nicolas Jammet

  Nicolas H. Jammet, as Trustee of the Jonathan Neman 2014 GRAT
By:  

/s/ Jonathan Neman

  Jonathan Neman, as Trustee of the Nathaniel Espinoza Ru 2014 GRAT
By:  

/s/ Patrick Jammet

  Patrick Jammet, as Trustee of the Nicolas H. Jammet 2014 GRAT


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

COMMON HOLDERS:
By:  

Nicolas Jammet

  Nicolas H. Jammet, as Trustee of the
  Nicolas Jammet Revocable Trust U/T/A dated October 7, 2016
By:  

/s/ Jonathan Neman

  Jonathan Neman, as Trustee of the Jonathan Neman Revocable Trust U/T/A dated October 7, 2016
By:  

/s/ Nathaniel Ru

  Nathaniel Ru, as Trustee of the Nathaniel Ru Revocable Trust U/T/A dated October 7, 2016


OMNIBUS INVESTOR SIGNATURE PAGE TO

SWEETGREEN, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

The undersigned, in its capacity as an Investor, hereby executes and delivers the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement (the “Agreement”) to which this signature page is attached and agrees to be bound by the Agreement on the date set forth on the first page of the Agreement. This counterpart signature page, together with all counterparts of the Agreement and signature pages of the other parties named therein, shall constitute one and the same instrument in accordance with the terms of the Agreement.

 

INVESTOR:
T. ROWE PRICE NEW HORIZONS FUND, INC.
T. ROWE PRICE NEW HORIZONS TRUST
T. ROWE PRICE U.S. EQUITIES TRUST
MASSMUTUAL SELECT FUNDS - MASSMUTUAL SELECT T. ROWE PRICE SMALL AND MID CAP BLEND FUND
Each account, severally and not jointly
By: T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc., Investment Adviser or Subadviser, as applicable
By:  

/s/ Andrew Baek

Name: Andrew Baek
Title: Vice President, Senior Legal Counsel
T. ROWE PRICE SMALL-CAP VALUE FUND, INC.
T. ROWE PRICE U.S. SMALL-CAP VALUE EQUITY TRUST
T. ROWE PRICE U.S. EQUITIES TRUST
MASSMUTUAL SELECT FUNDS - MASSMUTUAL
SELECT T. ROWE PRICE SMALL AND MID CAP BLEND FUND
Each account, severally and not jointly
By: T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc., Investment Adviser or Subadviser, as applicable
By:  

/s/ Andrew Baek

Name: Andrew Baek
Title: Vice President, Senior Legal Counsel


OMNIBUS INVESTOR SIGNATURE PAGE TO

SWEETGREEN, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

The undersigned, in its capacity as an Investor, hereby executes and delivers the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement (the “Agreement”) to which this signature page is attached and agrees to be bound by the Agreement on the date set forth on the first page of the Agreement. This counterpart signature page, together with all counterparts of the Agreement and signature pages of the other parties named therein, shall constitute one and the same instrument in accordance with the terms of the Agreement.

 

INVESTOR:
DURABLE CAPITAL MASTER FUND LP
By: Durable Capital Partners LP, as investment manager
By:  

/s/ Michael Blandino

Name: Michael Blandino
Title: Authorized Person


OMNIBUS INVESTOR SIGNATURE PAGE TO

SWEETGREEN, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

The undersigned, in its capacity as an Investor, hereby executes and delivers the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement (the “Agreement”) to which this signature page is attached and agrees to be bound by the Agreement on the date set forth on the first page of the Agreement. This counterpart signature page, together with all counterparts of the Agreement and signature pages of the other parties named therein, shall constitute one and the same instrument in accordance with the terms of the Agreement.

 

INVESTOR:
REVOLUTION GROWTH, II, LP
By: Revolution Growth GP II, LP Its: General Partner
By: Revolution Growth UGP II, LP Its: General Partner
By:  

/s/ Steven J. Murray

Name: Steven J. Murray
Title: Operating Manager


OMNIBUS INVESTOR SIGNATURE PAGE TO

SWEETGREEN, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

The undersigned, in its capacity as an Investor, hereby executes and delivers the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement (the “Agreement”) to which this signature page is attached and agrees to be bound by the Agreement on the date set forth on the first page of the Agreement. This counterpart signature page, together with all counterparts of the Agreement and signature pages of the other parties named therein, shall constitute one and the same instrument in accordance with the terms of the Agreement.

 

INVESTOR:
TAVERN GREEN HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

/s/ Steven J. Murray

Name: Steven J. Murray
Title: President


OMNIBUS INVESTOR SIGNATURE PAGE TO

SWEETGREEN, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

The undersigned, in its capacity as an Investor, hereby executes and delivers the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement (the “Agreement”) to which this signature page is attached and agrees to be bound by the Agreement on the date set forth on the first page of the Agreement. This counterpart signature page, together with all counterparts of the Agreement and signature pages of the other parties named therein, shall constitute one and the same instrument in accordance with the terms of the Agreement.

 

INVESTOR:
GEORGETOWN SG HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

/s/ Steven J. Murray

Name: Steven J. Murray
Title: President


OMNIBUS INVESTOR SIGNATURE PAGE TO

SWEETGREEN, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

The undersigned, in its capacity as an Investor, hereby executes and delivers the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement (the “Agreement”) to which this signature page is attached and agrees to be bound by the Agreement on the date set forth on the first page of the Agreement. This counterpart signature page, together with all counterparts of the Agreement and signature pages of the other parties named therein, shall constitute one and the same instrument in accordance with the terms of the Agreement.

 

INVESTOR:
VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND III:
GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES PORTFOLIO
By:  

/s/ Elizabeth Thornton

Name: Elizabeth Thornton
Title: Corporate Governance Analyst
FIDELITY ADVISOR SERIES I: FIDELITY
ADVISOR GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND
By:  

/s/ Elizabeth Thornton

Name: Elizabeth Thornton
Title: Corporate Governance Analyst
FIDELITY ADVISOR SERIES I: FIDELITY
ADVISOR SERIES GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES FUND
By:  

/s/ Elizabeth Thornton

Name: Elizabeth Thornton
Title: Corporate Governance Analyst
FIDELITY MT. VERNON STREET TRUST:
FIDELITY SERIES GROWTH COMPANY FUND
By:  

/s/ Elizabeth Thornton

Name: Elizabeth Thornton
Title: Corporate Governance Analyst


OMNIBUS INVESTOR SIGNATURE PAGE TO

SWEETGREEN, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

The undersigned, in its capacity as an Investor, hereby executes and delivers the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement (the “Agreement”) to which this signature page is attached and agrees to be bound by the Agreement on the date set forth on the first page of the Agreement. This counterpart signature page, together with all counterparts of the Agreement and signature pages of the other parties named therein, shall constitute one and the same instrument in accordance with the terms of the Agreement.

 

INVESTOR:
FIDELITY MT. VERNON STREET TRUST:
FIDELITY GROWTH COMPANY FUND
By:   /s/ Elizabeth Thornton
Name: Elizabeth Thornton
Title: Corporate Governance Analyst
FIDELITY GROWTH COMPANY COMMINGLED POOL
BY: FIDELITY MANAGEMENT TRUST COMPANY, AS TRUSTEE
By:   /s/ Elizabeth Thornton
Name: Elizabeth Thornton
Title: Corporate Governance Analyst
FIDELITY MT. VERNON STREET TRUST:
FIDELITY GROWTH COMPANY K6 FUND
By:   /s/ Elizabeth Thornton
Name: Elizabeth Thornton
Title: Corporate Governance Analyst
FIDELITY CONTRAFUND: FIDELITY ADVISOR
NEW INSIGHTS FUND
By:   /s/ Elizabeth Thornton
Name: Elizabeth Thornton
Title: Corporate Governance Analyst


OMNIBUS INVESTOR SIGNATURE PAGE TO

SWEETGREEN, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

The undersigned, in its capacity as an Investor, hereby executes and delivers the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement (the “Agreement”) to which this signature page is attached and agrees to be bound by the Agreement on the date set forth on the first page of the Agreement. This counterpart signature page, together with all counterparts of the Agreement and signature pages of the other parties named therein, shall constitute one and the same instrument in accordance with the terms of the Agreement.

 

INVESTOR:
FIDELITY U.S. ALL CAP FUND BY ITS MANAGER FIDELITY INVESTMENTS
CANADA ULC
By:   /s/ Elizabeth Thornton
Name: Elizabeth Thornton
Title: Corporate Governance Analyst
FIDELITY CONCORD STREET TRUST: FIDELITY MID-CAP STOCK FUND
By:   /s/ Elizabeth Thornton
Name: Elizabeth Thornton
Title: Corporate Governance Analyst


OMNIBUS INVESTOR SIGNATURE PAGE TO

SWEETGREEN, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

The undersigned, in its capacity as an Investor, hereby executes and delivers the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement (the “Agreement”) to which this signature page is attached and agrees to be bound by the Agreement on the date set forth on the first page of the Agreement. This counterpart signature page, together with all counterparts of the Agreement and signature pages of the other parties named therein, shall constitute one and the same instrument in accordance with the terms of the Agreement.

 

INVESTOR:
FIDELITY MID-CAP STOCK COMMINGLED POOL
BY: FIDELITY MANAGEMENT TRUST COMPANY,
AS TRUSTEE
By:   /s/ Elizabeth Thornton
Name: Elizabeth Thornton
Title: Corporate Governance Analyst
FIDELITY MT. VERNON STREET TRUST:
FIDELITY NEW MILLENNIUM FUND
By:   /s/ Elizabeth Thornton
Name: Elizabeth Thornton
Title: Corporate Governance Analyst
FIDELITY SECURITIES FUND:
FIDELITY BLUE CHIP GROWTH FUND
By:   /s/ Elizabeth Thornton
Name: Elizabeth Thornton
Title: Corporate Governance Analyst


OMNIBUS INVESTOR SIGNATURE PAGE TO

SWEETGREEN, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

The undersigned, in its capacity as an Investor, hereby executes and delivers the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement (the “Agreement”) to which this signature page is attached and agrees to be bound by the Agreement on the date set forth on the first page of the Agreement. This counterpart signature page, together with all counterparts of the Agreement and signature pages of the other parties named therein, shall constitute one and the same instrument in accordance with the terms of the Agreement.

 

INVESTOR:
FIDELITY BLUE CHIP GROWTH COMMINGLED POOL
BY: FIDELITY MANAGEMENT TRUST COMPANY,
AS TRUSTEE
By:   /s/ Elizabeth Thornton
Name: Elizabeth Thornton
Title: Corporate Governance Analyst
FIDELITY SECURITIES FUND:
FIDELITY FLEX LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND
By:   /s/ Elizabeth Thornton
Name: Elizabeth Thornton
Title: Corporate Governance Analyst
FIDELITY SECURITIES FUND:
FIDELITY BLUE CHIP GROWTH K6 FUND
By:   /s/ Elizabeth Thornton
Name: Elizabeth Thornton
Title: Corporate Governance Analyst
FIDELITY BLUE CHIP GROWTH INSTITUTIONAL TRUST
BY ITS MANAGER FIDELITY INVESTMENTS
CANADA ULC
By:   /s/ Elizabeth Thornton
Name: Elizabeth Thornton
Title: Corporate Governance Analyst


OMNIBUS INVESTOR SIGNATURE PAGE TO

SWEETGREEN, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

The undersigned, in its capacity as an Investor, hereby executes and delivers the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement (the “Agreement”) to which this signature page is attached and agrees to be bound by the Agreement on the date set forth on the first page of the Agreement. This counterpart signature page, together with all counterparts of the Agreement and signature pages of the other parties named therein, shall constitute one and the same instrument in accordance with the terms of the Agreement.

 

INVESTOR:
FIAM TARGET DATE BLUE CHIP GROWTH COMMINGLED POOL
BY: FIDELITY INSTITUTIONAL ASSET
MANAGEMENT
TRUST COMPANY, AS TRUSTEE
By:   /s/ Elizabeth Thornton
Name: Elizabeth Thornton
Title: Corporate Governance Analyst
FIDELITY SECURITIES FUND: FIDELITY SERIES
BLUE CHIP GROWTH FUND
By:   /s/ Elizabeth Thornton
Name: Elizabeth Thornton
Title: Corporate Governance Analyst


OMNIBUS INVESTOR SIGNATURE PAGE TO

SWEETGREEN, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

The undersigned, in its capacity as an Investor, hereby executes and delivers the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement (the “Agreement”) to which this signature page is attached and agrees to be bound by the Agreement on the date set forth on the first page of the Agreement. This counterpart signature page, together with all counterparts of the Agreement and signature pages of the other parties named therein, shall constitute one and the same instrument in accordance with the terms of the Agreement.

 

INVESTOR:
FIDELITY U.S. GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES
INVESTMENT TRUST
BY ITS MANAGER FIDELITY INVESTMENTS
CANADA ULC
By:   /s/ Elizabeth Thornton
Name: Elizabeth Thornton
Title: Corporate Governance Analyst
FIDELITY NORTHSTAR FUND
BY ITS MANAGER FIDELITY INVESTMENTS
CANADA ULC
By:   /s/ Elizabeth Thornton
Name: Elizabeth Thornton
Title: Corporate Governance Analyst


OMNIBUS INVESTOR SIGNATURE PAGE TO

SWEETGREEN, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

The undersigned, in its capacity as an Investor, hereby executes and delivers the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement (the “Agreement”) to which this signature page is attached and agrees to be bound by the Agreement on the date set forth on the first page of the Agreement. This counterpart signature page, together with all counterparts of the Agreement and signature pages of the other parties named therein, shall constitute one and the same instrument in accordance with the terms of the Agreement.

 

INVESTOR:
ANCHORAGE ILLIQUID OPPORTUNITIES
OFFSHORE MASTER V, L.P.
By: Anchorage Capital Group, L.L.C., its investment manager
By:   /s/ Sean Gallahue
Name: Sean Gallahue
Title: Authorized Signatory
ANCHORAGE ILLIQUID OPPORTUNITIES
MASTER VI (A), L.P.
By: Anchorage Capital Group, L.L.C., its investment manager
By:   /s/ Sean Gallahue
Name: Sean Gallahue
Title: Authorized Signatory


OMNIBUS INVESTOR SIGNATURE PAGE TO

SWEETGREEN, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

The undersigned, in its capacity as an Investor, hereby executes and delivers the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement (the “Agreement”) to which this signature page is attached and agrees to be bound by the Agreement on the date set forth on the first page of the Agreement. This counterpart signature page, together with all counterparts of the Agreement and signature pages of the other parties named therein, shall constitute one and the same instrument in accordance with the terms of the Agreement.

 

INVESTOR:
LONE SPRUCE, L.P.
By:   Lone Pine Capital LLC, its investment adviser
By:  

/s/ Kerry A. Tyler

Name: Kerry A. Tyler
Title: Authorized Signatory
LONE CYPRESS, LTD.
By:   Lone Pine Capital LLC, its investment adviser
By:  

/s/ Kerry A. Tyler

Name: Kerry A. Tyler
Title: Chief Operating Officer
LONE SIERRA, L.P.
By:   Lone Pine Capital LLC, its investment adviser
By:  

/s/ Kerry A. Tyler

Name: Kerry A. Tyler
Title: Chief Operating Officer


OMNIBUS INVESTOR SIGNATURE PAGE TO

SWEETGREEN, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

The undersigned, in its capacity as an Investor, hereby executes and delivers the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement (the “Agreement”) to which this signature page is attached and agrees to be bound by the Agreement on the date set forth on the first page of the Agreement. This counterpart signature page, together with all counterparts of the Agreement and signature pages of the other parties named therein, shall constitute one and the same instrument in accordance with the terms of the Agreement.

 

INVESTOR:
LONE CASCADE, L.P.
By:   Lone Pine Capital LLC, its investment adviser
By:  

/s/ Kerry A. Tyler

Name: Kerry A. Tyler
Title: Authorized Signatory
LONE MONTEREY MASTER FUND, LTD.
By:   Lone Pine Capital LLC, its investment adviser
By:  

/s/ Kerry A. Tyler

Name: Kerry A. Tyler
Title: Chief Operating Officer


OMNIBUS INVESTOR SIGNATURE PAGE TO

SWEETGREEN, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

The undersigned, in its capacity as an Investor, hereby executes and delivers the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement (the “Agreement”) to which this signature page is attached and agrees to be bound by the Agreement on the date set forth on the first page of the Agreement. This counterpart signature page, together with all counterparts of the Agreement and signature pages of the other parties named therein, shall constitute one and the same instrument in accordance with the terms of the Agreement.

 

INVESTOR:
D1 MASTER HOLDCO I LLC
By:  

/s/ Dan Sundheim

Name:   Dan Sundheim
Title:   Authorized Signatory


OMNIBUS INVESTOR SIGNATURE PAGE TO

SWEETGREEN, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

The undersigned, in its capacity as an Investor, hereby executes and delivers the Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement (the “Agreement”) to which this signature page is attached and agrees to be bound by the Agreement on the date set forth on the first page of the Agreement. This counterpart signature page, together with all counterparts of the Agreement and signature pages of the other parties named therein, shall constitute one and the same instrument in accordance with the terms of the Agreement.

 

INVESTOR:
RADCLIFF SG I LLC
By:  

/s/ Eli Goldstein

Name:   Eli Goldstein
Title:   Manager


EXHIBIT A

INVESTORS

[Omitted]


EXHIBIT B

COMMON HOLDERS

[Omitted]


EXHIBIT C

CLASS S HOLDERS

[Omitted]

Exhibit 10.2

SWEETGREEN, INC.

2009 STOCK PLAN

1. ESTABLISHMENT, PURPOSE AND TERM OF PLAN.

1.1 Establishment. This Sweetgreen, Inc. 2009 Stock Plan (the “Plan”) is hereby established effective as of November 12, 2009 (“Effective Date”).

1.2 Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of the Participating Company Group (as defined below) and its stockholders by providing an incentive to attract, retain and reward persons performing services for the Participating Company Group and by motivating such persons to contribute to the growth and profitability of the Participating Company Group. The Plan seeks to achieve this purpose by providing for Awards in the form of Options, Restricted Stock Purchase Rights, and Restricted Stock Bonuses (each as defined below). The Company intends that Awards granted pursuant to the Plan be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Code (including any amendments or replacements of such section), and the Plan shall be so construed.

1.3 Term of Plan. The Plan shall continue in effect until its termination by the Board (as defined below); provided, however, that all Awards shall be granted, if at all, within ten (10) years from the earlier of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or the date the Plan is duly approved by the stockholders of the Company.

2. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

2.1 Definitions. Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have their respective meanings set forth below:

(a) “Award means an Option, Restricted Stock Purchase Right, or Restricted Stock Bonus granted under the Plan.

(b) “Award Agreement” means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and a Participant setting forth the terms, conditions and restrictions of the Award granted to the Participant.

(c) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company. If one or more Committees have been appointed by the Board to administer the Plan, “Board” also means such Committee(s).

(d) “Cause” means, unless such term or an equivalent term is otherwise defined with respect to an Award by the Participant’s Award Agreement or written contract of employment or service, any of the following: (i) the Participant’s theft, dishonesty, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty for personal profit, or falsification of any Participating Company documents or records; (ii) the Participant’s material failure to abide by a Participating Company’s code of conduct or other policies (including, without limitation, policies relating to confidentiality and reasonable workplace conduct); (iii) the Participant’s

 

1


unauthorized use, misappropriation, destruction or diversion of any tangible or intangible asset or corporate opportunity of a Participating Company (including, without limitation, the Participant’s improper use or disclosure of a Participating Company’s confidential or proprietary information); (iv) any intentional act by the Participant which has a material detrimental effect on a Participating Company’s reputation or business; (v) the Participant’s repeated failure or inability to perform any reasonable assigned duties after written notice from a Participating Company of, and a reasonable opportunity to cure, such failure or inability; (vi) any material breach by the Participant of any employment or service agreement between the Participant and a Participating Company, which breach is not cured pursuant to the terms of such agreement; or (vii) the Participant’s conviction (including any plea of guilty or nolo contendere) of any criminal act involving fraud, dishonesty, misappropriation or moral turpitude, or which impairs the Participant’s ability to perform his or her duties with a Participating Company.

(e) “Change in Control” means, unless such term or an equivalent term is otherwise defined with respect to an Award by the Participant’s Award Agreement or written contract of employment or service, the occurrence of any of the following:

(i) an Ownership Change Event or a series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a “Transaction”) in which the stockholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors or, in the case of an Ownership Change Event described in Section 2.1(v)(iii), the entity to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the “Transferee”), as the case may be; or

(ii) the liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company or the Transferee, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities. The Board shall have the right to determine whether multiple sales or exchanges of the voting securities of the Company or multiple Ownership Change Events are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

(f) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any applicable regulations and administrative guidelines promulgated thereunder.

(g) “Committee” means the compensation committee or other committee or subcommittee of the Board duly appointed to administer the Plan and having such powers as shall be specified by the Board. Unless the powers of the Committee have been specifically limited, the Committee shall have all of the powers of the Board granted herein, including, without limitation, the power to amend or terminate the Plan at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable limitations imposed by law.

(h) “Company” means Sweetgreen, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor corporation thereto.

 

2


(i) “Consultant” means a person engaged to provide consulting or advisory services (other than as an Employee or a Director) to a Participating Company, provided that the identity of such person, the nature of such services or the entity to which such services are provided would not preclude the Company from offering or selling securities to such person pursuant to the Plan in reliance on either the exemption from registration provided by Rule 701 under the Securities Act or, if the Company is required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, registration on a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act.

(j) “Director” means a member of the Board.

(k) “Disability” means the inability of the Participant, in the opinion of a qualified physician acceptable to the Company, to perform the major duties of the Participant’s position with the Participating Company Group because of the sickness or injury of the Participant.

(l) “Employee” means any person treated as an employee (including an Officer or a Director who is also treated as an employee) in the records of a Participating Company and, with respect to any Incentive Stock Option granted to such person, who is an employee for purposes of Section 422 of the Code; provided, however, that neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee shall be sufficient to constitute employment for purposes of the Plan. The Company shall determine in good faith and in the exercise of its discretion whether an individual has become or has ceased to be an Employee and the effective date of such individual’s employment or termination of employment, as the case may be. For purposes of an individual’s rights, if any, under the terms of the Plan as of the time of the Company’s determination of whether or not the individual is an Employee, all such determinations by the Company shall be final, binding and conclusive as to such rights, if any, notwithstanding that the Company or any court of law or governmental agency subsequently makes a contrary determination as to such individual’s status as an Employee.

(m) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(n) “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of a share of Stock or other property as determined by the Board, in its discretion, or by the Company, in its discretion, if such determination is expressly allocated to the Company herein, subject to the following:

(i) If, on such date, the Stock is listed on a national or regional securities exchange or market system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be the closing price of a share of Stock as quoted on the national or regional securities exchange or market system constituting the primary market for the Stock, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Company deems reliable. If the relevant date does not fall on a day on which the Stock has traded on such securities exchange or market system, the date on which the Fair Market Value shall be established shall be the last day on which the Stock was so traded prior to the relevant date, or such other appropriate day as shall be determined by the Board, in its discretion.

 

3


(ii) If, on such date, the Stock is not listed on a national or regional securities exchange or market system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be as determined by the Board in good faith without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which, by its terms, will never lapse, and in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

(o) “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option intended to be (as set forth in the Award Agreement) and which qualifies as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

(p) “Insider” means an Officer, a Director or other person whose transactions in Stock are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(q) “Insider Trading Policy” means the written policy of the Company pertaining to the purchase, sale, transfer or other disposition of the Company’s equity securities by Directors, Officers, Employees or other service providers who may possess material, nonpublic information regarding the Company or its securities.

(r) “Net-Exercise” means a procedure by which the Participant will be issued a number of whole shares of Stock upon the exercise of an Option determined in accordance with the following formula:

N = X(A-B)/A, where

“N” = the number of shares of Stock to be issued to the Participant upon exercise of the Option;

“X” = the total number of shares with respect to which the Participant has elected to exercise the Option;

“A” = the Fair Market Value of one (1) share of Stock determined on the exercise date; and

“B” = the exercise price per share (as defined in the Participant’s Award Agreement)

(s) “Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an Option not intended to be (as set forth in the Award Agreement) or which does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(t) “Officer” means any person designated by the Board as an officer of the Company.

(u) “Option” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

4


(v) “Ownership Change Event” means the occurrence of any of the following with respect to the Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of the Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of the Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; or (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (other than a sale, exchange or transfer to one or more subsidiaries of the Company).

(w) “Parent Corporation” means any present or future “parent corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(x) “Participant means any eligible person who has been granted one or more Awards.

(y) “Participating Company” means the Company or any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation.

(z) “Participating Company Group” means, at any point in time, all entities collectively which are then Participating Companies..

(aa) “Restricted Stock Award” means an Award of a Restricted Stock Bonus or a Restricted Stock Purchase Right.

(bb) “Restricted Stock Bonus” means Stock granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 7.

(cc) “Restricted Stock Purchase Right” means a right to purchase Stock granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 7.

(dd) “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor rule or regulation.

(ee) “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(ff) “Service” means a Participant’s employment or service with the Participating Company Group, whether in the capacity of an Employee, a Director or a Consultant. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, a Participant’s Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Participant renders such Service or a change in the Participating Company for which the Participant renders such Service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s Service. Furthermore, a Participant’s Service shall not be deemed to have terminated if the Participant takes any military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence approved by the Company. However, unless otherwise provided by the Board, if any such leave taken by a Participant exceeds ninety (90) days, then on the ninety-first (91st) day following the commencement of such leave the Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated, unless the Participant’s right to return to Service is guaranteed by statute or contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise designated by the Company or required by law, an unpaid leave of absence shall not be treated as Service for purposes of determining vesting under the Participant’s Award Agreement. Except as otherwise provided by the Board, in its discretion, the Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated either upon an actual termination of Service or upon the business entity for which the Participant performs Service ceasing to be a Participating Company. Subject to the foregoing, the Company, in its discretion, shall determine whether the Participant’s Service has terminated and the effective date of and reason for such termination.

 

5


(gg) “Stock” means the common stock of the Company, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 4.2.

(hh) “Subsidiary Corporation” means any present or future “subsidiary corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

(ii) “Ten Percent Stockholder” means a person who, at the time an Award is granted to such person, owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of a Participating Company within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code.

(jj) “Vesting Conditions” mean those conditions established in accordance with the Plan prior to the satisfaction of which shares subject to an Award remain subject to forfeiture or a repurchase option in favor of the Company exercisable for the Participant’s monetary purchase price, if any, for such shares upon the Participant’s termination of Service.

2.2 Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of the Plan. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

3. ADMINISTRATION.

3.1 Administration by the Board. The Plan shall be administered by the Board. All questions of interpretation of the Plan, of any Award Agreement or of any other form of agreement or other document employed by the Company in the administration of the Plan or of any Award shall be determined by the Board, and such determinations shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Plan or such Award, unless fraudulent or made in bad faith. Any and all actions, decisions and determinations taken or made by the Board in the exercise of its discretion pursuant to the Plan or Award Agreement or other agreement thereunder (other than determining questions of interpretation pursuant to the preceding sentence) shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest therein.

3.2 Authority of Officers. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, determination or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, determination or election.

 

6


3.3 Powers of the Board. In addition to any other powers set forth in the Plan and subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have the full and final power and authority, in its discretion:

(a) to determine the persons to whom, and the time or times at which, Awards shall be granted and the number of shares of Stock to be subject to each Award;

(b) to determine the type of Award granted;

(c) to determine the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock or other property;

(d) to determine the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to each Award (which need not be identical) and any shares acquired pursuant thereto, including, without limitation, (i) the exercise or purchase price of shares pursuant to any Award, (ii) the method of payment for shares purchased pursuant to any Award, (iii) the method for satisfaction of any tax withholding obligation arising in connection with any Award or shares acquired pursuant thereto, including by the withholding or delivery of shares of Stock, (iv) the timing, terms and conditions of the exercisability or vesting of any Award or shares acquired pursuant thereto, (v) the time of expiration of any Award, (vi) the effect of any Participant’s termination of Service on any of the foregoing, and (vii) all other terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to any Award or shares acquired pursuant thereto not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan;

(e) to approve one or more forms of Award Agreement;

(f) to amend, modify, extend, cancel or renew any Award or to waive any restrictions or conditions applicable to any Award or any shares acquired pursuant thereto;

(g) to accelerate, continue, extend or defer the exercisability or vesting of any Award or any shares acquired pursuant thereto, including with respect to the period following a Participant’s termination of Service;

(h) to prescribe, amend or rescind rules, guidelines and policies relating to the Plan, or to adopt sub-plans or supplements to, or alternative versions of, the Plan, including, without limitation, as the Board deems necessary or desirable to comply with the laws of, or to accommodate the tax policy, accounting principles or custom of, foreign jurisdictions whose citizens may be granted Awards; and

(i) to correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award Agreement and to make all other determinations and take such other actions with respect to the Plan or any Award as the Board may deem advisable to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan or applicable law.

3.4 Administration with Respect to Insiders. With respect to participation by Insiders in the Plan, at any time that any class of equity security of the Company is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be administered in compliance with the requirements, if any, of Rule 16b-3.

 

7


3.5 Indemnification. In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or officers or employees of the Participating Company Group, members of the Board and any officers or employees of the Participating Company Group to whom authority to act for the Board or the Company is delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan, or any right granted hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such person is liable for gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct in duties; provided, however, that within sixty (60) days after the institution of such action, suit or proceeding, such person shall offer to the Company, in writing, the opportunity at its own expense to handle and defend the same.

4. SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN.

4.1 Maximum Number of Shares Issuable. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan shall be 14,340,018 and shall consist of authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of Stock or any combination thereof. If an outstanding Award for any reason expires or is terminated or canceled or if shares of Stock are acquired pursuant to an Award subject to forfeiture or repurchase and are forfeited or repurchased by the Company for an amount not greater than the Participant’s exercise or purchase price, the shares of Stock allocable to the terminated portion of such Award or such forfeited or repurchased shares of Stock shall again be available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any such time as the offer and sale of securities pursuant to the Plan is subject to compliance with Section 260.140.45 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations (“Section 260.140.45”), the total number of shares of Stock issuable upon the exercise of all outstanding Awards (together with options outstanding under any other stock plan of the Company) and the total number of shares provided for under any stock bonus or similar plan of the Company shall not exceed thirty percent (30%) (or such other higher percentage limitation as may be approved by the stockholders of the Company pursuant to Section 260.140.45) of the then outstanding shares of the Company as calculated in accordance with the conditions and exclusions of Section 260.140.45.

4.2 Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure. Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company and the requirements of Sections 409A and 424 of the Code to the extent applicable, in the event of any change in the Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company in a form other than Stock (excepting normal cash dividends) that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number and kind of shares subject to the Plan and to any outstanding Awards, in the ISO Share Limit set forth in Section 5.3(a), and in the exercise or purchase price per share of any outstanding Awards in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of Participants’ rights under the Plan. For purposes of the foregoing, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as “effected without receipt of

 

8


consideration by the Company.” If a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to outstanding Awards are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) shares of another corporation (the “New Shares”), the Board may unilaterally amend the outstanding Awards to provide that such Awards are for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the number of shares subject to, and the exercise or purchase price per share of, the outstanding Awards shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner as determined by the Board, in its discretion. Any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and the exercise price per share shall be rounded up to the nearest whole cent. In no event may the exercise or purchase price, if any, under any Award be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Award. Such adjustments shall be determined by the Board, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

5. ELIGIBILITY AND OPTION LIMITATIONS.

5.1 Persons Eligible for Awards. Awards may be granted only to Employees, Consultants and Directors.

5.2 Participation in the Plan. Awards are granted solely at the discretion of the Board. Eligible persons may be granted more than one Award. However, eligibility in accordance with this Section shall not entitle any person to be granted an Award, or, having been granted an Award, to be granted an additional Award.

5.3 Incentive Stock Option Limitations.

(a) Maximum Number of Shares Issuable Pursuant to Incentive Stock Options. Subject to Section 4.1 and adjustment as provided in Section 4.2, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall not exceed 28,680,036 (the ISO Share Limit”). The maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan pursuant to all Awards other than Incentive Stock Options shall be the number of shares determined in accordance with Section 4.1, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2.

(b) Persons Eligible. An Incentive Stock Option may be granted only to a person who, on the effective date of grant, is an Employee. Any person who is not an Employee on the effective date of the grant of an Option to such person may be granted only a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

(c) Fair Market Value Limitation. To the extent that options designated as Incentive Stock Options (granted under all stock plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) become exercisable by a Participant for the first time during any calendar year for stock having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portions of such options which exceed such amount shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 5.3, options designated as Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such

 

9


stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a limitation different from that set forth in this Section, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date and with respect to such Options as required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If an Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section, the Participant may designate which portion of such Option the Participant is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Participant shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option.

6. STOCK OPTIONS.

Options shall be evidenced by Award Agreements specifying the number of shares of Stock covered thereby, in such form as the Board shall from time to time establish. Award Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

6.1 Exercise Price. The exercise price for each Option shall be established in the discretion of the Board; provided, however, that (a) the exercise price per share for an Option shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option and (b) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder shall have an exercise price per share less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option (whether an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option) may be granted with an exercise price lower than the minimum exercise price set forth above if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner qualifying under the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.

6.2 Exercisability and Term of Options. Options shall be exercisable at such time or times, or upon such event or events, and subject to such terms, conditions, performance criteria and restrictions as shall be determined by the Board and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Option; provided, however, that (a) no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of such Option and (b) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder shall be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years after the effective date of grant of such Option. Subject to the foregoing, unless otherwise specified by the Board in the grant of an Option, any Option granted hereunder shall terminate ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of the Option, unless earlier terminated in accordance with its provisions.

6.3 Payment of Exercise Price.

(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the exercise price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to any Option shall be made (i) in cash, by check or in cash equivalent, (ii) by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock owned by the Participant having a Fair Market Value not less than the exercise price, (iii) by delivery of a properly executed notice of exercise together with irrevocable instructions to a broker providing for the assignment

 

10


to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares being acquired upon the exercise of the Option (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) (a “Cashless Exercise”), (iv) by delivery of a properly executed notice electing a Net-Exercise, (v) by such other consideration as may be approved by the Board from time to time to the extent permitted by applicable law, or (vi) by any combination thereof. The Board may at any time or from time to time grant Options which do not permit all of the foregoing forms of consideration to be used in payment of the exercise price or which otherwise restrict one or more forms of consideration.

(b) Limitations on Forms of Consideration.

(i) Tender of Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock to the extent such tender or attestation would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Participant for more than six (6) months or such other period, if any, required by the Company (and were not used for another Option exercise by attestation during such period) or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

(ii) Cashless Exercise. The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to establish, decline to approve or terminate any program or procedures for the exercise of Options by means of a Cashless Exercise, including with respect to one or more Participants specified by the Company notwithstanding that such program or procedures may be available to other Participants.

6.4 Effect of Termination of Service.

(a) Option Exercisability. Subject to earlier termination of the Option as otherwise provided by this Plan and unless a longer exercise period is provided by the Board, an Option shall terminate immediately upon the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent that it is then unvested and shall be exercisable after the Participant’s termination of Service to the extent it is then vested only during the applicable time period determined in accordance with this Section and thereafter shall terminate:

(i) Disability. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the Disability of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for vested shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant (or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the date of expiration of the Option’s term as set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Option (the “Option Expiration Date”).

 

11


(ii) Death. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for vested shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Participant’s death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Participant dies within three (3) months after the Participant’s termination of Service.

(iii) Termination for Cause. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, if the Participant’s Service is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate in its entirety and cease to be exercisable immediately upon such termination of Service.

(iv) Other Termination of Service. If the Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, except Disability, death or Cause, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for vested shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant at any time prior to the expiration of ninety (90) days after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(b) Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing other than termination of Service for Cause, if the exercise of an Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.4(a) is prevented by the provisions of Section 11 below, the Option shall remain exercisable until the later of (i) thirty (30) days after the date such exercise first would no longer be prevented by such provisions or (ii) the end of the applicable time period under Section 6.4(a), but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

6.5 Transferability of Options. During the lifetime of the Participant, an Option shall be exercisable only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. An Option shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted by the Board, in its discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be assignable or transferable subject to the applicable limitations, if any, described in Rule 701 under the Securities Act, and the General Instructions to Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act.

7. RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS.

Restricted Stock Awards shall be evidenced by Award Agreements specifying whether the Award is a Restricted Stock Bonus or a Restricted Stock Purchase Right and the number of shares of Stock subject to the Award, in such form as the Board shall from time to time establish. Award Agreements evidencing Restricted Stock Awards may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

12


7.1 Types of Restricted Stock Awards Authorized. Restricted Stock Awards may be granted in the form of either a Restricted Stock Bonus or a Restricted Stock Purchase Right. Restricted Stock Awards may be granted upon such conditions as the Board shall determine, including, without limitation, upon the attainment of one or more performance goals.

7.2 Purchase Price. The purchase price for shares of Stock issuable under each Restricted Stock Purchase Right shall be established by the Board in its discretion. No monetary payment (other than applicable tax withholding) shall be required as a condition of receiving shares of Stock pursuant to a Restricted Stock Bonus, the consideration for which shall be services actually rendered to a Participating Company or for its benefit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if required by applicable state corporate law, the Participant shall furnish consideration in the form of cash or past services rendered to a Participating Company or for its benefit having a value not less than the par value of the shares of Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Award.

7.3 Purchase Period. A Restricted Stock Purchase Right shall be exercisable within a period established by the Board, which shall in no event exceed thirty (30) days from the effective date of the grant of the Restricted Stock Purchase Right.

7.4 Payment of Purchase Price. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the purchase price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to any Restricted Stock Purchase Right shall be made (a) in cash, by check or in cash equivalent, (b) by such other consideration as may be approved by the Board from time to time to the extent permitted by applicable law, or (c) by any combination thereof.

7.5 Vesting and Restrictions on Transfer. Shares issued pursuant to any Restricted Stock Award may (but need not) be made subject to Vesting Conditions based upon the satisfaction of such Service requirements, conditions, restrictions or performance criteria, as shall be established by the Board and set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Award. During any period in which shares acquired pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award remain subject to Vesting Conditions, such shares may not be sold, exchanged, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise disposed of other than pursuant to an Ownership Change Event or as provided in Section 7.8. The Board, in its discretion, may provide in any Award Agreement evidencing a Restricted Stock Award that, if the satisfaction of Vesting Conditions with respect to any shares subject to such Restricted Stock Award would otherwise occur on a day on which the sale of such shares would violate the provisions of the Insider Trading Policy, then satisfaction of the Vesting Conditions automatically shall be determined on the next trading day on which the sale of such shares would not violate the Insider Trading Policy. Upon request by the Company, each Participant shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of shares of Stock hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares of Stock acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer restrictions.

 

13


7.6 Voting Rights; Dividends and Distributions. Except as provided in this Section, Section 7.5 and any Award Agreement, during any period in which shares acquired pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award remain subject to Vesting Conditions, the Participant shall have all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company holding shares of Stock, including the right to vote such shares and to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such shares. However, in the event of a dividend or distribution paid in shares of Stock or other property or any other adjustment made upon a change in the capital structure of the Company as described in Section 4.2, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property (other than normal cash dividends) to which the Participant is entitled by reason of the Participant’s Restricted Stock Award shall be immediately subject to the same Vesting Conditions as the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award with respect to which such dividends or distributions were paid or adjustments were made.

7.7 Effect of Termination of Service. Unless otherwise provided by the Board in the Award Agreement evidencing a Restricted Stock Award, if a Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary (including the Participant’s death or disability), then (a) the Company shall have the option to repurchase for the purchase price paid by the Participant any shares acquired by the Participant pursuant to a Restricted Stock Purchase Right which remain subject to Vesting Conditions as of the date of the Participant’s termination of Service and (b) the Participant shall forfeit to the Company any shares acquired by the Participant pursuant to a Restricted Stock Bonus which remain subject to Vesting Conditions as of the date of the Participant’s termination of Service. The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

7.8 Nontransferability of Restricted Stock Award Rights. Rights to acquire shares of Stock pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or the laws of descent and distribution. All rights with respect to a Restricted Stock Award granted to a Participant hereunder shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative.

8. STANDARD FORMS OF AWARD AGREEMENTS.

8.1 Award Agreements. Each Award shall comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the appropriate form of Award Agreement approved by the Board and as amended from time to time. No Award or purported Award shall be a valid and binding obligation of the Company unless evidenced by a fully executed Award Agreement. Any Award Agreement may consist of an appropriate form of Notice of Grant and a form of Agreement incorporated therein by reference, or such other form or forms, including electronic media, as the Board may approve from time to time.

8.2 Authority to Vary Terms. The Board shall have the authority from time to time to vary the terms of any standard form of Award Agreement either in connection with the grant or amendment of an individual Award or in connection with the authorization of a new standard form or forms; provided, however, that the terms and conditions of any such new, revised or amended standard form or forms of Award Agreement are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan.

 

14


9. CHANGE IN CONTROL.

9.1 Effect of Change in Control on Awards. Subject to the requirements and limitations of Section 409A of the Code, if applicable, the Board may provide for any one or more of the following:

(a) Accelerated Vesting. The Board may, in its discretion, provide in any Award Agreement or, in the event of a Change in Control, may take such actions as it deems appropriate to provide for the acceleration of the exercisability and/or vesting in connection with such Change in Control of each or any outstanding Award or portion thereof and shares acquired pursuant thereto upon such conditions, including termination of the Participant’s Service prior to, upon, or following such Change in Control, to such extent as the Board shall determine.

(b) Assumption, Continuation or Substitution of Awards. In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the “Acquiror”), may, without the consent of any Participant, assume or continue the Company’s rights and obligations under each or any Award or portion thereof outstanding immediately prior to the Change in Control or substitute for each or any such outstanding Award or portion thereof a substantially equivalent award with respect to the Acquiror’s stock. For purposes of this Section, if so determined by the Board, in its discretion, an Award or any portion thereof shall be deemed assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Award confers the right to receive, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, for each share of Stock subject to such portion of the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, other securities or property or a combination thereof) to which a holder of a share of Stock on the effective date of the Change in Control was entitled; provided, however, that if such consideration is not solely common stock of the Acquiror, the Board may, with the consent of the Acquiror, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Award, for each share of Stock, to consist solely of common stock of the Acquiror equal in Fair Market Value to the per share consideration received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control. If any portion of such consideration may be received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control on a contingent or delayed basis, the Board may, in its discretion, determine such Fair Market Value per share as of the time of the Change in Control on the basis of the Board’s good faith estimate of the present value of the probable future payment of such consideration. Any Award or portion thereof which is neither assumed or continued by the Acquiror in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of an Award prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of the Award Agreement evidencing such Award except as otherwise provided in such Award Agreement.

(c) Cash-Out of Outstanding Awards. The Board may, in its discretion and without the consent of any Participant, determine that, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, each or any Award or portion thereof outstanding immediately prior to the Change in Control shall be canceled in exchange for a payment with respect to each vested share

 

15


(and each unvested share, if so determined by the Board) of Stock subject to such canceled Award in (i) cash, (ii) stock of the Company or of a corporation or other business entity a party to the Change in Control, or (iii) other property which, in any such case, shall be in an amount having a Fair Market Value equal to the Fair Market Value of the consideration to be paid per share of Stock in the Change in Control, reduced by the exercise or purchase price per share, if any, under such Award. If any portion of such consideration may be received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control on a contingent or delayed basis, the Board may, in its sole discretion, determine such Fair Market Value per share as of the time of the Change in Control on the basis of the Board’s good faith estimate of the present value of the probable future payment of such consideration. In the event such determination is made by the Board, the amount of such payment (reduced by applicable withholding taxes, if any) shall be paid to Participants in respect of the vested portions of their canceled Awards as soon as practicable following the date of the Change in Control and in respect of the unvested portions of their canceled Awards in accordance with the vesting schedules applicable to such Awards.

9.2 Federal Excise Tax Under Section 4999 of the Code.

(a) Excess Parachute Payment. If any acceleration of vesting pursuant to an Award and any other payment or benefit received or to be received by a Participant would subject the Participant to any excise tax pursuant to Section 4999 of the Code due to the characterization of such acceleration of vesting, payment or benefit as an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Code, then, provided such election would not subject the Participant to taxation under Section 409A of the Code, the Participant may elect, in his or her sole discretion, to reduce the amount of any acceleration of vesting called for under the Award in order to avoid such characterization.

(b) Determination by Independent Accountants. To aid the Participant in making any election called for under Section 9.2(a), no later than the date of the occurrence of any event that might reasonably be anticipated to result in an “excess parachute payment” to the Participant as described in Section 9.2(a), the Company shall request a determination in writing by independent public accountants selected by the Company (the “Accountants”). As soon as practicable thereafter, the Accountants shall determine and report to the Company and the Participant the amount of such acceleration of vesting, payments and benefits which would produce the greatest after-tax benefit to the Participant. For the purposes of such determination, the Accountants may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and the Participant shall furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make their required determination. The Company shall bear all fees and expenses the Accountants may reasonably charge in connection with their services contemplated by this Section 9.2(b).

10. TAX WITHHOLDING.

10.1 Tax Withholding in General. The Company shall have the right to deduct from any and all payments made under the Plan, or to require the Participant, through payroll withholding, cash payment or otherwise, including by means of a Cashless Exercise of an Option, to make adequate provision for, the federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including any

 

16


social insurance tax), if any, required by law to be withheld by the Participating Company Group with respect to an Award or the shares acquired pursuant thereto. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock or to release shares of Stock from an escrow established pursuant to an Award Agreement until the Participating Company Group’s tax withholding obligations have been satisfied by the Participant.

10.2 Withholding in Shares. The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to deduct from the shares of Stock issuable to a Participant upon the exercise of an Award, or to accept from the Participant the tender of, a number of whole shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value, as determined by the Company, equal to all or any part of the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group. The Fair Market Value of any shares of Stock withheld or tendered to satisfy any such tax withholding obligations shall not exceed the amount determined by the applicable minimum statutory withholding rates.

11. COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITIES LAW.

The grant of Awards and the issuance of shares of Stock pursuant to any Award shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state and foreign law with respect to such securities and the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, no Award may be exercised or shares issued pursuant to an Award unless (a) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of such exercise or issuance be in effect with respect to the shares issuable pursuant to the Award or (b) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable pursuant to the Award may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares hereunder shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to issuance of any Stock, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

12. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN.

The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. However, without the approval of the Company’s stockholders, there shall be (a) no increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan (except by operation of the provisions of Section 4.2), (b) no change in the class of persons eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options, and (c) no other amendment of the Plan that would require approval of the Company’s stockholders under any applicable law, regulation or rule, including the rules of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. No amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan shall affect any then outstanding Award unless expressly provided by the Board. No amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan may adversely affect any then outstanding Award without the consent of the Participant; provided, however, that notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, the Board may, in its sole and absolute discretion and without the

 

17


consent of any Participant, amend the Plan or any Award Agreement, to take effect retroactively or otherwise, as it deems necessary or advisable for the purpose of conforming the Plan or such Award Agreement to any present or future law, regulation or rule applicable to the Plan, including, but not limited to, Section 409A of the Code.

13. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

13.1 Repurchase Rights. Shares issued under the Plan may be subject to a right of first refusal, one or more repurchase options, or other conditions and restrictions as determined by the Board in its discretion at the time the Award is granted. The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company. Upon request by the Company, each Participant shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of shares of Stock hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares of Stock acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer restrictions.

13.2 Provision of Information. The Company shall deliver to each Participant such disclosures as are required in accordance with Rule 701 under the Securities Act and any financial information required to be provided to Participants under applicable law.

13.3 Rights as Employee, Consultant or Director. No person, even though eligible pursuant to Section 5, shall have a right to be selected as a Participant, or, having been so selected, to be selected again as a Participant. Nothing in the Plan or any Award granted under the Plan shall confer on any Participant a right to remain an Employee, Consultant or Director or interfere with or limit in any way any right of a Participating Company to terminate the Participant’s Service at any time. To the extent that an Employee of a Participating Company other than the Company receives an Award under the Plan, that Award shall in no event be understood or interpreted to mean that the Company is the Employee’s employer or that the Employee has an employment relationship with the Company.

13.4 Rights as a Stockholder. A Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by an Award until the date of the issuance of such shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such shares are issued, except as provided in Section 4.2 or another provision of the Plan.

13.5 Delivery of Title to Shares. Subject to any governing rules or regulations, the Company shall issue or cause to be issued the shares of Stock acquired pursuant to an Award and shall deliver such shares to or for the benefit of the Participant by means of one or more of the following: (a) by delivering to the Participant evidence of book entry shares of Stock credited to the account of the Participant, (b) by depositing such shares of Stock for the benefit of the Participant with any broker with which the Participant has an account relationship, or (c) by delivering such shares of Stock to the Participant in certificate form.

 

18


13.6 Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise or settlement of any Award.

13.7 Retirement and Welfare Plans. Neither Awards made under this Plan nor shares of Stock or cash paid pursuant to such Awards shall be included as “compensation” for purposes of computing the benefits payable to any Participant under any Participating Company’s retirement plans (both qualified and non-qualified) or welfare benefit plans unless such other plan expressly provides that such compensation shall be taken into account in computing such benefits.

13.8 Severability. If any one or more of the provisions (or any part thereof) of this Plan shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision shall be modified so as to make it valid, legal and enforceable, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions (or any part thereof) of the Plan shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

13.9 No Constraint on Corporate Action. Nothing in this Plan shall be construed to: (a) limit, impair, or otherwise affect the Company’s or another Participating Company’s right or power to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations, or changes of its capital or business structure, or to merge or consolidate, or dissolve, liquidate, sell, or transfer all or any part of its business or assets; or (b) limit the right or power of the Company or another Participating Company to take any action which such entity deems to be necessary or appropriate.

13.10 Choice of Law. Except to the extent governed by applicable federal law, the validity, interpretation, construction and performance of the Plan and each Award Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of law rules.

13.11 Stockholder Approval. The Plan or any increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock issuable thereunder as provided in Section 4.1 (the “Authorized Shares”) shall be approved by a majority of the outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote by the later of (a) a period beginning twelve (12) months before and ending twelve (12) months after the date of adoption thereof by the Board or (b) the first issuance of any security pursuant to the Plan in the State of California (within the meaning of Section 25008 of the California Corporations Code). Awards granted prior to security holder approval of the Plan or in excess of the Authorized Shares previously approved by the security holders shall become exercisable no earlier than the date of security holder approval of the Plan or such increase in the Authorized Shares, as the case may be, and such Awards shall be rescinded if such security holder approval is not received in the manner described in the preceding sentence.

 

19


Exhibit 10.2 (1)

THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

SWEETGREEN, INC.

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Sweetgreen, Inc. has granted to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the “Grant Notice”) to which this Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) is attached an option (the “Option”) to purchase certain shares of Stock upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Grant Notice and this Option Agreement. The Option has been granted pursuant to and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions of the Sweetgreen, Inc. 2009 Stock Plan (the “Plan”), as amended to the Date of Grant, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. By signing the Grant Notice, the Participant: (a) acknowledges receipt of, and represents that the Participant has read and is familiar with the terms and conditions of, the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan, (b) accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan, and (c) agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement or the Plan.

1. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

1.1 Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Grant Notice or the Plan.

1.2 Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Option Agreement. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

2. TAX CONSEQUENCES.

2.1 Tax Status of Option. This Option is intended to have the tax status designated in the Grant Notice.

(a) Incentive Stock Option. If the Grant Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code, but the Company does not represent or warrant that this Option qualifies as such. The Participant should consult with the Participant’s own tax advisor regarding the tax effects of this Option and the requirements necessary to obtain favorable income tax treatment under

 

1


Section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, holding period requirements. (NOTE TO PARTICIPANT: If the Company permits the exercise of the Option more than three (3) months after the date on which you cease to be an Employee (other than by reason of your death or permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), and the Option is so exercised, the Option will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option and not as an Incentive Stock Option to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code.)

(b) Nonstatutory Stock Option. If the Grant Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option and shall not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

2.2 ISO Fair Market Value Limitation. If the Grant Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, then to the extent that the Option (together with all Incentive Stock Options granted to the Participant under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) becomes exercisable for the first time during any calendar year for shares having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portion of such options which exceeds such amount will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section, options designated as Incentive Stock Options are taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock is determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If the Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section, the Participant may designate which portion of such Option the Participant is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Participant shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option. (NOTE TO PARTICIPANT: If the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option (that is, the Exercise Price multiplied by the Number of Option Shares) plus the aggregate exercise price of any other Incentive Stock Options you hold (whether granted pursuant to the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Participating Company Group) is greater than $100,000, you should contact the Chief Financial Officer of the Company to ascertain whether the entire Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option.)

3. ADMINISTRATION.

All questions of interpretation concerning the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement, the Plan or any other form of agreement or other document employed by the Company in the administration of the Plan or the Option shall be determined by the Board. All such determinations by the Board shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Option, unless fraudulent or made in bad faith. Any and all actions, decisions and determinations taken or made by the Board in the exercise of its discretion pursuant to the Plan or the Option or other agreement thereunder (other than determining questions of interpretation pursuant to the preceding sentence) shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Option. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, or election.

 

2


4. EXERCISE OF THE OPTION.

4.1 Right to Exercise. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Option shall be exercisable on and after the Initial Vesting Date and prior to the termination of the Option (as provided in Section 6) in an amount not to exceed the number of vested shares less the number of shares previously acquired upon exercise of the Option, subject to the Company’s repurchase rights set forth in Section 11. In no event shall the Option be exercisable for more shares than the Number of Option Shares, as adjusted pursuant to Section 9.

4.2 Method of Exercise. Exercise of the Option shall be by means of electronic or written notice (the “Exercise Notice”) in a form authorized by the Company. An electronic Exercise Notice must be digitally signed or authenticated by the Participant in such manner as required by the notice and transmitted to the Company or an authorized representative of the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company). In the event that the Participant is not authorized or is unable to provide an electronic Exercise Notice, the Option shall be exercised by a written Exercise Notice addressed to the Company, which shall be signed by the Participant and delivered in person, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, by confirmed facsimile transmission, or by such other means as the Company may permit, to the Company, or an authorized representative of the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company). Each Exercise Notice, whether electronic or written, must state the Participant’s election to exercise the Option, the number of whole shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised and such other representations and agreements as to the Participant’s investment intent with respect to such shares as may be required pursuant to the provisions of this Option Agreement. Further, each Exercise Notice must be received by the Company prior to the termination of the Option as set forth in Section 6 and must be accompanied by full payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased. The Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such electronic or written Exercise Notice and the aggregate Exercise Price.

4.3 Payment of Exercise Price.

(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised shall be made (i) in cash, by check or in cash equivalent, (ii) if permitted by the Company, by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of whole shares of Stock owned by the Participant having a Fair Market Value not less than the aggregate Exercise Price, (iii) by means of a Cashless Exercise, as defined in Section 4.3(b), (iv) if permitted by the Company, by means of a Net-Exercise, or (v) by any combination of the foregoing.

 

3


(b) Limitations on Forms of Consideration.

(i) Tender of Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock to the extent such tender or attestation would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. If required by the Company, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Participant for more than six (6) months or such other period, if any, required by the Company (and not used for another option exercise by attestation during such period) or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

(ii) Cashless Exercise. A “Cashless Exercise” means the delivery of a properly executed notice of exercise together with irrevocable instructions to a broker in a form acceptable to the Company providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option pursuant to a program or procedure approved by the Company (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to establish, decline to approve, or terminate any such program or procedure, including with respect to the Participant notwithstanding that such program or procedures may be available to others.

4.4 Tax Withholding. At the time the Option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, the Participant hereby authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Participant, and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for (including by means of a Cashless Exercise to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax (including any social insurance tax) withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group, if any, which arise in connection with the Option. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock until the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group have been satisfied by the Participant.

4.5 Beneficial Ownership of Shares; Certificate Registration. The Participant hereby authorizes the Company, in its sole discretion, to deposit for the benefit of the Participant with any broker with which the Participant has an account relationship of which the Company has notice any or all shares acquired by the Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Option. Except as provided by the preceding sentence, a certificate for the shares as to which the Option is exercised shall be registered in the name of the Participant, or, if applicable, in the names of the heirs of the Participant.

4.6 Restrictions on Grant of the Option and Issuance of Shares. The grant of the Option and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities. The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, the Option may not be exercised unless (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel to

 

4


the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. THE PARTICIPANT IS CAUTIONED THAT THE OPTION MAY NOT BE EXERCISED UNLESS THE FOREGOING CONDITIONS ARE SATISFIED. ACCORDINGLY, THE PARTICIPANT MAY NOT BE ABLE TO EXERCISE THE OPTION WHEN DESIRED EVEN THOUGH THE OPTION IS VESTED. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares subject to the Option shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of the Option, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

4.7 Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise of the Option.

5. NONTRANSFERABILITY OF THE OPTION.

During the lifetime of the Participant, the Option shall be exercisable only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. The Option shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Following the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent provided in Section 7, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Participant’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

6. TERMINATION OF THE OPTION.

The Option shall terminate and may no longer be exercised after the first to occur of (a) the close of business on the Option Expiration Date, (b) the close of business on the last date for exercising the Option following termination of the Participant’s Service as described in Section 7, or (c) a Change in Control to the extent provided in Section 8.

7. EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE.

7.1 Option Exercisability. Upon the Participant’s termination of Service, (i) the right pursuant to the Option to purchase any shares of Stock that are not vested shares shall terminate immediately, and (ii) the right pursuant to the Option to purchase any vested shares shall be exercisable after such termination only during the applicable time period as determined below and thereafter shall terminate.

(a) Disability. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the Disability of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for vested shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant (or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

 

5


(b) Death. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for vested shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Participant’s death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Participant dies within three (3) months after the Participant’s termination of Service.

(c) Termination for Cause. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Option Agreement, if the Participant’s Service is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate in its entirety and cease to be exercisable immediately upon such termination of Service.

(d) Other Termination of Service. If the Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, except Disability, death or Cause, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for vested shares by the Participant on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant at any time prior to the expiration of ninety (90) days after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

7.2 Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing other than termination of Service for Cause, if the exercise of the Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7.1 is prevented by the provisions of Section 4.6, the Option shall remain exercisable until the later of (a) thirty (30) days after the date such exercise first would no longer be prevented by such provisions or (b) the end of the applicable time period under Section 7.1, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

8. EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL.

In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the “Acquiror”), may, without the consent of the Participant, assume or continue in full force and effect the Company’s rights and obligations under all or any portion of the Option or substitute for all or any portion of the Option a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiror’s stock. For purposes of this Section, the Option or any portion thereof shall be deemed assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Option confers the right to receive, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, for each share of Stock subject to such portion of the Option immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, other securities or property or a combination thereof) to which a holder of a share of Stock on the effective date of the Change in Control was entitled; provided, however, that if such consideration is not solely common stock of the Acquiror, the Board may, with the consent of the Acquiror, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option for each share of Stock to consist solely of common stock of the Acquiror equal in Fair Market Value to

 

6


the per share consideration received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control. If any portion of such consideration may be received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control on a contingent or delayed basis, the Board may, in its discretion, determine such Fair Market Value per share as of the time of the Change in Control on the basis of the Board’s good faith estimate of the present value of the probable future payment of such consideration. If the Option is neither assumed nor substituted for by the Acquiror in connection with the Change in Control, the Option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control to the extent that the Option is not exercised as of the date of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of the Option prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of this Option Agreement except as otherwise provided herein.

9. ADJUSTMENTS FOR CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE.

Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company and requirements of Sections 409A and 424 of the Code to the extent applicable, in the event of any change in the Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company in a form other than Stock (excepting normal cash dividends) that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number, Exercise Price and kind of shares subject to the Option, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the Participant’s rights under the Option. For purposes of the foregoing, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as “effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.” Any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and the Exercise Price shall be rounded up to the nearest whole cent. In no event may the Exercise Price be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Option. Such adjustments shall be determined by the Board, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

10. RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER, DIRECTOR, EMPLOYEE OR CONSULTANT.

The Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option until the date of the issuance of the shares for which the Option has been exercised (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date the shares are issued, except as provided in Section 9. If the Participant is an Employee, the Participant understands and acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided in a separate, written employment agreement between a Participating Company and the Participant, the Participant’s employment is “at will” and is for no specified term. Nothing in this Option Agreement shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the Service of a Participating Company or interfere in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to terminate the Participant’s Service as a Director, an Employee or Consultant, as the case may be, at any time.

 

7


11. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

11.1 Grant of Right of First Refusal. Except as provided in Section 11.7 and Section 16 below, in the event the Participant, the Participant’s legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon exercise of the Option proposes to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any vested shares (the “Transfer Shares”) to any person or entity, including, without limitation, any stockholder of a Participating Company, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Transfer Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 11 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

11.2 Notice of Proposed Transfer. Prior to any proposed transfer of the Transfer Shares, the Participant shall deliver written notice (the “Transfer Notice”) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Transfer Shares, the name and address of the proposed transferee (the “Proposed Transferee”) and, if the transfer is voluntary, the proposed transfer price, and containing such information necessary to show the bona fide nature of the proposed transfer. In the event of a bona fide gift or involuntary transfer, the proposed transfer price shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Transfer Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith. If the Participant proposes to transfer any Transfer Shares to more than one Proposed Transferee, the Participant shall provide a separate Transfer Notice for the proposed transfer to each Proposed Transferee. The Transfer Notice shall be signed by both the Participant and the Proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of the Participant and the Proposed Transferee for the transfer of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed Transferee subject only to the Right of First Refusal.

11.3 Bona Fide Transfer. If the Company determines that the information provided by the Participant in the Transfer Notice is insufficient to establish the bona fide nature of a proposed voluntary transfer, the Company shall give the Participant written notice of the Participant’s failure to comply with the procedure described in this Section 11, and the Participant shall have no right to transfer the Transfer Shares without first complying with the procedure described in this Section 11. The Participant shall not be permitted to transfer the Transfer Shares if the proposed transfer is not bona fide.

11.4 Exercise of Right of First Refusal. If the Company determines the proposed transfer to be bona fide, the Company shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Transfer Shares (except as the Company and the Participant otherwise agree) at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice by delivery to the Participant of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company. The Company’s exercise or failure to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in a Transfer Notice shall not affect the Company’s right to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in any other Transfer Notice, whether or not such other Transfer Notice is issued by the Participant or issued by a person other than the Participant with respect to a proposed transfer to the same Proposed Transferee. If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the Company and the Participant shall thereupon consummate the sale of the Transfer Shares to the Company on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within sixty (60) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company (unless a longer period is offered by the Proposed Transferee); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provides for the

 

8


payment for the Transfer Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Transfer Shares by the present value cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Participant to any Participating Company shall be treated as payment to the Participant in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled.

11.5 Failure to Exercise Right of First Refusal. If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal in full (or to such lesser extent as the Company and the Participant otherwise agree) within the period specified in Section 11.4 above, the Participant may conclude a transfer to the Proposed Transferee of the Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided such transfer occurs not later than ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice. The Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Participant and the Proposed Transferee (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the transfer of the Transfer Shares was actually carried out on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. No Transfer Shares shall be transferred on the books of the Company until the Company has received such assurances, if so demanded, and has approved the proposed transfer as bona fide. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Participant, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Participant with the procedure described in this Section 11.

11.6 Transferees of Transfer Shares. All transferees of the Transfer Shares or any interest therein, other than the Company, shall be required as a condition of such transfer to agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that such transferee shall receive and hold such Transfer Shares or interest therein subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, including this Section 11 providing for the Right of First Refusal with respect to any subsequent transfer. Any sale or transfer of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be void unless the provisions of this Section 11 are met.

11.7 Transfers Not Subject to Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall not apply to any transfer or exchange of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option if such transfer or exchange is in connection with an Ownership Change Event. If the consideration received pursuant to such transfer or exchange consists of stock of a Participating Company, such consideration shall remain subject to the Right of First Refusal unless the provisions of Section 11.9 below result in a termination of the Right of First Refusal.

11.8 Assignment of Right of First Refusal. The Company shall have the right to assign the Right of First Refusal at any time, whether or not there has been an attempted transfer, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

11.9 Early Termination of Right of First Refusal. The other provisions of this Option Agreement notwithstanding, the Right of First Refusal shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) the occurrence of a Change in Control, unless the Acquiror assumes the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitutes a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiror’s stock for the Option, or (b) the existence of a public market for the class of shares subject to the Right of First Refusal. A “public market” shall be deemed to exist if (i) such stock is listed on a national securities exchange (as that term is used in the Exchange Act) or (ii) such stock is traded on the over-the-counter market and prices therefor are published daily on business days in a recognized financial journal.

 

9


12. STOCK DISTRIBUTIONS SUBJECT TO OPTION AGREEMENT.

If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change, as described in Section 9, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Participant is entitled by reason of the Participant’s ownership of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be immediately subject to the Right of First Refusal with the same force and effect as the shares subject to the Right of First Refusal immediately before such event.

13. NOTICE OF SALES UPON DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION.

The Participant shall dispose of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option only in accordance with the provisions of this Option Agreement. In addition, if the Grant Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, the Participant shall (a) promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if the Participant disposes of any of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option within one (1) year after the date the Participant exercises all or part of the Option or within two (2) years after the Date of Grant and (b) provide the Company with a description of the circumstances of such disposition. Until such time as the Participant disposes of such shares in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Option Agreement, unless otherwise expressly authorized by the Company, the Participant shall hold all shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the Participant’s name (and not in the name of any nominee) for the one-year period immediately after the exercise of the Option and the two-year period immediately after Date of Grant. At any time during the one-year or two-year periods set forth above, the Company may place a legend on any certificate representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option requesting the transfer agent for the Company’s stock to notify the Company of any such transfers. The obligation of the Participant to notify the Company of any such transfer shall continue notwithstanding that a legend has been placed on the certificate pursuant to the preceding sentence.

14. LEGENDS.

The Company may at any time place legends referencing the Right of First Refusal and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The Participant shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the possession of the Participant in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

 

10


14.1 “THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR RULE 701 UNDER THE ACT, OR THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, STATING THAT SUCH SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT.

14.2 “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, INCLUDING A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.

14.3 “THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION TO THE REGISTERED HOLDER UPON EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 422 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (“ISO”). IN ORDER TO OBTAIN THE PREFERENTIAL TAX TREATMENT AFFORDED TO ISOs, THE SHARES SHOULD NOT BE TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO [INSERT DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION DATE HERE]. SHOULD THE REGISTERED HOLDER ELECT TO TRANSFER ANY OF THE SHARES PRIOR TO THIS DATE AND FOREGO ISO TAX TREATMENT, THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE SHARES SHALL NOTIFY THE CORPORATION IMMEDIATELY. THE REGISTERED HOLDER SHALL HOLD ALL SHARES PURCHASED UNDER THE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION IN THE REGISTERED HOLDER’S NAME (AND NOT IN THE NAME OF ANY NOMINEE) PRIOR TO THIS DATE OR UNTIL TRANSFERRED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE.”

15. LOCK-UP AGREEMENT.

The Participant hereby agrees that in the event of any underwritten public offering of stock, including an initial public offering of stock, made by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, the Participant shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of stock of the Company or any rights to acquire stock of the Company for such period of time from and after the effective date of such registration statement as may be established by the underwriter for such public offering; provided, however, that such period of time shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of the registration statement to be filed in connection with such public offering. The foregoing limitation shall not apply to shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act. The Participant hereby agrees to enter into any agreement reasonably required by the underwriters to implement the foregoing within a reasonable timeframe if so requested by the Company.

 

11


16. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

No shares acquired upon exercise of the Option may be sold, exchanged, transferred (including, without limitation, any transfer to a nominee or agent of the Participant), assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, including by operation of law in any manner which violates any of the provisions of this Option Agreement, and any such attempted disposition shall be void. The Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any shares which will have been transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Option Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such shares will have been so transferred.

17. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

17.1 Termination or Amendment. The Board may terminate or amend the Plan or the Option at any time; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 8 in connection with a Change in Control, no such termination or amendment may adversely affect the Option or any unexercised portion hereof without the consent of the Participant unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with any applicable law or government regulation, including, but not limited to Section 409A of the Code. No amendment or addition to this Option Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.

17.2 Compliance with Section 409A. The Company intends that income realized by the Participant pursuant to the Plan and this Option Agreement will not be subject to taxation under Section 409A of the Code. The provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be interpreted and construed in favor of satisfying any applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code. The Company, in its reasonable discretion, may amend (including retroactively) the Plan and this Agreement in order to conform to the applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code, including amendments to facilitate the Participant’s ability to avoid taxation under Section 409A of the Code. However, the preceding provisions shall not be construed as a guarantee by the Company of any particular tax result for income realized by the Participant pursuant to the Plan or this Option Agreement. In any event, and except for the responsibilities of the Company set forth in Section 4.4, no Participating Company shall be responsible for the payment of any applicable taxes on income realized by the Participant pursuant to the Plan or this Option Agreement.

17.3 Further Instruments. The parties hereto agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may reasonably be necessary to carry out the intent of this Option Agreement.

17.4 Binding Effect. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Option Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

17.5 Delivery of Documents and Notices. Any document relating to participation in the Plan, or any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Option Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery, electronic

 

12


delivery at the e-mail address, if any, provided for the Participant by the Participating Company, or, upon deposit in the U.S. Post Office or foreign postal service, by registered or certified mail, or with a nationally recognized overnight courier service with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address of such party set forth in the Grant Notice or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

(a) Description of Electronic Delivery. The Plan documents, which may include but do not necessarily include: the Plan, the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement, and any reports of the Company provided generally to the Company’s stockholders, may be delivered to the Participant electronically. In addition, if permitted by the Company, the Participant may deliver electronically the Grant Notice and Exercise Notice called for by Section 4.2 to the Company or to such third party involved in administering the Plan as the Company may designate from time to time. Such means of electronic delivery may include but do not necessarily include the delivery of a link to a Company intranet or the internet site of a third party involved in administering the Plan, the delivery of the document via e-mail or such other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company.

(b) Consent to Electronic Delivery. The Participant acknowledges that the Participant has read Section 17.5(a) of this Option Agreement and consents to the electronic delivery of the Plan documents and, if permitted by the Company, the delivery of the Grant Notice and Exercise Notice, as described in Section 17.5(a). The Participant acknowledges that he or she may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost to the Participant by contacting the Company by telephone or in writing. The Participant further acknowledges that the Participant will be provided with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. Similarly, the Participant understands that the Participant must provide the Company or any designated third party administrator with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. The Participant may revoke his or her consent to the electronic delivery of documents described in Section 17.5(a) or may change the electronic mail address to which such documents are to be delivered (if Participant has provided an electronic mail address) at any time by notifying the Company of such revoked consent or revised e-mail address by telephone, postal service or electronic mail. Finally, the Participant understands that he or she is not required to consent to electronic delivery of documents described in Section 17.5(a).

17.6 Integrated Agreement. The Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan, together with any employment, service or other agreement with the Participant and a Participating Company referring to the Option, shall constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to the subject matter contained herein or therein and supersede any prior agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to such subject matter. To the extent contemplated herein or therein, the provisions of the Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan shall survive any exercise of the Option and shall remain in full force and effect.

 

13


17.7 Applicable Law. This Option Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of California.

17.8 Counterparts. The Grant Notice may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

14


Exhibit 10.2 (2)

THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

SWEETGREEN, INC.

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

(Double-Trigger Acceleration)

Sweetgreen, Inc. has granted to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the “Grant Notice”) to which this Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) is attached an option (the “Option”) to purchase certain shares of Stock upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Grant Notice and this Option Agreement. The Option has been granted pursuant to and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions of the Sweetgreen, Inc. 2009 Stock Plan (the “Plan”), as amended to the Date of Grant, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. By signing the Grant Notice, the Participant: (a) acknowledges receipt of, and represents that the Participant has read and is familiar with the terms and conditions of, the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan, (b) accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan, and (c) agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement or the Plan.

1. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

1.1 Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Grant Notice or the Plan.

1.2 Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Option Agreement. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

2. TAX CONSEQUENCES.

2.1 Tax Status of Option. This Option is intended to have the tax status designated in the Grant Notice.

(a) Incentive Stock Option. If the Grant Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code, but the Company does not represent or warrant that this Option qualifies as such. The Participant should consult with the Participant’s own tax advisor regarding the tax effects of this

 


Option and the requirements necessary to obtain favorable income tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, holding period requirements. (NOTE TO PARTICIPANT: If the Company permits the exercise of the Option more than three (3) months after the date on which you cease to be an Employee (other than by reason of your death or permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), and the Option is so exercised, the Option will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option and not as an Incentive Stock Option to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code.)

(b) Nonstatutory Stock Option. If the Grant Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option and shall not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

2.2 ISO Fair Market Value Limitation. If the Grant Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, then to the extent that the Option (together with all Incentive Stock Options granted to the Participant under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) becomes exercisable for the first time during any calendar year for shares having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portion of such options which exceeds such amount will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section, options designated as Incentive Stock Options are taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock is determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If the Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section, the Participant may designate which portion of such Option the Participant is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Participant shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option. (NOTE TO PARTICIPANT: If the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option (that is, the Exercise Price multiplied by the Number of Option Shares) plus the aggregate exercise price of any other Incentive Stock Options you hold (whether granted pursuant to the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Participating Company Group) is greater than $100,000, you should contact the Chief Financial Officer of the Company to ascertain whether the entire Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option.)

3. ADMINISTRATION.

All questions of interpretation concerning the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement, the Plan or any other form of agreement or other document employed by the Company in the administration of the Plan or the Option shall be determined by the Board. All such determinations by the Board shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Option, unless fraudulent or made in bad faith. Any and all actions, decisions and determinations taken or made by the Board in the exercise of its discretion pursuant to the Plan or the Option or other agreement thereunder (other than determining questions of interpretation pursuant to the preceding sentence) shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Option. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, or election.

 

2


4. EXERCISE OF THE OPTION.

4.1 Right to Exercise. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Option shall be exercisable on and after the Initial Vesting Date and prior to the termination of the Option (as provided in Section 6) in an amount not to exceed the number of vested shares less the number of shares previously acquired upon exercise of the Option, subject to the Company’s repurchase rights set forth in Section 11. In no event shall the Option be exercisable for more shares than the Number of Option Shares, as adjusted pursuant to Section 9.

4.2 Method of Exercise. Exercise of the Option shall be by means of electronic or written notice (the “Exercise Notice”) in a form authorized by the Company. An electronic Exercise Notice must be digitally signed or authenticated by the Participant in such manner as required by the notice and transmitted to the Company or an authorized representative of the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company). In the event that the Participant is not authorized or is unable to provide an electronic Exercise Notice, the Option shall be exercised by a written Exercise Notice addressed to the Company, which shall be signed by the Participant and delivered in person, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, by confirmed facsimile transmission, or by such other means as the Company may permit, to the Company, or an authorized representative of the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company). Each Exercise Notice, whether electronic or written, must state the Participant’s election to exercise the Option, the number of whole shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised and such other representations and agreements as to the Participant’s investment intent with respect to such shares as may be required pursuant to the provisions of this Option Agreement. Further, each Exercise Notice must be received by the Company prior to the termination of the Option as set forth in Section 6 and must be accompanied by full payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased. The Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such electronic or written Exercise Notice and the aggregate Exercise Price.

4.3 Payment of Exercise Price.

(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised shall be made (i) in cash, by check or in cash equivalent, (ii) if permitted by the Company, by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of whole shares of Stock owned by the Participant having a Fair Market Value not less than the aggregate Exercise Price, (iii) by means of a Cashless Exercise, as defined in Section 4.3(b), (iv) if permitted by the Company, by means of a Net-Exercise, or (v) by any combination of the foregoing.

(b) Limitations on Forms of Consideration.

 

3


(i) Tender of Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock to the extent such tender or attestation would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. If required by the Company, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Participant for more than six (6) months or such other period, if any, required by the Company (and not used for another option exercise by attestation during such period) or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

(ii) Cashless Exercise. A “Cashless Exercise” means the delivery of a properly executed notice of exercise together with irrevocable instructions to a broker in a form acceptable to the Company providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option pursuant to a program or procedure approved by the Company (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to establish, decline to approve, or terminate any such program or procedure, including with respect to the Participant notwithstanding that such program or procedures may be available to others.

4.4 Tax Withholding. At the time the Option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, the Participant hereby authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Participant, and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for (including by means of a Cashless Exercise to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax (including any social insurance tax) withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group, if any, which arise in connection with the Option. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock until the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group have been satisfied by the Participant.

4.5 Beneficial Ownership of Shares; Certificate Registration. The Participant hereby authorizes the Company, in its sole discretion, to deposit for the benefit of the Participant with any broker with which the Participant has an account relationship of which the Company has notice any or all shares acquired by the Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Option. Except as provided by the preceding sentence, a certificate for the shares as to which the Option is exercised shall be registered in the name of the Participant, or, if applicable, in the names of the heirs of the Participant.

4.6 Restrictions on Grant of the Option and Issuance of Shares. The grant of the Option and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities. The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, the Option may not be exercised unless (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel to

 

4


the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. THE PARTICIPANT IS CAUTIONED THAT THE OPTION MAY NOT BE EXERCISED UNLESS THE FOREGOING CONDITIONS ARE SATISFIED. ACCORDINGLY, THE PARTICIPANT MAY NOT BE ABLE TO EXERCISE THE OPTION WHEN DESIRED EVEN THOUGH THE OPTION IS VESTED. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares subject to the Option shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of the Option, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

4.7 Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise of the Option.

5. NONTRANSFERABILITY OF THE OPTION.

During the lifetime of the Participant, the Option shall be exercisable only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. The Option shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Following the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent provided in Section 7, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Participant’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

6. TERMINATION OF THE OPTION.

The Option shall terminate and may no longer be exercised after the first to occur of (a) the close of business on the Option Expiration Date, (b) the close of business on the last date for exercising the Option following termination of the Participant’s Service as described in Section 7, or (c) a Change in Control to the extent provided in Section 8.

7. EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE.

7.1 Option Exercisability. Upon the Participant’s termination of Service, (i) the right pursuant to the Option to purchase any shares of Stock that are not vested shares shall terminate immediately, and (ii) the right pursuant to the Option to purchase any vested shares shall be exercisable after such termination only during the applicable time period as determined below and thereafter shall terminate.

(a) Disability. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the Disability of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for vested shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant (or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

 

5


(b) Death. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for vested shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Participant’s death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Participant dies within three (3) months after the Participant’s termination of Service.

(c) Termination After Change in Control. If the Participant’s Service terminates as a result of Termination After Change in Control (as defined below), then (i) 100% of the Option shares which were not otherwise vested shall become vested and exercisable in full immediately upon such termination and (ii) the Option may be exercised by the Participant (or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of ninety (90) days after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(d) Termination for Cause. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Option Agreement, if the Participant’s Service is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate in its entirety and cease to be exercisable immediately upon such termination of Service.

(e) Other Termination of Service. If the Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, except Disability, death, Termination After Change in Control or Cause, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for vested shares by the Participant on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant at any time prior to the expiration of ninety (90) days after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

7.2 Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing other than termination of Service for Cause, if the exercise of the Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7.1 is prevented by the provisions of Section 4.6, the Option shall remain exercisable until the later of (a) thirty (30) days after the date such exercise first would no longer be prevented by such provisions or (b) the end of the applicable time period under Section 7.1, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

7.3 Certain Definitions.

(a) “Termination After Change in Control” shall mean either of the following events occurring within twelve (12) months after a Change in Control.

(i) termination by the Participating Company Group of the Participant’s Service for any reason other than for Cause; or

 

6


(ii) the Participant’s resignation from Service for Good Reason (as defined below) within six (6) months following the initial occurrence of a condition constituting Good Reason, provided that the Participant has notified the Company in writing within thirty (30) days of the initial occurrence of a condition constituting Good Reason and the Company has failed to remedy such condition within thirty (30) days following such notice.

Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, Termination After Change in Control shall not include any termination of the Participant’s Service which (1) is for Cause; (2) is a result of the Participant’s death or disability; (3) is a result of the Participant’s voluntary termination of Service other than for Good Reason or (4) occurs prior to the effectiveness of a Change in Control.

(b) “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following without the Participant’s express written consent: (i) a material reduction in the Participant’s rate of base compensation (unless reductions comparable in amount and duration are concurrently made for all other employees of the Participating Company Group with responsibilities, organizational level and title comparable to the Participant’s); (ii) a material diminution of the Participant’s authority, duties or responsibilities in comparison the Participant’s authority, duties and responsibilities immediately prior to the Change in Control, or (iii) a relocation of the principal place of the Participant’s Service that increases the Participant’s one-way commute distance by more than thirty (30) miles.

8. EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL.

In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the “Acquiror”), may, without the consent of the Participant, assume or continue in full force and effect the Company’s rights and obligations under all or any portion of the Option or substitute for all or any portion of the Option a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiror’s stock. For purposes of this Section, the Option or any portion thereof shall be deemed assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Option confers the right to receive, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, for each share of Stock subject to such portion of the Option immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, other securities or property or a combination thereof) to which a holder of a share of Stock on the effective date of the Change in Control was entitled; provided, however, that if such consideration is not solely common stock of the Acquiror, the Board may, with the consent of the Acquiror, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option for each share of Stock to consist solely of common stock of the Acquiror equal in Fair Market Value to the per share consideration received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control. If any portion of such consideration may be received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control on a contingent or delayed basis, the Board may, in its discretion, determine such Fair Market Value per share as of the time of the Change in Control on the basis of the Board’s good faith estimate of the present value of the probable future payment of such consideration. If the Option is neither assumed nor substituted for by the Acquiror in connection with the Change in Control, the Participant shall be fully and immediately vested in 100% of the shares subject to this Option as of the date ten (10) days prior to the consummation of the Change in Control, so long as the Participant’s Service has not terminated prior to the effective date of the Change in

 

7


Control. Any exercise and vesting of the Option that was permissible solely by reason of this Section shall be conditioned upon the consummation of the Change in Control. Any Option or portion thereof which is not assumed or substituted for by the Acquiror in connection with the Change in Control and which is not exercised as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of the Option prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of this Option Agreement except as otherwise provided herein.

9. ADJUSTMENTS FOR CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE.

Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company and requirements of Sections 409A and 424 of the Code to the extent applicable, in the event of any change in the Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company in a form other than Stock (excepting normal cash dividends) that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number, Exercise Price and kind of shares subject to the Option, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the Participant’s rights under the Option. For purposes of the foregoing, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as “effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.” Any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and the Exercise Price shall be rounded up to the nearest whole cent. In no event may the Exercise Price be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Option. Such adjustments shall be determined by the Board, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

10. RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER, DIRECTOR, EMPLOYEE OR CONSULTANT.

The Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option until the date of the issuance of the shares for which the Option has been exercised (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date the shares are issued, except as provided in Section 9. If the Participant is an Employee, the Participant understands and acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided in a separate, written employment agreement between a Participating Company and the Participant, the Participant’s employment is “at will” and is for no specified term. Nothing in this Option Agreement shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the Service of a Participating Company or interfere in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to terminate the Participant’s Service as a Director, an Employee or Consultant, as the case may be, at any time.

 

8


11. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

11.1 Grant of Right of First Refusal. Except as provided in Section 11.7 and Section 16 below, in the event the Participant, the Participant’s legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon exercise of the Option proposes to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any vested shares (the “Transfer Shares”) to any person or entity, including, without limitation, any stockholder of a Participating Company, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Transfer Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 11 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

11.2 Notice of Proposed Transfer. Prior to any proposed transfer of the Transfer Shares, the Participant shall deliver written notice (the “Transfer Notice”) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Transfer Shares, the name and address of the proposed transferee (the “Proposed Transferee”) and, if the transfer is voluntary, the proposed transfer price, and containing such information necessary to show the bona fide nature of the proposed transfer. In the event of a bona fide gift or involuntary transfer, the proposed transfer price shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Transfer Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith. If the Participant proposes to transfer any Transfer Shares to more than one Proposed Transferee, the Participant shall provide a separate Transfer Notice for the proposed transfer to each Proposed Transferee. The Transfer Notice shall be signed by both the Participant and the Proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of the Participant and the Proposed Transferee for the transfer of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed Transferee subject only to the Right of First Refusal.

11.3 Bona Fide Transfer. If the Company determines that the information provided by the Participant in the Transfer Notice is insufficient to establish the bona fide nature of a proposed voluntary transfer, the Company shall give the Participant written notice of the Participant’s failure to comply with the procedure described in this Section 11, and the Participant shall have no right to transfer the Transfer Shares without first complying with the procedure described in this Section 11. The Participant shall not be permitted to transfer the Transfer Shares if the proposed transfer is not bona fide.

11.4 Exercise of Right of First Refusal. If the Company determines the proposed transfer to be bona fide, the Company shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Transfer Shares (except as the Company and the Participant otherwise agree) at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice by delivery to the Participant of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company. The Company’s exercise or failure to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in a Transfer Notice shall not affect the Company’s right to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in any other Transfer Notice, whether or not such other Transfer Notice is issued by the Participant or issued by a person other than the Participant with respect to a proposed transfer to the same Proposed Transferee. If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the Company and the Participant shall thereupon consummate the sale of the Transfer Shares to the Company on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within sixty (60) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company (unless a longer period is offered by the Proposed Transferee); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provides for the

 

9


payment for the Transfer Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Transfer Shares by the present value cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Participant to any Participating Company shall be treated as payment to the Participant in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled.

11.5 Failure to Exercise Right of First Refusal. If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal in full (or to such lesser extent as the Company and the Participant otherwise agree) within the period specified in Section 11.4 above, the Participant may conclude a transfer to the Proposed Transferee of the Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided such transfer occurs not later than ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice. The Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Participant and the Proposed Transferee (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the transfer of the Transfer Shares was actually carried out on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. No Transfer Shares shall be transferred on the books of the Company until the Company has received such assurances, if so demanded, and has approved the proposed transfer as bona fide. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Participant, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Participant with the procedure described in this Section 11.

11.6 Transferees of Transfer Shares. All transferees of the Transfer Shares or any interest therein, other than the Company, shall be required as a condition of such transfer to agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that such transferee shall receive and hold such Transfer Shares or interest therein subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, including this Section 11 providing for the Right of First Refusal with respect to any subsequent transfer. Any sale or transfer of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be void unless the provisions of this Section 11 are met.

11.7 Transfers Not Subject to Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall not apply to any transfer or exchange of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option if such transfer or exchange is in connection with an Ownership Change Event. If the consideration received pursuant to such transfer or exchange consists of stock of a Participating Company, such consideration shall remain subject to the Right of First Refusal unless the provisions of Section 11.9 below result in a termination of the Right of First Refusal.

11.8 Assignment of Right of First Refusal. The Company shall have the right to assign the Right of First Refusal at any time, whether or not there has been an attempted transfer, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

11.9 Early Termination of Right of First Refusal. The other provisions of this Option Agreement notwithstanding, the Right of First Refusal shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) the occurrence of a Change in Control, unless the Acquiror assumes the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitutes a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiror’s stock for the Option, or (b) the existence of a public market for the class of shares subject to the Right of First Refusal. A “public market” shall be deemed to exist if (i) such stock is listed on a national securities exchange (as that term is used in the Exchange Act) or (ii) such stock is traded on the over the counter market and prices therefor are published daily on business days in a recognized financial journal.

 

10


12. STOCK DISTRIBUTIONS SUBJECT TO OPTION AGREEMENT.

If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change, as described in Section 9, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Participant is entitled by reason of the Participant’s ownership of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be immediately subject to the Right of First Refusal with the same force and effect as the shares subject to the Right of First Refusal immediately before such event.

13. NOTICE OF SALES UPON DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION.

The Participant shall dispose of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option only in accordance with the provisions of this Option Agreement. In addition, if the Grant Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, the Participant shall (a) promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if the Participant disposes of any of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option within one (1) year after the date the Participant exercises all or part of the Option or within two (2) years after the Date of Grant and (b) provide the Company with a description of the circumstances of such disposition. Until such time as the Participant disposes of such shares in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Option Agreement, unless otherwise expressly authorized by the Company, the Participant shall hold all shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the Participant’s name (and not in the name of any nominee) for the one-year period immediately after the exercise of the Option and the two-year period immediately after Date of Grant. At any time during the one-year or two-year periods set forth above, the Company may place a legend on any certificate representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option requesting the transfer agent for the Company’s stock to notify the Company of any such transfers. The obligation of the Participant to notify the Company of any such transfer shall continue notwithstanding that a legend has been placed on the certificate pursuant to the preceding sentence.

14. LEGENDS.

The Company may at any time place legends referencing the Right of First Refusal and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The Participant shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the possession of the Participant in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

 

 

11


14.1 “THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR RULE 701 UNDER THE ACT (IF APPLICABLE), OR THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, STATING THAT SUCH SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT.”

14.2 “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, INCLUDING A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.”

14.3 “THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION TO THE REGISTERED HOLDER UPON EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 422 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (“ISO”). IN ORDER TO OBTAIN THE PREFERENTIAL TAX TREATMENT AFFORDED TO ISOs, THE SHARES SHOULD NOT BE TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO [INSERT DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION DATE HERE]. SHOULD THE REGISTERED HOLDER ELECT TO TRANSFER ANY OF THE SHARES PRIOR TO THIS DATE AND FOREGO ISO TAX TREATMENT, THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE SHARES SHALL NOTIFY THE CORPORATION IMMEDIATELY. THE REGISTERED HOLDER SHALL HOLD ALL SHARES PURCHASED UNDER THE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION IN THE REGISTERED HOLDER’S NAME (AND NOT IN THE NAME OF ANY NOMINEE) PRIOR TO THIS DATE OR UNTIL TRANSFERRED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE.”

15. LOCK-UP AGREEMENT.

The Participant hereby agrees that in the event of any underwritten public offering of stock, including an initial public offering of stock, made by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, the Participant shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of stock of the Company or any rights to acquire stock of the Company for such period of time from and after the effective date of such registration statement as may be established by the underwriter for such public offering; provided, however, that such period of time shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of the registration statement to be filed in connection with such public offering. The foregoing limitation shall not apply to shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act. The Participant hereby agrees to enter into any agreement reasonably required by the underwriters to implement the foregoing within a reasonable timeframe if so requested by the Company.

 

12


16. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

No shares acquired upon exercise of the Option may be sold, exchanged, transferred (including, without limitation, any transfer to a nominee or agent of the Participant), assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, including by operation of law in any manner which violates any of the provisions of this Option Agreement, and any such attempted disposition shall be void. The Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any shares which will have been transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Option Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such shares will have been so transferred.

17. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

17.1 Termination or Amendment. The Board may terminate or amend the Plan or the Option at any time; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 8 in connection with a Change in Control, no such termination or amendment may adversely affect the Option or any unexercised portion hereof without the consent of the Participant unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with any applicable law or government regulation, including, but not limited to Section 409A of the Code. No amendment or addition to this Option Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.

17.2 Compliance with Section 409A. The Company intends that income realized by the Participant pursuant to the Plan and this Option Agreement will not be subject to taxation under Section 409A of the Code. The provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be interpreted and construed in favor of satisfying any applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code. The Company, in its reasonable discretion, may amend (including retroactively) the Plan and this Agreement in order to conform to the applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code, including amendments to facilitate the Participant’s ability to avoid taxation under Section 409A of the Code. However, the preceding provisions shall not be construed as a guarantee by the Company of any particular tax result for income realized by the Participant pursuant to the Plan or this Option Agreement. In any event, and except for the responsibilities of the Company set forth in Section 4.4, no Participating Company shall be responsible for the payment of any applicable taxes on income realized by the Participant pursuant to the Plan or this Option Agreement.

17.3 Further Instruments. The parties hereto agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may reasonably be necessary to carry out the intent of this Option Agreement.

17.4 Binding Effect. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Option Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

17.5 Delivery of Documents and Notices. Any document relating to participation in the Plan, or any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Option Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery, electronic

 

13


delivery at the e-mail address, if any, provided for the Participant by the Participating Company, or, upon deposit in the U.S. Post Office or foreign postal service, by registered or certified mail, or with a nationally recognized overnight courier service with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address of such party set forth in the Grant Notice or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

(a) Description of Electronic Delivery. The Plan documents, which may include but do not necessarily include: the Plan, the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement, and any reports of the Company provided generally to the Company’s stockholders, may be delivered to the Participant electronically. In addition, if permitted by the Company, the Participant may deliver electronically the Grant Notice and Exercise Notice called for by Section 4.2 to the Company or to such third party involved in administering the Plan as the Company may designate from time to time. Such means of electronic delivery may include but do not necessarily include the delivery of a link to a Company intranet or the internet site of a third party involved in administering the Plan, the delivery of the document via e-mail or such other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company.

(b) Consent to Electronic Delivery. The Participant acknowledges that the Participant has read Section 17.5(a) of this Option Agreement and consents to the electronic delivery of the Plan documents and, if permitted by the Company, the delivery of the Grant Notice and Exercise Notice, as described in Section 17.5(a). The Participant acknowledges that he or she may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost to the Participant by contacting the Company by telephone or in writing. The Participant further acknowledges that the Participant will be provided with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. Similarly, the Participant understands that the Participant must provide the Company or any designated third party administrator with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. The Participant may revoke his or her consent to the electronic delivery of documents described in Section 17.5(a) or may change the electronic mail address to which such documents are to be delivered (if Participant has provided an electronic mail address) at any time by notifying the Company of such revoked consent or revised e-mail address by telephone, postal service or electronic mail. Finally, the Participant understands that he or she is not required to consent to electronic delivery of documents described in Section 17.5(a).

17.6 Integrated Agreement. The Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan, together with any employment, service or other agreement with the Participant and a Participating Company referring to the Option, shall constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to the subject matter contained herein or therein and supersede any prior agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to such subject matter. To the extent contemplated herein or therein, the provisions of the Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan shall survive any exercise of the Option and shall remain in full force and effect.

 

14


17.7 Applicable Law. This Option Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of California.

17.8 Counterparts. The Grant Notice may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

18. INVESTMENT REPRESENTATIONS.

By signing the Grant Notice and accepting this Option, the Participant represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

18.1 The Participant acknowledges that this Option, and any shares of Stock purchased pursuant to this Option (collectively, the “Securities”), are being held and/or purchased for investment in the Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act.

18.2 The Participant understands that the Securities are “restricted securities” under applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and that, pursuant to these laws, the Participant must hold the Securities indefinitely unless they are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and qualified by state authorities, or an exemption from such registration and qualification requirements is available. The Participant acknowledges that the Company has no obligation to register or qualify the Securities for resale and that if an exemption from registration or qualification is available, it may be conditioned on various requirements including, but not limited to, the time and manner of sale, the holding period for the Securities, and on requirements relating to the Company which are outside of the Participant’s control, and which the Company is under no obligation and may not be able to satisfy. The Participant understands that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Securities.

18.3 The Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities.

18.4 The Participant warrants and represents that he or she has either (i) preexisting personal or business relationships with the Company or any of its Officers, Directors or controlling persons, or (ii) the capacity to protect his or her own interests in connection with the acceptance of this Option and the purchase of the shares of Stock issuable upon exercise of this Option by virtue of the Participant’s business or financial expertise or of the Participant’s professional advisors, who are unaffiliated with and who are not compensated by the Company or any of its affiliates, directly or indirectly.

18.5 The Participant is sophisticated with respect to investments in securities of early stage growth companies and has adequate information concerning the business and financial condition of the Company and has independently, without reliance upon any representatives of the Company and based on such information as the Participant deemed appropriate, made his or her own analysis and decision to with respect to this Option and the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

15


18.6 The Participant is fully aware that, with respect to the Securities, the Company is relying upon the truth and accuracy of these representations, warranties, agreements and acknowledgments by the Participant and that the Company would not issue the Securities absent the ability to rely thereon.

 

16


Exhibit 10.2 (3)

THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

SWEETGREEN, INC.

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

(Single-Trigger Acceleration)

Sweetgreen, Inc. has granted to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the “Grant Notice”) to which this Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) is attached an option (the “Option”) to purchase certain shares of Stock upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Grant Notice and this Option Agreement. The Option has been granted pursuant to and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions of the Sweetgreen, Inc. 2009 Stock Plan (the “Plan”), as amended to the Date of Grant, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. By signing the Grant Notice, the Participant: (a) acknowledges receipt of, and represents that the Participant has read and is familiar with the terms and conditions of, the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan, (b) accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan, and (c) agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement or the Plan.

1. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

1.1 Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Grant Notice or the Plan.

1.2 Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Option Agreement. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

2. TAX CONSEQUENCES.

2.1 Tax Status of Option. This Option is intended to have the tax status designated in the Grant Notice.

(a) Incentive Stock Option. If the Grant Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code, but the Company does not represent or warrant that this Option qualifies as such. The Participant should consult with the Participant’s own tax advisor regarding the tax effects of this


Option and the requirements necessary to obtain favorable income tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, holding period requirements. (NOTE TO PARTICIPANT: If the Company permits the exercise of the Option more than three (3) months after the date on which you cease to be an Employee (other than by reason of your death or permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), and the Option is so exercised, the Option will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option and not as an Incentive Stock Option to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code.)

(b) Nonstatutory Stock Option. If the Grant Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option and shall not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

2.2 ISO Fair Market Value Limitation. If the Grant Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, then to the extent that the Option (together with all Incentive Stock Options granted to the Participant under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) becomes exercisable for the first time during any calendar year for shares having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portion of such options which exceeds such amount will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section, options designated as Incentive Stock Options are taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock is determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If the Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section, the Participant may designate which portion of such Option the Participant is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Participant shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option. (NOTE TO PARTICIPANT: If the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option (that is, the Exercise Price multiplied by the Number of Option Shares) plus the aggregate exercise price of any other Incentive Stock Options you hold (whether granted pursuant to the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Participating Company Group) is greater than $100,000, you should contact the Chief Financial Officer of the Company to ascertain whether the entire Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option.)

3. ADMINISTRATION.

All questions of interpretation concerning the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement, the Plan or any other form of agreement or other document employed by the Company in the administration of the Plan or the Option shall be determined by the Board. All such determinations by the Board shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Option, unless fraudulent or made in bad faith. Any and all actions, decisions and determinations taken or made by the Board in the exercise of its discretion pursuant to the Plan or the Option or other agreement thereunder (other than determining questions of interpretation pursuant to the preceding sentence) shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Option. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, or election.

 

2


4. EXERCISE OF THE OPTION.

4.1 Right to Exercise. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Option shall be exercisable on and after the Initial Vesting Date and prior to the termination of the Option (as provided in Section 6) in an amount not to exceed the number of Vested Shares less the number of shares previously acquired upon exercise of the Option, subject to the Company’s repurchase rights set forth in Section 11. In no event shall the Option be exercisable for more shares than the Number of Option Shares, as adjusted pursuant to Section 9.

4.2 Method of Exercise. Exercise of the Option shall be by means of electronic or written notice (the “Exercise Notice”) in a form authorized by the Company. An electronic Exercise Notice must be digitally signed or authenticated by the Participant in such manner as required by the notice and transmitted to the Company or an authorized representative of the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company). In the event that the Participant is not authorized or is unable to provide an electronic Exercise Notice, the Option shall be exercised by a written Exercise Notice addressed to the Company, which shall be signed by the Participant and delivered in person, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, by confirmed facsimile transmission, or by such other means as the Company may permit, to the Company, or an authorized representative of the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company). Each Exercise Notice, whether electronic or written, must state the Participant’s election to exercise the Option, the number of whole shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised and such other representations and agreements as to the Participant’s investment intent with respect to such shares as may be required pursuant to the provisions of this Option Agreement. Further, each Exercise Notice must be received by the Company prior to the termination of the Option as set forth in Section 6 and must be accompanied by full payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased. The Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such electronic or written Exercise Notice and the aggregate Exercise Price.

4.3 Payment of Exercise Price.

(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised shall be made (i) in cash, by check or in cash equivalent, (ii) if permitted by the Company, by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of whole shares of Stock owned by the Participant having a Fair Market Value not less than the aggregate Exercise Price, (iii) by means of a Cashless Exercise, as defined in Section 4.3(b), (iv) if permitted by the Company, by means of a Net-Exercise, or (v) by any combination of the foregoing.

(b) Limitations on Forms of Consideration.

 

3


(i) Tender of Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock to the extent such tender or attestation would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. If required by the Company, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Participant for more than six (6) months or such other period, if any, required by the Company (and not used for another option exercise by attestation during such period) or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

(ii) Cashless Exercise. A “Cashless Exercise” means the delivery of a properly executed notice of exercise together with irrevocable instructions to a broker in a form acceptable to the Company providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option pursuant to a program or procedure approved by the Company (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to establish, decline to approve, or terminate any such program or procedure, including with respect to the Participant notwithstanding that such program or procedures may be available to others.

4.4 Tax Withholding. At the time the Option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, the Participant hereby authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Participant, and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for (including by means of a Cashless Exercise to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax (including any social insurance tax) withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group, if any, which arise in connection with the Option. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock until the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group have been satisfied by the Participant.

4.5 Beneficial Ownership of Shares; Certificate Registration. The Participant hereby authorizes the Company, in its sole discretion, to deposit for the benefit of the Participant with any broker with which the Participant has an account relationship of which the Company has notice any or all shares acquired by the Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Option. Except as provided by the preceding sentence, a certificate for the shares as to which the Option is exercised shall be registered in the name of the Participant, or, if applicable, in the names of the heirs of the Participant.

4.6 Restrictions on Grant of the Option and Issuance of Shares. The grant of the Option and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities. The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, the Option may not be exercised unless (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel to

 

4


the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. THE PARTICIPANT IS CAUTIONED THAT THE OPTION MAY NOT BE EXERCISED UNLESS THE FOREGOING CONDITIONS ARE SATISFIED. ACCORDINGLY, THE PARTICIPANT MAY NOT BE ABLE TO EXERCISE THE OPTION WHEN DESIRED EVEN THOUGH THE OPTION IS VESTED. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares subject to the Option shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of the Option, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

4.7 Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise of the Option.

5. NONTRANSFERABILITY OF THE OPTION.

During the lifetime of the Participant, the Option shall be exercisable only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. The Option shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Following the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent provided in Section 7, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Participant’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

6. TERMINATION OF THE OPTION.

The Option shall terminate and may no longer be exercised after the first to occur of (a) the close of business on the Option Expiration Date, (b) the close of business on the last date for exercising the Option following termination of the Participant’s Service as described in Section 7, or (c) a Change in Control to the extent provided in Section 8.

7. EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE.

7.1 Option Exercisability. Upon the Participant’s termination of Service, (i) the right pursuant to the Option to purchase any shares of Stock that are not Vested Shares shall terminate immediately, and (ii) the right pursuant to the Option to purchase any Vested Shares shall be exercisable after such termination only during the applicable time period as determined below and thereafter shall terminate.

(a) Disability. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the Disability of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for Vested Shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant (or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

 

5


(b) Death. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for Vested Shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Participant’s death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Participant dies within three (3) months after the Participant’s termination of Service.

(c) Termination for Cause. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Option Agreement, if the Participant’s Service is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate in its entirety and cease to be exercisable immediately upon such termination of Service.

(d) Other Termination of Service. If the Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, except Disability, death, or Cause, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for Vested Shares by the Participant on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant at any time prior to the expiration of ninety (90) days after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

7.2 Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing other than termination of Service for Cause, if the exercise of the Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7.1 is prevented by the provisions of Section 4.6, the Option shall remain exercisable until the later of (a) thirty (30) days after the date such exercise first would no longer be prevented by such provisions or (b) the end of the applicable time period under Section 7.1, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

8. EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL.

In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the Acquiror), may, without the consent of the Participant, assume or continue in full force and effect the Company’s rights and obligations under all or any portion of the Option or substitute for all or any portion of the Option a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiror’s stock. For purposes of this Section, the Option or any portion thereof shall be deemed assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Option confers the right to receive, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, for each share of Stock subject to such portion of the Option immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, other securities or property or a combination thereof) to which a holder of a share of Stock on the effective date of the Change in Control was entitled; provided, however, that if such consideration is not solely common stock of the Acquiror, the Board may, with the consent of the Acquiror, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option for each share of Stock to consist solely of common stock of the Acquiror equal in Fair Market Value to

 

6


the per share consideration received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control. If any portion of such consideration may be received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control on a contingent or delayed basis, the Board may, in its discretion, determine such Fair Market Value per share as of the time of the Change in Control on the basis of the Board’s good faith estimate of the present value of the probable future payment of such consideration. Without regard to whether the Acquiror assumes or substitutes for this Option in connection with a Change in Control, the Participant shall be fully and immediately vested in one hundred percent (100%) of the shares subject to this Option as of the date ten (10) days prior to the consummation of the Change in Control, so long as the Participant’s Service has not terminated prior to the effective date of the Change in Control. Any exercise and vesting of the Option that was permissible solely by reason of this Section shall be conditioned upon the consummation of the Change in Control. Any Option or portion thereof which is not assumed or continued by the Acquiror in connection with the Change in Control and which is not exercised as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of the Option prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of this Option Agreement except as otherwise provided herein.

9. ADJUSTMENTS FOR CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE.

Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company and requirements of Sections 409A and 424 of the Code to the extent applicable, in the event of any change in the Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company in a form other than Stock (excepting normal cash dividends) that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number, Exercise Price and kind of shares subject to the Option, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the Participant’s rights under the Option. For purposes of the foregoing, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as “effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.” Any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and the Exercise Price shall be rounded up to the nearest whole cent. In no event may the Exercise Price be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Option. Such adjustments shall be determined by the Board, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

10. RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER, DIRECTOR, EMPLOYEE OR CONSULTANT.

The Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option until the date of the issuance of the shares for which the Option has been exercised (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date the shares are issued, except as provided in Section 9. If the Participant is an Employee, the Participant understands and acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided in a separate, written employment agreement between a Participating Company and the Participant, the Participant’s employment is “at will” and is for no specified term. Nothing in this Option Agreement shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the Service of a Participating Company or interfere in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to terminate the Participant’s Service as a Director, an Employee or Consultant, as the case may be, at any time.

 

7


11. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

11.1 Grant of Right of First Refusal. Except as provided in Section 11.7 and Section 16 below, in the event the Participant, the Participant’s legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon exercise of the Option proposes to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any Vested Shares (the “Transfer Shares”) to any person or entity, including, without limitation, any stockholder of a Participating Company, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Transfer Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 11 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

11.2 Notice of Proposed Transfer. Prior to any proposed transfer of the Transfer Shares, the Participant shall deliver written notice (the “Transfer Notice”) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Transfer Shares, the name and address of the proposed transferee (the “Proposed Transferee”) and, if the transfer is voluntary, the proposed transfer price, and containing such information necessary to show the bona fide nature of the proposed transfer. In the event of a bona fide gift or involuntary transfer, the proposed transfer price shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Transfer Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith. If the Participant proposes to transfer any Transfer Shares to more than one Proposed Transferee, the Participant shall provide a separate Transfer Notice for the proposed transfer to each Proposed Transferee. The Transfer Notice shall be signed by both the Participant and the Proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of the Participant and the Proposed Transferee for the transfer of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed Transferee subject only to the Right of First Refusal.

11.3 Bona Fide Transfer. If the Company determines that the information provided by the Participant in the Transfer Notice is insufficient to establish the bona fide nature of a proposed voluntary transfer, the Company shall give the Participant written notice of the Participant’s failure to comply with the procedure described in this Section 11, and the Participant shall have no right to transfer the Transfer Shares without first complying with the procedure described in this Section 11. The Participant shall not be permitted to transfer the Transfer Shares if the proposed transfer is not bona fide.

 

 

8


11.4 Exercise of Right of First Refusal. If the Company determines the proposed transfer to be bona fide, the Company shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Transfer Shares (except as the Company and the Participant otherwise agree) at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice by delivery to the Participant of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company. The Company’s exercise or failure to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in a Transfer Notice shall not affect the Company’s right to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in any other Transfer Notice, whether or not such other Transfer Notice is issued by the Participant or issued by a person other than the Participant with respect to a proposed transfer to the same Proposed Transferee. If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the Company and the Participant shall thereupon consummate the sale of the Transfer Shares to the Company on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within sixty (60) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company (unless a longer period is offered by the Proposed Transferee); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provides for the payment for the Transfer Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Transfer Shares by the present value cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Participant to any Participating Company shall be treated as payment to the Participant in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled.

11.5 Failure to Exercise Right of First Refusal. If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal in full (or to such lesser extent as the Company and the Participant otherwise agree) within the period specified in Section 11.4 above, the Participant may conclude a transfer to the Proposed Transferee of the Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided such transfer occurs not later than ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice. The Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Participant and the Proposed Transferee (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the transfer of the Transfer Shares was actually carried out on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. No Transfer Shares shall be transferred on the books of the Company until the Company has received such assurances, if so demanded, and has approved the proposed transfer as bona fide. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Participant, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Participant with the procedure described in this Section 11.

11.6 Transferees of Transfer Shares. All transferees of the Transfer Shares or any interest therein, other than the Company, shall be required as a condition of such transfer to agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that such transferee shall receive and hold such Transfer Shares or interest therein subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, including this Section 11 providing for the Right of First Refusal with respect to any subsequent transfer. Any sale or transfer of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be void unless the provisions of this Section 11 are met.

11.7 Transfers Not Subject to Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall not apply to any transfer or exchange of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option if such transfer or exchange is in connection with an Ownership Change Event. If the consideration received pursuant to such transfer or exchange consists of stock of a Participating Company, such consideration shall remain subject to the Right of First Refusal unless the provisions of Section 11.9 below result in a termination of the Right of First Refusal.

 

9


11.8 Assignment of Right of First Refusal. The Company shall have the right to assign the Right of First Refusal at any time, whether or not there has been an attempted transfer, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

11.9 Early Termination of Right of First Refusal. The other provisions of this Option Agreement notwithstanding, the Right of First Refusal shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) the occurrence of a Change in Control, unless the Acquiror assumes the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitutes a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiror’s stock for the Option, or (b) the existence of a public market for the class of shares subject to the Right of First Refusal. A “public market” shall be deemed to exist if (i) such stock is listed on a national securities exchange (as that term is used in the Exchange Act) or (ii) such stock is traded on the over the counter market and prices therefor are published daily on business days in a recognized financial journal.

12. STOCK DISTRIBUTIONS SUBJECT TO OPTION AGREEMENT.

If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change, as described in Section 9, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Participant is entitled by reason of the Participant’s ownership of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be immediately subject to the Right of First Refusal with the same force and effect as the shares subject to the Right of First Refusal immediately before such event.

13. NOTICE OF SALES UPON DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION.

The Participant shall dispose of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option only in accordance with the provisions of this Option Agreement. In addition, if the Grant Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, the Participant shall (a) promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if the Participant disposes of any of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option within one (1) year after the date the Participant exercises all or part of the Option or within two (2) years after the Date of Grant and (b) provide the Company with a description of the circumstances of such disposition. Until such time as the Participant disposes of such shares in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Option Agreement, unless otherwise expressly authorized by the Company, the Participant shall hold all shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the Participant’s name (and not in the name of any nominee) for the one-year period immediately after the exercise of the Option and the two-year period immediately after Date of Grant. At any time during the one-year or two-year periods set forth above, the Company may place a legend on any certificate representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option requesting the transfer agent for the Company’s stock to notify the Company of any such transfers. The obligation of the Participant to notify the Company of any such transfer shall continue notwithstanding that a legend has been placed on the certificate pursuant to the preceding sentence.

 

 

10


14. LEGENDS.

The Company may at any time place legends referencing the Right of First Refusal and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The Participant shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the possession of the Participant in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

14.1 “THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR RULE 701 UNDER THE ACT, OR THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, STATING THAT SUCH SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT.”

14.2 “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, INCLUDING A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.”

14.3 “THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION TO THE REGISTERED HOLDER UPON EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 422 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (“ISO”). IN ORDER TO OBTAIN THE PREFERENTIAL TAX TREATMENT AFFORDED TO ISOs, THE SHARES SHOULD NOT BE TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO [INSERT DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION DATE HERE]. SHOULD THE REGISTERED HOLDER ELECT TO TRANSFER ANY OF THE SHARES PRIOR TO THIS DATE AND FOREGO ISO TAX TREATMENT, THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE SHARES SHALL NOTIFY THE CORPORATION IMMEDIATELY. THE REGISTERED HOLDER SHALL HOLD ALL SHARES PURCHASED UNDER THE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION IN THE REGISTERED HOLDER’S NAME (AND NOT IN THE NAME OF ANY NOMINEE) PRIOR TO THIS DATE OR UNTIL TRANSFERRED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE.

 

 

11


15. LOCK-UP AGREEMENT.

The Participant hereby agrees that in the event of any underwritten public offering of stock, including an initial public offering of stock, made by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, the Participant shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of stock of the Company or any rights to acquire stock of the Company for such period of time from and after the effective date of such registration statement as may be established by the underwriter for such public offering; provided, however, that such period of time shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of the registration statement to be filed in connection with such public offering. The foregoing limitation shall not apply to shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act. The Participant hereby agrees to enter into any agreement reasonably required by the underwriters to implement the foregoing within a reasonable timeframe if so requested by the Company.

16. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

No shares acquired upon exercise of the Option may be sold, exchanged, transferred (including, without limitation, any transfer to a nominee or agent of the Participant), assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, including by operation of law in any manner which violates any of the provisions of this Option Agreement, and any such attempted disposition shall be void. The Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any shares which will have been transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Option Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such shares will have been so transferred.

17. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

17.1 Termination or Amendment. The Board may terminate or amend the Plan or the Option at any time; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 8 in connection with a Change in Control, no such termination or amendment may adversely affect the Option or any unexercised portion hereof without the consent of the Participant unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with any applicable law or government regulation, including, but not limited to Section 409A of the Code. No amendment or addition to this Option Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.

17.2 Compliance with Section 409A. The Company intends that income realized by the Participant pursuant to the Plan and this Option Agreement will not be subject to taxation under Section 409A of the Code. The provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be interpreted and construed in favor of satisfying any applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code. The Company, in its reasonable discretion, may amend (including retroactively) the Plan and this Agreement in order to conform to the applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code, including amendments to facilitate the Participant’s ability to avoid taxation under Section 409A of the Code. However, the preceding provisions shall not be construed as a guarantee by the Company of any particular tax result for income realized by the Participant pursuant to the Plan or this Option Agreement. In any event, and except for the responsibilities of the Company set forth in Section 4.4, no Participating Company shall be responsible for the payment of any applicable taxes on income realized by the Participant pursuant to the Plan or this Option Agreement.

 

12


17.3 Further Instruments. The parties hereto agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may reasonably be necessary to carry out the intent of this Option Agreement.

17.4 Binding Effect. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Option Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

17.5 Delivery of Documents and Notices. Any document relating to participation in the Plan, or any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Option Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery, electronic delivery at the e-mail address, if any, provided for the Participant by the Participating Company, or, upon deposit in the U.S. Post Office or foreign postal service, by registered or certified mail, or with a nationally recognized overnight courier service with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address of such party set forth in the Grant Notice or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

(a) Description of Electronic Delivery. The Plan documents, which may include but do not necessarily include: the Plan, the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement, and any reports of the Company provided generally to the Company’s stockholders, may be delivered to the Participant electronically. In addition, if permitted by the Company, the Participant may deliver electronically the Grant Notice and Exercise Notice called for by Section 4.2 to the Company or to such third party involved in administering the Plan as the Company may designate from time to time. Such means of electronic delivery may include but do not necessarily include the delivery of a link to a Company intranet or the internet site of a third party involved in administering the Plan, the delivery of the document via e-mail or such other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company.

(b) Consent to Electronic Delivery. The Participant acknowledges that the Participant has read Section 17.5(a) of this Option Agreement and consents to the electronic delivery of the Plan documents and, if permitted by the Company, the delivery of the Grant Notice and Exercise Notice, as described in Section 17.5(a). The Participant acknowledges that he or she may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost to the Participant by contacting the Company by telephone or in writing. The Participant further acknowledges that the Participant will be provided with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. Similarly, the Participant understands that the Participant must provide the Company or any designated third party administrator with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. The Participant may revoke his or her consent to the electronic delivery of documents described in Section 17.5(a) or may change the electronic mail address to which such documents are to be delivered (if Participant has provided an electronic mail address) at any time by notifying the Company of such revoked consent or revised e-mail address by telephone, postal service or electronic mail. Finally, the Participant understands that he or she is not required to consent to electronic delivery of documents described in Section 17.5(a).

 

 

13


17.6 Integrated Agreement. The Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan, together with any employment, service or other agreement with the Participant and a Participating Company referring to the Option, shall constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to the subject matter contained herein or therein and supersede any prior agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to such subject matter. To the extent contemplated herein or therein, the provisions of the Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan shall survive any exercise of the Option and shall remain in full force and effect.

17.7 Applicable Law. This Option Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of California.

17.8 Counterparts. The Grant Notice may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

14


Exhibit 10.2 (4)

THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

SWEETGREEN, INC.

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Sweetgreen, Inc. has granted to the Participant named in the Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the “Grant Notice”) to which this Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) is attached an option (the “Option”) to purchase certain shares of Stock upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Grant Notice and this Option Agreement. The Option has been granted pursuant to and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions of the Sweetgreen, Inc. 2009 Stock Plan (the “Plan”), as amended to the Date of Grant, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. By signing the Grant Notice, the Participant: (a) acknowledges receipt of, and represents that the Participant has read and is familiar with the terms and conditions of, the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan, (b) accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan, and (c) agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement or the Plan.

 

  1.

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

1.1 Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Grant Notice or the Plan.

1.2 Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Option Agreement. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

  2.

TAX CONSEQUENCES.

2.1 Tax Status of Option. This Option is intended to have the tax status designated in the Grant Notice.

(a) Incentive Stock Option. If the Grant Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code, but the Company does not represent or warrant that this Option qualifies as such. The Participant should consult with the Participant’s own tax advisor regarding the tax effects of this Option and the requirements necessary to obtain favorable income tax treatment under


Section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, holding period requirements. (NOTE TO PARTICIPANT: If the Company permits the exercise of the Option more than three (3) months after the date on which you cease to be an Employee (other than by reason of your death or permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), and the Option is so exercised, the Option will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option and not as an Incentive Stock Option to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code.)

(b) Nonstatutory Stock Option. If the Grant Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option and shall not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

2.2 ISO Fair Market Value Limitation. If the Grant Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, then to the extent that the Option (together with all Incentive Stock Options granted to the Participant under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) becomes exercisable for the first time during any calendar year for shares having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portion of such options which exceeds such amount will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section, options designated as Incentive Stock Options are taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock is determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If the Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section, the Participant may designate which portion of such Option the Participant is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Participant shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option. (NOTE TO PARTICIPANT: If the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option (that is, the Exercise Price multiplied by the Number of Option Shares) plus the aggregate exercise price of any other Incentive Stock Options you hold (whether granted pursuant to the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Participating Company Group) is greater than $100,000, you should contact the Chief Financial Officer of the Company to ascertain whether the entire Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option.)

 

  3.

ADMINISTRATION.

All questions of interpretation concerning the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement, the Plan or any other form of agreement or other document employed by the Company in the administration of the Plan or the Option shall be determined by the Board. All such determinations by the Board shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Option, unless fraudulent or made in bad faith. Any and all actions, decisions and determinations taken or made by the Board in the exercise of its discretion pursuant to the Plan or the Option or other agreement thereunder (other than determining questions of interpretation pursuant to the preceding sentence) shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons having an interest in the Option. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, or election.

 

2


  4.

EXERCISE OF THE OPTION.

4.1 Right to Exercise. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Option shall be exercisable on and after the Initial Vesting Date and prior to the termination of the Option (as provided in Section 6) in an amount not to exceed the number of vested shares less the number of shares previously acquired upon exercise of the Option, subject to the Company’s repurchase rights set forth in Section 11. In no event shall the Option be exercisable for more shares than the Number of Option Shares, as adjusted pursuant to Section 9.

4.2 Method of Exercise. Exercise of the Option shall be by means of electronic or written notice (the “Exercise Notice”) in a form authorized by the Company. An electronic Exercise Notice must be digitally signed or authenticated by the Participant in such manner as required by the notice and transmitted to the Company or an authorized representative of the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company). In the event that the Participant is not authorized or is unable to provide an electronic Exercise Notice, the Option shall be exercised by a written Exercise Notice addressed to the Company, which shall be signed by the Participant and delivered in person, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, by confirmed facsimile transmission, or by such other means as the Company may permit, to the Company, or an authorized representative of the Company (including a third-party administrator designated by the Company). Each Exercise Notice, whether electronic or written, must state the Participant’s election to exercise the Option, the number of whole shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised and such other representations and agreements as to the Participant’s investment intent with respect to such shares as may be required pursuant to the provisions of this Option Agreement. Further, each Exercise Notice must be received by the Company prior to the termination of the Option as set forth in Section 6 and must be accompanied by full payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased. The Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such electronic or written Exercise Notice and the aggregate Exercise Price.

4.3 Exercise Prior to Vesting (“Early Exercise”) If permitted in the Participant’s Grant Notice (i.e., the “Exercise Schedule” indicates “Early Exercise Permitted”) and subject to the provisions of the Option, the Participant may elect at any time that is both (i) during the period of the Participant’s Service and (ii) during the term of the Option, to exercise all or part of the Option, including the unvested portion of the Option; provided, however, that:

(a) a partial exercise of the Option will be deemed to cover first vested Stock and then the earliest vesting installment of unvested Stock;

(b) any Stock so purchased from installments that have not vested as of the date of exercise will be subject to the purchase option in favor of the Company as described in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 (and the forms related thereto, attached as Exhibits A-2, A-3 and A-4, respectively, the “Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement”); and

 

3


(c) the Participant will enter into the Company’s form of Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement with a vesting schedule that will result in the same vesting as if no early exercise had occurred.

4.4 Payment of Exercise Price.

(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised shall be made (i) in cash, by check or in cash equivalent, (ii) if permitted by the Company, by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of whole shares of Stock owned by the Participant having a Fair Market Value not less than the aggregate Exercise Price, (iii) by means of a Cashless Exercise, as defined in Section 4.4(b), (iv) if permitted by the Company, by means of a Net-Exercise, (v) in exchange for a Secured Promissory Note, in the Company’s form attached hereto as Exhibit B or (v) by any combination of the foregoing.

(b) Limitations on Forms of Consideration.

(i) Tender of Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock to the extent such tender or attestation would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. If required by the Company, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Participant for more than six (6) months or such other period, if any, required by the Company (and not used for another option exercise by attestation during such period) or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

(ii) Cashless Exercise. A “Cashless Exercise” means the delivery of a properly executed notice of exercise together with irrevocable instructions to a broker in a form acceptable to the Company providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option pursuant to a program or procedure approved by the Company (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to establish, decline to approve, or terminate any such program or procedure, including with respect to the Participant notwithstanding that such program or procedures may be available to others.

4.5 Tax Withholding. At the time the Option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, the Participant hereby authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Participant, and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for (including by means of a Cashless Exercise to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax (including any social insurance tax) withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group, if any, which arise in connection with the Option. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock until the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group have been satisfied by the Participant.

 

4


4.6 Beneficial Ownership of Shares; Certificate Registration. The Participant hereby authorizes the Company, in its sole discretion, to deposit for the benefit of the Participant with any broker with which the Participant has an account relationship of which the Company has notice any or all shares acquired by the Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Option. Except as provided by the preceding sentence, a certificate for the shares as to which the Option is exercised shall be registered in the name of the Participant, or, if applicable, in the names of the heirs of the Participant.

4.7 Restrictions on Grant of the Option and Issuance of Shares. The grant of the Option and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities. The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, the Option may not be exercised unless (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. THE PARTICIPANT IS CAUTIONED THAT THE OPTION MAY NOT BE EXERCISED UNLESS THE FOREGOING CONDITIONS ARE SATISFIED. ACCORDINGLY, THE PARTICIPANT MAY NOT BE ABLE TO EXERCISE THE OPTION WHEN DESIRED EVEN THOUGH THE OPTION IS VESTED. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares subject to the Option shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of the Option, the Company may require the Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

4.8 Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise of the Option.

 

  5.

NONTRANSFERABILITY OF THE OPTION.

During the lifetime of the Participant, the Option shall be exercisable only by the Participant or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. The Option shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary, except transfer by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Following the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent provided in Section 7, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Participant’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

5


  6.

TERMINATION OF THE OPTION.

The Option shall terminate and may no longer be exercised after the first to occur of (a) the close of business on the Option Expiration Date, (b) the close of business on the last date for exercising the Option following termination of the Participant’s Service as described in Section 7, or (c) a Change in Control to the extent provided in Section 8.

 

  7.

EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE.

7.1 Option Exercisability. Upon the Participant’s termination of Service, (i) the right pursuant to the Option to purchase any shares of Stock that are not vested shares shall terminate immediately, and (ii) the right pursuant to the Option to purchase any vested shares shall be exercisable after such termination only during the applicable time period as determined below and thereafter shall terminate.

(a) Disability. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the Disability of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for vested shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant (or the Participant’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(b) Death. If the Participant’s Service terminates because of the death of the Participant, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for vested shares on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Participant’s death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Participant’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Participant dies within three (3) months after the Participant’s termination of Service.

(c) Termination for Cause. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Option Agreement, if the Participant’s Service is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate in its entirety and cease to be exercisable immediately upon such termination of Service.

(d) Other Termination of Service. If the Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, except Disability, death or Cause, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable for vested shares by the Participant on the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Participant at any time prior to the expiration of ninety (90) days after the date on which the Participant’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

7.2 Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing other than termination of Service for Cause, if the exercise of the Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7.1 is prevented by the provisions of Section 4.7, the Option shall remain exercisable until the later of (a) thirty (30) days after the date such exercise first would no longer be prevented by such provisions or (b) the end of the applicable time period under Section 7.1, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

 

6


  8.

EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL.

In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the “Acquiror”), may, without the consent of the Participant, assume or continue in full force and effect the Company’s rights and obligations under all or any portion of the Option or substitute for all or any portion of the Option a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiror’s stock. For purposes of this Section, the Option or any portion thereof shall be deemed assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Option confers the right to receive, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, for each share of Stock subject to such portion of the Option immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, other securities or property or a combination thereof) to which a holder of a share of Stock on the effective date of the Change in Control was entitled; provided, however, that if such consideration is not solely common stock of the Acquiror, the Board may, with the consent of the Acquiror, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option for each share of Stock to consist solely of common stock of the Acquiror equal in Fair Market Value to the per share consideration received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control. If any portion of such consideration may be received by holders of Stock pursuant to the Change in Control on a contingent or delayed basis, the Board may, in its discretion, determine such Fair Market Value per share as of the time of the Change in Control on the basis of the Board’s good faith estimate of the present value of the probable future payment of such consideration. If the Option is neither assumed nor substituted for by the Acquiror in connection with the Change in Control, the Option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the time of consummation of the Change in Control to the extent that the Option is not exercised as of the date of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of the Option prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of this Option Agreement except as otherwise provided herein.

 

  9.

ADJUSTMENTS FOR CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE.

Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company and requirements of Sections 409A and 424 of the Code to the extent applicable, in the event of any change in the Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, or in the event of payment of a dividend or distribution to the stockholders of the Company in a form other than Stock (excepting normal cash dividends) that has a material effect on the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock, appropriate and proportionate adjustments shall be made in the number, Exercise Price and kind of shares subject to the Option, in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the Participant’s rights under the Option. For purposes of the foregoing, conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as “effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.” Any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and the Exercise Price shall be rounded up to the nearest whole cent. In no event may the Exercise Price be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Option. Such adjustments shall be determined by the Board, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

7


  10.

RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER, DIRECTOR, EMPLOYEE OR CONSULTANT.

The Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option until the date of the issuance of the shares for which the Option has been exercised (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date the shares are issued, except as provided in Section 9. If the Participant is an Employee, the Participant understands and acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided in a separate, written employment agreement between a Participating Company and the Participant, the Participant’s employment is “at will” and is for no specified term. Nothing in this Option Agreement shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the Service of a Participating Company or interfere in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to terminate the Participant’s Service as a Director, an Employee or Consultant, as the case may be, at any time.

 

  11.

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

11.1 Grant of Right of First Refusal. Except as provided in Section 11.7 and Section 16 below, in the event the Participant, the Participant’s legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon exercise of the Option proposes to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any vested shares (the “Transfer Shares”) to any person or entity, including, without limitation, any stockholder of a Participating Company, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Transfer Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 11 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

11.2 Notice of Proposed Transfer. Prior to any proposed transfer of the Transfer Shares, the Participant shall deliver written notice (the “Transfer Notice”) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Transfer Shares, the name and address of the proposed transferee (the “Proposed Transferee”) and, if the transfer is voluntary, the proposed transfer price, and containing such information necessary to show the bona fide nature of the proposed transfer. In the event of a bona fide gift or involuntary transfer, the proposed transfer price shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Transfer Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith. If the Participant proposes to transfer any Transfer Shares to more than one Proposed Transferee, the Participant shall provide a separate Transfer Notice for the proposed transfer to each Proposed Transferee. The Transfer Notice shall be signed by both the Participant and the Proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of the Participant and the Proposed Transferee for the transfer of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed Transferee subject only to the Right of First Refusal.

 

8


11.3 Bona Fide Transfer. If the Company determines that the information provided by the Participant in the Transfer Notice is insufficient to establish the bona fide nature of a proposed voluntary transfer, the Company shall give the Participant written notice of the Participant’s failure to comply with the procedure described in this Section 11, and the Participant shall have no right to transfer the Transfer Shares without first complying with the procedure described in this Section 11. The Participant shall not be permitted to transfer the Transfer Shares if the proposed transfer is not bona fide.

11.4 Exercise of Right of First Refusal. If the Company determines the proposed transfer to be bona fide, the Company shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Transfer Shares (except as the Company and the Participant otherwise agree) at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice by delivery to the Participant of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company. The Company’s exercise or failure to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in a Transfer Notice shall not affect the Company’s right to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in any other Transfer Notice, whether or not such other Transfer Notice is issued by the Participant or issued by a person other than the Participant with respect to a proposed transfer to the same Proposed Transferee. If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the Company and the Participant shall thereupon consummate the sale of the Transfer Shares to the Company on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within sixty (60) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company (unless a longer period is offered by the Proposed Transferee); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provides for the payment for the Transfer Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Transfer Shares by the present value cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Participant to any Participating Company shall be treated as payment to the Participant in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled.

11.5 Failure to Exercise Right of First Refusal. If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal in full (or to such lesser extent as the Company and the Participant otherwise agree) within the period specified in Section 11.4 above, the Participant may conclude a transfer to the Proposed Transferee of the Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided such transfer occurs not later than ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice. The Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Participant and the Proposed Transferee (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the transfer of the Transfer Shares was actually carried out on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. No Transfer Shares shall be transferred on the books of the Company until the Company has received such assurances, if so demanded, and has approved the proposed transfer as bona fide. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Participant, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Participant with the procedure described in this Section 11.

11.6 Transferees of Transfer Shares. All transferees of the Transfer Shares or any interest therein, other than the Company, shall be required as a condition of such transfer to agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that such transferee shall receive and hold such Transfer Shares or interest therein subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, including this Section 11 providing for the Right of First Refusal with respect to any subsequent transfer. Any sale or transfer of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be void unless the provisions of this Section 11 are met.

 

9


11.7 Transfers Not Subject to Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall not apply to any transfer or exchange of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option if such transfer or exchange is in connection with an Ownership Change Event. If the consideration received pursuant to such transfer or exchange consists of stock of a Participating Company, such consideration shall remain subject to the Right of First Refusal unless the provisions of Section 11.9 below result in a termination of the Right of First Refusal.

11.8 Assignment of Right of First Refusal. The Company shall have the right to assign the Right of First Refusal at any time, whether or not there has been an attempted transfer, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

11.9 Early Termination of Right of First Refusal. The other provisions of this Option Agreement notwithstanding, the Right of First Refusal shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) the occurrence of a Change in Control, unless the Acquiror assumes the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitutes a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiror’s stock for the Option, or (b) the existence of a public market for the class of shares subject to the Right of First Refusal. A “public market” shall be deemed to exist if (i) such stock is listed on a national securities exchange (as that term is used in the Exchange Act) or (ii) such stock is traded on the over-the-counter market and prices therefor are published daily on business days in a recognized financial journal.

 

  12.

STOCK DISTRIBUTIONS SUBJECT TO OPTION AGREEMENT.

If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change, as described in Section 9, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Participant is entitled by reason of the Participant’s ownership of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be immediately subject to the Right of First Refusal with the same force and effect as the shares subject to the Right of First Refusal immediately before such event.

 

  13.

NOTICE OF SALES UPON DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION.

The Participant shall dispose of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option only in accordance with the provisions of this Option Agreement. In addition, if the Grant Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, the Participant shall (a) promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if the Participant disposes of any of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option within one (1) year after the date the Participant exercises all or part of the Option or within two (2) years after the Date of Grant and (b) provide the Company with a description of the circumstances of such disposition. Until such time as the Participant disposes of such shares in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Option Agreement, unless otherwise expressly authorized by the Company, the Participant shall hold all shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the Participant’s name (and not in the name of any nominee) for the one-year period immediately after the exercise of the Option and the two-year period

 

10


immediately after Date of Grant. At any time during the one-year or two-year periods set forth above, the Company may place a legend on any certificate representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option requesting the transfer agent for the Company’s stock to notify the Company of any such transfers. The obligation of the Participant to notify the Company of any such transfer shall continue notwithstanding that a legend has been placed on the certificate pursuant to the preceding sentence.

 

  14.

LEGENDS.

The Company may at any time place legends referencing the Right of First Refusal and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The Participant shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the possession of the Participant in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

14.1 “THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR RULE 701 UNDER THE ACT, OR THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, STATING THAT SUCH SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT.”

14.2 “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, INCLUDING A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.”

14.3 “THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION TO THE REGISTERED HOLDER UPON EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 422 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (“ISO”). IN ORDER TO OBTAIN THE PREFERENTIAL TAX TREATMENT AFFORDED TO ISOs, THE SHARES SHOULD NOT BE TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO [INSERT DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION DATE HERE]. SHOULD THE REGISTERED HOLDER ELECT TO TRANSFER ANY OF THE SHARES PRIOR TO THIS DATE AND FOREGO ISO TAX TREATMENT, THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE SHARES SHALL NOTIFY THE CORPORATION IMMEDIATELY. THE REGISTERED HOLDER SHALL HOLD ALL SHARES PURCHASED UNDER THE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION IN THE REGISTERED HOLDER’S NAME (AND NOT IN THE NAME OF ANY NOMINEE) PRIOR TO THIS DATE OR UNTIL TRANSFERRED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE.”

 

11


  15.

LOCK-UP AGREEMENT.

The Participant hereby agrees that in the event of any underwritten public offering of stock, including an initial public offering of stock, made by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, the Participant shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of stock of the Company or any rights to acquire stock of the Company for such period of time from and after the effective date of such registration statement as may be established by the underwriter for such public offering; provided, however, that such period of time shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of the registration statement to be filed in connection with such public offering. The foregoing limitation shall not apply to shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act. The Participant hereby agrees to enter into any agreement reasonably required by the underwriters to implement the foregoing within a reasonable timeframe if so requested by the Company.

 

  16.

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

No shares acquired upon exercise of the Option may be sold, exchanged, transferred (including, without limitation, any transfer to a nominee or agent of the Participant), assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, including by operation of law in any manner which violates any of the provisions of this Option Agreement, and any such attempted disposition shall be void. The Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any shares which will have been transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Option Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such shares will have been so transferred.

 

  17.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

17.1 Termination or Amendment. The Board may terminate or amend the Plan or the Option at any time; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 8 in connection with a Change in Control, no such termination or amendment may adversely affect the Option or any unexercised portion hereof without the consent of the Participant unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with any applicable law or government regulation, including, but not limited to Section 409A of the Code. No amendment or addition to this Option Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.

17.2 Compliance with Section 409A. The Company intends that income realized by the Participant pursuant to the Plan and this Option Agreement will not be subject to taxation under Section 409A of the Code. The provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be interpreted and construed in favor of satisfying any applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code. The Company, in its reasonable discretion, may amend (including retroactively) the Plan and this Agreement in order to conform to the applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code, including amendments to facilitate the Participant’s ability to avoid taxation under Section 409A of the Code. However, the preceding provisions shall not be

 

12


construed as a guarantee by the Company of any particular tax result for income realized by the Participant pursuant to the Plan or this Option Agreement. In any event, and except for the responsibilities of the Company set forth in Section 4.5, no Participating Company shall be responsible for the payment of any applicable taxes on income realized by the Participant pursuant to the Plan or this Option Agreement.

17.3 Further Instruments. The parties hereto agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may reasonably be necessary to carry out the intent of this Option Agreement.

17.4 Binding Effect. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Option Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

17.5 Delivery of Documents and Notices. Any document relating to participation in the Plan, or any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Option Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery, electronic delivery at the e-mail address, if any, provided for the Participant by the Participating Company, or, upon deposit in the U.S. Post Office or foreign postal service, by registered or certified mail, or with a nationally recognized overnight courier service with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address of such party set forth in the Grant Notice or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

(a) Description of Electronic Delivery. The Plan documents, which may include but do not necessarily include: the Plan, the Grant Notice, this Option Agreement, and any reports of the Company provided generally to the Company’s stockholders, may be delivered to the Participant electronically. In addition, if permitted by the Company, the Participant may deliver electronically the Grant Notice and Exercise Notice called for by Section 4.2 to the Company or to such third party involved in administering the Plan as the Company may designate from time to time. Such means of electronic delivery may include but do not necessarily include the delivery of a link to a Company intranet or the internet site of a third party involved in administering the Plan, the delivery of the document via e-mail or such other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company.

(b) Consent to Electronic Delivery. The Participant acknowledges that the Participant has read Section 17.5(a) of this Option Agreement and consents to the electronic delivery of the Plan documents and, if permitted by the Company, the delivery of the Grant Notice and Exercise Notice, as described in Section 17.5(a). The Participant acknowledges that he or she may receive from the Company a paper copy of any documents delivered electronically at no cost to the Participant by contacting the Company by telephone or in writing. The Participant further acknowledges that the Participant will be provided with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. Similarly, the Participant understands that the Participant must provide the Company or any designated third party administrator with a paper copy of any documents if the attempted electronic delivery of such documents fails. The Participant may revoke his or her consent to the electronic delivery of documents described in Section 17.5(a) or may change the electronic mail

 

13


address to which such documents are to be delivered (if Participant has provided an electronic mail address) at any time by notifying the Company of such revoked consent or revised e-mail address by telephone, postal service or electronic mail. Finally, the Participant understands that he or she is not required to consent to electronic delivery of documents described in Section 17.5(a).

17.6 Integrated Agreement. The Grant Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan, together with any employment, service or other agreement with the Participant and a Participating Company referring to the Option, shall constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to the subject matter contained herein or therein and supersede any prior agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Participant and the Participating Company Group with respect to such subject matter. To the extent contemplated herein or therein, the provisions of the Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan shall survive any exercise of the Option and shall remain in full force and effect.

17.7 Applicable Law. This Option Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of California.

17.8 Counterparts. The Grant Notice may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

14


Exhibit 10.2 (5)

SWEETGREEN, INC.

NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK OPTION

The Participant has been granted an option (the “Option”) to purchase certain shares of Stock of Sweetgreen, Inc. pursuant to the Sweetgreen, Inc. 2009 Stock Plan (the “Plan”), as follows:

 

Participant:

  

                                                         

Date of Grant:

  

                                                         

Number of Option Shares:

  

                                                         

Exercise Price Per Share:

  

                                                         

Initial Vesting Date:

  

                                                         

Option Expiration Date:

  

                                                         

Tax Status of Option:

  

                                                         

Vested Shares:

  

                                                         

The Exercise Price represents an amount the Company believes to be no less than the fair market value of a share of Stock as of the Date of Grant, determined in good faith in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. However, there is no guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the Company’s determination. A subsequent IRS determination that the Exercise Price is less than such fair market value could result in adverse tax consequences to the Participant. By signing below, the Participant agrees that the Company, its directors, officers and shareholders shall not be held liable for any tax, penalty, interest or cost incurred by the Participant as a result of such determination by the IRS. The Participant is urged to consult with his or her own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the Option, including the application of Section 409A.

By their signatures below, the Company and the Participant agree that the Option is governed by this Grant Notice and by the provisions of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, both of which are attached to and made a part of this document. The Participant acknowledges receipt of copies of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, represents that the Participant has read and is familiar with their provisions, and hereby accepts the Option subject to all of their terms and conditions.

 

SWEETGREEN, INC.

    PARTICIPANT
By:          

Name: Mitch Reback

Its: Chief Financial Officer

 

Address: 8840 Washington Blvd, 4th Fl.

              Culver City, CA 90232

   

Date:

 

Address:

 

ATTACHMENTS:

  2009 Stock Plan, as amended to the Date of Grant; Stock Option Agreement, and Exercise Notice

 

1


Exhibit 10.2 (6)

 

☐ Incentive Stock Option   
   Participant:                                              
☐ Nonstatutory Stock Option   
   Date: _______________

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

Sweetgreen, Inc.

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

8840 Washington Blvd., 4th Floor

Culver City, California 90232

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1. Option. I was granted an option (the “Option”) to purchase shares of the common stock (the “Shares”) of Sweetgreen, Inc. (the “Company”) pursuant to the Company’s 2009 Stock Plan (the “Plan”), my Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the “Grant Notice”) and my Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”) as follows:

 

Date of Grant:

                                            

Number of Option Shares:

                                            

Exercise Price per Share:

   $                                         

2. Exercise of Option. I hereby elect to exercise the Option to purchase the following number of Shares, all of which are vested shares, in accordance with the Grant Notice and the Option Agreement:

 

Total Shares Purchased:

                                            

Total Exercise Price (Total Shares X Price per Share)

   $                                         

3. Payments. I enclose payment in full of the total exercise price for the Shares in the following form(s), as authorized by my Option Agreement:

 

☐ Cash:

   $                                                 

☐ Check:

   $                                                 

☐ Tender of Company Stock:

     Contact Plan Administrator  

4. Tax Withholding. I authorize payroll withholding and otherwise will make adequate provision for the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company, if any, in connection with the Option. If I am exercising a Nonstatutory Stock Option, I enclose payment in full of my withholding taxes, if any, as follows:

(Contact Plan Administrator for amount of tax due.)

 

☐ Cash:

   $                                         

☐ Check:

   $                                         


5. Participant Information.

 

My address is:                                                                                                                                                        

                                                                                                                                                                                

My Social Security Number is:                                                                                                                           

6. Notice of Disqualifying Disposition. If the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, I agree that I will promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if I transfer any of the Shares within one (1) year from the date I exercise all or part of the Option or within two (2) years of the Date of Grant.

7. Binding Effect. I agree that the Shares are being acquired in accordance with and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, including the Right of First Refusal set forth therein, and the Plan, to all of which I hereby expressly assent. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

8. Transfer. I understand and acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and that consequently the Shares must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act, an exemption from such registration is available, or they are sold in accordance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. I further understand and acknowledge that the Company is under no obligation to register the Shares. I understand that the certificate or certificates evidencing the Shares will be imprinted with legends which prohibit the transfer of the Shares unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of legal counsel satisfactory to the Company.

I am aware that Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resale of securities acquired in a nonpublic offering, is not currently available with respect to the Shares and, in any event, is available only if certain conditions are satisfied. I understand that any sale of the Shares that might be made in reliance upon Rule 144 may only be made in limited amounts in accordance with the terms and conditions of such rule and that a copy of Rule 144 will be delivered to me upon request.

I understand that I am purchasing the Shares pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Grant Notice and my Option Agreement, copies of which I have received and carefully read and understand.

In addition, I hereby agree to be bound by that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement dated as of September 13, 2019, by and among the Company and its stockholders party thereto, as amended from time to time.

 

Very truly yours,

 

(Signature)

 

Receipt of the above is hereby acknowledged.

Sweetgreen, Inc.

By:

 

                                      

Title:  

 

Dated:  

 

Exhibit 10.3

SWEETGREEN, INC.

2019 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: September 12, 2019

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: September 12, 2019

AMDENDED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: June 5, 2020

AMENDED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: June 24, 2020

AMENDED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: January 20, 2021

AMENDED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: January 21, 2021

AMENDED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: September 23, 2021

AMENDED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: October 5, 2021

TERMINATION DATE: September 11, 2029

1. General.

(a) Successor to and Continuation of Prior Plan. The Plan is intended as the successor to and continuation of the Company’s 2009 Stock Plan (the “Prior Plan”). Following the Effective Date, no additional awards will be granted under the Prior Plan. All Stock Awards granted on or after the Effective Date of this Plan will be subject to the terms of this Plan. All awards granted under the Prior Plan will remain subject to the terms of the Prior Plan.

(i) Any shares that would otherwise remain available for future grants under the Prior Plan as of the Effective Date (the “Prior Plan’s Available Reserve”) will cease to be available under the Prior Plan at such time. Instead, that number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Prior Plan’s Available Reserve will be added to the Share Reserve (as further described in Section 3(a) below) and will be immediately available for grants and issuance pursuant to Stock Awards hereunder, up to the maximum number set forth in Section 3(a) below.

(ii) In addition, from and after the Effective Date, any shares subject, at such time, to outstanding stock awards granted under the Prior Plan that (A) expire or terminate for any reason prior to exercise or settlement; (B) are forfeited because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares or are otherwise returned to the Company; or (C) are reacquired, withheld or not issued to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with an award or to satisfy the purchase price or exercise price of a stock award (such shares, the “Returning Shares”) will immediately be added to the Share Reserve (as further described in Section 3(a) below) as and when such shares become Returning Shares, up to the maximum number set forth in Section 3(a) below.

(b) Eligible Stock Award Recipients. Employees, Directors and Consultants are eligible to receive Stock Awards.

(c) Available Stock Awards. The Plan provides for the grant of the following types of Stock Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) Stock Appreciation Rights, (iv) Restricted Stock Awards, (v) Restricted Stock Unit Awards and (vi) Other Stock Awards.

(d) Purpose. The Plan, through the grant of Stock Awards, is intended to help the Company secure and retain the services of eligible award recipients, provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate and provide a means by which the eligible recipients may benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock.

 

1


2. Administration.

(a) Administration by the Board. The Board will administer the Plan. The Board may delegate administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c).

(b) Powers of the Board. The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine (A) who will be granted Stock Awards; (B) when and how each Stock Award will be granted; (C) what type of Stock Award will be granted; (D) the provisions of each Stock Award (which need not be identical), including when a person will be permitted to exercise or otherwise receive cash or Common Stock under the Stock Award; (E) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to, or the cash value of, a Stock Award; and (F) the Fair Market Value applicable to a Stock Award.

(ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for administration of the Plan and Stock Awards. The Board, in the exercise of these powers, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Stock Award Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it will deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Stock Award fully effective.

(iii) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it.

(iv) To accelerate, in whole or in part, the time at which a Stock Award may be exercised or vest (or the time at which cash or shares of Common Stock may be issued in settlement thereof).

(v) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or a Stock Award Agreement, suspension or termination of the Plan will not impair a Participant’s rights under the Participant’s then-outstanding Stock Award without the Participant’s written consent except as provided in subsection (viii) below.

(vi) To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable, including, without limitation, by adopting amendments relating to Incentive Stock Options and certain nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code and/or bringing the Plan or Stock Awards granted under the Plan into compliance with the requirements for Incentive Stock Options or ensuring that they are exempt from, or compliant with, the requirements for nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, subject to the limitations, if any, of applicable law. If required by applicable law or listing requirements, and except as provided in Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the Company will seek stockholder approval of any amendment of the Plan that (A) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (B) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to receive Stock Awards under the Plan, (C) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan, (D) materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be issued or purchased under the Plan, (E) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (F) materially expands the types of Stock Awards available for issuance under the Plan. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or a Stock Award Agreement, no amendment of the Plan will materially impair a Participant’s rights under an outstanding Stock Award without the Participant’s written consent.

(vii) To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code regarding Incentive Stock Options.

 

2


(viii) To approve forms of Stock Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable to the Participant than previously provided in the Stock Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided however, that a Participant’s rights under any Stock Award will not be impaired by any such amendment unless (A) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (B) such Participant consents in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) a Participant’s rights will not be deemed to have been impaired by any such amendment if the Board, in its sole discretion, determines that the amendment, taken as a whole, does not materially impair the Participant’s rights, and (2) subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, the Board may amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards without the affected Participant’s consent (A) to maintain the qualified status of the Stock Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (B) to change the terms of an Incentive Stock Option, if such change results in impairment of the Stock Award solely because it impairs the qualified status of the Stock Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (C) to clarify the manner of exemption from, or to bring the Stock Award into compliance with, Section 409A of the Code; or (D) to comply with other applicable laws.

(ix) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or Stock Awards.

(x) To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees, Directors or Consultants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States (provided that Board approval will not be necessary for immaterial modifications to the Plan or any Stock Award Agreement that are required for compliance with the laws of the relevant foreign jurisdiction).

(xi) To effect, with the consent of any adversely affected Participant, (A) the reduction of the exercise, purchase or strike price of any outstanding Stock Award; (B) the cancellation of any outstanding Stock Award and the grant in substitution therefor of a new (1) Option or SAR, (2) Restricted Stock Award, (3) Restricted Stock Unit Award, (4) Other Stock Award, (5) cash and/or (6) other valuable consideration determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, with any such substituted award (x) covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock as the cancelled Stock Award and (y) granted under the Plan or another equity or compensatory plan of the Company; or (C) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.

(c) Delegation to Committee. The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee, as applicable). Any delegation of administrative powers will be reflected in resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, adopted from time to time by the Board or Committee (as applicable). The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

(d) Delegation to an Officer. The Board may delegate to one or more Officers the authority to do one or both of the following: (i) designate Employees who are not Officers to be recipients of Options and SARs (and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, other Stock Awards) and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the terms of such Stock Awards, and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Stock Awards granted to such Employees; provided, however, that the Board

 

3


resolutions regarding such delegation will specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Stock Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant a Stock Award to himself or herself. Any such Stock Awards will be granted on the form of Stock Award Agreement most recently approved for use by the Committee or the Board, unless otherwise provided in the resolutions approving the delegation authority. The Board may not delegate authority to an Officer who is acting solely in the capacity of an Officer (and not also as a Director) to determine the Fair Market Value pursuant to Section 13(t) below.

(e) Effect of Board’s Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

3. Shares Subject to the Plan.

(a) Share Reserve.

(i) Subject to Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards from and after the Effective Date (the “Share Reserve”) will equal the sum of (i) 18,487,693 shares plus (ii) up to a maximum of 11,371,561 Returning Shares, as such shares become available from time to time.

(ii) For clarity, the Share Reserve in this Section 3(a) is a limitation on the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan. Accordingly, this Section 3(a) does not limit the granting of Stock Awards except as provided in Section 7(a).

(b) Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve. If a Stock Award or any portion thereof (i) expires or otherwise terminates without all of the shares covered by such Stock Award having been issued or (ii) is settled in cash (i.e., the Participant receives cash rather than stock), such expiration, termination or settlement will not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares of Common Stock that may be available for issuance under the Plan. If any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a Stock Award are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares in the Participant, then the shares that are forfeited or repurchased will revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan. Any shares reacquired by the Company in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations on a Stock Award or as consideration for the exercise or purchase price of a Stock Award will again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(c) Incentive Stock Option Limit. Subject to the Share Reserve and Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will be a number of shares of Common Stock equal to three multiplied by the Share Reserve.

(d) Source of Shares. The stock issuable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market or otherwise.

4. Eligibility.

(a) Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code). Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants; provided, however, that Stock Awards may not be

 

4


granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants who are providing Continuous Service only to any “parent” of the Company, as such term is defined in Rule 405, unless (i) the stock underlying such Stock Awards is treated as “service recipient stock” under Section 409A of the Code (for example, because the Stock Awards are granted pursuant to a corporate transaction such as a spin off transaction), (ii) the Company, in consultation with its legal counsel, has determined that such Stock Awards are otherwise exempt from Section 409A of the Code, or (iii) the Company, in consultation with its legal counsel, has determined that such Stock Awards comply with the distribution requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

(b) Ten Percent Stockholders. A Ten Percent Stockholder will not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant.

(c) Consultants. A Consultant will not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award if, at the time of grant, either the offer or sale of the Company’s securities to such Consultant is not exempt under Rule 701 because of the nature of the services that the Consultant is providing to the Company, because the Consultant is not a natural person, or because of any other provision of Rule 701, unless the Company determines that such grant need not comply with the requirements of Rule 701 and will satisfy another exemption under the Securities Act as well as comply with the securities laws of all other relevant jurisdictions.

5. Provisions Relating to Options and Stock Appreciation Rights.

Each Option or SAR will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board deems appropriate. All Options will be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates will be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. If an Option is not specifically designated as an Incentive Stock Option, or if an Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option but some portion or all of the Option fails to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under the applicable rules, then the Option (or portion thereof) will be a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The provisions of separate Options or SARs need not be identical; provided, however, that each Stock Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option or SAR will be exercisable after the expiration of 10 years from the date of its grant or such shorter period specified in the Stock Award Agreement.

(b) Exercise Price. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise or strike price of each Option or SAR will be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option or SAR on the date the Stock Award is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option or SAR may be granted with an exercise or strike price lower than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Stock Award if such Stock Award is granted pursuant to an assumption of or substitution for another option or stock appreciation right pursuant to a Corporate Transaction and in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code and, if applicable, Section 424(a) of the Code. Each SAR will be denominated in shares of Common Stock equivalents.

(c) Purchase Price for Options. The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option may be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable law and as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, by any combination of the methods of payment set forth below. The Board will have the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to use a particular method of payment. The permitted methods of payment are as follows:

 

5


(i) by cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

(ii) pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of the stock subject to the Option, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;

(iii) by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock;

(iv) if an Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however, that the Company will accept a cash or other payment from the Participant to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued. Shares of Common Stock will no longer be subject to an Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) shares issuable upon exercise are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (B) shares are delivered to the Participant as a result of such exercise, and (C) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations;

(v) according to a deferred payment or similar arrangement with the Optionholder; provided, however, that interest will compound at least annually and will be charged at the minimum rate of interest necessary to avoid (A) the imputation of interest income to the Company and compensation income to the Optionholder under any applicable provisions of the Code, and (B) the classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes; or

(vi) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board and specified in the applicable Stock Award Agreement.

(d) Exercise and Payment of a SAR. To exercise any outstanding SAR, the Participant must provide written notice of exercise to the Company in compliance with the provisions of the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such SAR. The appreciation distribution payable on the exercise of a SAR will be not greater than an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of the exercise of the SAR) of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Common Stock equivalents in which the Participant is vested under such SAR, and with respect to which the Participant is exercising the SAR on such date, over (B) the aggregate strike price of the number of Common Stock equivalents with respect to which the Participant is exercising the SAR on such date. The appreciation distribution may be paid in Common Stock, in cash, in any combination of the two or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Stock Award Agreement evidencing such SAR.

(e) Transferability of Options and SARs. The Board may, in its sole discretion, impose such limitations on the transferability of Options and SARs as the Board will determine. In the absence of such a determination by the Board to the contrary, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options and SARs will apply:

 

6


(i) Restrictions on Transfer. An Option or SAR will not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution (or pursuant to subsections (ii) and (iii) below), and will be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant. The Board may permit transfer of the Option or SAR in a manner that is not prohibited by applicable tax and securities laws. Except as explicitly provided in the Plan, neither an Option nor a SAR may be transferred for consideration.

(ii) Domestic Relations Orders. Subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, an Option or SAR may be transferred pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulation 1.421-1(b)(2). If an Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(iii) Beneficiary Designation. Subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, a Participant may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company (or the designated broker), designate a third party who, upon the death of the Participant, will thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a designation, upon the death of the Participant, the executor or administrator of the Participant’s estate will be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. However, the Company may prohibit designation of a beneficiary at any time, including due to any conclusion by the Company that such designation would be inconsistent with the provisions of applicable laws.

(f) Vesting Generally. The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option or SAR may vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may or may not be equal. The Option or SAR may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may or may not be exercised (which may be based on the satisfaction of performance goals or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options or SARs may vary. The provisions of this Section 5(f) are subject to any Option or SAR provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option or SAR may be exercised.

(g) Termination of Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause and other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability), the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Stock Award as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) within the period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three months following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the applicable Stock Award Agreement, which period will not be less than 30 days if necessary to comply with applicable laws unless such termination is for Cause) and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Stock Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR (as applicable) within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR will terminate.

(h) Extension of Termination Date. If the exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause and other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option or SAR will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a total period of time (that need not be consecutive) equal to the applicable post-termination exercise period after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of such registration requirements, and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Stock Award Agreement. In addition, unless otherwise provided in a Participant’s Stock Award Agreement, if the sale of any Common Stock received upon exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause) would violate the Company’s insider trading policy,

 

7


then the Option or SAR will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of the period of time (that need not be consecutive) equal to the applicable post-termination exercise period after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the sale of the Common Stock received upon exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of the Company’s insider trading policy, and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Stock Award Agreement.

(i) Disability of Participant. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date 12 months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Award Agreement, which period will not be less than six months if necessary to comply with applicable laws unless such termination is for Cause), and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Stock Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR (as applicable) will terminate.

(j) Death of Participant. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if (i) a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s death, or (ii) the Participant dies within the period (if any) specified in the Stock Award Agreement for exercisability after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (for a reason other than death), then the Option or SAR may be exercised (to the extent the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of death) by the Participant’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option or SAR by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the Option or SAR upon the Participant’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date 18 months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Award Agreement, which period will not be less than six months if necessary to comply with applicable laws unless such termination is for Cause), and (ii) the expiration of the term of such Option or SAR as set forth in the Stock Award Agreement. If, after the Participant’s death, the Option or SAR is not exercised within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR (as applicable) will terminate.

(k) Termination for Cause. Except as explicitly provided otherwise in a Participant’s Stock Award Agreement or other individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, if a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Option or SAR will terminate immediately upon such Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and the Participant will be prohibited from exercising his or her Option or SAR (whether vested or unvested) from and after the date of such termination of Continuous Service.

(l) Non-Exempt Employees. If an Option or SAR is granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, the Option or SAR will not be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of the Option or SAR (although the Stock Award may vest prior to such date). Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, (i) if such non-exempt Employee dies or suffers a Disability, (ii) upon a Corporate Transaction in which such Option or SAR is not assumed, continued, or substituted, (iii) upon a Change in Control, or (iv) upon the Participant’s retirement (as such term may be defined in the Participant’s Stock Award Agreement, in another agreement between the Participant and the Company, or, if no such definition, in accordance with the Company’s then current employment policies and guidelines), the vested portion of any Options and SARs may be exercised earlier than six months following the date of grant. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option or SAR will be exempt from

 

8


his or her regular rate of pay. To the extent permitted and/or required for compliance with the Worker Economic Opportunity Act to ensure that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise, vesting or issuance of any shares under any other Stock Award will be exempt from the employee’s regular rate of pay, the provisions of this Section 5(l) will apply to all Stock Awards and are hereby incorporated by reference into such Stock Award Agreements.

(m) Early Exercise of Options. An Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Optionholder may elect at any time before the Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates to exercise the Option as to any part or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option prior to the full vesting of the Option. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), any unvested shares of Common Stock so purchased may be subject to a repurchase right in favor of the Company or to any other restriction the Board determines to be appropriate. Provided that the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l) is not violated, the Company will not be required to exercise its repurchase right until at least six months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following exercise of the Option unless the Board otherwise specifically provides in the Option Agreement.

(n) Right of Repurchase. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), the Option or SAR may include a provision whereby the Company may elect to repurchase all or any part of the vested shares of Common Stock acquired by the Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Option or SAR.

(o) Right of First Refusal. The Option or SAR may include a provision whereby the Company may elect to exercise a right of first refusal following receipt of notice from the Participant of the intent to transfer all or any part of the shares of Common Stock received upon the exercise of the Option or SAR. Such right of first refusal will be subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l). Except as expressly provided in this Section 5(o) or in the Stock Award Agreement, such right of first refusal will otherwise comply with any applicable provisions of the bylaws of the Company.

6. Provisions of Stock Awards Other than Options and SARs.

(a) Restricted Stock Awards. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate. To the extent consistent with the Company’s bylaws, at the Board’s election, shares of Common Stock underlying a Restricted Stock Award may be (i) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until any restrictions relating to the Restricted Stock Award lapse; or (ii) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate will be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Award Agreements need not be identical. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration. A Restricted Stock Award may be awarded in consideration for (A) cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company, (B) past services to the Company or an Affiliate, or (C) any other form of legal consideration (including future services) that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), shares of Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement may be subject to forfeiture to the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.

 

9


(iii) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. If a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may receive through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right, any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant that have not vested as of the date of termination of Continuous Service under the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(iv) Transferability. Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, as the Board will determine in its sole discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement remains subject to the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(v) Dividends. A Restricted Stock Award Agreement may provide that any dividends paid on Restricted Stock will be subject to the same vesting and forfeiture restrictions as apply to the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award to which they relate.

(b) Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements need not be identical. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration. At the time of grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board will determine the consideration, if any, to be paid by the Participant upon delivery of each share of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award. The consideration to be paid (if any) by the Participant for each share of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award may be paid in any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board may impose such restrictions on or conditions to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit Award as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

(iii) Payment. A Restricted Stock Unit Award may be settled by the delivery of shares of Common Stock, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

(iv) Additional Restrictions. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board, as it deems appropriate, may impose such restrictions or conditions that delay the delivery of the shares of Common Stock (or their cash equivalent) subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award to a time after the vesting of such Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(v) Dividend Equivalents. Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares of Common Stock covered by a Restricted Stock Unit Award, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. At the sole discretion of the Board, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional shares of Common Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award in such manner as determined by the Board. Any additional shares covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be subject to all of the same terms and conditions of the underlying Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement to which they relate.

 

10


(vi) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, such portion of the Restricted Stock Unit Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.

(vii) Compliance with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any Restricted Stock Unit Award granted under the Plan that is not exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code will contain such provisions so that such Restricted Stock Unit Award will comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Such restrictions, if any, will be determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement evidencing such Restricted Stock Unit Award. For example, such restrictions may include, without limitation, a requirement that any Common Stock that is to be issued in a year following the year in which the Restricted Stock Unit Award vests must be issued in accordance with a fixed pre-determined schedule.

(c) Other Stock Awards. Other forms of Stock Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Stock, including the appreciation in value thereof (e.g., options or stock rights with an exercise price or strike price less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the time of grant) may be granted either alone or in addition to Stock Awards provided for under Section 5 and the preceding provisions of this Section 6. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board will have sole and complete authority to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which such Other Stock Awards will be granted, the number of shares of Common Stock (or the cash equivalent thereof) to be granted pursuant to such Other Stock Awards and all other terms and conditions of such Other Stock Awards.

7. Covenants of the Company.

(a) Availability of Shares. The Company will keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock reasonably required to satisfy then-outstanding Stock Awards.

(b) Securities Law Compliance. The Company will seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Stock Awards; provided, however, that this undertaking will not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award. If, after reasonable efforts and at a reasonable cost, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained. A Participant will not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award or the subsequent issuance of cash or Common Stock pursuant to the Stock Award if such grant or issuance would be in violation of any applicable securities law.

(c) No Obligation to Notify or Minimize Taxes. The Company will have no duty or obligation to any Participant to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising such Stock Award. Furthermore, the Company will have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending termination or expiration of a Stock Award or a possible period in which the Stock Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of a Stock Award to the holder of such Stock Award.

 

11


8. Miscellaneous.

(a) Use of Proceeds from Sales of Common Stock. Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Stock Awards will constitute general funds of the Company.

(b) Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Stock Awards. Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of a Stock Award to any Participant will be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Stock Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant. In the event that the corporate records (e.g., Board consents, resolutions or minutes) documenting the corporate action constituting the grant contain terms (e.g., exercise price, vesting schedule or number of shares) that are inconsistent with those in the Stock Award Agreement or related grant documents as a result of a clerical error in the papering of the Stock Award Agreement or related grant documents, the corporate records will control and the Participant will have no legally binding right to the incorrect term in the Stock Award Agreement or related grant documents.

(c) Stockholder Rights. No Participant will be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to a Stock Award unless and until (i) such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of, or the issuance of shares of Common Stock under, the Stock Award pursuant to its terms, and (ii) the issuance of the Common Stock subject to the Stock Award has been entered into the books and records of the Company.

(d) No Employment or Other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan, any Stock Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Stock Award granted pursuant thereto will confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Stock Award was granted or will affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

(e) Change in Time Commitment. In the event a Participant’s regular level of time commitment in the performance of his or her services for the Company and any Affiliates is reduced (for example, and without limitation, if the Participant is an Employee of the Company and the Employee has a change in status from a full-time Employee to a part-time Employee or takes an extended leave of absence) after the date of grant of any Stock Award to the Participant, the Board has the right in its sole discretion to (x) make a corresponding reduction in the number of shares subject to any portion of such Stock Award that is scheduled to vest or become payable after the date of such change in time commitment, and (y) in lieu of or in combination with such a reduction, extend the vesting or payment schedule applicable to such Stock Award. In the event of any such reduction, the Participant will have no right with respect to any portion of the Stock Award that is so reduced or extended.

(f) Incentive Stock Option Limitations. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds $100,000 (or such other limit established in the Code) or otherwise does not comply with the rules governing Incentive Stock Options, the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) or otherwise do not comply with such rules will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).

 

12


(g) Investment Assurances. The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Stock Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that the Participant is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Stock Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Stock Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, will be inoperative if (A) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Stock Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or (B) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

(h) Withholding Obligations. Unless prohibited by the terms of a Stock Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to a Stock Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Stock Award; provided, however, that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the maximum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lesser amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes); (iii) withholding cash from a Stock Award settled in cash; (iv) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant; or (v) by such other method as may be set forth in the Stock Award Agreement.

(i) Electronic Delivery. Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document will include any agreement or document delivered electronically or posted on the Company’s intranet (or other shared electronic medium controlled by the Company to which the Participant has access).

(j) Deferrals. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Stock Award may be deferred and may establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants. Deferrals by Participants will be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Consistent with Section 409A of the Code, the Board may provide for distributions while a Participant is still an employee or otherwise providing services to the Company. The Board is authorized to make deferrals of Stock Awards and determine when, and in what annual percentages, Participants may receive payments, including lump sum payments, following the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and implement such other terms and conditions consistent with the provisions of the Plan and in accordance with applicable law.

(k) Compliance with Section 409A of the Code. To the extent that the Board determines that any Stock Award granted hereunder is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Stock Award Agreement evidencing such Stock Award will incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code. To the extent applicable, the Plan and Stock Award Agreements will be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan (and unless the Stock Award Agreement specifically provides otherwise), if the shares of Common Stock are publicly traded, and if a Participant holding a Stock Award

 

13


that constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code is a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, no distribution or payment of any amount that is due because of a “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) will be issued or paid before the date that is six months following the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death, unless such distribution or payment can be made in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code, and any amounts so deferred will be paid in a lump sum on the day after such six month period elapses, with the balance paid thereafter on the original schedule.

(l) Repurchase Limitation. The terms of any repurchase right will be specified in the Stock Award Agreement. The repurchase price for vested shares of Common Stock will be the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase. The repurchase price for unvested shares of Common Stock will be the lower of (i) the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase or (ii) their original purchase price. However, the Company will not exercise its repurchase right until at least six months (or such longer or shorter period of time necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following delivery of shares of Common Stock subject to the Stock Award, unless otherwise specifically provided by the Board.

9. Adjustments upon Changes in Common Stock; Other Corporate Events.

(a) Capitalization Adjustments. In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board will appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 3(c), and (iii) the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to outstanding Stock Awards. The Board will make such adjustments, and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. Except as otherwise provided in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Stock Awards (other than Stock Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to a forfeiture condition or the Company’s right of repurchase) will terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase rights or subject to a forfeiture condition may be repurchased or reacquired by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Stock Award is providing Continuous Service, provided, however, that the Board may, in its sole discretion, cause some or all Stock Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Stock Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the dissolution or liquidation is completed but contingent on its completion.

(c) Corporate Transaction. The following provisions will apply to Stock Awards in the event of a Corporate Transaction unless otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing the Stock Award or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board at the time of grant of a Stock Award. In the event of a Corporate Transaction, then, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Board may take one or more of the following actions with respect to Stock Awards, contingent upon the closing or completion of the Corporate Transaction:

(i) arrange for the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) to assume or continue the Stock Award or to substitute a similar stock award for the Stock Award (including, but not limited to, an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Corporate Transaction);

 

14


(ii) arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Stock Award to the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company);

(iii) accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the Stock Award (and, if applicable, the time at which the Stock Award may be exercised) to a date prior to the effective time of such Corporate Transaction as the Board determines (or, if the Board does not determine such a date, to the date that is five days prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction), with such Stock Award terminating if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction; provided, however, that the Board may require Participants to complete and deliver to the Company a notice of exercise before the effective date of a Corporate Transaction, which exercise is contingent upon the effectiveness of such Corporate Transaction;

(iv) arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to the Stock Award;

(v) cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the Stock Award, to the extent not vested or not exercised prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, in exchange for such cash consideration (including no consideration) as the Board, in its sole discretion, may consider appropriate; and

(vi) make a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Board equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the value of the property the Participant would have received upon the exercise of the Stock Award immediately prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, over (B) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise. For clarity, this payment may be zero ($0) if the value of the property is equal to or less than the exercise price. Payments under this provision may be delayed to the same extent that payment of consideration to the holders of the Company’s Common Stock in connection with the Corporate Transaction is delayed as a result of escrows, earn outs, holdbacks or any other contingencies.

The Board need not take the same action or actions with respect to all Stock Awards or portions thereof or with respect to all Participants. The Board may take different actions with respect to the vested and unvested portions of a Stock Award.

(d) Change in Control. A Stock Award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a Change in Control as may be provided in the Stock Award Agreement for such Stock Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration will occur.

10. Plan Term; Earlier Termination or Suspension of the Plan.

(a) Plan Term. The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Unless terminated sooner by the Board, the Plan will automatically terminate on the day before the 10th anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company. No Stock Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

(b) No Impairment of Rights. Suspension or termination of the Plan will not impair rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant or as otherwise permitted in the Plan.

 

15


11. Effective Date of Plan.

This Plan will become effective on the Effective Date.

12. Choice of Law.

The laws of the State of Delaware will govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws rules.

13. Definitions. As used in the Plan, the following definitions will apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a) Affiliate” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “majority-owned subsidiary” of the Company, as such terms are defined in Rule 405. The Board will have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “majority-owned subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

(b) Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) Capitalization Adjustment” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Stock Award after the Effective Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure, or any similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

(d) Cause” will have the meaning ascribed to such term in any written agreement between the Participant and the Company defining such term and, in the absence of such agreement, such term means, with respect to a Participant, the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) such Participant’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) such Participant’s attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company, or any of its employees or directors; (iii) such Participant’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between the Participant and the Company, the Company’s employment policies, or of any statutory or other duty owed to the Company; (iv) such Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; or (v) such Participant’s gross misconduct. The determination that a termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service is either for Cause or without Cause will be made by the Company, in its sole discretion. Any determination by the Company that the Continuous Service of a Participant was terminated with or without Cause for the purposes of outstanding Stock Awards held by such Participant will have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or such Participant for any other purpose.

(e) Change in Control” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction.

 

16


Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control will not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, (B) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities or (C) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “Subject Person”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control will be deemed to occur;

(ii) there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; or

(iii) there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition.

Notwithstanding the foregoing definition or any other provision of this Plan, (A) the term Change in Control will not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company, (B) the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant will supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Stock Awards subject to such agreement; provided, however, that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the definition set forth herein will apply, and (C) if at any time the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation provides definitions of various analogous transactions that would be deemed a liquidation event for the Company, then such definition will apply as if it were the definition set forth herein except as is otherwise expressly provided in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant.

(f) Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

(g) Committee” means a committee of one or more Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

(h) Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

 

17


(i) Company” means Sweetgreen, Inc. a Delaware corporation.

(j) Consultant” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, will not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan.

(k) Continuous Service” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Director or Consultant or a change in the Entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, will not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided, however, that if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering services ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, such Participant’s Continuous Service will be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate. For example, a change in status from an Employee of the Company to a Consultant of an Affiliate or to a Director will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. To the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service will be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Board or chief executive officer, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave, or (ii) transfers between the Company, an Affiliate, or their successors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence will be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in a Stock Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by law.

(l) Corporate Transaction” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii) a sale or other disposition of more than 50% of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(m) “Directormeans a member of the Board.

(n) Disability” means, with respect to a Participant, the inability of such Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or that has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months as provided in Sections 22(e)(3) and 409A(a)(2)(c)(i) of the Code, and will be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

 

18


(o) Effective Date” means the effective date of this Plan, which is the earlier of (i) the date that this Plan is first approved by the Company’s stockholders, and (ii) the date this Plan is adopted by the Board.

(p) Employee” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(q) Entity” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

(r) Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(s) Exchange Act Person” means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” will not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to a registered public offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the Effective Date, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

(t) Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined by the Board in compliance with Section 409A of the Code or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, in compliance with Section 422 of the Code.

(u) Incentive Stock Option” means an option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that is intended to be, and that qualifies as, an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(v) Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(w) Officer” means any person designated by the Company as an officer.

(x) Option” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(y) Option Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an Option grant. Each Option Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(z) Optionholder” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

(aa) Other Stock Award” means an award based in whole or in part by reference to the Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(c).

 

19


(bb) Other Stock Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of an Other Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an Other Stock Award grant. Each Other Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(cc) Own,” “Owned,” “Owner,” “Ownership” A person or Entity will be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

(dd) Participant” means a person to whom a Stock Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.

(ee) Plan” means this 2019 Equity Incentive Plan.

(ff) Restricted Stock Award” means an award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(a).

(gg) Restricted Stock Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(hh) Restricted Stock Unit Award” means a right to receive shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(b).

(ii) Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Unit Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Unit Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(jj) Rule 405” means Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act.

(kk) Rule 701” means Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

(ll) Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(mm) Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means a right to receive the appreciation on Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5.

(nn) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Appreciation Right evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Appreciation Right grant. Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(oo) Stock Award” means any right to receive Common Stock granted under the Plan, including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, a Restricted Stock Unit Award, a Stock Appreciation Right or any Other Stock Award.

(pp) Stock Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Award grant. Each Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

20


(qq) Subsidiary” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation will have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than 50%.

(rr) Ten Percent Stockholder” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

21


SWEETGREEN, INC.

STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

(2019 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN)

Sweetgreen, Inc. (the “Company”), pursuant to its 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended and/or restated as of the Date of Grant set forth below, the “Plan”), has granted to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Common Stock set forth below (the “Option”). The Option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth in this Stock Option Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”) and in the Plan, the Option Agreement, and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are attached to this Grant Notice and incorporated into this Grant Notice in their entirety. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Grant Notice but defined in the Plan or the Option Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan or the Option Agreement, as applicable. If the Company uses an electronic capitalization table system (such as Carta or Shareworks) and the fields below are blank or the information is otherwise provided in a different format electronically, the blank fields and other information (such as exercise schedule and type of grant) shall be deemed to come from the electronic capitalization system and is considered part of this Grant Notice.

 

Optionholder:    [SEE CARTA FOR DETAILS]
Date of Grant:    [SEE CARTA FOR DETAILS]
Vesting Commencement Date:    [SEE CARTA FOR DETAILS]
Number of Shares Subject to Option:    [SEE CARTA FOR DETAILS]
Exercise Price (Per Share):    [SEE CARTA FOR DETAILS]
Total Exercise Price:    [SEE CARTA FOR DETAILS]
Expiration Date:    [SEE CARTA FOR DETAILS]
Exercise Schedule:    [SEE CARTA FOR DETAILS]
Type of Grant:    [SEE CARTA FOR DETAILS]

Vesting Schedule: [SEE CARTA FOR DETAILS]

Acceleration: [For purposes of acceleration, “Good Reason” means any of the following actions taken by the Company or a successor corporation or entity without Optionee’s consent (unless such action is taken in response to conduct by Optionee that constitutes Cause): (1) material reduction of Optionee’s base compensation, other than a reduction that applies generally to all executives and does not exceed 10%; (2) material reduction in Optionee’s authority, duties or responsibilities; provided, however, that a change in job position (including a change in title) will not be deemed a “material reduction” unless Optionee’s new authority, duties or responsibilities are materially reduced from the prior authority, duties or responsibilities; or (3) relocation of Optionee’s principal place of employment that results in an increase in Optionee’s one-way driving distance by more than 50 miles from Optionee’s then current principal residence. In order to resign for Good Reason, Optionee must provide written notice of the event giving rise to Good Reason to the Board within 90 days after the condition arises, allow the Company 30 days to cure such condition, and if the Company fails to cure the condition within such period, Optionee’s resignation from all positions Optionee then holds with the Company must be effective not later than 90 days after the end of the Company’s cure period.]


Optionholder Acknowledgements: By Optionholder’s signature below or by electronic acceptance or authentication in a form authorized by the Company, Optionholder understands and agrees that the Option is governed by this Stock Option Grant Notice, and the provisions of the Plan and the Option Agreement and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are made a part of this document.

By accepting this Option, Optionholder consents to receive this Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, the Plan, and any other Plan-related documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company. Optionholder represents that he or she has read and is familiar with the provisions of the Plan and the Option Agreement. Optionholder acknowledges and agrees that this Grant Notice and the Option Agreement may not be modified, amended or revised except in writing signed by Optionholder and a duly authorized officer of the Company.

Optionholder further acknowledges that in the event of any conflict between the provisions in this Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, the Notice of Exercise and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control. Optionholder further acknowledges that the Option Agreement sets forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding the acquisition of Common Stock and supersedes all prior oral and written agreements, promises and/or representations on that subject with the exception of other equity awards previously granted to Optionholder and any written employment agreement, offer letter, severance agreement, written severance plan or policy, or other written agreement between the Company and Optionholder in each case that specifies the terms that should govern this Option.

Optionholder further acknowledges that this Grant Notice has been prepared on behalf of the Company by Cooley LLP, counsel to the Company and that Cooley LLP does not represent, and is not acting on behalf of, Optionholder in any capacity. Optionholder has been provided with an opportunity to consult with Optionholder’s own counsel with respect to this Grant Notice.

This Grant Notice may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act or other applicable law) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered will be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

 

Sweetgreen, Inc.               Optionholder: [SEE CARTA FOR DETAILS]
By:  

 

     By:   

 

  (Signature)         (Signature)
Title:  

 

     Title:   

 

Date:  

 

     Date:   

 

Attachments: Option Agreement, 2019 Equity Incentive Plan and Notice of Exercise


ATTACHMENT I

OPTION AGREEMENT

 


SWEETGREEN, INC.

2019 Equity Incentive Plan

OPTION AGREEMENT

(INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION OR NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION)

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (“Grant Notice”) and this Option Agreement, Sweetgreen, Inc. (the “Company”) has granted you an option under its 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. The option is granted to you effective as of the date of grant set forth in the Grant Notice (the “Date of Grant”). If there is any conflict between the terms in this Option Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Option Agreement or in the Grant Notice but defined in the Plan will have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of your option, in addition to those set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan, are as follows:

1. Vesting. Your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice. Vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service.

2. Number of Shares and Exercise Price. The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and your exercise price per share in your Grant Notice will be adjusted for Capitalization Adjustments.

3. Exercise Restriction for Non-Exempt Employees. If you are an Employee eligible for overtime compensation under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended (that is, a “Non-Exempt Employee”), and except as otherwise provided in the Plan, you may not exercise your option until you have completed at least six months of Continuous Service measured from the Date of Grant, even if you have already been an employee for more than six months. Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, you may exercise your option as to any vested portion prior to such six month anniversary in the case of (i) your death or disability, (ii) a Corporate Transaction in which your option is not assumed, continued or substituted, (iii) a Change in Control or (iv) your termination of Continuous Service on your “retirement” (as defined in the Company’s benefit plans).

4. Exercise prior to Vesting (“Early Exercise”). If permitted in your Grant Notice (i.e., the “Exercise Schedule” indicates “Early Exercise Permitted”) and subject to the provisions of your option, you may elect at any time that is both (i) during the period of your Continuous Service and (ii) during the term of your option, to exercise all or part of your option, including the unvested portion of your option; provided, however, that:

(a) a partial exercise of your option will be deemed to cover first vested shares of Common Stock and then the earliest vesting installment of unvested shares of Common Stock;

(b) any shares of Common Stock so purchased from installments that have not vested as of the date of exercise will be subject to the purchase option in favor of the Company as described in the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement;

(c) you will enter into the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement with a vesting schedule that will result in the same vesting as if no early exercise had occurred; and

 

1.


(d) if your option is an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the Date of Grant) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which your option plus all other Incentive Stock Options you hold are exercisable for the first time by you during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds $100,000, your option(s) or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.

5. Method of Payment. You must pay the full amount of the exercise price for the shares you wish to exercise. The permitted methods of payment are as follows:

(a) by cash, check, bank draft, electronic funds transfer or money order payable to the Company;

(b) subject to Company and/or Board consent at the time of exercise and provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds. This manner of payment is also known as a “broker-assisted exercise”, “same day sale”, or “sell to cover”;

(c) subject to Company and/or Board consent at the time of exercise and provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of already-owned shares of Common Stock that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. “Delivery” for these purposes, in the sole discretion of the Company at the time you exercise your option, will include delivery to the Company of your attestation of ownership of such shares of Common Stock in a form approved by the Company. You may not exercise your option by delivery to the Company of Common Stock if doing so would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock;

(d) subject to Company and/or Board consent at the time of exercise, and provided that the Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of the Option by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price plus, to the extent permitted by the Company and/or Board at the time of exercise, the aggregate withholding obligations in respect of the Option exercise; provided, further that you must pay any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by the “net exercise” in cash or other permitted form of payment. Shares of Common Stock will no longer be subject to the Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) shares issuable upon exercise are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (B) shares are delivered to you as a result of such exercise, and (C) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations;

(e) subject to the consent of the Company and/or Board at the time of exercise, according to a deferred payment or similar arrangement with you; provided, however, that interest will compound at least annually and will be charged at the minimum rate of interest necessary to avoid (A) the imputation of interest income to the Company and compensation income to the Optionholder under any applicable provisions of the Code, and (B) the classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes; or

(f) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board.

 

2.


6. Whole Shares. You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

7. Securities Law Compliance. In no event may you exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if not registered, the Company has determined that your exercise and the issuance of the shares would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option also must comply with all other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations (including any restrictions on exercise required for compliance with Treas. Reg. 1.401(k)-1(d)(3), if applicable).

8. Term. You may not exercise your option before the Date of Grant or after the expiration of the option’s term. Except as set forth in your Grant Notice, the term of your option expires, subject to the provisions of Section 5(h) of the Plan, upon the earliest of the following:

(a) immediately upon the termination of your Continuous Service for Cause;

(b) three months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause, your Disability or your death (except as otherwise provided in Section 8(d) below); provided, however, that if during any part of such three month period your option is not exercisable solely because of the condition set forth in the section above relating to “Securities Law Compliance,” your option will not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it has been exercisable for an aggregate period of three months after the termination of your Continuous Service; provided further, that if (i) you are a Non-Exempt Employee, (ii) your Continuous Service terminates within six months after the Date of Grant, and (iii) you have vested in a portion of your option at the time of your termination of Continuous Service, your option will not expire until the earlier of (x) the later of (A) the date that is seven months after the Date of Grant, and (B) the date that is three months after the termination of your Continuous Service, and (y) the Expiration Date;

(c) 12 months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability (except as otherwise provided in Section 8(d)) below;

(d) 18 months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than Cause;

(e) the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

(f) the day before the 10th anniversary of the Date of Grant.

If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning on the Date of Grant and ending on the day three months before the date of your option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or Disability. The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you continue to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise your option more than three months after the date your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates.

9. Exercise.

 

3.


(a) You may exercise the vested portion of your option (and the unvested portion of your option if your Grant Notice so permits) during its term by delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company) together with the exercise price to the Secretary of the Company, or to such other person as the Company may designate, during regular business hours. If required by the Company, your exercise may be made contingent on your execution of any additional documents specified by the Company (including, without limitation, any voting agreement or other agreement between the Company and some or all of its stockholders).

(b) By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (i) the exercise of your option, (ii) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (iii) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

(c) If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, by exercising your option you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within 15 days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two years after the Date of Grant or within one year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.

(d) By exercising your option you agree that you will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale with respect to any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by you, for a period of 180 days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company will request to facilitate compliance with FINRA Rule 2241 or any successor or similar rules or regulation (the “Lock-Up Period”); provided, however, that nothing contained in this section will prevent the exercise of a repurchase option, if any, in favor of the Company during the Lock-Up Period. You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriters that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of Common Stock until the end of such period. You also agree that any transferee of any shares of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by you will be bound by this Section 9(d). The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 9(d) and will have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

10. Transferability. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 10, your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you.

(a) Certain Trusts. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may transfer your option to a trust if you are considered to be the sole beneficial owner (determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while the option is held in the trust. You and the trustee must enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

(b) Domestic Relations Orders. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, and provided that you and the designated transferee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company, you may transfer your option pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulation 1.421-1(b)(2) that contains the information required by the Company to effectuate the transfer. You are encouraged to discuss the proposed terms of any division of this option with

 

4.


the Company prior to finalizing the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement to help ensure the required information is contained within the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement. If this option is an Incentive Stock Option, this option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(c) Beneficiary Designation. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company and any broker designated by the Company to handle option exercises, designate a third party who, on your death, will thereafter be entitled to exercise this option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a designation, your executor or administrator of your estate will be entitled to exercise this option and receive, on behalf of your estate, the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise.

11. Right of First Refusal. Shares of Common Stock that you acquire upon exercise of your option are subject to any right of first refusal that may be described in the Company’s bylaws in effect at such time the Company elects to exercise its right; provided, however, that if there is no right of first refusal described in the Company’s bylaws at such time, the right of first refusal described below will apply. The Company’s right of first refusal will expire on the first date upon which any security of the Company is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on a national securities exchange or quotation system (the “Listing Date”).

(a) Prior to the Listing Date, you may not validly Transfer (as defined below) any shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of your option, or any interest in such shares, unless such Transfer is made in compliance with the following provisions:

(i) Before there can be a valid Transfer of any shares of Common Stock or any interest therein, the record holder of the shares of Common Stock to be transferred (the “Offered Shares”) will give written notice (by registered or certified mail) to the Company. Such notice will specify the identity of the proposed transferee, the cash price offered for the Offered Shares by the proposed transferee (or, if the proposed Transfer is one in which the holder will not receive cash, such as an involuntary transfer, gift, donation or pledge, the holder will state that no purchase price is being proposed), and the other terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer. The date such notice is mailed will be hereinafter referred to as the “Notice Date” and the record holder of the Offered Shares will be hereinafter referred to as the “Offeror.” If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change in the character or amount of any of the outstanding Common Stock which is subject to the provisions of your option, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which you are entitled by reason of your ownership of the shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of your option will be immediately subject to the Company’s Right of First Refusal (as defined below) with the same force and effect as the shares subject to the Right of First Refusal immediately before such event.

(ii) For a period of 30 calendar days after the Notice Date, or such longer period as may be required to avoid the classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes, the Company will have the option to purchase all (but not less than all) of the Offered Shares at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) (the Company’s “Right of First Refusal”). In the event that the proposed Transfer is one involving no payment of a purchase price, the purchase price will be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Offered Shares as determined in good faith by the Board in its discretion. The Company may exercise its Right of First Refusal by mailing (by registered or certified mail) written notice of exercise of its Right of First Refusal to the Offeror prior to the end of said 30 days (including any extension required to avoid classification of the option as a liability for financial accounting purposes).

 

5.


(iii) The price at which the Company may purchase the Offered Shares pursuant to the exercise of its Right of First Refusal will be the cash price offered for the Offered Shares by the proposed transferee (as set forth in the notice required under Section 11(a)(i)), or the Fair Market Value as determined by the Board in the event no purchase price is involved. To the extent consideration other than cash is offered by the proposed transferee, the Company will not be required to pay any additional amounts to the Offeror other than the cash price offered (or the Fair Market Value, if applicable). The Company’s notice of exercise of its Right of First Refusal will be accompanied by full payment for the Offered Shares and, upon such payment by the Company, the Company will acquire full right, title and interest to all of the Offered Shares.

(iv) If, and only if, the option given pursuant to Section 11(a)(ii) is not exercised, the Transfer proposed in the notice given pursuant to Section 11(a)(i) may take place; provided, however, that such Transfer must, in all respects, be exactly as proposed in said notice except that such Transfer may not take place either before the 10th calendar day after the expiration of the 30 day option exercise period or after the ninetieth 90th calendar day after the expiration of the 30 day option exercise period, and if such Transfer has not taken place prior to said 90th day, such Transfer may not take place without once again complying with this Section 11(a). The option exercise periods in this Section 11(a)(iv) will be adjusted to include any extension required to avoid the classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes.

(b) As used in this Section 11, the term “Transfer” means any sale, encumbrance, pledge, gift or other form of disposition or transfer of shares of Common Stock or any legal or equitable interest therein; provided, however, that the term Transfer does not include a transfer of such shares or interests by will or intestacy to your Immediate Family (as defined below). In such case, the transferee or other recipient will receive and hold the shares of Common Stock so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there will be no further transfer of such shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 11. As used herein, the term “Immediate Family” will mean your spouse, the lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister, child, adopted child, grandchild or adopted grandchild of you or your spouse, or the spouse of any child, adopted child, grandchild or adopted grandchild of you or your spouse.

(c) None of the shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of your option will be transferred on the Company’s books nor will the Company recognize any such Transfer of any such shares or any interest therein unless and until all applicable provisions of this Section 11 have been complied with in all respects. The certificates of stock evidencing shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of your option will bear an appropriate legend referring to the transfer restrictions imposed by this Section 11.

(d) To ensure that the shares subject to the Company’s Right of First Refusal will be available for repurchase by the Company, the Company may require you to deposit the certificates evidencing the shares that you purchase upon exercise of your option with an escrow agent designated by the Company under the terms and conditions of an escrow agreement approved by the Company. If the Company does not require such deposit as a condition of exercise of your option, the Company reserves the right at any time to require you to so deposit the certificates in escrow. As soon as practicable after the expiration of the Company’s Right of First Refusal, the agent will deliver to you the shares and any other property no longer subject to such restriction. In the event the shares and any other property held in escrow are subject to the Company’s exercise of its Right of First Refusal, the notices required to be given to you will be given to the escrow agent, and any payment required to be given to you will be given to the escrow agent. Within 30 days after payment by the Company for the Offered Shares, the escrow agent will deliver the Offered Shares that the Company has repurchased to the Company and will deliver the payment received from the Company to you.

 

6.


12. Option not a Service Contract. Your option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your option will be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option will obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective stockholders, boards of directors, officers or employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.

13. Withholding Obligations.

(a) At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, and at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “same day sale” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your option.

(b) If this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, then upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, and compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes). If the date of determination of any tax withholding obligation is deferred to a date later than the date of exercise of your option, share withholding pursuant to the preceding sentence will not be permitted unless you make a proper and timely election under Section 83(b) of the Code, covering the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise with respect to which such determination is otherwise deferred, to accelerate the determination of such tax withholding obligation to the date of exercise of your option. Notwithstanding the filing of such election, shares of Common Stock will be withheld solely from fully vested shares of Common Stock determined as of the date of exercise of your option that are otherwise issuable to you upon such exercise. Any adverse consequences to you arising in connection with such share withholding procedure will be your sole responsibility.

(c) You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company will have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow provided for herein, if applicable, unless such obligations are satisfied.

14. Tax Consequences. You hereby agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities. You will not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from your option or your other compensation. In particular, you acknowledge that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the exercise price per share specified in the Grant Notice is at least equal to the “fair market value” per share of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the option. Because the Common Stock is not traded on an established securities market, the Fair Market Value is determined by the Board, perhaps in consultation with an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. You acknowledge that there is no guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation as determined by the Board, and you will not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation determined by the Board is less than the “fair market value” as subsequently determined by the Internal Revenue Service.

 

7.


15. Notices. Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan will be given in writing (including electronically) and will be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan and this option by electronic means or to request your consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. By accepting this option, you consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

16. Governing Plan Document. Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. If there is any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will control.

 

 

8.


ATTACHMENT II

2019 Equity Incentive Plan


ATTACHMENT III

NOTICE OF EXERCISE


SWEETGREEN, INC.

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

This constitutes notice to Sweetgreen, Inc. (the “Company”) under my stock option that I elect to purchase the below number of shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “Shares”) for the price set forth below. Use of certain payment methods is subject to Company and/or Board consent and certain additional requirements set forth in the Option Agreement and the Plan. If the Company uses an electronic capitalization table system (such as Carta or Shareworks) and the fields below are blank, the blank fields shall be deemed to come from the electronic capitalization system and is considered part of this Notice of Exercise.

Option Information

 

Type of option (check one):   

Incentive ☐         Nonstatutory ☐

Stock option dated:   

 

Number of Shares as to which option is exercised:   

 

Certificates to be issued in name of:1   

 

Exercise Information

 

Date of Exercise:  

 

Total exercise price:  

 

Cash:2  

 

Regulation T Program (cashless exercise):3  

 

Value of _____ Shares delivered with this notice:4  

 

Value of _____ Shares pursuant to net exercise:5  

 

By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant to the terms of the 2019 Equity Incentive Plan, (ii) to provide for the payment by me to you (in the manner designated by you) of your withholding obligation, if any, relating to the exercise of this option, and (iii) if this exercise relates to an incentive stock option, to notify you in writing within 15 days after the date of any disposition of any of the Shares issued upon exercise of this option that occurs within two years after the date of grant of this option or within one year after such Shares are issued upon exercise of this option. I further agree that this Notice of Exercise may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act or other applicable law) or other transmission method and will be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

I hereby make the following certifications and representations with respect to the number of Shares listed above, which are being acquired by me for my own account upon exercise of the option as set forth above:

I acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and are deemed to constitute “restricted securities” under Rule 701 and Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. I warrant and represent to the Company that I have no present intention of distributing or selling said Shares, except as permitted under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws.

 

1 

If left blank, will be issued in the name of the option holder.

2 

Cash may be in the form of cash, check, bank draft, electronic funds transfer or money order payment.

3 

Subject to Company and/or Board consent and must meet the public trading and other requirements set forth in the Option Agreement.

4 

Subject to Company and/or Board consent and must meet the public trading and other requirements set forth in the Option Agreement. Shares must be valued in accordance with the terms of the option being exercised, and must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests. Certificates must be endorsed or accompanied by an executed assignment separate from certificate.

5 

Subject to Company and/or Board consent and must be a Nonstatutory Option.


I further acknowledge and agree that, except for such information as required to be delivered to me by the Company pursuant to the option or the Plan (if any), I will have no right to receive any information from the Company by virtue of the grant of the option or the purchase of shares of Common Stock through exercise of the option, ownership of such shares of Common Stock, or as a result of my being a holder of record of stock of the Company. Without limiting the foregoing, to the fullest extent permitted by law, I hereby waive all inspection rights under Section 220 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and all such similar information and/or inspection rights that may be provided under the law of any jurisdiction, or any federal, state or foreign regulation, that are, or may become, applicable to the Company or the Company’s capital stock (the “Inspection Rights”). I hereby covenant and agree never to directly or indirectly commence, voluntarily aid in any way, prosecute, assign, transfer, or cause to be commenced any claim, action, cause of action, or other proceeding to pursue or exercise the Inspection Rights.

I further acknowledge that I will not be able to resell the Shares for at least 90 days after the stock of the Company becomes publicly traded (i.e., subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) under Rule 701 and that more restrictive conditions apply to affiliates of the Company under Rule 144.

I further acknowledge that all certificates representing any of the Shares subject to the provisions of the option will have endorsed thereon appropriate legends reflecting the foregoing limitations, as well as any legends reflecting restrictions pursuant to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and/or applicable securities laws.

I further agree that, if required by the Company (or a representative of the underwriters) in connection with the first underwritten registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act, I will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale with respect to any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company for a period of 180 days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company will request to facilitate compliance with FINRA Rule 2241 or any successor or similar rule or regulation) (the “Lock-Up Period”). I further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriters that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such period.

Very truly yours,

 

   

 

   

 

  Address of Record:  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  Email:  

 


SWEETGREEN, INC.

2019 Equity Incentive Plan

OPTION AGREEMENT

(INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION OR NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION)

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (“Grant Notice”) and this Option Agreement, Sweetgreen, Inc. (the “ Company”) has granted you an option under its 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. The option is granted to you effective as of the date of grant set forth in the Grant Notice (the “Date of Grant”). If there is any conflict between the terms in this Option Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Option Agreement or in the Grant Notice but defined in the Plan will have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of your option, in addition to those set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan, are as follows:

1. Vesting. Your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice. Vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service.

2. Number of Shares and Exercise Price. The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and your exercise price per share in your Grant Notice will be adjusted for Capitalization Adjustments.

3. Exercise Restriction for Non-Exempt Employees. If you are an Employee eligible for overtime compensation under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended (that is, a “Non-Exempt Employee”), and except as otherwise provided in the Plan, you may not exercise your option until you have completed at least six months of Continuous Service measured from the Date of Grant, even if you have already been an employee for more than six months. Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, you may exercise your option as to any vested portion prior to such six month anniversary in the case of (i) your death or disability, (ii) a Corporate Transaction in which your option is not assumed, continued or substituted, (iii) a Change in Control or (iv) your termination of Continuous Service on your “retirement” (as defined in the Company’s benefit plans).

4. Exercise prior to Vesting (“Early Exercise”). If permitted in your Grant Notice (i.e., the “Exercise Schedule” indicates “Early Exercise Permitted”) and subject to the provisions of your option, you may elect at any time that is both (i) during the period of your Continuous Service and (ii) during the term of your option, to exercise all or part of your option, including the unvested portion of your option; provided, however, that:

(a) a partial exercise of your option will be deemed to cover first vested shares of Common Stock and then the earliest vesting installment of unvested shares of Common Stock;

(b) any shares of Common Stock so purchased from installments that have not vested as of the date of exercise will be subject to the purchase option in favor of the Company as described in the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement;

 

1.


(c) you will enter into the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement with a vesting schedule that will result in the same vesting as if no early exercise had occurred; and

(d) if your option is an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the Date of Grant) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which your option plus all other Incentive Stock Options you hold are exercisable for the first time by you during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds $100,000, your option(s) or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.

5. Method of Payment. You must pay the full amount of the exercise price for the shares you wish to exercise. The permitted methods of payment are as follows:

(a) by cash, check, bank draft, electronic funds transfer or money order payable to the Company;

(b) subject to Company and/or Board consent at the time of exercise and provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds. This manner of payment is also known as a “broker-assisted exercise”, “same day sale”, or “sell to cover”;

(c) subject to Company and/or Board consent at the time of exercise and provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of already-owned shares of Common Stock that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. “Delivery” for these purposes, in the sole discretion of the Company at the time you exercise your option, will include delivery to the Company of your attestation of ownership of such shares of Common Stock in a form approved by the Company. You may not exercise your option by delivery to the Company of Common Stock if doing so would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock;

(d) subject to Company and/or Board consent at the time of exercise, and provided that the Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of the Option by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price plus, to the extent permitted by the Company and/or Board at the time of exercise, the aggregate withholding obligations in respect of the Option exercise; provided, further that you must pay any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by the “net exercise” in cash or other permitted form of payment. Shares of Common Stock will no longer be subject to the Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) shares issuable upon exercise are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (B) shares are delivered to you as a result of such exercise, and (C) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations;

(e) subject to the consent of the Company and/or Board at the time of exercise, according to a deferred payment or similar arrangement with you; provided, however, that interest will compound at least annually and will be charged at the minimum rate of interest necessary to avoid (A) the imputation of interest income to the Company and compensation income to the Optionholder under any applicable provisions of the Code, and (B) the classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes; or

 

2.


(f) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board.

6. Whole Shares. You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

7. Securities Law Compliance. In no event may you exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if not registered, the Company has determined that your exercise and the issuance of the shares would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option also must comply with all other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations (including any restrictions on exercise required for compliance with Treas. Reg. 1.401(k)-1(d)(3), if applicable).

8. Term. You may not exercise your option before the Date of Grant or after the expiration of the option’s term. Except as set forth in your Grant Notice, the term of your option expires, subject to the provisions of Section 5(h) of the Plan, upon the earliest of the following:

(a) immediately upon the termination of your Continuous Service for Cause;

(b) three months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause, your Disability or your death (except as otherwise provided in Section 8(d) below); provided, however, that if during any part of such three month period your option is not exercisable solely because of the condition set forth in the section above relating to “Securities Law Compliance,” your option will not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it has been exercisable for an aggregate period of three months after the termination of your Continuous Service; provided further, that if (i) you are a Non-Exempt Employee, (ii) your Continuous Service terminates within six months after the Date of Grant, and (iii) you have vested in a portion of your option at the time of your termination of Continuous Service, your option will not expire until the earlier of (x) the later of (A) the date that is seven months after the Date of Grant, and (B) the date that is three months after the termination of your Continuous Service, and (y) the Expiration Date;

(c) 12 months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability (except as otherwise provided in Section 8(d)) below;

(d) 18 months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than Cause;

(e) the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

(f) the day before the 10th anniversary of the Date of Grant.

If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning on the Date of Grant and ending on the day three months before the date of your option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or Disability. The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you continue to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise your option more than three months after the date your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates.

 

3.


9. Exercise.

(a) You may exercise the vested portion of your option (and the unvested portion of your option if your Grant Notice so permits) during its term by delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company) together with the exercise price to the Secretary of the Company, or to such other person as the Company may designate, during regular business hours. If required by the Company, your exercise may be made contingent on your execution of any additional documents specified by the Company (including, without limitation, any voting agreement or other agreement between the Company and some or all of its stockholders).

(b) By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (i) the exercise of your option, (ii) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (iii) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

(c) If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, by exercising your option you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within 15 days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two years after the Date of Grant or within one year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.

(d) By exercising your option you agree that you will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale with respect to any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by you, for a period of 180 days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company will request to facilitate compliance with FINRA Rule 2241 or any successor or similar rules or regulation (the “Lock-Up Period”); provided, however, that nothing contained in this section will prevent the exercise of a repurchase option, if any, in favor of the Company during the Lock-Up Period. You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriters that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of Common Stock until the end of such period. You also agree that any transferee of any shares of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by you will be bound by this Section 9(d). The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 9(d) and will have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

10. Transferability. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 10, your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you.

(a) Certain Trusts. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may transfer your option to a trust if you are considered to be the sole beneficial owner (determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while the option is held in the trust. You and the trustee must enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

 

4.


(b) Domestic Relations Orders. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, and provided that you and the designated transferee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company, you may transfer your option pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulation 1.421-1(b)(2) that contains the information required by the Company to effectuate the transfer. You are encouraged to discuss the proposed terms of any division of this option with the Company prior to finalizing the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement to help ensure the required information is contained within the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement. If this option is an Incentive Stock Option, this option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(c) Beneficiary Designation. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company and any broker designated by the Company to handle option exercises, designate a third party who, on your death, will thereafter be entitled to exercise this option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a designation, your executor or administrator of your estate will be entitled to exercise this option and receive, on behalf of your estate, the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise.

11. Right of First Refusal. Shares of Common Stock that you acquire upon exercise of your option are subject to any right of first refusal that may be described in the Company’s bylaws in effect at such time the Company elects to exercise its right; provided, however, that if there is no right of first refusal described in the Company’s bylaws at such time, the right of first refusal described below will apply. The Company’s right of first refusal will expire on the first date upon which any security of the Company is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on a national securities exchange or quotation system (the “Listing Date”).

(a) Prior to the Listing Date, you may not validly Transfer (as defined below) any shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of your option, or any interest in such shares, unless such Transfer is made in compliance with the following provisions:

(i) Before there can be a valid Transfer of any shares of Common Stock or any interest therein, the record holder of the shares of Common Stock to be transferred (the “Offered Shares”) will give written notice (by registered or certified mail) to the Company. Such notice will specify the identity of the proposed transferee, the cash price offered for the Offered Shares by the proposed transferee (or, if the proposed Transfer is one in which the holder will not receive cash, such as an involuntary transfer, gift, donation or pledge, the holder will state that no purchase price is being proposed), and the other terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer. The date such notice is mailed will be hereinafter referred to as the “Notice Date” and the record holder of the Offered Shares will be hereinafter referred to as the “Offeror.” If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change in the character or amount of any of the outstanding Common Stock which is subject to the provisions of your option, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which you are entitled by reason of your ownership of the shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of your option will be immediately subject to the Company’s Right of First Refusal (as defined below) with the same force and effect as the shares subject to the Right of First Refusal immediately before such event.

(ii) For a period of 30 calendar days after the Notice Date, or such longer period as may be required to avoid the classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes, the Company will have the option to purchase all (but not less than all) of the Offered Shares at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) (the Company’s “Right of First Refusal”). In the event that the proposed Transfer is one involving no payment of a purchase price, the purchase price will be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Offered Shares as determined in good faith by the Board in its discretion. The Company may exercise its Right of First Refusal by mailing (by registered or certified mail) written notice of exercise of its Right of First Refusal to the Offeror prior to the end of said 30 days (including any extension required to avoid classification of the option as a liability for financial accounting purposes).

 

5.


(iii) The price at which the Company may purchase the Offered Shares pursuant to the exercise of its Right of First Refusal will be the cash price offered for the Offered Shares by the proposed transferee (as set forth in the notice required under Section 11(a)(i)), or the Fair Market Value as determined by the Board in the event no purchase price is involved. To the extent consideration other than cash is offered by the proposed transferee, the Company will not be required to pay any additional amounts to the Offeror other than the cash price offered (or the Fair Market Value, if applicable). The Company’s notice of exercise of its Right of First Refusal will be accompanied by full payment for the Offered Shares and, upon such payment by the Company, the Company will acquire full right, title and interest to all of the Offered Shares.

(iv) If, and only if, the option given pursuant to Section 11(a)(ii) is not exercised, the Transfer proposed in the notice given pursuant to Section 11(a)(i) may take place; provided, however, that such Transfer must, in all respects, be exactly as proposed in said notice except that such Transfer may not take place either before the 10th calendar day after the expiration of the 30 day option exercise period or after the ninetieth 90th calendar day after the expiration of the 30 day option exercise period, and if such Transfer has not taken place prior to said 90th day, such Transfer may not take place without once again complying with this Section 11(a). The option exercise periods in this Section 11(a)(iv) will be adjusted to include any extension required to avoid the classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes.

(b) As used in this Section 11, the term “Transfer” means any sale, encumbrance, pledge, gift or other form of disposition or transfer of shares of Common Stock or any legal or equitable interest therein; provided, however, that the term Transfer does not include a transfer of such shares or interests by will or intestacy to your Immediate Family (as defined below). In such case, the transferee or other recipient will receive and hold the shares of Common Stock so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there will be no further transfer of such shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 11. As used herein, the term “Immediate Family” will mean your spouse, the lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister, child, adopted child, grandchild or adopted grandchild of you or your spouse, or the spouse of any child, adopted child, grandchild or adopted grandchild of you or your spouse.

(c) None of the shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of your option will be transferred on the Company’s books nor will the Company recognize any such Transfer of any such shares or any interest therein unless and until all applicable provisions of this Section 11 have been complied with in all respects. The certificates of stock evidencing shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of your option will bear an appropriate legend referring to the transfer restrictions imposed by this Section 11.

(d) To ensure that the shares subject to the Company’s Right of First Refusal will be available for repurchase by the Company, the Company may require you to deposit the certificates evidencing the shares that you purchase upon exercise of your option with an escrow agent designated by the Company under the terms and conditions of an escrow agreement approved by the Company. If the Company does not require such deposit as a condition of exercise of your option, the Company reserves the right at any time to require you to so deposit the certificates in escrow. As soon as practicable after the expiration of the Company’s Right of First Refusal, the agent will deliver to you the shares and any other property no longer subject to such restriction. In the event the shares and any other property held in escrow

 

6.


are subject to the Company’s exercise of its Right of First Refusal, the notices required to be given to you will be given to the escrow agent, and any payment required to be given to you will be given to the escrow agent. Within 30 days after payment by the Company for the Offered Shares, the escrow agent will deliver the Offered Shares that the Company has repurchased to the Company and will deliver the payment received from the Company to you.

12. Option not a Service Contract. Your option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your option will be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option will obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective stockholders, boards of directors, officers or employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.

13. Withholding Obligations.

(a) At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, and at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “same day sale” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your option.

(b) If this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, then upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, and compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes). If the date of determination of any tax withholding obligation is deferred to a date later than the date of exercise of your option, share withholding pursuant to the preceding sentence will not be permitted unless you make a proper and timely election under Section 83(b) of the Code, covering the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise with respect to which such determination is otherwise deferred, to accelerate the determination of such tax withholding obligation to the date of exercise of your option. Notwithstanding the filing of such election, shares of Common Stock will be withheld solely from fully vested shares of Common Stock determined as of the date of exercise of your option that are otherwise issuable to you upon such exercise. Any adverse consequences to you arising in connection with such share withholding procedure will be your sole responsibility.

(c) You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company will have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow provided for herein, if applicable, unless such obligations are satisfied.

14. Tax Consequences. You hereby agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities. You will not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from your option or your other compensation. In particular, you acknowledge that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the exercise price per share specified in

 

7.


the Grant Notice is at least equal to the “fair market value” per share of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the option. Because the Common Stock is not traded on an established securities market, the Fair Market Value is determined by the Board, perhaps in consultation with an independent valuation firm retained by the Company. You acknowledge that there is no guarantee that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation as determined by the Board, and you will not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation determined by the Board is less than the “fair market value” as subsequently determined by the Internal Revenue Service.

15. Notices. Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan will be given in writing (including electronically) and will be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan and this option by electronic means or to request your consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. By accepting this option, you consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

16. Governing Plan Document. Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. If there is any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will control.

 

8.


SWEETGREEN, INC.

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

This constitutes notice to Sweetgreen, Inc. (the “Company”) under my stock option that I elect to purchase the below number of shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “Shares”) for the price set forth below. Use of certain payment methods is subject to Company and/or Board consent and certain additional requirements set forth in the Option Agreement and the Plan. If the Company uses an electronic capitalization table system (such as Carta or Shareworks) and the fields below are blank, the blank fields shall be deemed to come from the electronic capitalization system and is considered part of this Notice of Exercise.

 

Option Information   
Type of option (check one):   

Incentive ☐            Nonstatutory ☐

Stock option dated:   

 

Number of Shares as to which option is exercised:   

 

Certificates to be issued in name of:1   

 

Exercise Information   
Date of Exercise:   

 

Total exercise price:   

 

Cash:2

  

 

Regulation T Program (cashless exercise):3

  

 

Value of _________ Shares delivered with this notice:4

  

 

Value of _________ Shares pursuant to net exercise:5

  

 

By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant to the terms of the 2019 Equity Incentive Plan, (ii) to provide for the payment by me to you (in the manner designated by you) of your withholding obligation, if any, relating to the exercise of this option, and (iii) if this exercise relates to an incentive stock option, to notify you in writing within 15 days after the date of any disposition of any of the Shares issued upon exercise of this option that occurs within two years after the date of grant of this option or within one year after such Shares are issued upon exercise of this option. I further agree that this Notice of Exercise may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act or other applicable law) or other transmission method and will be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

I hereby make the following certifications and representations with respect to the number of Shares listed above, which are being acquired by me for my own account upon exercise of the option as set forth above:

I acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and are deemed to constitute “restricted securities” under Rule 701 and Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. I warrant and represent to the Company that I have no present intention of distributing or selling said Shares, except as permitted under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws.

 

 

1 

If left blank, will be issued in the name of the option holder.

2 

Cash may be in the form of cash, check, bank draft, electronic funds transfer or money order payment.

3 

Subject to Company and/or Board consent and must meet the public trading and other requirements set forth in the Option Agreement.

4 

Subject to Company and/or Board consent and must meet the public trading and other requirements set forth in the Option Agreement. Shares must be valued in accordance with the terms of the option being exercised, and must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests. Certificates must be endorsed or accompanied by an executed assignment separate from certificate.

5 

Subject to Company and/or Board consent and must be a Nonstatutory Option.

 

1


I further acknowledge and agree that, except for such information as required to be delivered to me by the Company pursuant to the option or the Plan (if any), I will have no right to receive any information from the Company by virtue of the grant of the option or the purchase of shares of Common Stock through exercise of the option, ownership of such shares of Common Stock, or as a result of my being a holder of record of stock of the Company. Without limiting the foregoing, to the fullest extent permitted by law, I hereby waive all inspection rights under Section 220 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and all such similar information and/or inspection rights that may be provided under the law of any jurisdiction, or any federal, state or foreign regulation, that are, or may become, applicable to the Company or the Company’s capital stock (the “Inspection Rights”). I hereby covenant and agree never to directly or indirectly commence, voluntarily aid in any way, prosecute, assign, transfer, or cause to be commenced any claim, action, cause of action, or other proceeding to pursue or exercise the Inspection Rights.

I further acknowledge that I will not be able to resell the Shares for at least 90 days after the stock of the Company becomes publicly traded (i.e., subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) under Rule 701 and that more restrictive conditions apply to affiliates of the Company under Rule 144.

I further acknowledge that all certificates representing any of the Shares subject to the provisions of the option will have endorsed thereon appropriate legends reflecting the foregoing limitations, as well as any legends reflecting restrictions pursuant to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and/or applicable securities laws.

I further agree that, if required by the Company (or a representative of the underwriters) in connection with the first underwritten registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act, I will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale with respect to any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company for a period of 180 days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company will request to facilitate compliance with FINRA Rule 2241 or any successor or similar rule or regulation) (the “Lock-Up Period”). I further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriters that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such period.

 

            Very truly yours,
 

 

  (Signature)
 

 

  Name (Please Print)
Address of Record:  

 

 

 

 

 

Email:  

 

 

2

Exhibit 10.4

SWEETGREEN, INC.

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT NOTICE

Sweetgreen, Inc. (the “Company”), pursuant to its 2019 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended and/or restated as of the Date of Grant set forth below (the “Plan”), has granted to Participant (as of the date indicated below) a Restricted Stock Unit Award for the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (“RSUs”) set forth below (the “Award”). The Award is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Plan and the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (together with this Grant Notice, the “RSU Documents”), both of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein will have the meanings set forth in the Plan or the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms in the Award and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control.

 

Participant:   

 

Date of Grant:   

 

Expiration Date:    Tenth Anniversary of Date of Grant
Number of RSUs:    2,100,000
Vesting:    The RSUs will vest in accordance with the schedule set forth on Exhibit A.

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements:

By accepting the Award, Participant consents to receive the RSU Documents and any other Plan-related documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company. Participant represents that he or she has received, read and is familiar with the provisions of the RSU Documents. Participant acknowledges and agrees to the RSU Documents and that the RSU Documents may not be modified, amended or revised except in writing signed by Participant and a duly authorized officer of the Company.

Participant further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement sets forth the entire understanding between Participant and the Company regarding the acquisition of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the RSUs and supersedes all prior oral and written agreements, promises and/or representations on that subject.

Participant further acknowledges that this Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice has been prepared on behalf of the Company by Cooley LLP, counsel to the Company and that Cooley LLP does not represent, and is not acting on behalf of, Participant in any capacity. Participant has been provided with an opportunity to consult with Participant’s own counsel with respect to this Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice.

This Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act or other applicable law) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered will be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

 

1


SWEETGREEN, INC.    PARTICIPANT:
By:  

 

  

 

Signature    Signature
Name & Title:  

 

   Date:   

 

Date:  

 

     

ATTACHMENTS:

 

   

Attachment I: Restricted Stock Unit Agreement

 

   

Attachment II: 2019 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended and/or restated as of the Date of Grant

 

2


Exhibit A

Vesting

The two requirements that must be satisfied on or before the Expiration Date in order for an RSU to vest are the stock price based requirement (the “Stock Price Requirement”) and the liquidity event requirement (the “Liquidity Event Requirement”), each as described below. Each applicable RSU will vest (and therefore become a “Vested RSU”) on the first date on which both the applicable Stock Price Requirement and the Liquidity Event Requirement are satisfied with respect to that particular RSU (the “Vesting Date”), so long as Participant’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates has remained uninterrupted from the Date of Grant through the Vesting Date (except as set forth below). All RSUs that do not become Vested RSUs on or before the Expiration Date will be immediately forfeited to the Company upon expiration at no cost to the Company.

Stock Price Requirement:

The Stock Price Requirement shall be deemed satisfied in accordance with the milestones set forth below.

 

Number of RSUs    Price Per Share of Common Stock  

300,000

   $ 30.00  

300,000

   $ 37.50  

300,000

   $ 45.00  

300,000

   $ 52.50  

300,000

   $ 60.00  

300,000

   $ 67.50  

300,000

   $ 75.00  

Except in connection with a Change in Control, satisfaction of each Stock Price Requirement will be determined by the Board using a per share price equal to the trailing volume weighted average trading price over a 90-calendar day period that commences no earlier than the date which is nine months following the date of the Liquidity Event (to the extent such Liquidity Event is not a Change in Control) and that ends no later than the Expiration Date. More than one Share Price Requirement may be achieved on a particular date. For the avoidance of doubt, once a Share Price Requirement is satisfied, it does not need to be maintained. Each price per share of Common Stock dollar figures set forth above shall be automatically and appropriately adjusted, without any further action required, in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Common stock, and such as-adjusted dollar figures shall apply in lieu of the dollar figures set forth above.

Liquidity Event Requirement:

The Liquidity Event Requirement will be satisfied as to any then-outstanding RSUs upon the first to occur of (a) a Change in Control, (b) the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act for the sale of the Company’s Common Stock, or (c) the consummation of a “de-SPAC-ing transaction” (each, a “Liquidity Event”).

 

3


Settlement:

If an RSU vests as provided for above, the Company will issue one share of Common Stock for each Vested RSU. The shares will be issued in accordance with the issuance schedule set forth in Section 5 of the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.

Change in Control:

Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, to the extent that any of the Stock Price Requirements that have not been previously achieved but are achieved based on the value of the per-share consideration received by the Company’s common stockholders in connection with the Change in Control (the “Per Share Consideration”) (and, for the avoidance of doubt, in lieu of and without regard to any closing price average otherwise required to meet a Stock Price Requirement), such Stock Price Requirement will be deemed achieved. For the avoidance of doubt, the requirement that vesting will not occur prior to 9 months after a Liquidity Event will not apply to vesting in connection with a Change in Control. For purposes of determining the number of RSUs that have met the Stock Price Requirement in connection with such Change of Control, if the Per Share Consideration is greater than $30.00 but falls between two Stock Price Requirements, the number of RSUs for which the Per Share Consideration shall be satisfied shall be determined based on a linear interpolation using the Stock Price Requirement that is greater than but closest to the Per Share Consideration and the Stock Price Requirement that is less than but closest to the Per Share Consideration, with such number of RSUs rounded to the nearest share of Common Stock; provided, however, if the Per Share Consideration is lower than a previously-achieved Stock Price Requirement which triggered the vesting of any RSUs, no such previously-vested RSUs shall be subject to forfeiture. In addition, 25% of any then-unvested RSUs shall also vest automatically upon the occurrence of the Change in Control. Any RSUs that have not vested in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this paragraph shall be forfeited as of the Change in Control.

The Per Share Consideration shall be determined by the Board at the closing of such transaction in its discretion, taking into account: (i) the value of (A) any cash consideration received at closing, and (B) any deferred cash consideration potentially receivable; and (ii) the value of (A) any non-cash consideration received at closing, and (B) any non-cash consideration potentially receivable, in each case, for a share of common stock. Any contingent consideration (if any) to be paid to Participant shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the definitive agreement evidencing the Change in Control.

Termination of Employment:

For Cause: If Participant’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates is terminated by reason of Cause (as defined in the employment agreement between the Company and Participant, dated as of ________ (the “Employment Agreement”)), the following shall be forfeited at no cost to the Company: (a) all then-unvested RSUs and (b) all Vested RSUs that have not yet been settled.

Resignation Without Good Reason: If Participant’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates is terminated by Participant without Good Reason (as defined in the Employment Agreement), all then-unvested RSUs shall be forfeited at no cost to the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, any Vested RSUs shall continue to be settled in accordance with the issuance schedule set forth in Section 5 of the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.

Death/Disability, Without Cause, For Good Reason, Mutually-Agreed Departure: If Participant’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates is terminated by reason of death or Disability (as defined in the Employment Agreement), by the Company without Cause, by Participant for Good Reason, or by reason of a mutually-agreed departure (as agreed by the Board and you), any then-unvested RSUs shall

 

4


remain outstanding and eligible to satisfy the Stock Price Requirement for (a) 24 months, if the termination occurs on or prior to the third anniversary of the Date of Grant; (b) 18 months, if the termination occurs after the third anniversary of the Date of Grant and on or before the fifth anniversary of the Date of Grant; and (c) the earlier of (i) twelve months or (ii) the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant, if the termination occurs after the fifth anniversary of the Date of Grant. Following such applicable period, all then-unvested RSUs shall be forfeited at no cost to the Company.

 

5


EXHIBIT A

SWEETGREEN, INC.

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

(2019 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN)

Pursuant to the Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”) and this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (the “Agreement”), Sweetgreen, Inc. (the “Company”) has granted to you a Restricted Stock Unit Award for the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (“RSUs”) indicated in the Grant Notice (the “Award”) under its 2019 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended and/or restated as of the Date of Grant of the Grant Notice (the “Plan”). The Award is granted to you effective as of the Date of Grant set forth in the Grant Notice for this Award. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Agreement will have the same meanings given to them in the Plan and Grant Notice. The terms and conditions of the Award, in addition to those set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan, are as follows.

1. NATURE OF THE AWARD. The Award represents the right to be issued on a future date the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock as indicated in the Grant Notice upon the satisfaction of the terms set forth in this Agreement. Except as otherwise provided herein, you will not be required to make any payment to the Company with respect to your receipt of the Award, the vesting of the RSUs or the issuance of the underlying shares of Common Stock.

2. VESTING. Subject to the limitations contained herein, the Award will vest in accordance with the vesting schedule provided in the Grant Notice. Except as provided in the Grant Notice, upon termination of your employment with the Company and its Affiliates, any unvested RSUs (and upon termination for Cause, Vested RSUs) will be forfeited at no cost to the Company and you will have no further right, title or interest in or to such RSUs or the shares of Common Stock covered thereby.

3. NUMBER OF SHARES.

(a) The number of RSUs subject to the Award may be adjusted from time to time for Capitalization Adjustments, as provided in the Plan.

(b) Any additional RSUs, shares, cash or other property that become subject to the Award pursuant to this Section 3 if any, will be subject, in a manner determined by the Board, to the same forfeiture restrictions, restrictions on transferability, and time and manner of issuance as applicable to the other shares covered by the Award.

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3, no fractional shares or rights for fractional shares of Common Stock will be created pursuant to this Section 3. The Board will, in its discretion, determine an equivalent benefit for any fractional shares or fractional shares that might be created by the adjustments referred to in this Section 3.

4. SECURITIES LAW AND OTHER COMPLIANCE. You may not be issued any shares of Common Stock under the Award unless either (a) the shares are registered under the Securities Act; or (b) the Company has determined that such issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The Award also must comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing the Award, and you will not receive such shares if the Company determines that such receipt would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations. In the event the Company is unable to issue shares to you, it shall pay to you, via a wire transfer of immediately available funds, an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of such shares of Common Stock.

 

6


5. DATE OF ISSUANCE.

(a) Subject to the satisfaction of the Tax-Related Items set forth in Section 11 of this Agreement, in the event one or more RSUs vest, the Company will issue to you one (1) share of Common Stock for each RSU that vests on the applicable Vesting Date (subject to any adjustment under Section 3 above) no later than the tenth day of the month following the month in which the date of vesting occurs (such date of issuance, the “Original Issuance Date”).

(b) If the Original Issuance Date falls on a date that is not a business day, issuance will instead occur on the next following business day. In addition, to the extent applicable at a Vesting Date when the Common Stock is registered under the Securities Act, if:

(i) the Original Issuance Date does not occur (1) during an “open window period” applicable to you, as determined by the Company in accordance with the Company’s then-effective Insider Trading Policy, or (2) on a date when you are otherwise permitted (under the Company’s then-effective Insider Trading Policy, federal law, or otherwise) to (1) sell shares of Common Stock on an established stock exchange or stock market (including but not limited to under a previously established written trading plan that meets the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act and was entered into in compliance with the Company’s policies (a “10b5-1 Arrangement”) or (2) acquire shares of Common Stock); and

(ii) the Company decides, prior to the Original Issuance Date, (A) not to satisfy the Tax-Related Items by withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock otherwise due, on the Original Issuance Date, to you under this Award, and (B) not to permit you to enter into a “same day sale” commitment with a broker-dealer pursuant to Section 11 of this Agreement (including but not limited to a commitment under a 10b5-1 Arrangement) and (C) not to permit you to pay the Tax-Related Items in cash,

then the shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be issued to you on the Original Issuance Date will not be issued on such Original Issuance Date and will instead be issued on the first business day when you are not prohibited from selling shares of Common Stock in the open public market or acquiring shares of Common Stock, but in no event later than (a) December 31 of the calendar year in which the Original Issuance Date occurs (that is, the last day of your taxable year in which the Original Issuance Date occurs), or (b) if and only if permitted in a manner that complies with Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(4), no later than the date that is the 15th day of the third calendar month of the year immediately following the year in which the shares of Common Stock covered by this Award are no longer subject to a “substantial risk of forfeiture” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(d).

(c) The form of such issuance shall be electronic entry evidencing such shares of Common Stock. In all cases, the issuance of shares under this Award is intended to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) and will be construed and administered in such a manner.

6. DIVIDENDS. You will receive no benefit or adjustment to your RSUs with respect to any cash dividend, stock dividend or other distribution except as provided in the Plan with respect to a Capitalization Adjustment.

7. LOCK-UP PERIOD. You hereby agree that, in the event you are issued Common Stock pursuant to your Award, you will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale with respect to any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by you, for a period

 

7


of 180 days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company will request to facilitate compliance with FINRA Rule 2241 or any successor or similar rules or regulation (the “Lock-Up Period”); provided, however, that nothing contained in this section will prevent the exercise of a repurchase option, if any, in favor of the Company, or the forfeiture of any portion of the RSUs or shares of Common Stock issued thereunder to the Company, during the Lock-Up Period. You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriters that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of Common Stock until the end of such period. You also agree that any transferee of any shares of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by you will be bound by this Section 7. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 7 and will have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. This Section 7 shall not apply to any shares of Common Stock registered in a public offering under the Securities Act, subject to a then-existing 10b5-1 Arrangement or disposed of in order to satisfy any Tax-Related Items. In addition, this Section 7 shall terminate on the second anniversary of the Company’s initial public offering, direct listing or de-SPAC-ing transaction.

8. TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS.

(a) Certain Trusts. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may transfer your Award to a trust if you are considered to be the sole beneficial owner (determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while the Award is held in the trust. You and the trustee must enter into transfer and other agreements reasonably required by the Company.

(b) Domestic Relations Orders. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, and provided that you and the designated transferee enter into transfer and other agreements reasonably required by the Company, you may transfer your Award pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulation 1.421-1(b)(2) that contains the information required by the Company to effectuate the transfer. You are encouraged to discuss the proposed terms of any division of your Award with the Company prior to finalizing the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement to help ensure the required information is contained within the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement.

(c) Beneficiary Designation. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may, by delivering written notice to the Company in a form approved by the Company and any broker designated by the Company to handle option exercises, designate a third party who, on your death, will thereafter be entitled to your Award and to receive the Common Stock issued thereunder or other consideration contemplated thereby. In the absence of such a designation, your executor or administrator of your estate will be entitled to receive, on behalf of your estate, the Common Stock or other consideration contemplated by the Award.

(d) Transferees. Any transferee of an Award shall be bound by the terms and conditions of the Award, including those terms and conditions contained in the Plan, Grant Notice and Agreement.

 

8


(e) Share Transfer Restriction. In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by the Company’s bylaws, any other agreement to which you are a party and applicable securities laws, for two years following the receipt of shares of Common Stock upon settlement of RSUs pursuant to this Agreement, you may not Transfer all or any part of 50% of such number of shares of Common Stock (net of any shares of Common Stock used to satisfy the Tax-Related Items (as defined below)) or any interest in such shares. As used in this Agreement, the term “Transfer” means any sale, encumbrance, pledge, gift or other form of disposition or transfer of shares of Common Stock or any legal or equitable interest therein; provided, however, that the term Transfer does not include a transfer of such shares or interests that would be permitted pursuant to Sections 8(a)-(c) with respect to the Award or, following the consummation of the Company’s first underwritten public of the Company’s Common Stock under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, any Permitted Transfer (if and when defined in the Company’s then-effective Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as the same may be amended and or restated from time to time)) pursuant to a transaction in which there is no consideration actually paid for such transfer. In such case, the transferee or other recipient will receive and hold the shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Agreement, and there will be no further transfer of such shares except in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

9. RESTRICTIVE LEGENDS. The shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to your Award will be endorsed with appropriate legends as determined by the Company.

10. EMPLOYMENT. Your Award is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your Award will be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your Award will obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective stockholders, boards of directors, officers or employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate. By accepting this Award, you acknowledge and agree that, except as set forth in the Grant Notice, the right to continue vesting in the Award pursuant to Section 2 and the schedule set forth in the Grant Notice is earned only by continuing as an employee at the will of the Company or an Affiliate (not through the act of being granted this Award or any other award or benefit) and that the Company has the right to reorganize, sell, spin-out or otherwise restructure one or more of its businesses or Affiliates at any time or from time to time, as it deems appropriate (a “reorganization”). You further acknowledge and agree that such reorganization could result in the termination of your employment, or the termination of Affiliate status of your employer and the loss of benefits available to you under this Agreement, including but not limited to, the termination of the right to continue vesting in the Award.

11. RESPONSIBILITY FOR TAXES.

(a) You acknowledge that, regardless of any action taken by the Company, the ultimate liability for all income tax (including U.S. federal, state, and local taxes and/or non-U.S. taxes), social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefits tax, payment on account or other tax-related items related to your participation in the Plan and legally applicable to you (“Tax-Related Items”) is and remains your responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company.

(b) Prior to any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, you agree to make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or your employer (if not the Company) to satisfy all Tax-Related Items. In this regard, you authorize the Company or its agent to satisfy their withholding obligations with regard to all Tax-Related Items, if any, by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) entering on your behalf (pursuant to this authorization without further consent) into a “same day sale” commitment with a broker dealer that is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (a “FINRA Dealer”) whereby you irrevocably elect to sell a portion of the shares to be issued under the Award to satisfy the Tax-Related Items and whereby the FINRA Dealer irrevocably commits to forward the proceeds necessary to satisfy the Tax-Related Items directly to the Company and/or its Affiliates in compliance with the Company’s insider trading policy and 10b5-1 trading plan policy, if applicable; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise

 

9


issuable to you in connection with the Award with a Fair Market Value (measured as of the date shares of Common Stock are issued to you or, if and as determined by the Company, the date on which the Tax-Related Items are required to be calculated) equal to the amount of such Tax-Related Items; or (iii) any other method of withholding agreed to by the Company and you in writing and permitted by applicable law. The Company will use best efforts to facilitate the satisfaction of Tax-Related Items by you using one of the methods described in clauses (i) and (ii) of the preceding sentence. However, the Company does not guarantee that you will be able to satisfy any Tax-Related Items through any of the methods described in the preceding sentence and in all circumstances you remain responsible for timely and fully satisfying the Tax-Related Items. Depending on the withholding method employed, the Company may withhold or account for Tax-Related Items by considering applicable minimum statutory withholding rates or other applicable withholding rates, including up to the maximum applicable rate in your jurisdiction to the extent permitted under the Plan, in which case you may receive a refund of any over-withheld amount in cash and will have no entitlement to the equivalent in shares of Common Stock. In the event any under-withholding results from the application of minimum statutory or other withholding rates, you may be required to pay additional amounts to the tax authorities. If the obligation for Tax-Related Items is satisfied by withholding in shares of Common Stock, for tax purposes, you are deemed to have been issued the full number of shares of Common Stock subject to the vested portion of the Award, notwithstanding that a number of the shares of Common Stock are held back solely for the purpose of paying the Tax-Related Items.

(c) Finally, you agree to pay to the Company or your employer any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or your employer may be required to withhold or account for as a result of your participation in the Plan that cannot be satisfied by any of the means previously described. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Grant Notice or of this Agreement, if you fail to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any Tax-Related Items when due, you permanently will forfeit the RSUs on which the Tax-Related Items were not satisfied and will also permanently forfeit any right to receive shares of Common Stock under such forfeited RSUs. In that case, such forfeited RSUs will be returned to the Company at no cost to the Company.

12. INVESTMENT REPRESENTATIONS. In connection with your acquisition of the Award and the Common Stock under your Award, you represent to the Company the following:

(a) You are an accredited investor as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act. You are aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and have acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Common Stock. You are acquiring the Common Stock for investment for your own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act.

(b) You understand that the Common Stock has not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of your investment intent as expressed in this Agreement.

(c) You further acknowledge and understand that the Common Stock must be held indefinitely unless the Common Stock is subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. You further acknowledge and understand that the Company is under no obligation to register the Common Stock. You understand that the certificate evidencing the Common Stock will be imprinted with a legend that prohibits the transfer of the Common Stock unless the Common Stock is registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

 

10


(d) You are familiar with the provisions of Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, as in effect from time to time, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer thereof (or from an affiliate of such issuer), in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of issuance of the securities, such issuance will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 1 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the securities exempt under Rule 701 may be sold by you 90 days thereafter, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144 and the Lock-Up Period agreement described in Section 7.

(e) In the event that the sale of the Common Stock does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of issuance, then the Common Stock may be resold by you in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires, among other things: (i) the availability of certain public information about the Company; and (ii) the resale occurring following the required holding period under Rule 144 after you have purchased, and made full payment of (within the meaning of Rule 144), the securities to be sold.

(f) You further understand that at the time you wish to sell the Common Stock there may be no public market upon which to make such a sale, and that, even if such a public market then exists, the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirements of Rule 144 or 701, and that, in such event, you would be precluded from selling the Common Stock under Rule 144 or 701 even if the minimum holding period requirement had been satisfied.

13. NO OBLIGATION TO MINIMIZE TAXES. You acknowledge that the Company is not making representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Award, including, but not limited to, the grant, vesting or settlement of the Award, the subsequent sale of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to such settlement and the receipt of any dividends and/or any dividend equivalent payments. Further, you acknowledge that the Company does not have any duty or obligation to minimize your liability for Tax-Related Items arising from the Award or to achieve any particular tax result and will not be liable to you for any Tax-Related Items arising in connection with the Award. If you become subject to taxation in more than one jurisdiction, the Company and/or your employer (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction.

14. NO ADVICE REGARDING GRANT. The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding your participation in the Plan, or your acquisition or sale of the underlying shares of Common Stock. You are hereby advised to consult with your own personal tax, financial and/or legal advisors regarding the Tax-Related Items arising in connection with the Award and by accepting the Award, you have agreed that you have done so or knowingly and voluntarily declined to do so.

15. UNSECURED OBLIGATION. The Award is unfunded, and as a holder of a vested Award, you will be considered an unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to the Company’s obligation, if any, to issue shares pursuant to this Agreement. You will not have voting or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares to be issued pursuant to this Agreement until such shares are issued to you pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement. Upon such issuance, you will obtain full voting and other rights as a stockholder of the Company. Nothing contained in this Agreement, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, will create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between you and the Company or any other person.

 

11


16. NOTICES. Any notices provided for in your Award or the Plan will be given in writing (including electronically) and will be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan and this Award by electronic means or to request your consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. By accepting this Award, you consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

17. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) The rights and obligations of the Company under the Award will be transferable to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Company’s successors and assigns. Your rights and obligations under the Award may only be assigned in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or with the prior written consent of the Company (not to be unreasonably conditioned, delayed or withheld).

(b) You agree upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary in the reasonable determination of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of the Award.

(c) You acknowledge and agree that you have reviewed the documents provided to you in relation to the Award in their entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing and accepting the Award, and fully understand all provisions of such documents.

(d) This Agreement will be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

(e) All obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Agreement will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

(f) Reserved.

18. GOVERNING PLAN DOCUMENT. The Award is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of the Award, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. Except as expressly provided herein, in the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Award and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will control.

19. SEVERABILITY. If all or any part of this Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity will not invalidate any portion of this Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of this Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid will, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

20. GOVERNING LAW AND VENUE. The interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Agreement will be governed by the law of the state of Delaware without regard to such state’s conflict of laws rules. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises directly or indirectly from the relationship of the parties evidenced by this grant or the Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State of California and agree that such litigation shall be conducted only in the courts of Los Angeles, California, or the United States federal courts for the Central District of California, and no other courts, where this grant is made and/or to be performed.

 

12


21. EFFECT ON OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS. The value of the Award subject to this Agreement will not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating your benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s employee benefit plans.

22. AMENDMENT. This Agreement may not be modified, amended or terminated except by an instrument in writing, signed by you and by a duly authorized representative of the Company. Without limiting the foregoing, the Board reserves the right to change, by written notice to you, the provisions of this Agreement in any way it may deem necessary to carry out the purpose of the grant as a result of any change in applicable laws or regulations or any future law, regulation, ruling, or judicial decision, provided that any such change will be applicable only to rights relating to that portion of the Award which is then subject to restrictions as provided herein; provided that no such change shall adversely affect any of your rights hereunder without your prior written consent.

23. COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 409A OF THE CODE. This Award is intended to comply with the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(4). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it is determined that the Award fails to satisfy the requirements of the short-term deferral rule and is otherwise deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code, and if you are a “Specified Employee” (within the meaning set forth Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code) as of the date of your separation from service (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(h)), then the issuance of any shares that would otherwise be made upon the date of the separation from service or within the first six months thereafter will not be made on the originally scheduled date(s) and will instead be issued in a lump sum on the date that is six months and one day after the date of the separation from service, with the balance of the shares issued thereafter in accordance with the original vesting and issuance schedule set forth above, but if and only if such delay in the issuance of the shares is necessary to avoid the imposition of taxation on you in respect of the shares under Section 409A of the Code. Each installment of shares that vests is intended to constitute a “separate payment” for purposes of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Grant Notice, or of this Agreement, under no circumstances will the Company reimburse you for any taxes or other costs under Section 409A of the Code or any other tax law or rule. All such taxes and costs are solely your responsibility.

*        *        *

This Agreement will be deemed to be accepted by you upon the signing (which may be electronic) by you of the Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice to which it is attached or by the deemed acceptance of this Agreement, as described in the Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice.

 

13


ATTACHMENT II

2019 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

14


SWEETGREEN, INC.

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT NOTICE

Sweetgreen, Inc. (the “Company”), pursuant to its 2019 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended and/or restated as of the Date of Grant set forth below (the “Plan”), has granted to Participant (as of the date indicated below) a Restricted Stock Unit Award for the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (“RSUs”) set forth below (the “Award”). The Award is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Plan and the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (together with this Grant Notice, the “RSU Documents”), both of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein will have the meanings set forth in the Plan or the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms in the Award and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control.

 

Participant:   

 

Date of Grant:   

 

Vesting Commencement Date:    August 15, 2021
Expiration Date:    Tenth Anniversary of Date of Grant
Number of RSUs:   

 

Vesting:    The RSUs will vest in accordance with the schedule set forth on Exhibit A.

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements:

By accepting the Award, Participant consents to receive the RSU Documents and any other Plan-related documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company. Participant represents that he or she has received, read and is familiar with the provisions of the RSU Documents. Participant acknowledges and agrees to the RSU Documents and that the RSU Documents may not be modified, amended or revised except in writing signed by Participant and a duly authorized officer of the Company.

Participant further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement sets forth the entire understanding between Participant and the Company regarding the acquisition of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the RSUs and supersedes all prior oral and written agreements, promises and/or representations on that subject.

Participant further acknowledges that this Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice has been prepared on behalf of the Company by Cooley LLP, counsel to the Company and that Cooley LLP does not represent, and is not acting on behalf of, Participant in any capacity. Participant has been provided with an opportunity to consult with Participant’s own counsel with respect to this Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice.

 

1


This Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act or other applicable law) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered will be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

 

SWEETGREEN, INC.    PARTICIPANT:
By:  

 

  

 

  Signature       Signature
Name & Title:  

 

   Date:   

 

Date:  

 

     

ATTACHMENTS:

 

   

Attachment I: Restricted Stock Unit Agreement

 

   

Attachment II: 2019 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended and/or restated as of the Date of Grant

 

2


Exhibit A

Vesting

The two requirements that must be satisfied on or before the Expiration Date in order for an RSU to vest are the service-based requirement (the “Service-Based Requirement”) and the liquidity event requirement (the “Liquidity Event Requirement”), each as described below. Each applicable RSU will vest (and therefore become a “Vested RSU”) on the first date on which both the applicable Service-Based Requirement and the Liquidity Event Requirement are satisfied with respect to that particular RSU (the “Vesting Date”), so long as Participant’s Continuous Service with the Company and its Affiliates has remained uninterrupted from the Date of Grant through the Vesting Date (except as set forth below). All RSUs that do not become Vested RSUs on or before the Expiration Date will be immediately forfeited to the Company upon expiration at no cost to the Company.

Service-Based Requirement:

The Service-Based Requirement will be satisfied in installments as follows: 25% of the RSUs will meet the Service-Based Requirement on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, with the remainder meeting the Service-Based Requirement in equal quarterly installments on each Quarterly Vesting Date over the subsequent three years, in each case assuming Participant’s Continuous Status through each such date. “Quarterly Vesting Date” means February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year, provided that if such date falls on a weekend or holiday, the Quarterly Vesting Date shall be the first business day after such date.

Liquidity Event Requirement:

The Liquidity Event Requirement will be satisfied as to any then-outstanding RSUs upon the first to occur of (a) a Change in Control, (b) the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act for the sale of the Company’s Common Stock, or (c) the consummation of a “de-SPAC-ing transaction” (each, a “Liquidity Event”).

Settlement:

If an RSU vests as provided for above, the Company will issue one share of Common Stock for each Vested RSU. The shares will be issued in accordance with the issuance schedule set forth in Section 5 of the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.

 

3


EXHIBIT A

SWEETGREEN, INC.

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

(2019 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN)

Pursuant to the Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice (the “Grant Notice”) and this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (the “Agreement”), Sweetgreen, Inc. (the “Company”) has granted to you a Restricted Stock Unit Award for the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (“RSUs”) indicated in the Grant Notice (the “Award”) under its 2019 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended and/or restated as of the Date of Grant of the Grant Notice (the “Plan”). The Award is granted to you effective as of the Date of Grant set forth in the Grant Notice for this Award. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Agreement will have the same meanings given to them in the Plan and Grant Notice. The terms and conditions of the Award, in addition to those set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan, are as follows.

1. NATURE OF THE AWARD. The Award represents the right to be issued on a future date the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock as indicated in the Grant Notice upon the satisfaction of the terms set forth in this Agreement. Except as otherwise provided herein, you will not be required to make any payment to the Company with respect to your receipt of the Award, the vesting of the RSUs or the issuance of the underlying shares of Common Stock.

2. VESTING. Subject to the limitations contained herein, the Award will vest in accordance with the vesting schedule provided in the Grant Notice. Upon termination of your Continuous Service with the Company and its Affiliates, any unvested RSUs (and upon termination for Cause, Vested RSUs) will be forfeited at no cost to the Company and you will have no further right, title or interest in or to such RSUs or the shares of Common Stock covered thereby.

3. NUMBER OF SHARES.

(a) The number of RSUs subject to the Award may be adjusted from time to time for Capitalization Adjustments, as provided in the Plan.

(b) Any additional RSUs, shares, cash or other property that become subject to the Award pursuant to this Section 3 if any, will be subject, in a manner determined by the Board, to the same forfeiture restrictions, restrictions on transferability, and time and manner of issuance as applicable to the other shares covered by the Award.

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3, no fractional shares or rights for fractional shares of Common Stock will be created pursuant to this Section 3. The Board will, in its discretion, determine an equivalent benefit for any fractional shares or fractional shares that might be created by the adjustments referred to in this Section 3.

4. SECURITIES LAW AND OTHER COMPLIANCE. You may not be issued any shares of Common Stock under the Award unless either (a) the shares are registered under the Securities Act; or (b) the Company has determined that such issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The Award also must comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing the Award, and you will not receive such shares if the Company determines that such receipt would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations. If the Company determines in its sole discretion that the Award does not comply with applicable laws and regulations, the Company may cancel the Award (or otherwise cause the Award to be forfeited) and no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from such cancellation or forfeiture.

 

4


5. DATE OF ISSUANCE.

(a) Subject to the satisfaction of the Tax-Related Items set forth in Section 11 of this Agreement, in the event one or more RSUs vest, the Company will issue to you one (1) share of Common Stock for each RSU that vests on the applicable Vesting Date (subject to any adjustment under Section 3 above) no later than the tenth day of the month following the month in which the date of vesting occurs (such date of issuance, the “Original Issuance Date”).

(b) If the Original Issuance Date falls on a date that is not a business day, issuance will instead occur on the next following business day. In addition, to the extent applicable at a Vesting Date when the Common Stock is registered under the Securities Act, if:

(i) the Original Issuance Date does not occur (1) during an “open window period” applicable to you, as determined by the Company in accordance with the Company’s then-effective Insider Trading Policy, or (2) on a date when you are otherwise permitted (under the Company’s then-effective Insider Trading Policy, federal law, or otherwise) to (1) sell shares of Common Stock on an established stock exchange or stock market (including but not limited to under a previously established written trading plan that meets the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act and was entered into in compliance with the Company’s policies (a “10b5-1 Arrangement”) or (2) acquire shares of Common Stock); and

(ii) the Company decides, prior to the Original Issuance Date, (A) not to satisfy the Tax-Related Items by withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock otherwise due, on the Original Issuance Date, to you under this Award, and (B) not to permit you to enter into a “same day sale” commitment with a broker-dealer pursuant to Section 11 of this Agreement (including but not limited to a commitment under a 10b5-1 Arrangement) and (C) not to permit you to pay the Tax-Related Items in cash,

then the shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be issued to you on the Original Issuance Date will not be issued on such Original Issuance Date and will instead be issued on the first business day when you are not prohibited from selling shares of Common Stock in the open public market or acquiring shares of Common Stock, but in no event later than (a) December 31 of the calendar year in which the Original Issuance Date occurs (that is, the last day of your taxable year in which the Original Issuance Date occurs), or (b) if and only if permitted in a manner that complies with Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(4), no later than the date that is the 15th day of the third calendar month of the year immediately following the year in which the shares of Common Stock covered by this Award are no longer subject to a “substantial risk of forfeiture” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(d).

(c) The form of such issuance shall be electronic entry evidencing such shares of Common Stock. In all cases, the issuance of shares under this Award is intended to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) and will be construed and administered in such a manner.

6. DIVIDENDS. You will receive no benefit or adjustment to your RSUs with respect to any cash dividend, stock dividend or other distribution except as provided in the Plan with respect to a Capitalization Adjustment.

 

5


7. LOCK-UP PERIOD. You hereby agree that, in the event you are issued Common Stock pursuant to your Award, you will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale with respect to any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by you, for a period of 180 days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company will request to facilitate compliance with FINRA Rule 2241 or any successor or similar rules or regulation (the “Lock-Up Period”); provided, however, that nothing contained in this section will prevent the exercise of a repurchase option, if any, in favor of the Company, or the forfeiture of any portion of the RSUs or shares of Common Stock issued thereunder to the Company, during the Lock-Up Period. You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriters that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of Common Stock until the end of such period. You also agree that any transferee of any shares of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by you will be bound by this Section 7. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 7 and will have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

8. TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS.

(a) Certain Trusts. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may transfer your Award to a trust if you are considered to be the sole beneficial owner (determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while the Award is held in the trust. You and the trustee must enter into transfer and other agreements reasonably required by the Company.

(b) Domestic Relations Orders. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, and provided that you and the designated transferee enter into transfer and other agreements reasonably required by the Company, you may transfer your Award pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulation 1.421-1(b)(2) that contains the information required by the Company to effectuate the transfer. You are encouraged to discuss the proposed terms of any division of your Award with the Company prior to finalizing the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement to help ensure the required information is contained within the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement.

(c) Beneficiary Designation. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may, by delivering written notice to the Company in a form approved by the Company and any broker designated by the Company to handle option exercises, designate a third party who, on your death, will thereafter be entitled to your Award and to receive the Common Stock issued thereunder or other consideration contemplated thereby. In the absence of such a designation, your executor or administrator of your estate will be entitled to receive, on behalf of your estate, the Common Stock or other consideration contemplated by the Award.

(d) Transferees. Any transferee of an Award shall be bound by the terms and conditions of the Award, including those terms and conditions contained in the Plan, Grant Notice and Agreement.

9. RESTRICTIVE LEGENDS. The shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to your Award will be endorsed with appropriate legends as determined by the Company.

 

6


10. EMPLOYMENT. Your Award is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your Award will be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your Award will obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective stockholders, boards of directors, officers or employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate. By accepting this Award, you acknowledge and agree that the right to continue vesting in the Award pursuant to Section 2 and the schedule set forth in the Grant Notice is earned only by continuing as an employee, director or consultant at the will of the Company or an Affiliate (not through the act of being granted this Award or any other award or benefit) and that the Company has the right to reorganize, sell, spin-out or otherwise restructure one or more of its businesses or Affiliates at any time or from time to time, as it deems appropriate (a “reorganization”). You further acknowledge and agree that such reorganization could result in the termination of your employment, or the termination of Affiliate status of your employer and the loss of benefits available to you under this Agreement, including but not limited to, the termination of the right to continue vesting in the Award.

11. RESPONSIBILITY FOR TAXES.

(a) You acknowledge that, regardless of any action taken by the Company, the ultimate liability for all income tax (including U.S. federal, state, and local taxes and/or non-U.S. taxes), social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefits tax, payment on account or other tax-related items related to your participation in the Plan and legally applicable to you (“Tax-Related Items”) is and remains your responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company.

(b) Prior to any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, you agree to make adequate arrangements satisfactory to the Company and/or your employer (if not the Company) to satisfy all Tax-Related Items. In this regard, you authorize the Company or its agent to satisfy their withholding obligations with regard to all Tax-Related Items, if any, by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) withholding from any compensation otherwise payable to you by the Company or your employer; (ii) causing you to tender a cash payment; (iii) entering on your behalf (pursuant to this authorization without further consent) into a “same day sale” commitment with a broker dealer that is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (a “FINRA Dealer”) whereby you irrevocably elect to sell a portion of the shares to be issued under the Award to satisfy the Tax-Related Items and whereby the FINRA Dealer irrevocably commits to forward the proceeds necessary to satisfy the Tax-Related Items directly to the Company and/or its Affiliates in compliance with the Company’s insider trading policy and 10b5-1 trading plan policy, if applicable; (iv) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to you in connection with the Award with a Fair Market Value (measured as of the date shares of Common Stock are issued to you or, if and as determined by the Company, the date on which the Tax-Related Items are required to be calculated) equal to the amount of such Tax-Related Items; or (v) any other method of withholding determined by the Company and permitted by applicable law. The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts (as determined by the Company) to facilitate the satisfaction of Tax-Related Items by you using one of the methods described in clauses (iii) and (iv) of the preceding sentence. However, the Company does not guarantee that you will be able to satisfy any Tax-Related Items through any of the methods described in the preceding sentence and in all circumstances you remain responsible for timely and fully satisfying the Tax-Related Items. Depending on the withholding method employed, the Company may withhold or account for Tax-Related Items by considering applicable minimum statutory withholding rates or other applicable withholding rates, including up to the maximum applicable rate in your jurisdiction to the extent permitted under the Plan, in which case you may receive a refund of any over-withheld amount in cash and will have no entitlement to the equivalent in shares of Common Stock. In the event any under-withholding results from the application of minimum statutory or other withholding rates, you may be required to pay additional amounts to the tax authorities. If the obligation for Tax-Related Items is satisfied by withholding in shares of Common Stock, for tax purposes, you are deemed to have been issued the full number of shares of Common Stock subject to the vested portion of the Award, notwithstanding that a number of the shares of Common Stock are held back solely for the purpose of paying the Tax-Related Items.

 

7


(c) Finally, you agree to pay to the Company or your employer any amount of Tax-Related Items that the Company or your employer may be required to withhold or account for as a result of your participation in the Plan that cannot be satisfied by any of the means previously described. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Grant Notice or of this Agreement, if you fail to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any Tax-Related Items when due, you permanently will forfeit the RSUs on which the Tax-Related Items were not satisfied and will also permanently forfeit any right to receive shares of Common Stock under such forfeited RSUs. In that case, such forfeited RSUs will be returned to the Company at no cost to the Company.

12. INVESTMENT REPRESENTATIONS. In connection with your acquisition of the Award and the Common Stock under your Award, you represent to the Company the following:

(a) You are aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and have acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Common Stock. You are acquiring the Common Stock for investment for your own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act.

(b) You understand that the Common Stock has not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of your investment intent as expressed in this Agreement.

(c) You further acknowledge and understand that the Common Stock must be held indefinitely unless the Common Stock is subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. You further acknowledge and understand that the Company is under no obligation to register the Common Stock. You understand that the certificate evidencing the Common Stock will be imprinted with a legend that prohibits the transfer of the Common Stock unless the Common Stock is registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

(d) You are familiar with the provisions of Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, as in effect from time to time, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer thereof (or from an affiliate of such issuer), in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of issuance of the securities, such issuance will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 1 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the securities exempt under Rule 701 may be sold by you 90 days thereafter, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144 and the Lock-Up Period agreement described in Section 7.

(e) In the event that the sale of the Common Stock does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of issuance, then the Common Stock may be resold by you in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires, among other things: (i) the availability of certain public information about the Company; and (ii) the resale occurring following the required holding period under Rule 144 after you have purchased, and made full payment of (within the meaning of Rule 144), the securities to be sold.

 

8


(f) You further understand that at the time you wish to sell the Common Stock there may be no public market upon which to make such a sale, and that, even if such a public market then exists, the Company may not be satisfying the current public information requirements of Rule 144 or 701, and that, in such event, you would be precluded from selling the Common Stock under Rule 144 or 701 even if the minimum holding period requirement had been satisfied.

13. NO OBLIGATION TO MINIMIZE TAXES. You acknowledge that the Company is not making representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax-Related Items in connection with any aspect of the Award, including, but not limited to, the grant, vesting or settlement of the Award, the subsequent sale of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to such settlement and the receipt of any dividends and/or any dividend equivalent payments. Further, you acknowledge that the Company does not have any duty or obligation to minimize your liability for Tax-Related Items arising from the Award or to achieve any particular tax result and will not be liable to you for any Tax-Related Items arising in connection with the Award. If you become subject to taxation in more than one jurisdiction, the Company and/or your employer (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax-Related Items in more than one jurisdiction.

14. NO ADVICE REGARDING GRANT. The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding your participation in the Plan, or your acquisition or sale of the underlying shares of Common Stock. You are hereby advised to consult with your own personal tax, financial and/or legal advisors regarding the Tax-Related Items arising in connection with the Award and by accepting the Award, you have agreed that you have done so or knowingly and voluntarily declined to do so.

15. UNSECURED OBLIGATION. The Award is unfunded, and as a holder of a vested Award, you will be considered an unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to the Company’s obligation, if any, to issue shares pursuant to this Agreement. You will not have voting or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares to be issued pursuant to this Agreement until such shares are issued to you pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement. Upon such issuance, you will obtain full voting and other rights as a stockholder of the Company. Nothing contained in this Agreement, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, will create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between you and the Company or any other person.

16. NOTICES. Any notices provided for in your Award or the Plan will be given in writing (including electronically) and will be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan and this Award by electronic means or to request your consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. By accepting this Award, you consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

17. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) As a condition to the grant of your Award or to the Company’s issuance of any shares of Common Stock under this Agreement, the Company may require you to execute certain customary agreements entered into with the holders of capital stock of the Company, including without limitation, a stockholders agreement.

 

9


(b) The rights and obligations of the Company under the Award will be transferable to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Company’s successors and assigns. Your rights and obligations under the Award may only be assigned in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or with the prior written consent of the Company.

(c) You agree upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable in the sole determination of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of the Award.

(d) You acknowledge and agree that you have reviewed the documents provided to you in relation to the Award in their entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing and accepting the Award, and fully understand all provisions of such documents.

(e) This Agreement will be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

(f) All obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Agreement will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

(g) The Company reserves the right to impose other requirements on your participation in this Agreement, on the RSUs and on any shares of Common Stock acquired under the Plan, to the extent the Company determines it is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons, and to require you to sign any additional agreements or undertakings that may be necessary to accomplish the foregoing.

18. GOVERNING PLAN DOCUMENT. The Award is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of the Award, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. Except as expressly provided herein, in the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Award and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will control.

19. SEVERABILITY. If all or any part of this Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity will not invalidate any portion of this Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of this Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid will, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

20. GOVERNING LAW AND VENUE. The interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Agreement will be governed by the law of the state of Delaware without regard to such state’s conflict of laws rules. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises directly or indirectly from the relationship of the parties evidenced by this grant or the Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State of California and agree that such litigation shall be conducted only in the courts of Los Angeles, California, or the United States federal courts for the Central District of California, and no other courts, where this grant is made and/or to be performed.

21. EFFECT ON OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS. The value of the Award subject to this Agreement will not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating your benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s employee benefit plans.

 

10


22. AMENDMENT. This Agreement may not be modified, amended or terminated except by an instrument in writing, signed by you and by a duly authorized representative of the Company. Without limiting the foregoing, the Board reserves the right to change, by written notice to you, the provisions of this Agreement in any way it may deem necessary to carry out the purpose of the grant as a result of any change in applicable laws or regulations or any future law, regulation, ruling, or judicial decision, provided that any such change will be applicable only to rights relating to that portion of the Award which is then subject to restrictions as provided herein; provided that no such change shall adversely affect any of your rights hereunder without your prior written consent.

23. COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 409A OF THE CODE. This Award is intended to comply with the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(4). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it is determined that the Award fails to satisfy the requirements of the short-term deferral rule and is otherwise deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code, and if you are a “Specified Employee” (within the meaning set forth Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code) as of the date of your separation from service (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(h)), then the issuance of any shares that would otherwise be made upon the date of the separation from service or within the first six months thereafter will not be made on the originally scheduled date(s) and will instead be issued in a lump sum on the date that is six months and one day after the date of the separation from service, with the balance of the shares issued thereafter in accordance with the original vesting and issuance schedule set forth above, but if and only if such delay in the issuance of the shares is necessary to avoid the imposition of taxation on you in respect of the shares under Section 409A of the Code. Each installment of shares that vests is intended to constitute a “separate payment” for purposes of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Grant Notice, or of this Agreement, under no circumstances will the Company reimburse you for any taxes or other costs under Section 409A of the Code or any other tax law or rule. All such taxes and costs are solely your responsibility.

*        *        *

This Agreement will be deemed to be accepted by you upon the signing (which may be electronic) by you of the Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice to which it is attached or by the deemed acceptance of this Agreement, as described in the Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice.

 

11


ATTACHMENT II

2019 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

12

Exhibit 10.5

SWEETGREEN, INC.

2021 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: SEPTEMBER 23, 2021

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: OCTOBER 5, 2021

1. GENERAL.

(a) Successor to and Continuation of Prior Plans. The Plan is the successor to and continuation of the Prior Plans. As of the Effective Date, (i) no additional awards may be granted under the Prior Plans; (ii) the Prior Plans’ Available Reserve (plus any Returning Shares) will become available for issuance pursuant to Awards granted under this Plan; and (iii) all outstanding awards granted under the Prior Plans will remain subject to the terms of the Prior Plans (except to the extent such outstanding awards result in Returning Shares that become available for issuance pursuant to Awards granted under this Plan). All Awards granted under this Plan will be subject to the terms of this Plan.

(b) Plan Purpose. The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to secure and retain the services of Employees, Directors and Consultants, to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate and to provide a means by which such persons may be given an opportunity to benefit from increases in value of the Class A Common Stock through the granting of Awards.

(c) Available Awards. The Plan provides for the grant of the following Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options; (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options; (iii) SARs; (iv) Restricted Stock Awards; (v) RSU Awards; (vi) Performance Awards; and (vii) Other Awards.

(d) Adoption Date; Effective Date. The Plan will come into existence on the Adoption Date, but no Award may be granted prior to the Effective Date.

2. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

(a) Share Reserve. Subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 2(c) and any adjustments as necessary to implement any Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Awards will not exceed 35,166,753 shares, which number is the sum of: (i) 11,500,000 new shares, plus (ii) a number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the Prior Plans’ Available Reserve, plus (iii) a number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the number of Returning Shares, if any, as such shares become available from time to time.

(b) Aggregate Incentive Stock Option Limit. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2(a) and subject to any adjustments as necessary to implement any Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options is 105,500,259 shares.

(c) Share Reserve Operation.

(i) Limit Applies to Class A Common Stock Issued Pursuant to Awards. For clarity, the Share Reserve is a limit on the number of shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Awards and does not limit the granting of Awards, except that the Company will keep available at all times the number of shares of Class A Common Stock reasonably required to satisfy its obligations to issue shares pursuant to such Awards. Shares may be issued in connection with a merger or acquisition as permitted by, as applicable, Nasdaq Listing Rule 5635(c), NYSE Listed Company Manual Section 303A.08, NYSE American Company Guide Section 711 or other applicable rule, and such issuance will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan.


(ii) Actions that Do Not Constitute Issuance of Class A Common Stock and Do Not Reduce Share Reserve. The following actions do not result in an issuance of shares under the Plan and accordingly do not reduce the number of shares subject to the Share Reserve and available for issuance under the Plan: (1) the expiration or termination of any portion of an Award without the shares covered by such portion of the Award having been issued, (2) the settlement of any portion of an Award in cash (i.e., the Participant receives cash rather than Class A Common Stock), (3) the withholding of shares that would otherwise be issued by the Company to satisfy the exercise, strike or purchase price of an Award; or (4) the withholding of shares that would otherwise be issued by the Company to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with an Award.

(iii) Reversion of Previously Issued Shares of Class A Common Stock to Share Reserve. The following shares of Class A Common Stock previously issued pursuant to an Award and accordingly initially deducted from the Share Reserve will be added back to the Share Reserve and again become available for issuance under the Plan: (1) any shares that are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company because of a failure to meet a contingency or condition required for the vesting of such shares; (2) any shares that are reacquired by the Company to satisfy the exercise, strike or purchase price of an Award; and (3) any shares that are reacquired by the Company to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with an Award.

3. ELIGIBILITY AND LIMITATIONS.

(a) Eligible Award Recipients. Subject to the terms of the Plan, Employees, Directors and Consultants are eligible to receive Awards.

(b) Specific Award Limitations.

(i) Limitations on Incentive Stock Option Recipients. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code).

(ii) Incentive Stock Option $100,000 Limitation. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Class A Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds $100,000 (or such other limit established in the Code) or otherwise does not comply with the rules governing Incentive Stock Options, the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) or otherwise do not comply with such rules will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).

(iii) Limitations on Incentive Stock Options Granted to Ten Percent Stockholders. A Ten Percent Stockholder may not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless (i) the exercise price of such Option is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant of such Option and (ii) the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant of such Option.

(c) Aggregate Incentive Stock Option Limit. The aggregate maximum number of shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options is the number of shares specified in Section 2(b).

 

2


(d) Non-Employee Director Compensation Limit. The aggregate value of all compensation granted or paid, as applicable, to any individual for service as a Non-Employee Director with respect to any fiscal year following the year in which the IPO Date occurs, including Awards granted and cash fees paid by the Company to such Non-Employee Director, will not exceed (i) $750,000 in total value or (ii) in the event such Non-Employee Director is first appointed or elected to the Board during such fiscal year, $1,000,000 in total value, in each case calculating the value of any equity awards based on the grant date fair value of such equity awards for financial reporting purposes. For avoidance of doubt, compensation will count towards this limit for the fiscal year in which it was granted or earned, and not later when distributed, in the event it is deferred.

4. OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.

Each Option and SAR will have such terms and conditions as determined by the Board. Each Option will be designated in writing as an Incentive Stock Option or Nonstatutory Stock Option at the time of grant; provided, however, that if an Option is not so designated, then such Option will be a Nonstatutory Stock Option, and the shares purchased upon exercise of each type of Option will be separately accounted for. Each SAR will be denominated in shares of Class A Common Stock equivalents. The terms and conditions of separate Options and SARs need not be identical; provided, however, that each Option Agreement and SAR Agreement will conform (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the Award Agreement or otherwise) to the substance of each of the following provisions:

(a) Term. Subject to Section 3(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option or SAR will be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date of grant of such Award or such shorter period specified in the Award Agreement.

(b) Exercise or Strike Price. Subject to Section 3(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise or strike price of each Option or SAR will not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant of such Award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option or SAR may be granted with an exercise or strike price lower than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant of such Award if such Award is granted pursuant to an assumption of or substitution for another option or stock appreciation right pursuant to a Corporate Transaction and in a manner consistent with the provisions of Sections 409A and, if applicable, 424(a) of the Code.

(c) Exercise Procedure and Payment of Exercise Price for Options. In order to exercise an Option, the Participant must provide notice of exercise to the Plan Administrator in accordance with the procedures specified in the Option Agreement or otherwise provided by the Company. The Board has the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to utilize a particular method of payment. The exercise price of an Option may be paid, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law and as determined by the Board, by one or more of the following methods of payment to the extent set forth in the Option Agreement:

(i) by cash or check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

(ii) pursuant to a “cashless exercise” program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the U.S. Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of the Class A Common Stock subject to the Option, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;

 

3


(iii) by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Class A Common Stock that are already owned by the Participant free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, with a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise that does not exceed the exercise price, provided that (1) at the time of exercise the Class A Common Stock is publicly traded, (2) any remaining balance of the exercise price not satisfied by such delivery is paid by the Participant in cash or other permitted form of payment, (3) such delivery would not violate any Applicable Law or agreement restricting the redemption of the Class A Common Stock, (4) any certificated shares are endorsed or accompanied by an executed assignment separate from certificate, and (5) such shares have been held by the Participant for any minimum period necessary to avoid adverse accounting treatment as a result of such delivery;

(iv) if the Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise that does not exceed the exercise price, provided that (1) such shares used to pay the exercise price will not be exercisable thereafter and (2) any remaining balance of the exercise price not satisfied by such net exercise is paid by the Participant in cash or other permitted form of payment; or

(v) in any other form of consideration that may be acceptable to the Board and permissible under Applicable Law.

(d) Exercise Procedure and Payment of Appreciation Distribution for SARs. In order to exercise any SAR, the Participant must provide notice of exercise to the Plan Administrator in accordance with the SAR Agreement. The appreciation distribution payable to a Participant upon the exercise of a SAR will not be greater than an amount equal to the excess of (i) the aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of a number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the number of Class A Common Stock equivalents that are vested and being exercised under such SAR, over (ii) the strike price of such SAR. Such appreciation distribution may be paid to the Participant in the form of Class A Common Stock or cash (or any combination of Class A Common Stock and cash) or in any other form of payment, as determined by the Board and specified in the SAR Agreement.

(e) Transferability. Options and SARs may not be transferred to third party financial institutions for value. The Board may impose such additional limitations on the transferability of an Option or SAR as it determines. In the absence of any such determination by the Board, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options and SARs will apply, provided that except as explicitly provided herein, neither an Option nor a SAR may be transferred for consideration and provided, further, that if an Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(f) Restrictions on Transfer. An Option or SAR will not be transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and will be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant; provided, however, that the Board may permit transfer of an Option or SAR in a manner that is not prohibited by applicable tax and securities laws upon the Participant’s request, including to a trust if the Participant is considered to be the sole beneficial owner of such trust (as determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable U.S. state law) while such Option or SAR is held in such trust, provided that the Participant and the trustee enter into a transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

(g) Domestic Relations Orders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the execution of transfer documentation in a format acceptable to the Company and subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, an Option or SAR may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order.

 

4


(h) Vesting. The Board may impose such restrictions on or conditions to the vesting and/or exercisability of an Option or SAR as determined by the Board. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company, vesting of Options and SARs will cease upon termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service.

(i) Termination of Continuous Service for Cause. Except as explicitly otherwise provided in the Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Participant’s Options and SARs will terminate and be forfeited immediately upon such termination of Continuous Service, and the Participant will be prohibited from exercising any portion (including any vested portion) of such Awards on and after the date of such termination of Continuous Service and the Participant will have no further right, title or interest in such forfeited Award, the shares of Class A Common Stock subject to the forfeited Award, or any consideration in respect of the forfeited Award.

(j) Post-Termination Exercise Period Following Termination of Continuous Service for Reasons Other than Cause. Subject to Section 4(i), if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than for Cause, the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR to the extent vested, but only within the following period of time or, if applicable, such other period of time provided in the Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company; provided, however, that in no event may such Award be exercised after the expiration of its maximum term (as set forth in Section 4(a)):

(i) three months following the date of such termination if such termination is a termination without Cause (other than any termination due to the Participant’s Disability or death);

(ii) 12 months following the date of such termination if such termination is due to the Participant’s Disability;

(iii) 18 months following the date of such termination if such termination is due to the Participant’s death; or

(iv) 18 months following the date of the Participant’s death if such death occurs following the date of such termination but during the period such Award is otherwise exercisable (as provided in (i) or (ii) above).

Following the date of such termination, to the extent the Participant does not exercise such Award within the applicable Post-Termination Exercise Period (or, if earlier, prior to the expiration of the maximum term of such Award), such unexercised portion of the Award will terminate, and the Participant will have no further right, title or interest in terminated Award, the shares of Class A Common Stock subject to the terminated Award, or any consideration in respect of the terminated Award.

(k) Restrictions on Exercise; Extension of Exercisability. A Participant may not exercise an Option or SAR at any time that the issuance of shares of Class A Common Stock upon such exercise would violate Applicable Law. Except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than for Cause and, at any time during the last thirty days of the applicable Post-Termination Exercise Period, the exercise of the Participant’s Option or SAR would be prohibited solely because the issuance of shares of Class A Common Stock upon such exercise would violate Applicable Law, then the applicable Post-Termination Exercise Period will be extended to the last day of the calendar month that commences following the date the Award would otherwise expire, with an additional extension of the exercise period to the last day of the next calendar month to apply if any of the foregoing restrictions apply at any time during such extended exercise period, generally without limitation as to the maximum permitted number of extensions); provided, however, that in no event may such Award be exercised after the expiration of its maximum term (as set forth in Section 4(a)).

 

5


(l) Non-Exempt Employees. No Option or SAR, whether or not vested, granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the U.S. Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, will be first exercisable for any shares of Class A Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of such Award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in accordance with the provisions of the U.S. Worker Economic Opportunity Act, any vested portion of such Award may be exercised earlier than six months following the date of grant of such Award in the event of (i) such Participant’s death or Disability, (ii) a Corporate Transaction in which such Award is not assumed, continued or substituted, (iii) a Change in Control, or (iv) such Participant’s retirement (as such term may be defined in the Award Agreement or another applicable agreement or, in the absence of any such definition, in accordance with the Company’s then current employment policies and guidelines). This Section 4(j) is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option or SAR will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay.

(m) Whole Shares. Options and SARs may be exercised only with respect to whole shares of Class A Common Stock or their equivalents.

5. AWARDS OTHER THAN OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.

(a) Restricted Stock Awards and RSU Awards. Each Restricted Stock Award and RSU Award will have such terms and conditions as determined by the Board; provided, however, that each Restricted Stock Award Agreement and RSU Award Agreement will conform (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Award Agreement or otherwise) to the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Form of Award.

(1) RSAs: To the extent consistent with the Company’s Bylaws, at the Board’s election, shares of Class A Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Award may be (i) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until such shares become vested or any other restrictions lapse, or (ii) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate will be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, a Participant will have voting and other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to any shares subject to a Restricted Stock Award.

(2) RSUs: A RSU Award represents a Participant’s right to be issued on a future date the number of shares of Class A Common Stock that is equal to the number of restricted stock units subject to the RSU Award. As a holder of a RSU Award, a Participant is an unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to the Company’s unfunded obligation, if any, to issue shares of Class A Common Stock in settlement of such Award and nothing contained in the Plan or any RSU Agreement, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, will create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between a Participant and the Company or an Affiliate or any other person. A Participant will not have voting or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to any RSU Award (unless and until shares are actually issued in settlement of a vested RSU Award).

(ii) Consideration. The Board shall determine the consideration, if any, payable by a Participant for Restricted Stock Awards and RSU Awards. Such consideration may include, but is not limited to, cash or check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company.

 

6


(iii) Vesting. The Board may impose such restrictions on or conditions to the vesting of a Restricted Stock Award or RSU Award as determined by the Board. Except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company, vesting of Restricted Stock Awards and RSU Awards will cease upon termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service.

(iv) Termination of Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates for any reason, (i) the Company may receive through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right any or all of the shares of Class A Common Stock held by the Participant under his or her Restricted Stock Award that have not vested as of the date of such termination as set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement and (ii) any portion of his or her RSU Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon such termination and the Participant will have no further right, title or interest in the RSU Award, the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable pursuant to the RSU Award, or any consideration in respect of the RSU Award.

(v) Dividends and Dividend Equivalents. Dividends or dividend equivalents may be paid or credited, as applicable, with respect to any shares of Class A Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Award or RSU Award, as determined by the Board and specified in the Award Agreement.

(vi) Settlement of RSU Awards. A RSU Award may be settled by the issuance of shares of Class A Common Stock or cash (or any combination thereof) or in any other form of payment, as determined by the Board and specified in the RSU Award Agreement. At the time of grant, the Board may determine to impose such restrictions or conditions that delay such delivery to a date following the vesting of the RSU Award.

(b) Performance Awards. With respect to any Performance Award, the length of any Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period, the other terms and conditions of such Award, and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained will be determined by the Board.

(c) Other Awards. Other Awards may be granted either alone or in addition to Awards provided for under Section 4 and the preceding provisions of this Section 5. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board will have sole and complete discretion to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which such Other Awards will be granted, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock (or the cash equivalent thereof) to be granted pursuant to such Other Awards and all other terms and conditions of such Other Awards.

6. ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CLASS A COMMON STOCK; OTHER CORPORATE EVENTS.

(a) Capitalization Adjustments. In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board shall appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of shares of Class A Common Stock subject to the Plan and the maximum number of shares by which the Share Reserve may annually increase pursuant to Section 2(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of shares that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 2(b), and (iii) the class(es) and number of securities and exercise price, strike price or purchase price of Class A Common Stock subject to outstanding Awards. The Board shall make such adjustments, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no fractional shares or rights for fractional shares of Class A Common Stock shall be created in order to implement any Capitalization Adjustment. The Board shall determine an equivalent benefit for any fractional shares or fractional shares that might be created by the adjustments referred to in the preceding provisions of this Section.

 

7


(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. Except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, in the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Awards (other than Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock not subject to a forfeiture condition or the Company’s right of repurchase) will terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and the shares of Class A Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase rights or subject to a forfeiture condition may be repurchased or reacquired by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Award is providing Continuous Service, provided, however, that the Board may determine to cause some or all Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the dissolution or liquidation is completed but contingent on its completion.

(c) Corporate Transaction. The following provisions will apply to Awards in the event of a Corporate Transaction except as set forth in Section 11, and unless otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing the Award or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board at the time of grant of an Award.

(i) Awards May Be Assumed. In the event of a Corporate Transaction, any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) may assume or continue any or all Awards outstanding under the Plan or may substitute similar awards for Awards outstanding under the Plan (including but not limited to, awards to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Corporate Transaction), and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Class A Common Stock issued pursuant to Awards may be assigned by the Company to the successor of the Company (or the successor’s parent company, if any), in connection with such Corporate Transaction. A surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent) may choose to assume or continue only a portion of an Award or substitute a similar award for only a portion of an Award, or may choose to assume or continue the Awards held by some, but not all Participants. The terms of any assumption, continuation or substitution will be set by the Board.

(ii) Awards Held by Current Participants. In the event of a Corporate Transaction in which the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such outstanding Awards or substitute similar awards for such outstanding Awards, then with respect to Awards that have not been assumed, continued or substituted and that are held by Participants whose Continuous Service has not terminated prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction (referred to as the “Current Participants”), the vesting of such Awards (and, with respect to Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, the time when such Awards may be exercised) will be accelerated in full to a date prior to the effective time of such Corporate Transaction (contingent upon the effectiveness of the Corporate Transaction) as the Board determines (or, if the Board does not determine such a date, to the date that is five days prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction), and such Awards will terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such Awards will lapse (contingent upon the effectiveness of the Corporate Transaction). With respect to the vesting of Performance Awards that will accelerate upon the occurrence of a Corporate Transaction pursuant to this subsection (ii) and that have multiple vesting levels depending on the level of performance, unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, the vesting of such Performance Awards will accelerate at 100% of the target level upon the occurrence of the Corporate Transaction. With respect to the vesting of Awards that will accelerate upon the occurrence of a Corporate Transaction pursuant to this subsection (ii) and are settled in the form of a cash payment, such cash payment will be made no later than 30 days following the occurrence of the Corporate Transaction.

 

8


(iii) Awards Held by Persons other than Current Participants. In the event of a Corporate Transaction in which the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such outstanding Awards or substitute similar awards for such outstanding Awards, then with respect to Awards that have not been assumed, continued or substituted and that are held by persons other than Current Participants, such Awards will terminate if not exercised (if applicable) prior to the occurrence of the Corporate Transaction; provided, however, that any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such Awards will not terminate and may continue to be exercised notwithstanding the Corporate Transaction.

(iv) Payment for Awards in Lieu of Exercise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event an Award will terminate if not exercised prior to the effective time of a Corporate Transaction, the Board may provide, in its sole discretion, that the holder of such Award may not exercise such Award but will receive a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Board, equal in value, at the effective time, to the excess, if any, of (1) the value of the property the Participant would have received upon the exercise of the Award (including, at the discretion of the Board, any unvested portion of such Award), over (2) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise.

(d) Appointment of Stockholder Representative. As a condition to the receipt of an Award under this Plan, a Participant will be deemed to have agreed that the Award will be subject to the terms of any agreement governing a Corporate Transaction involving the Company, including, without limitation, a provision for the appointment of a stockholder representative that is authorized to act on the Participant’s behalf with respect to any escrow, indemnities and any contingent consideration.

(e) No Restriction on Right to Undertake Transactions. The grant of any Award under the Plan and the issuance of shares pursuant to any Award does not affect or restrict in any way the right or power of the Company or the stockholders of the Company to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, any merger or consolidation of the Company, any issue of stock or of options, rights or options to purchase stock or of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stocks whose rights are superior to or affect the Class A Common Stock or the rights thereof or which are convertible into or exchangeable for Class A Common Stock, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

7. ADMINISTRATION.

(a) Administration by Board. The Board will administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in subsection (c) below.

(b) Powers of Board. The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine from time to time: (1) which of the persons eligible under the Plan will be granted Awards; (2) when and how each Award will be granted; (3) what type or combination of types of Award will be granted; (4) the provisions of each Award granted (which need not be identical), including the time or times when a person will be permitted to receive an issuance of Class A Common Stock or other payment pursuant to an Award; (5) the number of shares of Class A Common Stock or cash equivalent with respect to which an Award will be granted to each such person; (6) the Fair Market Value applicable to an Award; and (7) the terms of any Performance Award that is not valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, the Class A Common Stock, including the amount of cash payment or other property that may be earned and the timing of payment.

 

9


(ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it deems necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Award fully effective.

(iii) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Awards granted under it.

(iv) To accelerate the time at which an Award may first be exercised or the time during which an Award or any part thereof will vest, notwithstanding the provisions in the Award Agreement stating the time at which it may first be exercised or the time during which it will vest.

(v) To prohibit the exercise of any Option, SAR or other exercisable Award during a period of up to 30 days prior to the consummation of any pending stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to stockholders, or any other change affecting the shares of Class A Common Stock or the share price of the Class A Common Stock including any Corporate Transaction, for reasons of administrative convenience.

(vi) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Suspension or termination of the Plan will not Materially Impair rights and obligations under any Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant.

(vii) To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable; provided, however, that stockholder approval will be required for any amendment to the extent required by Applicable Law. Except as provided above, rights under any Award granted before amendment of the Plan will not be Materially Impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless (1) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (2) such Participant consents in writing.

(viii) To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval.

(ix) To approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable to the Participant than previously provided in the Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided however, that, a Participant’s rights under any Award will not be Materially Impaired by any such amendment unless (1) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (2) such Participant consents in writing.

(x) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or Awards.

(xi) To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit and facilitate participation in the Plan by, or take advantage of specific tax treatment for Awards granted to, Employees, Directors or Consultants who are non-U.S. nationals or employed outside the United States (provided that Board approval will not be necessary for immaterial modifications to the Plan or any Award Agreement to ensure or facilitate compliance with the laws of the relevant non-U.S. jurisdiction).

 

10


(xii) To effect, at any time and from time to time, subject to the consent of any Participant whose Award is Materially Impaired by such action and subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders, (1) the reduction of the exercise price (or strike price) of any outstanding Option or SAR; (2) the cancellation of any outstanding Option or SAR and the grant in substitution therefor of (A) a new Option, SAR, Restricted Stock Award, RSU Award or Other Award, under the Plan or another equity plan of the Company, covering the same or a different number of shares of Class A Common Stock, (B) cash and/or (C) other valuable consideration (as determined by the Board); or (3) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.

(c) Delegation to Committee.

(i) General. The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to another Committee or a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. Each Committee may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with Committee or subcommittee to which it has delegated its authority hereunder and may, at any time, revest in such Committee some or all of the powers previously delegated. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with any Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

(ii) Rule 16b-3 Compliance. To the extent an Award is intended to qualify for the exemption from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act that is available under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, the Award will be granted by the Board or a Committee that consists solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors, as determined under Rule 16b-3(b)(3) of the Exchange Act and thereafter any action establishing or modifying the terms of the Award will be approved by the Board or a Committee meeting such requirements to the extent necessary for such exemption to remain available.

(d) Effect of Board’s Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board or any Committee in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

(e) Delegation to an Officer. The Board or any Committee may delegate to one or more Officers the authority to do one or both of the following: (i) designate Employees who are not Officers to be recipients of Awards, as well as designate the terms thereof, in each case to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, and (ii) determine the number of shares of Class A Common Stock to be subject to such Awards granted to such Employees; provided, however, that the resolutions or charter adopted by the Board or any Committee evidencing such delegation will specify the total number of shares of Class A Common Stock that may be subject to the Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant an Award to himself or herself. Any such Awards will be granted on the applicable form of Award Agreement most recently approved for use by the Board or the Committee, unless otherwise provided in the resolutions approving the delegation authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, neither the Board nor any Committee may delegate to an Officer who is acting solely in the capacity of an Officer (and not also as a Director) the authority to determine the Fair Market Value.

 

11


8. TAX WITHHOLDING

(a) Withholding Authorization. As a condition to acceptance of any Award under the Plan, a Participant authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to such Participant, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including), any sums required to satisfy any U.S. and/or non-U.S. federal, state, or local tax or social insurance contribution withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise, vesting or settlement of such Award, as applicable. Accordingly, a Participant may not be able to exercise an Award even though the Award is vested, and the Company shall have no obligation to issue shares of Class A Common Stock subject to an Award, unless and until such obligations are satisfied.

(b) Satisfaction of Withholding Obligation. To the extent permitted by the terms of an Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any U.S. and/or non-U.S. federal, state, local tax or social insurance withholding obligation relating to an Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Class A Common Stock from the shares of Class A Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Award; (iii) withholding cash from an Award settled in cash; (iv) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant; (v) by allowing a Participant to effectuate a “cashless exercise” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the U.S. Federal Reserve Board, or (vi) by such other method as may be set forth in the Award Agreement.

(c) No Obligation to Notify or Minimize Taxes; No Liability to Claims. Except as required by Applicable Law the Company has no duty or obligation to any Participant to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising such Award. Furthermore, the Company has no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending termination or expiration of an Award or a possible period in which the Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of an Award to the holder of such Award and will not be liable to any holder of an Award for any adverse tax consequences to such holder in connection with an Award. As a condition to accepting an Award under the Plan, each Participant (i) agrees to not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from such Award or other Company compensation and (ii) acknowledges that such Participant was advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, financial and other legal advisors regarding the tax consequences of the Award and has either done so or knowingly and voluntarily declined to do so. Additionally, each Participant acknowledges any Option or SAR granted under the Plan is exempt from Section 409A only if the exercise or strike price is at least equal to the “fair market value” of the Class A Common Stock on the date of grant as determined by the Internal Revenue Service and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the Award. Additionally, as a condition to accepting an Option or SAR granted under the Plan, each Participant agrees not to make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates in the event that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service asserts that such exercise price or strike price is less than the “fair market value” of the Class A Common Stock on the date of grant as subsequently determined by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

(d) Withholding Indemnification. As a condition to accepting an Award under the Plan, in the event that the amount of the Company’s and/or its Affiliate’s withholding obligation in connection with such Award was greater than the amount actually withheld by the Company and/or its Affiliates, each Participant agrees to indemnify and hold the Company and/or its Affiliates harmless from any failure by the Company and/or its Affiliates to withhold the proper amount.

 

12


9. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) Source of Shares. The stock issuable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Class A Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market or otherwise.

(b) Use of Proceeds from Sales of Class A Common Stock. Proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to Awards will constitute general funds of the Company.

(c) Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Awards. Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of an Award to any Participant will be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant. In the event that the corporate records (e.g., Board consents, resolutions or minutes) documenting the corporate action approving the grant contain terms (e.g., exercise price, vesting schedule or number of shares) that are inconsistent with those in the Award Agreement or related grant documents as a result of a clerical error in the Award Agreement or related grant documents, the corporate records will control and the Participant will have no legally binding right to the incorrect term in the Award Agreement or related grant documents.

(d) Stockholder Rights. No Participant will be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Class A Common Stock subject to such Award unless and until (i) such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Award pursuant to its terms, if applicable, and (ii) the issuance of the Class A Common Stock subject to such Award is reflected in the records of the Company.

(e) No Employment or Other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan, any Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Award granted pursuant thereto will confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Award was granted or affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate at will and without regard to any future vesting opportunity that a Participant may have with respect to any Award (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the U.S. state or non-U.S. jurisdiction in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be. Further, nothing in the Plan, any Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Award will constitute any promise or commitment by the Company or an Affiliate regarding the fact or nature of future positions, future work assignments, future compensation or any other term or condition of employment or service or confer any right or benefit under the Award or the Plan unless such right or benefit has specifically accrued under the terms of the Award Agreement and/or Plan.

(f) Change in Time Commitment. In the event a Participant’s regular level of time commitment in the performance of his or her services for the Company and any Affiliates is reduced (for example, and without limitation, if the Participant is an Employee of the Company and the Employee has a change in status from a full-time Employee to a part-time Employee or takes an extended leave of absence) after the date of grant of any Award to the Participant, the Board may determine, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, to (i) make a corresponding reduction in the number of shares or cash amount subject to any portion of such Award that is scheduled to vest or become payable after the date of such change in time commitment, and (ii) in lieu of or in combination with such a reduction, extend the vesting or payment schedule applicable to such Award. In the event of any such reduction, the Participant will have no right with respect to any portion of the Award that is so reduced or extended.

 

13


(g) Execution of Additional Documents. As a condition to accepting an Award under the Plan, the Participant agrees to execute any additional documents or instruments necessary or desirable, as determined in the Plan Administrator’s sole discretion, to carry out the purposes or intent of the Award, or facilitate compliance with securities and/or other regulatory requirements, in each case at the Plan Administrator’s request.

(h) Electronic Delivery and Participation. Any reference herein or in an Award Agreement to a “written” agreement or document will include any agreement or document delivered electronically, filed publicly at www.sec.gov (or any successor website thereto) or posted on the Company’s intranet (or other shared electronic medium controlled by the Company to which the Participant has access). By accepting any Award the Participant consents to receive documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through any on-line electronic system established and maintained by the Plan Administrator or another third party selected by the Plan Administrator. The form of delivery of any Class A Common Stock (e.g., a stock certificate or electronic entry evidencing such shares) shall be determined by the Company.

(i) Clawback/Recovery. All Awards granted under the Plan will be subject to recoupment in accordance with any clawback policy that the Company is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other Applicable Law and any clawback policy that the Company otherwise adopts, to the extent applicable and permissible under Applicable Law. In addition, the Board may impose such other clawback, recovery or recoupment provisions in an Award Agreement as the Board determines necessary or appropriate, including but not limited to a reacquisition right in respect of previously acquired shares of Class A Common Stock or other cash or property upon the occurrence of Cause. No recovery of compensation under such a clawback policy will be an event giving rise to a Participant’s right to voluntary terminate employment upon a “resignation for good reason,” or for a “constructive termination” or any similar term under any plan of or agreement with the Company.

(j) Securities Law Compliance. A Participant will not be issued any shares in respect of an Award unless either (i) the shares are registered under the Securities Act; or (ii) the Company has determined that such issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Each Award also must comply with other Applicable Law governing the Award, and a Participant will not receive such shares if the Company determines that such receipt would not be in material compliance with Applicable Law.

(k) Transfer or Assignment of Awards; Issued Shares. Except as expressly provided in the Plan or the form of Award Agreement, Awards granted under the Plan may not be transferred or assigned by the Participant. After the vested shares subject to an Award have been issued, or in the case of Restricted Stock and similar awards, after the issued shares have vested, the holder of such shares is free to assign, hypothecate, donate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any interest in such shares provided that any such actions are in compliance with the provisions herein, the terms of the Trading Policy and Applicable Law.

(l) Effect on Other Employee Benefit Plans. The value of any Award granted under the Plan, as determined upon grant, vesting or settlement, shall not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating any Participant’s benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s employee benefit plans.

 

14


(m) Deferrals. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Class A Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Award may be deferred and may also establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants. Deferrals by will be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A.

(n) Section 409A. Unless otherwise expressly provided for in an Award Agreement, the Plan and Award Agreements will be interpreted to the greatest extent possible in a manner that makes the Plan and the Awards granted hereunder exempt from Section 409A, and, to the extent not so exempt, in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A. If the Board determines that any Award granted hereunder is not exempt from and is therefore subject to Section 409A, the Award Agreement evidencing such Award will incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code, and to the extent an Award Agreement is silent on terms necessary for compliance, such terms are hereby incorporated by reference into the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan (and unless the Award Agreement specifically provides otherwise), if the shares of Class A Common Stock are publicly traded, and if a Participant holding an Award that constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A is a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A, no distribution or payment of any amount that is due because of a “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) will be issued or paid before the date that is six months and one day following the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death, unless such distribution or payment can be made in a manner that complies with Section 409A, and any amounts so deferred will be paid in a lump sum on the day after such six month period elapses, with the balance paid thereafter on the original schedule.

(o) Choice of Law. This Plan and any controversy arising out of or relating to this Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in any application of any law other than the law of the State of Delaware.

10. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

(a) Compliance with Law. The Company will seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency, as may be deemed to be necessary, having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Awards and to issue and sell shares of Class A Common Stock upon exercise or vesting of the Awards; provided, however, that this undertaking will not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Award or any Class A Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Award. If, after reasonable efforts and at a reasonable cost, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary or advisable for the lawful issuance and sale of Class A Common Stock under the Plan, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Class A Common Stock upon exercise or vesting of such Awards unless and until such authority is obtained. A Participant is not eligible for the grant of an Award or the subsequent issuance of Class A Common Stock pursuant to the Award if such grant or issuance would be in violation of any Applicable Law.

11. ADDITIONAL RULES FOR AWARDS SUBJECT TO SECTION 409A.

(a) Application. Unless the provisions of this Section of the Plan are expressly superseded by the provisions in the form of Award Agreement, the provisions of this Section shall apply and shall supersede anything to the contrary set forth in the Award Agreement for a Non-Exempt Award.

(b) Non-Exempt Awards Subject to Non-Exempt Severance Arrangements. To the extent a Non-Exempt Award is subject to Section 409A due to application of a Non-Exempt Severance Arrangement, the following provisions of this subsection (b) apply.

 

15


(i) If the Non-Exempt Award vests in the ordinary course during the Participant’s Continuous Service in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Award Agreement, and does not accelerate vesting under the terms of a Non-Exempt Severance Arrangement, in no event will the shares be issued in respect of such Non-Exempt Award any later than the later of: (i) December 31st of the calendar year that includes the applicable vesting date, or (ii) the 60th day that follows the applicable vesting date.

(ii) If vesting of the Non-Exempt Award accelerates under the terms of a Non-Exempt Severance Arrangement in connection with the Participant’s Separation from Service, and such vesting acceleration provisions were in effect as of the date of grant of the Non-Exempt Award and, therefore, are part of the terms of such Non-Exempt Award as of the date of grant, then the shares will be earlier issued in settlement of such Non-Exempt Award upon the Participant’s Separation from Service in accordance with the terms of the Non-Exempt Severance Arrangement, but in no event later than the 60th day that follows the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service. However, if at the time the shares would otherwise be issued the Participant is subject to the distribution limitations contained in Section 409A applicable to “specified employees,” as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such shares shall not be issued before the date that is six months following the date of such Participant’s Separation from Service, or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death that occurs within such six-month period.

(iii) If vesting of a Non-Exempt Award accelerates under the terms of a Non-Exempt Severance Arrangement in connection with a Participant’s Separation from Service, and such vesting acceleration provisions were not in effect as of the date of grant of the Non-Exempt Award and, therefore, are not a part of the terms of such Non-Exempt Award on the date of grant, then such acceleration of vesting of the Non-Exempt Award shall not accelerate the issuance date of the shares, but the shares shall instead be issued on the same schedule as set forth in the Grant Notice as if they had vested in the ordinary course during the Participant’s Continuous Service, notwithstanding the vesting acceleration of the Non-Exempt Award. Such issuance schedule is intended to satisfy the requirements of payment on a specified date or pursuant to a fixed schedule, as provided under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(a)(4).

(c) Treatment of Non-Exempt Awards Upon a Corporate Transaction for Employees and Consultants. The provisions of this subsection (c) shall apply and shall supersede anything to the contrary set forth in the Plan with respect to the permitted treatment of any Non-Exempt Award in connection with a Corporate Transaction if the Participant was either an Employee or Consultant upon the applicable date of grant of the Non-Exempt Award.

(i) Vested Non-Exempt Awards. The following provisions shall apply to any Vested Non-Exempt Award in connection with a Corporate Transaction:

(1) If the Corporate Transaction is also a Section 409A Change in Control then the Acquiring Entity may not assume, continue or substitute the Vested Non-Exempt Award. Upon the Section 409A Change in Control the settlement of the Vested Non-Exempt Award will automatically be accelerated and the shares will be immediately issued in respect of the Vested Non-Exempt Award. Alternatively, the Company may instead provide that the Participant will receive a cash settlement equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares that would otherwise be issued to the Participant upon the Section 409A Change in Control.

(2) If the Corporate Transaction is not also a Section 409A Change in Control, then the Acquiring Entity must either assume, continue or substitute each Vested Non-Exempt Award. The shares to be issued in respect of the Vested Non-Exempt Award shall be issued to the Participant by the Acquiring Entity on the same schedule that the shares would have been issued to the Participant if the Corporate Transaction had not occurred. In the Acquiring Entity’s discretion, in lieu of an issuance of shares, the Acquiring Entity may instead substitute a cash payment on each applicable issuance date, equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares that would otherwise be issued to the Participant on such issuance dates, with the determination of the Fair Market Value of the shares made on the date of the Corporate Transaction.

 

16


(ii) Unvested Non-Exempt Awards. The following provisions shall apply to any Unvested Non-Exempt Award unless otherwise determined by the Board pursuant to subsection (e) of this Section.

(1) In the event of a Corporate Transaction, the Acquiring Entity shall assume, continue or substitute any Unvested Non-Exempt Award. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, any Unvested Non-Exempt Award will remain subject to the same vesting and forfeiture restrictions that were applicable to the Award prior to the Corporate Transaction. The shares to be issued in respect of any Unvested Non-Exempt Award shall be issued to the Participant by the Acquiring Entity on the same schedule that the shares would have been issued to the Participant if the Corporate Transaction had not occurred. In the Acquiring Entity’s discretion, in lieu of an issuance of shares, the Acquiring Entity may instead substitute a cash payment on each applicable issuance date, equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares that would otherwise be issued to the Participant on such issuance dates, with the determination of Fair Market Value of the shares made on the date of the Corporate Transaction.

(2) If the Acquiring Entity will not assume, substitute or continue any Unvested Non-Exempt Award in connection with a Corporate Transaction, then such Award shall automatically terminate and be forfeited upon the Corporate Transaction with no consideration payable to any Participant in respect of such forfeited Unvested Non-Exempt Award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted and in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A, the Board may in its discretion determine to elect to accelerate the vesting and settlement of the Unvested Non-Exempt Award upon the Corporate Transaction, or instead substitute a cash payment equal to the Fair Market Value of such shares that would otherwise be issued to the Participant, as further provided in subsection (e)(ii) below. In the absence of such discretionary election by the Board, any Unvested Non-Exempt Award shall be forfeited without payment of any consideration to the affected Participants if the Acquiring Entity will not assume, substitute or continue the Unvested Non-Exempt Awards in connection with the Corporate Transaction.

(3) The foregoing treatment shall apply with respect to all Unvested Non-Exempt Awards upon any Corporate Transaction, and regardless of whether or not such Corporate Transaction is also a Section 409A Change in Control.

(d) Treatment of Non-Exempt Awards Upon a Corporate Transaction for Non-Employee Directors. The following provisions of this subsection (d) shall apply and shall supersede anything to the contrary that may be set forth in the Plan with respect to the permitted treatment of a Non-Exempt Director Award in connection with a Corporate Transaction.

(i) If the Corporate Transaction is also a Section 409A Change in Control then the Acquiring Entity may not assume, continue or substitute the Non-Exempt Director Award. Upon the Section 409A Change in Control the vesting and settlement of any Non-Exempt Director Award will automatically be accelerated and the shares will be immediately issued to the Participant in respect of the Non-Exempt Director Award. Alternatively, the Company may provide that the Participant will instead receive a cash settlement equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares that would otherwise be issued to the Participant upon the Section 409A Change in Control pursuant to the preceding provision.

 

17


(ii) If the Corporate Transaction is not also a Section 409A Change in Control, then the Acquiring Entity must either assume, continue or substitute the Non-Exempt Director Award. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Non-Exempt Director Award will remain subject to the same vesting and forfeiture restrictions that were applicable to the Award prior to the Corporate Transaction. The shares to be issued in respect of the Non-Exempt Director Award shall be issued to the Participant by the Acquiring Entity on the same schedule that the shares would have been issued to the Participant if the Corporate Transaction had not occurred. In the Acquiring Entity’s discretion, in lieu of an issuance of shares, the Acquiring Entity may instead substitute a cash payment on each applicable issuance date, equal to the Fair Market Value of the shares that would otherwise be issued to the Participant on such issuance dates, with the determination of Fair Market Value made on the date of the Corporate Transaction.

(e) If the RSU Award is a Non-Exempt Award, then the provisions in this Section 11(e) shall apply and supersede anything to the contrary that may be set forth in the Plan or the Award Agreement with respect to the permitted treatment of such Non-Exempt Award:

(i) Any exercise by the Board of discretion to accelerate the vesting of a Non-Exempt Award shall not result in any acceleration of the scheduled issuance dates for the shares in respect of the Non-Exempt Award unless earlier issuance of the shares upon the applicable vesting dates would be in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A.

(ii) The Company explicitly reserves the right to earlier settle any Non-Exempt Award to the extent permitted and in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A, including pursuant to any of the exemptions available in Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix).

(iii) To the extent the terms of any Non-Exempt Award provide that it will be settled upon a Change in Control or Corporate Transaction, to the extent it is required for compliance with the requirements of Section 409A, the Change in Control or Corporate Transaction event triggering settlement must also constitute a Section 409A Change in Control. To the extent the terms of a Non-Exempt Award provides that it will be settled upon a termination of employment or termination of Continuous Service, to the extent it is required for compliance with the requirements of Section 409A, the termination event triggering settlement must also constitute a Separation From Service. However, if at the time the shares would otherwise be issued to a Participant in connection with a “separation from service” such Participant is subject to the distribution limitations contained in Section 409A applicable to “specified employees,” as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such shares shall not be issued before the date that is six months following the date of the Participant’s Separation From Service, or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death that occurs within such six month period.

(iv) The provisions in this subsection (e) for delivery of the shares in respect of the settlement of a RSU Award that is a Non-Exempt Award are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that the delivery of the shares to the Participant in respect of such Non-Exempt Award will not trigger the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be so interpreted.

12. SEVERABILITY.

If all or any part of the Plan or any Award Agreement is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity shall not invalidate any portion of the Plan or such Award Agreement not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of the Plan or any Award Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

 

18


13. TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.

The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and, absent earlier termination, the Plan shall terminate on the tenth anniversary of the date the Plan is approved by the Company’s stockholders. No Incentive Stock Options may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the earlier of: (i) the Adoption Date, or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the Company’s stockholders. No Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

 

19


14. DEFINITIONS.

As used in the Plan, the following definitions apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a) Acquiring Entity” means the surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) in connection with a Corporate Transaction.

(b) Adoption Date” means the date the Plan is first approved by the Board or Compensation Committee.

(c) Affiliate” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “subsidiary” of the Company as such terms are defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act. The Board may determine the time or times at which “parent” or “subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

(d) Applicable Law” means shall mean the Code any applicable U.S. or non U.S. securities, federal, state, material local or municipal or other law, statute, constitution, principle of common law, resolution, ordinance, code, edict, decree, rule, listing rule, regulation, judicial decision, ruling or requirement issued, enacted, adopted, promulgated, implemented or otherwise put into effect by or under the authority of any Governmental Body (including under the authority of any applicable self-regulating organization such as the Nasdaq Stock Market, New York Stock Exchange, or the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority).

(e) Award” means any right to receive Class A Common Stock, cash or other property granted under the Plan (including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, a RSU Award, a SAR, a Performance Award or any Other Award).

(f) Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an Award. The Award Agreement generally consists of the Grant Notice and the agreement containing the written summary of the general terms and conditions applicable to the Award and which is provided to a Participant along with the Grant Notice.

(g) Board” means the board of directors of the Company (or its designee). Any decision or determination made by the Board shall be a decision or determination that is made in the sole discretion of the Board (or its designee), and such decision or determination shall be final and binding on all Participants.

(h) Capitalization Adjustment” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Class A Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Award after the Effective Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or any similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

(i) Capital Stock” means the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock.

 

20


(j) Cause has the meaning ascribed to such term in any written agreement between the Participant and the Company defining such term and, in the absence of such agreement, such term means, with respect to a Participant, (a) Participant’s material breach of the Confidential Information and Inventions Assignment Agreement and any restrictive covenants contained herein, (b) fraud, theft or dishonesty by Participant against the Company, (c) breach of Participant’s fiduciary duties, (d) any unlawful conduct, (e) Participant’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, (f) Participant’s continuing failure to perform assigned duties consistent with Participant’s position, (g) Participant’s failure to cooperate in good faith with a governmental or internal investigation of the Company or its directors, officers or employees, (h) Participant’s material violation of the Company’s policies or procedures, and/or (i) Participant’s violation of any agreement between you and any prior employer of you causing harm to the Company. The determination that a termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service is either for Cause or without Cause will be made by the Board with respect to Participants who are executive officers of the Company and by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or his delegate with respect to Participants who are not executive officers of the Company. Any determination by the Company that the Continuous Service of a Participant was terminated with or without Cause for the purposes of outstanding Awards held by such Participant will have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, as the case may be, or such Participant for any other purpose.

(k) Change in Control” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events; provided, however, to the extent necessary to avoid adverse personal income tax consequences to the Participant in connection with an Award, also constitutes a Section 409A Change in Control:

(i) any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, (B) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities, or (C) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “Subject Person”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control shall be deemed to occur;

(ii) there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction;

(iii) the stockholders of the Company approve or the Board approves a plan of complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or a complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company shall otherwise occur, except for a liquidation into a parent corporation;

 

21


(iv) there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition; or

(v) individuals who, on the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, are members of the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board; provided, however, that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new Board member was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then still in office, such new member shall, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board.

Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Plan, (A) the term Change in Control shall not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company, and (B) the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant shall supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Awards subject to such agreement; provided, however, that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition shall apply.

(l) Class A Common Stock” means Class A common stock of the Company.

(m) Class B Common Stock” means Class B common stock of the Company.

(n) Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

(o) Committee” means the Compensation Committee and any other committee of one or more Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board or Compensation Committee in accordance with the Plan.

(p) Company” means Sweetgreen, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor corporation thereto.

(q) Compensation Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.

(r) Consultant” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, will not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a person is treated as a Consultant under this Plan only if a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act is available to register either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such person.

(s) Continuous Service” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Director or Consultant or a change in the Entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided

 

22


that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, will not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided, however, that if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering services ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board, such Participant’s Continuous Service will be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate. For example, a change in status from an Employee of the Company to a Consultant of an Affiliate or to a Director will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service will be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave, or (ii) transfers between the Company, an Affiliate, or their successors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence will be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in an Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by Applicable Law. In addition, to the extent required for exemption from or compliance with Section 409A, the determination of whether there has been a termination of Continuous Service will be made, and such term will be construed, in a manner that is consistent with the definition of “separation from service” as defined under U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder).

(t) Corporate Transaction” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii) a sale or other disposition of at least 50% of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Capital Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(u) Director” means a member of the Board.

(v) determine or determined means as determined by the Board or the Committee (or its designee) in its sole discretion.

(w) Disability” means, with respect to a Participant, such Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, as provided in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, and will be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

(x) Effective Date” means the IPO Date, provided this Plan is approved by the Company’s stockholders prior to the IPO Date.

 

23


(y) Employee” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(z) Employer” means the Company or the Affiliate that employs the Participant.

(aa) Entity” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

(bb) Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(cc) Exchange Act Person means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” will not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to a registered public offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the Effective Date, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

(dd) Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, unless otherwise determined by the Board, the value of the Class A Common Stock (as determined on a per share or aggregate basis, as applicable) determined as follows:

(i) If the Class A Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market, the Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Class A Common Stock) on the date of determination, as reported in a source the Board deems reliable.

(ii) If there is no closing sales price for the Class A Common Stock on the date of determination, then the Fair Market Value will be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(iii) In the absence of such markets for the Class A Common Stock, or if otherwise determined by the Board, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the Board in good faith and in a manner that complies with Sections 409A and 422 of the Code.

(ee) Governmental Body” means any: (a) nation, state, commonwealth, province, territory, county, municipality, district or other jurisdiction of any nature; (b) U.S. or non-U.S. federal, state, local, municipal, or other government; (c) governmental or regulatory body, or quasi-governmental body of any nature (including any governmental division, department, administrative agency or bureau, commission, authority, instrumentality, official, ministry, fund, foundation, center, organization, unit, body or Entity and any court or other tribunal, and for the avoidance of doubt, any Tax authority) or other body exercising similar powers or authority; or (d) self-regulatory organization (including the Nasdaq Stock Market, New York Stock Exchange, and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority).

 

24


(ff) Grant Notice” means the notice provided to a Participant that he or she has been granted an Award under the Plan and which includes the name of the Participant, the type of Award, the date of grant of the Award, number of shares of Class A Common Stock subject to the Award or potential cash payment right, (if any), the vesting schedule for the Award (if any) and other key terms applicable to the Award.

(gg) Incentive Stock Option” means an option granted pursuant to Section 4 of the Plan that is intended to be, and qualifies as, an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(hh) IPO Date” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Class A Common Stock, pursuant to which the Class A Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

(ii) Materially Impair means any amendment to the terms of the Award that materially adversely affects the Participant’s rights under the Award. A Participant’s rights under an Award will not be deemed to have been Materially Impaired by any such amendment if the Board, in its sole discretion, determines that the amendment, taken as a whole, does not materially impair the Participant’s rights. For example, the following types of amendments to the terms of an Award do not Materially Impair the Participant’s rights under the Award: (i) imposition of reasonable restrictions on the minimum number of shares subject to an Option that may be exercised, (ii) to maintain the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (iii) to change the terms of an Incentive Stock Option in a manner that disqualifies, impairs or otherwise affects the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (iv) to clarify the manner of exemption from, or to bring the Award into compliance with or qualify it for an exemption from, Section 409A; or (v) to comply with other Applicable Laws.

(jj) Non-Employee Director means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee or officer of the Company or an Affiliate, does not receive compensation, either directly or indirectly, from the Company or an Affiliate for services rendered as a consultant or in any capacity other than as a Director (except for an amount as to which disclosure would not be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act (“Regulation S-K”)), does not possess an interest in any other transaction for which disclosure would be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K, and is not engaged in a business relationship for which disclosure would be required pursuant to Item 404(b) of Regulation S-K; or (ii) is otherwise considered a “non-employee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3.

(kk) Non-Exempt Award means any Award that is subject to, and not exempt from, Section 409A, including as the result of (i) a deferral of the issuance of the shares subject to the Award which is elected by the Participant or imposed by the Company or (ii) the terms of any Non-Exempt Severance Agreement.

(ll) Non-Exempt Director Award” means a Non-Exempt Award granted to a Participant who was a Director but not an Employee on the applicable grant date.

(mm) Non-Exempt Severance Arrangement” means a severance arrangement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company that provides for acceleration of vesting of an Award and issuance of the shares in respect of such Award upon the Participant’s termination of employment or separation from service (as such term is defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code (and without regard to any alternative definition thereunder) (“Separation from Service”) and such severance benefit does not satisfy the requirements for an exemption from application of Section 409A provided under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(9) or otherwise.

 

25


(nn) Nonstatutory Stock Option” means any option granted pursuant to Section 4 of the Plan that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(oo) Officer” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(pp) Option” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(qq) Option Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and the Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of the Option grant. The Option Agreement includes the Grant Notice for the Option and the agreement containing the written summary of the general terms and conditions applicable to the Option and which is provided to a Participant along with the Grant Notice. Each Option Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(rr) Optionholder” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

(ss) Other Award” means an award valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Class A Common Stock, including the appreciation in value thereof (e.g., options or stock rights with an exercise price or strike price less than 100% of the Fair Market Value at the time of grant) that is not an Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Option, SAR, Restricted Stock Award, RSU Award or Performance Award.

(tt) Other Award Agreement means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of an Other Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an Other Award grant. Each Other Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(uu) Own, Owned, Owner, Ownership means that a person or Entity will be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

(vv) Participant” means an Employee, Director or Consultant to whom an Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Award.

(ww) Performance Award” means an Award that may vest or may be exercised or a cash award that may vest or become earned and paid contingent upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain Performance Goals and which is granted under the terms and conditions of Section 5(b) pursuant to such terms as are approved by the Board. In addition, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, the Board may determine that cash or other property may be used in payment of Performance Awards. Performance Awards that are settled in cash or other property are not required to be valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, the Class A Common Stock.

(xx) Performance Criteria” means the one or more criteria that the Board will select for purposes of establishing the Performance Goals for a Performance Period. The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish such Performance Goals may be based on any one of, or combination of, the following as determined by the Board: earnings (including earnings per share and net earnings); earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; total

 

26


stockholder return; return on equity or average stockholder’s equity; return on assets, investment, or capital employed; stock price; margin (including gross margin); income (before or after taxes); operating income; operating income after taxes; pre-tax profit; operating cash flow; sales or revenue targets; increases in revenue or product revenue; expenses and cost reduction goals; improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; economic value added (or an equivalent metric); market share; cash flow; cash flow per share; share price performance; debt reduction; customer satisfaction; stockholders’ equity; capital expenditures; debt levels; operating profit or net operating profit; workforce diversity; growth of net income or operating income; billings; financing; regulatory milestones; stockholder liquidity; corporate governance and compliance; intellectual property; personnel matters; progress of internal research; progress of partnered programs; partner satisfaction; budget management; partner or collaborator achievements; internal controls, including those related to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; investor relations, analysts and communication; implementation or completion of projects or processes; employee retention; number of users, including unique users; strategic partnerships or transactions (including in-licensing and out-licensing of intellectual property); establishing relationships with respect to the marketing, distribution and sale of the Company’s products; supply chain achievements; co-development, co-marketing, profit sharing, joint venture or other similar arrangements; individual performance goals; corporate development and planning goals; and other measures of performance selected by the Board or Committee.

(yy) Performance Goals” means, for a Performance Period, the one or more goals established by the Board for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria. Performance Goals may be based on a Company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, Affiliates, or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise by the Board (i) in the Award Agreement at the time the Award is granted or (ii) in such other document setting forth the Performance Goals at the time the Performance Goals are established, the Board will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of Performance Goals for a Performance Period as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the effects of items that are “unusual” in nature or occur “infrequently” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (7) to assume that any business divested by the Company achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a Performance Period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of Capital Stock of the Company by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock based compensation and the award of bonuses under the Company’s bonus plans; (10) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to be expensed under generally accepted accounting principles; and (11) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under generally accepted accounting principles. In addition, the Board retains the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of Performance Goals and to define the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period. Partial achievement of the specified criteria may result in the payment or vesting corresponding to the degree of achievement as specified in the Award Agreement or the written terms of a Performance Cash Award.

(zz) Performance Period” means the period of time selected by the Board over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to vesting or exercise of an Award. Performance Periods may be of varying and overlapping duration, at the sole discretion of the Board.

 

27


(aaa) Plan” means this Sweetgreen, Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan.

(bbb) Plan Administrator” means the person, persons, and/or third-party administrator designated by the Company to administer the day-to-day operations of the Plan and the Company’s other equity incentive programs.

(ccc) Post-Termination Exercise Period” means the period following termination of a Participant’s Continuous Service within which an Option or SAR is exercisable, as specified in Section 4(h).

(ddd) Prior Plans’ Available Reserve” means the number of shares available for the grant of new awards under the Prior Plan as of immediately prior to the Effective Date.

(eee) Prior Plans” means the Company’s 2009 Stock Plan and 2019 Equity Incentive Plan.

(fff) Prospectus” means the document containing the Plan information specified in Section 10(a) of the Securities Act.

(ggg) Restricted Stock Award” or “RSA” means an Award of shares of Class A Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5(a).

(hhh) Restricted Stock Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award grant. The Restricted Stock Award Agreement includes the Grant Notice for the Restricted Stock Award and the agreement containing the written summary of the general terms and conditions applicable to the Restricted Stock Award and which is provided to a Participant along with the Grant Notice. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(iii) Returning Shares” means shares subject to outstanding stock awards granted under the Prior Plans and that following the Effective Date: (A) are not issued because such stock award or any portion thereof expires or otherwise terminates without all of the shares covered by such stock award having been issued; (B) are not issued because such stock award or any portion thereof is settled in cash; (C) are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required for the vesting of such shares; (D) are withheld or reacquired to satisfy the exercise, strike or purchase price; or (E) are withheld or reacquired to satisfy a tax withholding obligation.

(jjj) RSU Award” or “RSU means an Award of restricted stock units representing the right to receive an issuance of shares of Class A Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5(a).

(kkk) RSU Award Agreement means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a RSU Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a RSU Award. The RSU Award Agreement includes the Grant Notice for the RSU Award and the agreement containing the written summary of the general terms and conditions applicable to the RSU Award and which is provided to a Participant along with the Grant Notice. Each RSU Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(lll) Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect from time to time.

(mmm) Rule 405” means Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

28


(nnn) Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance thereunder.

(ooo) Section 409A Change in Control” means a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets, as provided in Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code and Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder).

(ppp) Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(qqq) Share Reserve” means the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan as set forth in Section 2(a).

(rrr) Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR means a right to receive the appreciation on Class A Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 4.

(sss) SAR Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a SAR evidencing the terms and conditions of a SAR grant. The SAR Agreement includes the Grant Notice for the SAR and the agreement containing the written summary of the general terms and conditions applicable to the SAR and which is provided to a Participant along with the Grant Notice. Each SAR Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ttt) Subsidiary” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than 50% of the outstanding Capital Stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation will have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than 50%.

(uuu) Ten Percent Stockholder” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

(vvv) Trading Policy” means the Company’s policy permitting certain individuals to sell Company shares only during certain “window” periods and/or otherwise restricts the ability of certain individuals to transfer or encumber Company shares, as in effect from time to time.

(www) Unvested Non-Exempt Award” means the portion of any Non-Exempt Award that had not vested in accordance with its terms upon or prior to the date of any Corporate Transaction.

(xxx) Vested Non-Exempt Award” means the portion of any Non-Exempt Award that had vested in accordance with its terms upon or prior to the date of a Corporate Transaction.

 

29

Exhibit 10.6

SPYCE FOOD CO.

2016 STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLAN

SECTION 1. GENERAL PURPOSE OF THE PLAN; DEFINITIONS

The name of the plan is the Spyce Food Co. 2016 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “Plan”). The purpose of the Plan is to encourage and enable the officers, employees, directors, Consultants and other key persons of Spyce Food Co. a Delaware corporation (including any successor entity, the “Company”) and its Subsidiaries, upon whose judgment, initiative and efforts the Company largely depends for the successful conduct of its business, to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company.

The following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

Affiliate” of any Person means a Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the first mentioned Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if such first Person possesses directly or indirectly the power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management and policies of the second Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Award” or “Awards,” except where referring to a particular category of grant under the Plan, shall include Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Restricted Stock Awards, Unrestricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units or any combination of the foregoing.

Award Agreement” means a written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to an Award granted under the Plan. Each Award Agreement may contain terms and conditions in addition to those set forth in the Plan; provided, however, in the event of any conflict in the terms of the Plan and the Award Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall govern.

Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Cause” shall have the meaning as set forth in the Award Agreement(s). In the case that any Award Agreement does not contain a definition of “Cause,” it shall mean (i) the grantee’s dishonest statements or acts with respect to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, or any current or prospective customers, suppliers vendors or other third parties with which such entity does business; (ii) the grantee’s commission of (A) a felony or (B) any misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty or fraud; (iii) the grantee’s failure to perform his assigned duties and responsibilities to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company which failure continues, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, after written notice given to the grantee by the Company; (iv) the grantee’s gross negligence, willful misconduct or insubordination with respect to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company; or (v) the grantee’s material violation of any provision of any agreement(s) between the grantee and the Company relating to noncompetition, nonsolicitation, nondisclosure and/or assignment of inventions.

 

1


Chief Executive Officer” means the Chief Executive Officer of the Company or, if there is no Chief Executive Officer, then the President of the Company.

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor Code, and related rules, regulations and interpretations.

Committee” means the Committee of the Board referred to in Section 2.

Consultant” means any natural person that provides bona fide services to the Company (including a Subsidiary), and such services are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities.

Disability” means “disability” as defined in Section 422(c) of the Code.

Effective Date” means the date on which the Plan is adopted as set forth on the final page of the Plan.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Fair Market Value” of the Stock on any given date means the fair market value of the Stock determined in good faith by the Committee based on the reasonable application of a reasonable valuation method not inconsistent with Section 409A of the Code. If the Stock is admitted to trade on a national securities exchange, the determination shall be made by reference to the closing price reported on such exchange. If there is no closing price for such date, the determination shall be made by reference to the last date preceding such date for which there is a closing price. If the date for which Fair Market Value is determined is the first day when trading prices for the Stock are reported on a national securities exchange, the Fair Market Value shall be the “Price to the Public” (or equivalent) set forth on the cover page for the final prospectus relating to the Company’s Initial Public Offering.

Good Reason” shall have the meaning as set forth in the Award Agreement(s). In the case that any Award Agreement does not contain a definition of “Good Reason,” it shall mean (i) a material diminution in the grantee’s base salary except for across-the-board salary reductions similarly affecting all or substantially all similarly situated employees of the Company or (ii) a change of more than 50 miles in the geographic location at which the grantee provides services to the Company, so long as the grantee provides at least 90 days notice to the Company following the initial occurrence of any such event and the Company fails to cure such event within 30 days thereafter.

Grant Date” means the date that the Committee designates in its approval of an Award in accordance with applicable law as the date on which the Award is granted, which date may not precede the date of such Committee approval.

Holder” means, with respect to an Award or any Shares, the Person holding such Award or Shares, including the initial recipient of the Award or any Permitted Transferee.

 

2


Incentive Stock Option” means any Stock Option designated and qualified as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

Initial Public Offering” means the consummation of the first firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the offer and sale by the Company of its equity securities, as a result of or following which the Stock shall be publicly held.

Non-Qualified Stock Option” means any Stock Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

Option” or “Stock Option” means any option to purchase shares of Stock granted pursuant to Section 5.

Permitted Transferees” shall mean any of the following to whom a Holder may transfer Shares hereunder (as set forth in Section 9(a)(ii)(A)): the Holder’s child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, any person sharing the Holder’s household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which these persons have more than fifty percent of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons own more than fifty percent of the voting interests; provided, however, that any such trust does not require or permit distribution of any Shares during the term of the Award Agreement unless subject to its terms. Upon the death of the Holder, the term Permitted Transferees shall also include such deceased Holder’s estate, executors, administrators, personal representatives, heirs, legatees and distributees, as the case may be.

Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership (limited or general), limited liability company, limited liability partnership, association, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization or any similar entity.

Restricted Stock Award” means Awards granted pursuant to Section 6 and “Restricted Stock” means Shares issued pursuant to such Awards.

Restricted Stock Unit” means an Award of phantom stock units to a grantee, which may be settled in cash or Shares as determined by the Committee, pursuant to Section 8.

Sale Event” means the consummation of (i) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (iii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation pursuant to which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the surviving or resulting entity (or its ultimate parent, if applicable), (iv) the acquisition of all or a majority of the outstanding voting stock of the Company in a single transaction or a series of related transactions by a Person or group of Persons, or (v) any other acquisition of the business of the Company, as determined by the Board; provided, however, that the Company’s Initial Public Offering, any subsequent public offering or another capital raising event, or a merger effected solely to change the Company’s domicile shall not constitute a “Sale Event.”

 

3


Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Service Relationship” means any relationship as a full-time employee, part-time employee, director or other key person (including Consultants) of the Company or any Subsidiary or any successor entity (e.g., a Service Relationship shall be deemed to continue without interruption in the event an individual’s status changes from full-time employee to part-time employee or Consultant).

Shares” means shares of Stock.

Stock” means the Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company.

Subsidiary” means any corporation or other entity (other than the Company) in which the Company has more than a 50 percent interest, either directly or indirectly.

Ten Percent Owner” means an employee who owns or is deemed to own (by reason of the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10 percent of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent of the Company or any Subsidiary.

Termination Event” means the termination of the Award recipient’s Service Relationship with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason whatsoever, regardless of the circumstances thereof, and including, without limitation, upon death, disability, retirement, discharge or resignation for any reason, whether voluntarily or involuntarily. The following shall not constitute a Termination Event: (i) a transfer to the service of the Company from a Subsidiary or from the Company to a Subsidiary, or from one Subsidiary to another Subsidiary or (ii) an approved leave of absence for military service or sickness, or for any other purpose approved by the Committee, if the individual’s right to re-employment is guaranteed either by a statute or by contract or under the policy pursuant to which the leave of absence was granted or if the Committee otherwise so provides in writing.

Unrestricted Stock Award” means any Award granted pursuant to Section 7 and “Unrestricted Stock” means Shares issued pursuant to such Awards.

SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN; COMMITTEE AUTHORITY TO SELECT GRANTEES AND DETERMINE AWARDS

(a) Administration of Plan. The Plan shall be administered by the Board, or at the discretion of the Board, by a committee of the Board, comprised of not less than two directors. All references herein to the “Committee” shall be deemed to refer to the group then responsible for administration of the Plan at the relevant time (i.e., either the Board of Directors or a committee or committees of the Board, as applicable).

(b) Powers of Committee. The Committee shall have the power and authority to grant Awards consistent with the terms of the Plan, including the power and authority:

 

4


(i) to select the individuals to whom Awards may from time to time be granted;

(ii) to determine the time or times of grant, and the amount, if any, of Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Restricted Stock Awards, Unrestricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units, or any combination of the foregoing, granted to any one or more grantees;

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by any Award and, subject to the provisions of the Plan, the price, exercise price, conversion ratio or other price relating thereto;

(iv) to determine and, subject to Section 12, to modify from time to time the terms and conditions, including restrictions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award, which terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees, and to approve the form of Award Agreements;

(v) to accelerate at any time the exercisability or vesting of all or any portion of any Award;

(vi) to impose any limitations on Awards, including limitations on transfers, repurchase provisions and the like, and to exercise repurchase rights or obligations;

(vii) subject to Section 5(a)(ii) and any restrictions imposed by Section 409A, to extend at any time the period in which Stock Options may be exercised; and

(viii) at any time to adopt, alter and repeal such rules, guidelines and practices for administration of the Plan and for its own acts and proceedings as it shall deem advisable; to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award (including Award Agreements); to make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of the Plan; to decide all disputes arising in connection with the Plan; and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.

All decisions and interpretations of the Committee shall be binding on all persons, including the Company and all Holders.

(c) Award Agreement. Awards under the Plan shall be evidenced by Award Agreements that set forth the terms, conditions and limitations for each Award.

(d) Indemnification. Neither the Board nor the Committee, nor any member of either or any delegate thereof, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in good faith in connection with the Plan, and the members of the Board and the Committee (and any delegate thereof) shall be entitled in all cases to indemnification and reimbursement by the Company in respect of any claim, loss, damage or expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising or resulting therefrom to the fullest extent permitted by law and/or under the Company’s governing documents, including its certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage which may be in effect from time to time and/or any indemnification agreement between such individual and the Company.

 

5


(e) Foreign Award Recipients. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws in other countries in which the Company and any Subsidiary operate or have employees or other individuals eligible for Awards, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to: (i) determine which Subsidiaries, if any, shall be covered by the Plan; (ii) determine which individuals, if any, outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan; (iii) modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to individuals outside the United States to comply with applicable foreign laws; (iv) establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent the Committee determines such actions to be necessary or advisable (and such subplans and/or modifications shall be attached to the Plan as appendices); provided, however, that no such subplans and/or modifications shall increase the share limitation contained in Section 3(a) hereof; and (v) take any action, before or after an Award is made, that the Committee determines to be necessary or advisable to obtain approval or comply with any local governmental regulatory exemptions or approvals.

SECTION 3. STOCK ISSUABLE UNDER THE PLAN; MERGERS AND OTHER TRANSACTIONS; SUBSTITUTION

(a) Stock Issuable. The maximum number of Shares reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be 1,261,470 Shares, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b). For purposes of this limitation, the Shares underlying any Awards that are forfeited, canceled, reacquired by the Company prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of Stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) and Shares that are withheld upon exercise of an Option or settlement of an Award to cover the exercise price or tax withholding shall be added back to the Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Subject to such overall limitations, Shares may be issued up to such maximum number pursuant to any type or types of Award, and no more than 100,000,000 Shares may be issued pursuant to Incentive Stock Options. The Shares available for issuance under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or Shares reacquired by the Company. Beginning on the date that the Company becomes subject to Section 162(m) of the Code, Options with respect to no more than 1,261,470 Shares shall be granted to any one individual in any calendar year period.

(b) Changes in Stock. Subject to Section 3(c) hereof, if, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Company’s capital stock, the outstanding Shares are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company, or additional Shares or new or different shares or other securities of the Company or other non-cash assets are distributed with respect to such Shares or other securities, in each case, without the receipt of consideration by the Company, or, if, as a result of any merger or consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the outstanding Shares are converted into or exchanged for other securities of the Company or any successor entity (or a parent or subsidiary thereof), the Committee shall make an appropriate and proportionate adjustment in (i) the maximum number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, (ii) the number and kind of Shares or other securities subject to any then outstanding

 

6


Awards under the Plan, (iii) the repurchase price, if any, per Share subject to each outstanding Award, and (iv) the exercise price for each Share subject to any then outstanding Stock Options under the Plan, without changing the aggregate exercise price (i.e., the exercise price multiplied by the number of Stock Options) as to which such Stock Options remain exercisable. The Committee shall in any event make such adjustments as may be required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporation Code and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. The adjustment by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive. No fractional Shares shall be issued under the Plan resulting from any such adjustment, but the Committee in its discretion may make a cash payment in lieu of fractional shares.

(c) Sale Events.

(i) Options.

(A) In the case of and subject to the consummation of a Sale Event, the Plan and all outstanding Options issued hereunder shall terminate upon the effective time of any such Sale Event unless assumed or continued by the successor entity, or new stock options or other awards of the successor entity or parent thereof are substituted therefor, with an equitable or proportionate adjustment as to the number and kind of shares and, if appropriate, the per share exercise prices, as such parties shall agree (after taking into account any acceleration hereunder and/or pursuant to the terms of any Award Agreement).

(B) In the event of the termination of the Plan and all outstanding Options issued hereunder pursuant to Section 3(c), each Holder of Options shall be permitted, within a period of time prior to the consummation of the Sale Event as specified by the Committee, to exercise all such Options which are then exercisable or will become exercisable as of the effective time of the Sale Event; provided, however, that the exercise of Options not exercisable prior to the Sale Event shall be subject to the consummation of the Sale Event.

(C) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 3(c)(i)(A), in the event of a Sale Event, the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to make or provide for a cash payment to the Holders of Options, without any consent of the Holders, in exchange for the cancellation thereof, in an amount equal to the difference between (A) the value as determined by the Committee of the consideration payable per share of Stock pursuant to the Sale Event (the “Sale Price”) times the number of Shares subject to outstanding Options being cancelled (to the extent then vested and exercisable, including by reason of acceleration in connection with such Sale Event, at prices not in excess of the Sale Price) and (B) the aggregate exercise price of all such outstanding vested and exercisable Options.

 

7


(ii) Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Awards.

(A) In the case of and subject to the consummation of a Sale Event, all unvested Restricted Stock and unvested Restricted Stock Unit Awards (other than those becoming vested as a result of the Sale Event) issued hereunder shall be forfeited immediately prior to the effective time of any such Sale Event unless assumed or continued by the successor entity, or awards of the successor entity or parent thereof are substituted therefor, with an equitable or proportionate adjustment as to the number and kind of shares subject to such awards as such parties shall agree (after taking into account any acceleration hereunder and/or pursuant to the terms of any Award Agreement).

(B) In the event of the forfeiture of Restricted Stock pursuant to Section 3(c)(ii)(A), such Restricted Stock shall be repurchased from the Holder thereof at a price per share equal to the original per share purchase price paid by the Holder (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b)) for such Shares.

(C) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 3(c)(ii)(A), in the event of a Sale Event, the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to make or provide for a cash payment to the Holders of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit Awards, without consent of the Holders, in exchange for the cancellation thereof, in an amount equal to the Sale Price times the number of Shares subject to such Awards, to be paid at the time of such Sale Event or upon the later vesting of such Awards.

SECTION 4. ELIGIBILITY

Grantees under the Plan will be such full or part-time officers and other employees, directors, Consultants and key persons of the Company and any Subsidiary who are selected from time to time by the Committee in its sole discretion; provided, however, that Awards shall be granted only to those individuals described in Rule 701(c) of the Securities Act.

SECTION 5. STOCK OPTIONS

Upon the grant of a Stock Option, the Company and the grantee shall enter into an Award Agreement. The terms and conditions of each such Award Agreement shall be determined by the Committee, and such terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees.

Stock Options granted under the Plan may be either Incentive Stock Options or Non-Qualified Stock Options. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or any Subsidiary that is a “subsidiary corporation” within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code. To the extent that any Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, it shall be deemed a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

(a) Terms of Stock Options. The Committee in its discretion may grant Stock Options to those individuals who meet the eligibility requirements of Section 4. Stock Options shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Committee shall deem desirable.

(i) Exercise Price. The exercise price per share for the Shares covered by a Stock Option shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant but shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option that is granted to a Ten Percent Owner, the exercise price per share for the Shares covered by such Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 110 percent of the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date.

 

8


(ii) Option Term. The term of each Stock Option shall be fixed by the Committee, but no Stock Option shall be exercisable more than ten years from the Grant Date. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option that is granted to a Ten Percent Owner, the term of such Stock Option shall be no more than five years from the Grant Date.

(iii) Exercisability; Rights of a Stockholder. Stock Options shall become exercisable and/or vested at such time or times, whether or not in installments, as shall be determined by the Committee at or after the Grant Date. The Award Agreement may permit a grantee to exercise all or a portion of a Stock Option immediately at grant; provided that the Shares issued upon such exercise shall be subject to restrictions and a vesting schedule identical to the vesting schedule of the related Stock Option, such Shares shall be deemed to be Restricted Stock for purposes of the Plan, and the optionee may be required to enter into an additional or new Award Agreement as a condition to exercise of such Stock Option. An optionee shall have the rights of a stockholder only as to Shares acquired upon the exercise of a Stock Option and not as to unexercised Stock Options. An optionee shall not be deemed to have acquired any Shares unless and until a Stock Option shall have been exercised pursuant to the terms of the Award Agreement and this Plan and the optionee’s name has been entered on the books of the Company as a stockholder.

(iv) Method of Exercise. Stock Options may be exercised by an optionee in whole or in part, by the optionee giving written or electronic notice of exercise to the Company, specifying the number of Shares to be purchased. Payment of the purchase price may be made by one or more of the following methods (or any combination thereof) to the extent provided in the Award Agreement:

(A) In cash, by certified or bank check, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, or other instrument acceptable to the Committee;

(B) If permitted by the Committee, by the optionee delivering to the Company a promissory note, if the Board has expressly authorized the loan of funds to the optionee for the purpose of enabling or assisting the optionee to effect the exercise of his or her Stock Option; provided, that at least so much of the exercise price as represents the par value of the Stock shall be paid in cash if required by state law;

(C) If permitted by the Committee and the Initial Public Offering has occurred (or the Stock otherwise becomes publicly-traded), through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership) of Shares that have been purchased by the optionee on the open market or that are beneficially owned by the optionee and are not then subject to restrictions under any Company plan. To the extent required to avoid variable accounting treatment under ASC 718 or other applicable accounting rules, such surrendered Shares if originally purchased from the Company shall have been owned by the optionee for at least six months. Such surrendered Shares shall be valued at Fair Market Value on the exercise date;

 

9


(D) If permitted by the Committee and the Initial Public Offering has occurred (or the Stock otherwise becomes publicly-traded), by the optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company for the purchase price; provided that in the event the optionee chooses to pay the purchase price as so provided, the optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Committee shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; or

(E) If permitted by the Committee, and only with respect to Stock Options that are not Incentive Stock Options, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of Shares issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of Shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price.

Payment instruments will be received subject to collection. No certificates for Shares so purchased will be issued to the optionee or, with respect to uncertificated Stock, no transfer to the optionee on the records of the Company will take place, until the Company has completed all steps it has deemed necessary to satisfy legal requirements relating to the issuance and sale of the Shares, which steps may include, without limitation, (i) receipt of a representation from the optionee at the time of exercise of the Option that the optionee is purchasing the Shares for the optionee’s own account and not with a view to any sale or distribution of the Shares or other representations relating to compliance with applicable law governing the issuance of securities, (ii) the legending of the certificate (or notation on any book entry) representing the Shares to evidence the foregoing restrictions, and (iii) obtaining from optionee payment or provision for all withholding taxes due as a result of the exercise of the Option. The delivery of certificates representing the shares of Stock (or the transfer to the optionee on the records of the Company with respect to uncertificated Stock) to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of a Stock Option will be contingent upon (A) receipt from the optionee (or a purchaser acting in his or her stead in accordance with the provisions of the Stock Option) by the Company of the full purchase price for such Shares and the fulfillment of any other requirements contained in the Award Agreement or applicable provisions of laws and (B) if required by the Company, the optionee shall have entered into any stockholders agreements or other agreements with the Company and/or certain other of the Company’s stockholders relating to the Stock. In the event an optionee chooses to pay the purchase price by previously-owned Shares through the attestation method, the number of Shares transferred to the optionee upon the exercise of the Stock Option shall be net of the number of Shares attested to.

(b) Annual Limit on Incentive Stock Options. To the extent required for “incentive stock option” treatment under Section 422 of the Code, the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the Grant Date) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan and any other plan of the Company or its parent and any Subsidiary that become exercisable for the first time by an optionee during any calendar year shall not exceed $100,000 or such other limit as may be in effect from time to time under Section 422 of the Code. To the extent that any Stock Option exceeds this limit, it shall constitute a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

 

10


(c) Termination. Any portion of a Stock Option that is not vested and exercisable on the date of termination of an optionee’s Service Relationship shall immediately expire and be null and void. Once any portion of the Stock Option becomes vested and exercisable, the optionee’s right to exercise such portion of the Stock Option (or the optionee’s representatives and legatees as applicable) in the event of a termination of the optionee’s Service Relationship shall continue until the earliest of: (i) the date which is: (A) 12 months following the date on which the optionee’s Service Relationship terminates due to death or Disability (or such longer period of time as determined by the Committee and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement), or (B) three months following the date on which the optionee’s Service Relationship terminates if the termination is due to any reason other than death or Disability (or such longer period of time as determined by the Committee and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement), or (ii) the Expiration Date set forth in the Award Agreement; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, an Award Agreement may provide that if the optionee’s Service Relationship is terminated for Cause, the Stock Option shall terminate immediately and be null and void upon the date of the optionee’s termination and shall not thereafter be exercisable.

SECTION 6. RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

(a) Nature of Restricted Stock Awards. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant (or sell at par value or such other purchase price determined by the Committee) to an eligible individual under Section 4 hereof a Restricted Stock Award under the Plan. The Committee shall determine the restrictions and conditions applicable to each Restricted Stock Award at the time of grant. Conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other Service Relationship), achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives and/or such other criteria as the Committee may determine. Upon the grant of a Restricted Stock Award, the Company and the grantee shall enter into an Award Agreement. The terms and conditions of each such Award Agreement shall be determined by the Committee, and such terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees.

(b) Rights as a Stockholder. Upon the grant of the Restricted Stock Award and payment of any applicable purchase price, a grantee of Restricted Stock shall be considered the record owner of and shall be entitled to vote the Restricted Stock if, and to the extent, such Shares are entitled to voting rights, subject to such conditions contained in the Award Agreement. The grantee shall be entitled to receive all dividends and any other distributions declared on the Shares; provided, however, that the Company is under no duty to declare any such dividends or to make any such distribution. Unless the Committee shall otherwise determine, certificates evidencing the Restricted Stock shall remain in the possession of the Company until such Restricted Stock is vested as provided in subsection (d) below of this Section, and the grantee shall be required, as a condition of the grant, to deliver to the Company a stock power endorsed in blank and such other instruments of transfer as the Committee may prescribe.

(c) Restrictions. Restricted Stock may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of except as specifically provided herein or in the Award Agreement. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee either in the Award Agreement or, subject to Section 12 below, in writing after the Award Agreement is issued, if a grantee’s Service Relationship with the Company and any Subsidiary terminates, the Company or its assigns shall have the right, as may be specified in the relevant instrument, to repurchase some or all of the Shares subject to the Award at such purchase price as is set forth in the Award Agreement.

 

11


(d) Vesting of Restricted Stock. The Committee at the time of grant shall specify in the Award Agreement the date or dates and/or the attainment of pre-established performance goals, objectives and other conditions on which the substantial risk of forfeiture imposed shall lapse and the Restricted Stock shall become vested, subject to such further rights of the Company or its assigns as may be specified in the Award Agreement.

SECTION 7. UNRESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant (or sell at par value or such other purchase price determined by the Committee) to an eligible person under Section 4 hereof an Unrestricted Stock Award under the Plan. Unrestricted Stock Awards may be granted in respect of past services or other valid consideration, or in lieu of cash compensation due to such grantee.

SECTION 8. RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

(a) Nature of Restricted Stock Units. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant to an eligible person under Section 4 hereof Restricted Stock Units under the Plan. The Committee shall determine the restrictions and conditions applicable to each Restricted Stock Unit at the time of grant. Vesting conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other Service Relationship), achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives and/or other such criteria as the Committee may determine. Upon the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the grantee and the Company shall enter into an Award Agreement. The terms and conditions of each such Award Agreement shall be determined by the Committee and may differ among individual Awards and grantees. On or promptly following the vesting date or dates applicable to any Restricted Stock Unit, but in no event later than March 15 of the year following the year in which such vesting occurs, such Restricted Stock Unit(s) shall be settled in the form of cash or shares of Stock, as specified in the Award Agreement. Restricted Stock Units may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, or otherwise encumbered or disposed of.

(b) Rights as a Stockholder. A grantee shall have the rights of a stockholder only as to Shares, if any, acquired upon settlement of Restricted Stock Units. A grantee shall not be deemed to have acquired any such Shares unless and until the Restricted Stock Units shall have been settled in Shares pursuant to the terms of the Plan and the Award Agreement, the Company shall have issued and delivered a certificate representing the Shares to the grantee (or transferred on the records of the Company with respect to uncertificated stock), and the grantee’s name has been entered in the books of the Company as a stockholder.

(c) Termination. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee either in the Award Agreement or in writing after the Award Agreement is issued, a grantee’s right in all Restricted Stock Units that have not vested shall automatically terminate upon the grantee’s cessation of Service Relationship with the Company and any Subsidiary for any reason.

 

12


SECTION 9. TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS; COMPANY RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL; COMPANY REPURCHASE RIGHTS

(a) Restrictions on Transfer.

(i) Non-Transferability of Stock Options. Stock Options and, prior to exercise, the Shares issuable upon exercise of such Stock Option, shall not be transferable by the optionee otherwise than by will, or by the laws of descent and distribution, and all Stock Options shall be exercisable, during the optionee’s lifetime, only by the optionee, or by the optionee’s legal representative or guardian in the event of the optionee’s incapacity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may provide in the Award Agreement regarding a given Stock Option that the optionee may transfer by gift, without consideration for the transfer, his or her Non-Qualified Stock Options to his or her family members (as defined in Rule 701 of the Securities Act), to trusts for the benefit of such family members, or to partnerships in which such family members are the only partners (to the extent such trusts or partnerships are considered “family members” for purposes of Rule 701 of the Securities Act), provided that the transferee agrees in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, including the execution of a stock power upon the issuance of Shares. Stock Options, and the Shares issuable upon exercise of such Stock Options, shall be restricted as to any pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any “put equivalent position” (as defined in the Exchange Act) or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in the Exchange Act) prior to exercise.

(ii) Shares. No Shares shall be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, given away or in any other manner disposed of or encumbered, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, unless (i) the transfer is in compliance with the terms of the applicable Award Agreement, all applicable securities laws (including, without limitation, the Securities Act), and with the terms and conditions of this Section 9, (ii) the transfer does not cause the Company to become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and (iii) the transferee consents in writing to be bound by the provisions of the Plan and the Award Agreement, including this Section 9. In connection with any proposed transfer, the Committee may require the transferor to provide at the transferor’s own expense an opinion of counsel to the transferor, satisfactory to the Committee, that such transfer is in compliance with all foreign, federal and state securities laws (including, without limitation, the Securities Act). Any attempted transfer of Shares not in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Section 9 shall be null and void, and the Company shall not reflect on its records any change in record ownership of any Shares as a result of any such transfer, shall otherwise refuse to recognize any such transfer and shall not in any way give effect to any such transfer of Shares. The Company shall be entitled to seek protective orders, injunctive relief and other remedies available at law or in equity including, without limitation, seeking specific performance or the rescission of any transfer not made in strict compliance with the provisions of this Section 9. Subject to the foregoing general provisions, and unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, Shares may be transferred pursuant to the following specific terms and conditions (provided that with respect to any transfer of Restricted Stock, all vesting and forfeiture provisions shall continue to apply with respect to the original recipient):

 

13


(A) Transfers to Permitted Transferees. The Holder may transfer any or all of the Shares to one or more Permitted Transferees; provided, however, that following such transfer, such Shares shall continue to be subject to the terms of this Plan (including this Section 9) and such Permitted Transferee(s) shall, as a condition to any such transfer, deliver a written acknowledgment to that effect to the Company and shall deliver a stock power to the Company with respect to the Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Holder may not transfer any of the Shares to a Person whom the Company reasonably determines is a direct competitor or a potential competitor of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

(B) Transfers Upon Death. Upon the death of the Holder, any Shares then held by the Holder at the time of such death and any Shares acquired after the Holder’s death by the Holder’s legal representative shall be subject to the provisions of this Plan, and the Holder’s estate, executors, administrators, personal representatives, heirs, legatees and distributees shall be obligated to convey such Shares to the Company or its assigns under the terms contemplated by the Plan and the Award Agreement.

(b) Right of First Refusal. In the event that a Holder desires at any time to sell or otherwise transfer all or any part of his or her Shares (other than shares of Restricted Stock which by their terms are not transferrable), the Holder first shall give written notice to the Company of the Holder’s intention to make such transfer. Such notice shall state the number of Shares that the Holder proposes to sell (the “Offered Shares”), the price and the terms at which the proposed sale is to be made and the name and address of the proposed transferee. At any time within 30 days after the receipt of such notice by the Company, the Company or its assigns may elect to purchase all or any portion of the Offered Shares at the price and on the terms offered by the proposed transferee and specified in the notice. The Company or its assigns shall exercise this right by mailing or delivering written notice to the Holder within the foregoing 30-day period. If the Company or its assigns elect to exercise its purchase rights under this Section 9(b), the closing for such purchase shall, in any event, take place within 45 days after the receipt by the Company of the initial notice from the Holder. In the event that the Company or its assigns do not elect to exercise such purchase right, or in the event that the Company or its assigns do not pay the full purchase price within such 45-day period, the Holder shall be required to pay a transaction processing fee of $10,000 to the Company (unless waived by the Committee) and then may, within 60 days thereafter, sell the Offered Shares to the proposed transferee and at the same price and on the same terms as specified in the Holder’s notice. Any Shares not sold to the proposed transferee shall remain subject to the Plan. If the Holder is a party to any stockholders agreements or other agreements with the Company and/or certain other of the Company’s stockholders relating to the Shares, (i) the transferring Holder shall comply with the requirements of such stockholders agreements or other agreements relating to any proposed transfer of the Offered Shares, and (ii) any proposed transferee that purchases Offered Shares shall enter into such stockholders agreements or other agreements with the Company and/or certain of the Company’s stockholders relating to the Offered Shares on the same terms and in the same capacity as the transferring Holder.

 

14


(c) Companys Right of Repurchase.

(i) Right of Repurchase for Unvested Shares Issued Upon the Exercise of an Option. Upon a Termination Event, the Company or its assigns shall have the right and option to repurchase from a Holder of Shares acquired upon exercise of a Stock Option which are still subject to a risk of forfeiture as of the Termination Event. Such repurchase rights may be exercised by the Company within the later of (A) six months following the date of such Termination Event or (B) seven months after the acquisition of Shares upon exercise of a Stock Option. The repurchase price shall be equal to the lower of the original per share price paid by the Holder, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b) of the Plan, or the current Fair Market Value of such Shares as of the date the Company elects to exercise its repurchase rights.

(ii) Right of Repurchase With Respect to Restricted Stock. Upon a Termination Event, the Company or its assigns shall have the right and option to repurchase from a Holder of Shares received pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award any Shares that are still subject to a risk of forfeiture as of the Termination Event. Such repurchase right may be exercised by the Company within six months following the date of such Termination Event. The repurchase price shall be the lower of the original per share purchase price paid by the Holder, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b) of the Plan, or the current Fair Market Value of such Shares as of the date the Company elects to exercise its repurchase rights.

(iii) Procedure. Any repurchase right of the Company shall be exercised by the Company or its assigns by giving the Holder written notice on or before the last day of the repurchase period of its intention to exercise such repurchase right. Upon such notification, the Holder shall promptly surrender to the Company, free and clear of any liens or encumbrances, any certificates representing the Shares being purchased, together with a duly executed stock power for the transfer of such Shares to the Company or the Company’s assignee or assignees. Upon the Company’s or its assignee’s receipt of the certificates from the Holder, the Company or its assignee or assignees shall deliver to him, her or them a check for the applicable repurchase price; provided, however, that the Company may pay the repurchase price by offsetting and canceling any indebtedness then owed by the Holder to the Company.

(d) Reserved.

(e) Escrow Arrangement.

(i) Escrow. In order to carry out the provisions of this Section 9 of this Plan more effectively, the Company shall hold any Shares issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan in escrow together with separate stock powers executed by the Holder in blank for transfer. The Company shall not dispose of the Shares except as otherwise provided in this Plan. In the event of any repurchase by the Company (or any of its assigns), the Company is hereby authorized by the Holder, as the Holder’s attorney-in-fact, to date and complete the stock powers necessary for the transfer of the Shares being purchased and to transfer such Shares in accordance with the terms hereof. At such time as any Shares are no longer subject to the Company’s repurchase and first refusal rights, the Company shall, at the written request of the Holder, deliver to the Holder a certificate representing such Shares with the balance of the Shares to be held in escrow pursuant to this Section.

 

15


(ii) Remedy. Without limitation of any other provision of this Plan or other rights, in the event that a Holder or any other Person is required to sell a Holder’s Shares pursuant to the provisions of Sections 9(b) or (c) hereof and in the further event that he or she refuses or for any reason fails to deliver to the Company or its designated purchaser of such Shares the certificate or certificates evidencing such Shares together with a related stock power, the Company or such designated purchaser may deposit the applicable purchase price for such Shares with a bank designated by the Company, or with the Company’s independent public accounting firm, as agent or trustee, or in escrow, for such Holder or other Person, to be held by such bank or accounting firm for the benefit of and for delivery to him, her, them or it, and/or, in its discretion, pay such purchase price by offsetting any indebtedness then owed by such Holder as provided above. Upon any such deposit and/or offset by the Company or its designated purchaser of such amount and upon notice to the Person who was required to sell the Shares to be sold pursuant to the provisions of Sections 9(b) or (c), such Shares shall at such time be deemed to have been sold, assigned, transferred and conveyed to such purchaser, such Holder shall have no further rights thereto (other than the right to withdraw the payment thereof held in escrow, if applicable), and the Company shall record such transfer in its stock transfer book or in any appropriate manner.

(f) Lockup Provision. If requested by the Company, a Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Shares (including, without limitation, pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act) held by him or her for such period following the effective date of a public offering by the Company of Shares as the Company shall specify reasonably and in good faith. If requested by the underwriter engaged by the Company, each Holder shall execute a separate letter confirming his or her agreement to comply with this Section.

(g) Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure. If, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Common Stock, the outstanding Shares are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of securities of the Company, the restrictions contained in this Section 9 shall apply with equal force to additional and/or substitute securities, if any, received by Holder in exchange for, or by virtue of his or her ownership of, Shares.

(h) Termination. The terms and provisions of Section 9(b) and Section 9(c) (except for the Company’s right to repurchase Shares still subject to a risk of forfeiture upon a Termination Event) shall terminate upon the closing of the Company’s Initial Public Offering or upon consummation of any Sale Event, in either case as a result of which Shares are registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and publicly-traded on any national security exchange.

SECTION 10. TAX WITHHOLDING

(a) Payment by Grantee. Each grantee shall, no later than the date as of which the value of an Award or of any Shares or other amounts received thereunder first becomes includable in the gross income of the grantee for income tax purposes, pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee regarding payment of, any Federal, state, or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld by the Company with respect to such income. The Company and any Subsidiary shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the grantee. The Company’s obligation to deliver stock certificates (or evidence of book entry) to any grantee is subject to and conditioned on any such tax withholding obligations being satisfied by the grantee.

 

16


(b) Payment in Stock. The Company’s minimum required tax withholding obligation may be satisfied, in whole or in part, by the Company withholding from Shares to be issued pursuant to an Award a number of Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date the withholding is effected) that would satisfy the minimum withholding amount due.

SECTION 11. SECTION 409A AWARDS.

To the extent that any Award is determined to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A (a “409A Award”), the Award shall be subject to such additional rules and requirements as may be specified by the Committee from time to time. In this regard, if any amount under a 409A Award is payable upon a “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A) to a grantee who is considered a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then no such payment shall be made prior to the date that is the earlier of (i) six months and one day after the grantee’s separation from service, or (ii) the grantee’s death, but only to the extent such delay is necessary to prevent such payment from being subject to interest, penalties and/or additional tax imposed pursuant to Section 409A. The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to any grantee under the Plan or any other Person with respect to any penalties or taxes under Section 409A that are, or may be, imposed with respect to any Award.

SECTION 12. AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

The Board may, at any time, amend or discontinue the Plan and the Committee may, at any time, amend or cancel any outstanding Award for the purpose of satisfying changes in law or for any other lawful purpose, but no such action shall adversely affect rights under any outstanding Award without the consent of the holder of the Award. The Committee may exercise its discretion to reduce the exercise price of outstanding Stock Options or effect repricing through cancellation of outstanding Stock Options and by granting such holders new Awards in replacement of the cancelled Stock Options. To the extent determined by the Committee to be required either by the Code to ensure that Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan are qualified under Section 422 of the Code or otherwise, Plan amendments shall be subject to approval by the Company stockholders entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders. Nothing in this Section 12 shall limit the Board’s or Committee’s authority to take any action permitted pursuant to Section 3(c). The Board reserves the right to amend the Plan and/or the terms of any outstanding Stock Options to the extent reasonably necessary to comply with the requirements of the exemption pursuant to paragraph (f)(4) of Rule 12h-1 of the Exchange Act.

SECTION 13. STATUS OF PLAN

With respect to the portion of any Award that has not been exercised and any payments in cash, Stock or other consideration not received by a grantee, a grantee shall have no rights greater than those of a general creditor of the Company unless the Committee shall otherwise expressly so determine in connection with any Award.

 

17


SECTION 14. GENERAL PROVISIONS

(a) No Distribution; Compliance with Legal Requirements. The Committee may require each person acquiring Shares pursuant to an Award to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that such person is acquiring the Shares without a view to distribution thereof. No Shares shall be issued pursuant to an Award until all applicable securities law and other legal and stock exchange or similar requirements have been satisfied. The Committee may require the placing of such stop-orders and restrictive legends on certificates for Stock and Awards as it deems appropriate.

(b) Delivery of Stock Certificates. Stock certificates to grantees under the Plan shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a stock transfer agent of the Company shall have mailed such certificates in the United States mail, addressed to the grantee, at the grantee’s last known address on file with the Company; provided that stock certificates to be held in escrow pursuant to Section 9 of the Plan shall be deemed delivered when the Company shall have recorded the issuance in its records. Uncertificated Stock shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a stock transfer agent of the Company shall have given to the grantee by electronic mail (with proof of receipt) or by United States mail, addressed to the grantee, at the grantee’s last known address on file with the Company, notice of issuance and recorded the issuance in its records (which may include electronic “book entry” records).

(c) No Employment Rights. The adoption of the Plan and the grant of Awards do not confer upon any Person any right to continued employment or Service Relationship with the Company or any Subsidiary.

(d) Trading Policy Restrictions. Option exercises and other Awards under the Plan shall be subject to the Company’s insider trading policy-related restrictions, terms and conditions as may be established by the Committee, or in accordance with policies set by the Committee, from time to time.

(e) Designation of Beneficiary. Each grantee to whom an Award has been made under the Plan may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to exercise any Award on or after the grantee’s death or receive any payment under any Award payable on or after the grantee’s death. Any such designation shall be on a form provided for that purpose by the Committee and shall not be effective until received by the Committee. If no beneficiary has been designated by a deceased grantee, or if the designated beneficiaries have predeceased the grantee, the beneficiary shall be the grantee’s estate.

(f) Legend. Any certificate(s) representing the Shares shall carry substantially the following legend (and with respect to uncertificated Stock, the book entries evidencing such shares shall contain the following notation):

The transferability of this certificate and the shares of stock represented hereby are subject to the restrictions, terms and conditions (including repurchase and restrictions against transfers) contained in the Spyce, Inc. 2016 Stock Option and Grant Plan and any agreements entered into thereunder by and between the company and the holder of this certificate (a copy of which is available at the offices of the company for examination).

 

18


(g) Information to Holders of Options. In the event the Company is relying on the exemption from the registration requirements of Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act contained in paragraph (f)(1) of Rule 12h-1 of the Exchange Act, the Company shall provide the information described in Rule 701(e)(3), (4) and (5) of the Securities Act to all holders of Options in accordance with the requirements thereunder. The foregoing notwithstanding, the Company shall not be required to provide such information unless the optionholder has agreed in writing, on a form prescribed by the Company, to keep such information confidential.

SECTION 15. EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

The Plan shall become effective upon adoption by the Board and shall be approved by stockholders in accordance with applicable state law and the Company’s articles of incorporation and bylaws within 12 months thereafter. If the stockholders fail to approve the Plan within 12 months after its adoption by the Board of Directors, then any Awards granted or sold under the Plan shall be rescinded and no additional grants or sales shall thereafter be made under the Plan. Subject to such approval by stockholders and to the requirement that no Shares may be issued hereunder prior to such approval, Stock Options and other Awards may be granted hereunder on and after adoption of the Plan by the Board. No grants of Stock Options and other Awards may be made hereunder after the tenth anniversary of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or the date the Plan is approved by the Company’s stockholders, whichever is earlier.

SECTION 16. GOVERNING LAW

This Plan, all Awards and any controversy arising out of or relating to this Plan and all Awards shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to conflict of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

19

Exhibit 10.7

SWEETGREEN, INC.

2021 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: SEPTEMBER 23, 2021

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS: OCTOBER 5, 2021

IPO DATE: ______________, 2021

 

1.

GENERAL; PURPOSE.

(a) The Plan provides a means by which Eligible Employees of the Company and certain Eligible Employees of designated Related Corporations may be given an opportunity to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock. The Plan permits the Company to grant a series of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees under an Employee Stock Purchase Plan. In addition, the Plan permits the Company to grant a series of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees that do not meet the requirements of an Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(b) The Plan includes two components: a 423 Component and a Non-423 Component. The Company intends (but makes no undertaking or representation to maintain) the 423 Component to qualify as an Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The provisions of the 423 Component, accordingly, will be construed in a manner that is consistent with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or determined by the Board, the Non-423 Component will operate and be administered in the same manner as the 423 Component.

(c) The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to retain the services of such Employees, to secure and retain the services of new Employees and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and its Related Corporations.

 

2.

ADMINISTRATION.

(a) The Board or the Committee will administer the Plan. References herein to the Board shall be deemed to refer to the Committee except where context dictates otherwise.

(b) The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine how and when Purchase Rights will be granted and the provisions of each Offering (which need not be identical).

(ii) To designate from time to time (A) which Related Corporations will be eligible to participate in the Plan as Designated 423 Corporations, (B) which Related Corporations or Affiliates will be eligible to participate in the Plan as Designated Non-423 Corporations, (C) which Designated Companies will participate in separate Offerings (to the extent that the Company makes separate Offerings).

(iii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Purchase Rights, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan, in a manner and to the extent it deems necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.


(iv) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Purchase Rights granted under the Plan.

(v) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time as provided in Section 12.

(vi) To amend the Plan at any time as provided in Section 12.

(vii) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as it deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company, its Related Corporations and Affiliates, and to carry out the intent that the Plan be treated as an Employee Stock Purchase Plan with respect to the 423 Component.

(viii) To adopt such rules, procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit or facilitate participation in the Plan by Employees who are non-U.S. nationals or employed or located outside the United States. Without limiting the generality of, and consistent with, the foregoing, the Board specifically is authorized to adopt rules, procedures, and sub-plans regarding, without limitation, eligibility to participate in the Plan, the definition of eligible “earnings,” handling and making of Contributions, establishment of bank or trust accounts to hold Contributions, payment of interest, conversion of local currency, obligations to pay payroll tax, determination of beneficiary designation requirements, withholding procedures and handling of share issuances, any of which may vary according to applicable requirements, and which, if applicable to a Designated Non-423 Corporation, do not have to comply with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

(c) The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. Further, to the extent not prohibited by Applicable Law, the Board or Committee may, from time to time, delegate any of the administrative powers the Board or Committee is authorized to exercise to a subcommittee or to one or more officers of the Company or other persons or groups of persons as it deems necessary, appropriate or advisable under conditions or limitations that it may set at or after the time of the delegation. References in this Plan to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or any delegate of the Committee or Board. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee (or its delegate) and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated. Whether or not the Board has delegated administration of the Plan to a Committee (or a delegate of the Committee), the Board will have the final power to determine all questions of policy and expediency that may arise in the administration of the Plan.

(d) All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

 

3.

SHARES OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the maximum number of shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan will not exceed 3,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, plus the number of shares of Class A Common Stock that are automatically added on January 1st of each year for a period of up to ten years, commencing on the second January 1 following the year in which the IPO Date occurs and ending on (and including) January 1, 2031, in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 1% of the total number of shares of Capital Stock outstanding on the

 

2


prior December 31st, and (ii) 4,300,000 shares of Class A Common Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may act prior to January 1st of a given year to provide that there will be no January 1st increase in the share reserve for such calendar year or that the increase in the share reserve for such calendar year will be a lesser number of shares of Class A Common Stock than would otherwise occur pursuant to the preceding sentence. For the avoidance of doubt, up to the maximum number of shares of Class A Common Stock reserved under this Section 3(a) may be used to satisfy purchases of Class A Common Stock under the 423 Component and any remaining portion of such maximum number of shares may be used to satisfy purchases of Class A Common Stock under the Non-423 Component.

(b) If any Purchase Right granted under the Plan terminates without having been exercised in full, the shares of Class A Common Stock not purchased under such Purchase Right will again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(c) The stock purchasable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Class A Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market.

 

4.

GRANT OF PURCHASE RIGHTS; OFFERING.

(a) The Board may from time to time grant or provide for the grant of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees under an Offering (consisting of one or more Purchase Periods) on an Offering Date or Offering Dates selected by the Board. Each Offering will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate, and, with respect to the 423 Component, will comply with the requirement of Section 423(b)(5) of the Code that all Employees granted Purchase Rights will have the same rights and privileges. The terms and conditions of an Offering shall be incorporated by reference into the Plan and treated as part of the Plan. The provisions of separate Offerings need not be identical, but each Offering will include (through incorporation of the provisions of this Plan by reference in the document comprising the Offering or otherwise) the period during which the Offering will be effective, which period will not exceed 27 months beginning with the Offering Date, and the substance of the provisions contained in Sections 5 through 8, inclusive.

(b) If a Participant has more than one Purchase Right outstanding under the Plan, unless he or she otherwise indicates in forms delivered to the Company or a third party designated by the Company (each, a “Company Designee”): (i) each form will apply to all of his or her Purchase Rights under the Plan, and (ii) a Purchase Right with a lower exercise price (or an earlier-granted Purchase Right, if different Purchase Rights have identical exercise prices) will be exercised to the fullest possible extent before a Purchase Right with a higher exercise price (or a later-granted Purchase Right if different Purchase Rights have identical exercise prices) will be exercised.

(c) The Board will have the discretion to structure an Offering so that if the Fair Market Value of a share of Class A Common Stock on the first Trading Day of a new Purchase Period within that Offering is less than or equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Class A Common Stock on the Offering Date for that Offering, then (i) that Offering will terminate immediately as of that first Trading Day, and (ii) the Participants in such terminated Offering will be automatically enrolled in a new Offering beginning on the first Trading Day of such new Purchase Period.

 

3


5.

ELIGIBILITY.

(a) Purchase Rights may be granted only to Employees of the Company or, as the Board may designate in accordance with Section 2(b), to Employees of a Related Corporation or an Affiliate. Except as provided in Section 5(b) or as required by Applicable Law, an Employee will not be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights unless, on the Offering Date, the Employee has been in the employ of the Company or the Related Corporation or an Affiliate, as the case may be, for such continuous period preceding such Offering Date as the Board may require, but in no event will the required period of continuous employment be equal to or greater than two years. In addition, the Board may (unless prohibited by Applicable Law) provide that no Employee will be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights under the Plan unless, on the Offering Date, such Employee’s customary employment with the Company, the Related Corporation or the Affiliate, as the case may be, is more than 20 hours per week and more than five months per calendar year or such other criteria as the Board may determine consistent with Section 423 of the Code with respect to the 423 Component. The Board may also exclude from participation in the Plan or any Offering Employees who are “highly compensated employees” (within the meaning of Section 423(b)(4)(D) of the Code) of the Company. a Related Corporation or an Affiliate, or a subset of such highly compensated employees.

(b) The Board may provide that each person who, during the course of an Offering, first becomes an Eligible Employee will, on a date or dates specified in the Offering which coincides with the day on which such person becomes an Eligible Employee or which occurs thereafter, receive a Purchase Right under that Offering, which Purchase Right will thereafter be deemed to be a part of that Offering. Such Purchase Right will have the same characteristics as any Purchase Rights originally granted under that Offering, as described herein, except that:

(i) the date on which such Purchase Right is granted will be the “Offering Date” of such Purchase Right for all purposes, including determination of the exercise price of such Purchase Right;

(ii) the period of the Offering with respect to such Purchase Right will begin on its Offering Date and end coincident with the end of such Offering; and

(iii) the Board may provide that if such person first becomes an Eligible Employee within a specified period of time before the end of the Offering, he or she will not receive any Purchase Right under that Offering.

(c) No Employee will be eligible for the grant of any Purchase Rights if, immediately after any such Purchase Rights are granted, such Employee owns stock possessing five percent or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Related Corporation. For purposes of this Section 5(c), the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code will apply in determining the stock ownership of any Employee, and stock which such Employee may purchase under all outstanding Purchase Rights and options will be treated as stock owned by such Employee.

(d) As specified by Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, an Eligible Employee participating in the 423 Component may be granted Purchase Rights only if such Purchase Rights, together with any other rights granted under all Employee Stock Purchase Plans of the Company and any Related Corporations, do not permit such Eligible Employee’s rights to purchase stock of the Company or any Related Corporation to accrue at a rate which, when aggregated, exceeds US $25,000 of Fair Market Value of such stock (determined at the time such rights are granted, and which, with respect to the Plan, will be determined as of their respective Offering Dates) for each calendar year in which such rights are outstanding at any time.

(e) Officers of the Company and any Designated Company, if they are otherwise Eligible Employees, will be eligible to participate in Offerings under the Plan.

(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5 or the remaining provisions of the Plan to the contrary, in the case of an Offering under the Non-423 Component, the Board may provide that Consultants of a Designated Non-423 Corporation are eligible to participate in the Plan, provided the Consultants otherwise meet the eligibility criteria set forth in this Section 5, as determined by the Board (unless prohibited by Applicable Law) Any references in this Plan to Employees and Eligible Employees shall encompass references to Consultants, as appropriate, and any reference to employment shall encompass references to services as a Consultant, as appropriate.

 

4


(g) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5 to the contrary, in the case of an Offering under the Non-423 Component, an Eligible Employee (or group of Eligible Employees) may be excluded from participation in the Plan or an Offering if the Board has determined, in its sole discretion, that participation of such Eligible Employee(s) is not advisable or practical for any reason (unless prohibited by Applicable Law).

 

6.

PURCHASE RIGHTS; PURCHASE PRICE.

(a) On each Offering Date, each Eligible Employee, pursuant to an Offering made under the Plan, will be granted a Purchase Right to purchase up to that number of shares of Class A Common Stock purchasable either with a percentage or with a maximum dollar amount, as designated by the Board, but in either case not exceeding 15% of such Employee’s earnings (as defined by the Board in each Offering) during the period that begins on the Offering Date (or such later date as the Board determines for a particular Offering) and ends on the date stated in the Offering, which date will be no later than the end of the Offering.

(b) The Board will establish one or more Purchase Dates during an Offering on which Purchase Rights granted for that Offering will be exercised and shares of Class A Common Stock will be purchased in accordance with such Offering.

(c) In connection with each Offering made under the Plan, the Board may specify (i) a maximum number of shares of Class A Common Stock that may be purchased by any Participant on any Purchase Date during such Offering, (ii) a maximum aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants pursuant to such Offering and/or (iii) a maximum aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants on any Purchase Date under the Offering. If the aggregate purchase of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Purchase Rights granted under the Offering would exceed any such maximum aggregate number, then, in the absence of any Board action otherwise, a pro rata (based on each Participant’s accumulated Contributions) allocation of the shares of Class A Common Stock (rounded down to the nearest whole share) available will be made in as nearly a uniform manner as will be practicable and equitable.

(d) The purchase price of shares of Class A Common Stock acquired pursuant to Purchase Rights will be not less than the lesser of:

(i) an amount equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Class A Common Stock on the Offering Date; or

(ii) an amount equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Class A Common Stock on the applicable Purchase Date.

 

5


7.

PARTICIPATION; WITHDRAWAL; TERMINATION.

(a) An Eligible Employee may elect to participate in an Offering and authorize payroll deductions as the means of making Contributions by completing and delivering to the Company or a Company Designee, within the time specified in the Offering, an enrollment form provided by the Company or a Company Designee. The enrollment form will specify the amount of Contributions not to exceed the maximum amount specified by the Board. Each Participant’s Contributions will be credited to a bookkeeping account for such Participant under the Plan and will be deposited with the general funds of the Company except where Applicable Law requires that Contributions be held separately or deposited with a third party. If permitted in the Offering, a Participant may begin such Contributions with the first payroll occurring on or after the Offering Date (or, in the case of a payroll date that occurs after the end of the prior Offering but before the Offering Date of the next new Offering, Contributions from such payroll will be included in the new Offering). If permitted in the Offering, a Participant may thereafter reduce (including to zero) or increase his or her Contributions. If payroll deductions are not permissible or problematic under Applicable Law or if specifically provided in the Offering, in addition to or instead of making Contributions by payroll deductions, a Participant may make Contributions through the payment by cash, check or wire transfer prior to a Purchase Date.

(b) During an Offering, a Participant may cease making Contributions and withdraw from the Offering by delivering to the Company or a Company Designee a withdrawal form provided by the Company or a Company Designee. The Company may impose a deadline before a Purchase Date for withdrawing. Upon such withdrawal, such Participant’s Purchase Right in that Offering will immediately terminate and the Company will distribute as soon as practicable to such Participant all of his or her accumulated but unused Contributions, without interest, and such Participant’s Purchase Right in that Offering shall thereupon terminate. A Participant’s withdrawal from that Offering will have no effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any other Offerings under the Plan, but such Participant will be required to deliver a new enrollment form to participate in subsequent Offerings.

(c) Purchase Rights granted pursuant to any Offering under the Plan will terminate immediately if the Participant either (i) is no longer an Employee for any reason or for no reason or (ii) is otherwise no longer eligible to participate. The Company will distribute as soon as practicable to such individual all of his or her accumulated but unused Contributions, without interest.

(d) Unless otherwise determined by the Board, a Participant whose employment transfers or whose employment who is terminated and rehired with no break in service (as determined by the Board) by or between the Company and a Designated Company or between Designated Companies will not be treated as having terminated employment for purposes of participating in the Plan or an Offering; however, if a Participant transfers from an Offering under the 423 Component to an Offering under the Non-423 Component, the exercise of the Participant’s Purchase Right will be qualified under the 423 Component only to the extent such exercise complies with Section 423 of the Code. If a Participant transfers from an Offering under the Non-423 Component to an Offering under the 423 Component, the exercise of the Purchase Right will remain non-qualified under the Non-423 Component for the remainder of the Offering. The Board may establish different and additional rules governing transfers between separate Offerings within the 423 Component and between Offerings under the 423 Component and Offerings under the Non-423 Component.

(e) During a Participant’s lifetime, Purchase Rights will be exercisable only by such Participant. Purchase Rights are not transferable by a Participant, except by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, or, if permitted by the Company, by a beneficiary designation as described in Section 10.

(f) Unless otherwise specified in the Offering or as required by Applicable Law, the Company will have no obligation to pay interest on Contributions.

 

6


8.

EXERCISE OF PURCHASE RIGHTS.

(a) On each Purchase Date, each Participant’s accumulated Contributions will be applied to the purchase of shares of Class A Common Stock, up to the maximum number of shares of Class A Common Stock permitted by the Plan and the applicable Offering, at the purchase price specified in the Offering. No fractional shares will be issued unless specifically provided for in the Offering.

(b) Unless otherwise provided in the Offering, if any amount of accumulated Contributions remains in a Participant’s account after the purchase of shares of Class A Common Stock on the final Purchase Date of an Offering, then such remaining amount will not roll over to the next Offering and will instead be distributed in full to such Participant after the final Purchase Date of such Offering as soon as practicable without interest (unless otherwise required by Applicable Law).

(c) No Purchase Rights may be exercised to any extent unless the shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued upon such exercise under the Plan are covered by an effective registration statement pursuant to the Securities Act and the Plan is in material compliance with all applicable U.S. and non-U.S. federal, state and other securities, exchange control and other laws applicable to the Plan. If on a Purchase Date the shares of Class A Common Stock are not so registered or the Plan is not in such compliance, no Purchase Rights will be exercised on such Purchase Date, and the Purchase Date will be delayed until the shares of Class A Common Stock are subject to such an effective registration statement and the Plan is in material compliance, except that the Purchase Date will in no event be more than 27 months from the Offering Date. If, on the Purchase Date, as delayed to the maximum extent permissible, the shares of Class A Common Stock are not registered and the Plan is not in material compliance with all Applicable Laws, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, no Purchase Rights will be exercised and all accumulated but unused Contributions will be distributed to the Participants without interest (unless the payment of interest is otherwise required by Applicable Law).

 

9.

COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

The Company will seek to obtain from each U.S. and non-U.S. federal, state or other regulatory commission, agency or other Governmental Body having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Purchase Rights and issue and sell shares of Class A Common Stock thereunder unless the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that doing so is not practical or would cause the Company to incur costs that are unreasonable. If, after commercially reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the grant of Purchase Rights or the lawful issuance and sale of Class A Common Stock under the Plan, and at a commercially reasonable cost, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to grant Purchase Rights and/or to issue and sell Class A Common Stock upon exercise of such Purchase Rights.

 

10.

DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY.

(a) The Company may, but is not obligated to, permit a Participant to submit a form designating a beneficiary who will receive any shares of Class A Common Stock and/or Contributions from the Participant’s account under the Plan if the Participant dies before such shares and/or Contributions are delivered to the Participant. The Company may, but is not obligated to, permit the Participant to change such designation of beneficiary. Any such designation and/or change must be on a form approved by the Company.

(b) If a Participant dies, and in the absence of a valid beneficiary designation, the Company will deliver any shares of Class A Common Stock and/or Contributions to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant. If no executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its sole discretion, may deliver such shares of Class A Common Stock and/or Contributions, without interest (unless the payment of interest is otherwise required by Applicable Law), to the Participant’s spouse, dependents or relatives, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

 

7


11.

ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CLASS A COMMON STOCK; CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS.

(a) In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board will appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities by which the share reserve is to increase automatically each year pursuant to Section 3(a), (iii) the class(es) and number of securities subject to, and the purchase price applicable to outstanding Offerings and Purchase Rights, and (iv) the class(es) and number of securities that are the subject of the purchase limits under each ongoing Offering. The Board will make these adjustments, and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive.

(b) In the event of a Corporate Transaction, then: (i) any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) may assume or continue outstanding Purchase Rights or may substitute similar rights (including a right to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders in the Corporate Transaction) for outstanding Purchase Rights, or (ii) if any surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such Purchase Rights or does not substitute similar rights for such Purchase Rights, then the Participants’ accumulated Contributions will be used to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock (rounded down to the nearest whole share) within ten business days (or such other period specified by the Board) prior to the Corporate Transaction under the outstanding Purchase Rights, and the Purchase Rights will terminate immediately after such purchase.

 

12.

AMENDMENT, TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN.

(a) The Board may amend the Plan at any time in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable. However, except as provided in Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment of the Plan for which stockholder approval is required by Applicable Law.

(b) The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. No Purchase Rights may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

Any benefits, privileges, entitlements and obligations under any outstanding Purchase Rights granted before an amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan will not be materially impaired by any such amendment, suspension or termination except (i) with the consent of the person to whom such Purchase Rights were granted, (ii) as necessary to facilitate compliance with any laws, listing requirements, or governmental regulations (including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 423 of the Code and the regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder relating to Employee Stock Purchase Plans) including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued or amended after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, or (iii) as necessary to obtain or maintain favorable tax, listing, or regulatory treatment. To be clear, the Board may amend outstanding Purchase Rights without a Participant’s consent if such amendment is necessary to ensure that the Purchase Right and/or the Plan complies with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code with respect to the 423 Component or with respect to other Applicable Laws. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or any Offering Document to the contrary, the Board will be entitled to: (i) establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars; (ii) permit Contributions in excess of the amount designated by a

 

8


Participant in order to adjust for mistakes in the Company’s processing of properly completed Contribution elections; (iii) establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Class A Common Stock for each Participant properly correspond with amounts withheld from the Participant’s Contributions; (iv) amend any outstanding Purchase Rights or clarify any ambiguities regarding the terms of any Offering to enable the Purchase Rights to qualify under and/or comply with Section 423 of the Code with respect to the 423 Component; and (v) establish other limitations or procedures as the Board determines in its sole discretion advisable that are consistent with the Plan. The actions of the Board pursuant to this paragraph will not be considered to alter or impair any Purchase Rights granted under an Offering as they are part of the initial terms of each Offering and the Purchase Rights granted under each Offering.

 

13.

TAX QUALIFICATION; TAX WITHHOLDING.

(a) Although the Company may endeavor to (i) qualify a Purchase Right for special tax treatment under the laws of the United States or jurisdictions outside of the United States or (ii) avoid adverse tax treatment, the Company makes no representation to that effect and expressly disavows any covenant to maintain special or to avoid unfavorable tax treatment, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan. The Company will be unconstrained in its corporate activities without regard to the potential negative tax impact on Participants.

(b) Each Participant will make arrangements, satisfactory to the Company and any applicable Related Corporation or Affiliate, to enable the Company, the Related Corporation or the Affiliate to fulfill any withholding obligation for Tax-Related Items. Without limitation to the foregoing, in the Company’s sole discretion and subject to Applicable Law, such withholding obligation may be satsified in whole or in part by (i) withholding from the Participant’s salary or any other cash payment due to the Participant from the Company, a Related Corporation or an Affiliate; (ii) withholding from the proceeds of the sale of shares of Class A Common Stock acquired under the Plan, either through a voluntary sale or a mandatory sale arranged by the Company; or (iii) any other method deemed acceptable by the Board. The Company shall not be required to issue any shares of Class A Common Stock under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied.

 

14.

EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN.

The Plan will become effective immediately prior to and contingent upon the IPO Date. No Purchase Rights will be exercised unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval must be within 12 months before or after the date the Plan is adopted (or if required under Section 12(a) above, materially amended) by the Board.

 

15.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

(a) Proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to Purchase Rights will constitute general funds of the Company.

(b) A Participant will not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, shares of Class A Common Stock subject to Purchase Rights unless and until the Participant’s shares of Class A Common Stock acquired upon exercise of Purchase Rights are recorded in the books of the Company (or its transfer agent) and all tax withholding obligations have been satisfied.

(c) The Plan and Offering do not constitute an employment contract. Nothing in the Plan or in the Offering will in any way alter the at will nature of a Participant’s employment or amend a Participant’s employment contract, if applicable, or be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on the part of any Participant to continue in the employ of the Company, a Related Corporation or an Affiliate, or on the part of the Company, a Related Corporation or an Affiliate to continue the employment of a Participant.

 

9


(d) The provisions of the Plan will be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without resort to that state’s conflicts of laws rules.

(e) If any particular provision of the Plan is found to be invalid or otherwise unenforceable, such provision will not affect the other provisions of the Plan, but the Plan will be construed in all respects as if such invalid provision were omitted.

(f) If any provision of the Plan does not comply with Applicable Law, such provision shall be construed in such a manner as to comply with Applicable Law.

 

16.

DEFINITIONS.

As used in the Plan, the following definitions will apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a) 423 Component” means the part of the Plan, which excludes the Non-423 Component, pursuant to which Purchase Rights that satisfy the requirements for an Employee Stock Purchase Plan may be granted to Eligible Employees.

(b) “Affiliate means any entity, other than a Related Corporation, whether now or subsequently established, which is at the time of determination, a “parent” or “subsidiary” of the Company as such terms are defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act. The Board may determine the time or times at which “parent” or “subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

(c) Applicable Law” means shall mean the Code and any applicable U.S. and non-U.S. securities, federal, state, material local or municipal or other law, statute, constitution, principle of common law, resolution, ordinance, code, edict, decree, rule, listing rule, regulation, judicial decision, ruling or requirement issued, enacted, adopted, promulgated, implemented or otherwise put into effect by or under the authority of any Governmental Body (or under the authority of the NASDAQ Stock Market or the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority).

(d) Board means the board of directors of the Company.

(e) Capital Stock means the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock.

(f) Capitalization Adjustment” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Class A Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Purchase Right after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

(g) Class A Common Stock” means the Class A common stock of the Company.

(h) Class B Common Stock” means the Class B common stock of the Company.

 

10


(i) Code means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

(j) Committee means a committee of one or more members of the Board to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

(k) Company” means Sweetgreen, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(l) Consultant” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by a Related Corporation or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services or to otherwise act as a service provider and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of a Related Corporation or an Affiliate and is compensated for such services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, will not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a person is treated as a Consultant under this Plan only if a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act is available to register either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such person.

(m) “Contributions” means the payroll deductions, contributions made by Participants in case payroll deductions are not permissible or problematic under Applicable Law and other additional payments specifically provided for in the Offering that a Participant contributes to fund the exercise of a Purchase Right. A Participant may make additional payments into his or her account if specifically provided for in the Offering, and then only if the Participant has not already had the maximum permitted amount withheld during the Offering through payroll deductions or other contributions.

(n) Corporate Transaction” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its subsidiaries;

(ii) a sale or other disposition of more than 50% of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Capital Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(o) “Designated 423 Corporation means any Related Corporation selected by the Board to participate in the 423 Component.

(p) “Designated Companymeans any Designated Non-423 Corporation or Designated 423 Corporation, provided, however, that at any given time a Related Corporation participating in the 423 Component shall not be a Related Corporation participating in the Non-423 Component.

(q) “Designated Non-423 Corporation means any Related Corporation or Affiliate selected by the Board to participate in the Non-423 Component.

 

11


(r) Director means a member of the Board.

(s) Eligible Employee means an Employee who meets the requirements set forth in the document(s) governing the Offering for eligibility to participate in the Offering, provided that such Employee also meets the requirements for eligibility to participate set forth in the Plan.

(t) Employee means any person, including an Officer or Director, who is “employed” for purposes of Section 423(b)(4) of the Code by the Company or a Related Corporation, or solely with respect to the Non-423 Component, an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(u) Employee Stock Purchase Plan means a plan that grants Purchase Rights intended to be options issued under an “employee stock purchase plan,” as that term is defined in Section 423(b) of the Code.

(v) Exchange Act means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(w) Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of the Class A Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Class A Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Class A Common Stock will be the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Class A Common Stock) on the date of determination, as reported in such source as the Board deems reliable. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if there is no closing sales price for the Class A Common Stock on the date of determination, then the Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(ii) In the absence of such markets for the Class A Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the Board in good faith in compliance with Applicable Laws and regulations and, to the extent applicable as determined in the sole discretion of the Board, in a manner that complies with Sections 409A of the Code

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Offering that commences on the IPO Date, the Fair Market Value of the shares of Class A Common Stock on the Offering Date will be the price per share at which shares are first sold to the public in the Company’s initial public offering as specified in the final prospectus for that initial public offering.

(x) Governmental Body” means any: (a) nation, state, commonwealth, province, territory, county, municipality, district or other jurisdiction of any nature; (b) U.S. or non-U.S. federal, state, local, municipal or other government; (c) governmental or regulatory body, or quasi-governmental body of any nature (including any governmental division, department, administrative agency or bureau, commission, authority, instrumentality, official, ministry, fund, foundation, center, organization, unit, body or entity and any court or other tribunal, and for the avoidance of doubt, any tax authority) or other body exercising similar powers or authority; or (d) self-regulatory organization (including the NASDAQ Stock Market and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority).

(y) IPO Date means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriters managing the initial public offering of the Class A Common Stock, pursuant to which the Class A Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

 

12


(z) “Non-423 Component” means the part of the Plan, which excludes the 423 Component, pursuant to which Purchase Rights that are not intended to satisfy the requirements for an Employee Stock Purchase Plan may be granted to Eligible Employees.

(aa) Offering means the grant to Eligible Employees of Purchase Rights, with the exercise of those Purchase Rights automatically occurring at the end of one or more Purchase Periods. The terms and conditions of an Offering will generally be set forth in the “Offering Document” approved by the Board for that Offering.

(bb) Offering Date” means a date selected by the Board for an Offering to commence.

(cc) Officer means a person who is an officer of the Company or a Related Corporation within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(dd) Participant means an Eligible Employee who holds an outstanding Purchase Right.

(ee) Plan means this Sweetgreen, Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended from time to time, including both the 423 Component and the Non-423 Component.

(ff) Purchase Date means one or more dates during an Offering selected by the Board on which Purchase Rights will be exercised and on which purchases of shares of Class A Common Stock will be carried out in accordance with such Offering.

(gg) Purchase Period” means a period of time specified within an Offering, generally beginning on the Offering Date or on the first Trading Day following a Purchase Date, and ending on a Purchase Date. An Offering may consist of one or more Purchase Periods.

(hh) Purchase Right means an option to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(ii) Related Corporation means any “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” of the Company whether now or subsequently established, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code.

(jj) Securities Act means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(kk) Tax-Related Items” means any income tax, social insurance, payroll tax, fringe benefit tax, payment on account or other tax-related items arising out of or in relation to a Participant’s participation in the Plan, including, but not limited to, the exercise of a Purchase Right and the receipt of shares of Class A Common Stock or the sale or other disposition of shares of Class A Common Stock acquired under the Plan.

(ll) Trading Day means any day on which the exchange(s) or market(s) on which shares of Class A Common Stock are listed, including but not limited to the NYSE, Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Capital Market or any successors thereto, is open for trading.

 

13

Exhibit 10.8

SWEETGREEN, INC.

NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION POLICY

Adopted: _______, 2021

Each member of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Sweetgreen, Inc. (the “Company”) who is a non-employee director of the Company (each, a “Non-Employee Director”) will receive the compensation described in this Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy (this “Director Compensation Policy”) for his or her Board service, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

This Director Compensation Policy may be amended or modified, or any provision of it waived, at any time in the sole discretion of the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Compensation Committee”).

This Director Compensation Policy will be effective upon the execution of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Company’s Class A common stock (such stock, the “Common Stock“ and such date, the “IPO Date”).

Annual Cash Compensation

(a) The annual cash compensation amounts will be payable at the close of business on the date of each annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders following the IPO Date (the “Annual Meeting”). All cash payments will be paid in advance for the following year, and not in arrears. If a Non-Employee Director joins the Board after an Annual Meeting, then such Non-Employee Director shall, as of his or her first day of service as a Non-Employee Director (the “Start Date”) and without any further action of the Board or Compensation Committee, automatically receive a cash payment equal to the retainer payment that he or she would have received, had he or she been a Non-Employee Director as of such Annual Meeting, multiplied by the applicable percentage based on the fiscal quarter of such Non-Employee Director’s Start Date as follows: (i) 75% if the Start Date is in the third fiscal quarter of the year in which the Annual Meeting occurred, (ii) 50% if the Start Date is in the fourth fiscal quarter of such year, or (iii) 25% if the Start Date is in the first fiscal quarter of the following year). If the Start Date is in the second fiscal quarter of the year following such Annual Meeting, no retainer payment shall be provided until the full retainer payment at the next Annual Meeting.

Commencing on the IPO Date, each Non-Employee Director will be eligible to receive the following annual cash retainers for service on the Board (as applicable):

 

  (b)

Annual Board Service Retainer.

 

  (i)

All Eligible Directors: $50,000

 

  (ii)

Lead Independent Director: $70,000 (in lieu of regular Annual Board Service Retainer)

 

  (c)

Annual Committee Chair Service Retainer. The following amounts shall be in addition to the Annual Board Service Retainer.

 

  (i)

Chair of the Audit Committee: $20,000

 

  (ii)

Chair of the Compensation Committee: $15,000

 

  (iii)

Chair of the Nominating, Environmental, Social and Governance Committee: $10,000


Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, between the IPO Date and the Company’s first Annual Meeting, no Non-Employee Director shall be eligible for any annual cash retainer under this Director Compensation Policy.

Equity Compensation

Commencing on the IPO Date, each eligible Non-Employee Director will be eligible to receive the equity compensation set forth below. Equity awards will be granted under the Company’s 2021 Equity Incentive Plan or any successor plan thereto (the “Plan”).

(a) Automatic Equity Grants. Without any further action of the Board or Compensation Committee, at the close of business on the date of each Annual Meeting, each person who is then a Non-Employee Director will automatically receive a fully vested restricted stock unit award having a fair market value of $200,000 (the “Annual RSU”) as calculated in accordance with clause (b) below. If a Non-Employee Director joins the Board after an Annual Meeting, then such Non-Employee Director shall, as of his or her Start Date and without any further action of the Board or Compensation Committee, automatically receive a fully vested restricted stock unit award having a value equal to $200,000 multiplied by the applicable percentage based on the fiscal quarter of such Non-Employee Director’s Start Date as follows: (i) 75% if the Start Date is in the third fiscal quarter of the year in which the Annual Meeting occurred, (ii) 50% if the Start Date is in the fourth fiscal quarter of such year, and (iii) 25% if the Start Date is in the first fiscal quarter of the following year. If the Start Date is in the second fiscal quarter of the year following such Annual Meeting, no grant shall be provided until the full $200,000 grant at the next Annual Meeting.

(b) Calculation of Value of a Restricted Stock Unit Award. The value of a restricted stock unit award to be granted under this Director Compensation Policy will be determined based on the unweighted average closing price of a share of Common Stock on the national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed, over the 20 consecutive trading day period (or such lesser period, as applicable, if the Common Stock has not yet traded for 20 consecutive trading days) immediately preceding the date that is five trading days prior to the date of grant of such award.

(c) Remaining Terms. The remaining terms and conditions of each restricted stock unit award, including transferability, will be as set forth in the Company’s Restricted Stock Unit Award Notice and Agreement, in the form adopted from time to time by the Board or Compensation Committee.

2. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, between the IPO Date and the Company’s first Annual Meeting, no Non-Employee Director shall be eligible for any equity awards under this Director Compensation Policy.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Limit

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the cash compensation and equity compensation that each Non-Employee Director is eligible to receive under this Director Compensation Policy shall be subject to the limits set forth in the Plan.

Ability to Decline Compensation

A Non-Employee Director may decline all or any portion of his or her compensation under this Director Compensation Policy by giving notice to the Company prior to the date cash is to be paid or equity awards are to be granted, as the case may be.

 

2


Expenses

The Company will reimburse each Non-Employee Director for any ordinary and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses actually incurred by such director in connection with in-person attendance at and participation in Board and committee meetings; provided, that such director timely submits to the Company appropriate documentation substantiating such expenses in accordance with the Company’s travel and expense policy as in effect from time to time.

*        *        *         *        *

 

3

Exhibit 10.9

SWEETGREEN, INC.

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is dated as of _________________, 20__ and is between Sweetgreen, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and ______________ (“Indemnitee”).

RECITALS

A. Indemnitee’s service to the Company substantially benefits the Company.

B. Individuals are reluctant to serve as directors or officers of corporations or in certain other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or indemnification against the risks of claims and actions against them arising out of such service.

C. Indemnitee does not regard the protection currently provided by applicable law, the Company’s governing documents and any insurance as adequate under the present circumstances, and Indemnitee may not be willing to serve as a director or officer without additional protection.

D. In order to induce Indemnitee to continue to provide services to the Company, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company to contractually obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, Indemnitee as permitted by applicable law.

E. This Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and this Agreement shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor shall this Agreement be deemed to limit, diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

AGREEMENT

The parties agree as follows:

1. Definitions.

(a) Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided, however, that “Beneficial Owner” shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner solely by reason of (i) the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another Person, or entering into tender or support agreements relating thereto, provided such merger was approved by the Company’s board of directors, or (ii) the Company’s board of directors approving a sale of securities by the Company to such Person.

(b) A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(i) Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person (as defined below) becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;


(ii) Change in Board Composition. During any period of two consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Company’s board of directors and any Approved Directors cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the members of the Company’s board of directors. “Approved Directors” means new directors whose election or nomination by the board of directors was approved by a vote of at least two thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of such two-year period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved; or

(iii) Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity.

(c) Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise, including as a deemed fiduciary thereto.

(d) DGCL” means the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

(e) Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(f) Enterprise” means the Company and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(g) Expenses” include all reasonably and actually incurred attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees and costs of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersede as bond or other appeal bond or their equivalent, and (ii) for purposes of Section 10(d), Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(h) Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a partner or member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent (i) the Company, any Enterprise or Indemnitee in any matter material to any such party (other than as Independent Counsel with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term Independent Counsel shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.


(i) Person” shall have the meaning used for such term in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided, however, that Person shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

(j) Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, whether formal or informal, including any appeal therefrom and including without limitation any such Proceeding pending as of the date of this Agreement, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, a potential party, a non-party witness, deponent or otherwise by reason of (i) the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, (ii) any action taken by Indemnitee or any action or inaction on Indemnitee’s part while acting as a director or officer of the Company, or (iii) the fact that he or she is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement.

(k) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law” means to the fullest extent permitted by all applicable laws, including without limitation: (i) the fullest extent permitted by DGCL as of the date of this Agreement and (ii) the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

(l) In connection with any Proceeding relating to an employee benefit plan: references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries, including as a deemed fiduciary thereto; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Agreement.

2. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or witness or other participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 2, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.


3. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a witness or other participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 3 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is wholly or partly Successful. To the extent that Indemnitee is a party to, and is successful (on the merits or otherwise) in defense of, any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. For purposes of this Section 4 and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal (with or without prejudice), motion for summary judgment, settlement (with or without court approval), or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

5. Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid; provided, however, that payment made to Indemnitee pursuant to an insurance policy purchased and maintained by Indemnitee at his or her own expense of any amounts otherwise indemnifiable or obligated to be made pursuant to this Agreement shall not reduce the Company’s obligations to Indemnitee pursuant to this Agreement;

(b) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(c) for any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(d) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Company’s board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (iii) otherwise authorized in Section 10(d) or (iv) otherwise required by applicable law; provided, for the avoidance of doubt, Indemnitee shall not be deemed for purposes of this paragraph, to have initiated any Proceeding (or any part of a Proceeding) by reason of (i) having asserted any affirmative defenses in connection with a claim not initiated by Indemnitee or (ii) having made any counterclaim (whether permissive or mandatory) in connection with any claim not initiated by Indemnitee; or


(e) if prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

6. Advances of Expenses. The Company shall advance the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding prior to its final disposition, and such advancement shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 30 days, after the receipt by the Company of a written statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time (which shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditure made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be included with the invoice). Advances shall be unsecured and interest free, made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay such advances, and made without regard to Indemnitee’s entitlement to and availability of insurance coverage, including advancement, payment or reimbursement of defense costs, expenses or covered loss under the provisions of any applicable insurance policy (including, without limitation, whether such advancement, payment or reimbursement is withheld, conditioned or delayed by the insurer(s)). Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay any advance to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company, except, with respect to advances of expenses made pursuant to Section 10(c), in which case Indemnitee makes the undertaking provided in Section 10(c). No other undertaking shall be required. This Section 6 shall not apply to the extent advancement is prohibited by law (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final adjudication not subject to further appeal). The Company shall not seek from a court, or agree to, a “bar order” which would have the effect of prohibiting or limiting the Indemnitee’s rights to receive advancement of expenses under this Agreement. Without limiting the generality or effect of the foregoing, within thirty days after any request by Indemnitee, the Company shall, in accordance with such request (but without duplication), (a) pay such Expenses on behalf of Indemnitee, (b) advance to Indemnitee funds in an amount sufficient to pay such Expenses, or (c) reimburse Indemnitee for such Expenses.

7. Procedures for Notification and Defense of Claim.

(a) Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing of any matter with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of notice thereof. . The failure by Indemnitee to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, and any delay in so notifying the Company shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights, except to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

(b) If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a Proceeding pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect that may be applicable to the Proceeding, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of the Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable policies. The Company shall thereafter take all commercially reasonable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies. Further, if requested by Indemnitee, within two business days of such request the Company will instruct the insurance carriers and the Company’s insurance broker that they may communicate directly with Indemnitee regarding such claim.


(c) In the event the Company may be obligated to make any indemnity in connection with a Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding with counsel approved by Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee for any fees or expenses of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding. Notwithstanding the Company’s assumption of the defense of any such Proceeding, the Company shall be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s separate counsel to the extent (i) the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee is authorized by the Company, (ii) counsel for the Company shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense such that Indemnitee needs to be separately represented, (iii) the Company is not financially or legally able to perform its indemnification obligations, or (iv) the Company shall not have retained, or shall not continue to retain, counsel to defend such Proceeding. Regardless of any provision in this Agreement, Indemnitee shall have the right to employ counsel in any Proceeding at Indemnitee’s personal expense. The Company shall not be entitled, without the consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Company. Indemnitee agrees that any such separate counsel retained by indemnitee will be a member of any approved list of panel counsel under the Company’s applicable directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy, should the applicable policy provide for a panel of approved counsel and should such approved panel list comprise law firms with well-established reputations in the type of litigation at issue. (For clarity, the fact of a firm’s being part of a panel shall not be evidence of a firm’s having a well-established national reputation for the type of litigation at issue).

(d) Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation in connection with the Proceeding as may be reasonably appropriate.

(e) The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee for any settlement of any Proceeding (or any part thereof) effected without the Company’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in a settlement to which the Company has given its prior written consent, such settlement shall be treated as a success on the merits in the settled action, suit or proceeding.

(f) The Company shall not settle any Proceeding (or any part thereof) in a manner that imposes any penalty or liability on Indemnitee not paid by the Company without Indemnitee’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The Company shall not, on its own behalf, settle any part of any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is party with respect to other parties (including the Company) if any portion of such settlement is to be funded from corporate insurance proceeds unless approved by (i) the written consent of Indemnitee or (ii) a majority of the independent directors of the board; provided, however, that the right to constrain the Company’s use of corporate insurance as described in this section shall terminate at the time the Company concludes (per the terms of this Agreement) that (i) Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification pursuant to this agreement, or (ii) such indemnification obligation to Indemnitee has been fully discharged by the Company.

8. Procedures upon Application for Indemnification.

(a) To obtain indemnification, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and as is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of the Proceeding. Any delay in providing the request will not relieve the Company from its obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent such failure is prejudicial.


(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 8(a), a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made as follows, provided that a Change in Control shall not have occurred: (i) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors; (ii) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors; (iii) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if a majority of Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; or (iv) if so directed by the Company’s board of directors, by the stockholders of the Company. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification shall be made by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee. If it is determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information that is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and that is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

(c) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 8(b), the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 8(c). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Company’s board of directors, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him or her of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Company’s board of directors, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 1, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after the later of (i) submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 8(a) and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding, the parties have not agreed upon an Independent Counsel, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection that shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 8(b). Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 10(a), the Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).


(d) The Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of any Independent Counsel and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(e) If the person or persons so empowered to make a determination pursuant to Section 8(b) hereof shall have failed to make the requested determination within ninety (90) days after any judgment, order, settlement, dismissal, arbitration award, conviction, acceptance of a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, or other disposition or partial disposition of any Proceeding or any other event that could enable the Corporation to determine Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, the requisite determination that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made.

9. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

(a) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person, persons or entity making such determination shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, and the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption by clear and convincing evidence.

(b) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner that he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

(c) For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith to the extent Indemnitee relied in good faith on (i) the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, (ii) information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, (iii) the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or its board of directors or counsel selected by any committee of the board of directors or (iv) information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant, an appraiser, investment banker or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise or its board of directors or any committee of the board of directors. The provisions of this Section 11(c) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

(d) Neither the knowledge, actions nor failure to act of any other director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

10. Remedies of Indemnitee.

(a) Subject to Section 10(e), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 9 that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 6 or 10(d), (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 8 within 30 days after the later of the receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification or the final disposition of the Proceeding, (iv) payment of indemnification pursuant to this Agreement is not made (A) within ten days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or (B) with respect to indemnification pursuant to


Sections 4, 5 and 10(d), within 30 days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) the Company or any other person or entity takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration with respect to his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses, to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 12 months following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 10(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section 4. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration in accordance with this Agreement.

(b) Neither (i) the failure of the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders to have made a determination that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor (ii) an actual determination by the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 8 that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 10 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 10, the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, and the burden of proof shall be by clear and convincing evidence.

(c) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 10 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 10, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statements not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement, any other agreement, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company to the extent Indemnitee is successful in such action, and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 30 days, after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance such Expenses to Indemnitee, subject to the provisions of Section 6. Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay such advances to the extent the Indemnitee is ultimately unsuccessful in such action or arbitration.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification shall be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.


11. Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amounts incurred by Indemnitee, whether for Expenses, judgments, fines or amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the events and transactions giving rise to such Proceeding; and (ii) the relative fault of Indemnitee and the Company (and its other directors, officers, employees and agents) in connection with such events and transactions. The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee from any claims for contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company (other than Indemnitee) who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

12. Non-exclusivity. The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change, subject to the restrictions expressly set forth herein or therein. Except as expressly set forth herein, no right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. Except as expressly set forth herein, the assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

13. Primary Responsibility. The Company acknowledges that to the extent Indemnitee is serving as a director on the Company’s board of directors at the request or direction of a private equity or venture capital fund or other entity and/or certain of its affiliates (collectively, the “Secondary Indemnitors”), Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by such Secondary Indemnitors. The Company agrees that, as between the Company and the Secondary Indemnitors, the Company is primarily responsible for amounts required to be indemnified or advanced under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement and any obligation of the Secondary Indemnitors to provide indemnification or advancement for the same amounts is secondary to those Company obligations. To the extent not in contravention of any insurance policy or policies providing liability or other insurance for the Company or any director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise, the Company waives any right of contribution or subrogation against the Secondary Indemnitors with respect to the liabilities for which the Company is primarily responsible under this Section 13. In the event of any payment by the Secondary Indemnitors of amounts otherwise required to be indemnified or advanced by the Company under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement, the Secondary Indemnitors shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement of expenses under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement or, to the extent such subrogation is unavailable and contribution is found to be the applicable remedy, shall have a right of contribution with respect to the amounts paid. The Secondary Indemnitors are express third-party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 13.

14. No Duplication of Payments. Subject to Section 13, the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment for such amounts under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise; provided, however, that payment made to Indemnitee pursuant to an insurance policy purchased and maintained by Indemnitee at his or her own expense of any amounts otherwise indemnifiable or obligated to be made pursuant to this Agreement shall not reduce the Company’s obligations to Indemnitee pursuant to this Agreement.


15. Insurance. To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, trustees, general partners, managing members, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries of the Company or any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies to the same extent as the most favorably-insured persons under such policy or policies in a comparable position. In the event of a change of control or the Company’s becoming insolvent, the Company shall maintain in force any and all insurance policies then maintained by the Company in providing insurance—directors’ and officers’ liability, fiduciary, employment practices or otherwise--in respect of the individual directors and officers of the Company, for a fixed period of six years thereafter (a “Tail Policy”). Such coverage shall be non-cancellable and shall be placed and serviced for the duration of its term by the Company’s incumbent insurance broker. Such broker shall place the Tail policy with the incumbent insurance carriers using the policies that were in place at the time of the change of control event (unless the incumbent carriers will not offer such policies, in which case the Tail Policy placed by the Company’s insurance broker shall be substantially comparable in scope and amount as the expiring policies, and the insurance carriers for the Tail Policy shall have an AM Best rating that is the same or better than the AM Best ratings of the expiring policies).

16. Subrogation. Subject to Section 13, in the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

17. Services to the Company. Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director or officer of the Company or, at the request of the Company, as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another Enterprise, for so long as Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation or is removed from such position. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that any employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) is at will, and Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, with or without notice, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in any executed, written employment contract between Indemnitee and the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), any existing formal severance policies adopted by the Company’s board of directors or, with respect to service as a director or officer of the Company, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or the DGCL. No such document shall be subject to any oral modification thereof.

18. Duration. All the rights and privileges afforded by this agreement, including the right to indemnification and the advancement of legal fees provided under this Agreement, shall continue as to Indemnitee for any action taken or not taken while serving in an indemnified capacity pertaining to an Indemnifiable Event even though Indemnitee may have ceased to serve in such capacity at the time of any Proceeding.


19. Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns, including any direct or indirect successor, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. Further, the Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

20. Severability. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law. The Company’s inability, pursuant to court order or other applicable law, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (ii) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (iii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

21. Enforcement. Monetary Damages Insufficient/Specific Performance. The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult of proof, and further agree that such breach may cause Indemnitee irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance hereof, without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm (having agreed that actual and irreparable harm will result in not forcing the Company to specifically perform its obligations pursuant to this Agreement) and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, Indemnitee shall not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which he may be entitled. The Company and Indemnitee further agree that Indemnitee shall be entitled to such specific performance and injunctive relief, including temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of posting bonds or other undertaking in connection therewith. The Company acknowledges that in the absence of a waiver, a bond or undertaking may be required of Indemnitee by the Court, and the Company hereby waives any such requirement of a bond or undertaking. If Indemnitee seeks mandatory injunctive relief, it shall not be a defense to enforcement of the Company’s obligations set forth in this Agreement that Indemnitee has an adequate remedy at law for damages

22. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and applicable law.

23. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment to this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement shall adversely affect any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall constitute or be deemed a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.


24. Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

(a) if to Indemnitee, to Indemnitee’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown on the signature page of this Agreement or in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof; or

(b) if to the Company, to [3101 Exposition Blvd., Los Angeles, California 90018], Attention: Secretary, or at such other current address as the Company shall have furnished to Indemnitee.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered (or if sent via a nationally-recognized overnight courier service, freight prepaid, specifying next-business-day delivery, one business day after deposit with the courier), or (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five days after the same has been deposited in a regularly-maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent via facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent via electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, or if not sent during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the recipient’s next business day.

25. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 10(a), the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court of Chancery for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, The Corporation Trust Company, Wilmington, Delaware as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

26. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

27. Captions. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

(signature page follows)


The parties are signing this Indemnification Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory sentence.

 

SWEETGREEN, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

[INDEMNITEE NAME]
Address:  

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.10

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Executive Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”), made between Sweetgreen, Inc. (the “Company”) and Jonathan Neman (“Executive”) (collectively, the “Parties”).

WHEREAS, the Company desires for Executive to continue to be employed by the Company, and wishes to provide Executive with certain compensation and benefits in return for such employment services;

WHEREAS, Executive wishes to continue to be employed by the Company and to provide employment services to the Company in return for certain compensation and benefits; and

WHEREAS, the Parties wish to amend and restate the Executive’s existing employment agreement, compensation letter or offer letter, as applicable (the “Prior Agreement”), and set forth the terms and conditions of the Executive’s continuing employment with the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Employment by the Company.

1.1 Position. This Agreement and the Executive’s employment under the terms hereunder shall take effect on October 1, 2021 (the “Effective Date”). Executive shall continue to serve as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. This is an exempt position, and during Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive will devote Executive’s best efforts and substantially all of Executive’s business time and attention to the business of the Company, except for approved vacation periods and reasonable periods of illness or other incapacities permitted by the Company’s general employment policies and any outside activities approved in accordance with the Company’s applicable policies provided, however, Executive shall be permitted to engage in the roles or activities listed on Exhibit C (each, a “Permitted Activity”).

1.2 Duties and Location. Executive shall perform such duties as are required by the Board (as defined below), to whom Executive will report. Executive’s primary office location shall be the Company’s office located in Los Angeles, California; provided that Executive shall be permitted to work remotely pursuant to any generally applicable remote work policies. The Company reserves the right to reasonably require Executive to perform Executive’s duties at places other than Executive’s primary office location on occasion from time to time, and to require reasonable business travel. The Company may modify Executive’s job title and duties as it deems necessary and appropriate in light of the Company’s needs and interests from time to time. Section 1.1 and this Section 1.2 are subject to Sections 5 and 8.5.

1.3 Policies and Procedures. The employment relationship between the Parties shall be governed by the general employment policies and practices of the Company, except that when the terms of this Agreement differ from or are in conflict with the Company’s general employment policies or practices, this Agreement shall control.

 

1.


2. Compensation.

2.1 Base Salary. For services to be rendered hereunder, Executive shall receive an initial base salary at the rate of $350,000 per year (the “Base Salary”), subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings and payable in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule.

2.2 Annual Bonus. Executive will be eligible to earn an annual bonus at the target amount of 100% of Executive’s Base Salary (the “Annual Bonus”) pursuant to the then-current terms and conditions of the Sweetgreen Support Center Bonus Plan (the “Bonus Plan”). Whether Executive receives an Annual Bonus, and the amount of any such Annual Bonus, will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”), or the Compensation Committee thereof, in its sole discretion based upon the achievement of corporate and/or individual objectives and milestones set forth in the Bonus Plan. Executive must remain an active employee in good standing through the time the Annual Bonus is paid in order to earn the Annual Bonus. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, Executive will not be eligible for, and will not earn, any Annual Bonus if Executive’s employment terminates for any reason before the Annual Bonus is to be paid.

3. Standard Company Benefits. Executive shall be entitled to participate in all employee benefit programs for which Executive is eligible under the terms and conditions of the benefit plans that may be in effect from time to time and provided by the Company to its employees. The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans or programs it offers to its employees at any time.

4. Equity. Executive has previously been granted various equity interests in the Company (the “Awards”). The Awards will continue to be governed by the terms and conditions of the applicable existing plan documents, award agreements, grant notices and other applicable documents entered into by the Company and Executive in connection therewith (such documents, agreements and notices, collectively, the “Award Documents”). Executive will be eligible for future equity awards as determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

5. Termination of Employment; Severance.

5.1 At-Will Employment. Executive’s employment relationship is at-will. Either Executive or the Company may terminate Executive’s employment relationship at any time, with or without cause or advance notice.

5.2 Payments and Other Benefits Provided Upon Termination. In the event of the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, the Company shall pay to Executive all of Executive’s accrued and unpaid wages and other compensation and benefits earned through Executive’s last day of employment (the “Separation Date”). The amounts to be paid or provided to Executive pursuant to this Section 5.2 are collectively referred to as the “Accrued Obligations.

5.3 Termination Without Cause; Resignation for Good Reason. If Executive is terminated by the Company without Cause or Executive resigns for Good Reason (collectively, an “Involuntary Termination”), and provided that Executive remains in compliance with the terms of this Agreement (including the conditions described in Section 6 below), the Company shall provide Executive with the following benefits (the “Severance Benefits”):

 

2.


a. Cash Severance. The Company shall pay Executive cash severance payments (as applicable, the “Severance”) as follows:

i. In the event that Executive’s Involuntary Termination occurs outside of the Change in Control Period, Executive shall receive the equivalent of twelve (12) months of Executive’s Base Salary in effect as of the Separation Date; or

ii. In the event, however, that Executive’s Involuntary Termination occurs within the Change in Control Period, Executive shall receive the equivalent of eighteen (18) months of Executive’s Base Salary in effect as of the Separation Date.

For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Executive be entitled to Severance under both Section 5.3(a)(i) and 5.3(a)(ii), and the maximum amount of Severance Executive is eligible to earn under any circumstance is an amount equal to eighteen (18) months of the Executive’s Base Salary in effect as of the Separation Date. In either case, the Severance will be paid as a one-time, lump-sum payment, subject to all applicable deductions and withholdings, no later than the first regularly-scheduled payroll date following the effective date of the Separation Agreement (as discussed in Section 6).

b. Pro-Rata Bonus. The Company shall also pay Executive an amount equal to Executive’s then-current target Annual Bonus amount pursuant to the then-current Bonus Plan, pro-rated based on the date of Executive’s employment termination for that bonus year (the “Bonus Severance”). The Bonus Severance will be paid as a one-time, lump-sum payment, subject to all applicable deductions and withholdings, no later than the first regularly-scheduled payroll date following the effective date of the Separation Agreement (as discussed in Section 6).

5.4 Termination for Cause; Resignation Without Good Reason; Death or Disability. If Executive resigns without Good Reason, the Company terminates Executive’s employment for Cause, or Executive’s employment terminates as a result of Executive’s death or Disability, then all payments of compensation by the Company to Executive hereunder will terminate immediately (except as to the Accrued Obligations) and Executive will not be entitled to any Severance Benefits.

6. Conditions to Receipt of Severance Benefits. In order to receive any Severance Benefits, the termination of Executive’s employment must constitute a “separation from service” (as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h), without regard to any alternative definition thereunder, a “Separation from Service”), and Executive must be in compliance with the terms of this Agreement and the Confidentiality Agreement (as defined below). Further, the receipt of the Severance Benefits will be conditioned on Executive signing and not revoking a separation agreement and general release of claims in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company (the “Separation Agreement”) by no later than the sixtieth (60th) day after the Separation Date (the “Release Deadline”). No Severance Benefits will be paid or provided unless and until the Separation Agreement becomes effective.

 

3.


7. Section 409A. It is intended that all of the Severance Benefits and other payments payable under this Agreement satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Code Section 409A provided under Treasury Regulations 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(5) and 1.409A-1(b)(9), and this Agreement will be construed to the greatest extent possible as consistent with those provisions, and to the extent not so exempt, this Agreement (and any definitions hereunder) will be construed in a manner that complies with Section 409A. For purposes of Code Section 409A (including, without limitation, for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii)), Executive’s right to receive any installment payments under this Agreement (whether severance payments, reimbursements or otherwise) shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each installment payment hereunder shall at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is deemed by the Company at the time of Executive’s Separation from Service to be a “specified employee” for purposes of Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i), and if any of the payments upon Separation from Service set forth herein and/or under any other agreement with the Company are deemed to be “deferred compensation,” then to the extent delayed commencement of any portion of such payments is required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) and the related adverse taxation under Section 409A, such payments shall not be provided to Executive prior to the earliest of (i) the expiration of the six-month period measured from the date of Executive’s Separation from Service with the Company, (ii) the date of Executive’s death or (iii) such earlier date as permitted under Section 409A without the imposition of adverse taxation. Upon the first business day following the expiration of such applicable Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) period, all payments deferred pursuant to this Paragraph shall be paid in a lump sum to Executive, and any remaining payments due shall be paid as otherwise provided herein or in the applicable agreement. No interest shall be due on any amounts so deferred. If the Severance Benefits are not covered by one or more exemptions from the application of Section 409A and the Release Deadline occurs in the calendar year following the calendar year of Executive’s Separation from Service, the Separation Agreement will not be deemed effective any earlier than the Release Deadline for purposes of determining the timing of provision of any Severance Benefits.

8. Definitions.

8.1 Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” for termination will mean any one or more of the following: (a) Executive’s conviction of, or plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof (other than a motor-vehicle related felony for which no custodial penalty is imposed); (b) Executive’s commission of, or participation in, a fraud or material act of dishonesty against the Company or any of its employees or directors; (c) Executive’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between the Executive and the Company, the Company’s employee handbook and employment policies, the Company’s Code of Conduct and Business Ethics, or of any statutory or legal duty owed to the Company; (d) Executive’s unauthorized use or unauthorized disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets or other material breach of the Confidentiality Agreement (as defined below); (e) Executive’s willful misconduct in the performance of Executive’s employment duties; and (f) Executive’s willful failure to reasonably cooperate with any internal or external Company investigation or audit (whether being conducted by the Company or by a third-party); provided,

 

4.


that “Cause” pursuant to the foregoing clauses (c), (d), (e), and (f) shall exist only if (i) such Cause event results in or is likely to result in substantial and material damage to the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and (ii) the Board has first provided Executive with written notice of the applicable Cause event (which specifically identifies, in reasonable detail, the basis for alleging a Cause event) within 30 days of the Company learning, or of when the Company reasonably should have been aware, of such Cause event, and provide Executive a period of 30 days thereafter to reasonably cure such Cause event, to the extent curable. If Executive fails to cure such Cause event within such period, then the termination of employment must be effective not later than 30 days after the end of Executive’s cure period. No act or failure to act by Executive shall be considered “willful” if done or omitted by Executive in good faith with reasonable belief that Executive’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Company and/or its subsidiaries.

8.2 Change in Control. For purposes of this Agreement, “Change in Control” shall have the meaning set forth in the Company’s 2019 Equity Incentive Plan.

8.3 Change in Control Period. For purposes of this Agreement, the “Change in Control Period” shall mean the period beginning on the effective date of the Change in Control and continuing thereafter until the twelve (12) month anniversary of the effective date of the Change in Control.

8.4 Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Disability” shall be deemed to have occurred in the event Executive is unable to perform the essential functions of Executive’s position by reason of any physical or mental impairment, notwithstanding any reasonable accommodation, for a consecutive 120 day period or for the aggregate of 150 days in any twelve (12) month period. If a disagreement arises between Executive and the Company as to whether Executive is suffering from a Disability, such issue will be determined by a board-certified physician mutually agreed upon by the Parties.

8.5 Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means any of the following actions taken by the Company or a successor corporation or entity without Executive’s written consent: (1) a material reduction of Executive’s base compensation, which the parties agree is a reduction of more than 10%, other than any reduction that applies generally to all executives; (2) a material reduction in Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities; provided, however, that a change in job position (including a change in title) will not be deemed a “material reduction” unless Executive’s new authority, duties or responsibilities are materially reduced from the prior authority, duties or responsibilities; (3) a requirement to relocate the Executive’s primary workplace outside of the Los Angeles metropolitan area; or (4) a change in the Executive’s reporting relationship such that Executive is no long reporting directly to the Board. In order to resign for Good Reason, Executive must provide written notice of the event giving rise to Good Reason to the Board within 30 days after the Executive learns of, or reasonably should have been aware of, the condition, allow the Company 30 days to cure such condition, and if the Company fails to cure the condition within such period, the Executive’s resignation from all positions Executive then holds with the Company must be effective not later than 30 days after the end of the Company’s cure period.

 

5.


9. Proprietary Information Obligations. Executive acknowledges that Executive remains bound by that certain Employee Confidentiality and Nondisclosure Agreement between the Company and Executive attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A (the Confidentiality Agreement”) and agrees to comply with the obligations therein. In the Executive’s work for the Company, Executive will be expected not to use or disclose any confidential information, including trade secrets, of any former employer or other person to whom Executive has an obligation of confidentiality. Rather, Executive will be expected to use only that information which is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to the Executive’s own, which is common knowledge in the industry or otherwise legally in the public domain, or which is otherwise provided or developed by the Company. Executive agrees not to bring onto Company premises any unpublished documents or property belonging to any former employer or other person to whom Executive has an obligation of confidentiality. Executive hereby represents that Executive has disclosed to the Company any contract Executive has signed that may restrict Executive’s activities on behalf of the Company.

10. Dispute Resolution. Executive acknowledges that Executive remains bound by the Arbitration Agreement between the Company and Executive attached to this Agreement as Exhibit B (the “Arbitration Agreement”).

11. Outside Activities During Employment. Executive acknowledges that Executive is subject to the Company’s conflicts of interests and provisions in the Company’s employee handbook as well as the Company’s Code of Conduct and Business Ethics and any other applicable policies governing Executive’s outside activities, and agrees to abide by their terms and conditions, as may be in effect from time to time.

12. General Provisions.

12.1 Notices. Any notices provided under this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed effective upon the earlier of personal delivery, receipted email, or the next day after sending by regular mail or overnight carrier, to the Company at its primary office location and to Executive at the address as listed on the Company payroll.

12.2 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction to the extent possible in keeping with the intent of the parties.

12.3 Waiver. Any waiver of any breach of any provisions of this Agreement must be in writing to be effective, and it shall not thereby be deemed to have waived any preceding or succeeding breach of the same or any other provision of this Agreement.

12.4 Complete Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Confidentiality Agreement, the Arbitration Agreement, and the Award Documents, constitutes the entire agreement between Executive and the Company with regard to this subject matter and is the complete, final, and exclusive embodiment of the Parties’ agreement with regard to this subject matter. This Agreement is entered into without reliance on any promise or representation, written or oral, other than those expressly contained herein, and it supersedes any other such promises,

 

6.


warranties or representations, including, but not limited to, any Prior Agreement. Executive agrees and acknowledges that Executive is not eligible for, and will not receive, any compensation, benefits, or severance pursuant to any Prior Agreement; for the avoidance of doubt, however, nothing in this Agreement shall supersede, revoke otherwise modify any of Executive’s rights to any existing Awards pursuant to the applicable Award Documents between the Company and Executive or modify or supersede any Award Document or any provision in any Award Document. Executive also agrees and acknowledges that there are no circumstances as of the date of this Agreement that constitute, and nothing contemplated in this Agreement or otherwise shall be deemed for any purpose to be or to create, an involuntary termination “without Cause” or a “Good Reason” resignation right, including for purposes of any Prior Agreement, or any other severance or change in control plan, agreement or policy maintained by the Company or its affiliates. This Agreement cannot be modified or amended except in a writing signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company.

12.5 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which will constitute an original, any one of which need not contain signatures of more than one party, but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same Agreement.

12.6 Headings. The headings of the paragraphs hereof are inserted for convenience only and no provision of this Agreement is to be construed by reference to the caption or heading of any section or paragraph. This Agreement shall not be construed against either Party as the author or drafter of the Agreement.

12.7 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement is intended to bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive and the Company, and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators. The Company may freely assign this Agreement, without Executive’s prior written consent. Executive may not assign any of Executive’s duties hereunder and Executive may not assign any of the Executive’s rights hereunder without the written consent of the Company.

12.8 Tax Withholding and Indemnification. All payments and awards contemplated or made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholdings of applicable taxes in compliance with all relevant laws and regulations of all appropriate government authorities. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company has made no assurances or guarantees concerning the tax treatment of any payments or awards contemplated by or made pursuant to this Agreement. Executive has had the opportunity to retain a tax and financial advisor and fully understands the tax and economic consequences of all payments and awards made pursuant to the Agreement.

12.9 Notice of Post-Termination Obligations. When Executive’s employment with the Company terminates, Executive agrees to notify any subsequent employer of the restrictive covenants referenced in this Agreement. In addition, Executive authorizes the Company to provide a copy of the restrictive covenants referenced in this Agreement to third parties, including but not limited to, Executive’s subsequent, anticipated, or possible future employer.

12.10 Choice of Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California.

 

7.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on the day and year first written above.

 

SWEETGREEN, INC.
By:   /s/ Cliff Burrows
Name: Cliff Burrows
Title:   Director
EXECUTIVE

/s/ Jonathan Neman

Name: Jonathan Neman
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit A: Employee Confidentiality and Nondisclosure Agreement

Exhibit B: Arbitration Agreement

Exhibit C: Permitted Activities


Exhibit A

[Omitted]


Exhibit B

[Omitted]

Exhibit 10.11

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Executive Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”), made between Sweetgreen, Inc. (the “Company”) and Chris Carr (“Executive”) (collectively, the “Parties”).

WHEREAS, the Company desires for Executive to continue to be employed by the Company, and wishes to provide Executive with certain compensation and benefits in return for such employment services;

WHEREAS, Executive wishes to continue to be employed by the Company and to provide employment services to the Company in return for certain compensation and benefits; and

WHEREAS, the Parties wish to amend and restate the Executive’s existing employment agreement, compensation letter or offer letter, as applicable (the “Prior Agreement”), and set forth the terms and conditions of the Executive’s continuing employment with the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Employment by the Company.

1.1 Position. This Agreement and the Executive’s employment under the terms hereunder shall take effect on October 1, 2021 (the “Effective Date”). Executive shall continue to serve as the Company’s Chief Operating Officer. This is an exempt position, and during Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive will devote Executive’s best efforts and substantially all of Executive’s business time and attention to the business of the Company, except for approved vacation periods and reasonable periods of illness or other incapacities permitted by the Company’s general employment policies and any outside activities approved in accordance with the Company’s applicable policies.

1.2 Duties and Location. Executive shall perform such duties as are required by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, to whom Executive will report. Executive’s primary office location shall be the Company’s office located in Los Angeles, California; provided that Executive shall be permitted to work remotely pursuant to any generally applicable remote work policies. The Company reserves the right to reasonably require Executive to perform Executive’s duties at places other than Executive’s primary office location on occasion from time to time, and to require reasonable business travel. The Company may modify Executive’s job title and duties as it deems necessary and appropriate in light of the Company’s needs and interests from time to time. Section 1.1 and this Section 1.2 are subject to Sections 5 and 8.5.

1.3 Policies and Procedures. The employment relationship between the Parties shall be governed by the general employment policies and practices of the Company, except that when the terms of this Agreement differ from or are in conflict with the Company’s general employment policies or practices, this Agreement shall control.

 

1


2. Compensation.

2.1 Base Salary. For services to be rendered hereunder, Executive shall receive an initial base salary at the rate of $375,000 per year (the “Base Salary”), subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings and payable in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule.

2.2 Annual Bonus. Executive will be eligible to earn an annual bonus (the “Annual Bonus”) at the target amount (currently 50% of Executive’s Base Salary) and pursuant to the then-current terms and conditions of the Sweetgreen Support Center Bonus Plan (the “Bonus Plan”). Whether Executive receives an Annual Bonus, and the amount of any such Annual Bonus, will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”), or the Compensation Committee thereof, in its sole discretion based upon the achievement of corporate and/or individual objectives and milestones set forth in the Bonus Plan. Executive must remain an active employee in good standing through the time the Annual Bonus is paid in order to earn the Annual Bonus. The Annual Bonus will be paid prior to March 31 of the year following the Bonus Period. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, Executive will not be eligible for, and will not earn, any Annual Bonus if Executive’s employment terminates for any reason before the Annual Bonus is to be paid. Executive agrees that all guaranteed bonus payments for calendar year 2020 have been fully paid.

3. Standard Company Benefits. Executive shall be entitled to participate in all employee benefit programs for which Executive is eligible under the terms and conditions of the benefit plans that may be in effect from time to time and provided by the Company to its employees. The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans or programs it offers to its employees at any time.

4. Equity. Executive has previously been granted various equity interests in the Company (the “Awards”). The Awards will continue to be governed by the terms and conditions of the applicable existing plan documents, award agreements, grant notices and other applicable documents entered into by the Company and Executive in connection therewith (such documents, agreements and notices, collectively, the “Award Documents”). Executive will be eligible for future equity awards as determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

5. Termination of Employment; Severance.

5.1 At-Will Employment. Executive’s employment relationship is at-will. Either Executive or the Company may terminate Executive’s employment relationship at any time, with or without cause or advance notice.

5.2 Payments and Other Benefits Provided Upon Termination. In the event of the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, the Company shall pay to Executive all of Executive’s accrued and unpaid wages and other compensation and benefits earned through Executive’s last day of employment (the “Separation Date”). The amounts to be paid or provided to Executive pursuant to this Section 5.2 are collectively referred to as the “Accrued Obligations.

 

2


5.3 Termination Without Cause; Resignation for Good Reason. If Executive is terminated by the Company without Cause or Executive resigns for Good Reason (collectively, an “Involuntary Termination”), and provided that Executive remains in compliance with the terms of this Agreement (including the conditions described in Section 6 below), the Company shall provide Executive with the following benefits (the “Severance Benefits”):

a. Cash Severance. The Company shall pay Executive cash severance payments (as applicable, the “Severance”) as follows:

i. In the event that Executive’s Involuntary Termination occurs outside of the Change in Control Period, Executive shall receive the equivalent of six (6) months of Executive’s Base Salary in effect as of the Separation Date; or

ii. In the event, however, that Executive’s Involuntary Termination occurs within the Change in Control Period, Executive shall receive the equivalent of twelve (12) months of Executive’s Base Salary in effect as of the Separation Date.

b. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Executive be entitled to Severance under both Section 5.3(a)(i) and 5.3(a)(ii), and the maximum amount of Severance Executive is eligible to earn under any circumstance is an amount equal to twelve (12) months of the Executive’s Base Salary then in effect as of the Separation Date. In either case, the Severance will be paid as a one-time, lump-sum payment, subject to all applicable deductions and withholdings, no later than the first regularly-scheduled payroll date following the effective date of the Separation Agreement (as discussed in Section 6).

c. Pro-Rata Bonus. The Company shall also pay Executive an amount equal to Executive’s then-current target Annual Bonus amount pursuant to the then-current Bonus Plan, pro-rated based on the date of Executive’s employment termination for that bonus year (the “Bonus Severance”). The Bonus Severance will be paid as a one-time, lump-sum payment, subject to all applicable deductions and withholdings, no later than the first regularly-scheduled payroll date following the effective date of the Separation Agreement (as discussed in Section 6).

5.4 Termination for Cause; Resignation Without Good Reason; Death or Disability. If Executive resigns without Good Reason, the Company terminates Executive’s employment for Cause, or Executive’s employment terminates as a result of Executive’s death or Disability, then all payments of compensation by the Company to Executive hereunder will terminate immediately (except as to the Accrued Obligations) and Executive will not be entitled to any Severance Benefits.

6. Conditions to Receipt of Severance Benefits. In order to receive any Severance Benefits, the termination of Executive’s employment must constitute a “separation from service” (as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h), without regard to any alternative definition thereunder, a “Separation from Service”), and Executive must be in compliance with the terms of this Agreement and the Confidentiality Agreement (as defined below). Further, the receipt of the Severance Benefits will be conditioned on Executive signing and not revoking a separation agreement and general release of claims in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company (the “Separation Agreement”) by no later than the sixtieth (60th) day after the Separation Date (the “Release Deadline”). No Severance Benefits will be paid or provided unless and until the Separation Agreement becomes effective.

 

3


7. Section 409A. It is intended that all of the Severance Benefits and other payments payable under this Agreement satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Code Section 409A provided under Treasury Regulations 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(5) and 1.409A-1(b)(9), and this Agreement will be construed to the greatest extent possible as consistent with those provisions, and to the extent not so exempt, this Agreement (and any definitions hereunder) will be construed in a manner that complies with Section 409A. For purposes of Code Section 409A (including, without limitation, for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii)), Executive’s right to receive any installment payments under this Agreement (whether severance payments, reimbursements or otherwise) shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each installment payment hereunder shall at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is deemed by the Company at the time of Executive’s Separation from Service to be a “specified employee” for purposes of Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i), and if any of the payments upon Separation from Service set forth herein and/or under any other agreement with the Company are deemed to be “deferred compensation,” then to the extent delayed commencement of any portion of such payments is required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) and the related adverse taxation under Section 409A, such payments shall not be provided to Executive prior to the earliest of (i) the expiration of the six-month period measured from the date of Executive’s Separation from Service with the Company, (ii) the date of Executive’s death or (iii) such earlier date as permitted under Section 409A without the imposition of adverse taxation. Upon the first business day following the expiration of such applicable Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) period, all payments deferred pursuant to this Paragraph shall be paid in a lump sum to Executive, and any remaining payments due shall be paid as otherwise provided herein or in the applicable agreement. No interest shall be due on any amounts so deferred. If the Severance Benefits are not covered by one or more exemptions from the application of Section 409A and the Release Deadline occurs in the calendar year following the calendar year of Executive’s Separation from Service, the Separation Agreement will not be deemed effective any earlier than the Release Deadline for purposes of determining the timing of provision of any Severance Benefits.

8. Definitions.

8.1 Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” for termination will mean any one or more of the following: (a) Executive’s conviction of, or plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (b) Executive’s commission of, or participation in, a fraud or material act of dishonesty against the Company or any of its employees or directors that causes harm; (c) Executive’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between the Executive and the Company, the Company’s employee handbook and employment policies, the Company’s Code of Conduct and Business Ethics, or of any statutory or legal duty owed to the Company; (d) Executive’s unauthorized use or unauthorized disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets or other material breach of the Confidentiality Agreement (as defined below); (e) Executive’s willful misconduct in the performance of Executive’s employment duties; and (f) Executive’s willful failure to reasonably cooperate with any internal

 

4


or external Company investigation or audit (whether being conducted by the Company or by a third-party); provided, that in order to terminate Executive’s employment for “Cause” pursuant to the foregoing clauses (c), (d), (e), and (f) the Board must first provide Executive with written notice of the applicable Cause event (which specifically identifies, in reasonable detail, the basis for alleging a Cause event) within 30 days of the Company learning, or of when the Company reasonably should have been aware, of such Cause event, and provide Executive a period of 30 days thereafter to reasonably cure such Cause event, to the extent curable. If Executive fails to cure such Cause event within such period, then the termination of employment must be effective not later than 30 days after the end of Executive’s cure period.

8.2 Change in Control. For purposes of this Agreement, “Change in Control” shall have the meaning set forth in the Company’s 2019 Equity Incentive Plan.

8.3 Change in Control Period. For purposes of this Agreement, the “Change in Control Period” shall mean the period beginning on the effective date of the Change in Control and continuing thereafter until the twelve (12) month anniversary of the effective date of the Change in Control

8.4 Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Disability” shall be deemed to have occurred in the event Executive is unable to perform the essential functions of Executive’s position by reason of any physical or mental impairment, notwithstanding any reasonable accommodation, for a consecutive 120 day period or for the aggregate of 150 days in any twelve (12) month period. If a disagreement arises between Executive and the Company as to whether Executive is suffering from a Disability, such issue will be determined by a board-certified physician mutually agreed upon by the Parties.

8.5 Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means any of the following actions taken by the Company or a successor corporation or entity without Executive’s written consent: (1) a material reduction of Executive’s base compensation, which the parties agree is a reduction of more than 10%, other than any reduction that applies generally to all executives; (2) a material reduction in Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities; provided, however, that a change in job position (including a change in title) will not be deemed a “material reduction” unless Executive’s new authority, duties or responsibilities are materially reduced from the prior authority, duties or responsibilities; (3) a requirement to relocate the Executive’s primary workplace outside of the Los Angeles metropolitan area; or (4) a change in the Executive’s reporting relationship such that Executive is no long reporting directly to the Chief Executive Officer. In order to resign for Good Reason, Executive must provide written notice of the event giving rise to Good Reason to the Board within 30 days after the Executive learns of, or reasonably should have been aware of, the condition, allow the Company 30 days to cure such condition, and if the Company fails to cure the condition within such period, the Executive’s resignation from all positions Executive then holds with the Company must be effective not later than 30 days after the end of the Company’s cure period.

9. Proprietary Information Obligations. Executive acknowledges that Executive remains bound by that certain Employee Confidentiality and Nondisclosure Agreement between the Company and Executive attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A (the “Confidentiality Agreement”) and agrees to comply with the obligations therein. In the Executive’s work for the

 

5


Company, Executive will be expected not to use or disclose any confidential information, including trade secrets, of any former employer or other person to whom Executive has an obligation of confidentiality. Rather, Executive will be expected to use only that information which is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to the Executive’s own, which is common knowledge in the industry or otherwise legally in the public domain, or which is otherwise provided or developed by the Company. Executive agrees not to bring onto Company premises any unpublished documents or property belonging to any former employer or other person to whom Executive has an obligation of confidentiality. Executive hereby represents that Executive has disclosed to the Company any contract Executive has signed that may restrict Executive’s activities on behalf of the Company.

10. Dispute Resolution. Executive acknowledges that Executive remains bound by the Arbitration Agreement between the Company and Executive attached to this Agreement as Exhibit B (the “Arbitration Agreement”).

11. Outside Activities During Employment. Executive acknowledges that Executive is subject to the Company’s conflicts of interests and provisions in the Company’s employee handbook as well as the Company’s Code of Conduct and Business Ethics and any other applicable policies governing Executive’s outside activities, and agrees to abide by their terms and conditions, as may be in effect from time to time.

12. General Provisions.

12.1 Notices. Any notices provided under this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed effective upon the earlier of personal delivery, receipted email, or the next day after sending by regular mail or overnight carrier, to the Company at its primary office location and to Executive at the address as listed on the Company payroll.

12.2 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction to the extent possible in keeping with the intent of the parties.

12.3 Waiver. Any waiver of any breach of any provisions of this Agreement must be in writing to be effective, and it shall not thereby be deemed to have waived any preceding or succeeding breach of the same or any other provision of this Agreement.

12.4 Complete Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Confidentiality Agreement, the Arbitration Agreement, and the Award Documents, constitutes the entire agreement between Executive and the Company with regard to this subject matter and is the complete, final, and exclusive embodiment of the Parties’ agreement with regard to this subject matter. This Agreement is entered into without reliance on any promise or representation, written or oral, other than those expressly contained herein, and it supersedes any other such promises, warranties or representations, including, but not limited to, any Prior Agreement. Executive agrees and acknowledges that Executive is not eligible for, and will not receive, any compensation,

 

6


benefits, or severance pursuant to any Prior Agreement; for the avoidance of doubt, however, nothing in this Agreement shall supersede, revoke otherwise modify any of Executive’s rights to any existing Awards pursuant to the applicable Award Documents between the Company and Executive or modify or supersede any Award Document or any provision in any Award Document. Executive also agrees and acknowledges that there are no circumstances as of the date of this Agreement that constitute, and nothing contemplated in this Agreement or otherwise shall be deemed for any purpose to be or to create, an involuntary termination “without Cause” or a “Good Reason” resignation right, including for purposes of any Prior Agreement, or any other severance or change in control plan, agreement or policy maintained by the Company or its affiliates. This Agreement cannot be modified or amended except in a writing signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company.

12.5 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which will constitute an original, any one of which need not contain signatures of more than one party, but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same Agreement.

12.6 Headings. The headings of the paragraphs hereof are inserted for convenience only and no provision of this Agreement is to be construed by reference to the caption or heading of any section or paragraph. This Agreement shall not be construed against either Party as the author or drafter of the Agreement.

12.7 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement is intended to bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive and the Company, and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators. The Company may freely assign this Agreement, without Executive’s prior written consent. Executive may not assign any of Executive’s duties hereunder and Executive may not assign any of the Executive’s rights hereunder without the written consent of the Company.

12.8 Tax Withholding and Indemnification. All payments and awards contemplated or made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholdings of applicable taxes in compliance with all relevant laws and regulations of all appropriate government authorities. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company has made no assurances or guarantees concerning the tax treatment of any payments or awards contemplated by or made pursuant to this Agreement. Executive has had the opportunity to retain a tax and financial advisor and fully understands the tax and economic consequences of all payments and awards made pursuant to the Agreement.

12.9 Post-Termination Obligations. To the maximum extent permitted by law, Executive agrees that during the period of Executive’s employment and for the one year period after the date Executive’s employment ends for any reason, including but not limited to voluntary termination by Executive or involuntary termination by the Company, Executive will not, as an officer, director, employee, consultant, owner, partner, or in any other capacity, either directly or through others, except on behalf of the Company, solicit, induce, encourage, or participate in soliciting, inducing or encouraging any person known to Executive to be an employee, consultant, or independent contractor of the Company to terminate his or her relationship with the Company, even if Executive did not initiate the discussion or seek out the contact. When Executive’s employment with the Company terminates, Executive agrees to notify any subsequent employer of the restrictive covenants referenced in this Agreement. In addition, Executive authorizes the Company to provide a copy of the restrictive covenants referenced in this Agreement to third parties, including but not limited to, Executive’s subsequent, anticipated, or possible future employer.

 

7


12.10 Choice of Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on the day and year first written above.

 

SWEETGREEN, INC.
By:   /s/ Jonathan Newman
Name: Jonathan Neman
Title: Chief Executive Officer
EXECUTIVE
By:   /s/ Chris Carr
Name: Chris Carr
Title: Chief Operating Officer

Exhibit A: Employee Confidentiality and Nondisclosure Agreement

Exhibit B: Arbitration Agreement

 

8


Exhibit A

[Omitted]


Exhibit B

[Omitted]

Exhibit 10.12

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Executive Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”), made between Sweetgreen, Inc. (the “Company”) and Jim McPhail (“Executive”) (collectively, the “Parties”).

WHEREAS, the Company desires for Executive to continue to be employed by the Company, and wishes to provide Executive with certain compensation and benefits in return for such employment services;

WHEREAS, Executive wishes to continue to be employed by the Company and to provide employment services to the Company in return for certain compensation and benefits; and

WHEREAS, the Parties wish to amend and restate the Executive’s existing employment agreement, compensation letter or offer letter, as applicable (the “Prior Agreement”), and set forth the terms and conditions of the Executive’s continuing employment with the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Employment by the Company.

1.1 Position. This Agreement and the Executive’s employment under the terms hereunder shall take effect on October 1, 2021 (the “Effective Date”). Executive shall continue to serve as the Company’s Chief Development Officer. This is an exempt position, and during Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive will devote Executive’s best efforts and substantially all of Executive’s business time and attention to the business of the Company, except for approved vacation periods and reasonable periods of illness or other incapacities permitted by the Company’s general employment policies and any outside activities approved in accordance with the Company’s applicable policies.

1.2 Duties and Location. Executive shall perform such duties as are required by the Company’s Chief Concept Officer, to whom Executive will report. Executive’s primary office location shall be the Company’s office located in Los Angeles, California; provided that Executive shall be permitted to work remotely pursuant to any generally applicable remote work policies. The Company reserves the right to reasonably require Executive to perform Executive’s duties at places other than Executive’s primary office location on occasion from time to time, and to require reasonable business travel. The Company may modify Executive’s job title and duties as it deems necessary and appropriate in light of the Company’s needs and interests from time to time. Section 1.1 and this Section 1.2 are subject to Sections 5 and 8.5.

1.3 Policies and Procedures. The employment relationship between the Parties shall be governed by the general employment policies and practices of the Company, except that when the terms of this Agreement differ from or are in conflict with the Company’s general employment policies or practices, this Agreement shall control.

 

1


2. Compensation.

2.1 Base Salary. For services to be rendered hereunder, Executive shall receive an initial base salary at the rate of $375,000 per year (the “Base Salary”), subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings and payable in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule.

2.2 Annual Bonus. Executive will be eligible to earn an annual bonus (the “Annual Bonus”) at the target amount (currently 50% of Executive’s Base Salary) and pursuant to the then-current terms and conditions of the Sweetgreen Support Center Bonus Plan (the “Bonus Plan”). Whether Executive receives an Annual Bonus, and the amount of any such Annual Bonus, will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”), or the Compensation Committee thereof, in its sole discretion based upon the achievement of corporate and/or individual objectives and milestones set forth in the Bonus Plan. Executive must remain an active employee in good standing through the time the Annual Bonus is paid in order to earn the Annual Bonus. The Annual Bonus will be paid prior to March 31 of the year following the Bonus Period. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, Executive will not be eligible for, and will not earn, any Annual Bonus if Executive’s employment terminates for any reason before the Annual Bonus is to be paid. Executive agrees that all guaranteed annual bonus payments for calendar years 2020 and 2021 have been fully paid (including any partial advances of such guaranteed bonus payments for each of calendar years 2020 and 2021).

3. Standard Company Benefits. Executive shall be entitled to participate in all employee benefit programs for which Executive is eligible under the terms and conditions of the benefit plans that may be in effect from time to time and provided by the Company to its employees. The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans or programs it offers to its employees at any time.

4. Equity. Executive has previously been granted various equity interests in the Company (the “Awards”). The Awards will continue to be governed by the terms and conditions of the applicable existing plan documents, award agreements, grant notices and other applicable documents entered into by the Company and Executive in connection therewith (such documents, agreements and notices, collectively, the “Award Documents”). Executive will be eligible for future equity awards as determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

5. Termination of Employment; Severance.

5.1 At-Will Employment. Executive’s employment relationship is at-will. Either Executive or the Company may terminate Executive’s employment relationship at any time, with or without cause or advance notice.

5.2 Payments and Other Benefits Provided Upon Termination. In the event of the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, the Company shall pay to Executive all of Executive’s accrued and unpaid wages and other compensation and benefits earned through Executive’s last day of employment (the “Separation Date”). The amounts to be paid or provided to Executive pursuant to this Section 5.2 are collectively referred to as the “Accrued Obligations.

 

2


5.3 Termination Without Cause; Resignation for Good Reason. If Executive is terminated by the Company without Cause or Executive resigns for Good Reason (collectively, an “Involuntary Termination”), and provided that Executive remains in compliance with the terms of this Agreement (including the conditions described in Section 6 below), the Company shall provide Executive with the following benefits (the “Severance Benefits”):

a. Cash Severance. The Company shall pay Executive cash severance payments (as applicable, the “Severance”) as follows:

i. In the event that Executive’s Involuntary Termination occurs outside of the Change in Control Period, Executive shall receive the equivalent of six (6) months of Executive’s Base Salary in effect as of the Separation Date; or

ii. In the event, however, that Executive’s Involuntary Termination occurs within the Change in Control Period, Executive shall receive the equivalent of twelve (12) months of Executive’s Base Salary in effect as of the Separation Date.

b. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall Executive be entitled to Severance under both Section 5.3(a)(i) and 5.3(a)(ii), and the maximum amount of Severance Executive is eligible to earn under any circumstance is an amount equal to twelve (12) months of the Executive’s Base Salary then in effect as of the Separation Date. In either case, the Severance will be paid as a one-time, lump-sum payment, subject to all applicable deductions and withholdings, no later than the first regularly-scheduled payroll date following the effective date of the Separation Agreement (as discussed in Section 6).

c. Pro-Rata Bonus. The Company shall also pay Executive an amount equal to Executive’s then-current target Annual Bonus amount pursuant to the then-current Bonus Plan, pro-rated based on the date of Executive’s employment termination for that bonus year (the “Bonus Severance”). The Bonus Severance will be paid as a one-time, lump-sum payment, subject to all applicable deductions and withholdings, no later than the first regularly-scheduled payroll date following the effective date of the Separation Agreement (as discussed in Section 6).

5.4 Termination for Cause; Resignation Without Good Reason; Death or Disability. If Executive resigns without Good Reason, the Company terminates Executive’s employment for Cause, or Executive’s employment terminates as a result of Executive’s death or Disability, then all payments of compensation by the Company to Executive hereunder will terminate immediately (except as to the Accrued Obligations) and Executive will not be entitled to any Severance Benefits.

6. Conditions to Receipt of Severance Benefits. In order to receive any Severance Benefits, the termination of Executive’s employment must constitute a “separation from service” (as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h), without regard to any alternative definition thereunder, a “Separation from Service”), and Executive must be in compliance with the terms of this Agreement and the Confidentiality Agreement (as defined below). Further, the receipt of the Severance Benefits will be conditioned on Executive signing and not revoking a separation agreement and general release of claims in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company (the “Separation Agreement”) by no later than the sixtieth (60th) day after the Separation Date (the “Release Deadline”). No Severance Benefits will be paid or provided unless and until the Separation Agreement becomes effective.

 

3


7. Section 409A. It is intended that all of the Severance Benefits and other payments payable under this Agreement satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Code Section 409A provided under Treasury Regulations 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(5) and 1.409A-1(b)(9), and this Agreement will be construed to the greatest extent possible as consistent with those provisions, and to the extent not so exempt, this Agreement (and any definitions hereunder) will be construed in a manner that complies with Section 409A. For purposes of Code Section 409A (including, without limitation, for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii)), Executive’s right to receive any installment payments under this Agreement (whether severance payments, reimbursements or otherwise) shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and, accordingly, each installment payment hereunder shall at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is deemed by the Company at the time of Executive’s Separation from Service to be a “specified employee” for purposes of Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i), and if any of the payments upon Separation from Service set forth herein and/or under any other agreement with the Company are deemed to be “deferred compensation,” then to the extent delayed commencement of any portion of such payments is required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) and the related adverse taxation under Section 409A, such payments shall not be provided to Executive prior to the earliest of (i) the expiration of the six-month period measured from the date of Executive’s Separation from Service with the Company, (ii) the date of Executive’s death or (iii) such earlier date as permitted under Section 409A without the imposition of adverse taxation. Upon the first business day following the expiration of such applicable Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) period, all payments deferred pursuant to this Paragraph shall be paid in a lump sum to Executive, and any remaining payments due shall be paid as otherwise provided herein or in the applicable agreement. No interest shall be due on any amounts so deferred. If the Severance Benefits are not covered by one or more exemptions from the application of Section 409A and the Release Deadline occurs in the calendar year following the calendar year of Executive’s Separation from Service, the Separation Agreement will not be deemed effective any earlier than the Release Deadline for purposes of determining the timing of provision of any Severance Benefits.

8. Definitions.

8.1 Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” for termination will mean any one or more of the following: (a) Executive’s conviction of, or plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (b) Executive’s commission of, or participation in, a fraud or material act of dishonesty against the Company or any of its employees or directors that causes harm; (c) Executive’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between the Executive and the Company, the Company’s employee handbook and employment policies, the Company’s Code of Conduct and Business Ethics, or of any statutory or legal duty owed to the Company; (d) Executive’s unauthorized use or unauthorized disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets or other material breach of the Confidentiality Agreement (as defined below); (e) Executive’s willful misconduct in the performance of Executive’s

 

4


employment duties; and (f) Executive’s willful failure to reasonably cooperate with any internal or external Company investigation or audit (whether being conducted by the Company or by a third-party); provided, that in order to terminate Executive’s employment for “Cause” pursuant to the foregoing clauses (c), (d), (e), and (f) the Board must first provide Executive with written notice of the applicable Cause event (which specifically identifies, in reasonable detail, the basis for alleging a Cause event) within 30 days of the Company learning, or of when the Company reasonably should have been aware, of such Cause event, and provide Executive a period of 30 days thereafter to reasonably cure such Cause event, to the extent curable. If Executive fails to cure such Cause event within such period, then the termination of employment must be effective not later than 30 days after the end of Executive’s cure period.

8.2 Change in Control. For purposes of this Agreement, “Change in Control” shall have the meaning set forth in the Company’s 2019 Equity Incentive Plan.

8.3 Change in Control Period. For purposes of this Agreement, the “Change in Control Period” shall mean the period beginning on the effective date of the Change in Control and continuing thereafter until the twelve (12) month anniversary of the effective date of the Change in Control

8.4 Disability. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Disability” shall be deemed to have occurred in the event Executive is unable to perform the essential functions of Executive’s position by reason of any physical or mental impairment, notwithstanding any reasonable accommodation, for a consecutive 120 day period or for the aggregate of 150 days in any twelve (12) month period. If a disagreement arises between Executive and the Company as to whether Executive is suffering from a Disability, such issue will be determined by a board-certified physician mutually agreed upon by the Parties.

8.5 Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means any of the following actions taken by the Company or a successor corporation or entity without Executive’s written consent: (1) a material reduction of Executive’s base compensation, which the parties agree is a reduction of more than 10%, other than any reduction that applies generally to all executives; (2) a material reduction in Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities; provided, however, that a change in job position (including a change in title) will not be deemed a “material reduction” unless Executive’s new authority, duties or responsibilities are materially reduced from the prior authority, duties or responsibilities; (3) a requirement to relocate the Executive’s primary workplace outside of the Los Angeles metropolitan area (if Executive’s primary workplace was previously in the Los Angeles metropolitan area); or (4) a change in the Executive’s reporting relationship such that Executive is no long reporting directly to the Chief Concept Officer or the Chief Executive Officer. In order to resign for Good Reason, Executive must provide written notice of the event giving rise to Good Reason to the Board within 30 days after the Executive learns of, or reasonably should have been aware of, the condition, allow the Company 30 days to cure such condition, and if the Company fails to cure the condition within such period, the Executive’s resignation from all positions Executive then holds with the Company must be effective not later than 30 days after the end of the Company’s cure period.

 

5


9. Proprietary Information Obligations. Executive acknowledges that Executive remains bound by that certain Employee Confidentiality and Nondisclosure Agreement between the Company and Executive attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A (the “Confidentiality Agreement”) and agrees to comply with the obligations therein. In the Executive’s work for the Company, Executive will be expected not to use or disclose any confidential information, including trade secrets, of any former employer or other person to whom Executive has an obligation of confidentiality. Rather, Executive will be expected to use only that information which is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to the Executive’s own, which is common knowledge in the industry or otherwise legally in the public domain, or which is otherwise provided or developed by the Company. Executive agrees not to bring onto Company premises any unpublished documents or property belonging to any former employer or other person to whom Executive has an obligation of confidentiality. Executive hereby represents that Executive has disclosed to the Company any contract Executive has signed that may restrict Executive’s activities on behalf of the Company.

10. Dispute Resolution. Executive acknowledges that Executive remains bound by the Arbitration Agreement between the Company and Executive attached to this Agreement as Exhibit B (the “Arbitration Agreement”).

11. Outside Activities During Employment. Executive acknowledges that Executive is subject to the Company’s conflicts of interests and provisions in the Company’s employee handbook as well as the Company’s Code of Conduct and Business Ethics and any other applicable policies governing Executive’s outside activities, and agrees to abide by their terms and conditions, as may be in effect from time to time.

12. General Provisions.

12.1 Notices. Any notices provided under this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed effective upon the earlier of personal delivery, receipted email, or the next day after sending by regular mail or overnight carrier, to the Company at its primary office location and to Executive at the address as listed on the Company payroll.

12.2 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction to the extent possible in keeping with the intent of the parties.

12.3 Waiver. Any waiver of any breach of any provisions of this Agreement must be in writing to be effective, and it shall not thereby be deemed to have waived any preceding or succeeding breach of the same or any other provision of this Agreement.

12.4 Complete Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Confidentiality Agreement, the Arbitration Agreement, and the Award Documents, constitutes the entire agreement between Executive and the Company with regard to this subject matter and is the complete, final, and exclusive embodiment of the Parties’ agreement with regard to this subject matter. This Agreement is entered into without reliance on any promise or representation, written or oral, other than those expressly contained herein, and it supersedes any other such promises,

 

6


warranties or representations, including, but not limited to, any Prior Agreement. Executive agrees and acknowledges that Executive is not eligible for, and will not receive, any compensation, benefits, or severance pursuant to any Prior Agreement; for the avoidance of doubt, however, nothing in this Agreement shall supersede, revoke otherwise modify any of Executive’s rights to any existing Awards pursuant to the applicable Award Documents between the Company and Executive or modify or supersede any Award Document or any provision in any Award Document. Executive also agrees and acknowledges that there are no circumstances as of the date of this Agreement that constitute, and nothing contemplated in this Agreement or otherwise shall be deemed for any purpose to be or to create, an involuntary termination “without Cause” or a “Good Reason” resignation right, including for purposes of any Prior Agreement, or any other severance or change in control plan, agreement or policy maintained by the Company or its affiliates. This Agreement cannot be modified or amended except in a writing signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company.

12.5 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which will constitute an original, any one of which need not contain signatures of more than one party, but all of which taken together will constitute one and the same Agreement.

12.6 Headings. The headings of the paragraphs hereof are inserted for convenience only and no provision of this Agreement is to be construed by reference to the caption or heading of any section or paragraph. This Agreement shall not be construed against either Party as the author or drafter of the Agreement.

12.7 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement is intended to bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive and the Company, and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators. The Company may freely assign this Agreement, without Executive’s prior written consent. Executive may not assign any of Executive’s duties hereunder and Executive may not assign any of the Executive’s rights hereunder without the written consent of the Company.

12.8 Tax Withholding and Indemnification. All payments and awards contemplated or made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholdings of applicable taxes in compliance with all relevant laws and regulations of all appropriate government authorities. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company has made no assurances or guarantees concerning the tax treatment of any payments or awards contemplated by or made pursuant to this Agreement. Executive has had the opportunity to retain a tax and financial advisor and fully understands the tax and economic consequences of all payments and awards made pursuant to the Agreement.

12.9 Post-Termination Obligations. To the maximum extent permitted by law, Executive agrees that during the period of Executive’s employment and for the one year period after the date Executive’s employment ends for any reason, including but not limited to voluntary termination by Executive or involuntary termination by the Company, Executive will not, as an officer, director, employee, consultant, owner, partner, or in any other capacity, either directly or through others, except on behalf of the Company, solicit, induce, encourage, or participate in soliciting, inducing or encouraging any person known to Executive to be an employee, consultant, or independent contractor of the Company to terminate his or her relationship with the Company,

 

7


even if Executive did not initiate the discussion or seek out the contact. When Executive’s employment with the Company terminates, Executive agrees to notify any subsequent employer of the restrictive covenants referenced in this Agreement. In addition, Executive authorizes the Company to provide a copy of the restrictive covenants referenced in this Agreement to third parties, including but not limited to, Executive’s subsequent, anticipated, or possible future employer.

12.10 Choice of Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California.

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on the day and year first written above.

 

SWEETGREEN, INC.

By:   /s/ Jonathan Newman
Name:   Jonathan Neman
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

EXECUTIVE
By:   /s/ Jim McPhail
Name:   Jim McPhail
Title:   Chief Development Officer

Exhibit A: Employee Confidentiality and Nondisclosure Agreement

Exhibit B: Arbitration Agreement

 

9


Exhibit A

[Omitted]


Exhibit B

[Omitted]

Exhibit 10.13

LEASE AGREEMENT

3101 Exposition Boulevard

Between

WELCOME TO THE DAIRY, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

as Landlord,

and

SWEETGREEN, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

as Tenant,

Dated May 23, 2019

The submission of this Lease by Landlord, its broker, agent or representative, for examination or execution by Tenant, does not constitute an option or offer to lease the Premises upon the terms and conditions contained herein or a reservation of the Premises in favor of Tenant; it being intended hereby that notwithstanding the preparation of space plans and/or tenant improvements plans, etc., and/or the expenditure by Tenant or Landlord of time and/or money while engaged in negotiations of this Lease, or Tenant’s or Landlord’s forbearing pursuit of other leasing opportunities, or even Tenant’s execution of this Lease and submission of same to Landlord, that this Lease shall become effective and binding upon Landlord and Tenant only upon the execution hereof by Landlord and Tenant and Landlord’s delivery of a fully executed counterpart hereof to Tenant. No exception to the foregoing disclaimer is intended, nor shall any be implied, from expressions of Landlord’s or Tenant’s willingness to negotiate in good faith with respect to any of the terms and conditions contained herein.

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXHIBITS

 

A

 

OUTLINE AND LOCATION OF THE PREMISES

  

A-1    

 

LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPERTY

  

B

 

TENANT WORK LETTER

  

B-1

 

BASE, SHELL AND CORE DESCRIPTION

  

C

 

NOTICE OF LEASE TERM DATES

  

D

 

BASE RENT ABATEMENT PROVISION

  

E

 

PHASE I LANDSCAPING

  

F

 

PARKING PLAN

  

G

 

ROOF DECK

  

 

 

2


LEASE AGREEMENT

This Lease Agreement (this “Lease”), dated as of the date set forth in Section 1 of the Summary of Basic Lease Information (the “Summary”) below, is made by and between WELCOME TO THE DAIRY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and SWEETGREEN, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

TERMS OF LEASE    DESCRIPTION

1.  Effective Date:

  

May 23, 2019

2.  Premises

(Article 1).

  

2.1  “Phase I Premises”:

   Subject to Section 1.1.1, approximately 57,681 rentable square feet of space (which is based on the usable square footage of the Phase I Premises per BOMA Industrial Buildings: Standard Methods of Measurement (ANSI Z65.2 – 2012) (Method A) plus an applied 12% load factor to such usable square footage, the “BOMA Standard”), comprising “Phase I” of the Property (as hereinafter defined). The outline and general location of the Phase I Premises as of the Effective Date is set forth in Exhibit A to this Lease.

2.2  “Phase II Premises”:

   All the rentable square footage of “Phase II” of the Property, the size of which shall be determined based on the Approved Working Drawings for Landlord’s Phase II Work (as defined in Exhibit B attached hereto (the “Tenant Work Letter”)) and confirmed through measurement in accordance with Section 1.1.1 (and which shall be measured using the BOMA Standard), which shall be no more than 36,400 rentable square feet, excluding the rentable square footage of the Roof Deck. The outline and general location of the to be constructed Phase II Premises as of the Effective Date is set forth in Exhibit A to this Lease. The rentable square footage shall not include the rentable square footage of the contemplated roof deck for the Phase II Premises (the “Roof Deck”) and no Monthly Rent (as hereinafter defined) shall be payable on the Roof Deck.

2.3  “Premises”:

   Collectively, the Phase I Premises and the Phase II Premises (which Phase II Premises includes the Roof Deck).

2.4  “Building”:

   Those certain building(s) containing the Premises.

 

1


2.5  “Property”:

   That certain property located at 3101 Exposition Boulevard, Los Angeles, California (including all parking, outdoor areas and easements appurtenant thereto) and legally described on Exhibit A-1 to this Lease. So long as Tenant does not exercise the Phase II Late Delivery Termination Option, Tenant shall be the sole tenant of the Property.

3.  Lease Term

(Article 2).

  

3.1  “Lease Term”:

   The Lease Term shall commence on the “Lease Commencement Date” (as defined below) and extend for one hundred twenty-seven (127) full calendar months (plus any partial calendar month at the beginning of the Lease Term).

3.2  “Lease Commencement Date”:

  

Subject to adjustment pursuant to the Tenant Work Letter, the date Landlord delivers possession of the Phase I Premises to Tenant with Landlord’s Work (as defined in the Tenant Work Letter) and the Tenant Improvements (as defined in the Tenant Work Letter) with respect to the Phase I Premises (the “Phase I Work”) Substantially Complete (as defined in the Tenant Work Letter). Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, unless otherwise mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant, in no event shall the Lease Commencement Date occur prior to January 31, 2020. Landlord shall give Tenant at least thirty (30) days prior written notice (which notice may be provided by email to:

 

[redacted], [redacted], and [redacted], or such other email addresses as Tenant may designate from time to time upon written notice to Landlord [such notice referred to herein as “Email Notice”]) of the date of Substantial Completion of the Phase I Work; Tenant shall not be obligated to accept possession of the Phase I Premises prior to the end of such 30-day period.

3.3  “Phase II Commencement Date”:

   Subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 4.2 of the Tenant Work Letter, the date Landlord delivers possession of the Phase II Premises to Tenant with Landlord’s Work and the Tenant Improvements with respect to the Phase II Premises (the “Phase II Work”) Substantially Complete. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, unless otherwise mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant, in no event shall the Phase II Commencement Date occur prior to December 31, 2020. Landlord shall give Tenant at least thirty (30) days prior written notice (which may

 

2


   be provided by Email Notice) of the date of Substantial Completion of the Phase II Work; Tenant shall not be obligated to accept possession of the Phase II Premises prior to the end of such 30-day period.

3.4  “Lease Expiration Date”:

   The last day of the one hundred twenty-seventh (127th) full calendar month of the Lease Term.

4.  “Base Rent

(Article 3):

  

Base Rent for the Premises shall be $3.15 per rentable square foot on a monthly basis (meaning the initial monthly Base Rent for the Phase I Premises shall be $181,695.15); from the Lease Commencement Date until the Phase II Commencement Date, Base Rent shall be payable on the Phase I Premises only; from and after the Phase II Commencement Date, Base Rent shall be payable on the entire Premises (excluding the Roof Deck). Commencing on the first day of the thirteenth (13th) full calendar month of the Lease Term, and continuing on each anniversary of such date thereafter, the Base Rent per rentable square foot of the Premises shall increase by three percent (3%) from the then current Base Rent per rentable square foot of the Premises (such increase shall, for the avoidance of doubt, not be subject to rounding so that Base Rent per rentable square foot of the Premises increases by exactly 3%). If requested by either Landlord or Tenant after the final rentable square footage of the Phase I Premises or Phase II Premises is determined (as applicable) in accordance with the terms herein, Landlord and Tenant shall promptly and mutually execute a schedule of Base Rent for the Phase I Premises and Phase II Premises (as applicable) showing the annual and monthly Base Rent due for the Phase I Premises and Phase II Premises (as applicable).

 

*   Subject to abatement of Base Rent on the terms, and subject to the conditions, set forth in Exhibit D attached to this Lease.

5.  “Tenant’s Share

(Article 4):

   A fraction, the numerator of which is the rentable square footage of the Premises, and the denominator of which is the rentable square footage of the Property. The square footage of the Roof Deck shall not be included in the calculation of Tenant’s Share. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant’s Share shall be 100%, so long as Tenant is the only tenant of the Property.

6.  “Permitted Use

(Article 5):

   General office, restaurant, and retail use, and any other use permitted by Applicable Laws so long as the same is consistent with the “Underlying Documents” (as defined below) and in conformity with municipal zoning requirements of the City of Los Angeles, California (the “City”), and other “Applicable Laws” (as defined below), and with the character of the Property as a first class reconstructed creative office property. Landlord acknowledges that Tenant’s use of the Premises may include a gym, meditation space, cafeteria, test kitchen, and other amenities for Tenant’s employees.

 

3


7.  Security Deposit (Article 22)

   None.

Prepaid Base Rent (Article 3):

   $181,695.15

Prepaid Direct Expenses

(Article 3):

   $71,200.00

8.  Valet Parking

(Section 6.1.2.3; Article 29):

  

See Section 6.1.2.3 and Article 29 for more detail.

9.  Address of Tenant

(Section 30.15):

  

Before the Lease Commencement Date:

 

SWEETGREEN, INC.

8840 Washington Boulevard, 4th Floor

Culver City, California 90232

Attention: Accounting Department.

 

From and after the Lease Commencement Date:

 

The Premises

Attention: Accounting Department

 

A copy of all notices pertaining to any default applicable to Tenant shall be sent in the same manner and at the same time to:

 

[Omitted.]

10.  Address of Landlord

(Section 30.15):

  

WELCOME TO THE DAIRY, LLC

7461 Beverly Blvd, 5th Floor

Los Angeles, California 90036

Attention: Property Management

 

Rent by Mail to:

 

WELCOME TO THE DAIRY, LLC

7461 Beverly Blvd, 5th Floor

Los Angeles, California 90036

Attention: Property Management

 

Or, Rent by Wire Transfer to:

 

To be provided by Landlord prior to the Lease Commencement Date.

11.  Broker(s)

(Section 30.20):

   L.A. Realty Partners (“Tenant’s Broker”), representing Tenant, and The Luzzatto Company, Inc. (“Landlord’s Broker”), representing Landlord.

 

4


The Summary represents a summary of the basic terms of this Lease. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms contained in the Summary and any specific clause of this Lease, the terms of the more specific clause of this Lease shall prevail.

 

5


ARTICLE 1

PREMISES AND COMMON AREAS

1.1 The Premises.

1.1.1 Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease, Landlord hereby leases the Premises to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases the Premises from Landlord. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that this Lease is made upon the condition that Tenant will perform each of its obligations hereunder and that Tenant’s agreement to perform each of such obligations is a material part of the consideration for this Lease. The parties acknowledge that Exhibit A is intended only to show the outline and general location of the Premises, and that this Exhibit does not constitute an agreement, representation or warranty as to the construction or precise area of the Premises, the Building or the Property, as to the specific location or elements of the Property, including the Building or the “Common Areas” (as defined below) or as to the access ways to the Premises, the Building or the Property.

Prior to lease execution, the parties confirmed the usable square footage of the Phase I Premises, which confirmation is binding and conclusive on the parties and shall not be subject to challenge.

At the earliest feasible time but no later than the Phase II Commencement Date, Landlord shall have the Approved Working Drawings for Landlord’s Phase II Work (excluding the Roof Deck) measured by Stevenson Systems (or if not in business for any reason at the time the Phase II Measurement Report [as hereinafter defined] is required, then another third party BOMA measurer reasonably agreed to by Landlord and Tenant), who shall measure the usable square footage using the BOMA Standard and issue a report confirming such findings (the “Phase II Measurement Report”). To account for the 12% load factor stipulated by the Landlord and Tenant, the rentable square footage of the Phase II Premises shall be 112% of such usable square footage (rounded to the nearest square foot). The Phase II Measurement Report shall be subject to verification by Tenant’s Architect (as hereinafter defined). If Tenant’s Architect does not agree with the Phase II Measurement Report (which objection must be made by Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Phase II Measurement Report), Tenant’s Architect shall submit its own measurement report using the BOMA Standard (the “Tenant Measurement Report”), and Landlord and Tenant shall then mutually select a third party impartial architect (whose fee shall be split equally between Landlord and Tenant) to decide if the Phase II Measurement Report or the Tenant Measurement Report is more accurate. Such third party architect may only choose one of the two reports, and its conclusion as to which of the reports is more accurate shall be binding and conclusive on the parties. Solely by way of example, if the Phase II Measurement Report (or Tenant Measurement Report, if such report prevails pursuant to the provision above) determined the usable square footage of the Phase II Premises was 25,000 square feet, the rentable square footage would factor in a 12% load factor, for a final rentable square footage of 28,000, and assuming the Base Rent per rentable square foot per month of the Phase II Premises is then $3.15; the monthly Base Rent for the Phase II Premises would then be $88,200.00 ($3.15 x 28,000 rentable square feet). On the Phase II Commencement Date, Base Rent shall commence for the Phase II Premises (subject to the abatement periods set forth in Exhibit D) and the Base Rent per rentable square foot of the Phase II Premises shall always be the same as that of the Phase I Premises (except that, pursuant to Exhibit D, abatements of such Base Rent will likely occur during different time periods).

1.1.2 A. Except as specifically set forth in this Lease, including, without limitation, in Exhibits B and B-1, the Premises shall be accepted by Tenant in their “AS-IS” condition and configuration as of the Effective Date, without any obligation of Landlord to provide or pay for any work or services related to the improvement of the Premises, the Building or the Property and without any representation or warranty regarding the condition of the Premises, the Building or any other portion of the Property, their suitability for the conduct of Tenant’s business or any zoning ordinances or other

 

6


Restrictions” (as defined below) that may affect the conduct of its business in or use of the Premises or any other rights or benefits of Tenant under the Lease. Subject to Section 1.2, Tenant hereby agrees that Tenant shall be solely responsible for determining whether any Restrictions may adversely affect the conduct of Tenant’s business in, or use of, the Premises or any other rights or benefits of Tenant under this Lease. Landlord shall repair any latent defect of which Tenant notifies Landlord within 9 months of the Lease Commencement Date with regards to the Phase I Premises, and within 9 months of the Phase II Commencement Date with regards to the Phase II Premises, so long as such latent defects are not caused by the acts or omissions of Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors, subtenants, licensees or invitees.

B. Landlord shall cause Substantial Completion of the Phase I Work to occur by March 26, 2020 (subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 1.1.4 below, the “Expected Delivery Date”). Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing when Landlord deems the Phase I Work to be Substantially Complete, and within three (3) Business Days following Tenant’s receipt of such notice, Landlord and Tenant shall inspect the Phase I Premises in order to confirm such Substantial Completion (the “Phase I Walkthrough”). Promptly following the Phase I Walkthrough, the parties shall either confirm the Substantial Completion of the Phase I Work (subject to Punch List Items [as defined in Section 4.1 of the Tenant Work Letter]), or otherwise acknowledge that the Phase I Work has not been Substantially Completed. The foregoing process shall be repeated until Substantial Completion has occurred and has been mutually acknowledged in writing. If the parties are unable to mutually agree in writing, the matter shall be referred to a third party impartial architect mutually agreed to by Landlord and Tenant, whose fee shall be split equally between Landlord and Tenant and whose determination of Substantial Completion shall be binding upon the parties, absent manifest error. In the event that the Lease Commencement Date does not occur by the Expected Delivery Date, Tenant shall have the right as its sole legal and equitable remedy (other than the Late Delivery Termination Option pursuant to the terms set forth herein), to a credit against payment of Base Rent (solely with respect to the Phase I Premises) equal to (x) one (1) day’s abatement in Base Rent for every day after the Expected Delivery Date and before the earlier of (A) the day which is seventy-six (76) days after the Expected Delivery Date (subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 1.1.4 below, the “Late Delivery Date”), or (B) the Lease Commencement Date, and (y) two (2) days’ abatement in Base Rent for every day on and after the Late Delivery Date and before the Lease Commencement Date, which abatement shall be applied against Base Rent first coming due hereunder (solely with respect to the Phase I Premises) until exhausted. In the event that the Lease Commencement Date does not occur by the day which is three hundred and sixty-five (365) days after the Expected Delivery Date (subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 1.1.4 below, the “Phase I Outside Date”), Tenant shall have the option (the “Late Delivery Termination Option”) to deliver notice to Landlord at any time prior to the Lease Commencement Date (“Delay Termination Notice”) of Tenant’s election to terminate this Lease effective upon the date which is thirty (30) days after delivery of the notice (“Delay Notice Termination Date”); provided, however, Landlord shall have the right to nullify such Delay Termination Notice by causing the Lease Commencement Date to occur within thirty (30) days of delivery of the Delay Termination Notice. In the event of such termination, (i) this Lease shall terminate on the Delay Notice Termination Date, and (ii) Landlord and Tenant shall each be relieved from any further liability to each other resulting under this Lease, except only that Landlord shall return any prepaid Rent or Security Deposit deposited by Tenant to Landlord in connection with this Lease and shall reimburse Tenant’s actual documented, reasonable, third-party out-of-pocket design, architectural, engineering and other associated costs (excluding legal costs) related exclusively to the design and build out of the Phase I Premises. Except for the abatement and termination remedies expressly set forth in this Section 1.1.2.B, Landlord shall not under any circumstances be subject to any liability whatsoever to Tenant, and Tenant shall not under any circumstances be entitled to rescind or terminate this Lease, for any delay in Landlord’s delivery of the Phase I Premises to Tenant (including, without limitation, any delay in Substantial Completion the Phase I Work).

 

7


C. If, after the date of Substantial Completion of the Phase I Work, Tenant’s use of all or a material portion (meaning greater than 10% of the rentable square footage) of the Phase I Premises is materially impaired (and not cured within three (3) Business Days after notice from Tenant to Landlord) as a result of the Phase II Work, Tenant shall (after such three (3) business day notice and cure period) be entitled to receive, as Tenant’s sole remedy, an abatement of Monthly Rent (solely with respect to the Phase I Premises) equal to twenty-five percent (25%) of the Monthly Rent attributable to such day for each day thereafter that Tenant’s use of all or a material portion of the Phase I Premises is materially impaired. For purposes of the previous sentence, “materially impaired” shall mean substantial disruption to Tenant’s business rendering it unreasonably difficult to conduct business in an ordinary manner within the Phase I Premises; provided, however, “materially impaired” shall not include noise, sound or vibration typically associated with construction, provided that Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to coordinate noisy work with Tenant to the extent reasonably possible so as to minimize disruption to Tenant’s business at the Phase I Premises (but such coordination shall not obligate Landlord to undertake actions that would materially delay Landlord’s construction schedule or materially increase Landlord’s construction costs). If, after the date of Substantial Completion of the Phase I Work, the Phase I Premises is made substantially untenantable or substantially inaccessible as a result of the Phase II Work, Tenant shall be entitled to receive, as Tenant’s sole remedy, an abatement of Monthly Rent (solely with respect to the Phase I Premises) equal to one (1) day of Monthly Rent for each day that both (x) the Phase I Premises remains substantially untenantable or substantially inaccessible, and (y) Tenant does not use the Phase I Premises. In either case, such abatement shall apply to the Monthly Rent that first becomes payable from and after the Lease Commencement Date.

D. Landlord shall cause Substantial Completion of the Phase II Work to occur by February 24, 2021 (subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 1.1.4 below, the “Expected Phase II Delivery Date”). If the Phase II Work would interfere with Tenant’s access to or use of the Parking Areas, Landlord shall provide for convenient alternate parking, including valet drop off and pickup at the Building, at Landlord’s sole cost. Any Phase II Work that would result in the interruption of utilities at the Phase I Premises shall be coordinated with Tenant at least twenty-four hours in advance, provided that if such work would cause a material interference with Tenant’s use of the Phase I Premises, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to perform such work after Tenant’s business hours. If such work cannot be performed after Tenant’s business hours and as a result of such work performed during Tenant’s business hours, Tenant’s utilities at the Phase I Premises are disrupted during Tenant’s business hours for more than one hour, and such disruption renders it unreasonably difficult to conduct business in an ordinary manner, then Tenant shall be entitled to receive, as Tenant’s sole remedy, an abatement of Monthly Rent (solely with respect to the Phase I Premises) equal to one (1) day of Monthly Rent for each day that Tenant’s utilities are so interrupted. Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing when Landlord deems the Phase II Work to be Substantially Complete, and within three (3) Business Days following Tenant’s receipt of such notice, Landlord and Tenant shall inspect the Phase II Premises in order to confirm such Substantial Completion (the “Phase II Walkthrough”). Promptly following the Phase II Walkthrough, the parties shall either confirm the Substantial Completion of the Phase II Work (subject to Punch List Items), or otherwise acknowledge that the Phase II Work has not been Substantially Completed. The foregoing process shall be repeated until Substantial Completion has occurred and has been mutually acknowledged in writing. If the parties are unable to mutually agree in writing, the matter shall be referred to a third party impartial architect mutually agreed to by Landlord and Tenant, whose fee shall be split equally between Landlord and Tenant and whose determination of Substantial Completion shall be binding upon the parties, absent manifest error. In the event that the Phase II Commencement Date does not occur by the Expected Phase II Delivery Date, Tenant shall have the right as its sole legal and equitable remedy (other than the Phase II Late Delivery Termination Option pursuant to the terms set forth herein), to a credit against payment of Base Rent (solely with respect to the Phase II Premises) equal to (x) one (1) day’s abatement in Base Rent for every day after the Expected Phase II Delivery Date and before the earlier of (A) the day which is seventy-six (76) days after the Expected Phase II Delivery Date (subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 1.1.4 below, the “Late Phase II Delivery Date”), or (B) the Phase II Commencement Date, and (y) two (2) days’ abatement in Base Rent for every day on and after the Late Phase II Delivery Date and before the Phase II

 

8


Commencement Date, which abatement shall be applied against Base Rent first coming due hereunder (solely with respect to the Phase II Premises) until exhausted. In the event that the Phase II Commencement Date does not occur by the day which is three hundred and sixty-five (365) days after the Expected Phase II Delivery Date (subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 1.1.4 below, the “Phase II Outside Date”), Tenant shall have the option (the “Phase II Late Delivery Termination Option”) to deliver notice to Landlord at any time prior to the Phase II Commencement Date (“Phase II Delay Termination Notice”) of Tenant’s election to terminate this Lease with respect to the entire Premises, or, in Tenant’s sole discretion, solely with respect to the Phase II Premises effective upon the date which is thirty (30) days after delivery of the notice (“Phase II Delay Notice Termination Date”). In the event of such termination, (i) this Lease shall terminate on the Phase II Delay Notice Termination Date with respect to the entire Premises or solely the Phase II Premises, as applicable, (ii) Landlord and Tenant shall each be relieved from any further liability to each other resulting under this Lease (with respect to the entire Premises or solely the Phase II Premises, as applicable), and (iii) Landlord shall reimburse Tenant’s actual documented, reasonable, third-party out-of-pocket design, architectural, engineering and other associated costs (excluding legal costs) related exclusively to the design and build out of the entire Premises or the Phase II Premises, as applicable (with respect to the Phase I Premises, such reimbursement shall be limited to the unamortized portion of such costs). For the avoidance of doubt, if the Lease is validly terminated solely with respect to the Phase II Premises pursuant to the Phase II Late Delivery Termination Option, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect with respect to the Phase I Premises, and any prepaid Rent for the Phase II Premises shall be returned to Tenant. Except for the abatement, termination, and self-help remedies expressly set forth in this Section 1.1.2.D, Landlord shall not under any circumstances be subject to any liability whatsoever to Tenant, and Tenant shall not under any circumstances be entitled to rescind or terminate this Lease, for any delay in Landlord’s delivery of the Phase II Premises to Tenant (including, without limitation, any delay in Substantial Completion the Phase II Work).

If Substantial Completion of the Phase II Work has not occurred by the Phase II Outside Date, then Tenant shall alternatively have the right, at its option using its sole and absolute discretion, to accept possession of the Phase II Premises and cause Tenant’s contractor to complete the Phase II Work on Landlord’s behalf. If Tenant elects to complete the Phase II Work on Landlord’s behalf, then Tenant shall be entitled to deduct from the Monthly Rent the actual cost of such work (except to the extent such costs would be considered an Over Allowance Amount), plus a fee for Tenant’s oversight and coordination thereof equal to five percent (5%) of such cost.

E. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 1.1.2, Landlord hereby covenants that, (i) on the date of Substantial Completion of the Phase I Work the Phase I Premises, and, (ii) on the date of Substantial Completion of the Phase II Work the Phase II Premises, shall be vacant and broom-clean, with its roof and windows watertight, and Landlord’s Work with respect to the Phase I Premises or Phase II Premises (as applicable), the Tenant Improvements with respect to the Phase I Premises or Phase II Premises (as applicable), the roof and the “Base Building” (as defined below) of the Phase I Premises or the Phase II Premises (as applicable), as well as the Property (including, without limitation the parking, landscaping [for the avoidance of doubt, with respect to the condition of landscaping at the time of delivery of the Phase I Premises, landscaping will not be installed where there is risk that construction of the Phase II Premises will adversely affect such landscaping, but the installed landscaping shall be in a condition such as to be consistent with the overall quality of the Property and Landlord shall diligently pursue installation of all landscaping such that all landscaping is completely installed at the time of delivery of the Phase II Premises; the locations where landscaping will be installed at the time of delivery of the Phase I Premises are shown on Exhibit E (the “Phase I Landscaping”)], and Common Areas, collectively the “Campus”) shall be in good condition and repair, and the Phase I Premises or Phase II Premises (as applicable) shall otherwise be in compliance with all Applicable Laws (provided, however, that the issuance of a temporary or permanent certificate of occupancy or final sign off on the job card upon Substantial Completion of the Phase I Work and/or the Phase II Work (as applicable) shall be deemed

 

9


conclusive evidence of compliance with Applicable Laws) (collectively, the “Required Delivery Condition”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that upon Substantial Completion of the Phase I Work, elements of the Campus will still be under construction in connection with the Phase II Work and, so long as the Phase I Landscaping is installed and the Parking Areas satisfy the Valet Parking Limit, such ongoing construction shall not prevent the Required Delivery Condition from being satisfied with respect to the Phase I Premises. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 1.1.2 (including, without limitation, Landlord’s obligation to correct latent defects (as set forth above) and other deficiencies of which Landlord has notice (as provided in the last sentence of this paragraph)), mutual agreement by Landlord and Tenant that the Phase I Work or the Phase II Work (as applicable) has been Substantially Completed (or the determination thereof by an impartial third party architect, if applicable, all as further set forth in Sections 1.1.2.B and 1.1.2.D above), shall conclusively establish that the Phase I Premises or the Phase II Premises (as applicable) and its Base Building were in the Required Delivery Condition. If it is determined during the Phase I Walkthrough or the Phase II Walkthrough (as applicable) that either the Phase I Premises or the Phase II Premises (as applicable), its Base Building, or the applicable portions of the Campus were not in the Required Delivery Condition on the applicable date (subject to Punch List Items), the validity of this Lease shall not be affected or impaired thereby, Landlord shall not be in default under the terms of this Lease or be liable to Tenant for any damages therefor, but Landlord, at no cost to Tenant (except for Tenant’s obligation to pay the Over Allowance Amount), shall promptly perform such work or take such other action as may be necessary to place the same in the Required Delivery Condition and Tenant shall be entitled to exercise its remedies for delayed delivery as set forth above. Except for Landlord’s obligation to correct latent defects as provided in Section 1.1.2.A, if it is determined subsequent to the Phase I Walkthrough or the Phase II Walkthrough (as applicable) that either the Phase I Premises or the Phase II Premises (as applicable), its Base Building, or the applicable portions of the Campus were not (despite the previous determination) in fact in the Required Delivery Condition on the applicable date, the validity of this Lease shall not be affected or impaired thereby, Landlord shall not be in default under the terms of this Lease or be liable to Tenant for any damages therefor, nor shall Tenant be permitted to reject delivery or nullify delivery or acceptance of the Phase I Premises or the Phase II Premises or be entitled to abatement of any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, but as Tenant’s sole remedy, Landlord, at no cost to Tenant (except for Tenant’s obligation to pay the Over Allowance Amount), shall promptly perform such work or take such other action as may be necessary to place the same in the Required Delivery Condition; provided, however, if Tenant does not give Landlord notice of any deficiency in the Required Delivery Condition within ninety (90) days following (A) the date of Substantial Completion of the Phase I Work with respect to the Phase I Premises, or (B) the date of Substantial Completion of the Phase II Work with respect to the Phase II Premises, correction of such deficiency shall be governed by the parties’ respective maintenance and repair obligations set forth in Article 7 below. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, for the avoidance of doubt, the Required Delivery Condition shall not be deemed to include any health or other operational permits required for Tenant’s test kitchen (if any) or the completion of any of Landlord’s Work associated with such test kitchen to the extent such work is to be performed by Landlord at Tenant’s cost under the Base, Shell and Core Description (as hereinafter defined).

F. In accordance with California Civil Code §1938, Landlord hereby advises Tenant that the Premises has not been inspected by a Certified Access Specialist. “A Certified Access Specialist (CASp) can inspect the subject premises and determine whether the subject premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under state law. Although state law does not require a CASp inspection of the subject premises, the commercial property owner or lessor may not prohibit the lessee or tenant from obtaining a CASp inspection of the subject premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of the lessee or tenant, if requested by the lessee or tenant. The parties shall mutually agree on the arrangements for the time and manner of the CASp inspection, the payment of the fee for the CASp inspection, and the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the premises.” Therefore and notwithstanding anything to the contrary

 

10


contained in this Lease, Landlord and Tenant agree that (a) Tenant may, at its option and at its sole cost, cause a CASp to inspect the Premises and determine whether the Premises complies with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under California law, (b) the parties shall mutually coordinate and reasonably approve of the timing of any such CASp inspection so that Landlord may, at its option, have a representative present during such inspection, and (c) to the extent such repairs are not Landlord’s responsibility pursuant to the Required Delivery Condition or elsewhere in this Lease and are Tenant’s responsibility under Section 25.1, Tenant shall be solely responsible for the cost of any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the Premises, in the Building or at the Property identified by any such CASp inspection, any and all such alterations and repairs within the Premises to be performed by Tenant in accordance with Article 8 of this Lease and if any such alterations and repairs for which Tenant is responsible hereunder are required to be made to other portions of the Building or the Property as a result of Tenant’s CASp inspection then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s written demand with reasonable backup documentation therefor, as Additional Rent, for the reasonable cost to Landlord of performing such alterations and repairs.

1.1.3 For purposes of this Lease, the “Base Building Systems” means the Building’s heating, ventilation and air-conditioning (“Base Building HVAC”) equipment, and Base Building electrical, mechanical, plumbing and fire/life-safety systems located in or on (a) the Phase I Premises on the Lease Commencement Date, or (b) the Phase II Premises on the Phase II Commencement Date, that serve the Premises generally (but excluding those systems and the portions of such systems that may thereafter be installed by Tenant or any transferee of Tenant, collectively, “Tenant’s Building Systems”); and the “Base Building” means the structural portions of the Building and Base Building Systems.

1.1.4 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Expected Delivery Date, the Expected Phase II Delivery Date, the Late Delivery Date, the Late Phase II Delivery Date, the Phase I Outside Date and the Phase II Outside Date shall all be extended by one (1) day for each day that the Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work and the Tenant Improvements with respect to the Phase I Premises or the Phase II Premises (as applicable) is delayed as a proximate, direct or total result of Force Majeure (as hereinafter defined, provided in no event shall the Expected Delivery Date, the Expected Phase II Delivery Date, the Late Delivery Date, the Late Phase II Delivery Date, the Phase I Outside Date or the Phase II Outside Date be delayed more than ninety (90) days by reason of Force Majeure) or Tenant Delays (as such term is defined in Exhibit B). In order to claim a Force Majeure delay hereunder, Landlord must give Tenant written notice (or Email Notice) of such delay within five (5) Business Days after the beginning of such delaying condition (or a potential delaying condition).

In the event Tenant does not obtain all applicable permits for the Approved Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements with respect to the Phase I Premises or the Phase II Premises (as applicable) within the one hundred fifteen (115) day time period set forth in Section 1.4 of the Tenant Work Letter, then (a) the Expected Delivery Date, the Expected Phase II Delivery Date, the Phase I Outside Date and the Phase II Outside Date (each as applicable) shall all be extended by one (1) day for each day of delay beyond one hundred fifteen (115) days, and (b) the Late Delivery Date and the Late Phase II Delivery Date (each as applicable), shall each be extended by two (2) days from the original date (i.e., without regard to the extension of the dates in (a) above) for each day of delay beyond one hundred fifteen (115) days. For example, with respect to Phase I, if Tenant does not obtain the applicable permits until one hundred twenty (120) days after the date that Landlord approves the Working Drawings for the Phase I Premises (i.e., the permits are five (5) days late), then the Expected Delivery Date and the Phase I Outside Date shall each be extended by five (5) days and the Late Delivery Date will be extended ten (10) days to be eighty-six (86) days after the original Expected Delivery Date.

 

11


1.1.5 Tenant agrees that it will observe all reasonable and non-discriminatory rules and regulations which Landlord may make from time to time (upon no less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Tenant) for the safety and care of the Property which are customary for similar projects, including the care and cleanliness of the grounds and including the parking, loading and unloading of vehicles, provided Landlord agrees that the rules and regulations shall not be changed, revised or enforced, nor modified or added to by Landlord in such a way as to materially interfere with Tenant’s Permitted Use set forth in the Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, in the event of a conflict between Landlord’s rules and regulations and the terms of this Lease, the terms of this Lease will control.

1.2 Common Areas. So long as this Lease is in effect, Tenant shall comply with any reciprocal easement agreement, transportation management agreement, cost-sharing agreement or other covenant, condition, restriction or similar instrument affecting the Property, whether now or hereafter in effect (the “Underlying Documents”), including any rules, regulations, guidelines, criteria and restrictions contained therein, and all Applicable Laws to the extent such compliance is Tenant’s responsibility pursuant to Section 25.1 (collectively, the “Restrictions”). Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that, to Landlord’s actual knowledge, as of the date of this Lease, the Underlying Documents do not conflict with this Lease, or interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use, or materially adversely decrease Tenant’s rights hereunder, or materially adversely increase Tenant’s obligations hereunder. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event of any conflict between the terms and provisions of any Underlying Documents and the terms and provisions of this Lease, as between Landlord and Tenant, the terms and provisions of this Lease shall govern and control. Landlord shall perform all of its obligations pursuant to Underlying Documents, and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all other parties to such Underlying Documents to perform their obligations thereunder, to the extent necessary to avoid (i) any interference with Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use, or (ii) any decrease in Tenant’s rights, or increase in Tenant’s obligations, under this Lease.

The manner in which the Common Areas are maintained and operated shall be at the reasonable discretion of Landlord, provided Landlord shall at all times maintain and operate the Common Areas in a first-class manner consistent with other Class A creative office properties in West Los Angeles. Landlord reserves the right to close temporarily, and make alterations or additions to, or change the location of elements of the Property (excluding the Premises), including the Common Areas, provided that Landlord shall not make any changes to the Property or the Common Areas that would materially adversely affect Tenant’s use of or access to and from the Premises, or materially increase any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Except as expressly provided in this Lease, any inconvenience suffered by Tenant in connection therewith shall not subject Landlord to any liability for any loss or damage resulting therefrom, constitute a constructive eviction, or entitle Tenant to terminate this Lease or to any abatement of Rent. The “Common Areas” shall mean the areas and facilities within the Property now or hereafter provided and designated by Landlord for the general use, convenience or benefit of Tenant, Landlord and other tenants and occupants of the Property (e.g., amenity areas, parking areas, walkways, traffic aisles and access ways).

1.3 Access. Subject to emergencies, “Casualty”, “Takings” and “Force Majeure” (as these terms are defined below), during the Lease Term Tenant shall have access to the Premises (except that access to the Phase II Premises shall be restricted as set forth herein until the Substantial Completion of the Phase II Work) and the Parking Areas (as hereinafter defined) twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days per week, subject to compliance with Applicable Laws.

1.4 Roof Rights. During the Lease Term, provided that Tenant does not exercise the Phase II Late Delivery Termination Option, Tenant shall have the exclusive right to use the Roof Deck, for any use permitted under the Permitted Use, subject to Applicable Laws. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, the Roof Deck shall not be included in the rentable square footage of the Premises for the purpose of determining Monthly Rent.

 

12


ARTICLE 2

LEASE TERM

2.1 Lease Term.

2.1.1 The Lease Term shall commence on the Lease Commencement Date and, unless sooner terminated or extended as herein provided, shall expire on the Lease Expiration Date specified in the Summary.

2.1.2 At any time(s) during the Lease Term, Landlord may deliver to Tenant a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit C to this Lease, as a confirmation of the information set forth therein, which Tenant shall execute and return to Landlord within ten (10) business days of receipt thereof.

2.1.3 For the avoidance of doubt, prior to the Phase II Commencement Date, Tenant shall not be obligated to comply with the Monthly Rent, insurance, maintenance, and repair obligations of this Lease with respect to the Phase II Premises.

ARTICLE 3

RENT

Tenant shall pay to Landlord or Landlord’s agent, without prior notice or demand or any setoff or deduction except as expressly provided in this Lease, by a check drawn on a national banking association delivered to Landlord at the address set forth for the payment of rent in the Summary or by ACH or by wire transfer as provided in the Summary, for currency which, at the time of payment, is legal tender for private or public debts in the United States of America, all Base Rent and Additional Rent (collectively, “Rent”). Landlord may change the address or the wiring instructions for the payment of Rent from time to time by written notice delivered to Tenant. As used herein, “Additional Rent” means all amounts, other than Base Rent, that Tenant is required to pay Landlord hereunder. Monthly installments of Base Rent and Estimated Direct Expenses shall be paid in advance on or before the first day of each calendar month during the Lease Term; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, subject to Exhibit D, the Base Rent and Estimated Direct Expenses for the first full calendar month of the Lease Term in which such amounts are payable hereunder for the Phase I Premises shall be paid within ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of notice from Landlord that the Phase I Premises will be Substantially Complete within thirty (30) days after such notice and the Base Rent and the Estimated Direct Expenses for any partial month at the beginning of the Lease Term shall be paid on the Lease Commencement Date. The parties acknowledge that the amount of prepaid Direct Expenses set forth in the Summary is an estimate only, and the actual Direct Expenses owed by Tenant shall be reconciled in accordance with Article 4 below. Except as otherwise provided herein, all other items of Additional Rent shall be paid within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s written request for payment. Base Rent and Estimated Direct Expenses for any partial calendar month shall be prorated on the basis of the actual number of days in the month.

ARTICLE 4

DIRECT EXPENSES

4.1 General Terms. In addition to paying the Base Rent, Tenant shall pay, in accordance with Section 4.4 below, for each “Expense Year” (as defined below), an amount equal to the sum of the following (collectively, “Direct Expenses”): (a) Tenant’s Share of Expenses for such Expense Year that are attributable to the Property, plus (b) Tenant’s Share of “Taxes” (as defined below) for such Expense

 

13


Year, plus (c) a management fee (the “Management Fee”) equal to three percent (3%) of the Rent for such Expense Year. For purposes of calculating the Management Fee payable by Tenant pursuant to this Section 4.1, Rent shall be deemed to include the Base Rent abated pursuant to Exhibit D. If this Lease commences on a day other than the first day of an Expense Year or expires or terminates on a day other than the last day of an Expense Year, Tenant’s payment of the Direct Expenses for the Expense Year in which such commencement, expiration or termination occurs shall be prorated based on the ratio between (i) the number of days in such Expense Year that fall within the Lease Term, and (ii) the total number of days in such Expense Year.

4.2 Definitions of Key Terms Relating to Additional Rent. As used in this Lease, the following terms shall have the meanings hereinafter set forth:

4.2.1 “Expense Year” shall mean each calendar year in which any portion of the Lease Term falls, the parties acknowledging that Tenant’s obligation to pay the Direct Expenses shall begin on the Lease Commencement Date, notwithstanding any later commencement of the payment of Base Rent hereunder as provided in Exhibit D. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that there will be no Direct Expenses due for the Phase II Premises until the Phase II Commencement Date (provided that Tenant, as the sole occupant of the Property, shall be obligated to pay all Taxes on the Property as of the Lease Commencement Date).

4.2.2 Other than Taxes (which are separately defined in Section 4.2.3 below) and excluded expenses as specifically set forth in Section 4.2.4 below, “Expenses” shall mean all reasonable expenses, costs and amounts that Landlord pays or accrues during any Expense Year because of or in connection with the ownership, management, maintenance, security, repair, replacement, restoration or operation of the Property, or any portion thereof, and the supporting facilities; provided, however, that any capital expenditures under sound real estate accounting principles, as such principles are generally applied in the real estate industry for first-class institutional quality office buildings (“GAAP”), shall first be amortized (including reasonable charges for interest on the amortized amount) over the useful life of the item in months (as Landlord shall reasonably determine in accordance with GAAP), and then only that portion of the amortized expenditure allocable to a particular Expense Year shall be included in the Expenses for such Expense Year. Landlord estimates that Tenant’s Share of Expenses (including insurance, but excluding security and parking charges) for the first full Expense Year after both the Phase I Work and Phase II Work are Substantially Complete will be $1.44 per rentable square foot per annum ($0.12 per rentable square foot per month). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that said amount is an estimate only (and that said estimate is inherently subject to a higher degree of uncertainty given the lack of operating history of the Property as intended and uncertainty regarding Tenant’s exact use of the Property) and that Tenant’s actual Share of Expenses may be higher or lower than such estimated amount.

4.2.3 “Taxes” shall mean all federal, state, county or local governmental or municipal taxes, fees, charges, assessments, levies, licenses or other impositions, whether general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, that are paid or accrued during any Expense Year (without regard to any different fiscal year used by such governmental or municipal authority) because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing or operation of any portion of the Property or supporting facilities. Except to the extent excluded below, without limitation of the foregoing, Taxes include any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge based upon a reassessment of the Property or any portion thereof by virtue of a “change in ownership”, and as a result thereof, and to the extent that in connection therewith, the Property is reassessed for real estate tax purposes by the appropriate governmental authority pursuant to the terms of Proposition 13 (as adopted by the voters of the State of California in the June, 1978 election, or any successor statute). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Taxes shall exclude (i) all excess profits taxes, franchise taxes, gift taxes, capital stock taxes, inheritance and succession taxes, estate taxes, federal and state income taxes, and other taxes to the extent applicable to Landlord’s general or net income (as opposed to rents, receipts or income

 

14


attributable to Tenant’s operations at the Property), (ii) any Expenses, and (iii) any items required to be paid directly by Tenant under the terms of this Lease, including under Section 4.5 below. Landlord estimates that Tenant’s Share of Taxes for the first full Expense Year after both the Phase I Work and Phase II Work are Substantially Complete will be $4.56 per rentable square foot per annum ($0.38 per rentable square foot per month). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that said amount is an estimate only and that Tenant’ s actual Share of Taxes may be higher or lower than such estimated amount.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, solely with respect to the initial Lease Term, Taxes shall not include any increases in Taxes (“Prop 13 Increases”) that result from any sale, financing, refinancing, any changes in ownership of the Property, or construction at the Property performed after completion of the initial tenant improvements to the Phase II Premises (other than construction that is performed by Tenant or at Tenant’s request) (“Prop 13 Event”) occurring at any time from the date of this Lease through the end of the initial Lease Term (the “Prop 13 Protection Period”). Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation (the “Prop 13 Credit Option”), in lieu of excluding Prop 13 Increases from Taxes for the then remaining Prop 13 Protection Period, to elect by written notice to Tenant (the “Prop 13 Credit Election Notice”) to disburse to Tenant an amount equal to the Prop 13 Increases that would have otherwise been excluded from Taxes during the Lease Term as specified in the Prop 13 Credit Election Notice, either, at Tenant’s election, in a lump sum on or before the first day of the first calendar month of the period specified in the Prop 13 Credit Election Notice or in monthly installments in an amount equal to the Prop 13 Increases due for each month during the period specified in the Prop 13 Credit Election Notice on or before the first day of each such calendar month. If Landlord exercises the Prop 13 Credit Option, and so long as Landlord disburses said amount(s) as set forth hereinabove, then during the period specified in the Prop 13 Credit Election Notice Prop 13 Increases shall be included in Taxes. This paragraph shall (i) only be applicable during the initial Lease Term, (ii) expire and be of no further force and effect upon expiration of the initial Lease Term, and (iii) shall in no event be applicable to either of the Extension Periods (as hereinafter defined) or any other period of extension mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant beyond the expiration of the initial Lease Term.

4.2.4 Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Expenses” shall not include: (a) depreciation; (b) principal payments of mortgage and other nonoperating debts of Landlord; (c) the cost of repairs or other work to the extent Landlord is reimbursed by insurance or condemnation proceeds, and utility costs for which any tenant directly contracts with the utility provider or for which any tenant is separately metered or submetered and pays Landlord directly; (d) costs in connection with leasing space in the Property, including brokerage commissions, lease concessions, rental abatements and construction allowances granted to specific tenants; (e) costs incurred in connection with the sale, financing or refinancing of any portion of the Property; (f) fines, interest and penalties incurred due to the late payment of Taxes or Expenses, or any failure of Landlord to timely pay any obligation (provided, however, that interest on a government assessment or improvement bond payable in installments shall be includable in Taxes under Section 4.2.3 above); (g) organizational expenses associated with the creation and operation of the entity that constitutes Landlord; (h) any penalties or damages that Landlord pays to Tenant under this Lease or to other tenants in the Property under their respective leases; (i) any bad debt loss, rent loss, or reserves for bad debts or rent loss; (j) costs associated with the operation of the business of the limited liability company or entity that constitutes the Landlord, as the same are distinguished from the costs of operation of the Property; (k) costs to correct violations of, or to comply with, Applicable Laws that exist as of the Effective Date (based on the current interpretation of such Applicable Laws by applicable governmental authorities as of the Effective Date); (l) costs of any charitable or political contributions made by Landlord; (m) costs of capital improvements, except for such costs including interest thereon, as amortized and determined by Landlord in accordance with Section 4.2.2 above, where (1) one of the primary purposes of such capital improvements was to reduce Expenses, (2) such capital improvements are made to comply with the requirements of any Applicable Laws promulgated after the date of this Lease, or (3) such capital improvements are made for the purposes of Building safety and/or security; (n) any ground lease rental; (o)

 

15


rentals for items (except when needed in connection with normal repairs and maintenance of permanent systems) which if purchased, rather than rented, would constitute a capital improvement which is specifically excluded in Subsection (m) above; (p) costs incurred by Landlord for the repair of damage to the Building, to the extent that Landlord is reimbursed by insurance proceeds; (q) costs, including permit, license and inspection costs, incurred with respect to the installation of tenants’ or other occupants’ improvements in the Building or incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating, painting or redecorating vacant space for tenants or other occupants of the Building; (r) depreciation, amortization and interest payments, except as provided herein and except on materials, tools, supplies and vendor-type equipment purchased by Landlord to enable Landlord to supply services Landlord might otherwise contract for with a third party where such depreciation, amortization and interest payments would otherwise have been included in the charge for such third party’s services, all as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, and when depreciation or amortization is permitted or required, the item shall be amortized over its reasonably anticipated useful life; (s) marketing costs including, without limitation, leasing commissions, attorneys’ fees in connection with the negotiation and preparation of letters, deal memos, letters of intent, leases, subleases and/or assignments, space planning costs, and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with lease, sublease and/or assignment negotiations and transactions with present or prospective tenants or other occupants of the Building; (t) expenses in connection with services or other benefits which are not offered to Tenant or for which Tenant is charged for directly but which are provided to another tenant or occupant of the Building; (u) damages incurred by Landlord due to the violation by Landlord or any tenant of the terms and conditions of any lease of space in the Building; (v) overhead and profit increment paid to Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for goods and/or services in or to the Building to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such goods and/or services rendered by unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis; (w) interest, principal, points and fees on debts or amortization on any mortgage or mortgages or any other debt instrument encumbering the Building or the Property (except as permitted in Subsection (m) above); (x) Landlord’s general corporate overhead and general and administrative expenses; (y) intentionally omitted; (z) advertising and promotional expenditures, and costs of signs in or on the Building identifying the owner of the Building or other tenants’ signs; (aa) intentionally omitted; (bb) intentionally omitted; (cc) tax penalties incurred as a result of Landlord’s negligence, inability or unwillingness to make payments and/or to file any tax or informational returns when due; (dd) any administrative fee or management fee other than the Management Fee; (ee) costs arising from the gross negligence or fault of other tenants or Landlord or its agents, or any vendors, contractors, or providers of materials or services selected, hired or engaged by Landlord or its agents including, without limitation, the selection of Building materials; (ff) notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Lease, including, without limitation, any provision relating to capital expenditures, any and all costs arising from the presence of hazardous materials or substances (as defined by Applicable Laws in effect on the date the Lease is executed) in or about the Premises, the Building or the Property including, without limitation, hazardous substances in the ground water or soil, not placed in the Premises, the Building or the Property by Tenant, including without limitation, costs incurred in connection with any environmental clean-up, response action, or remediation on, in, under or about the Premises or the Building, including but not limited to, costs and expenses associated with the defense, administration, settlement, monitoring or management thereof; (gg) costs arising from earthquake, tornado, hurricane, flood, or terrorism insurance; (hh) costs arising from latent defects in the base, shell or core of the Building or improvements installed by Landlord or repair thereof (if identified within the period set forth in Section 1.1.2.A); (ii) intentionally omitted; (jj) costs for sculpture, paintings or other objects of art; (kk) costs (including in connection therewith all attorneys’ fees and costs of settlement judgments and payments in lieu thereof) arising from claims, disputes or potential disputes in connection with potential or actual claims litigation or arbitrations pertaining to Landlord and/or the Building and/or the Property; (ll) costs of defending any lawsuits with any mortgagee (except as the actions of Tenant may be in issue), costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of Landlord’s interest in the Building, costs of any disputes between Landlord and its employees (if any) not engaged in Building operation, disputes of Landlord with Building management, or outside fees paid in connection with disputes with other

 

16


tenants; (mm) costs of any “tap fees” or any sewer or water connection fees for the benefit of any particular tenant in the Building; (nn) any expenses incurred by Landlord for Landlord’s use or any other party’s (excluding Tenant’s) use of any portions of the Building to accommodate events including, but not limited to shows, promotions, kiosks, displays, filming, photography, private events or parties, ceremonies, and advertising beyond the normal expenses otherwise attributable to providing Building services, such as lighting and HVAC to such public portions of the Building in normal Building operations during standard Building hours of operation; (oo) any entertainment, dining or travel expenses for any purpose; (pp) any flowers, gifts, balloons, etc. provided to any entity whatsoever, to include, but not limited to, Tenant, other tenants, employees, vendors, contractors, prospective tenants and agents; (qq) any “validated” parking for any entity; (rr) any “finders fees”, brokerage commissions, job placement costs or job advertising cost, other than with respect to a receptionist or secretary in the Building office, once per year; (ss) any “above-standard” cleaning, including, but not limited to construction clean-up or special cleanings associated with parties/events and specific tenant requirements in excess of service provided to Tenant, including related trash collection, removal, hauling and dumping; (tt) the cost of any magazine, newspaper, trade or other subscriptions; (uu) the cost of any training or incentive programs, other than for tenant life safety information services or programs as required by Applicable Law; (vv) the cost of any “tenant relations” parties, events or promotion not consented to by an authorized representative of Tenant in writing; and (ww) “in-house” legal and/or accounting fees.

Expenses shall be limited to Landlord’s actual, reasonable and substantiated costs for the items set forth in Lease Section 4.2.2, as modified by this Section 4.2.4. All assessments and premiums which are not specifically charged to Tenant because of what Tenant has done, which can be paid by Landlord in installments, shall be paid by Landlord in the maximum number of installments permitted by law and not included as Expenses except in the year in which the assessment or premium installment is actually paid; provided, however, that if the prevailing practice in comparable buildings is to pay such assessments or premiums on an earlier basis, and Landlord pays on such basis, such assessments or premiums shall be included in Expenses as paid by Landlord.

4.2.5 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, for purposes of calculating Expenses, the actual amount of Expenses for each Expense Year after the calendar year 2021 shall not increase by more than five percent (5%) of the amount of Expenses for the previous Expense Year on a cumulative and compounding basis, but excluding from such five percent (5%) limitation all Uncontrollable Expenses. “Uncontrollable Expenses” shall mean Taxes, security, valet parking costs, utility costs and charges (including trash removal costs), and insurance premiums.

4.3 Intentionally Omitted.

4.4 Calculation and Payment of Expenses and Taxes.

4.4.1 Statement of Actual Expenses and Taxes and Payment by Tenant. Landlord shall give to Tenant, within one hundred twenty (120) days following the end of each Expense Year (or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable), a statement (each, a “Statement”) setting forth the actual amount of the Direct Expenses for such Expense Year. Such Statement shall be itemized on a line item by line item general categorical basis, showing the applicable expense for the applicable year and the year prior to the applicable year. If the amount paid by Tenant for such Expense Year pursuant to Section 4.4.2 below is less or more than the actual Direct Expenses for such Expense Year (as such amounts are set forth in the applicable Statement), Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of such underpayment, or receive a credit in the amount of such overpayment, with or against the Rent next due hereunder; provided, however, that if this Lease has expired or been terminated and Tenant has vacated the Premises, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of such underpayment, or Landlord shall pay Tenant the amount of such overpayment (less any Rent due), within thirty (30) days after delivery of the applicable Statement. Any failure of Landlord to

 

17


timely furnish a Statement for any Expense Year shall not preclude Landlord or Tenant from enforcing its rights under this Article 4, provided in no event shall Landlord furnish a Statement more than one (1) year after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. The parties’ obligations under this Section 4.4.1 shall expressly survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term.

4.4.2 Statement of Estimated Expenses and Taxes. In addition and subject to the limitations in Section 4.2.5 above, Landlord shall, within sixty (60) days after the beginning of each Expense Year, give to Tenant, for such Expense Year, a statement (each, an “Estimate Statement”) setting forth Landlord’s reasonable estimate of the Direct Expenses (the “Estimated Direct Expenses”) for such Expense Year. Until a new Estimate Statement is furnished (which Landlord shall have the right to deliver to Tenant at any time upon at least thirty (30) days’ prior notice), Tenant shall pay monthly, with the monthly Base Rent installments, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12th) of the Estimated Direct Expenses set forth in the previous Estimate Statement delivered by Landlord to Tenant. Any failure of Landlord to timely furnish an Estimate Statement for any Expense Year shall not preclude Landlord from enforcing its rights to receive payments and/or to revise any previous Estimate Statement under this Article 4.

4.4.3 Retroactive Adjustment of Taxes. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if after Landlord’s delivery of any Statement, an increase or decrease in Taxes occurs for the applicable Expense Year (whether by reason of reassessment, error, or otherwise), Taxes for such Expense Year shall be retroactively adjusted. If, as a result of such adjustment, it is determined that Tenant has underpaid or overpaid Direct Expenses, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of such underpayment, or receive a credit in the amount of such overpayment, with or against the Rent next due hereunder; provided, however, that if this Lease has expired or terminated and Tenant has vacated the Premises, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of such underpayment, or Landlord shall pay Tenant the amount of such overpayment (less any Rent due), within thirty (30) days after such adjustment is made, provided in no event shall Landlord be entitled to demand the amount of any such underpayment more than one (1) year after the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

4.5 Taxes and Other Charges for Which Tenant Is Directly Responsible.

4.5.1 Tenant shall pay, before delinquency, any taxes levied against Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and other personal property located in or about the Premises (collectively, “Tenant’s Personal Property”).

4.5.2 Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein but subject to the limitations herein on Prop 13 Increases, Tenant shall pay, before delinquency, (a) any rent tax, sales tax, service tax, transfer tax or value added tax, or any other tax respecting the rent or services described herein or otherwise respecting this Lease; (b) taxes assessed upon the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of any portion of the Property; and (c) taxes assessed upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest in the Premises.

4.6 Landlord’s Books and Records. Within one hundred eighty (180) days after receiving any Statement (the “Review Notice Period”), Tenant may give Landlord notice (“Review Notice”) stating that Tenant elects to review Landlord’s calculation of the Direct Expenses for the Expense Year to which such Statement applies and identifying with reasonable specificity the records of Landlord reasonably relating to such matters that Tenant desires to review. Within a reasonable time after receiving a timely Review Notice (and, at Landlord’s option, an executed commercially reasonable confidentiality agreement as described below), Landlord shall make available for inspection at Landlord’s office, or if Landlord’s office is no longer located in Los Angeles, California, at a location reasonably designated by Landlord, copies of such records. Within sixty (60) days after all such records are made available to Tenant (the “Objection

 

18


Period”), Tenant may deliver to Landlord a notice (an “Objection Notice”) stating with reasonable specificity any objections to the Statement, in which event Landlord and Tenant shall work together in good faith to resolve Tenant’s objections. Tenant may not deliver more than one (1) Review Notice with respect to any single Statement. If Tenant fails to give Landlord a Review Notice before the expiration of the Review Notice Period or fails to give Landlord an Objection Notice before the expiration of the Objection Period, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the Statement. The records and any related information obtained from Landlord shall be treated as confidential, by Tenant, its employees, auditors, consultants, and any other parties reviewing the same on behalf of Tenant (collectively, “Tenant’s Auditors”). If, for any Expense Year, Landlord and Tenant determine that the Direct Expenses are less or more than the amount shown on the applicable Statement, Tenant shall receive a credit in the amount of its overpayment against Rent then or next due hereunder, or pay Landlord the amount of its underpayment with the Rent next due hereunder; provided, however, that if this Lease has expired or terminated and Tenant has vacated the Premises, Landlord shall pay Tenant the amount of its overpayment (less any Rent due), or Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of its underpayment, within thirty (30) days after such determination. If Tenant delivers an Objection Notice before the expiration of the Objection Period, but Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree on whether the Direct Expenses are less or more than the amount shown on the applicable Statement, then Landlord and Tenant shall submit Tenant’s objections to an independent certified public accountant reasonably acceptable to both Landlord and Tenant to issue a final and conclusive resolution thereof. Tenant shall pay the cost of such independent certification unless such Statement overstated the amount of the Direct Expenses by more than three percent (3%), in which case Landlord shall bear the cost of such independent certification and also Landlord shall bear or reimburse to Tenant (as applicable) the reasonable cost of Tenant’s Auditors’ review.

ARTICLE 5

USE OF PREMISES

Tenant shall not (a) use the Premises for any improper or objectionable purpose, for any purpose not permitted under Article 25 below, or for any purpose other than the Permitted Use; or (b) do anything in or about the Premises that (i) violates any of the Restrictions, (ii) unreasonably interferes with, injures or annoys other occupants of the Property, or (iii) constitutes a nuisance. Without limiting the foregoing, no portion of the Premises shall be used for any use that, as of the time of the execution hereof, has or could reasonably be expected to have an adverse effect on the Building, the Property, or any portion thereof, or its use, operation or value. Pursuant to the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1997.230 any change in use of the Premises to a use other than the Permitted Use is absolutely prohibited and Landlord shall have no obligation (implied or otherwise) to consent to a change in the Permitted Use. Tenant’s rights and obligations under this Lease and Tenant’s use of the Premises and the Common Areas shall be subject and subordinate to the Underlying Documents.

ARTICLE 6

SERVICES

6.1 Utilities.

6.1.1 Tenant shall promptly pay, as the same become due, all charges for water, gas, electricity, telephone, sewer service, waste pickup and any other utilities, materials and services furnished directly to, or used by, Tenant on or about the Premises during the Lease Term (collectively, “Utilities”). Landlord shall provide separate meters or submeters to measure Tenant’s water, gas and electricity usage from the Premises at Landlord’s sole cost as part of Landlord’s Work. Tenant shall provide janitorial service to the Premises at its sole cost and expense. Subject to the completion of Landlord’s Work, at no time shall use of electricity in the Premises exceed the capacity of existing feeders and risers to, or wiring in, the Premises.

 

 

19


6.1.2 All items delineated in Section 6.1.2.1, Section 6.1.2.2, Section 6.1.2.3 and Section 6.1.2.4 below shall be included in Expenses (in an amount not to exceed Landlord’s actual out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the same [without markup]). Tenant shall have the right, upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to Landlord and payment of all associated termination costs, to cause Landlord to switch the provider of the services delineated in Section 6.1.2.1, Section 6.1.2.2, Section 6.1.2.3 and Section 6.1.2.4 to a provider of Tenant’s choosing. In addition, if and so long as Tenant is the sole tenant of the Property, all such services shall be increased or reduced at Tenant’s request.

6.1.2.1 Landlord shall provide landscaping and lighting of the outdoor areas of the Property consistent with the quality of landscaping and lighting for other comparable Class A creative office properties in the West Los Angeles area;

6.1.2.2 Landlord shall provide security services as mutually agreed to with Tenant which may be adjusted from time to time as reasonably required by Tenant, but in no event less than the quality and quantity of such services provided for other comparable Class A creative office properties in the West Los Angeles area. Subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval, Tenant shall be entitled, at its sole cost, to install its own security systems for the Premises, which shall not interfere with the Building Systems; and

6.1.2.3 As further set forth in Article 29 below, Landlord shall provide valet parking services for Tenant’s exclusive use (which exclusivity shall be contingent on Tenant paying one hundred percent (100%) of the associated costs for such services and Tenant being the only tenant of the Property) (“Valet Parking”). In no event shall more than ninety-eight (98) vehicles (the “Valet Parking Limit”) use the Valet Parking at any one time; provided, however, the Valet Parking Limit shall be increased to one hundred eighty-three (183) vehicles on the Phase II Commencement Date. Landlord’s proposed parking plan as of the date of this Lease is attached hereto as Exhibit F, and is subject to any changes required by the permitting process, provided that Landlord shall always provide Tenant with the Valet Parking Limit. In the event the Parking Areas include tandem spaces, Tenant shall be responsible for parking cars in such spaces subject to valet assistance and coordination of tandem logistics, and such cars parking in the tandem spaces shall count toward the Valet Parking Limit. In the event the Parking Areas (as hereinafter defined) are capable of handling more than the Valet Parking Limit, such additional parking is not designated by Landlord for the use of another tenant of the Phase II Premises (due to Tenant’s valid exercise of the Phase II Late Delivery Termination Option and Landlord’s subsequent leasing of such space), and Landlord receives a bonafide offer from a third party to lease such spaces, Tenant shall have a right of first refusal to match the terms of the offer for such additional parking. If Tenant declines to match the terms of said offer within ten (10) days after Landlord’s notice thereof, Landlord shall be free to Lease such spaces to any party on substantially similar terms (including to the party referenced in the offer on the terms specified therein). In the event of a conflict between this Section 6.1.2.3 and Article 29, Article 29 shall prevail.

6.1.2.4 Landlord shall be responsible for all pest control (including, without limitation, maintaining a service contract with a reputable contractor for preventative termite treatments for the exposed wood), and for all waste and trash removal and disposal from the Property.

6.1.3 If electricity, natural gas or similar energy is separately metered for Tenant’s use at the Premises and Tenant contracts directly for service from an Energy Provider (defined hereinafter), then Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to provide Landlord with copies of bills from electricity, natural gas or similar energy providers (collectively, “Energy Providers”) that Tenant receives directly

 

20


from Energy Providers relating to Tenant’s energy use at the Premises (“Energy Bills”), to the extent such Energy Bills are readily available, within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s written request, or at Tenant’s election, Tenant may authorize Landlord to obtain copies of the Energy Bills directly from the Energy Provider(s). The information provided by the Energy Providers shall be used by Landlord in connection with Landlord’s on-going energy and environmental conservation initiatives and/or as required by laws or regulations, if any, requiring landlords to report energy benchmark information for the Building or otherwise pertaining to any such energy or conservation initiatives or programs. The terms of this Section 6.1.3 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

6.2 Interruption of Use. No interruption or cessation of Utilities (a “Service Interruption”) resulting from Force Majeure, shall render Landlord liable for damages to either person or property or for interruption of, or loss to, Tenant’s business, or be construed as an eviction of Tenant, nor does any Service Interruption give Tenant the right to abate any portion of Rent or relieve Tenant from fulfillment of any covenant or agreement hereof; provided, however, that if the Premises, or a material portion thereof, is made untenantable or inaccessible for more than three (3) consecutive Business Days after notice from Tenant to Landlord (“Eligibility Period”) as a result of any Service Interruption that is specific to the Building or the Property (as opposed to a Service Interruption that extends beyond the Building or the Property), or that is the result of the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, then Tenant, as its sole remedy, but subject to Article 11 below, which shall govern in the event of a “Casualty” (as defined below), shall be entitled to receive an abatement of “Monthly Rent” as (defined below) payable hereunder for the period beginning on the fourth (4th) consecutive Business Day of such Service Interruption and ending on the day the service is restored. If such a Service Interruption renders less than the entire Premises untenantable or inaccessible, the amount of Monthly Rent abated shall be prorated in proportion to the percentage of the rentable square footage of the Premises that is rendered untenantable or inaccessible; provided, however, in the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, a portion of the Premises for a period of time in excess of the Eligibility Period and the remaining portion of the Premises is not sufficient to allow Tenant to effectively conduct its business therein, and if Tenant does not conduct its business from such remaining portion, then for such time after expiration of the Eligibility Period during which Tenant is so prevented from effectively conducting its business therein, the Monthly Rent shall be abated entirely for such time as Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises. If, however, Tenant reoccupies any portion of the Premises during such period for the conduct of its business, the Monthly Rent allocable to such reoccupied portion, based on the proportion that the rentable square footage of such reoccupied portion of the Premises bears to the total rentable square footage of the Premises, shall be payable by Tenant from the date Tenant reoccupies such portion of the Premises for the conduct of its business. As used in this Lease, “Monthly Rent” means the sum of Tenant’s monthly payments of Base Rent and Estimated Direct Expenses.

In addition, in the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or any material portion thereof (meaning greater than 10% of the rentable square footage), for the Eligibility Period as a result of (a) any damage or destruction to the Premises, the Parking Areas and/or the Building, (b) subject to Section 1.1.2.C, any repair, maintenance or alteration performed by Landlord after the Lease Commencement Date or Phase II Commencement Date (as applicable) and required or permitted by the Lease, which substantially interferes with Tenant’s use of the Premises, the Parking Areas and/or the Building, (c) any failure by Landlord to provide Tenant with services or access to the Premises, the Parking Areas and/or the Building, (d) because of an eminent domain proceeding, or (e) because of the presence of Hazardous Substances in, on or around the Premises, the Building or the Property which could pose a health risk to occupants of the Premises and which was not caused by any Tenant Party, then, as Tenant’s sole remedy, Monthly Rent shall be abated after expiration of the Eligibility Period for such time that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or any material portion thereof, in the proportion that the rentable area of the portion of the Premises that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, bears to the total rentable area of the Premises (such period of time that Monthly Rent is

 

21


abated being the “Loss of Use Abatement Period”). If Tenant’s right to abatement pursuant to the paragraph above or this paragraph occurs during an Abatement Period (as defined in Exhibit D), such Abatement Period shall be extended for the number of days that the such abatement period overlapped the Abatement Period (“Overlap Period”). To the extent Tenant is entitled to abatement without regard to the Eligibility Period, because of an event covered by Article 11 or Article 13, then the Eligibility Period shall not be applicable.

ARTICLE 7

MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS

7.1 Tenant’s Obligations.

7.1.1 Tenant shall, at its expense, perform all non-structural maintenance and repairs (including replacements) to the Premises (including the Roof Deck) that are not Landlord’s express responsibility hereunder, ordinary, extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen, and keep the Premises in good condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear and damage from Casualty excepted (collectively, “Tenant’s Repair Obligations”). Tenant’s Repair Obligations shall include: (a) floor coverings; (b) interior partitions; (c) doors; (d) the interior side of demising walls; and (e) the Tenant’s Building Systems. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall be solely responsible for all maintenance, repair and replacement of Tenant’s Building Systems.

7.1.2 Intentionally omitted.

7.1.3 If Tenant fails to perform any of Tenant’s Repair Obligations with diligence after notice and demand from Landlord (or in the event of an emergency posing an imminent threat to person or property), then Landlord may, but need not, perform such maintenance, repairs and replacements in which event Tenant shall pay Landlord the reasonable out-of-pocket cost of such work, plus a fee for Landlord’s oversight and coordination of such work equal to five percent (5%) of its cost, within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s request for payment, together with reasonable supporting documentation.

7.2 Landlord’s Obligations.

7.2.1 Landlord shall maintain, repair and replace the following items (“Landlord’s Repair Obligations”, the cost of which shall be includable in Expenses to the extent permitted under Article 4 above): (a) the Base Building Systems; (b) the structural portions of the Building, including the roof, the roof membrane, and sky lights, the foundation, the footings, the floor slab, and the load bearing walls and exterior walls of the Building (excluding any glass); and (c) the Common Areas, including the amenity areas, parking areas, pavement, landscaping, sprinkler systems, sidewalks, driveways, curbs, lighting systems, fencing and other facilities, systems, equipment and improvements in the Common Areas. Landlord’s Repair Obligations also include the routine repair and maintenance of the load bearing and exterior walls of the Building, including any painting, sealing, patching and waterproofing of such walls.

7.2.2 Notwithstanding Section 10.5 below, if any Landlord Repair Obligation or any repair or maintenance obligation set forth in Section 7.2.1 above is made necessary by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any “Tenant Party”, Tenant shall pay the cost of such work, plus a fee for Landlord’s oversight and coordination of such work equal to five percent (5%) of its cost, within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s request for payment, together with reasonable supporting documentation; provided, however, that if such work is covered by Landlord’s insurance (or the insurance required to be carried by Landlord hereunder), Tenant shall only be obligated to pay any commercially reasonable deductible in connection therewith.

 

22


7.3 Waiver. Tenant hereby waives any rights under subsection 1 of Section 1932 and Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code or under any similar Applicable Law.

ARTICLE 8

ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

8.1 Landlord’s Consent to Alterations. Except as expressly provided herein, Tenant may not make any improvements, alterations, additions or changes to the Premises or to any Base Building Systems serving the Premises (“Alteration(s)”) without Landlord’s prior consent, which consent shall be requested by Tenant not less than seven (7) Business Days before commencement of work. Such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided that it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any Alteration that would materially adversely affect the Base Building. For the sake of clarity, the Tenant Improvements constructed pursuant to the Tenant Work Letter will not be deemed to be “Alterations”. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Landlord’s consent shall be deemed given with respect to all Alterations proposed unless a Design Problem (as hereinafter defined) exists. A “Design Problem” is defined as, and will be deemed to exist if the improvement will (a) materially adversely affect the structure of the Building; (b) materially adversely affect the Base Building Systems; (c) fail to comply with Applicable Laws; or (d) would materially reduce the rentable square footage of the Premises.

8.2 Manner of Construction. Prior to commencing any structural Alterations or Alterations which would materially adversely impact the Base Building Systems, Tenant shall submit to Landlord the full and complete plans and specifications of such Alterations in AutoCAD or PDF formats (the “Alteration Plans”) and no work covered by the Alteration Plans shall be commenced until Landlord has given its approval thereof and of the general contractor performing such Alterations, which approvals shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Landlord shall not charge any plan review fees provided Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the reasonable out-of-pocket architectural and engineering fees for review of Tenant’s Alteration Plans (which out-of-pocket costs shall not exceed $2,000 with respect to any single instance of Alterations proposed by Tenant). Landlord’s right to review the Alteration Plans shall be for its sole purpose and shall not imply Landlord’s actual review of Tenant’s Alteration Plans or obligate Landlord to review the same, nor shall any review of Tenant’s Alteration Plans obligate Landlord to review the same for quality, design, compliance with the Underlying Documents or Applicable Laws or other like matters. Prior to commencing any Alterations, Tenant shall also deliver to Landlord each of the following items (to the extent applicable): all permits, authorizations and approvals required for such Alterations (including any authorizations and approvals required pursuant to the Underlying Documents); and evidence of the insurance required under Section 8.3 below. Tenant shall perform all Alterations at its sole cost and expense, in a good and workmanlike manner, using materials of good quality, and, as applicable, in conformance with the Alteration Plans approved by Landlord, Code and other Restrictions, including the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, and any applicable rules and regulations. Tenant shall ensure that no Alterations materially adversely impair any Base Building Systems or Landlord’s ability to perform its obligations under this Lease. In no event shall Tenant or Tenant’s contractor be required to pay a construction deposit of any kind or provide any completion bond, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, the exhibits to this Lease, or any other document, including, without limitation, any tenant manual or any construction rules and regulations. Promptly after completion of any Alterations, Tenant shall (a) cause a Notice of Completion to be recorded in the office of the recorder of the county in which the Building is located in accordance with Section 8182 of the Civil Code of the State of California or any successor Applicable Law, (b) furnish Landlord with a general contractor’s affidavit and a full and final lien release from Tenant’s general contractor, and (c) cause Tenant’s architect and contractor to (i) update any Alteration Plans as necessary to reflect all changes to the Alteration Plans during the course of construction of the Alterations, (ii) certify to their actual knowledge that the “record-set” of as-built drawings is true and correct, and (iii) deliver to Landlord the as-built drawings in AutoCAD or PDF formats.

 

23


8.3 Construction Insurance. All Alterations shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to Section 10.3 below immediately upon completion thereof.

8.4 Landlord’s Property. All Alterations shall be and remain the property of Tenant until expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, at which time they shall become the property of Landlord, without compensation to Tenant. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, Tenant shall remain obligated to remove Hazardous Substances which are Tenant’s responsibility to remove under Section 25.2 of this Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant shall have no obligation to remove the Tenant Improvements, any Alterations, signage or cabling at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE 9

COVENANT AGAINST LIENS

Tenant shall keep the Property, including the Building and Premises free from any liens or encumbrances arising out of any work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by or on behalf of Tenant (excluding Landlord’s Work and the Tenant Improvements). Tenant shall give Landlord notice at least ten (10) days before commencing any such work on the Premises (or such additional time as may be necessary under Applicable Laws) to afford Landlord the opportunity of posting and recording appropriate notices of nonresponsibility. Tenant shall remove any such lien or encumbrance by bond or otherwise within thirty (30) days after notice by Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may pay the amount necessary to remove such lien or encumbrance, without responsibility for investigating the validity thereof. The amount so paid shall be reimbursed by Tenant, as Additional Rent, within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s written demand with reasonable backup documentation therefor, without limiting other remedies available to Landlord under this Lease. Nothing in this Lease shall authorize Tenant to cause or permit any lien or encumbrance to affect Landlord’s interest in the Property or any portion thereof, and any lien or encumbrance created by, through or under Tenant shall attach to Tenant’s interest only.

ARTICLE 10

INDEMNIFICATION; INSURANCE; WAIVERS

10.1 Indemnification. In addition to Tenant’s other indemnification obligations, but subject to Landlord’s waivers, releases and agreements in this Article 10 and elsewhere in this Lease, to the fullest extent allowable under Applicable Law, Tenant shall indemnify, defend (with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord, provided counsel retained or appointed by Tenant’s insurer shall be deemed acceptable to Landlord), protect, and hold harmless the “Landlord Parties” (as defined below) from any and all third-party obligations, claims, actions, demands, liabilities, damages, costs, penalties, forfeitures, losses, costs or expenses, including without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, consultants’ fees and expenses and the costs and expenses of enforcing any indemnification, defense or hold harmless obligation hereunder (collectively, “Claims”) suffered or imposed upon or asserted against any “Landlord Party” (as defined below) in connection with or arising from (a) any accident, bodily injury, occurrence or damage in, on or about the Premises, (b) the occupancy of the Premises or use of the Common Areas by Tenant or any person claiming by, through or under Tenant, (c) any negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or of any person claiming by, through or under Tenant, or any of their respective directors, shareholders, members, partners, officers, contractors, subcontractors, agents, employees, invitees or licensees, or any subtenant of Tenant (including Tenant, each, a “Tenant Party” and, collectively, “Tenant Parties”), or (d) any breach or default by Tenant of any representation, covenant or other term contained in this Lease, whether occurring before, during, or after the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no indemnity obligations under this Section 10.1 to the extent (i) the Claim

 

24


arises from the negligence or willful misconduct of a Landlord Party, (ii) the Claim arises from Landlord’s breach of any of its obligations under this Lease, or (iii) such obligations are prohibited by Applicable Law. For purposes of this Lease “Landlord Parties” shall mean and include Landlord, its property managers and “Security Holders” (as defined below) and their respective partners, members, directors, officers, agents, employees, independent contractors, licensees and invitees, and “Landlord Party” shall mean any one of the foregoing.

To the fullest extent allowable under Applicable Law, Landlord shall indemnify, defend (with counsel reasonably acceptable to Tenant), protect, and hold harmless the “Tenant Parties” (as defined above) from any and all Claims suffered or imposed upon or asserted against any “Tenant Party” in connection with or arising from (a) any negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Party, or (b) any breach or default by Landlord of any representation, covenant or other term contained in this Lease, whether occurring before, during, or after the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall have no indemnity obligations under this Section 10.1 to the extent (i) the Claim arises from the negligence or willful misconduct of a Tenant Party, (ii) the Claim arises from Tenant’s breach of any of its obligations under this Lease, or (iii) such obligations are prohibited by Applicable Law.

10.2 Tenant’s Compliance With Landlord’s Fire and Casualty Insurance. Tenant shall not cause or permit any action or condition that would (a) invalidate or conflict with Landlord’s insurance policies, (b) violate applicable rules, regulations and guidelines of the fire department, fire insurance rating organization or any other authority having jurisdiction over the Building or the Property, or (c) result in Landlord’s insurance companies’ refusing to insure the Building or the Property or any property therein in amounts and against risks as reasonably determined by Landlord. To Landlord’s knowledge, Landlord represents and warrants that Tenant’s operation for the Permitted Use will not invalidate or conflict with Landlord’s insurance policies or cause Landlord’s insurance companies to refuse to insure the Building or the Property. If fire insurance premiums increase directly as a result of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Section 10.2, Tenant shall promptly cure such failure and shall reimburse Landlord for the increased fire insurance premiums paid by Landlord as a result of such failure by Tenant. If at any time during the Lease Term Tenant intends to vacate the Premises or any portion thereof, Tenant shall give Landlord reasonable prior notice of such intent.

10.3 Tenant’s Insurance. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, obtain and maintain at all times during the Lease Term the following insurance and shall be solely responsible for any deductibles, self-insured retentions and coinsurance penalties payable in connection with claims made thereunder.

10.3.1 Commercial General Liability Insurance (Occurrence Form). Tenant shall obtain and keep in force during the Lease Term a commercial general liability policy of insurance, which by way of example and not limitation, protects Tenant and Landlord (as an additional insured) against claims for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage based upon, involving or arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis providing single limit coverage in an amount of not less than $3,000,000 per occurrence and $5,000,000 aggregate and shall contain the “Amendment of the Pollution Exclusion” for damage caused by heat, smoke or fumes from a hostile fire. Such coverage may be provided by any combination of primary and umbrella or excess policies. The policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations. Landlord, and at Landlord’s option, the holder of any mortgage or deed of trust encumbering the Property and any person or entity managing the Property on behalf of Landlord, shall be named as an additional insured on all insurance policies Tenant is obligated to obtain pursuant to Section 10.3.1.

 

25


10.3.2 Workers Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance. Tenant shall, at all times during the Lease Term, maintain in effect workers’ compensation insurance as required by Applicable Law (together with employer’s liability insurance of not less than $1,000,000).

10.3.3 Liquor Liability Insurance. Liquor liability insurance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord if Tenant conducts any activities at the Property at which alcoholic beverages are given, sold or served.

10.3.4 Property Insurance. “Special Form” property insurance under ISO special causes of loss form CP 10 30 (or its equivalent), boiler and machinery comprehensive form, if applicable, with coverage for vandalism and malicious mischief and endorsement for earthquake sprinkler damage, each covering damage to or loss of (a) Tenant’s Personal Property, including business records equipment, including electronic data and media equipment (“EDP Equipment”), (b) the Tenant Improvements, and (c) all Alterations made to the Premises, with coverage for the full replacement cost of the property insured. Any coinsurance requirement in the policy shall be eliminated through the attachment of an agreed amount endorsement, the activation of an agreed value option or as is otherwise appropriate under the particular policy form.

10.3.5 Business Income/Extra Expense Insurance. Loss of business income with extra expense insurance (including electronic data and media and extra expense) (ISO form CP 00 30 or its equivalent). Any boiler and machinery policies or endorsements obtained pursuant to Section 10.3 shall also include these same provisions and coverages.

10.4 General.

10.4.1 Insurance Companies. Each insurance policy required of Tenant under Section 10.3 (these required policies, and all other requirements of this Article 10 applicable to Tenant, the “Required Insurance”) shall be written by a reputable company licensed to do business in California that has an A.M. Best Company rating of not lower than “A-VIII” (or such higher rating as may be required by any Security Holder). Deductibles or self-insured retentions under any of the policies required to be carried by Tenant shall be commercially reasonable.

10.4.2 Certificates; Certified Copies of Insurance. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord certificates of Tenant’s insurance on forms reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, not later than seven (7) days prior to the earlier to occur of the Lease Commencement Date or the date Tenant is first provided with possession of, or access to, the Premises for any reason, and upon renewal at least five (5) days prior to the expiration of the insurance coverage. Tenant shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain in all insurance policies required of Tenant hereunder an endorsement which provides that the insurer shall endeavor to provide Landlord with thirty (30) days prior written notice of any cancellation or other adverse modification to Tenant’s insurance (but it shall not be in default of this Lease by Tenant if Tenant is unable to do so) but in all instances, Tenant shall also be required to provide Landlord with prompt written notice of any of the foregoing occurrences upon Tenant’s receipt of notice of the same from Tenant’s insurer. The cost of the Required Insurance and any deductibles, self-insured retentions or coinsurance penalties payable in connection with claims under the Required Insurance, as well as the cost of any other insurance carried by Tenant, will be borne solely by Tenant, without reimbursement by Landlord. Tenant shall comply with all conditions in and other requirements of the Required Insurance policies. Tenant may satisfy the Required Insurance with policies that cover both the Premises and other properties, on condition that any general aggregate limits under these “blanket” policies apply separately to the Premises, the requirements in Section 10.3 above and in this Section 10.4 are otherwise satisfied, and these policies do not otherwise impair the rights of Landlord or violate requirements of this Lease. So long as such request is commercially reasonable, Landlord may from time to time ask Tenant to seek to obtain other commercially reasonable coverages or

 

26


higher limits or commercially reasonable broader coverage but only to the extent required by Security Holder(s), and only to the extent such coverages or limits are customarily held by comparable tenants of comparable Class A creative office properties in West Los Angeles, and Tenant shall then use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly obtain the coverages or limits. By requiring the Required Insurance, Landlord does not represent that the required coverage and limits will be adequate to protect Tenant, and the required coverage and limits will not limit Tenant’s indemnity obligations under this Lease. If Tenant fails to maintain any of the Required Insurance, Tenant shall be liable for all losses and costs resulting from said failure and without limitation on the foregoing, if Tenant fails to cure such failure within ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of notice from Landlord, Landlord shall have the right (but not the obligation) to purchase such insurance at Tenant’s expense, in which event Tenant shall pay Landlord the cost of such insurance, plus a fee to Landlord equal to five percent (5%) of the cost of such insurance within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice therefor, together with reasonable supporting documentation. Landlord’s failure to require Tenant to provide evidence of the insurance required by Section 10.3 above, or Landlord’s acceptance of evidence that indicates insurance that fails to satisfy the requirements of Section 10.3 above, will not constitute a waiver of such requirements.

10.5 Waivers. The following waivers in this Section 10.5 are intended to be cumulative, rather than mutually exclusive and are in addition to any other waivers or releases contained in this Lease.

10.5.1 Intentionally deleted.

10.5.2 Subrogation Waiver – Property Insurance Policies. Landlord and Tenant waive all rights against each other and against their respective contractors (and their respective subcontractors of every tier), consultants (and their subconsultants of every tier), agents and employees of the other for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss occurring on and after the Lease Commencement Date to the extent those damages are covered by any property insurance (including business income and loss of rent insurance) related to the Premises, the Building or the Property, and regardless of whether this insurance is specifically required under this Lease. The waivers in this Section 10.5.2 also extend to the Landlord Parties and the Tenant Parties. Each party shall obtain an endorsement pursuant to which its property insurers waive their subrogation rights against the parties specified in this Section 10.5.2. If a property insurance policy implicated by the waiver in this Section 10.5.2 does not allow the insured to waive rights of recovery against others prior to a loss, the insured shall cause the policy to be endorsed to provide for this waiver. The waivers in this Section 10.5.2 will be effective as to a person or entity even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification, did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly, or did not have an insurable interest in the property damaged.

10.5.3 Waiver Regarding Insurance Not Maintained. If either party fails to comply with any insurance requirements imposed on that party in this Lease, then effective as of the date of that failure that party waives all rights against the other party and the other party’s contractors (and their subcontractors of every tier), consultants (and their subconsultants of every tier), agents and employees for damages that would ordinarily have been covered by the required insurance had that party not failed to comply with this Lease. The waivers in this Section 10.5.3 will include the Landlord Parties and the Tenant Parties.

10.5.4 Waiver of Claims. To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, Tenant hereby waives all rights against the Landlord Parties and Landlord’s Contractors for the following, in each case regardless of whether Tenant obtains insurance for that loss or damage or whether that loss or damage is caused by the negligence of any Landlord Parties or Landlord’s Contractors:

(a) any loss of use, business interruption or other consequential loss sustained by Tenant due to fire or other hazards however caused; and

 

27


(b) any damage to or loss of property sustained by Tenant from whatever cause, including damage or loss resulting from fire, failure of fire prevention systems, explosion, falling plaster, steam, gas, electricity, electrical or electronic emanations or disturbance, roof leaks, water, rain or snow or leaks from any part of the Building or from the pipes, or caused by dampness, theft, vandalism, criminal acts, lack of security, malicious mischief, and acts or omissions of other tenants.

10.6 Landlord’s Insurance. Subject to reimbursement as an Expense in accordance with the provisions of Article 4 above, Landlord shall procure and maintain in effect throughout the Lease Term CGL insurance, property insurance and/or such other types of insurance as are normally carried by reasonably prudent owners of commercial properties substantially similar to the Property. Such coverages shall be in such amounts, from such companies and on such other terms and conditions as Landlord may from time to time reasonably determine, and Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to change, cancel, decrease or increase any insurance coverages in respect of the Property, add additional forms of insurance as Landlord shall deem reasonably necessary, and/or obtain commercial excess, umbrella liability insurance and/or other policies covering both the Property and other assets owned by or associated with Landlord or its affiliates, in which event the cost thereof shall be equitably allocated, provided at a minimum Landlord shall procure and maintain the following insurance: (i) special causes of loss (also known as “all risk”) property insurance, with such coverage and in such amounts that are consistent with the amounts of property insurance customarily carried by owners of comparable buildings, but in no event less than one hundred percent (100%) of the insurable replacement cost covering the Building; and (ii) commercial general liability insurance for the Building, with such coverage and in such amounts that are consistent with the amounts of liability customarily carried owners of comparable buildings, but in no event less than a per occurrence limit of $1,000,000 and aggregate limit of $2,000,000.

ARTICLE 11

DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

11.1 Completion Estimate; Termination Rights.

11.1.1 Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of any damage to the Premises or Property resulting from any fire or other casualty (“Casualty”), to the extent Landlord is not already aware of the Casualty. With reasonable promptness after discovering or being notified of the Casualty, but in no event more than forty-five (45) days after the Casualty, Landlord shall provide Tenant with notice (the “Completion Estimate”), stating Landlord’s reasonable estimate of the date when the Landlord Repairs will be substantially complete (the “Repair Completion Date”). As used herein, “Landlord Repairs” means the repair and restoration of the Base Building (excluding any Tenant Improvements and Alterations), any other improvements that exist in the Phase I Premises as of the Lease Commencement Date and any other improvements that exist in the Phase II Premises as of the Phase II Commencement Date, other than the Tenant Improvements (the “Original Improvements”), and any Common Areas serving or providing access to the Premises. If the Completion Estimate indicates that the Repair Completion Date will not occur within three hundred sixty five (365) days after the date of the Casualty, then Tenant may terminate this Lease upon sixty (60) days’ prior notice to Landlord delivered within sixty (60) days after Landlord’s delivery of the Completion Estimate. In addition, if the actual Repair Completion Date does not occur within the later of (a) three hundred sixty-five (365) days after the date of the Casualty or (b) thirty (30) days after the Repair Completion Date set forth in the Completion Estimate, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon written notice to Landlord, which notice must be delivered within thirty (30) days after the expiration of such period. In the event the Landlord Repairs are not estimated to be complete within three hundred sixty five (365) days after the date of the Casualty but Tenant does not exercise its termination right as provided in this Article 11, then the Lease Term shall be extended by the number of days during which Tenant is not reasonably able to occupy the Premises due to such

 

28


Casualty, provided Landlord has diligently pursued the Landlord Repairs to completion. Landlord and Tenant, by notice to the other party within forty-five (45) days after the Casualty damage to the Premises or the Property, may terminate this Lease if the Property is damaged by Casualty against which Landlord does not and is not required hereby to maintain insurance; provided, however, that in the event either Landlord, in its sole discretion, or Tenant, in its sole discretion, shall notify the other party in writing (the “Notifying Party”), within sixty (60) days after notice of termination has been received, that the Notifying Party elects to repair or reconstruct such damaged or destroyed areas, this Lease shall not terminate, and the Notifying Party shall promptly repair or reconstruct such damage or destroyed areas at its sole cost.

11.1.2 If the Premises and/or Building has been substantially damaged or destroyed during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term and such damage or destruction cannot be repaired or restored within ninety (90) days after the date of such Casualty, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease, provided Tenant gives written notice of such election to Landlord within sixty (60) days of such Casualty. If the Premises and/or Building has been substantially damaged or destroyed during the last twenty four (24) months of the Lease Term and such damage or destruction cannot be repaired or restored within three hundred sixty five (365) days after the date of such Casualty, then Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease, provided Landlord gives written notice of such election to Tenant within sixty (60) days of such Casualty. In such event, Tenant shall have the option to nullify Landlord’s termination notice by exercising an Extension Option (provided, however, notwithstanding the Extension Option provisions, such Extension Option may be exercised more than twelve (12) months prior to Lease expiration) or, if no Extension Options remain, otherwise agreeing to extend the Lease Term an additional five (5) years on terms mutually acceptable to Landlord and Tenant at 100% of fair market rental (for the avoidance of doubt, such additional 5 year extension right shall be (a) subject to the arbitration provisions regarding fair market rent in Article 31 if the parties are unable to agree upon fair market rental and (b) shall not apply in any context other than the casualty context directly set forth above); such option to be exercised by Tenant’s delivery of written notice to Landlord within thirty (30) days after the date of Landlord’s termination notice, in which case Landlord shall complete the repairs as provided herein with reasonable diligence. Should Tenant fail to exercise such option, this Lease shall terminate.

11.1.3 In the event of any termination of this Lease by Landlord or Tenant pursuant to this Article 11 above, neither party shall have any obligations to the other under this Lease, except for obligations arising before such termination and obligations that survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, and except that Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant’s property insurance required under Section 10.3 above with respect to any Tenant Improvements, but only up to the amount of the unamortized Tenant Improvement Allowance.

11.2 Repair and Restoration. If this Lease is not terminated pursuant to this Article 11 above, Landlord shall promptly and diligently perform the Landlord Repairs, subject to reasonable delays for Force Majeure. Such repair and restoration shall be to substantially the same condition that existed before the Casualty, except for any modifications required by any Restrictions. If this Lease is not terminated pursuant to this Article 11 above, then upon completion of the Landlord Repairs, Tenant, at its expense and in accordance with Article 8 above, shall repair any damage to such Tenant Improvements and/or Alterations, as applicable, and restore them to their condition prior to the Casualty, and any insurance covering the damage to such Tenant Improvements and/or Alterations, as the case may be, shall be paid to or retained by Tenant. Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or its invitees, or for any injury to Tenant’s business, resulting from any Casualty or from any repair of damage resulting therefrom; provided, however, that if any Casualty damages the Premises or any Common Area necessary for Tenant’s access to the Premises, then, during any time that, as a result of such damage, any portion of the Premises is untenantable or inaccessible and is not occupied by Tenant for the conduct of its business, the Monthly Rent shall be abated in the proportion that the rentable square footage of such portion of the

 

29


Premises bears to the total rentable square footage of the Premises; provided, however, in the event that only a portion of the Premises is untenantable or inaccessible as a result of the Casualty, but the remaining portion of the Premises is not sufficient to allow Tenant to effectively conduct its business therein, and Tenant does not conduct its business from such remaining portion, then during such time that Tenant is so prevented from effectively conducting its business therein, the Monthly Rent shall be abated entirely for such time as Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises. If, however, Tenant reoccupies any portion of the Premises during such period for the conduct of its business, the Monthly Rent allocable to such reoccupied portion, based on the proportion that the rentable area of such reoccupied portion of the Premises bears to the total rentable square footage of the Premises, shall be payable by Tenant from the date Tenant reoccupies such portion of the Premises. Tenant’s right to rent abatement under the preceding sentence shall continue until the earlier to occur of (i) the date that the repair and restoration of such Tenant Improvements and/or Alterations is completed by Tenant, (ii) the date that is reasonably determined by Landlord to be the date on which Tenant would have completed the repair and restoration of such improvements if Tenant had used reasonable diligence in connection therewith, provided Landlord can definitively show that Tenant has not proceeded with reasonable diligence, or (iii) the date that Tenant recommences business operations in the damaged portion of the Premises.

11.3 Waiver of Statutory Provisions. The provisions of this Lease, including this Article 11, constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any damage to or destruction of any part of the Premises, the Building or the Property, and any Applicable Law, including Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4) of the California Civil Code, relating to rights or obligations concerning damage or destruction in the absence of an express agreement between the parties shall not apply.

ARTICLE 12

NONWAIVER

No provision of this Lease shall be deemed waived by either party hereto unless it is expressly waived by such party in writing, and no waiver of any breach of any provision hereof shall be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of such provision or any other provision hereof. Landlord’s acceptance of Rent shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any provision hereof, other than Tenant’s failure to pay the particular Rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of such acceptance. No acceptance of a lesser amount than the Rent herein stipulated shall be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to receive the full amount due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or payment or any letter accompanying such check or payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the full amount due. No receipt of monies by Landlord from Tenant after the giving of any notice or after the termination of this Lease shall affect such notice or reinstate or alter the length of the Lease Term or Tenant’s right of possession hereunder. After the service of notice or the commencement of a suit, or after a final judgment for possession of the Premises, Landlord may receive and collect any Rent due, and the payment of such Rent shall not waive or affect such notice, suit or judgment.

ARTICLE 13

CONDEMNATION

In the event that all of the Premises or Property is permanently taken by any competent authority for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, by power of eminent domain or by private purchase in lieu thereof (each a “Taking”), this Lease shall terminate as of the date possession shall be so taken. If less than all of the Premises or Property is subject to a Taking, but the portion so taken is so substantial that the

 

30


Premises cannot reasonably be used by Tenant, as determined by Tenant in its reasonable discretion, for the normal operation of its business, then Tenant may terminate this Lease as of the day of such Taking. Any such termination shall be effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to the authority, and Tenant shall provide notice of termination to Landlord within forty-five (45) days after Tenant first receives notice of such surrender date. Except as provided above in this Article 13, neither party may terminate this Lease as a result of a Taking. Tenant shall not assert any claim against Landlord or the authority for any compensation because of any Taking and Landlord shall be entitled to the entire award of compensation; provided, however, that Tenant shall have the right to file any separate claim available to Tenant for (i) one hundred percent (100%) of the value of the leasehold estate, (ii) any amount Tenant is able to obtain from the condemning authority for any award or compensation attributable to the Taking of Tenant’s Personal Property or any fixtures that Tenant has the right hereunder to remove upon the expiration of this Lease, (iii) any loss of goodwill, (iv) moving expenses including loss of business and costs associated with moving Tenant’s merchandise, furniture, moveable fixtures, leasehold improvements and equipment to a new location, and (v) any additional amounts to which Tenant would be entitled to under Applicable Law. If this Lease is terminated pursuant to this Article 13, all Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination. If a Taking occurs and this Lease is not so terminated, the Monthly Rent shall be abated, for the period of such Taking, in proportion to the rentable square footage of such portion of the Premises, if any, that is subject to or rendered unusable by such Taking bears to the total rentable square footage of the Premises, and Landlord, at its sole expense, shall promptly restore the Premises to an architectural unit as comparable and practicable to the condition existing prior to such Taking. Tenant hereby waives any rights it might have under Section 1265.130 of the California Code of Civil Procedure or any successor or similar Applicable Law.

ARTICLE 14

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

14.1 Transfers. Except as expressly provided herein, Tenant may not voluntarily or involuntarily or by operation of law, assign, sell or otherwise transfer this Lease or any interest herein, cause or permit all or any part of the Premises to be sublet, occupied or used by any persons other than Tenant and its employees or permit anyone to succeed to any interest in this Lease or the Premises (all of the foregoing being a “Transfer”) without the prior consent of Landlord. If Tenant desires Landlord’s consent to any Transfer, Tenant shall provide Landlord with notice (the “Transfer Notice”), which shall include (a) the proposed effective date of the Transfer (the “Contemplated Effective Date”), which shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than one hundred eighty (180) days after the Landlord’s receipt of the Transfer Notice, and the contemplated length of the term of the proposed Transfer, (b) a description of the portion of the Premises to be transferred (the “Contemplated Transfer Space”), (c) all of the terms of the proposed Transfer and the consideration therefor, including, if applicable, calculation of the “Transfer Premium” (as defined below), the name and address of the proposed transferee, and a copy of all existing executed and/or proposed documentation pertaining to the proposed Transfer, (d) current financial statements of the proposed transferee covering the preceding two (2) years (if available), (e) any ownership or commercial relationship between Tenant and the proposed transferee, and (f) any other information reasonably required by Landlord in order to evaluate the proposed Transfer. If Landlord’s consent to such Transfer is required, then within ten (10) days after receiving the Transfer Notice (or such longer period of time required by a Security Holder, not to exceed thirty (30) days), Landlord shall notify Tenant of (i) its consent to the proposed Transfer to the named transferee on the terms and conditions set forth in the Transfer Notice, or (ii) its refusal to consent to the proposed Transfer, which shall include Landlord’s reasons for refusing to consent thereto. Any Transfer requiring Landlord’s consent that is made without Landlord’s prior consent shall, at Landlord’s option, be void and/or constitute a non-curableDefault” (as defined below). Tenant shall pay Landlord a fee of One Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($1,000.00) for Landlord’s review of any proposed Transfer, where Landlord’s consent is required, whether or not Landlord consents thereto, plus any reasonable third party legal fees incurred by Landlord in connection with any proposed Transfer, not to exceed $1,000.00.

 

 

31


14.2 Landlord’s Consent. Subject to the provisions of this Article 14, Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition, or delay its consent to any assignment of this Lease, or sublease of the Premises or any part thereof. Without limiting other reasonable grounds for withholding such consent, it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold consent to a proposed Transfer if:

14.2.1 The proposed transferee has a character or reputation or is engaged in a business that is not consistent with the quality of the Building; or

14.2.2 The proposed transferee is a governmental entity (or any agency or instrumentality thereof that comparable class A building owners would not otherwise lease space to), a school, social service agency or any organization entitled to claim sovereign immunity; or

14.2.3 On the effective date of the Transfer Notice, the proposed transferee is not a party of reasonable financial strength and management ability in light of the financial obligations to be undertaken in connection with the Transfer; or

14.2.4 Intentionally deleted; or

14.2.5 Intentionally deleted; or

14.2.6 Intentionally deleted; or

14.2.7 The proposed Transfer has not been approved by all of the guarantors of this Lease (if any).

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article 14 or elsewhere in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall not hypothecate, mortgage, pledge, or permit any lien to attach to or otherwise encumber Tenant’s interest in this Lease, or the Premises or any of its fixtures located in the Premises, or otherwise use this Lease as a security device in any manner (all of the foregoing being an “Hypothecation”) without the consent of Landlord, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole discretion, but shall otherwise be subject to the provisions of this Article 14 and this Section 14.2 above.

14.3 Transfer Premium.

14.3.1 Except as provided in Section 14.8, Landlord shall be entitled to receive from Tenant (as and when received by Tenant) as an item of additional rent seventy-five percent (75%) of all amounts received by Tenant from the assignee or subtenant in excess of the amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder (the “Transfer Premium”). The Transfer Premium shall be reduced by Tenant’s reasonable out of pocket costs incurred in connection with such transaction, including, without limitation, the reasonable brokerage commissions, tenant improvement allowances, leasing costs and legal fees actually paid by Tenant in order to assign the Lease or sublet a portion of the Premises. If less than all of the Premises is transferred, the Base Rent and the additional payable by the assignee or subtenant rent shall be determined on a per rentable square foot basis. Transfer Premium shall also include any payment in excess of fair market value for services rendered by Tenant to the assignee or subtenant or for assets, fixtures, inventory, equipment, or furniture transferred by Tenant to the assignee or subtenant in connection with such Transfer. For purposes of calculating the Transfer Premium, the assignment and subleasing expenses deducted pursuant to the provisions above will be amortized over the life of the sublease or assignment.

 

32


14.4 Intentionally Omitted.

14.5 Effect of Consent. If Landlord consents to a Transfer (a) the terms and conditions of this Lease, including the terms of Article 5 hereof, shall not be deemed to have been waived or modified, (b) such consent shall not be deemed a consent to any further Transfer by Tenant or any transferee, nor constitute consent to an assignment or other Transfer following a foreclosure of any permitted lien, mortgage or other encumbrance, (c) Tenant shall furnish, upon Landlord’s request, if readily available, a complete statement, certified by an authorized representative of Tenant, setting forth in detail the computation of any Transfer Premium resulting from such Transfer, and (d) in the case of a sublease, except as provided in Section 14.8, Landlord’s prior consent shall be required in the event of any subsequent sub-subletting and any expansion or assignment of the Sublease by the applicable subtenant. Except for a Permitted Transfer, no Transfer shall be made or be effective until Tenant shall deliver to Landlord fully executed copies of all documentation pertaining to the Transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, whereby the transferee shall assume in writing, for the benefit of Landlord, all of the obligations of this Lease on the part of Tenant to be performed or observed, and agree to be subject to all of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions in this Lease to the extent applicable to the interest being transferred. Except as provided in Section 14.8, no Transfer, whether with or without Landlord’s consent, shall relieve Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease (if any) (including any prior unreleased transferor of this Lease) from any liability under this Lease for the payment of Base Rent and Additional Rent due and to become due hereunder, for performance of all of the covenants, agreements, terms and provisions contained in this Lease to be performed by Tenant or for the acts and omissions of transferee, and Landlord’s consent to any Transfer shall not be effective unless all guarantors of this Lease (including any prior unreleased transferor of this Lease) also consent to such Transfer in writing. Tenant shall remain liable under this Lease as a principal and not as a surety; however, if Tenant is nonetheless deemed a surety by remaining liable hereunder, Tenant hereby waives all applicable suretyship defenses, including those contained in Sections 2787 to 2855, inclusive, of the California Civil Code.

14.6 Additional Transfers. Subject to Section 14.8, the term “Transfer” shall also include (a) if Tenant is a closely held professional service firm, the withdrawal or change (whether voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law) of fifty percent (50%) or more of its equity owners within a twelve (12)-month period; and (b) in all other cases, any transaction(s) resulting in the acquisition of a “Controlling Interest” (as defined below) in Tenant by one or more parties none of which, alone or together with other parties, owned a Controlling Interest in Tenant immediately before such transaction(s) (a “Change of Control”). As used herein, “Controlling Interest” means any direct or indirect equity or beneficial ownership interest in Tenant that confers upon its holder(s) the power to control Tenant. As used in this Article 14, “control” means, with respect to any party, the direct or indirect power to direct the ordinary management and policies of such party, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise (but not through the ownership of voting securities listed on a recognized securities exchange).

14.7 Occurrence of Default. Any sublease, license, concession or other occupancy agreement entered into by Tenant shall be subordinate and subject to the provisions of this Lease, and if this Lease is terminated during the term of any such agreement, Landlord shall have the right to: (a) treat such agreement as cancelled and repossess the Contemplated Transfer Space by any lawful means; or (b) require that the transferee attorn to and recognize Landlord as its landlord (or licensor, as applicable) under such agreement; except that Landlord shall not be liable for prepaid Rent, security deposits, letters of credit or defaults of Tenant to the transferee, or for any acts or omissions of Tenant or its agents. If Tenant is in Default, Landlord is authorized to direct any transferee under any such agreement to make all payments under such agreement directly to Landlord (which Landlord shall apply toward Tenant’s obligations under this Lease). Such transferee shall rely on any representation by Landlord that Tenant is in Default, without any need for confirmation thereof by Tenant. No collection or acceptance of rent by Landlord from any transferee shall be deemed a waiver of any provision of this Article 14, an approval of any transferee, or a release of Tenant from any obligation under this Lease, whenever accruing. In no event shall Landlord’s enforcement of any provision of this Lease against any transferee be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to enforce any term of this Lease against Tenant or any other person.

 

33


14.8 Permitted Transfers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 14, Tenant may, without Landlord’s prior written consent, and without payment of any Transfer Premium, do the following (each a “Permitted Transfer”) (a) permit a Change of Control to occur, (b) sublease all or any portion of the Premises to an Affiliate of Tenant, so long as the transferee remains an Affiliate of Tenant for the entire term of the sublease, or (c) assign this Lease to either of the following: (i) an Affiliate of Tenant, (ii) a successor to Tenant by merger, consolidation or purchase of all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets or stock, or (iii) an entity resulting from a transaction involving any company which merges with or into Tenant, provided that: (1) at least ten (10) days before the Transfer (unless prohibited by Applicable Laws or a confidentiality agreement), Tenant notifies Landlord of such Transfer and supplies Landlord with reasonable documentation showing that the Transfer satisfies the requirements of this Section 14.8; (2) in the case of an assignment pursuant to this Section 14.8, the assignee executes and delivers to Landlord, within ten (10) Business Days after the effective date of the assignment, a commercially reasonable instrument pursuant to which the assignee assumes, for Landlord’s benefit, all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; (3) in the case of an assignment pursuant to (ii) or (iii) above, the proposed assignee or successor entity, has a Net Worth immediately after the Transfer exceeding Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000.00); (4) except in the case of a Change of Control, the proposed transferee is qualified to conduct business in the State of California; and (5) any such proposed Transfer is made for a good faith operating business purpose and not, whether in a single transaction or in a series of transactions, being entered into as a subterfuge to evade the obligations and restrictions relating to Transfers set forth in this Article 14. The transferee in a Permitted Transfer is referred to in this Lease as a “Permitted Transferee”. Upon an assignment to a Permitted Transferee under clauses (ii) or (iii) above, Tenant shall be released from all obligations arising or accruing under the Lease from and after the date of transfer, but shall remain liable for those arising or accruing prior to such date. As used herein, “Affiliate” means, with respect to any party, a person or entity that controls, is under common control with, or is controlled by such party. As used herein, “Net Worth” shall mean net worth computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles including paid in capital then remaining on the balance sheet, except that goodwill shall be excluded in the calculation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if immediately following a Permitted Transfer, (1) Tenant shall cease to exist or is otherwise released from its obligations under this Lease, (2) the Permitted Transferee has a Net Worth that is less than One Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,00.00); and (3) Landlord reasonably determines that the financials of the Permitted Transferee raise liquidity concerns with respect to the Permitted Transferee’s ability to satisfy its financial obligations under this Lease, then Landlord shall have the right to reasonably require an increase in security under this Lease to up to five months’ Rent in the form of a security deposit or letter of credit, as reasonably selected by Landlord.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 14, if Tenant is not in Default, Tenant may, at any time and without Landlord’s prior written consent (but with prior written notice to Landlord and compliance with any reasonable information requests requested by Landlord’s Security Holder), without payment of any Transfer Premium or any of the fees set forth in Section 14.1 above, and without limitation on the rights of Tenant pursuant to the paragraphs above, Tenant shall have a one (1) time right to sublease all or any portion of the Phase II Premises to any third party for a term not to exceed three (3) years.

 

34


ARTICLE 15

SURRENDER OF PREMISES;

REMOVAL OF PERSONAL PROPERTY AND TRADE FIXTURES

15.1 Surrender of Premises. No act or omission by any Landlord Party during the Lease Term, including acceptance of keys to the Premises, shall be deemed an acceptance by Landlord of a surrender of the Premises unless such intent is specifically acknowledged in writing by Landlord. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, remove all Hazardous Substances to the extent provided in, and in accordance with, Section 25.2.4 below, and quit, vacate and surrender exclusive possession of the Premises to Landlord in broom-clean condition and in good order and condition, except for reasonable wear and tear, repairs that are specifically made the responsibility of Landlord hereunder, and subject to the provisions of Article 11 and Article 13 above, damage from Casualty and damage as a result of a Taking. Time is of the essence of Tenant’s obligation to quit, vacate and surrender exclusive possession of the Premises in the condition required by this Lease. If Tenant fails to surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in accordance with this Section 15.1, then, in addition to all of Landlord’s other rights and remedies, (A) Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to) perform any cleaning, maintenance, removal, repairs and/or restoration reasonably necessary in order to put the Premises, the Building and/or any other affected portion of the Property in the surrender condition required by this Lease, (B) intentionally omitted and (C) Tenant shall pay Landlord the cost of any such work performed by Landlord, plus a fee for Landlord’s oversight and coordination thereof equal to five percent (5%) of its cost, within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s request for payment, together with reasonable supporting documentation.

15.2 Removal of Personal Property. Not later than the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, Tenant shall, without expense to Landlord, (a) cause to be removed from the Premises all debris and rubbish and all movable furniture, equipment, business and trade fixtures, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitions and other articles of personal property that are owned or placed in or about the Premises or the Property by any Tenant Party, including all Tenant’s Personal Property, and (b) repair all damage to the Premises resulting from such removal. If Tenant fails to timely perform such removal and repair, then Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to) do so and charge the costs thereof (including storage costs) to Tenant. If Tenant fails to remove all such property from the Premises, or from storage, after the termination or earlier expiration of this Lease and such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice from Landlord, Landlord may deem all or any part of such property to be, at Landlord’s option, either (i) conveyed to Landlord without compensation, or (ii) abandoned. Tenant hereby waives any Claims against Landlord for any damage or loss to Tenant resulting from Landlord’s removal, storage, retention, or disposal of any such property.

15.3 The provisions of this Section 15 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term.

ARTICLE 16

HOLDING OVER

If Tenant (directly or through any transferee or other successor -in-interest of Tenant) fails to quit, vacate and surrender exclusive possession of any portion of the Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term in the condition required by this Lease, such tenancy shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions hereof; provided, however, that such tenancy shall be a tenancy at sufferance for the entire Premises, and Tenant shall pay Monthly Rent at a monthly rate equal to the following: (i) one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the Base Rent applicable during the last calendar month of the Lease

 

35


Term for the first thirty (30) days of holdover and (ii) one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent applicable during the last calendar month of the Lease Term thereafter, plus one hundred percent (100%) of the Additional Rent. Nothing in this Article 16 shall be construed as consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant, and Landlord reserves the right to require Tenant to surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord as provided in this Lease upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. The provisions of this Article 16 shall not be deemed to limit or waive any other rights or remedies of Landlord provided herein by Applicable Law. In addition, provided that Landlord has given Tenant no less than thirty (30) days’ prior notice that it has or intends to enter into a succeeding lease or occupancy agreement for the Premises or any portion thereof, if Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Premises or any portion thereof to a new tenant or to perform improvements for a new tenant as a result of Tenant’s holdover, Tenant shall be liable for all damages, including lost profits, that Landlord incurs as a result of the holdover.

ARTICLE 17

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES; FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

17.1 Estoppel Certificates. Within twenty (20) days after either party’s request, Tenant or Landlord (as applicable) shall execute and deliver to the requesting party a commercially reasonable estoppel certificate in favor of such parties as the requesting party may reasonably designate. Within twenty (20) days after Landlord’s written request, Tenant shall also deliver to Landlord and such parties as Landlord may reasonably designate, including current and prospective Security Holders and prospective purchasers or investors in Landlord or in any portion of the Property, an executed certificate from each guarantor of this Lease (if any) acknowledging that its guaranty is in full force and effect and such other statements or matters as Landlord or any of such parties may reasonably require. Subject to Section 19.1.2, if either party fails to execute and deliver (or reasonably object in good faith in writing to) its estoppel certificate within twenty (20) days after Landlord’s or Tenant’s request, and such failure continues for ten (10) days after written notice from the requesting party, then the information contained in such estoppel certificate provided by the requesting party shall be deemed correct.

17.2 Financial Statements. Upon Landlord’s written request, but no more than once per calendar year and in connection with a sale or refinance only, Tenant shall provide to Landlord, Tenant’s current fiscal year financial statement. As a condition thereto, Landlord shall execute Tenant’s commercially reasonable non-disclosure agreement (which agreement shall allow for disclosure to parties which a landlord would customarily need to disclose to).

ARTICLE 18

SUBORDINATION; ATTORNMENT MORTGAGEE PROTECTION

18.1 Subordination; Attornment. Provided that Tenant receives a document which includes a commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement stating substantially that, so long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease (after notice an expiration of applicable cure periods), Tenant’s rights under this Lease, including, without limitation, Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises shall not be disturbed, this Lease shall be subject and subordinate to all ground or underlying leases (each a “Primary Lease”) and all mortgages, trust deeds or other security instruments (each, a “Mortgage”), now or hereafter in force against any portion of the Property, and all renewals, extensions, modifications, supplements, consolidations and replacements thereof, unless in each case the mortgagee under any such Mortgage, or the lessor under any such Primary Lease (each, a “Security Holder”) requires that this Lease be superior thereto, whether or not Tenant has been notified of such requirement. In the event of any foreclosure of any Mortgage, or delivery of a deed in lieu of foreclosure, or upon termination of a Primary Lease, Tenant shall, at the option of the Security Holder or of any other person or entity succeeding to the interest of the Security

 

36


Holder as a result of such enforcement, attorn to the Security Holder or to such successor in interest, upon the then-executory terms and conditions of this Lease, subject to the provisions of this Section 18.1, and shall recognize the Security Holder or such successor in interest as Landlord under this Lease without change in the provisions thereof, provided that such party agrees not to disturb Tenant’s occupancy so long as Tenant timely pays the Rent and otherwise performs all of its obligations hereunder. Landlord’s interest herein may be assigned as security at any time to any Security Holder. Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days of request by Landlord, any Security Holder or other successor in interest, execute such further commercially reasonable instruments as such party may reasonably deem necessary to evidence or confirm the subordination or superiority of this Lease to any Primary Lease, Mortgage, or other encumbrance, and/or any such attornment, provided that such instruments do not materially increase Tenant’s obligations or materially decrease Tenant’s rights under this Lease. Tenant hereby waives any right it may have under Applicable Law to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease or Tenant’s obligations hereunder in the event of any foreclosure or granting of a deed in lieu of foreclosure. If, in connection with the financing of any portion of the Property, any lending institution shall request reasonable modifications to this Lease that do not increase Tenant’s monetary obligations under this Lease, or materially adversely affect or diminish the rights, or materially increase the other obligations of Tenant under this Lease, Tenant shall make such modifications.

18.2 Mortgagee Protection. Tenant agrees to give each Security Holder, by certified mail, return receipt requested, or overnight courier, a copy of any notice of default served upon Landlord, provided that prior to such notice Tenant has been notified in writing (by way of notice of assignment of rents and leases, or otherwise) of the address of such Security Holder. Security Holder shall have the same period of time granted to Landlord after receipt of written notice from Tenant to cure such default, or if such default cannot be cured within that time, then, provided the Security Holder gives Tenant written notice that it intends to cure such default, such additional time as may be reasonably necessary to cure such default (including the time necessary to foreclose or otherwise terminate its security agreement, if necessary to effect such cure), and this Lease shall not be terminated so long as such remedies are being diligently pursued.

ARTICLE 19

DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

19.1 Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a “Default” by Tenant:

19.1.1 Any failure by Tenant to pay any Rent when due, where such failure continues for five (5) Business Days after Landlord’s written notice to Tenant; or

19.1.2 Any failure by Tenant to observe or perform any of the provisions of Article 5, 14, 17 or 18 above, where such failure continues for more than ten (10) days after notice from Landlord; or

19.1.3 Any failure of Tenant to comply with any of the rules and regulations, where such failure continues for more than ten (10) days after notice (provided that if such failure cannot reasonably be cured within such ten (10) day period, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in Default if it commences such cure within such period, and thereafter diligently pursues such cure to completion); or

19.1.4 Except where a different cure period is expressly provided in this Lease, including in Sections 19.1.1 through 19.1.3 above, any other failure by Tenant to observe or perform any other provision, covenant or condition of this Lease where such failure continues for thirty (30) days after notice from Landlord; provided that if such failure cannot reasonably be cured within such thirty (30)-day period, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in Default if it commences such cure within such period, and thereafter diligently pursues such cure to completion; or

 

 

37


19.1.5 (a) The making by Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (b) the filing against Tenant or any such guarantor of a petition to have Tenant or such guarantor adjudged a bankrupt or a petition for reorganization or arrangement under any Law relating to bankruptcy (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Tenant or such guarantor the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days); (c) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s or any such guarantor’s assets or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Tenant or such guarantor, as applicable, within thirty (30) days; (d) attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all Tenant’s assets or interest in this Lease where such attachment, execution, or other judicial seizure is not dismissed within sixty (60) days; (e) Tenant’s or any such guarantor’s convening of a meeting of its creditors or any class thereof for the purpose of effecting a moratorium upon or composition of its debts; or (f) Tenant’s or any such guarantor’s insolvency or admission of an inability to pay its debts as they mature; or

19.1.6 Any cancellation of, or default under, any guaranty of this Lease (if any) or any revocation or repudiation or attempted revocation or repudiation by the guarantor thereunder of any such guaranty or any obligation under any such guaranty;

19.1.7 The abandonment or permanent vacation of the Premises where Tenant also ceases the payment of Rent; or

19.1.8 The occurrence of such other matters as are designated as a Default by Tenant under this Lease.

The notice periods provided herein are in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice periods provided by Applicable Law, and Landlord shall not be required to give any additional notice in order to be entitled to commence an unlawful detainer proceeding. Landlord shall have the right to supplement or correct Notices given by Landlord pursuant to this Section 19.1 to include additional breaches or defaults or correct any misstatements or miscalculations without thereby extending the applicable cure period for the original defaults specified in Landlord’s original Notice, provided that Tenant shall be entitled to the full notice and cure period applicable to any additional breaches or defaults specified in such corrected Notices, which periods shall be measured from the date of Tenant’s receipt of such corrected Notice.

19.2 Remedies Upon Default. Upon the occurrence of any Default, Landlord shall have, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity (which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive), the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies (which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive), without any further notice or demand.

19.2.1 Terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy it may have for possession or arrearages in Rent, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim or damages therefor; and Landlord may recover from Tenant the following:

(a) The worth at the time of award of the unpaid Rent that has been earned at the time of such termination; plus

 

38


(b) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent that would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(c) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the Lease Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; plus

(d) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or that in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom; and

(e) At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by Applicable Law, provided however, in no event shall Tenant be liable to Landlord for any punitive or consequential damages, except that this limitation on consequential damages (a) shall not limit the indemnification obligations of Tenant expressly set forth herein with respect to damages actually incurred by Landlord for third party claims, and (b) shall not apply to Tenant’s holdover beyond the Lease Term.

As used in Sections 19.2.1(a) and (b) above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at a rate per annum equal to the lesser of (i) the annual “Bank Prime Loan” rate cited in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release Publication H.15(519), published weekly (or such other comparable index as Landlord shall reasonably designate if such rate ceases to be published), plus one (1) percentage points, or (ii) the highest rate permitted by Applicable Law. As used in Section 19.2.1(c) above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus 1%.

If Landlord gives Tenant a valid notice of termination of this Lease, any cure rights that Tenant may have under the terms of this Lease shall immediately terminate, except as otherwise required by Applicable Law.

19.2.2 Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (lessor may continue lease in effect after lessee’s breach and abandonment and recover Rent as it becomes due, if lessee has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover all Rent as it becomes due.

19.2.3 Landlord shall at all times have the rights and remedies (which shall be cumulative with each other and cumulative and in addition to those rights and remedies available under Sections 19.2.1 and 19.2.2, above, or any Applicable Law or other provision of this Lease), without prior demand or notice except as required by Applicable Law or this Lease, to seek any declaratory, injunctive or other equitable relief, and specifically enforce this Lease, or restrain or enjoin a violation or breach of any provision hereof.

19.3 Subleases of Tenant. Subject to Section 14.7, whether or not Landlord elects to terminate this Lease on account of any Default as set forth in this Article 19, Landlord shall have the right to (a) terminate any sublease, license, concession or other occupancy agreement entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises, or (b) in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, succeed to Tenant’s interest in such agreement. If Landlord elects to succeed to Tenant’s interest in any such agreement, Tenant shall, as of the date of Landlord’s notice of such election, have no further right to or interest in the rent or other consideration receivable thereunder.

 

39


19.4 Efforts to Relet. Unless Landlord provides Tenant with express notice to the contrary, no re-entry, repossession, repair, maintenance, change, alteration, addition, reletting, appointment of a receiver or other action or omission by Landlord shall (a) be construed as an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession, or to accept a surrender of the Premises, or (b) operate to release Tenant from any of its obligations hereunder. Except as required by Applicable Law, Landlord shall have no obligation to mitigate its damages. If Landlord is required by Applicable Laws to mitigate its damages under this Lease: (i) Landlord shall be required only to use reasonable efforts to mitigate; (ii) intentionally deleted; (iii) Landlord shall not be obligated to lease the Premises to a replacement tenant who does not, in Landlord’s good faith opinion, have sufficient financial resources to operate the Premises in a first-class manner and to fulfill all of the obligations in connection with the lease as and when the same become due; and (iv) any failure to mitigate as required herein with respect to any period of time shall only reduce the Rent and other amounts to which Landlord is entitled hereunder. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that the value of the Property depends on the rental rates and terms of the Property leases, and Tenant further acknowledges and agrees that Landlord’s rejection of a prospective replacement tenant based on an offer of rentals below Landlord’s published rates for new leases of comparable space at the Building at the time in question, or at Landlord’s option, below the rates provided in this Lease, or containing terms less favorable than those contained herein, shall not give rise to a claim by Tenant that Landlord failed to mitigate its damages. Tenant hereby waives, for Tenant and for all those claiming by, through or under Tenant, the provisions of Section 3275 of the California Civil Code and Sections 1174(c) and 1179 of the California Code of Civil Procedure and any rights, now or hereafter existing, to redeem or reinstate, by order or judgment of any court or by any legal process or writ, this Lease or Tenant’s right of occupancy of the Premises after any termination of this Lease.

19.5 Landlord Default. Landlord shall not be in default or liable for damages under this Lease unless Landlord fails to perform obligations required of Landlord within a reasonable time, but in no event shall such failure continue for more than thirty (30) days after written notice from Tenant specifying the nature of Landlord’s failure; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be in default if Landlord commences performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion. In no event shall Tenant have the right to terminate or cancel this Lease or to withhold or abate rent or to set off any Claims against Rent as a result of any default or breach by Landlord of any of its covenants, obligations, representations, warranties or promises hereunder, except as may otherwise be expressly set forth in this Lease. In the event that Landlord shall fail or neglect to keep and perform any of the covenants, conditions and agreements contained herein, and such failure or neglect is not remedied within thirty (30) days (or such additional period as is either otherwise provided herein or as may reasonably be required to correct the failure or neglect with the exercise of due diligence) after receipt of written notice from Tenant specifying the failure or neglect, then Tenant shall have all rights at law and in equity and Tenant shall be entitled to seek monetary damages from Landlord for such failure or neglect.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, if Landlord is in default under this Lease and any applicable Security Holder has also failed to cure such default within the cure period specified in Section 18.2, Tenant, in addition to pursuing any or all other remedies at law or in equity, shall have the right to take commercially reasonable actions to cure Landlord’s default and, if Landlord fails to reimburse Tenant for the reasonable out-of-pocket costs, fees and expenses incurred by Tenant in taking such curative actions, within thirty (30) days after demand therefor, accompanied by supporting evidence of the expenses incurred by Tenant where applicable, Tenant (i) shall have the right to offset such amount from Base Rent (subject to the following paragraph), or (ii) may bring an action for damages against Landlord to recover such costs, fees and expenses, and reasonable attorney’s fees incurred by Tenant in bringing such action for damages. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Landlord’s default is materially interfering with the operation of Tenant’s business at the Premises for more than seventy-two (72) hours, Tenant shall have the right to cure such default on Landlord’s behalf upon the expiration of such 72-hour period; provided, however, the foregoing right to cure shall not apply if Landlord commences to cure such default within said 72-hour period and thereafter diligently pursues such cure to completion.

 

 

40


If Tenant desires to exercise the right of offset described in the preceding paragraph, Tenant shall deliver a written notice (“Tenant’s Offset Notice”) to Landlord stating its intent to exercise the offset right and shall not begin exercising the offset right until thirty (30) days after delivery of such notice. If Landlord delivers a written notice to Tenant within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Tenant’s Offset Notice contesting Tenant’s right to offset the amounts specified in Tenant’s Offset Notice (with an explanation of Landlord’s objections), Tenant shall not offset any Base Rent payment until the dispute is resolved. If Landlord objects to Tenant’s offset right, either party may commence litigation in an appropriate forum to resolve the dispute; provided, that Tenant or Landlord may elect to have such dispute resolved through binding arbitration described below. If Tenant either (a) obtains a written decision from the arbitration tribunal in the arbitration proceeding confirming Landlord’s obligation to reimburse Tenant, or (b) obtains a judgment as a result of the litigation against Landlord confirming Landlord’s obligation to reimburse Tenant, then Tenant may offset the amount of such judgment or decision against Base Rent. Any dispute relating to Tenant’s right to offset against Base Rent amounts owed to Tenant by Landlord may, at Tenant’s or Landlord’s election, be resolved by expedited arbitration as follows: the dispute shall be resolved by a single arbitrator before the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) under the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA modified as follows: (i) the total time from date of demand for arbitration to final award shall not exceed forty-five (45) days; (ii) all notices may be by telephone or other electronic communication with later confirmation in writing; (iii) the time, date, and place of the hearing shall be set by the arbitrator in his or her sole discretion, provided that there shall be at least ten (10) Business Days prior notice of the hearing; (iv) there shall be no post-hearing briefs; (v) there shall be no discovery except by order of the arbitrator; and (vi) the arbitrator shall issue his or her award within ten (10) Business Days after the close of the hearing. The arbitration shall be held in the county in which the Premises are located. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding on the parties and judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction. The fees and expenses of the arbitrator shall be paid by the non-prevailing party. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall Tenant be permitted to offset more than twenty-five percent (25%) of each monthly installment of Base Rent unless a greater deduction is required to fully recover the amount by the end of the Lease Term.

19.6 Habitual Default. The provisions of Article 19 notwithstanding, the parties agree that if Tenant shall be in Default in the performance of the same monetary or material non-monetary term or condition of this Lease for three (3) or more times during any twelve (12) month period during the Lease Term, then such conduct shall, at the election of the Landlord, represent a separate Default that cannot be cured by Tenant. Tenant acknowledges that the purpose of this provision is to prevent repetitive defaults by Tenant, which work a hardship upon Landlord and deprive Landlord of Tenant’s timely performance under this Lease.

ARTICLE 20

RIGHTS RESERVED TO LANDLORD

In addition to any and all other rights reserved by Landlord hereunder, Landlord may exercise at any time any of the following rights respecting the operation of the Property without liability to Tenant of any kind except as expressly provided in this Lease:

20.1 Window Treatments; Lighting. To approve, prior to installation, any shades, blinds, ventilators or window treatments of any kind, as well as any lighting within the Premises that may be visible from the exterior of the Premises, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed.

 

41


20.2 Intentionally omitted.

20.3 Repairs, Alterations, Additions and Improvements. Subject to the terms of this Lease, including without limitation Section 1.2, to make repairs, alterations and improvements to the Building and/or other portions of the Property (including performance of Landlord’s Repair Obligations) and in doing so transport any required material through the Premises, to close entrances, doors, corridors and other facilities in the Building and/or the Property, to open any ceiling in the Premises, or to temporarily suspend services or use of Common Areas provided that such actions do not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises. Landlord may perform any such repairs, alterations and improvements during ordinary business hours, except that Tenant may require any work in the Premises to be done after ordinary business hours, at Landlord’s sole cost (but subject to reimbursement as part of Expenses to the extent permitted under Article 4), if such repairs, alterations, or improvements would materially interfere with Tenant’s use of or access to the Premises. Landlord may do or permit any work on any nearby building, land, street, alley or way provided the Landlord uses commercially reasonable efforts to not impair access or otherwise interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises.

20.4 Building Services. To install, use and maintain through the Premises, pipes, conduits, wires and ducts serving the Premises, the Building and/or Property, provided that such installation, use and maintenance does not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises and provided all such pipes, conduits, wires and ducts are located within the walls, beneath the floors, or above the ceiling.

20.5 Use of Roof. Subject to Tenant’s right to use the Roof Deck, to install, operate, maintain and repair any satellite dish, antennae, equipment or other facility on the roof, or to use the roof of the Building to maintain, repair or replace the roof of the Building, subject to the terms of this Lease, or to allow any person or entity selected by Landlord to undertake the foregoing, provided that such installation, operation, maintenance, repair or use does not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of or access to the Premises.

20.6 Intentionally Omitted.

20.7 Keys. To retain and receive master keys or pass keys to the Premises and all doors in the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, or the provision of any security-related services by Landlord, Landlord is not responsible for the security of persons or property on the Property and Landlord is not and will not be liable in any way whatsoever for any breach of security not directly caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, its contractors or employees.

20.8 Common Areas. Subject to Section 1.2, to reduce, increase, enclose or otherwise change at any time and from time to time the size, number, location, layout and nature of the Common Areas.

20.9 Compliance with Laws. If any governmental authority promulgates or revises any Law or imposes mandatory controls or guidelines on Landlord, the Building, the Property, or any portion thereof, relating to the use or conservation of energy or utilities or the reduction of automobile or other emissions or reduction or management of traffic or parking at the Property, or any portion thereof, to comply with such Law, control or guideline, the costs of which, to the extent such law or mandatory control or guideline is promulgated or revised to become applicable after the Effective Date, shall be included in Expenses.

20.10 Intentionally Omitted.

20.11 Other Actions. Subject to the limitations set forth in this Lease, to take any other action that Landlord deems reasonable in connection with the operation, maintenance or preservation of the Building and the Property, or any portion thereof.

 

42


ARTICLE 21

LANDLORD EXCULPATION

Tenant expressly agrees that, notwithstanding anything in this Lease and/or any applicable law to the contrary, the liability of Landlord and Landlord Parties, and any recourse by Tenant against Landlord or the Landlord Parties shall be limited solely and exclusively to an amount which is equal to the interest of Landlord in the Property (and all rents, profits, and proceeds therefrom). Tenant specifically agrees that neither Landlord nor any of the Landlord Parties shall have any personal liability therefor (other than Landlord’s interest in the Property). Further, Tenant hereby expressly waives and releases such personal liability of Landlord and the Landlord Parties on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, no Landlord Party shall be liable for any injury or damage to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including loss of profits, loss of rents or other revenues, loss of business opportunity, loss of goodwill or loss of use, or for any form of special or consequential damage, in each case however occurring. The provisions of this Article 21 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term.

ARTICLE 22

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

ARTICLE 23

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

ARTICLE 24

SIGNAGE

24.1 Tenant’s Signage Rights. Tenant shall not place on the exterior of the Building any sign, placard, lettering, banner, displays, graphic, decor or other advertising or communicative material that is visible from the exterior of the Building without Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided, however, that subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Article 24, Tenant shall be entitled to install, without Landlord’s consent, at its sole cost and expense, any exterior signage on or immediately proximate to the Premises that Tenant so desires (including building-top, wall mural and monument signage) so long as such signage does not exceed that which is permitted by Applicable Laws (collectively, “Tenant’s Exterior Signage”). Tenant’s Exterior Signage shall be subject to Tenant’s receipt of all governmental and other permits, authorizations and approvals, and shall comply with, and be subject to, all of the Restrictions. Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord has made no representations or warranties to Tenant with respect to the probability of obtaining such permits, authorizations and approvals. In the event Tenant does not receive the necessary permits, authorizations and approvals for Tenant’s Exterior Signage, Tenant’s and the rights and obligations of Landlord and Tenant under the remaining provisions of this Lease shall not be affected. The cost of the design, construction and installation of Tenant’s Exterior Signage and all other costs associated with Tenant’s Exterior Signage, including permits, authorizations and approvals, maintenance, repair and restoration, shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant. The rights to Tenant’s Exterior Signage shall be personal to the original Tenant named herein and may not be transferred, except that Tenant may transfer its rights to Tenant’s Exterior Signage to a Permitted Transferee in a Permitted Transfer or to a transferee in connection with a Transfer approved by Landlord as provided in this Lease, so long as the name of the Permitted Transferee or transferee is not an “Objectionable Name”. The term “Objectionable Name” shall mean any name that relates to an entity that is of a character or reputation, or is associated with a

 

43


political orientation or faction that is materially inconsistent with the quality of the Property, or that would otherwise reasonably offend landlords of comparable buildings. Tenant, at its sole expense, shall maintain Tenant’s Exterior Signage in good condition and repair during the Lease Term. Should Tenant’s Exterior Signage require maintenance or repairs as determined in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, Landlord shall have the right to provide notice thereof to Tenant and Tenant shall cause such repairs and/or maintenance to be performed within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice from Landlord at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (or such longer reasonable period if such repairs cannot reasonably be completed within thirty (30) days, provided Tenant commences the repairs within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursues such repairs to completion). Should Tenant fail to perform such maintenance and repairs within the period described in the immediately preceding sentence, then, in addition to all of Landlord’s other rights and remedies, Landlord may, but need not, perform the required maintenance and repairs, and Tenant shall pay Landlord the cost thereof, plus a fee for Landlord’s oversight and coordination of such work equal to five percent (5%) of its cost, within thirty (30) days after receipt of Landlord’s request for payment, together with reasonable, supporting backup documentation. If any of the signage is extremely unusual or extraordinary or is otherwise entirely inconsistent with signs which would be displayed on similar buildings, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall have the obligation to remove such signage at the end of the Lease Term.

ARTICLE 25

COMPLIANCE WITH LAW; HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES

25.1 Compliance with Laws. Except as provided otherwise in this Lease, Tenant, at its expense, shall comply with all of the Restrictions relating to (A) the operation of its business in the Premises, or (B) the use, condition, configuration or occupancy of the Premises; provided, however, that Tenant shall not be required to perform the following (but if performed by Landlord the cost thereof shall be included as “Expenses” to the extent permitted by Section 4.2 above): (a) any Alterations to the Premises to comply with Applicable Laws if such Alterations would properly be classified as capital expenditures under GAAP, unless such Alterations are related to or arise out of the following (“Tenant’s Specific Use”): (i) any Tenant Improvements or other Alterations made by or on behalf of Tenant (except for Landlord’s Work), or (ii) the specific manner or nature of Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises for other than the Permitted Use or the particular manner in which Tenant conducts its business therein; or (b) work to remediate any Hazardous Substances, except to the extent such work is Tenant’s responsibility pursuant to Section 25.2 below. Except as expressly set forth herein and except to the extent such compliance is caused in whole or in part by Tenant’s Specific Use, Landlord shall be responsible for complying with all other Applicable Laws, including without limitation, any required retrofitting of the Building (including Title 24, and any permits, certificates, or other requirements related to seismic/earthquake safety improvements dictated by relevant code and/or regulatory requirements in effect as of the Lease Commencement Date). If, in order to comply with any such Restrictions, Tenant must obtain or deliver any permit, certificate or other document evidencing such compliance, Tenant shall provide a copy of such document to Landlord promptly after obtaining or delivering it, as applicable. In addition, if a change to any other portion of the Property becomes required under any Restrictions, as a result of or “triggered by” Tenant’s Specific Use, then Tenant shall, at Landlord’s option, either (1) promptly make such change at Tenant’s sole cost or (2) pay Landlord the cost of making such change, within thirty (30) days of the receipt of demand for payment, together with reasonable supporting documentation. The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or the admission of Tenant in any judicial action, regardless of whether Landlord is a party thereto, that Tenant has violated any Restrictions or that because of Tenant’s Specific Use, a change to any portion of the Property has become required under any Restrictions, shall be conclusive of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant. As used herein, “Applicable Law(s)” or “Law(s)” means all present and future laws (whether statutory or case law), ordinances, bylaws, rules, regulations, codes, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, stipulations, injunctions, license approvals, obligations and other requirements (and demand or notice letters issued,

 

44


entered, promulgated or approved thereunder) whether now or hereafter in effect, of the United States of America, the State of California, the local municipal or county governing body, and any other lawful authority having jurisdiction over the Property or the parties including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act (and any similarly motivated state and local laws) and Environmental Laws.

25.2 Hazardous Substances.

25.2.1 Prohibition Against Hazardous Substances.

25.2.1.1 Tenant shall not cause or permit any “Hazardous Substances” (as defined below) to be brought upon, used, handled, produced, treated, stored, transported, released, discharged or disposed of in, on or about the Property without Landlord’s prior written consent, which Landlord may give or withhold in its sole discretion. Any use, handling, production, treatment, storage, transportation, release, discharge or disposal of any Hazardous Substances in, on or about the Property by any Tenant Party shall strictly comply with all applicable Restrictions. Tenant shall be solely responsible for obtaining and complying with all permits, authorizations and approvals necessary for the maintenance and operation of its business, including all permits, authorizations and approvals governing the use, handling, production, treatment, storage, transportation, release, discharge and disposal of Hazardous Substances. In addition to any other indemnification obligations of Tenant under this Lease, Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold the Landlord Parties harmless from and against any claims, actions, demands, liabilities, damages, penalties, forfeitures, losses, costs or expenses, including without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, consultants’ fees and expenses and the costs and expenses of enforcing any indemnification, defense or hold harmless obligation hereunder [which for the purposes hereof include “Remedial Work” (as defined below), and sums paid in settlement thereof] that result from or arise out of the use, handling, production, treatment, storage, transportation, release, discharge or disposal of any Hazardous Substances on or about (i) the Premises during the Lease Term by any Tenant Party and (ii) any portion of the Property outside of the Premises by any Tenant Party. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant shall be permitted to use small amounts of Hazardous Substances in the Premises as reasonably necessary in connection with the Permitted Use, provided that such use is in accordance with all Applicable Laws.

25.2.1.2 Landlord shall have the right, at any time, but not more than one (1) time during any twelve (12)-month period (unless (i) Landlord has reasonable cause to believe that Tenant has failed to fully comply with the provisions of this Section 25.2, or (ii) required by any governmental agency [such circumstances under (i) or (ii) above shall constitute “Reasonable Cause”]), to inspect the Premises and conduct tests and investigations to determine whether Tenant is in compliance with the provisions of this Section 25.2. If an inspection is requested by Landlord based on Reasonable Cause, and it is determined that Tenant has failed to meet its obligations under the provisions of this Section 25.2, then the reasonable costs of all such inspections, tests and investigations shall be borne solely by Tenant. If the inspection is not requested by Landlord based on Reasonable Cause or if such inspection reveals that Tenant has met its obligations under the provisions of this Section 25.2, Landlord shall pay all costs of same. The foregoing rights granted to Landlord shall not, however, create (1) a duty on Landlord’s part to inspect, test, investigate, monitor or otherwise observe the Premises or the activities of Tenant or any other Tenant Party with respect to Hazardous Substances including Tenant’s operation, use or remediation thereof, or (2) liability on the part of any Landlord Party for the use, handling, production, treatment, storage, transportation, release, discharge or disposal of any Hazardous Substances by any Tenant Party, it being understood that Tenant shall be solely responsible for all liability in connection therewith.

25.2.2 Landlord Notification. Tenant shall promptly provide Landlord with complete copies of all documents, correspondence and other written materials directed to or from, or relating to, Tenant concerning environmental issues in, on or about the Premises or any other portion of the Property

 

45


including documents relating to the release, potential release, investigation, compliance, cleanup and abatement of Hazardous Substances, and any Claims or other legal documents related to same. Promptly following Tenant’s obtaining knowledge of any unauthorized release, spill or discharge of Hazardous Substances, in, on, or about the Premises or any other portion of the Property of which Landlord is unaware, Tenant shall provide notice to Landlord fully describing the event. Tenant shall also provide Landlord with a copy of any document or correspondence submitted by or on behalf of Tenant or any other Tenant Party to any regulatory agency as a result of or in connection with any such unauthorized release, spill or discharge. Promptly after receipt by Tenant or any other Tenant Party of any warning, notice of violation, permit suspension or similar disciplinary measure relating to the actual or alleged failure of Tenant or any other Tenant Party to comply with any “Environmental Law” (as defined below), rule, regulation, ordinance or permit, Tenant shall provide notice thereof to Landlord.

25.2.3 Remedial Work. If any investigation or monitoring of site conditions or any cleanup, containment, restoration, removal or remediation of Hazardous Substances (collectively, “Remedial Work”) is required under any Applicable Laws, including any Environmental Laws, as a result of the use, handling, production, treatment, storage, transportation, release, discharge or disposal of any Hazardous Substances by any Tenant Party, then Tenant shall perform or cause to be performed the Remedial Work in compliance with Applicable Laws or, at Landlord’s option, Landlord may cause such Remedial Work to be performed and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the costs thereof, plus a fee for Landlord’s oversight and coordination of such Remedial Work equal to five percent (5%) of its cost, within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s request for payment, together with reasonable supporting documentation. All Remedial Work performed by Tenant shall be performed by one or more contractors, selected by Tenant and approved in advance by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed, and under the supervision of a consulting engineer selected by Tenant and approved in advance in writing by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed. All costs and expenses of such Remedial Work shall be paid by Tenant including the charges of such contractor(s), and the consulting engineer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, if such Remedial Work is required because of Hazardous Substances that (i) are caused or permitted by Landlord or its agents, contractors, or employees, or (ii) existed prior to the Lease Commencement Date or the Phase II Commencement Date as applicable, Landlord shall perform the same at Landlord’s sole cost and expense. In addition to Tenant’s remedy expressly set forth in Section 6.2, if Landlord’s Remedial Work is not completed by the earlier of (x) one hundred eighty (180) days after receipt of permits from applicable governmental authorities to perform such Remedial Work, or (y) two hundred seventy (270) days after the Hazardous Substances are discovered, Tenant may, upon written notice to Landlord, terminate this Lease.

25.2.4 Surrender. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term free of Hazardous Substances placed on, about or near the Premises by any Tenant Parties. Tenant’s obligations and liabilities pursuant to the provisions of this Section 25.2.4 shall be in addition to any other surrender requirement in this Lease.

25.2.5 Definitions. As used in this Lease, the following terms shall be defined as follows:

25.2.5.1 “Hazardous Substances” means (i) any substance or material that is included within the definitions of “hazardous substances,” “hazardous materials,” “toxic substances,” “pollutant,” “contaminant,” “hazardous waste,” or “solid waste” in any “Environmental Law” (as defined below); (ii) petroleum or petroleum derivatives, including crude oil or any fraction thereof, all forms of natural gas, and petroleum products or by-products or waste; (iii) polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs); (iv) asbestos and asbestos-containing materials (whether friable or nonfriable); (v) lead and lead-based paint or other lead-containing materials (whether friable or nonfriable); (vi) urea formaldehyde; (vii) microbiological pollutants; (viii) batteries or liquid solvents or similar chemicals; (ix) radon gas; (x)

 

46


mildew, fungus, mold, bacteria and/or other organic spore material, whether or not airborne, colonizing, amplifying or otherwise; and (xi) any additional substance, material or waste (1) the presence of which in, on or about the Premises (A) requires reporting, investigation or remediation under any Environmental Law, (B) causes or threatens to cause a nuisance in, on or about the Premises or any adjacent area or property or poses or threatens to pose a hazard to the health or safety of persons in, on or about the Premises or any adjacent area or property, or (C) which, if it emanated or migrated from the Premises, could constitute a trespass, or (2) which is now or is hereafter classified or considered to be hazardous or toxic under any Environmental Laws.

25.2.5.2 “Environmental Law(s)” means all statutes, terms, conditions, limitations, restrictions, standards, prohibitions, obligations, schedules, plans and timetables that are contained in or promulgated pursuant to any federal, state or local Laws or any amendments thereto, relating to pollution or the protection of the environment, including Laws relating to emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of Hazardous Substances into ambient air, surface water, groundwater or lands or otherwise relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Substances, including the: Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (CERCLA), as amended by the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 (SARA), 42 U.S.C. 9601 et seq.; Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (RCRA), 42 U.S.C. 6901 et seq.; Federal Water Pollution Control Act, 33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq.; Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. 2601 et seq.; Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq.; and the Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C. § 300f et seq.Environmental Law(s)” shall include any statutory or common law that has developed or develops in the future regarding mold, fungus, microbiological pollutants, mildew, bacteria and/or other organic spore material. “Environmental Law(s)” shall not include laws relating to industrial hygiene or worker safety, except to the extent that such laws address asbestos and asbestos-containing materials (whether friable or nonfriable) or lead and lead-based paint or other lead-containing materials.

25.3 Survival. Tenant’s obligations under this Article 25 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term.

25.4 Landlord Representations. Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that to the best of Landlord’s knowledge, as of the Lease Commencement Date and the Phase II Commencement Date, the Property is in compliance with all Environmental Laws, except to the extent any violation may have been caused by the conduct of Tenant or any Tenant Parties. Landlord shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Tenant, and its officers, directors, employees, agents, partners, members, managers, successors, assigns, affiliates, subsidiaries, franchisees and parent companies from and against any and all liability arising from any and all claims, demands, penalties, fines, liabilities, settlement damages, cost or expenses of whatever kind or nature, including reasonable attorney’s fees involving any breach of the representations and warranties of Landlord contained in this paragraph and for any Hazardous Substances caused or permitted in, on, or about the Property by Landlord or the Landlord Parties.

ARTICLE 26

LATE CHARGES AND INTEREST

If any installment of Rent is not received by Landlord or Landlord’s designee within five (5) Business Days after its due date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to the greater of three percent (3%) of the overdue amount or Two Hundred Fifty and 00/100 Dollars ($250.00). In addition, any Rent that is not paid within thirty (30) days after its due date shall bear interest, from its due date until paid, at a rate equal to the lesser of ten percent (10%) per annum or the highest rate permitted by Applicable Law (“Interest Rate”). Such late charges and interest shall be deemed Additional Rent, not liquidated damages,

 

47


and Landlord’s right to collect such amounts shall not limit any of Landlord’s other rights and remedies hereunder or at Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be required to pay such late charge or interest the first occasion in any calendar year that Tenant fails to pay an installment of Rent within such five (5) Business Day (or thirty (30) day) period, so long as Tenant pays the same within five (5) Business Days after Landlord’s notice of Tenant’s failure to do the same.

ARTICLE 27

LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT

Landlord shall have the right, at its option, to cure any Default (and to enter the Premises in connection therewith in accordance with Article 28, if necessary) in Tenant’s name and on Tenant’s behalf, without waiving its rights and remedies based upon such Default and without releasing Tenant from any obligations hereunder and without any liability for any claim for damages therefor, in which event Tenant shall pay to Landlord all reasonable costs incurred by Landlord in performing such cure (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), plus a fee to Landlord in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of such costs, within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s request for payment, together with reasonable supporting documentation.

ARTICLE 28

ENTRY BY LANDLORD

Landlord reserves the right, at all reasonable times and upon reasonable prior notice to Tenant, but in no event less than forty-eight (48) hours prior written notice, (except in the case of an emergency), to enter the Premises to (a) inspect the Premises; (b) show the Premises to existing or potential purchasers, successors, investors, Security Holders or insurers, and during the last nine (9) months of the Lease Term (or while a Default exists), to prospective tenants; (c) post notices of nonresponsibility; (d) perform maintenance or repairs to the Premises, subject to the limitations set forth in this Lease; (e) to maintain or repair improvements for other tenants where access to the Premises is required for such maintenance or repair, subject to the limitations set forth in this Lease; or (f) maintain or repair pipes, conduits, ducts, wires and structural elements in the Premises that serve other parts or tenants of the Building, subject to the limitations set forth in this Lease. Landlord shall at all times have a key with which to unlock all the doors in the Premises, provided Tenant may designate certain areas of the Premises (not to exceed 15% of the total rentable square footage of the Premises or such larger area as may be shown on the Approved Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements) as “Secured Areas” should Tenant require such areas for the purpose of securing certain valuable property or confidential information. Landlord may not enter such Secured Areas except in the case of emergency or in the event of a Landlord inspection or to perform Landlord’s obligations hereunder, in which case Landlord shall provide Tenant with ten (10) days’ prior written notice of the specific date and time of such Landlord inspection, and Tenant shall be responsible for all damages resulting from Landlord’s limited access to such areas. In an emergency, Landlord shall have the right to use any means Landlord may deem proper to open the doors in and to the Premises. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to conduct its activities under this Article 28 in a manner that will minimize inconvenience to Tenant and avoid interference with Tenant’s use of or access to the Premises (including, if necessary to avoid such interference, entering the Premises after Tenant’s business hours). In no event shall Tenant be entitled to an abatement of Rent on account of any entry by Landlord in accordance with Article 28, nor shall Landlord be liable in any manner for any inconvenience, loss of business or other damage to Tenant or other persons arising out of Landlord’s entry on the Premises in accordance with this Article 28. No action by Landlord pursuant to this Article 28 shall constitute an eviction of Tenant, constructive or otherwise, entitle Tenant to an abatement of Rent or to terminate this Lease, or otherwise release Tenant from any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease so long as such action does not interfere with Tenant’s use of or access to the Premises.

 

48


ARTICLE 29

TENANT PARKING

29.1 During the Lease Term (subject to the Valet Parking Limit), Tenant shall have a right to use the Valet Parking to park in the Parking Areas (as hereinafter defined), upon the terms and subject to the conditions contained in this Article 29. Upon Tenant’s request, the Valet Parking Limit shall include a reasonable amount of vehicle charging stations in light of the Property’s electric service capacity (but in no event less than six), which vehicle charging stations will be installed by Landlord, in locations determined by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Landlord shall ensure that the Valet Parking and the Parking Areas shall be in compliance with A/B occupancy associated with office space. Subject to Article 5 and Section 6.1.2.3, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant, nor shall this Lease be affected, if any parking is impaired by (or any parking charges are imposed as a result of) any Applicable Law, provided Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain convenient alternative parking at a cost not to exceed the Parking Rent (on a per parking space basis) that would otherwise be payable hereunder. Subject to availability, Landlord and Landlord Parties may park in three (3) parking spaces designated by Tenant in the Parking Areas for reasonable purposes related to the Building, upon advance notice to Tenant and for a reasonable amount of time.

29.2 The Parking Areas at the Property shall be exclusive to Tenant (which exclusivity shall be contingent on Tenant paying one hundred percent (100%) of the associated costs for such Parking Areas, Tenant being the only tenant of the Property, and Tenant not rejecting any right of first refusal to lease parking spaces pursuant to Section 6.1.2.3). In the event Landlord leases parking spaces within the Parking Areas to any third party(ies) in accordance with the terms of this Lease, Tenant shall no longer be required to pay one hundred percent (100%) of the associated costs for such Parking Areas, but such costs shall be equitably allocated between Tenant and such third party(ies). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord covenants and agrees that Landlord shall not lease any parking spaces in the Parking Areas to any third party(ies) to the extent that doing so would materially and adversely affect the operation of the Parking Areas, as determined by Tenant in its reasonable discretion.

29.3 Tenant may use the Parking Areas for any purpose permitted under Applicable Law (provided that any offsite parking areas may only be used for parking and may not be used for any other purpose).

29.4 In consideration for the right to use the Valet Parking to park in the Parking Areas, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the applicable Parking Rent (as hereinafter defined) on the first of each month for each month of the Lease Term, from and after the Lease Commencement Date. The “Parking Rent” shall be $70.00 per month per permitted vehicle for the Valet Parking (as described in Section 6.1.2.3) (meaning that the Parking Rent shall be $6,860 per month on the Lease Commencement Date (based on 98 permitted vehicles), and, assuming the first 3% increase has not yet occurred pursuant to the provisions below, shall be $12,810 per month (based on 183 permitted vehicles) on the Phase II Commencement Date). Commencing on the first day of the thirteenth (13th) full calendar month of the Lease Term and continuing on each anniversary of such date thereafter, the Parking Rent shall increase by not more than three percent (3%) from the then current Parking Rent for the Valet Parking. Subject to availability, Tenant shall have the right to park additional cars in the Parking Areas; the Parking Rent for each additional space over and above the Valet Parking Limit shall be $150.00 per month per permitted vehicle (subject to increases annually of not more than three percent (3%)). For the avoidance of doubt, all associated expenses incurred by Landlord with respect to parking shall be included in Expenses (including, to the extent permitted under Section 4.2, any fees, taxes or other charges imposed by the Regional Air Quality Control Board or any other governmental or quasi-governmental agency in connection with the Parking Areas) and shall not be offset by the income derived from Parking Rent.

 

49


29.5 The Valet Parking Limit may be decreased if mutually agreed to by each of Landlord (in its sole and absolute discretion, but if Landlord rejects the reduction, Tenant shall, notwithstanding Section 29.7, have the right sublease such parking rights to any reputable party it so desires so long as Tenant remains primarily responsible for the Parking Rent and the sublessee maintains insurance policies reasonably required by Landlord) and Tenant (in its sole and absolute discretion), and the Parking Rent shall be reduced accordingly in such instance. Upon Landlord’s written request, Tenant shall provide license plate numbers for all vehicles using the Valet Parking. This Article 29 shall not be deemed to grant Tenant any parking rights other than those granted with respect to the Valet Parking and use of the Parking Areas. The parking areas associated with the Valet Parking are referred to herein as the “Parking Areas.” Tenant’s use of the Parking Areas and the Valet Parking shall be at Tenant’s sole risk, and Landlord shall have no liability for any personal injury or damage to or theft of any vehicles or other property occurring in the Parking Areas or otherwise in connection with any use of the Parking Areas and/or the Valet Parking by Tenant, its employees or invitees.

29.6 Landlord may, for a limited period of time and only for such time necessary to perform any applicable work, alter the size, configuration, design, layout, access or any other aspect of the Parking Areas and at any time and may, except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease, without incurring any liability to Tenant and without any abatement of Rent, from time to time close off or restrict access to the Parking Areas for purposes of facilitating any such alteration, provided if Landlord at any time interferes with Tenant’s access to or use of the Parking Areas then during the period of such interference Landlord shall use best efforts to provide convenient alternate parking to ensure Tenant has access to the Valet Parking Limit at all times, which alternate parking shall include valet drop off and pickup at the Building during Tenant’s business hours at Landlord’s sole cost. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be required to provide alternate parking in the event use of a portion of the Parking Areas is required by a governmental entity (such as, for example, the fire department or public utility company), so long as (i) Landlord provides Tenant at least forty-eight (48) hours prior written notice of such event (except in an emergency when no prior notice shall be required); (ii) such event does not occur more than three (3) times in any calendar year; (iii) such event lasts not more than one day; and (iv) such event impacts less than ten (10) parking spaces.

29.7 Tenant’s parking rights under this Article 29 are solely for the benefit of Tenant, its employees and its invitees and such rights may not be transferred without Landlord’s prior written approval, except pursuant to a Transfer permitted under Article 14 above.

29.8 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, if as of the Lease Commencement Date or the Phase II Commencement Date, as applicable, Tenant does not have access to the applicable Valet Parking Limit, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any Monthly Rent until Tenant does have access to the applicable Valet Parking Limit. Further, if at any time during the Lease Term, Tenant does not have access to the Valet Parking Limit and Landlord fails to provide reasonable alternative parking in accordance with the foregoing provisions, then, as Tenant’s sole remedy therefor, the Parking Rent attributable to the parking to which Tenant does not have access shall be waived, and Tenant shall be entitled to receive the greater of (i) ten dollars per day times the difference between (a) the Valet Parking Limit, and (b) the vehicle capacity of the Valet Parking on such particular day, or (ii) Tenant’s and its agents’, employees’ and contractors’ actual costs of alternative parking/transit, for each day that Tenant does not have access to the Valet Parking Limit (or such reasonable alternative parking).

 

50


29.9 Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant shall comply with all reasonable and nondiscriminatory rules and regulations promulgated by Landlord with respect to the Parking Areas and Valet Parking, provided in the event there is a conflict between such rules and regulations and the terms of this Lease the terms of this Lease shall control.

ARTICLE 30

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

30.1 Terms; Captions. The words “Landlord” and “Tenant” as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular. The captions of Articles and Sections are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of such Articles and Sections. Wherever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Lease, they shall be deemed, as the context indicates, to be followed by the words “but (is/are) not limited to” or “without limitation”, or words similar thereto, as the context requires. The word “person”, as used in this Lease, means any natural person or persons in individual or representative capacities and any entity or entities of any kind whatsoever, including corporations, partnerships and associations, or any combination of persons and entities and the term “Business Days”, as used in this Lease means Monday through Friday, excluding the following holidays: New Year’s Day, President’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day, and any other day on which banks in California or nationally are authorized or required by Law or executive order to close. Any reference herein to “any part” or “any portion” of the Premises, the Building, the Property or any other property shall be construed to refer to all or any part of such property. Wherever this Lease requires Tenant to comply with any Restriction, program, procedure or other requirement or prohibits Tenant from engaging in any particular conduct, this Lease shall be deemed also to require Tenant to cause each of its employees, licensees, invitees and subtenants, and any other person claiming by, through or under Tenant, to comply with such requirement or refrain from engaging in such conduct, as the case may be. Tenant hereby waives the benefit of any rule that a written agreement shall be construed against the drafting party.

30.2 Binding Effect. The provisions of this Lease shall, as the case may require, bind or inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of Landlord and Tenant, provided that this provision shall not permit any assignment by Tenant contrary to the provisions of Article 14 above, and shall be subject to the provisions of Section 30.4 below. This Lease is for the sole benefit of Landlord and Tenant and no third party shall be deemed a third party beneficiary hereof.

30.3 No Air Rights. No rights to any view or to light or air over any property, whether belonging to Landlord or any other person, are granted to Tenant by this Lease. If at any time any windows of the Premises are temporarily darkened or the light or view therefrom is obstructed by reason of any repairs, improvements, maintenance or cleaning in or about the Property, the same shall be without liability to Landlord and without any reduction of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

30.4 Transfer of Landlord’s Interest. Landlord shall have the right to transfer all or any portion of its interest in any portion of the Property and in this Lease and, in the event of any such transfer, Landlord named herein (and in the case of a subsequent transfer, then the transferor) shall automatically be released from, Tenant shall look solely to the transferee for the performance of, Landlord’s covenants and obligations contained in this Lease to be performed by Landlord arising hereunder after the date of such transfer (it being intended hereby that the covenants and obligations contained in this Lease to be performed on the part of Landlord shall be binding on each of Landlord, its successors and assigns, only during its period of ownership), provided the transferee expressly assumes all of Landlord’s covenants and obligations contained in this Lease to be performed by Landlord arising hereunder after the date of such transfer, and Tenant shall attorn to the transferee as provided in Article 18 above.

 

51


30.5 Prohibition Against Recording. Neither this Lease nor any memorandum, affidavit or other writing with respect thereto shall be recorded by Tenant or by anyone acting through, under, or on behalf of Tenant.

30.6 Landlord’s Title. Landlord’s title is and always shall be paramount to the title of Tenant. Nothing contained herein shall empower Tenant to do any act that can encumber the title of Landlord.

30.7 Relationship of Parties. Nothing in this Lease shall be construed to create the relationship of principal and agent, partnership, joint venturer or any association between Landlord and Tenant.

30.8 Application of Payments. Landlord shall have the right to apply payments received from Tenant pursuant to this Lease, regardless of Tenant’s designation of such payments and regardless of whether this Lease has been terminated or a notice of termination has been given to Tenant, to satisfy any obligations of Tenant hereunder, in such order and amounts as Landlord may elect in its sole and absolute discretion and without vitiating the notice of termination or any right of Landlord to terminate this Lease.

30.9 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease in which time of performance is a factor.

30.10 Partial Invalidity. If any provision of this Lease is to any extent invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances other than those with respect to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and every other provision of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by Law.

30.11 Covenant of Quiet Enjoyment. Landlord covenants that so long as Tenant fully and timely performs all of its obligations hereunder within the notice and grace period provided in this Lease, Tenant shall have peaceful and quiet possession of the Premises against any party lawfully claiming by, through or under Landlord, subject to the terms of this Lease, the rights of all Security Holders and all matters of record. The foregoing covenant is in lieu of any other covenant express or implied.

30.12 Entire Agreement. This Lease and the attached exhibits and schedules, which are hereby incorporated into and made a part of this Lease set forth the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the leasing of the Premises and supersede and cancel all previous negotiations, arrangements, communications, agreements and understandings, if any, between the parties hereto (none of which shall be used to interpret this Lease). Tenant acknowledges that in entering into this Lease it has not relied on any representation, warranty or statement, whether oral or written, not expressly set forth herein, including any representation, warranty or statement concerning the condition of the Premises, the Building (including the Base Building), or the Property or the amount of the Direct Expenses. This Lease can be modified only by a written agreement signed by the parties hereto.

30.13 Reserved Rights. Landlord reserves to itself all rights not expressly granted to Tenant hereunder, including the right, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, to renovate, improve, alter, subdivide, demolish, construct or develop the Property, or enter into new Underlying Documents with owners of other property, or record new Underlying Documents encumbering the Property or any portion thereof, and no such act, or failure to so act, shall constitute a breach of any obligation to Tenant or give rise to any remedy, including any remedy of constructive eviction, damages or abatement of Rent so long as such acts or failures to act do not interfere with Tenant’s use of or access to the Premises, increase Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, or decrease Tenant’s rights under this Lease.

 

 

52


30.14 Force Majeure. If either party is prevented from or delayed in performing any of its obligations hereunder as a result of any strike; lockout; labor dispute; act of God, war or terrorism; inability to obtain services, labor or materials (or reasonable substitutes therefor); governmental action, inaction or government delays; civil commotion; Casualty; or other similar cause beyond the reasonable control of such party, except unavailability of funds shall never be considered an event beyond the reasonable control of any party (collectively, a “Force Majeure”), then, such obligation shall be excused during the period of such prevention or delay, and if this Lease specifies a time period for the performance of such obligation, such time period shall be extended by the period of such prevention or delay; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 30.14 shall (a) permit Tenant to hold over in the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, or (b) excuse any obligation to pay Rent, including Base Rent, Additional Rent and other charges to be paid by Tenant pursuant to this Lease.

30.15 Notices. All notices, demands, statements, designations, approvals or other communications (all of which are individually referred to in this Section 30.15 as “Notice”) given or required to be given by either party to the other hereunder or by Law shall be in writing, shall be (a) sent by United States certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, (b) delivered by a nationally recognized courier service, or (c) delivered personally. Any Notice shall be sent or delivered to the address set forth in Section 9 (if Tenant is the recipient) or Section 10 (if Landlord is the recipient) of the Summary, or to such other place (other than a P.O. box) as the recipient may from time to time designate in a Notice to the other party. Any Notice shall be deemed to be received on the earlier to occur of the date of actual delivery or the date on which delivery is refused, or, if the recipient has vacated its notice address without providing a new notice address, three (3) days after the date the Notice is deposited in the U.S. mail or with a courier service in the manner described above. Landlord’s attorneys, Property Manager or managing agent may give Notices for Landlord. When this Lease requires service of a notice, that notice shall replace rather than supplement any equivalent or similar statutory notice, including any notices required by Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161 or any similar or successor statute.

30.16 Joint and Several. If more than one (1) person executed this Lease as Landlord or Tenant: (a) each of them is jointly and severally liable for the keeping, observing and performing of all the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements of this Lease to be kept, observed and performed by such party, and (b) the term “Tenant” or “Landlord” as used in this Lease shall mean and include each of them jointly and severally. The act of or notice from, or notice or refund to, or the signature of any one or more of them, with respect to the tenancy of this Lease, including, but not limited to, any renewal, extension, expiration, termination or modification of this Lease, shall be binding upon each and all of the persons executing this Lease as Landlord or Tenant and shall be binding upon any guarantor with the same force and effect as if each and all of them had so acted or so given or received such notice or refund or so signed or consented.

30.17 Representations and Warranties. Tenant represents, warrants and covenants as follows, as of the Effective Date:

30.17.1 If Tenant is not a natural person, then (a) Tenant has full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Lease, and each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so; and (b) Tenant is, and at all times during the Lease Term will remain, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of its formation and qualified to do business in the State of California.

30.17.2 Tenant has not (a) made a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (b) filed any voluntary petition in bankruptcy or suffered the filing of an involuntary petition by any creditors, (c) suffered the appointment of a receiver to take possession of all or substantially all of its assets, (d) suffered the attachment or other judicial seizure of all or substantially all of its assets, (e) admitted in writing its inability to pay its debts as they come due, or (f) made an offer of settlement, extension or composition to its creditors generally.

 

53


30.17.3 Neither Tenant nor any of its affiliates, nor any of their respective brokers or other agents acting in any capacity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Lease, is or will be (a) conducting any business or engaging in any transaction or dealing with any person appearing on the U.S. Treasury Department’s OFAC list of prohibited countries, territories, “specifically designated nationals” (“SDNs”) or “blocked person” (each a “Prohibited Person”) (which lists can be accessed at the following web address: http://www.ustreas.gov/offices/enforcement/ofac/), including the making or receiving of any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any such Prohibited Person; (b) engaging in certain dealings with countries and organizations designated under Section 311 of the USA PATRIOT Act as warranting special measures due to money laundering concerns; (c) dealing in, or otherwise engaging in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224 dated September 24, 2001, relating to “Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism”; (d) a foreign shell bank or any person that a financial institution would be prohibited from transacting with under the USA PATRIOT Act; or (e) engaging in or conspiring to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempting to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in (i) any U.S. anti-money laundering law, (ii) the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, (iii) the U.S. mail and wire fraud statutes, (iv) the Travel Act, (v) any similar or successor statutes, or (vi) any regulations promulgated under the foregoing statutes. If at any time this representation becomes false, then it shall be considered a Default under this Lease as to which there shall be no right to notice or an opportunity to cure. Landlord acknowledges that the foregoing representation is inapplicable to shareholders or equity owners who, directly or indirectly, own shares or equity in Tenant by purchase on a nationally recognized securities exchange.

Landlord represents, warrants and covenants as follows, as of the Effective Date:

30.17.4 Landlord is solely vested with fee simple title to the Property.

30.17.5 If Landlord is not a natural person, then (a) Landlord has full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Lease, and each person signing on behalf of Landlord is authorized to do so; and (b) Landlord is, and at all times during the Lease Term will remain, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of its formation and qualified to do business in the State of California.

30.17.6 Landlord has not (a) made a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (b) filed any voluntary petition in bankruptcy or suffered the filing of an involuntary petition by any creditors, (c) suffered the appointment of a receiver to take possession of all or substantially all of its assets, (d) suffered the attachment or other judicial seizure of all or substantially all of its assets, (e) admitted in writing its inability to pay its debts as they come due, or (f) made an offer of settlement, extension or composition to its creditors generally.

30.17.7 Neither Landlord nor any of its affiliates, nor any of their respective brokers or other agents acting in any capacity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Lease, is or will be (a) conducting any business or engaging in any transaction or dealing with Prohibited Persons, including the making or receiving of any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any such Prohibited Person; (b) engaging in certain dealings with countries and organizations designated under Section 311 of the USA PATRIOT Act as warranting special measures due to money laundering concerns; (c) dealing in, or otherwise engaging in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224 dated September 24, 2001, relating to “Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism”; (d) a foreign shell bank or any person that a financial institution would be prohibited from transacting with under the USA PATRIOT Act; or (e) engaging in or conspiring to engage in any transaction

 

54


that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempting to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in (i) any U.S. anti-money laundering law, (ii) the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, (iii) the U.S. mail and wire fraud statutes, (iv) the Travel Act, (v) any similar or successor statutes, or (vi) any regulations promulgated under the foregoing statutes. If at any time this representation becomes false, then it shall be considered a default under this Lease as to which there shall be no right to notice or an opportunity to cure.

30.18 Attorneys’ Fees. In any action or proceeding, including arbitration, that Landlord or Tenant initiates against the other party declaratory or otherwise, arising out of this Lease, the unsuccessful party in such action or proceeding shall reimburse the prevailing party for its reasonable attorneys’ fees.

30.19 Governing Law; WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY.

30.19.1 This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the Laws of the State of California. Venue shall be in the County of Los Angeles, California.

30.19.2 THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, AND/OR ANY CLAIM FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE OR ANY EMERGENCY OR STATUTORY REMEDY.

30.20 Brokers. Tenant represents to Landlord that it has dealt only with Tenant’s Broker as its broker in connection with this Lease. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, and hold Landlord harmless from all claims of any brokers, other than Tenant’s Broker, claiming to have represented Tenant in connection with this Lease. Landlord shall indemnify, defend and hold Tenant harmless from all claims of any brokers, including Landlord’s Broker, claiming to have represented Landlord in connection with this Lease. Tenant acknowledges that any Affiliate of Landlord that is involved in the negotiation of this Lease is representing only Landlord, and that any assistance rendered by any agent or employee of such Affiliate in connection with this Lease or any subsequent amendment or other document related hereto has been or will be rendered as an accommodation to Tenant solely in furtherance of consummating the transaction on behalf of Landlord, and not as agent for Tenant. Landlord shall pay Tenant’s Broker a commission pursuant to the terms of a separate commission agreement.

30.21 Independent Covenants. This Lease shall be construed as though the covenants herein between Landlord and Tenant are independent and not dependent, and Tenant hereby waives the benefit of any Law to the contrary and agrees that if Landlord fails to perform its obligations hereunder, then, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Tenant shall not be entitled to make any repairs or perform any other acts hereunder at Landlord’s expense or to set off any Rent against Landlord.

30.22 Intentionally Omitted.

30.23 Counterparts. This Lease may be executed in electronic (including PDF) counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, with the same effect as if both parties had executed the same document. Both counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute a single lease.

30.24 No Violation. Tenant represents and warrants, to its actual knowledge, that neither its execution of nor its performance under this Lease will cause Tenant to be in violation of any agreement or Law. Landlord represents and warrants, to its actual knowledge, that neither its execution of nor its performance under this Lease will cause Landlord to be in violation of any agreement or Law.

 

55


30.25 Transportation Management. Subject to Landlord’s obligation to provide parking as set forth in Article 29, Tenant shall comply with all present or future governmental transportation management programs mandated to manage parking, transportation or traffic in and around the Property and/or the Building, and, in connection therewith, Tenant shall take responsible action for planning and managing the transportation of all employees located at the Premises by working directly with Landlord, any governmental transportation management organization or any other transportation-related committees or entities. Expenses (to the extent permitted by Section 4.2 above) shall include any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge based upon excess usage of, or trips to, the parking structure beyond thresholds specified by any governmental transportation management organization or any other transportation-related committees or entities.

30.26 Nondisclosure of Lease Terms. The terms and conditions of this Lease shall be kept confidential by Landlord and Tenant. Landlord and Tenant will not, without the other party’s consent (which consent may be granted or withheld in each party’s sole and absolute discretion), directly or indirectly disclose the terms and conditions of this Lease to any other person or entity other than each party’s employees, contractors, and agents who have a legitimate need to know such information (and who will also keep the same in confidence) and to such other parties as is necessary to disclose to in Landlord’s or Tenant’s (as applicable) ordinary course of business (provided such other parties are required to keep such information confidential as a condition the disclosure) or as required pursuant to a court order or Applicable Law.

In addition, Landlord acknowledges and agrees that Tenant shall be the leading party in any and all media and press engagement. To that end, Landlord shall not speak to the media or press, make any public announcement (including commentary to the media), or issue any press release regarding this Lease (or authorize or direct any employee, broker, agent, or any other party to do so) without Tenant’s prior written consent, which may be withheld in Tenant’s reasonable discretion.

30.27 Survival. Each party’s indemnity and all other obligations of each party under this Lease which are not fully performed as of the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term.

30.28 Intentionally omitted.

30.29 Water or Mold Notification. To the extent Tenant or its agents or employees discover any water leakage, water damage or mold in or about the Premises of which Landlord is unaware, Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord thereof.

30.30 Intentionally Omitted.

30.31 Construction of Lease and Terms. The terms and provisions of this Lease represent the results of negotiations between Landlord and Tenant, each of which are sophisticated parties and each of which has been represented or been given the opportunity to be represented by counsel of its own choosing, and neither of which has acted under any duress or compulsion, whether legal, economic or otherwise. Consequently, the terms and provisions of this Lease must be interpreted and construed in accordance with their usual and customary meanings, and Landlord and Tenant each waive the application of any rule of Law that ambiguous or conflicting terms or provisions contained in this Lease are to be interpreted or construed against the party who prepared the executed Lease or any earlier draft of the same. The parties agree that, regardless of which party provided the initial form of this Lease, drafted or modified one or more provisions of this Lease, or compiled, printed or copied this Lease, this Lease is to be construed solely as an offer from Tenant to lease the Premises, until executed by both parties.

 

56


ARTICLE 31

OPTIONS TO EXTEND

31.1 Tenant shall have and is hereby granted two (2) options (each an “Extension Option”) to extend the Lease Term, each for an additional period of five (5) consecutive years (each, an “Extension Period”), on the same terms and conditions in effect under this Lease immediately prior to the applicable Extension Period, except that (i) Tenant shall have no further right to extend after the second Extension Period, (ii) Tenant shall have no right to exercise the second Extension Option if Tenant fails to exercise the first Extension Option, and (iii) the annual Base Rent per rentable square foot of the Premises payable (a) during the first Extension Period shall be ninety percent (90%) of the then Prevailing Rental Rate (as hereinafter defined), and (b) during the second Extension Period shall be ninety-five percent (95%) of the then Prevailing Rental Rate. If Tenant exercises an Extension Option, such extension shall apply to the entire Premises. An Extension Option may be exercised only by giving Landlord irrevocable and unconditional written notice thereof (the “Extension Notice”) not earlier than twelve (12) months nor later than nine (9) months prior to the commencement of the applicable Extension Period. Such exercise shall, at Landlord’s election, be null and void if (i) any Default shall have occurred and is continuing, or (ii) more than thirty percent (30%) of the Premises is then subleased by parties other than Tenant and any Permitted Transferees, at the date of such notice or at the commencement of the applicable Extension Period. Except for Tenant’s rescission right provided in Section 31.3, upon delivery of an Extension Notice, Tenant shall be irrevocably bound to lease the Premises for the applicable Extension Period (notwithstanding the absence of an agreement over the Prevailing Rental Rate).

31.2 For purposes of this Article 31, “Prevailing Rental Rate” means the average per rentable square foot rental rate per year for new leases and renewal leases or lease extensions executed by tenants for similar uses and lengths of time for similar class “A” creative office buildings in the Crenshaw/West Adams submarket during the six (6) months immediately prior to the date upon which such Prevailing Rental Rate is to be determined), where such rates were not set by the terms of such leases. In all cases, such rates shall take into consideration all relevant factors.

31.3 Landlord shall determine the Prevailing Rental Rate by using its good faith judgment. Landlord shall provide written notice of such amount within fifteen (15) days (but in no event later than twenty (20) days) after Tenant provides the Extension Notice. Tenant shall have thirty (30) days after receipt of Landlord’s notice of the new rental within which to accept such rental or to reasonably object thereto in writing or to rescind the Extension Notice (which right of rescission shall be deemed waived if not exercised within such thirty (30) day period), in which instance of rescission the applicable Extension Option and any remaining Extension Option(s) shall be null and void and of no further force and effect. In the event Tenant objects, Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to agree upon such Prevailing Rental Rate using their best good faith efforts. In the event that Landlord fails to timely generate the initial written notice of Landlord’s opinion of the Prevailing Rental Rate which triggers the negotiation period of this Section, then Tenant may commence such negotiations by providing the initial notice, in which event Landlord shall have fifteen (15) days after receipt of Tenant’s notice of the new rental within which to accept such rental. In the event Landlord objects, Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to agree upon such Prevailing Rental Rate using their best good faith efforts. If the parties are unable to agree on the Prevailing Rental Rate within one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the commencement of the applicable Extension Period, then each party shall place in a separate sealed envelope their final proposal as to Prevailing Rental Rate and the Prevailing Rental Rate shall be determined by appraisal as provided below (the “Appraisal Method”). Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to agree on a single appraiser (the “First Appraiser”) who shall be a member of the Appraisal Institute, hereinafter referred to as the “Institute” (or any successor association or body of comparable standing if the Institute is not then in existence), and who shall have been active over the five (5) year period ending on the date of such appointment in the leasing of similar class “A” creative office

 

57


buildings in the vicinity of the Building. If Landlord and Tenant shall fail to agree on the choice of the First Appraiser within ten (10) Business Days after demand by either party, then each shall select an appraiser with the same qualifications provided above within five (5) Business Days after the expiration of the prior ten (10) Business Day period. If either Landlord or Tenant shall fail to appoint an appraiser, then the appraiser appointed by the appointing party shall select the second appraiser within five (5) Business Days after the expiration of the applicable five (5) Business Day period referred to above. The two (2) appraisers thus selected shall select, within ten (10) Business Days after their appointment, a third appraiser (the “Third Appraiser”) with the same qualifications provided above. If the two (2) appraisers so selected shall be unable to agree on the selection of the Third Appraiser, then either appraiser, on behalf of both, shall request such appointment by the Institute. Any appraiser appointed or selected hereunder shall be a member in good standing of the Institute and hold the highest general designation of membership therein.

31.4 If the parties use the Appraisal Method, the Prevailing Rental Rate for the applicable Extension Period shall be determined by the First Appraiser or the Third Appraiser, as applicable, based upon customary and usual appraisal techniques of expert appraisers as of the date of the determination and in accordance with Section 31.2 above. “Final Arbiter” means the First Appraiser or, if selected, the Third Appraiser. Each of Landlord and Tenant shall submit to the Final Arbiter its detailed analysis of its proposed Prevailing Rental Rate. If either Landlord or Tenant fails to submit a proposed Prevailing Rental Rate within ten (10) Business Days of the selection or appointment of the Final Arbiter, then the Prevailing Rental Rate proposed by the party that has submitted a proposed Prevailing Rental Rate shall be binding on the parties.

31.5 The Final Arbiter shall request in writing that Landlord and Tenant provide any supplemental information that may be necessary for the Final Arbiter to render a decision regarding the Prevailing Rental Rate. The Final Arbiter shall hold a hearing, upon not less than ten (10) Business Days written notice to Landlord and Tenant, and not later than thirty (30) days following selection of the Final Arbiter, at which Landlord and Tenant shall have the opportunity to explain and justify the Prevailing Rental Rate proposed by each party. Any party not attending such hearing shall have waived its right to defend its proposal at a hearing. The Final Arbiter shall prepare a written report of his or her determination of the Prevailing Rental Rate and deliver a copy to Landlord and a copy to Tenant within ten (10) days after the hearing. The Final Arbiter shall select the Prevailing Rental Rate proposed by either Landlord or Tenant and shall not be entitled to choose any other Prevailing Rental Rate or to make a determination based upon the average of the Prevailing Rental Rates proposed by Landlord and Tenant. The determination of the Final Arbiter shall be final and binding upon the parties.

31.6 If the Appraisal Method is used to determine the Prevailing Rental Rate, then each party shall be responsible to pay its own fees and expenses for its appraisers involved in the process, provided that the fees and expenses of the Final Arbiter shall be shared equally by Landlord and Tenant. The reasonable fees and expenses of the appraisers involved in the process, including the fees and expenses of the Final Arbiter, shall be shared equally by Landlord and Tenant. In recognition that the Prevailing Rental Rate may not be determined until after the commencement of an Extension Period, Tenant shall pay, during the applicable Extension Period until the Prevailing Rental Rate is determined, the monthly Base Rent then in effect. If the Base Rent for the applicable Extension Period is determined to be greater than such amount, Tenant shall pay Landlord, within thirty (30) days after written request therefor, the difference between the amount required by such determination of the Prevailing Rental Rate and the amount of Base Rent previously paid by Tenant during the applicable Extension Period. If the Base Rent for the applicable Extension Period is determined to be less than such amount, Landlord shall credit Tenant against the Rent next coming due for the difference between the amount of Base Rent previously paid by Tenant during the applicable Extension Period and the amount required by such determination of the Prevailing Rental Rate.

 

58


31.7 If Tenant shall fail to timely exercise the first Extension Option in accordance with the provisions of this Article 31, then both the first Extension Option and the second Extension Option shall terminate, and shall be null and void and of no further force and effect. If Tenant shall timely exercise the first Extension Option in accordance with the provisions of this Article 31 and fail to timely exercise the second Extension Option in accordance with the provisions of this Article 31, then the second Extension Option shall be null and void and of no further force and effect. Tenant’s exercise of an Extension Option shall not operate to cure any default (without regard to applicable grace or notice and cure periods) by Tenant of any of the terms or provisions in this Lease or any Default, nor to extinguish or impair any rights or remedies of Landlord arising by virtue of such default or Default. If this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises shall terminate in any manner whatsoever before Tenant shall exercise an Extension Option, then immediately upon such termination the first Extension Option (only if unexercised) and the second Extension Option shall simultaneously terminate and become null and void. Each Extension Option is personal to the Tenant originally named herein (and any Permitted Transferee to which Tenant’s entire interest in this Lease is assigned or the entire Premises is sublet). Under no circumstances whatsoever shall the assignee under a partial assignment of this Lease or an assignee of an assignment of Tenant’s entire interest in this Lease (except a Permitted Transferee), or a subtenant under a sublease of the Premises (except a Permitted Transferee to which the entire Premises is sublet), have any right to exercise an Extension Option. Time is of the essence with regard to this provision. If Tenant validly exercises an Extension Option, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment to this Lease confirming the terms and conditions of this Lease applicable to the Premises during the applicable Extension Period, provided that the execution of such an amendment shall not be a precondition to the effectiveness of Tenant’s election to extend the Lease Term.

ARTICLE 32

ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT

32.1 Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right, at its sole cost and expense but without a fee to Tenant for the use of a portion of the roof of the Building approved by Landlord (in Landlord’s reasonable discretion), to install satellite dishes, communications and other equipment as needed for Tenant’s operations (collectively, the “Rooftop Equipment”) upon the roof of the Building for use by Tenant, provided, however, the size, location, design, manner and route of connection of each user to the Rooftop Equipment, and manner of attachment of the Rooftop Equipment to the Building, shall be conditioned upon and subject to following: (i) Tenant shall at all times adhere to all reasonable rules and regulations promulgated by Landlord; (ii) the proposed Rooftop Equipment, the manner of installation of the Rooftop Equipment and any subsequent alterations, additions or improvements to the Rooftop Equipment or the roof shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, provided that Landlord may withhold its consent in its sole discretion if such additions, alterations or improvements will materially and adversely affect the roof or structural portions of the Building or violate any of the requirements of this Lease; (iii) intentionally omitted; (iv) prior to installation, Tenant shall obtain and provide Landlord a copy of any and all approvals, licenses or permits required by the City of Los Angeles and any other governmental or quasi-governmental authority for the construction and use of the Rooftop Equipment; (v) the Rooftop Equipment (including, without limitation, the installation and any alterations, additions, improvements or repairs thereto), at all times, shall comply with all applicable governmental codes, statutes and regulations, including those of the City of Los Angeles and the County of Los Angeles; (vi) Tenant shall not sell, license, lease or otherwise permit the use of or the transmissions from the Rooftop Equipment to or by other tenants or occupants of the Building except in connection with a Transfer permitted by this Lease; (vii) Tenant shall bear all reasonable costs, expenses and liability, including liability for roof leaks, which may arise by solely reason of the installation, operation or maintenance of any such Rooftop Equipment, and, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, and subject to Section 10.5.2, Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims, liabilities, demands, costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) to the extent incurred by Landlord as a result of Tenant’s installation or operation of the Rooftop Equipment; (viii) Tenant shall

 

59


be solely responsible for the maintenance and repair of the Rooftop Equipment; and (ix) the Rooftop Equipment shall not interfere with the transmissions of other tenants or occupants within the Building. Tenant shall use, at Tenant’s expense, Landlord’s designated roofing contractor for any work in connection with installation of the Rooftop Equipment which affects or pertains to the roof, including roof penetration and installation of structural supports, curbing and flashing on or to the roof, provided that such designated roofing contractor charges commercially reasonable rates. Landlord shall have no obligation to reserve any specific portion of the roof for Tenant’s use, provided that Landlord shall make a portion of the roof of the Building, as reasonably determined by Landlord, available for Tenant’s non-exclusive use to install the Rooftop Equipment for use by Tenant as provided herein.

32.2 The rights to the Rooftop Equipment provided herein are personal to the Tenant originally named herein and any other occupants of the Building (so long as the same are not occupying the Building in violation of this Lease).

ARTICLE 33

SUSTAINABILITY

Landlord shall endeavor to minimize waste and reuse materials where practical during construction, to the extent such efforts do not materially increase the cost of construction. Strategies by Landlord shall be aimed at improving performance across all metrics that matter most: energy savings, water efficiency, carbon dioxide emissions reduction, improved indoor environmental quality, and stewardship of resources and sensitivity to their impacts. Further, Landlord shall, at no cost to Landlord, reasonably cooperate with Tenant in Tenant’s sustainability endeavors as may be implemented from time to time by Tenant (which may include, at Tenant’s option, LEED certification of the Premises).

ARTICLE 34

PURCHASE/SNDA CONTINGENCY

This Lease is contingent upon (i) Landlord’s successful acquisition of the Property (the “Acquisition Contingency”) pursuant to that certain Sale Agreement and Escrow Instruction dated January 8, 2019, by and between Landlord and Olson Urban II-Los Angeles 4, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (as amended) (the “Purchase Agreement”), and (ii) full execution and delivery (into escrow or directly to the parties) of a commercially reasonable subordination, non-disturbance, and attornment agreement (“SNDA”) for the benefit of Tenant from Landlord’s initial Security Holder (Terracotta Credit REIT, LLC, or an affiliate thereof) (the “SNDA Contingency”), which SNDA shall provide that Tenant’s rights and interests under this Lease shall not be disturbed so long as Tenant is not in breach of this Lease after notice and an opportunity to cure. If Landlord does not satisfy the Acquisition Contingency on or before June 28, 2019, then either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease by giving written notice of such termination to the other party prior to the satisfaction of the Acquisition Contingency; provided that Landlord’s right to terminate this Lease for failure to satisfy the Acquisition Contingency shall only apply if the acquisition fails to occur due to the seller’s default. If Landlord does not satisfy the SNDA Contingency on or before June 28, 2019, then Tenant may terminate this Lease by giving written notice of such termination to Landlord prior to the earlier of (i) July 1, 2019 or (ii) the satisfaction of the SNDA Contingency, provided that Tenant’s right to terminate this Lease for failure to satisfy the SNDA Contingency shall only apply if Tenant used diligent and good faith efforts to negotiate and finalize the SNDA. In such events of termination, this Lease shall become immediately null and void and Tenant and Landlord shall be relieved of any and all obligations and liability hereunder.

 

60


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be executed the day and date first above written.

 

Landlord
WELCOME TO THE DAIRY, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

/s/ Asher Luzzato

Name: Asher Luzzato
Title: President

 

Tenant

SWEETGREEN, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

By:

 

/s/ Nathaniel Ru

Name: Nathaniel Ru

Title: Co-founder

SIGNATURE PAGE TO LEASE


EXHIBIT A

OUTLINE AND LOCATION OF THE PREMISES

[Intentionally omitted]


EXHIBIT A-1

Legal Description of the Property

[Intentionally omitted]


EXHIBIT B

TENANT WORK LETTER

SECTION 1.

CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS FOR THE PREMISES

1.1 Landlord’s Work. Prior to the execution of the Lease, Landlord and Tenant have approved the detailed description of base, shell and core work for the Phase I Premises and Phase II Premises attached hereto as Exhibit B-1 (the “Base, Shell and Core Description”). Based upon and in conformity with the Base Shell and Core Description, Landlord shall cause its architect and engineers, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, to prepare and deliver to Tenant, for Tenant’s approval, detailed specifications and engineered working drawings in CAD format, which shall include, without limitation, ADA path of travel, restroom locations and counts, exit lighting plans for the Phase I Work (the “Base Building Working Drawings”) by no later than June 1, 2019. Within seven (7) days after Tenant’s and Landlord’s receipt of the Base Building Working Drawings, Tenant and Landlord shall approve or disapprove the same, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that Tenant may only disapprove the Base Building Working Drawings to the extent such Base Building Working Drawings are inconsistent with the Base, Shell and Core Description and only if Tenant delivers notice thereof to Landlord within such seven (7) day period. If any specific changes proposed by Tenant to rectify any inconsistencies with the Base, Shell and Core Description are timely and properly proposed by Tenant, Landlord shall cause its architect and engineers to revise the Base Building Working Drawings to incorporate such revisions and submit the same for Tenant’s approval in accordance with the foregoing provisions, and the parties shall follow the foregoing procedures for approving the Base Building Working Drawings until the same are finally approved by Landlord and Tenant. Upon Landlord’s and Tenant’s approval of the Base Building Working Drawings, the same shall be referred to as the “Approved Working Drawings for Landlord’s Phase I Work”.

Based upon and in conformity with the Base, Shell and Core Description, Landlord shall cause its architect and engineers, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, to prepare and deliver to Tenant, for Tenant’s approval, detailed specifications and engineered working drawings in CAD format, which shall include, without limitation, ADA path of travel, restroom locations and counts, exit lighting plans for the Phase II Work (the “Phase II Base Building Working Drawings”) by no later than October 1, 2019. Within seven (7) days after Tenant’s and Landlord’s receipt of the Phase II Base Building Working Drawings, Tenant and Landlord shall approve or disapprove the same, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that Tenant may only disapprove the Phase II Base Building Working Drawings to the extent such Phase II Base Building Working Drawings are inconsistent with the Base, Shell and Core Description and only if Tenant delivers notice thereof to Landlord within such seven (7) day period. If any specific changes proposed by Tenant to rectify any inconsistencies with the Base, Shell and Core Description are timely and properly proposed by Tenant, Landlord shall cause its architect and engineers to revise the Phase II Base Building Working Drawings to incorporate such revisions and submit the same for Tenant’s approval in accordance with the foregoing provisions, and the parties shall follow the foregoing procedures for approving the Phase II Base Building Working Drawings until the same are finally approved by Landlord and Tenant. Upon Landlord’s and Tenant’s approval of the Phase II Base Building Working Drawings, the same shall be referred to as the “Approved Working Drawings for Landlord’s Phase II Work”.

The improvements shown on the Approved Working Drawings for Landlord’s Phase I Work and the Approved Working Drawings for Landlord’s Phase II Work are hereby collectively referred to as “Landlord’s Work”. The Approved Working Drawings for Landlord’s Phase I Work and the Approved Working Drawings for Landlord’s Phase II Work are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “Approved Working Drawings for Landlord’s Work”.

 

 

EXHIBIT B-1


1.2 Selection of Design Professionals. Tenant shall retain an architect (the “Architect”) approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, to prepare the TI Drawings (as hereinafter defined). Landlord hereby approves Wolcott Architecture as Tenant’s Architect. Tenant shall retain licensed engineering consultants (the “Engineers”) approved by Landlord (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) to prepare all plans and engineering working drawings relating to the structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, HVAC, life-safety, and sprinkler work in the Premises not covered by Landlord’s Work. The plans and drawings to be prepared by Architect and the Engineers hereunder shall be known collectively as the “TI Drawings.” All TI Drawings shall be in a format reasonably acceptable to Landlord and shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval.

1.3 Final Space Plan. On or before thirty (30) days after Tenant receives the Approved Working Drawings for Landlord’s Phase I Work or the Approved Working Drawings for Landlord’s Phase II Work, Tenant shall cause the Architect to prepare and deliver to Landlord for Landlord’s approval, in a format reasonably acceptable to Landlord, the final space plan for tenant improvements in the Phase I or Phase II Premises (as applicable) (each such final space plan, a “Final Space Plan”), which Final Space Plans shall include a layout and designation of all offices, rooms and other partitioning, their intended use, and equipment to be contained therein. Landlord may request clarification or more specific drawings for special use items not included in the Final Space Plan. Landlord shall advise Tenant within five (5) Business Days after Landlord’s receipt of each of the Final Space Plans for the Phase I and Phase II Premises if the same is unsatisfactory or incomplete in any respect and shall specify in reasonable detail the items which are unsatisfactory or incomplete. If Tenant is so advised, Tenant shall within five (5) Business Days after Landlord’s request therefor, (i) cause the Final Space Plan to be revised to correct any deficiencies or other matters Landlord may require, and (ii) deliver such revised Final Space Plan to Landlord for Landlord’s approval.

1.4 Approved Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements. On or before sixty (60) days after the date each of the Final Space Plans is approved by Landlord, Tenant shall cause the Architect and the Engineers to complete the architectural and engineering drawings for the tenant improvements in the Phase I or Phase II Premises, as applicable, and cause the Architect to compile a fully coordinated set of architectural, structural, mechanical, electrical and plumbing working drawings in a form that is complete to allow subcontractors to bid on the work and to obtain all required permits for the tenant improvements for the Phase I or Phase II Premises (each such coordinated set for the Phase I or Phase II Premises being the “Working Drawings”), and shall submit the same to Landlord for Landlord’s approval. Tenant shall supply Landlord such Working Drawings in a format reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Landlord shall advise Tenant within five (5) Business Days after Landlord’s receipt of each set of the Working Drawings for the Phase I or Phase II Premises, as applicable, if the same is unsatisfactory or incomplete in any respect and shall specify in reasonable detail the items which are unsatisfactory or incomplete. If Tenant is so advised, Tenant shall within five (5) Business Days after Landlord’s request therefor, (i) revise such Working Drawings in accordance with such review and any disapproval of Landlord in connection therewith, and (ii) deliver such revised Working Drawings to Landlord for Landlord’s approval. The Working Drawings approved by Landlord for the Phase I Premises and Phase II Premises are together referred to herein as the “Approved Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements”. Each set of Approved Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements shall be submitted by Tenant to plan check within ten (10) days after the date of Landlord’s approval of the same and Tenant shall diligently pursue and use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all applicable permits for the Approved Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements within one hundred fifteen (115) days after the date of Landlord’s approval of the same.

 

EXHIBIT B-2


1.5 Standard For Approval. Landlord’s consent with respect to the Final Space Plans and Working Drawings shall not be withheld unless such drawings contain a Design Problem. Subject to Section 4.2 hereof, Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to the contemplated buildout or installation of Tenant’s specific trade fixtures, fixtures, furniture, or equipment, or (a) any lab, test kitchen or other highly specialized areas that are not customary in a creative office buildout, and (b) any other improvements which would not generally be considered standard creative office improvements (items (a) and (b) directly above are referred to as “Specialized Improvements”). Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause Landlord’s Work to be constructed in such a manner as to accommodate any Specialized Improvements contemplated by Tenant and known by Landlord as of the date of each Final Space Plan approval.

1.6 No Changes. Once such plans and drawings are approved as set forth in this Tenant Work Letter, Tenant shall make no changes, change orders or modifications to the Base Building Working Drawings, the Phase II Base Building Working Drawings, the Approved Working Drawings for Landlord’s Phase I Work, the Approved Working Drawings for Landlord’s Phase II Work, the Final Space Plans, the Working Drawings, and/or the Approved Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements without the prior written consent of Landlord (including, without limitation, any changes to the base, shell and core work of the Building), which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s reasonable discretion (except that Landlord may withhold its consent in its sole and absolute discretion if such change or modification would: (i) increase the cost of designing or constructing the Landlord’s Work above the cost of the improvements depicted in the Approved Working Drawings for Landlord’s Work (unless Tenant commits to pay for such increased costs); and/or (ii) require any changes to the base, shell and core work of the Building). The Final Space Plans, the Approved Working Drawings for Landlord’s Work and Approved Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements shall be collectively referred to herein as the “Construction Drawings”. The tenant improvements shown on the Approved Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements shall be referred to herein as the “Tenant Improvements”.

SECTION 2.

CONSTRUCTION AND COST OF TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

2.1 Allocation of Costs. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that Landlord shall, at Landlord’s expense (except as provided in this Section 2), cause one or two contractor(s) with respect to the Phase I Work and one or two contractor(s) with respect to the Phase II Work (the “Contractor(s)”) to (i) obtain all applicable building permits for construction of Landlord’s Work (which building permits shall allow for A/B occupancy of the Premises), and (ii) construct Landlord’s Work and the Tenant Improvements as substantially depicted on the Construction Drawings, excepting only minor variations (i.e., variations that are not inconsistent with the intent of the Construction Drawings) as Landlord may deem advisable and any Change Orders (as defined below) approved by Landlord in compliance with such building permits and all Applicable Laws; provided, however, that the issuance of a temporary or permanent certificate of occupancy or final sign off on the job card upon Substantial Completion (as defined below) of Landlord’s Work and the Tenant Improvements shall be deemed conclusive evidence of the compliance of Landlord’s Work and the Tenant Improvements with Applicable Laws. In the event that Tenant shall request any Change Orders that increase the cost of construction of Landlord’s Work above of the cost of the improvements depicted on the Construction Drawings, then Tenant shall pay such excess cost to Landlord in cash within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s request therefor, together with reasonable supporting backup documentation. Landlord shall obtain the building permits for Landlord’s Work and shall perform Landlord’s Work at Landlord’s sole cost and expense. For the avoidance of doubt, Tenant shall be responsible for all increased costs (including, without limitation, Landlord’s increased carrying costs, Landlord’s out of pocket third party construction management fees and costs) proximately caused by Tenant Delays. In addition, Landlord shall pay for the cost of the design and construction of the Tenant

 

EXHIBIT B-3


Improvements (in an amount up to, but not exceeding $53.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises (the “Tenant Improvement Allowance”), with (i) at least $50.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises allocated to hard costs of construction of the Tenant Improvements, (ii) no more than $2.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises allocated to Tenant’s architectural fees, and (iii) no more than $1.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises allocated to the costs of Tenant’s consultants (such as Tenant’s construction manager, designers or other consultants). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall pay for all costs for the Tenant Improvements in excess of the Tenant Improvement Allowance in accordance with the paragraphs set forth below. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, in no event shall Landlord be obligated to pay for any of Tenant’s furniture, computer systems, telephone systems, equipment or other personal property that may be depicted on the Construction Drawings, all of which items shall be paid for by Tenant. Any portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance that has not been used in connection with the buildout of the Tenant Improvements (in an amount not to exceed $5.00 per rentable square foot) may be used as abatement against Monthly Rent first coming due under the Lease.

The Contractor for Landlord’s Work shall be Essey Construction or such other contractor as selected by Landlord (the “Base Building Contractor”) and approved by Tenant (such approval of Tenant not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). The Contractor for the Tenant Improvements (the “TI Contractor”) for the Phase I Premises and the Phase II Premises shall be the lowest bidder(s) of the following contractors, who shall participate in a competitive bidding process: Essey Construction, HBC, Corporate Contractors, and Sierra Pacific (or such other contractors to which Landlord and Tenant shall mutually agree). In the event the Base Building Contractor is not the TI Contractor, the parties shall cause the Base Building Contractor and the TI Contractor to coordinate construction of Landlord’s Work and the Tenant Improvements in good faith. Landlord shall ensure that the Base Building Contractor does not interfere with or cause labor disharmony in connection with the TI Contractor’s performance of the Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall not direct the TI Contractor to take any actions that would materially interfere with the Base Building Contractor’s completion of Landlord’s Work; any such directives by Tenant that cause an actual delay in the completion of Landlord’s Work shall be deemed a Tenant Delay, subject to Section 4.2 below.

2.2 Cost Proposal. After the Approved Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements for the Phase I Premises, or the Phase II Premises as applicable, are approved by Landlord and Tenant, Landlord shall provide Tenant with a cost proposal in accordance with the Approved Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements for the Phase I or Phase II Premises, as applicable, which cost proposal shall include, as nearly as possible, the cost of constructing such Tenant Improvements (the “Cost Proposal”). Landlord will use good faith efforts to ensure the Contractor pursues the best price and competitive bids for all subcontractors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, portions of the cost of such Tenant Improvements may be delivered to Tenant as such portions of the Tenant Improvements are priced by Contractor (on an individual item by item or trade by trade basis and/or on the basis of bifurcating between the Phase I Premises and Phase II Premises) (each a “Partial Cost Proposal”). Tenant shall approve or reject the Cost Proposal or Partial Cost Proposal, as applicable, on or before five (5) Business Days after receipt thereof. With respect to the Phase I Premises or the Phase II Premises, as applicable, the date by which Tenant approves such Cost Proposal, or the last Partial Cost Proposal to Landlord, as the case may be, shall be known hereafter as the “Cost Proposal Delivery Date.” If Landlord chooses to provide Tenant with Partial Cost Proposals, then the total of all Partial Cost Proposals shall be known as the “Cost Proposal”. If Tenant rejects any line item cost of any Partial Cost Proposal or Cost Proposal, Tenant may seek bids for Landlord’s consideration, but any time spent doing so shall be deemed a Tenant Delay. After Tenant’s approval of the Cost Proposal, both Landlord and Tenant shall use commercially reasonable efforts to keep the costs of constructing the Tenant Improvements at or under the amount set forth in the approved Cost Proposal; provided, however, in no event shall Landlord be in default under the Lease or this Tenant Work Letter or have any liability (nor shall Tenant have any remedy against Landlord under the Lease or this Tenant Work Letter) if the actual costs of constructing the Tenant Improvements exceeds the amount set forth in such approved Cost Proposal.

 

EXHIBIT B-4


2.3 Over Allowance Amount. The amount equal to the difference between (i) the amount of the applicable Cost Proposal and (ii) the amount of the Tenant Improvement Allowance attributable to the rentable square footage of the Phase I Premises or Phase II Premises (as applicable) (less any portion thereof already disbursed by Landlord, or in the process of being disbursed by Landlord, on or before the applicable Cost Proposal Delivery Date) shall be referred to herein as the “Over Allowance Amount”. In the event that, after any Cost Proposal Delivery Date, Tenant requests any revisions, changes, or substitutions to the Tenant Improvements, any additional costs that arise in connection with such revisions, changes or substitutions shall be added to the Cost Proposal and shall be added to the Over Allowance Amount to the extent such additional costs increase any existing Over Allowance Amount or result in an Over Allowance Amount.

To the extent an Over Allowance Amount then exists, in connection with each disbursement made by Landlord with respect to the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall send Tenant a calculation of, and request for, Tenant’s share of the applicable disbursement (a “Disbursement Request”), which share shall be based upon achieving pari passu funding between the Tenant Improvement Allowance and Over Allowance Amount after making such disbursement. Solely by way of example:

Example 1:

If, for Landlord’s first construction disbursement of $10,000.00, the Over Allowance Amount was then $20,000.00 and the Tenant Improvement Allowance was $80,000.00, Tenant would be required to fund $2,000.00 to Landlord from the Over Allowance Amount and Landlord would be required to fund $8,000.00 from the Tenant Improvement Allowance.

Example 2:

Assume the same facts as in Example 1, except that, prior to the first construction disbursement, Landlord already disbursed $10,000.00 in construction costs without any funding from Tenant prior to finalization of the applicable Cost Proposal. In such instance, Tenant would be required to fund $4,000.00 to Landlord from the Over Allowance Amount (to “catch up” to pari passu funding) and Landlord would be required to fund $6,000.00 from the Tenant Improvement Allowance.

The Over Allowance Amount shall be disbursed by Landlord pursuant to the same procedure as Landlord uses to disburse the Tenant Improvement Allowance. Tenant acknowledges that Tenant must fund the applicable portion of the Over Allowance Amount to Landlord within five (5) Business Days of receiving any Disbursement Request, and Tenant’s timely funding of all portions of the Over Allowance Amount is critical to avoid construction delays.

For the avoidance of doubt, the Over Allowance Amount will be separately calculated for the Phase I Premises and the Phase II Premises, and, in the unlikely event the Tenant Improvement Allowance attributable to the Phase I Premises has any excess amount remaining after completion of the Tenant Improvements for the Phase I Premises, such excess amount may be applied to reduce any Over Allowance Amount for the Phase II Premises.

Following completion of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a final cost statement that shall indicate the final cost of the Tenant Improvements with reasonable backup documentation therefor, and if such cost statement indicates that Tenant has underpaid or overpaid the Over Allowance Amount, then within thirty (30) days after receipt of such statement, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the amount of such underpayment or Landlord shall return to Tenant the amount of such overpayment, as the case may be. Failure to fund all or any part of the Over Allowance Amount in connection with any Disbursement Request as and when required shall be deemed a Tenant Delay hereunder.

 

EXHIBIT B-5


SECTION 3.

CHANGE ORDERS

If, after the Construction Documents have been approved in accordance with this Tenant Work Letter but prior to the Substantial Completion of the applicable portion of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall request improvements or changes to the Premises in addition to, revision of or substitution for the Tenant Improvements identified on the Construction Drawings (individually or collectively, “Change Orders”), Tenant shall deliver to Landlord for its approval plans and specifications for such Change Orders, which approval may be withheld in Landlord’s reasonable discretion (except that Landlord may withhold its approval in its sole and absolute discretion if such Change Order would: (i) increase the cost of designing or constructing the Landlord’s Work above the cost of the improvements depicted in the Approved Working Drawings for Landlord’s Work (unless Tenant commits to pay for such increased costs); and/or (ii) require any changes to the base, shell and core work of the Building). Landlord shall approve or disapprove such Change Order within five (5) business days of Tenant’s submission. If Landlord does not approve of the plans for such Change Orders, Landlord shall advise Tenant of the revisions required. Tenant shall revise and redeliver the plans and specifications to Landlord within five (5) business days of Landlord’s advice or Tenant shall be deemed to have abandoned its request for such Change Orders. Tenant shall pay for all preparations and revisions of plans and specifications, and the increase in the cost of construction, resulting from all Change Orders as set forth in Section 2 above as part of the Over Allowance Amount.

SECTION 4.

SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

4.1 Substantial Completion. For purposes of the Lease, including this Tenant Work Letter, “Substantial Completion” (and any correlative variations thereof) of Landlord’s Work and the Tenant Improvements with respect to the Phase I Premises and the Phase II Premises shall mean that all of the following are completed: (i) completion of construction of the applicable Landlord’s Work and the Tenant Improvements pursuant to the Approved Working Drawings for Landlord’s Phase I Work or the Approved Working Drawings for Landlord’s Phase II Work, as applicable, and Approved Working Drawings for the Tenant Improvements (as applicable), with the exception of any “Punch List Items” (as defined below), (ii) Landlord has obtained a temporary or permanent certificate of occupancy for the Phase I or Phase II Premises (as applicable) (provided that such condition shall be deemed waived by Tenant if such certificate of occupancy is not available because of Tenant Delays or Tenant performing ongoing work at the Property or if such certificate of occupancy is not available as a result of any other action or omission of Tenant, its employees, agents or contractors which directly or indirectly prevents Landlord from being able to obtain such certificate of occupancy) and (iii) the Phase I or Phase II Premises (as applicable) is in the Required Delivery Condition (as defined in Section 1.1.2.E of the Lease). Substantial Completion shall be determined during the Phase I Walkthrough (as defined in Section 1.1.2B of the Lease) or the Phase II Walkthrough (as defined in Section 1.1.2.D of the Lease), as applicable. For the purposes of this Tenant Work Letter, the term “Punch List Items” shall mean minor details of construction or decoration or mechanical adjustments that (a) can reasonably be corrected or completed after the date Tenant commences its operations within the Phase I Premises or the Phase II Premises (as applicable) without causing substantial interference with Tenant’s operations therein and (b) can reasonably be corrected or completed within thirty (30) days (if Tenant fully cooperates in providing Landlord with appropriate access, provided such access can be granted

 

EXHIBIT B-6


without causing substantial interference with Tenant’s operations therein), and which shall be completed within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s notice of such items to Landlord (so long as Tenant fully cooperates in providing Landlord with appropriate access, provided such access can be granted without causing substantial interference with Tenant’s operations therein).

4.2 Tenant Delays. If there shall be any actual delay or delays in the Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work and/or the Tenant Improvements as a direct, proximate or total result of any of the following (individually, a “Tenant Delay”, and collectively, “Tenant Delays”):

(i) subject to Section 5.4 below, Tenant’s failure to timely approve the Working Drawings or any other matter requiring Tenant’s approval within the time periods expressly provided in this Tenant Work Letter (where this Tenant Work Letter is silent as to the time period for Tenant’s approval, Tenant shall have five (5) Business Days to approve or disapprove of such matters);

(ii) a breach by Tenant of the terms of this Tenant Work Letter (other than as expressly addressed by another category of Tenant Delays set forth in this Section 4.2), provided Landlord shall give Tenant prompt Email Notice of such breach upon becoming aware of such breach; in no event shall a Tenant Delay be deemed to have commenced more than three (3) Business Days prior to Tenant’s receipt of such notice;

(iii) Tenant’s request for changes in any of the Construction Drawings, after the initial approval thereof;

(iv) Tenant’s requirement for materials, components, finishes or improvements that are not available in a commercially reasonable time, provided that Landlord has notified Tenant that such materials, components, finishes, or improvements are not available in a commercially reasonable time and Tenant elects to proceed anyway;

(v) any changes in the Construction Drawings (after the Construction Drawings are initially approved by Landlord and Tenant) and/or Landlord’s Work and/or the Tenant Improvements required by Applicable Laws if such changes are directly attributable to Tenant’s Specialized Improvements, other than those set forth in the Base, Shell and Core Description (as reasonably determined by Landlord);

(vi) any Change Orders with respect to the Tenant Improvements or changes to the plans with respect to the Tenant Improvements (after the approval of the parties) requested by Tenant;

(vii) Tenant’s failure to meet any deadline set forth herein (including, without limitation, the deadline to submit or re-submit the Space Plan or Working Drawings);

(viii) changes requested by Tenant (after approval of the Construction Drawings) to the base, shell and core work or the Base Building;

(ix) time spent by Tenant contemplating Landlord’s reasonable response to changes requested by Tenant to Landlord’s Work and the Tenant Improvements after approval of the applicable Construction Drawings (whether or not ultimately pursued), only to the extent of any delay actually incurred by Landlord where Landlord’s Work or the Tenant Improvements cannot proceed as planned as a result of Landlord’s need to wait for Tenant’s decision that could change the scope of Landlord’s Work or the Tenant Improvements;

 

EXHIBIT B-7


(x) any work performed by Tenant which interferes with Landlord’s Work and/or the Tenant Improvements, where such interference continues for two (2) Business Days after written notice (or Email Notice) from Landlord;

(xi) actions by Tenant which cause delays in Landlord receiving permits for Landlord’s Work, where such actions continue for two (2) Business Days after written notice (or Email Notice) from Landlord (provided, however, Landlord shall not be required to provide any notice after the third such delay);

(xii) any changes to the scope of Landlord’s Work requested by Tenant after approval of the Construction Drawings, including, without limitation, those involving upgraded or highly specialized improvements;

(xiii) any Specialized Improvements to be constructed as part of the Tenant Improvements, other than those set forth in the Base, Shell and Core Description;

(xiv) if Tenant rejects a Cost Proposal or Partial Cost Proposal, all time thereafter in which the parties seek alternative cost proposal(s); or

(xv) any other unreasonable or negligent acts or omissions or willful misconduct of Tenant, or its agents or employees where such acts or misconduct continue for two (2) Business Days after written notice (or Email Notice) from Landlord;

then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Lease and regardless of the actual date of the Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work and the Tenant Improvements with respect to the Phase I Premises and the Phase II Premises, the Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work and the Tenant Improvements with respect to the Phase I Premises and the Phase II Premises shall be deemed to be the date the Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work and the Tenant Improvements would have occurred with respect to the Phase I Premises and the Phase II Premises if no Tenant Delay or Tenant Delays, as set forth above, had occurred (which date shall be reasonably determined by Landlord).

SECTION 5.

MISCELLANEOUS

5.1 Tenant’s Entry Into the Premises Prior to Substantial Completion. On and after the Effective Date, subject to the terms hereof (including, without limitation, Section 4.2 of this Tenant Work Letter) and provided that Tenant and its agents do not cause substantial interference with Contractor’s work at the Premises or in the Premises, Tenant shall have access to the Premises prior to the Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements for the sole purpose of preparing plans, designing improvements, installing furniture, equipment or fixtures (including Tenant’s data and telephone equipment) in the Premises. Prior to Tenant’s entry into the Premises as permitted by the terms of this Section 5.1, Tenant shall submit a schedule to Landlord and Contractor, for their reasonable approval, which schedule shall detail the timing and purpose of Tenant’s entry. In connection with any such entry, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors, consultants, workmen, mechanics, suppliers and invitees shall reasonably cooperate, work in harmony and not, in any manner, unreasonably interfere with Landlord or Landlord’s contractors (including the Contractor), agents or representatives in performing work at the Premises or in the Premises, or interfere with the general operation of the Premises or any portion thereof. If at any time any such person representing Tenant shall not be cooperative or shall otherwise cause or threaten to cause any such disharmony or interference, including, without limitation, labor disharmony, and Tenant fails to institute and maintain corrective actions, then Landlord may revoke Tenant’s entry rights

 

EXHIBIT B-8


upon twenty-four (24) hours’ prior notice to Tenant. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that any such entry into and occupancy of the Premises or any portion thereof by Tenant or any person or entity working for or on behalf of Tenant shall be deemed to be subject to all of the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of the Lease, excluding only the covenant to pay Base Rent and Additional Rent (until the occurrence of the Lease Commencement Date or the Phase II Commencement Date, as applicable). Tenant further acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for any injury, loss or damage that may occur to any of Tenant’s work made in or about the Premises in connection with such entry or to any property placed therein prior to the Lease Commencement Date or the Phase II Commencement Date, the same being at Tenant’s sole risk and liability unless such injury, loss or damage is caused by Landlord’s or a Landlord Party’s negligence or willful misconduct. Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for any damage to any portion of the Premises, including Landlord’s Work and the Tenant Improvements, caused by Tenant or any of Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors, consultants, workmen, mechanics, suppliers and invitees. Subject to the last sentence of this Section 5.1, in the event that the performance of Tenant’s work in connection with such entry causes extra costs to be incurred by Landlord or requires the use of any services, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for such extra costs and/or shall pay Landlord for such services, as the case may be, at Landlord’s standard rates then in effect within thirty (30) days of Tenant’s receipt of an invoice from Landlord, together with reasonable supporting evidence. In addition, Tenant shall hold Landlord harmless from and indemnify, protect and defend Landlord against any loss or damage to the Project or any portion thereof and against injury to any persons caused by Tenant’s actions pursuant to this Section 5.1, except to the extent caused by Landlord’s or a Landlord Party’s negligence or willful misconduct. With respect to the period prior to the Lease Commencement Date, Landlord shall not charge for parking by such parties entering pursuant to this Section 5.1 and Landlord shall not charge any temporary utility fees or other administrative charges in connection with such entry, including charges for use of the freight elevators, loading docks, personnel and material costs, or any other facilities in connection with such entry and Landlord shall not restrict the hours of operation of any Building services for Tenant’s use.

5.2 Tenant’s Representative. Tenant has designated Rebecca Nounou as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Tenant Work Letter, who, until further notice to Landlord, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Tenant as required in this Tenant Work Letter. Tenant shall instruct all parties associated with Tenant other than the foregoing sole representative to convey all information to Landlord and Landlord’s representatives hereunder through the sole representative.

5.3 Landlord’s Representative. Landlord has designated Asher Luzzatto as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Tenant Work Letter, who, until further notice to Tenant, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Landlord as required in this Tenant Work Letter.

5.4 Time of the Essence in This Tenant Work Letter. Unless otherwise indicated, all references herein to a “number of days” shall mean and refer to calendar days. If any item requiring a party’s approval is timely disapproved by Landlord or Tenant, the procedure for preparation of the item and approval thereof shall be repeated until the item is approved. In all instances where Tenant is required to approve or deliver an item, if no written notice of approval is given or the item is not delivered within the stated time period, at Landlord’s sole option, at the end of said period Landlord shall send a second written notice stating such failure (and the time after such second notice and before Tenant’s response shall be deemed a Tenant Delay).

5.5 Tenant’s Lease Default. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the Lease, if a Default by Tenant has occurred at any time on or before Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work and the Tenant Improvements, then (i) in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to Landlord pursuant to the Lease, at law and/or in equity, Landlord shall have the right to cause Contractor to cease the

 

EXHIBIT B-9


construction of Landlord’s Work and the Tenant Improvements (in which case, Tenant shall be responsible for any delay in the Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work and the Tenant Improvements caused by such work stoppage as set forth in Section 4.2 of this Tenant Work Letter), and (ii) all other obligations of Landlord under the terms of this Tenant Work Letter shall be forgiven until such time as such Default is cured pursuant to the terms of the Lease or this Tenant Work Letter (in which case, Tenant shall be responsible for any delay in the Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work and the Tenant Improvements caused by such inaction by Landlord). In addition, if the Lease is terminated for any reason due to a Default by Tenant prior to Substantial Completion of the Phase I Work, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord under the Lease, at law and/or in equity, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent under the Lease, within thirty (30) days of receipt of a statement therefor, any and all reasonable costs incurred by Landlord and not reimbursed or otherwise paid by Tenant through the date of such termination in connection with the Tenant Improvements to the extent planned, installed and/or constructed as of such date of termination where such Tenant Improvements would not be reasonably usable by a typical creative office tenant, including, but not limited to, any costs related to the removal of all or any portion of such Tenant Improvements and restoration costs related thereto.

5.6 Contractor’s Warranties and Guaranties. Contractor shall obtain customary construction warranties for the Tenant Improvements and Landlord’s Work. Landlord hereby assigns to Tenant all warranties and guaranties by Contractor relating to the Tenant Improvements, which assignment shall be on a nonexclusive basis such that the warranties and guarantees may be enforced by Landlord and/or Tenant.

 

EXHIBIT B-10


Exhibit B-1

Base, Shell and Core Description

[Intentionally omitted]


Exhibit B-2

Proposed Phase I Design

[Intentionallly omitted]


EXHIBIT C

NOTICE OF LEASE TERM DATES

[Intentionally omitted]


EXHIBIT D

BASE RENT ABATEMENT PROVISIONS

1. Base Rent Abatement. Base Rent shall be abated for (i) the first (1st), thirteenth (13th), twenty-fifth (25th), thirty-seventh (37th), forty-ninth (49th), sixty-first (61st), and seventy-third (73rd) full calendar months of the Lease Term solely with respect to the Phase I Premises, and (ii) the first (1st), thirteenth (13th), twenty-fifth (25th), thirty-seventh (37th), forty-ninth (49th), sixty-first (61st), and seventy-third (73rd) full calendar months occurring after the Phase II Commencement Date solely with respect to the Phase II Premises (collectively, the Abatement Period”). As provided in Article 3 of this Lease, Tenant shall prepay Base Rent for the second (2nd) full calendar month of the Lease Term (i.e., for the first full calendar month of the Lease Term in which such amounts are payable hereunder) with respect to the Phase I Premises. Notwithstanding such abatement of Base Rent (a) all other sums due under this Lease, including Direct Expenses, shall be payable as provided in this Lease, and (b) any increases in Base Rent set forth in this Lease shall occur on the dates scheduled therefor. The amount of the Base Rent abated for the Abatement Period pursuant to this Exhibit D shall be referred to herein as the “Abated Rent”.

 

EXHIBIT D-1


EXHIBIT E

PHASE I LANDSCAPING

[Intentionallly omitted]


EXHIBIT F

PARKING PLAN

[Intentionallly omitted]


EXHIBIT G

ROOF DECK

[Intentionallly omitted]

 

Exhibit 10.14

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT

This FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT (“First Amendment”) is made and entered into as of the 12th day of August, 2020, by and between WELCOME TO THE DAIRY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and SWEETGREEN, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

R E C I T A L S :

A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated as of May 23, 2019 (the “Lease”).

B. The parties hereto (the “Parties”) desire to amend the Lease in order to address and clarify matters with respect to the ongoing construction process for the Property, on the terms and conditions set forth in this First Amendment.

A G R E E M E N T :

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Capitalized Terms. All capitalized terms when used herein shall have the same respective meanings as are given such terms in the Lease unless expressly provided otherwise in this First Amendment.

2. Date Modifications. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to the following modifications of dates set forth in the Lease:

 

  A.

The date of “January 31, 2020” set forth in Section 3.2 of the Summary is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with “April 1, 2021”.

 

  B.

The date of “December 31, 2020” set forth in Section 3.3 of the Summary is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with “December 1, 2021”.

 

  C.

The date of “March 26, 2020” set forth in Section 1.1.2B of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with “February 1, 2021”. In addition, the sixth sentence of Section 1.1.2B is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with: “In the event that the Beneficial Occupancy Start Date does not occur by the Expected Delivery Date, Tenant shall have the right as its sole legal and equitable remedy (other than the Late Delivery Termination Option pursuant to the terms set forth herein), to a credit against payment of Base Rent (solely with respect to the Phase I Premises) equal to two (2) days’ abatement in Base Rent for every day on and after the Expected Delivery Date and before the Beneficial Occupancy Start Date, which abatement shall be applied against Base Rent first coming due hereunder (solely with respect to the Phase I Premises) until exhausted.”

 

1


  D.

The date of “February 24, 2021” set forth in Section 1.1.2D of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with “February 1, 2022”. In addition, the ninth sentence of Section 1.1.2D is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: “In the event that the Phase II Commencement Date does not occur by the Expected Phase II Delivery Date, Tenant shall have the right as its sole legal and equitable remedy (other than the Phase II Late Delivery Termination Option pursuant to the terms set forth herein), to a credit against payment of Base Rent (solely with respect to the Phase II Premises) equal to two (2) days’ abatement in Base Rent for every day on and after the Expected Phase II Delivery Date and before the Phase II Commencement Date, which abatement shall be applied against Base Rent first coming due hereunder (solely with respect to the Phase II Premises) until exhausted.”

3. Delays. With respect to the Phase I Work and Phase II Work, Landlord and Tenant hereby stipulate that, as of the date hereof, there have been no Tenant Delays or delays due to Force Majeure. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing shall in no event be construed to prevent Landlord from claiming Tenant Delays due to matters, acts or omissions occurring after the date hereof, provided that Landlord shall provide Tenant with written notice or Email Notice of any such claimed Tenant Delay together with reasonable backup documentation evidencing such delay within five (5) days after the occurrence thereof (and any such Tenant Delay shall be subject to the cure and grace period, if any, set forth in Section 4.2 of Exhibit B of the Lease).

4. Lease Commencement Date/Beneficial Occupancy. The first sentence of Section 3.2 of the Summary is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: “The date which is four (4) months after the date Landlord delivers possession of the Phase I Premises to Tenant with Landlord’s Work (as defined in the Tenant Work Letter) and the Tenant Improvements (as defined in the Tenant Work Letter) with respect to the Phase I Premises (the “Phase I Work”) Substantially Complete (as defined in the Tenant Work Letter), which date of delivery of possession is subject to adjustment pursuant to the Tenant Work Letter.”

For the four (4) month period prior to the Lease Commencement Date (the “Beneficial Occupancy Period”), Tenant shall be permitted to occupy the Premises (and, for clarity, Tenant shall have the right to use the Parking Areas) subject to complying with all terms and provisions of the Tenant Work Letter and with all of the other terms and provisions of this Lease (including those identified as only applying during the Lease Term), except those provisions requiring the payment of Base Rent and Parking Rent, which shall not apply to Tenant until the Lease Commencement Date (and for clarity, Landlord acknowledges that Tenant’s Base Rent for the first full calendar month after the Lease Commencement Date will be abated subject to Exhibit D to the Lease). For the avoidance of doubt, Direct Expenses shall be due and payable during the Beneficial Occupancy Period. Landlord and Tenant shall enter into a Notice of Lease Term Dates on the form set forth in Exhibit C of the Lease on or prior to the Beneficial Occupancy Start Date (as defined below).

 

2


The first day of the Beneficial Occupancy Period shall be referred to as the “Beneficial Occupancy Start Date” (for clarity, such date shall be the date Landlord delivers possession of the Phase I Premises to Tenant with the Phase I Work Substantially Complete, which date of delivery of possession is subject to adjustment for Tenant Delays pursuant to the Tenant Work Letter). Wherever the term “Lease Commencement Date” appears in the Sections of the Lease referenced directly below, the term “Lease Commencement Date” is hereby replaced with the term “Beneficial Occupancy Start Date”:

 

   

Section 1.1.2A;

 

   

Section 1.1.2B;

 

   

Section 1.1.3;

 

   

Section 4.2.1;

 

   

Section 6.2;

 

   

Section 10.5.2;

 

   

Section 11.1.1;

 

   

Section 25.1;

 

   

Section 25.2.3;

 

   

Section 25.4; and

 

   

The second reference in Section 5.1 of the Tenant Work Letter.

5. Base, Shell, and Core Description. Exhibit B-1 of the Tenant Work Letter is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with Exhibit B-1 attached to this First Amendment, and Landlord hereby reaffirms its obligation to perform the work therein at its sole cost and expense (and not included in the Tenant Improvement Allowance) pursuant to the Approved Working Drawings for Landlord’s Work, which work shall be Substantially Complete prior to the Beneficial Occupancy Start Date with regards to the Phase I Work and prior to the Phase II Commencement Date with regards to the Phase II Work. In consideration for Tenant’s agreement to remove Section 3(k) of Exhibit B-1 of the Tenant Work Letter from the scope of Landlord’s Work, Landlord shall provide Tenant with a one-time payment of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($250,000.00) within sixty (60) days of the Lease Commencement Date.

6. Mutual Release. Landlord, together with its successors and assigns, officers, directors, employees, members, agents, shareholders, advisors, representatives, lenders and attorneys thereof, and each of them past and present, both individually and in their corporate capacities, is hereby fully and unconditionally released and discharged by Tenant from any Claims (as defined in Section 10.1 of the Lease) regarding amounts or credits claimed to be owed by Landlord to Tenant in connection with delays occurred to date in the completion of Landlord’s Work and/or the Tenant Improvements (except for the payment set forth in Section 5 above, Landlord’s obligation to fund the Tenant Improvement Allowance and any amounts or credits granted by Landlord, in its sole and absolute discretion, after the date of this First Amendment [it

 

3


being acknowledged that Landlord has no obligation to grant the same]), and Tenant, together with its successors and assigns, officers, directors, employees, members, agents, shareholders, advisors, representatives, lenders and attorneys thereof, and each of them past and present, both individually and in their corporate capacities, is hereby fully and unconditionally released and discharged by Landlord from any Claims of Tenant Delays to date (such matters expressly released by each party hereunder, the “Released Matters”). This First Amendment fully and finally settles all Claims with respect to delays in the completion of Landlord’s Work and/or the Tenant Improvements to date, including, without limitation, both known and unknown claims and causes of action that arise out of or in connection with the Released Matters arising prior to the date hereof.

Each of the Parties expressly waives the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1542, which provides:

“A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.”

Each party acknowledges that it has received the advice of legal counsel with respect to the aforementioned waiver and understands the terms thereof.

7. Address of Tenant. Section 9 of the Summary is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Before the Beneficial Occupancy Start Date:

SWEETGREEN, INC.

3000 S. Robertson Blvd., 3rd Floor

Los Angeles, California 90034

Attention: Accounting Department

From and after the Beneficial Occupancy Start Date:

The Premises

Attention: Accounting Department

A copy of all notices pertaining to any default applicable to Tenant shall be sent in the same manner and at the same time to:

[Omitted.]

8. Expense Cap. The calendar year “2021” set forth in Section 4.2.5 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with calendar year “2022”.

9. Article 34. Article 34 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety.

 

4


10. Counterparts. This First Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which is to be deemed original for all purposes, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by facsimile, or e-mail of a PDF copy, of a counterpart of this First Amendment executed by Landlord or Tenant shall constitute delivery by such party of such party’s executed counterpart of this First Amendment.

11. Effectiveness of Agreement. In no event shall any draft of this First Amendment create any rights, obligations or liabilities, it being intended that only a fully executed and delivered copy of this First Amendment will bind the Parties.

12. No Further Modification. Except as set forth in this First Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect. In the event of a conflict between the terms of the Lease and the terms of this First Amendment, the terms of this First Amendment shall control. The provisions of the Lease, as amended and supplemented by this First Amendment, are hereby ratified and confirmed by Tenant and Landlord in all respects.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank. Signature page follows.]

 

5


This First Amendment is executed as of the date first written above.

LANDLORD:

WELCOME TO THE DAIRY, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

 

By:  

/s/ Asher Luzzatto

Name:   Asher Luzzatto
Title:   President
TENANT:
SWEETGREEN, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Nicolas Jammet

Name:   Nicolas Jammet
Title:   Co-Founder + Chief Concept Officer

 

6


Exhibit B-1

Base, Shell and Core Description

Landlord shall perform the following work at Landlord’s sole cost and expense (and not included in the Tenant Improvement Allowance) pursuant to the Approved Working Drawings for Landlord’s Work, which work shall be Substantially Complete prior to the Beneficial Occupancy Start Date with regards to the Phase I Work and prior to the Phase II Commencement Date with regards to the Phase II Work:

1. Mechanical, Electrical, and Fire/Life Safety Systems:

a. Base building HVAC system shall provide the indoor rentable areas of the Premises with an average temperature of 72 degrees Fahrenheit, plus or minus 2 degrees for standard office environments and shall contain reasonably appropriate zoning as needed for Tenant’s employees.

b. Provide adequate mechanical and electrical systems capacity to accommodate a standard creative office environment including 24/7 cooling for IDF rooms, or provide adequate roof space and pathway to the Premises for such systems.

c. Base building mechanical infrastructure shall be capable of supporting a reasonable building cafeteria within Tenant’s Premises, which shall specifically include natural gas supply to the building and the installation of grease interceptors and grease ducts (see also Section 3.j. below for additional information).

d. Electrical service shall be provided to panels within an electrical room located within Tenant’s Premises, and shall be capable of delivering 10W/sf to Premises.

e. If required, the entire building shall be fully sprinklered, and the sprinkler system shall be completed, tested, and operational in accordance with all applicable codes and regulatory agency requirements.

f. A fire alarm system with fully addressable devices shall be provided throughout the building, and shall be completed, tested, and operational in accordance with all applicable codes and regulatory agency requirements.

g. All ducted mechanical exhaust systems, including fans, main loop around the floor, return air and exhaust system, and all smoke and fire dampers, shall be new; main duct to have interior insulation throughout. Landlord further warrants that all mechanical equipment will be new and in good and working order as of the Beneficial Occupancy Start Date and as of the Phase II Commencement Date (as applicable).

h. Base building security measures to include conduit pathway for surveillance cameras at exterior entries & electrified locksets to be installed at all exterior entry doors (see Section 3.d below for keying/hardware) (for the avoidance of doubt, conduit pathways do not include low voltage wire and Tenant is responsible for pulling all low voltage wires for these locations, and Landlord reserves right to run conduits overhead except in areas where underground conduit pathways are required). With respect to the foregoing, Landlord shall be responsible for the cost of the installation of the lockset and providing power to the doors, and Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of any key card/fob devices and any additional security add-ons with respect to the locksets.

 

7


2. Communications:

a. Risers shall be provided from the MPOE/Vault to the Premises per Tenant’s plan in order to facilitate the installation of Tenant’s communication cabling.

b. Space and pathways shall be made available to accommodate redundant connectivity with local service providers.

3. General Building:

a. Floor slabs shall be level with no greater than standard creative office deviations in elevation (i.e., no more than 1/8” over 10 feet), and smooth surfaces, and ready for carpet installation. Any floor levelling or trenching shall match the existing floors with regards to color and aggregate as Tenant will be utilizing concrete floors throughout.

b. All penetrations through rated assemblies and systems shall be sealed and fireproofed if required by building regulations.

c. Existing interior surfaces of ceilings, exterior walls and floor areas that are intended to become finished surfaces, pursuant to all applicable building and energy codes, shall be sandblasted and/or ready to receive finishes, or be detailed per Tenant’s plans. Surfaces that will receive sheetrock, insulation, or other coverings, do not require sandblasting.

d. All building core and common areas (interior and exterior), including stairwells, and utility rooms shall be fully upgraded, painted and complete pursuant to plans and specifications mutually agreed to between Landlord and Tenant, and shall be constructed in compliance with applicable codes and regulatory agency requirements. Landlord shall provide the keying and hardware for the Base Building, which hardware styles, finishes and materials shall be subject to Landlord’s and Tenant’s reasonable agreement. For clarity, Landlord’s Work shall include repainting of the entire exterior of both the Phase I Premises and the Phase II Premises (unless otherwise mutually agreed by Tenant and Landlord in their respective reasonable discretion).

e. Landlord shall furnish and install all sky lights and windows/perimeter window systems (min NC 35) pursuant to the Approved Working Drawings for Landlord’s Work, with finishes and materials subject to Landlord’s and Tenant’s reasonable approval.

f. Landlord shall provide at the ground or garage area(s) for Tenant’s secured bicycle and general storage items.

g. Landlord shall cause Landlord’s Work to be constructed to include any Specialized Improvements as directed by Tenant (as further set forth in (j) below). Any Specialized Improvements not set forth in (j) below shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and may cause Tenant Delays.

 

8


h. Conduit pathway from Tenant’s premises to roof, as well as provisions on the roof for mounting of limited communication equipment.

i. As part of the Phase II Work, the Roof Deck shall be constructed at Landlord’s sole cost and expense in the area depicted on the renderings shown on Exhibit G attached hereto and pursuant to the Construction Drawings. Landlord shall provide the Roof Deck with egress (which may include exterior stairs and/or an elevator) and lighting for exiting and life safety in accordance with state and federal Applicable Laws (and in accordance with an A-Type occupancy). The Roof Deck shall have ample electrical for lighting, gas and plumbing for heating and BBQ, and planters/landscaping (including irrigation lines) as reasonably agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant. The Roof Deck shall be ADA compliant with live load limits sufficient for A-Type occupancy. All skylights on the Roof Deck must be designed and screened in such a way as to create maximum useable deck space and such design shall be subject to Tenant’s reasonable approval. The Roof Deck shall in no event be smaller than 5,000 usable square feet. The Phase II HVAC system shall be designed without package units on the Roof Deck or in such a way as meets Tenant’s reasonable approval.

j. Landlord shall include as part of Base Building (and not included in the Tenant Improvement Allowance) in accordance with the Construction Drawings: one (1) gym/meditation area with shower facilities (such shower facilities to count towards the two (2) shower core limit), two (2) shower and restroom cores in the Phase I Premises, three (3) restroom cores in the Phase II Premises, one (1) standard office kitchen in the Phase I Premises, one (1) standard office kitchen in the Phase II Premises, and one (1) reception area in the Phase I Premises. Tenant may elect to upgrade either or both of the standard office kitchens to accommodate a test/lab kitchen and/or a cafeteria at its sole cost and expense (which shall be considered a Specialized Improvement subject to the terms of the Lease and the Tenant Work Letter). If Tenant elects to upgrade either or both of the standard office kitchens, then Landlord shall, at its sole cost and expense and instead of delivering such standard office kitchens, deliver the base, shell and core, associated infrastructure (including design fees and other soft costs) of such non-standard kitchens (including plumbing [waste lines, as well as hot and cold water], grease traps (including necessary site work), floor drains, increased electrical capacity (as required by Tenant, not to exceed the Building’s electrical capacity in any event), and dedicated exhaust [though Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of any PCU or scrubber required by Applicable Law]), and structural work associated with such added infrastructure, with all kitchen equipment and improvements (including finishes and fixtures) beyond such scope constructed and paid for exclusively by Tenant. Given the specialized nature of this work, the Contractor(s) will engage a kitchen subcontractor reasonably acceptable to Tenant for such work.

k. Intentionally deleted.

l. Exterior lighting and landscaping which shall be consistent with the quality of landscaping and lighting for other comparable Class A creative office properties in the West Los Angeles area and subject to the reasonable and timely approval of Tenant, provided that if Tenant requires any particular landscaping or exterior lighting which exceeds Landlord’s reasonable budgeted allocation for such items then Tenant shall be responsible the incremental increase in the cost therefor.

 

9


m. Landlord’s Work shall be generally consistent with the plan attached hereto as Exhibit B-2 (the “Proposed Phase I Design”); provided that (i) the Proposed Phase I Design shall be subject to City required changes, modifications or clarifications during and as a result of the permit process (provided that any such changes, modifications, and clarifications shall be subject to Tenant’s reasonable approval; except that any changes to the number, location or size of windows, doors, skylights or other openings in the base building structure shall not require Tenant’s approval [except that, if the number of such items is reduced by the permitting process, and if the parties have the discretion to pick which of such items shall be eliminated, Tenant shall have the right to reasonably approve which items are eliminated]), and (ii) the executive restroom contained in the Proposed Phase I Design shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Landlord and Tenant each acknowledge and agree that, based on the currently available information, neither party believes that the Proposed Phase I Design would trigger full building structural upgrades to the Phase I Premises (a “Full Structural Upgrade”). However, if the Proposed Phase I Design does in fact trigger a Full Structural Upgrade, the parties shall work together in good faith to modify the Proposed Phase I Design so that a Full Structural Upgrade shall not be required. In no event shall a Full Structural Upgrade be incorporated into Landlord’s Work unless Landlord and Tenant, each in their sole and absolute discretion, mutually agree to incorporate same into Landlord’s Work. The foregoing shall not limit any of Landlord’s other obligations set forth in this Exhibit B-1 or elsewhere in this Lease, including Landlord’s obligation to ensure that the Phase I Premises and the Phase II Premises are both delivered to Tenant in structurally sound condition.

 

10

Exhibit 10.15

Execution Version

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING CREDIT, DELAYED DRAW TERM LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING CREDIT, DELAYED DRAW TERM LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) dated as of December 14, 2020, is entered into by and among Sweetgreen, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), the entities that become parties hereto as guarantors pursuant to Section 4.1(g) (each, a “Guarantor” and, collectively, the “Guarantors”), and EAGLEBANK (Lender).

WHEREAS, Borrower and Lender are parties to that certain Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of December 6, 2017, as amended on June 8, 2020 and on September 23, 2020 (the “Original Loan Agreement”), pursuant to which Lender made available to Borrower a revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Facility”) in a maximum principal amount at any time outstanding of up to Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000) (the “Current Facility Cap”);

WHEREAS, Borrower and Lender wish to amend and restate the Original Loan Agreement in order to, inter alia, reflect an increase to the Current Facility Cap, and to reflect the addition of a new term loan tranche to be available in one or more draws (the “Term Loan”) in an original aggregate maximum principal amount of Ten Million dollars ($10,000,000) (the “Term Loan Commitment”);

WHEREAS, Borrower has requested that Lender make available to Borrower (i) the Revolving Facility, the proceeds of which shall be used by Borrower for working capital needs in connection with the operation and expansion of its business and for any other lawful purpose permitted under this Agreement, and (ii) the Term Loan, the proceeds of which shall be utilized in connection with the construction of leasehold improvements at 3101 Exposition Boulevard, Los Angeles, California 90018; and

WHEREAS, Lender is willing to make the Revolving Facility and the Term Loan available to Borrower upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which hereby are acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, Borrower and Lender hereby agree as follows:

 

I.

DEFINITIONS

1.1 General Terms

For purposes of this Agreement, in addition to the definitions above and elsewhere in this Agreement, the terms defined in Section 1.2 below and Annex I hereto shall have the meanings given such terms in Section 1.2 and Annex I, which are incorporated herein and made a part hereof. All capitalized terms used which are not specifically defined herein shall have meanings provided in Article 9 of the UCC in effect on the date hereof to the extent the same are used or defined therein. Unless otherwise specified in Section 1.2, any agreement, contract or instrument referred to in Section 1.2 shall mean such agreement, contract or instrument as modified, amended, restated or supplemented from time to time. Unless otherwise specified, as


used in the Loan Documents or in any certificate, report, instrument or other document made or delivered pursuant to any of the Loan Documents, all accounting terms not defined in Section 1.2, Annex I or elsewhere in this Agreement shall have the meanings given to such terms in and shall be interpreted in accordance with GAAP; provided that, notwithstanding stated otherwise, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made, without giving effect to any lease obligation recorded pursuant to the adoption of FASB ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), to the extent such obligation would not have been recorded as a Capital Lease Obligation prior to adoption. References herein to “Eastern Time” shall mean eastern standard time or eastern daylight savings time as in effect on any date of determination in the eastern United States of America. The recitals to this Agreement are incorporated into and shall constitute a part of this Agreement.

1.2 Definitions

Accounts” shall mean all “accounts” as defined in Section 9-102 of the UCC.

Account Debtor” shall mean “account debtor” as defined in Section 9-102 of the UCC.

Advance” shall mean a borrowing under the Revolving Facility. Any amounts paid by Lender on behalf of Borrower under any Loan Document shall be an Advance for purposes of the Agreement.

Affiliate” shall mean, as to any Person (a) any other Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person, (b) any other Person who is a director or officer (i) of such Person, (ii) of any Subsidiary of such Person or (iii) of any Person described in clause (a) above with respect to such Person, (c) any other Person which, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, is the beneficial or record owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as the same is in effect on the date hereof) of fifty percent (50%) or more of any class of the outstanding voting stock, securities or other equity or ownership interests of such Person and (d) in the case such Person is an individual, any other Person who is an immediate family member, spouse or lineal descendant of individuals of such Person or any Affiliate of such Person. For purposes of this definition, the term “control” (and the correlative terms, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies, whether through ownership of securities or other interests, by contract or otherwise. “Affiliate” shall include any Subsidiary. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall Lender be considered an “Affiliate” of Borrower.

Agreement” shall have the meaning given such term in the preamble.

Amended and Restated Trademark Security Agreement” is that certain Trademark Security Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A.

Anti-Corruption Laws” shall mean all laws, rules and regulations concerning or relating to bribery or corruption, including, without limitation, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

 

2


Anti-Terrorism Laws” shall mean all laws, rules and regulations concerning or relating to terrorism or money laundering including, without limitation, all applicable requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended by Title III of the Patriot Act, the Trading with the Enemy Act, all executive orders related to terrorist financing and other applicable federal or state laws relating to “know your customer” or anti-money laundering rules and regulations.

Applicable IP Office” shall mean the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office or any similar office or agency within or outside the United States.

Applicable Margin” shall mean 2.90%.

Applicable Rate” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 3.1.

Assignee Register” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 15.2(c).

Bank Product or Bank Products” shall mean any one or more of the following types of services or facilities extended to any of the Loan Parties by Lender, or by or through services provided by a third party engaged by Lender for the purposes thereof, together with any obligations of Lender to any such third party: (a) credit, debit or payment cards (including cardless e-payable services); (b) ACH transactions; (c) cash management, including overdraft and controlled disbursement services; and (d) hedging agreements entered into by Lender.

Bank Secrecy Act” shall mean the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act, as amended.

Benchmark” shall mean, initially, LIBOR Rate; provided that if a Benchmark Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable, and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred with respect to LIBOR Rate or the then-current Benchmark, then “Benchmark” shall mean the applicable Benchmark Replacement to the extent that such Benchmark Replacement has become effective pursuant to clause (a) of Section 3.4.

Benchmark Replacement” shall mean the first alternative set forth in the order below that can be determined by Lender as of the Benchmark Replacement Date:

(a) the sum of: (i) Term SOFR or, if Lender determines that Term SOFR for the applicable Corresponding Tenor cannot be determined, Next Available Term SOFR, and (ii) the Benchmark Replacement Adjustment;

(b) the sum of: (i) Daily Simple SOFR and (ii) the Benchmark Replacement Adjustment; or

(c) the sum of: (i) the alternate rate of interest that has been selected by Lender as the replacement for the then-current Benchmark for the applicable Corresponding Tenor giving due consideration to (A) any selection or recommendation of a replacement rate or the mechanism for determining such a rate by the Relevant Governmental Body at such time or (B) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a rate of interest as a replacement for the

 

3


then-current Benchmark for U.S. dollar-denominated syndicated or bilateral credit facilities at such time and (ii) the Benchmark Replacement Adjustment; provided that, in the case of clauses (a) and (b) above, such rate, or the underlying rates component thereof, is or are displayed on a screen or other information service that publishes such rate or rates from time to time as selected by Lender in its reasonable discretion. If the Benchmark Replacement as determined pursuant to clause (a), (b) or (c) above would be less than zero, the Benchmark Replacement will be deemed to be zero for the purposes of this Agreement.

Benchmark Replacement Adjustment” shall mean (a) for purposes of clauses (a) and (b) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement,” the first alternative set forth in the order below that can be determined by Lender as of the Benchmark Replacement Date: (i) the spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) that has been selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body for the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement; and (ii) the spread adjustment (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) that would apply to the fallback rate for a derivative transaction referencing the ISDA Definitions to be effective upon an index cessation event with respect to USD LIBOR for the Corresponding Tenor; and (b) for purposes of clause (c) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement,” the spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) that has been selected by Lender for the applicable Corresponding Tenor giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of the then-current Benchmark with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement by the Relevant Governmental Body at such time, or (ii) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of the then-current Benchmark with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for U.S. dollar-denominated syndicated or bilateral credit facilities at such time.

Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes” shall mean, with respect to any Benchmark Replacement, any technical, administrative or operational changes (including changes to the timing and frequency of determining rates and making payments of interest and other administrative matters) that Lender decides may be appropriate to reflect the adoption and implementation of such Benchmark Replacement and to permit the administration thereof by Lender in a manner substantially consistent with market practice (or, if Lender decides that adoption of any portion of such market practice is not administratively feasible or if Lender determines that no market practice for the administration of the Benchmark Replacement exists, in such other manner of administration as Lender decides is reasonably necessary in connection with the administration of this Agreement).

Benchmark Replacement Date” shall mean the earliest to occur of the following events with respect to the then-current Benchmark:

(a) In the case of clause (a) or (b) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the later of (i) the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein and (ii) the date on which the administrator of the Benchmark permanently or indefinitely ceases to provide the Benchmark; (b) in the case of clause (c) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein; or (c) in the case of an Early Opt-in Election, the fifth (5th) Business Day after the Rate

 

4


Election Notice is provided to Borrower. For the avoidance of doubt, if the event giving rise to the Benchmark Replacement Date occurs on the same day as, but earlier than, the Reference Time in respect of any determination, the Benchmark Replacement Date will be deemed to have occurred prior to the Reference Time for such determination.

Benchmark Transition Event” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the following events with respect to the then-current Benchmark:

(a) a public statement or publication of information by or on behalf of the administrator of the Benchmark announcing that such administrator has ceased or will cease to provide the Benchmark, permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide the Benchmark;

(b) a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of the Benchmark, the central bank for the currency of the Benchmark, an insolvency official with jurisdiction over the administrator for the Benchmark, a resolution authority with jurisdiction over the administrator for the Benchmark or a court or an entity with similar insolvency or resolution authority over the administrator for the Benchmark, which states that the administrator of the Benchmark has ceased or will cease to provide the Benchmark permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide the Benchmark; or

(c) a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of the Benchmark announcing that the Benchmark is no longer representative.

Benchmark Unavailability Period” shall mean, if a Benchmark Transition Event and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred with respect to the then-current Benchmark and solely to the extent that the then-current Benchmark has not been replaced with a Benchmark Replacement pursuant to clauses (a) or (b) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement Date,” the period (a) beginning at the time that such Benchmark Replacement Date pursuant to clauses (a) or (b) of that definition has occurred if, at such time, no Benchmark Replacement has replaced the then-current Benchmark for all purposes hereunder or under any Loan Document in accordance with the Section 3.4 titled “Effect of Benchmark Transition Event” and (b) ending at the time that a Benchmark Replacement has replaced the then-current Benchmark for all purposes hereunder or under any Loan Document in accordance with Section 3.4.

Borrower” shall have the meaning given such term in the preamble.

Borrowing Date” shall the mean the date requested for a borrowing hereunder by Borrower.

Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which the Federal Reserve or Lender is closed.

Capital Lease” shall mean, as to any Person, a lease of any interest in any kind of property or asset by that Person as lessee that is, should be or should have been recorded as a “capital lease” in accordance with GAAP as currently in effect (for the avoidance of doubt, excluding real estate leases).

 

5


Capitalized Lease Obligations” shall mean all obligations of any Person under Capital Leases, in each case, taken at the amount thereof accounted for as a liability in accordance with GAAP.

Cash Equivalents” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision of any such state, commonwealth or territory, as applicable, having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof and having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.;(c) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having one of the two highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; (d) certificates of deposit having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of creation thereof issued by commercial banks incorporated under the laws of the United States, each having combined capital, surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000 and having a rating of “A” or better by a nationally recognized rating agency; (e) repurchase agreements entered into by any Person with a commercial bank described in clause (d) above (including any of the Lenders) for direct obligations issued or fully guaranteed by the United States; (f) time deposits maturing no more than thirty (30) days from the date of creation thereof with commercial banks or savings banks or savings and loan associations each having membership either in the FDIC or the deposits of which are insured by the FDIC and in amounts not exceeding the maximum amounts of insurance thereunder; and (g) shares of any money market mutual fund that: (i) has at least 95% of its assets invested continuously in the types of investments referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above; (ii) has net assets of not less than $2,000,000,000; and (iii) has the highest rating obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s.

Change in Law” shall mean the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

Change of Control” shall mean, with respect to Borrower, the occurrence of any of the following: (a) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or share exchange, sale or transfer or any other transaction or series of transactions in which its equityholders immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions receive, in exchange for the Equity Interests owned by them, cash, property or securities of the resulting or surviving entity or any Affiliate thereof, and, as a result thereof, such equityholders hold less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting Equity Interests of the resulting or surviving entity or such Affiliate thereof, (b) a direct

 

6


or indirect sale, transfer or other conveyance or disposition, in any single transaction or series of transactions, of all or substantially all of its assets, or (c) the replacement of a majority of the board of directors of Borrower over a one-year period from the directors who constituted the board of directors of Borrower at the beginning of such period and solely to the extent such replacement shall not have been approved by a vote of at least a majority of the board of directors of Borrower then still in office who either are members of such board of directors at the beginning of such period or whose election as a member of such board of directors was previously so approved. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary hereunder, the issuance of Equity Interests in an initial public offering or to venture capital or private equity firms in connection with a bona fide round of equity financing (including the conversion of Indebtedness in connection with such equity financing) for capital raising purposes shall not be deemed a “Change of Control,” provided, however, solely with respect to any of such issuance of Equity Interests that constitutes a Regulatory Review Transfer, Lender has received, if required, Due Diligence Information or such other documentation and information that has been reasonably requested in advance by Lender in accordance with Section 15.11 prior to such issuance for purposes of Lender’s confirmation of compliance with Regulatory Requirements.

Chattel Paper” shall mean “chattel paper” as defined in Section 9-102 of the UCC, whether tangible or electronic.

Closing” shall mean the satisfaction, or written waiver by Lender, of all of the conditions precedent set forth in the Agreement required to be satisfied prior to the Closing.

Closing Date” shall mean December 14, 2020.

Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Collateral” shall mean, all personal and fixture property of every kind and nature (except as set forth in Section 4.1(b)) of Borrower (or, if referring to another Person, such Person), including, without limitation:

 

  (i)

Accounts;

 

  (ii)

Documents;

 

  (iii)

Chattel Paper;

 

  (iv)

Commercial Tort Claims;

 

  (v)

Deposit Accounts;

 

  (vi)

General Intangibles (including, but not limited to Payment Intangibles and Intellectual Property);

 

  (vii)

Goods;

 

  (viii)

Fixtures;

 

7


  (ix)

Instruments;

 

  (x)

Intellectual Property

 

  (xi)

Investment Property;

 

  (xii)

Letter-of-Credit Rights;

 

  (xiii)

Software;

 

  (xiv)

Supporting Obligations;

 

  (xv)

Licenses;

 

  (xvi)

rights to the payment of money, contracts, contract rights, books and records, insurance claims and proceeds; and

 

  (xvii)

all proceeds and products of the foregoing.

Commercial Tort Claims” shall mean “Commercial Tort Claims” as defined in Section 9-102 of the UCC.

Compliance Certificate” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 8.1(a).

Collateral Account” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account or Commodity Account.

Commodity Account” is any “commodity account” as defined in Section 9-102 of the UCC.

Control Agreement” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower or a Guarantor maintains a Deposit Account or the securities or commodity intermediary at which Borrower or Guarantor maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account pursuant to which Lender obtains control (within the meaning of the UCC) over such Deposit Account, Securities Account or Commodity Account.

Corresponding Tenor” shall mean, with respect to a Benchmark Replacement, a tenor (including overnight) having approximately the same length (disregarding business day adjustment) as the applicable tenor with respect to the then-current Benchmark.

Current Facility Cap” shall have the meaning given such term in the recitals.

“Daily Simple SOFR” shall mean, for any day, SOFR, with the conventions for this rate (which will include a lookback) being established by the Lender in accordance with the conventions for this rate selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body for determining “Daily Simple SOFR” for business loans; provided, that if the Lender decides that any such convention is not administratively feasible for the Lender, then the Lender may establish another convention in its reasonable discretion.

 

8


Debtor Relief Law” shall mean, collectively, the Bankruptcy Code of the United States of America and all other applicable federal and state liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization or similar debtor relief laws from time to time in effect affecting the rights of creditors generally, as amended from time to time.

Default” shall mean any event, fact, circumstance or condition that, with the giving of applicable notice or passage of time or both, would constitute or be or result in an Event of Default.

Default Rate” shall mean at any time the Applicable Rate in effect at such time plus three percent (3%) per annum.

Deposit Accounts” shall mean “deposit accounts” as defined in Section 9-102 of the UCC.

Direct Regulatory Review Transfer” shall mean a transfer of a direct ownership interest in Borrower.

Distribution” shall mean any direct or indirect dividend, distribution or other payment of any kind or character (whether in cash, securities or other property) in respect of any Equity Interests.

Documents” shall mean “documents” as defined in Section 9-102 of the UCC.

Due Diligence Information” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 15.11.

Early Opt-in Election” shall mean the occurrence of: (a) a notification by Lender to Borrower that at least ten (10) currently outstanding U.S. dollar-denominated syndicated or bilateral credit facilities at such time contain (as a result of amendment or as originally executed) as a benchmark interest rate, in lieu of LIBOR Rate or, Term SOFR plus a Benchmark Replacement Adjustment (and such syndicated or bilateral credit facilities are identified in such notice and are publicly available for review) and (b) the election by Lender to declare that an Early Opt-in Election has occurred and the provision by Lender of written notice of such election to Borrower (the “Rate Election Notice”).

Environmental Laws” shall mean, collectively and each individually, any and all Federal, state, foreign, local or municipal laws, rules, orders, regulations, statutes, ordinances, codes, decrees, requirements of any Governmental Authority or other Requirement of Law (including common law) as now or may at any time hereafter be in effect, and any binding judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any binding judicial or administrative order, consent decree or judgment, regulating, relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning protection of the environment or, to the extent relating to exposure to substances that are harmful or detrimental to the environment, or human health or safety.

Equipment” shall mean “equipment” as defined in Section 9-102 of the UCC.

 

9


Equity Interests” shall mean, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options, or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable (but excluding any convertible notes or other debt instruments with convertible features provided that conversion rights or conversion features have not been exercised) for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination.

ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

ERISA Affiliate” means an entity, whether or not incorporated, that is under common control with a Borrower within the meaning of §4001 of ERISA or is part of a group that includes a Borrower and that is treated as a single employer under §414 of the Code.

Event of Default” shall mean the occurrence of any event set forth in Article XI.

Facility Cap” shall mean Thirty-Five Million Dollars ($35,000,000).

Federal Reserve” shall mean the Federal Reserve Bank of the United States.

Fixtures” shall mean “Fixtures” as defined in Section 9-102 of the UCC.

GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect on, and as consistently applied by Borrower on, the Closing Date. In the event that any “Accounting Change” (as defined below) shall occur and such change results in a change in the method of calculation of financial covenants, standards or terms in this Agreement, then Borrower and Lender agree to enter into negotiations in order to amend such provisions of this Agreement so as to equitably reflect such Accounting Change with the desired result that the criteria for evaluating Borrower’s financial condition shall be the same after such Accounting Change as if such Accounting Change had not been made. Until such time as such an amendment shall have been executed and delivered by Borrower and Lender, all financial covenants, standards and terms in this Agreement shall continue to be calculated or construed as if such Accounting Change had not occurred. “Accounting Change” refers to changes in accounting principles required by the promulgation of any rule, regulation, pronouncement or opinion by the Financial Accounting Standards Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants or, if applicable, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

General Intangibles” shall mean “general intangibles” as defined in Section 9-102 of the UCC.

Goods” shall mean “goods” as defined in Section 9-102 of the UCC, including Inventory, Equipment and any accessions thereto.

 

10


Governmental Authority” shall mean any federal, state, municipal, national, local or other governmental department, court, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality or political subdivision thereof, or any entity or officer exercising executive, legislative or judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to any government or any court, in each case, whether of the United States or a state, territory or possession thereof, a foreign sovereign entity or country or jurisdiction or the District of Columbia.

Guarantor” shall mean those Material Subsidiaries that become signatory to the Secured Guaranty and Pledge Agreement from time to time.

Hazardous Substances” shall mean, (a) any gasoline, petroleum or petroleum products or by-products, radioactive materials, friable asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, urea-formaldehyde insulation, polychlorinated biphenyls and radon gas, and (b) any other chemicals, materials or substances designated, classified or regulated as hazardous or toxic or as a pollutant or contaminant under any Environmental Law.

Indebtedness” of any Person shall mean, without duplication, (a) all obligations for borrowed money, (b) all obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments and all reimbursement or other obligations in respect of letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) all Capitalized Lease Obligations, (d) all obligations or liabilities of others secured by a Lien on any asset of a Person or its Subsidiaries, irrespective of whether such obligation or liability is assumed, (e) all obligations to pay the deferred purchase price of assets (other than trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business and not outstanding more than ninety (90) calendar days after the date such payable was created), (f) all net obligations owing under hedging agreements and (g) any obligation guaranteeing or intended to guarantee (whether directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse) any obligation of any other Person that constitutes Indebtedness under any of clauses (a) through (f) above.

Indemnified Person” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 15.4.

Indirect Regulatory Review Transfer” shall mean a transfer of an indirect interest in an entity (including, for example and without limitation, a corporation that owns a percentage interest in a partnership, which partnership in turn owns a percentage interest in a limited liability company, which limited liability company in turn is Borrower).

Instrument” shall mean “instrument” as defined in Section 9-102 of the UCC, including Promissory Note(s).

Insured Event” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 15.4.

Intellectual Property” shall mean all worldwide intellectual property of Borrower and all rights thereto, including (a) all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each original work of authorship and derivative work of Borrower, whether published or unpublished, including all designs, operating manuals and computer software programs (including source codes and object codes), (b) all of Borrower’s domestic and foreign patents, patent applications and like protections, including all improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same, (c) all of Borrower’s domestic and foreign trademarks, service marks and, to the extent permitted

 

11


under applicable law, any applications therefor, whether registered or not, and the goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized thereby and (d) all of Borrower’s manuals, data, databases, customer lists, formulae, methods, processes, procedures, trade secret rights and rights to unpatented inventions.

Inventory” shall mean all “inventory” as defined in Section 9-102 of the UCC.

Investment” shall mean any beneficial ownership in any Person (including stock, partnership interests or other securities) and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

Investment Property” shall mean “investment property” as defined in Section 9102 of the UCC.

ISDA Definitions” shall mean the 2006 ISDA Definitions published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. or any successor thereto, as amended or supplemented from time to time, or any successor definitional booklet for interest rate derivatives published from time to time.

Letter of Credit Rights” shall mean “letter of credit rights” as defined in Section 9-102 of the UCC, whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing.

LIBOR Rate” shall mean relative to any LIBOR interest period, the offered rate for deposits of U.S. Dollars in an amount approximately equal to the amount of the requested Loan for a term coextensive with the designated interest period with the offered rate being the One Month London Inter-Bank Rate as reported in the Wall Street Journal zero (0) London Banking Days prior to the first day of the calendar month. If such day is not a London Banking Day, the LIBOR Rate shall be determined on the next preceding day which is a London Banking Day. Accordingly, the interest rate payable under this Agreement will reset per the re-set period of the LIBOR Rate adopted for the Loan; upon request, Lender will advise Borrower of the current rate. The index is not necessarily the lowest rate charged by Lender. For the purposes hereof, the term “London Banking Day” shall mean any day on which dealings in US dollar deposits are transacted in the London interbank market. If the LIBOR Rate determined as provided above would be less than zero, then such rate shall be deemed to be zero.

Licenses” shall mean, collectively, copyright licenses, trademark licenses and any other license providing for the grant by or to Borrower of any right under any Intellectual Property as listed on Schedule 7.11.

Lien” shall mean any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, restriction, lien or charge of any kind (including any agreement to give any of the foregoing, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or any lease in the nature thereof) or any other arrangement pursuant to which title to the property is retained by or vested in some other Person for security purposes.

Loan” or “Loans” shall mean, individually and collectively, all Advances under the Revolving Facility and the Term Loan.

 

12


Loan Documents” shall mean, collectively and each individually, this Agreement and all other agreements, documents, instruments and certificates heretofore or hereafter executed or delivered to Lender in connection with this Agreement or the Loans, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

Loan Party” shall mean Borrower and each Guarantor.

London Banking Day” shall mean any day on which dealings in deposits in U.S. Dollars are transacted in the London interbank market.

Material Adverse Effect” is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Lender’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral, taken as a whole; (b) any circumstances, state of facts or matters, individually or in the aggregate, which would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, operations or financial condition or results of Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; or (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any material portion of the Obligations.

Material Contract(s)” shall mean any written contract or other arrangement, to which any Loan Party is a party as to which the breach, nonperformance, cancellation or failure to renew by any party thereto could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Material Subsidiary” is any Subsidiary of Borrower with assets in excess of Five Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($5,500,000), as determined in good faith by Borrower.

Multiemployer Plan” means a Plan which is a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 3(37) or Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions.

Next Available Term SOFR” shall mean, at any time, Term SOFR for the longest tenor that can be determined by Lender that is shorter than the applicable Corresponding Tenor.

Note” or “Notes” shall mean any promissory note or notes issued pursuant to Section 2.13(d) substantially in the form of Exhibit B and Exhibit C.

Obligations” shall mean all present and future obligations, Indebtedness and liabilities of Loan Parties to Lender at any time and from time to time of every kind, nature and description, direct or indirect, secured or unsecured, joint and several, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, matured or unmatured, now existing or hereafter arising, contractual or tortious, liquidated or unliquidated, under any of the Loan Documents or otherwise relating to any Loans (whether or not evidenced by a Note) or other Indebtedness to Lender, including, without limitation, Bank Products, all principal, interest, applicable fees, charges and expenses and all amounts paid or advanced by Lender on behalf of or for the benefit of Borrower for any reason at any time, including in each case obligations of performance as well as obligations of payment and interest that accrue after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law by or against any such Person.

OFAC” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 7.10(b).

 

13


Organizational and Good Standing Documents” shall mean, for any Person (a) a copy of the certificate of incorporation or formation (or other like organizational document) certified as of a date satisfactory to Lender before the Closing Date by the applicable Governmental Authority of the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of such Person, (b) a copy of the bylaws or similar organizational documents certified as of a date satisfactory to Lender before the Closing Date by the corporate secretary or assistant secretary of such Person, (c) an original certificate of good standing as of a date acceptable to Lender issued by the applicable Governmental Authority of the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of such Person and (d) copies of the resolutions of the board of directors or managers (or other applicable governing body) and, if required, stockholders, members or other equity owners authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which such Person is a party, certified by an authorized officer of such Person as of the Closing Date.

Original Loan Agreement” shall have the meaning given such term in the recitals.

Participant” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 15.2(c).

Participant Register” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 15.2(c).

Patriot Act” shall mean the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, P.L. 107-56, as amended.

Payment Intangible” shall mean “payment intangible” as defined in Section 9-102 of the UCC.

Perfection Certificate” is defined in Section 7.1(b).

Permit” shall mean collectively all licenses, leases, powers, permits, franchises, certificates, authorizations, approvals, certificates of need, provider numbers and other rights.

Permitted Acquisitions” shall mean the purchase or acquisition (whether in one or a series of related transactions) by any Person of (a) more than 50% of the Equity Interests with ordinary voting power of another Person or (b) all or substantially all of the property (other than Equity Interests) of another Person or division or line of business or business unit of another Person, whether or not involving a merger or consolidation with such Person; provided that (i) at the time thereof and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from such acquisition or purchase, (ii) the aggregate amount of the consideration (or, in the case of consideration consisting of assets, the fair market value of the assets) paid by Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall not exceed Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) on a cumulative basis for all such Permitted Acquisitions to the date hereof; provided that any consideration paid in the form of Equity Interests shall be excluded for the purpose of calculating the aggregate amount of consideration under this clause (ii), (iii) Borrower would be in compliance with the financial covenant set forth in Annex I for the most recent calculation period and as of the last day thereof, if such Permitted Acquisition had been completed on the first day of such calculation period, (iv) not less than five Business Days prior to the consummation of such proposed acquisition, Borrower shall deliver to Lender, a Compliance Certificate of Borrower setting forth in reasonable detail calculations demonstrating compliance with the conditions set forth in clauses (ii) and (iii).

 

14


Permitted Discretion shall mean a determination or judgment made by Lender in good faith in the exercise of reasonable (from the perspective of a secured lender) business judgment.

Permitted Indebtedness” shall mean any of the following: (a) Indebtedness under the Loan Documents or otherwise owed to Lender; (b) any Indebtedness (including any Capitalized Lease Obligations) set forth on the Perfection Certificate or Schedule 10.4; (c) Capitalized Lease Obligations incurred after the Closing Date and Indebtedness incurred pursuant to purchase money Liens constituting Permitted Liens, provided that the aggregate principal amount thereof outstanding at any time shall not exceed Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000); (d) Indebtedness in connection with advances made by a stockholder in order to cure any default of the financial covenants set forth on Annex I; provided, however, that such Indebtedness shall be on an unsecured basis, subordinated in right of repayment and remedies to all of the Obligations and to all of Lender’s rights and in form and substance satisfactory to Lender; (e) accounts payable to trade creditors and current operating expenses (other than for borrowed money), in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business; (f) other unsecured Indebtedness not exceeding Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) individually or in the aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time; (g) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business; (h) guarantees of the obligations of any direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Borrower provided to landlords or sublessors in connection with real estate leases; (i) obligations under letters of credit in connection with real estate leases; (j) Subordinated Debt; (k) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as the case may be; (l) obligations or liabilities secured by type of Liens set forth under clause (d) of the definition of “Permitted Liens;” (m) cash management obligations and other Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business in respect of netting services and similar arrangements in each case in connection with cash management and deposit accounts; and (n) Indebtedness in respect of the Borrowers’ use of corporate credit cards or similar instruments in an amount not to exceed $2,000,000.

Permitted Investments” shall mean

(a) Investments (including, without limitation, in the Subsidiaries) existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(b) Investments consisting of Cash Equivalents;

(c) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business of the Loan Parties;

(d) Investments consisting of deposit accounts (i) in which Lender has a perfected security interest, (ii) used exclusively for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit and payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s employees or (iii) used for individual store operations and maintained in compliance with Section 8.13;

 

15


(e) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, (ii) loans to employees, officers, directors, managers or other service providers relating to the purchase of equity securities of the Loan Parties or their Subsidiaries pursuant to stock purchase plans or agreements approved by such Loan Party’s or Subsidiary’s board of directors or managers that do not exceed Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) individually or in the aggregate principal amount per each calendar year, (iii) loans to employees, officers, directors, managers or other service providers of Borrower secured by Equity Interests of Borrower (1) existing on the Closing Date (and any extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements thereof that do not increase the aggregate principal amount thereof) or (2) made following the Closing Date in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) outstanding at any time or (iv) promissory notes issued to Borrower by employees, officers, directors, managers or other service providers as payment for the exercise of stock options or other purchase of Equity Securities (without any cash outflow from Borrower);

(f) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(g) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (g) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Loan Party or Subsidiary;

(h) joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of business, provided that cash Investments by the Loan Parties do not exceed Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

(i) Investments of one Loan Party in another Loan Party;

(j) Investments by a Loan Party in a Subsidiary thereof that is not a Loan Party, provided that cash Investments into such Subsidiaries do not exceed Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) in the aggregate with respect to all such Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties;

(k) Investments in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 10.1 or transactions permitted by Section 10.3;

(l) Permitted Acquisitions; and

(m) other Investments not otherwise permitted by Section 10.7 not exceeding Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) in the aggregate outstanding at any time.

 

16


Permitted Liens” shall mean any of the following: (a) Liens under the Loan Documents or otherwise arising in favor of Lender, (b) Liens imposed by law for taxes (other than payroll taxes), assessments or charges of any Governmental Authority for claims not yet due or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves or other appropriate provisions are being maintained by such Person in accordance with GAAP to the satisfaction of Lender in its Permitted Discretion, (c) other Liens imposed by law or that arise by operation of law in the ordinary course of business from the date of creation thereof, in each case only for amounts not yet due or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves or other appropriate provisions are being maintained by such Person in accordance with GAAP to the satisfaction of Lender in its Permitted Discretion, (d) Liens (i) incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business (including, without limitation, surety bonds and appeal bonds) in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security benefits or to secure the performance of tenders, bids, leases, contracts (other than for the repayment of Indebtedness), statutory obligations and other similar obligations, or (ii) arising as a result of progress payments under government contracts, (e) purchase money Liens (i) securing the type of Permitted Indebtedness set forth under clause (c) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness,” or (ii) in connection with the purchase by such Person of equipment in the normal course of business, provided that such payables shall not exceed any limits on Indebtedness provided for herein and shall otherwise be Permitted Indebtedness hereunder, (f) Liens necessary and desirable for the operation of such Person’s business, provided Lender has consented to such Liens in writing before their creation and existence and if requested by Lender at the time of such consent, the priority of such Liens and the debt secured thereby are both subject and subordinate in all respects to the Liens securing the Collateral and to the Obligations and all of the rights and remedies of Lender, all in form and substance satisfactory to Lender in its Permitted Discretion, (g) Liens consisting of customary restrictions on transfer and assignability contained in contracts, (h) Liens disclosed on the Perfection Certificate, Schedule 7.4B and Schedule 10.5; (i) Liens securing Subordinated Debt; (j) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto, (k) leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of the Loan Parties’ business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), any security deposits to secured such real property leases or subleases and any cash collateral securing the type of indebtedness set forth under clause (i) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness,” and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than intellectual property) granted in the ordinary course of the Loan Parties’ business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Lender a security interest therein, (l) non-exclusive license of Intellectual Property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business, (m) banker’s liens, rights of setoff and Liens in favor of financial institutions incurred in the ordinary course of business arising in connection with Borrower’s deposit accounts or securities accounts held at such institutions solely to secure payment of fees and similar costs and expenses, (n) Liens arising from attachments or judgments, orders, or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default, and (o) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described above, but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase.

 

17


Person” shall mean an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, a business trust, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated association, a joint venture, a Governmental Authority or any other entity of whatever nature.

Plan” at any one time, means any “employee benefit plan” that is covered by ERISA and in respect of which a Borrower or an ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated at such time, would under §4062 or §4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in §3(5) of ERISA.

Promissory Note” shall mean “promissory note” as defined in Section 9-102 of the UCC.

Rate Election Notice” shall have the meaning given such term in the definition of Early Opt-in Election.

Receipt” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 15.5.

Reference Time” shall mean, with respect to any determination of the Benchmark, (a) if the Benchmark is LIBOR Rate, 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the day that is two (2) London Banking Days preceding the date of such determination, and (b) if the Benchmark is not LIBOR Rate, the time determined by Lender in accordance with the Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes.

Regulatory Requirements” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 15.11.

Regulatory Review Transfer” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 15.11.

Relevant Governmental Body” shall mean the Federal Reserve Board and/or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or a committee officially endorsed or convened by the Federal Reserve Board and/or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or any successor thereto.

Requirement of Law” as to any Person, means the certificate of incorporation and by-laws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (including common law), statute, ordinance, treaty, rule, regulation, order, decree, judgment, writ, injunction, settlement agreement, requirement or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Responsible Officer” shall mean with respect to Borrower, the Chief Financial Officer or Chief Executive Officer or, after receipt by Lender of written notice of such authorization and a specimen signature of such officer, any other officer duly authorized by the board of directors of Borrower to perform any act or sign any document.

 

18


Revolver Termination” shall mean any of the following: (a) termination by Borrower of the Revolving Facility pursuant to Section 14.1, (b) the Obligations under the Revolving Facility are accelerated either automatically or by Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, (c) a Change of Control or (d) any payment or reduction of the outstanding balance of the Revolving Loan Obligations and the Revolving Facility is made during a bankruptcy, reorganization or other proceeding or is made pursuant to any plan of reorganization or liquidation or any Debtor Relief Law.

Revolving Facility” shall have the meaning given such term in the recitals.

Revolving Facility Borrowing Certificate” shall mean a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D.

Revolving Facility Maturity Date” shall mean December 14, 2022, unless earlier terminated pursuant to this Agreement.

Revolving Loan Obligations” shall mean all of the Obligations related to the Revolving Facility.

SDN List” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 7.10(b)

Secured Guaranty and Pledge Agreement” is that certain Unconditional Secured Guaranty and Pledge Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit E, entered into by any Material Subsidiaries and Lender, as may be amended , amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Securities Account” is any “securities account” as defined in Section 8-501 of the UCC.

SOFR” shall mean, with respect to any Business Day, the rate per annum equal to the secured overnight financing rate published for such Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, as the administrator of the benchmark, (or a successor administrator) on the Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s website at 8:00 a.m. (New York time) on the immediately succeeding Business Day which website is currently at http://www.newyorkfed.org/, or at any successor source for the secured overnight financing rate identified by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or any successor administrator thereto.

Software” shall mean “software” as defined in Section 9-102 of the UCC.

Solvency Certificate” shall mean a Solvency Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F attached hereto.

Solvent” means with respect to any Person, that, as of any date of determination: (a) the amount of the “fair saleable value” of the assets of such Person will, as of such date, exceed: (i) the value of all “liabilities of such Person, including contingent and other liabilities” as of such date, as such quoted terms are generally determined in accordance with applicable federal laws governing determinations of the insolvency of debtors; and (ii) the amount that will be required to pay the probable liabilities of such Person on its existing debts (including contingent liabilities) as such debts become absolute and matured; (b) such Person will not have, as of such date, an unreasonably small amount of capital for the operation of the businesses in which it is engaged or proposed to be engaged following such date; and (c) such Person will be able to pay its liabilities,

 

19


including contingent and other liabilities, as they mature. For purposes of this definition: (x) “able to pay its liabilities, including contingent and other liabilities, as they mature” means that such Person will be able to generate enough cash from operations, asset dispositions or refinancings, or a combination thereof, to meet its obligations as they become due; (y) the contingent and other liabilities of such Person are assumed to be enforceable in accordance with their terms including any limitations set forth therein; and (z) the assets of such Person are assumed to be valued on a going concern basis.

SSI List” shall mean the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Sectoral Sanctions Identification List.

Subordinated Debt” shall mean indebtedness not to exceed an aggregate commitment of Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000) incurred by Borrower subordinated to all of Borrower’s now or hereafter Indebtedness to Lender (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement entered into between Lender and the other creditor in form and substance determined by Lender in its sole discretion to be satisfactory to Lender).

Subsidiary” shall mean, (a) as to a Borrower, any Person in which more than fifty percent (50%) of all equity, membership, partnership or other ownership interests is owned directly or indirectly by Borrower or one or more of its Subsidiaries, and (b) as to any other Person, any Person in which more than fifty percent (50%) of all equity, membership, partnership or other ownership interests is owned directly or indirectly by such Person or by one or more of such Person’s Subsidiaries.

Supporting Obligations” shall mean “supporting obligations” as defined in Section 9-102 of the UCC.

Taxes” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Term Loan” shall have the meaning given such term in the recitals.

Term Loan Advance” shall mean a borrowing under the Term Loan.

Term Loan Commitment” shall have the meaning given such term in the recitals.

Term Loan Borrowing Certificate” shall mean a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit G.

Term Loan Draw Availability Period” shall mean the period commencing on the date of this Agreement until December 14, 2021.

Term Loan Maturity Date” shall mean the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on December 15, 2025, unless earlier terminated pursuant to this Agreement.

Term Loan Obligations” shall mean all of the Obligations related to the Term Loan.

 

20


Term SOFR” shall mean the forward-looking term rate for the applicable Corresponding Tenor based on SOFR that has been selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body.

Termination Date” shall mean the date of termination of this Agreement set forth in any notice of termination delivered by Borrower in accordance with Section 14.1.

UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of Maryland from time to time.

Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement” shall mean the Benchmark Replacement excluding the Benchmark Replacement Adjustment.

 

II.

ADVANCES, PAYMENT AND INTEREST

2.1 The Revolving Facility

Subject to the provisions of this Agreement and provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Lender shall make Advances to Borrower under the Revolving Facility from time to time prior to the Revolving Facility Maturity Date, provided that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the aggregate amount of all Advances at any one time outstanding under the Revolving Facility shall not exceed the Facility Cap. The Revolving Facility is a revolving credit facility, which may be drawn, repaid and redrawn, from time to time as permitted under this Agreement. Unless otherwise permitted by Lender, each Advance shall be in an amount of at least $1,000. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, Borrower may request Advances under the Revolving Facility up to and including the value, in U.S. Dollars, of the Facility Cap. Advances under the Revolving Facility automatically shall, without an Advance request from Borrower, be made for the payment of interest on the Revolving Loan Obligations and other Obligations on the date when due to the extent available and as provided for herein.

2.2 The Revolving Loans; Maturity

All of the Revolving Loan Obligations shall be due and payable on the earlier to occur of (a) the Revolving Facility Maturity Date, or (b) demand of Lender following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, or (c) the Revolver Termination.

2.3 Revolving Facility Disbursements; Requirement to Deliver Revolving Facility Borrowing Certificate

So long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Borrower may give Lender irrevocable written notice requesting an Advance under the Revolving Facility by delivering to Lender not later than 11:00 a.m. (Eastern Time) at least three (3) but not more than five (5) Business Days before the proposed Borrowing Date of such requested Advance. Each time a request for an Advance is made (and as Lender may reasonably request until the Obligations are indefeasibly paid in cash in full and this Agreement is terminated), Borrower shall deliver to Lender a Revolving Facility Borrowing Certificate and such other supporting documentation with respect to the figures and information in the Revolving Facility Borrowing Certificate as Lender shall reasonably request. On each Borrowing Date, Borrower irrevocably authorizes Lender to disburse the proceeds of the requested Advance to the appropriate Borrower’s account(s) as set forth on Schedule 2.3, in all cases for credit to Borrower via Federal funds wire transfer no later than 4:00 p.m. (Eastern Time).

 

21


2.4 The Term Loan

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Lender agrees to make Term Loan Advances to Borrower, at any time and from time to time during the Term Loan Draw Availability Period, in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Term Loan Commitment. To the extent that, on the last day of the Term Loan Draw Availability Period, there remains any Term Loan Commitment amount that has not been the subject of a Term Loan Advance, then the Term Loan Commitment shall terminate on such date and Lender shall no longer be obligated to make Term Loan Advances to Borrower thereafter. The Term Loan is not a revolving credit facility, and any repayments of principal shall be applied to permanently reduce the Term Loan Commitment and may not be reborrowed.

(b) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Borrower may give Lender irrevocable written notice requesting a Term Loan Advance of not less than Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) under the Term Loan Commitment by delivering to Lender not later than 11:00 a.m. (Eastern Time) at least three (3) but not more than five (5) Business Days before the proposed Borrowing Date of such requested Term Loan Advance. Each time a request for a Term Loan Advance is made, Borrower shall deliver to Lender a Term Loan Borrowing Certificate and such other supporting documentation with respect to the figures and information in the Term Loan Borrowing Certificate as Lender shall reasonably request. On each Borrowing Date, Borrower irrevocably authorizes Lender to disburse the proceeds of the requested Term Loan Advance to Borrower’s account(s) as set forth on Schedule 2.3, in all cases for credit to Borrower via Federal funds wire transfer no later than 4:00 p.m. (Eastern Time).

2.5 Repayment of Term Loan Advances

Repayment of the Term Loan shall be made as follows: Interest only shall be due and payable monthly on the outstanding balance of Term Loan Advances commencing on the first Business Day of the first calendar month following the disbursement of a Term Loan Advance. Commencing on January 2, 2022, and continuing on the first Business Day of each calendar month thereafter until the Term Loan Maturity Date, interest on the outstanding balance of Term Loan Advances plus equal monthly payments of principal equal to the then current aggregate outstanding principal balance of Term Loan Advances divided by forty-eight (48) shall be due and payable. All Term Loan Obligations shall be due and payable in full in cash, if not earlier in accordance with this Agreement, on the Term Loan Maturity Date.

2.6 Promise to Pay; Manner of Payment

Borrower absolutely and unconditionally promises to pay principal, interest and all other Obligations payable hereunder, or under any other Loan Document, without any right of rescission and without any deduction whatsoever, including any deduction for any setoff, counterclaim or recoupment, and notwithstanding any damage to, defects in or destruction of the

 

22


Collateral or any other event, including obsolescence of any property or improvements. All payments made by Borrower (other than payments automatically paid through Advances under the Revolving Facility as provided for herein), shall be made by wire transfer on the date when due in U.S. Dollars, in immediately available funds to such account as may be indicated in writing by Lender to Borrower from time to time. Any such payment received after 4:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) shall be deemed received on the following Business Day. Whenever any payment hereunder shall be stated to be due or shall become due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the due date thereof shall be extended to, and such payment shall be made on, the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time in such case shall be included in the computation of payment of any interest (at the interest rate then in effect during such extension) and fees, as the case may be.

2.7 [RESERVED]

2.8 [RESERVED]

2.9 Mandatory Prepayments

In addition to and without limiting any provision of any Loan Document:

(a) if the Revolving Facility is terminated for any reason, Borrower shall immediately pay in full in cash all Revolving Loan Obligations and all other Obligations; and

(b) if Borrower consummates a Change of Control, then it shall apply the proceeds thereof to the prepayment of the Loans together with accrued interest thereon and all other Obligations owing to Lender under the Loan Documents, such payment to be applied at such time and in such manner and order as Lender shall decide in its sole discretion.

2.10 Payments by Lender

If Borrower fails to make any payment required under any Loan Document as and when due and within any applicable grace period, Lender may make such payment, which payment shall be an Advance under the Revolving Facility as of the date such payment is due, and Borrower irrevocably authorizes disbursement of any such funds to Lender by way of direct payment of the relevant amount. No payment or prepayment of any amount by Lender or any other Person shall entitle any Person to be subrogated to the rights of Lender under any Loan Document unless and until all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full in cash and fully performed and this Agreement has been terminated. Any sums expended by Lender as a result of Borrower’s failure to pay, perform or comply with any Loan Document or any of the Obligations may be charged to Borrower’s account as an Advance under the Revolving Facility.

2.11 [RESERVED]

2.12 Change in Law

(a) If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, Lender (except any reserve requirement reflected in the LIBOR Rate);

 

23


(ii) subject Lender to any Taxes on its loans, commitments or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; or

(iii) impose on Lender or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or LIBOR Rate Loans made by Lender;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to Lender of making, converting to, continuing or maintaining any LIBOR Rate Loan or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan, or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by Lender hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of Lender, Borrower will pay to Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate Lender for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b) If Lender determines that any Change in Law affecting Lender or Lender’s holding company (if any), regarding capital or liquidity requirements, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on Lender’s capital or on the capital of Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Revolving Facility or the Loans, to a level below that which Lender or Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration Lender’s policies and the policies of Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time Borrower will pay to Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate Lender or Lender’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c) A certificate from Lender setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate it or its holding company, as specified in paragraphs (a) or (b) of this Section 2.12 and delivered to Borrower, shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Borrower shall pay Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within ten (10) calendar days after receipt thereof.

(d) Failure or delay on the part of Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of Lender’s right to demand such compensation ; provided that, Borrower shall not be required to compensate Lender pursuant to this Section 2.12 for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than one hundred eighty (180) calendar days prior to the date that Lender notifies Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the one hundred eighty (180) calendar day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of such retroactive effect).

2.13 Evidence of Loans

(a) Lender shall maintain, in accordance with its usual practice, electronic or written records evidencing the Indebtedness and Obligations to Lender resulting from each Loan made by Lender from time to time, including without limitation, the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to Lender from time to time under this Agreement.

 

24


(b) The entries made in the electronic or written records maintained pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 2.13) shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the Obligations and Indebtedness therein recorded; provided, however, that the failure of Lender to maintain such records or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the joint and several obligations of Loan Parties to repay the Loans or Obligations in accordance with their terms.

(c) Lender will account to Borrower monthly with a statement of Advances under the Revolving Facility and with a statement of Term Loan Advances under the Term Loan, and any charges and payments made pursuant to this Agreement, and in the absence of manifest error, such accounting rendered by Lender shall be deemed final, binding and conclusive unless Lender is notified by Borrower in writing to the contrary within fifteen (15) calendar days of Receipt of such accounting, which notice shall be deemed an objection only to items specifically objected to therein.

(d) Borrower agrees that:

(i) upon written notice by Lender to Borrower that a Note is requested by Lender to evidence the Loans and other Obligations owing or payable to, or to be made by, Lender, Borrower shall promptly (and in any event within three (3) Business Days of any such request) execute and deliver to Lender an appropriate Note or Notes in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Lender and Borrower;

(ii) all references to Notes in the Loan Documents shall mean Notes, if any, to the extent issued (and not returned to Borrower for cancellation) hereunder, as the same may be amended, modified, divided, supplemented or restated from time to time; and

(iii) upon Lender’s written request, and in any event within three (3) Business Days of any such request, Borrower shall execute and deliver to Lender new Notes and divide the Notes in exchange for then existing Notes in such smaller amounts or denominations as Lender shall specify in its sole and absolute discretion; provided, that the aggregate principal amount of such new Notes shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding at the time such request is made; and provided, further, that such Notes that are to be replaced shall then be deemed no longer outstanding hereunder and replaced by such new Notes and returned to Borrower within a reasonable period of time after Lender’s receipt of the replacement Notes.

 

III.

INTEREST AND FEES

3.1 Interest on the Revolving Facility and Term Loan

Commencing on December 14, 2020, interest on the outstanding principal amount of Advances and Term Loan Advances shall (a) accrue at a rate per annum equal to the Adjusted LIBOR Rate (as defined below) for such interest period plus the Applicable Margin, rounded upward to the nearest 0.125 percent (0.125%) (the “Applicable Rate”), and for purposes hereof, if the Applicable Rate would be less than three and three-quarters percent (3.75%), then the Applicable Rate shall be deemed to be three and three-quarters percent (3.75%), and (b) be due and payable on the first Business Day of each month thereafter until the Obligations are paid in full. Interest shall accrue by reference to the LIBOR Rate with a LIBOR interest period of one (1)

 

25


month plus the Applicable Margin. All interest shall be computed and charged for the actual number of days elapsed on the basis of a year consisting of three hundred sixty (360) days. For the purposes hereof, the term “Adjusted LIBOR Rate” shall mean a rate per annum determined by dividing (x) the LIBOR Rate for such LIBOR interest period by (y) a percentage equal to one hundred percent (100%) minus the LIBOR Reserve Percentage (as defined below). For the purposes hereof, the term “LIBOR Reserve Percentage” shall mean relative to any day of any LIBOR interest period, the maximum aggregate (without duplication) of the rates (expressed as a decimal fraction) of reserve requirements (including all basic, emergency, supplemental, marginal and other reserves and taking into account any transitional adjustments or other scheduled changes in reserve requirements) under any regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction with respect thereto as issued from time to time and then applicable to assets or liabilities consisting of “Eurocurrency Liabilities”, as currently defined in Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, having a term approximately equal or comparable to such LIBOR interest period.

3.2 Origination Fee

On or before the Closing Date, Borrower shall pay to Lender One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) as a fully earned nonrefundable origination fee.

3.3 Computation of Fees; Lawful Limits

All fees hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of three hundred and sixty (360) days and for the actual number of days elapsed in each calculation period, as applicable. In no contingency or event whatsoever, whether by reason of acceleration or otherwise, shall the interest and other charges paid or agreed to be paid to Lender for the use, forbearance or detention of money hereunder exceed the maximum rate permissible under applicable law which a court of competent jurisdiction shall, in a final determination, deem applicable hereto. If, due to any circumstance whatsoever, fulfillment of any provision hereof, at the time performance of such provision shall be due, shall exceed any such limit, then, the obligation to be so fulfilled shall be reduced to such lawful limit, and, if Lender shall have received interest or any other charges of any kind which might be deemed to be interest under applicable law in excess of the maximum lawful rate, then such excess shall be applied first to any unpaid fees and charges hereunder, then to unpaid principal balance owed by Borrower hereunder, and if the then remaining excess interest is greater than the previously unpaid principal balance, Lender shall promptly refund such excess amount to Borrower and the provisions hereof shall be deemed amended to provide for such permissible rate. The terms and provisions of this Section 3.3 shall control to the extent any other provision of any Loan Document is inconsistent herewith. All fees hereunder shall be non-refundable, and deemed fully earned when due and payable.

3.4 Effect of Benchmark Transition Event

(a) Benchmark Replacement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, if a Benchmark Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable, and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred prior to the Reference Time in respect of any determination of the Benchmark on any date, the Benchmark Replacement will replace the then-current Benchmark for all purposes under the Agreement or under any Loan Document in respect of such determination on such date and all

 

26


determinations on all subsequent dates. If the Benchmark Replacement is determined in accordance with clause (1) or (2) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement” in connection with a Benchmark Transition Event, such Benchmark Replacement will become effective as of the Reference Time on the applicable Benchmark Replacement Date without any amendment to, or further action or consent of any other party to, this Agreement. If the Benchmark Replacement is determined in accordance with clause (3) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement”, or in connection with an Early Opt-in Election, such Benchmark Replacement will become effective at 5:00 p.m. on the tenth (10th) Business Day after the date of notice of such Benchmark Replacement is provided to Borrower without any amendment to this Agreement or further action or consent of Borrower.

(b) Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes. In connection with the implementation of a Benchmark Replacement, Lender will have the right to make Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes from time to time and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, any amendments implementing such Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes will become effective without any further action or consent of Borrower.

(c) Notices; Standards for Decisions and Determinations. Lender will promptly notify Borrower of (i) any occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable, and its related Benchmark Replacement Date, (ii) the implementation of any Benchmark Replacement, (iii) the effectiveness of any Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes, (iv) the removal or reinstatement of any tenor of Benchmark pursuant to clause (d) below, and (v) the commencement or conclusion of any Benchmark Unavailability Period. Any determination, decision or election that may be made by Lender pursuant to this Section titled “Effect of Benchmark Transition Event,” including any determination with respect to a tenor, rate or adjustment or of the occurrence or non-occurrence of an event, circumstance or date and any decision to take or refrain from taking any action or any selection, will be conclusive and binding absent manifest error and may be made in its sole discretion and without consent from Borrower.

(d) Unavailability of Tenor of Benchmark. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, at any time, if the Benchmark at such time is Term SOFR and LIBOR for the applicable tenor is not displayed on a screen or other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by Lender in its reasonable discretion, Lender may (i) modify this Agreement for all determinations of interest at or after such time to remove such unavailable tenor, and (ii) if Term SOFR or LIBOR, as applicable, for the applicable tenor is displayed on such screen or information service after its removal pursuant to clause (i) above, modify this Agreement for all determinations of interest at or after such time to reinstate such previously removed tenor.

3.5 Default Rate of Interest

Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, Lender may increase the Applicable Rate of interest in effect at such time with respect to all Obligations without notice to the Default Rate which Default Rate shall continue post-judgment and subsequent to the effective date of any applicable Debtor Relief Law unless the statutory post-judgment rate of interest is higher in which case such statutory rate shall apply and such Default Rate shall continue post-bankruptcy.

 

27


IV.

GRANT OF SECURITY INTERESTS

4.1 Security Interest; Collateral

(a) To secure the payment and performance in full of the Obligations, Borrower (or if referring to another Person, such Person) hereby grants to Lender a continuing security interest in and first priority Lien upon, and pledges and assigns to Lender, all of its right, title and interest in and to the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, together with all Borrower’s books relating to the Collateral, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to the replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include (i) more than sixty-five percent (65%) of the presently existing and hereafter arising issued and outstanding shares of capital stock owned by Borrower of any foreign subsidiary which shares entitle the holder thereof to vote for directors or any other matter; (ii) any intent-to-use trademarks at all times prior to the filing of an amendment to allege use of the trademark under 15 U.S.C. 1051(c) or the filing of a verified statement of use under 15 U.S.C. 1051 (d) with the United States Patent and Trademark Office; or (iii) any license or contract, in each case if the granting of a Lien in such license or contract is prohibited by or would constitute a default under the agreement governing such license or contract but (A) only to the extent such prohibition is enforceable under applicable law and (B) other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-408 or 9-409 (or any other Section) of the UCC provided that upon the termination, lapsing or expiration of any such prohibition, such license or contract, as applicable, shall automatically be subject to the security interest granted in favor of Lender hereunder and become part of the Collateral.

(c) Borrower hereby ratifies its authorization for Lender to have filed in any Uniform Commercial Code jurisdiction any initial financing statements or amendments thereto if filed prior to the Closing Date.

(d) If Borrower shall at any time hold or acquire a Commercial Tort Claim valued in excess of $500,000, Borrower shall immediately notify Lender in a writing signed by Borrower of the particulars thereof and grant to Lender in such a writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance satisfactory to Lender.

(e) Borrower hereby authorizes Lender to file financing statements, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Lender’s interest or rights hereunder, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, by either Borrower or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Lender under the Code. Such financing statements may indicate the Collateral as “all assets of the Debtor” or words of similar effect, or as being of an equal or lesser scope, or with greater detail, all in Lender’s discretion.

(f) Borrower shall execute an Amended and Restated Trademark Security Agreement in accordance with the granting of a security interest to Lender in its Intellectual Property.

 

28


(g) Within forty-five (45) days of the creation of a Material Subsidiary or a Subsidiary becoming a Material Subsidiary, Borrower shall ensure and cause such Material Subsidiary to deliver to Lender the Secured Guaranty and Pledge Agreement (or joinder thereto), pledging such Material Subsidiaries’ assets to Lender to secure its obligations under the Secured Guaranty and Pledge Agreement.

4.2 Collateral Administration

(a) All Collateral will at all times be kept by Borrower at the locations set forth on the Perfection Certificate, Schedule 7.18B or Schedule 7.18C hereto, as may be updated from time to time in accordance with this Section 4.2. Borrower shall, (i) within ten (10) calendar days after change of location of its chief executive offices, provide written notice to Lender and (ii) as soon as available and in any event within forty-five (45) calendar days after the end of each calendar quarter (or within sixty (60) calendar days after the end of the last calendar quarter), provide Lender with the updated Schedule 7.18B and/or Schedule 7.18C to the extent applicable; provided that no Collateral shall be moved outside the continental United States without Lender’s prior consent.

(b) Borrower shall maintain all of its primary deposit and operating and savings accounts with Lender, in accordance with Section 8.13.

(c) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any of Lender’s officers, employees, representatives or agents shall have the right, at any time during normal business hours, in the name of Lender, any designee of Lender or Borrower, to verify the validity, amount or any other matter relating to any Collateral. Borrower shall cooperate fully with Lender in an effort to facilitate and promptly conclude such verification process.

(d) Borrower shall endeavor in the first instance to make collection of its Accounts for Lender. Lender shall have the right at all times after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default to notify (i) Account Debtors owing Accounts to Borrower that its Accounts have been assigned to Lender and to collect such Accounts directly in its own name and to charge collection costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees, to Borrower, and (ii) Account Debtors that Borrower has waived any and all defenses and counterclaims it may have or could interpose in any such action or procedure brought by Lender to obtain a court order recognizing the collateral assignment or security interest and first priority Lien of Lender in and to any Account or other Collateral and that Lender is seeking or may seek to obtain a court order recognizing the collateral assignment or security interest and first priority Lien of Lender in and to all Accounts and other Collateral payable by Account Debtors.

(e) As and when determined by Lender in its Permitted Discretion, Lender will perform the searches described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) below against Loan Parties (the results of which are to be consistent with Loan Parties’ representations and warranties under this Agreement), all at Loan Parties’ expense (but not more often than once during any 12 month period unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing): (i) UCC searches with the Secretary of State of the jurisdiction of organization of each Loan Party and, if deemed necessary by Lender, the Secretary of State and local filing offices of each jurisdiction where any Loan Party maintains its executive offices, a place of business or assets; (ii) Lien searches with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office; and (iii) judgment, federal, state and local tax lien searches, in each jurisdiction searched under clause (i) above.

 

29


(f) Each Loan Party shall use best efforts to do anything further that may be lawfully required by Lender to create and perfect Lender’s Lien on any Collateral and effectuate the intentions of the Loan Documents, in each case consistent with the Loan Documents. At Lender’s request, each Loan Party shall immediately deliver to Lender all Collateral for which Lender must receive possession to obtain a perfected security interest.

4.3 Power of Attorney

(a) Loan Parties hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Lender and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorneys-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of Loan Parties or in Lender’s own name, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Agreement (in a manner consistent therewith and without imposing additional obligations on the Loan Parties not contemplated by the Loan Documents) and the grant of the security interests hereunder and under the other Loan Documents; provided, that unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, said attorneys shall not exercise such power and authority unless Borrower fails to perform any obligation under the Loan Documents after prior written notice from Lender and a reasonable opportunity to do so. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing (but subject to the foregoing proviso), Loan Parties hereby give said attorneys the power and right, on behalf of Loan Parties (without requiring Lender to act as such, and without notice to or assent by Loan Parties) to do the following: (i) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to receive, open and dispose of all mail addressed to any such Person for the purpose of collecting the Accounts and to endorse the name of any such Person upon any and all checks, drafts, money orders and other instruments for the payment of money that are payable to such Person and constitute collections on its or their Accounts; (ii) execute in the name of such Person any financing statements, schedules, assignments, instruments, documents and statements that it is or they are obligated to give Lender under any of the Loan Documents, regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred or is continuing; and (iii) do such other and further acts and deeds in the name of such Person that Lender may deem necessary or desirable to (x) enforce any Account or other Collateral after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default or (y) perfect Lender’s security interest or first priority Lien in any Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred or is continuing.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each Loan Party hereby ratifies all that said attorneys shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. This power of attorney is a power coupled with an interest and is irrevocable.

(c) The powers conferred on Lender pursuant to this Section 4.3 are solely to protect its interests in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon it to exercise any such powers. Lender shall be accountable only for the amounts that it actually receives as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither it nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to Loan Parties for any act or failure to act, except for Lender’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

30


4.4 Further Assurances

Loan Parties agree, upon request of Lender in its Permitted Discretion, to take any and all other actions as Lender may determine to be necessary or appropriate for the attachment and perfection of the first priority security interest of, and during the continuance of an Event of Default for the ability of Lender to enforce, Lender’s security interest in any and all of the Collateral, including, without limitation, (i) executing, obtaining, delivering, filing, registering and recording any and all financing statements, continuation statements, stock powers, instruments and other documents, or causing the execution, filing, registration, recording or delivery of any and all of the foregoing, that are necessary or required under law to be executed, filed, registered, obtained, delivered or recorded to create, maintain, perfect, preserve, validate or otherwise protect the pledge of the Collateral to Lender and Lender’s perfected first priority Lien on the Collateral (and Loan Parties irrevocably grant Lender the right, at Lender’s option, to file any or all of the foregoing), (ii) immediately upon learning thereof, report to Lender any reclamation, return or repossession of goods in excess of $500,000 (individually or in the aggregate), (iii) defend the Collateral and Lender’s perfected first priority Lien thereon against all claims and demands of all Persons at any time claiming the same or any interest therein adverse to Lender, and pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) in connection with such defense, which may at Lender’s discretion be added to the Obligations, (iv) comply with any provision of any statute, regulation or treaty of any Governmental Authority as to any Collateral if compliance with such provision is a condition to attachment, perfection or priority of, or ability of Lender to enforce, Lender’s security interest in such Collateral and (v) obtain governmental and other third party waivers, consents and approvals in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, including any consent of any licensor, lessor or other Person obligated on Collateral and any party or parties whose consent is required for the security interest of Lender to attach under Section 4.1.

 

V.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

5.1 Intellectual Property

(a) As soon as available and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each calendar quarter (or within sixty (60) calendar days after the end of the last calendar quarter), or if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing within thirty (30) days after Lender’s request, Loan Parties shall provide Lender with an updated Schedule 7.11 and such other documents that Lender reasonably requests with respect thereto.

(b) Loan Parties shall (and shall cause all its licensees to), except in any case to the extent that it would not be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) (1) continue to use each trademark included in the Intellectual Property in order to maintain such trademark in full force and effect with respect to each class of goods for which such trademark is currently used, free from any claim of abandonment for non-use, (2) maintain at least the same standards of quality of products and services offered under such trademark as are currently maintained, (3) use such trademark with the appropriate notice of registration and all other notices and legends required by applicable law, (4) not adopt or use any other trademark that is confusingly similar or a colorable imitation of such trademark unless Lender shall obtain a perfected security interest in such other trademark pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) not do any act or omit to do any act whereby (w) such trademark (or any goodwill associated therewith) may become destroyed, invalidated,

 

31


impaired or harmed in any way, (x) any patent included in the Intellectual Property may become forfeited, misused, unenforceable, abandoned or dedicated to the public, (y) any portion of the copyrights included in the Intellectual Property may become invalidated, otherwise impaired or fall into the public domain or (z) any trade secret that is Intellectual Property may become publicly available or otherwise unprotectable.

(c) Loan Parties shall notify Lender promptly if they know, or have reason to know, that any application or registration relating to any material Intellectual Property may become forfeited, misused, unenforceable, abandoned or dedicated to the public, or of any adverse determination or development regarding the validity or enforceability or Borrower’s ownership of, interest in, right to use, register, own or maintain any material Intellectual Property (including the institution of, or any such determination or development in, any proceeding relating to the foregoing in the Applicable IP Office), in all cases to the extent that it would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. Loan Parties shall take all actions that are necessary or reasonably requested by Lender to maintain and pursue each application (and to obtain the relevant registration or recordation) and to maintain each registration and recordation included in the material Intellectual Property, except in any case to the extent that it would not be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) Loan Parties shall not knowingly do any act or omit to do any act to infringe, misappropriate, dilute, violate or otherwise impair the intellectual property of any other Person. In the event that any material Intellectual Property is or has been infringed, misappropriated, violated, diluted or otherwise impaired by a third party, upon Loan Parties knowledge, Loan Parties shall take such action as they reasonably deem appropriate under the circumstances in response thereto, including (if reasonably deemed appropriate by Loan Parties) promptly bringing suit and recovering all damages therefor.

 

VI.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

6.1 Conditions to Closing

The obligations of Lender to consummate the Closing are subject to the satisfaction, each in the sole judgement of Lender, of the following:

(a) Lender shall have received information and responses to its due diligence requests, and completed examinations related to the Collateral, the financial statements and the books, records, business, obligations, financial condition and operational state of Borrower and any other information reasonably requested by Lender, and all such information and responses as well as the results of such examinations and Borrower shall demonstrate to Lender’s satisfaction that (i) its operations comply, in all respects deemed material by Lender, in its sole judgment, with all applicable federal, state, foreign and local laws, statutes and regulations, (ii) its operations are not the subject of an investigation, evaluation or any remedial action by any Governmental Authority which could result in any expenditure or liability deemed material by Lender, in its sole judgment and (iii) it has no liability (whether contingent or otherwise) that is deemed material by Lender, in its sole judgment;

 

32


(b) Borrower shall have delivered to Lender (i) the Loan Documents to which it is a party, each duly executed by an authorized officer of Borrower and the other parties thereto, and (ii) if a request for a Term Loan Advance is made at Closing, a Term Loan Borrowing Certificate for the initial Term Loan Advance under the Term Loan executed by an authorized officer of Borrower;

(c) all in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, Lender shall have received (i) a report of Uniform Commercial Code financing statement, tax and judgment lien searches performed with respect to Borrower in each jurisdiction determined by Lender, and such report shall show no Liens on the Collateral (other than Permitted Liens), (ii) each document (including, without limitation, any Uniform Commercial Code financing statement) required by any Loan Document or under law or requested by Lender to be filed, registered or recorded to create in favor of Lender, a perfected first priority security interest upon the Collateral and (iii) evidence of each such filing, registration or recordation and of the payment by Borrower of any necessary fee, tax or expense relating thereto;

(d) Lender shall have received (i) the Organizational and Good Standing Documents of Borrower and Guarantors, all in form and substance acceptable to Lender, (ii) a certificate of the corporate secretary or assistant secretary of Borrower and Guarantors dated the Closing Date, as to the incumbency and signature of the Persons executing the Loan Documents, in form and substance acceptable to Lender and (iii) the written legal opinion of counsel for Borrower and Guarantors, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and its counsel;

(e) Lender shall have received (i) a Solvency Certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower and Guarantors, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and (ii) an officer’s certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H, executed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower and Guarantors;

(f) Lender shall have received all fees, including the Origination Fee, charges and expenses (including reimbursement of Lender’s legal fees) for the preparation and negotiation of the Loan Documents at the Closing of the Loan) payable to Lender on or prior to the Closing Date pursuant to the Loan Documents;

(g) all in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, Lender shall have received such consents, approvals and agreements from such third parties as Lender and its counsel shall determine are necessary or desirable with respect to (i) the Loan Documents and/or the transactions contemplated thereby, and/or (ii) claims against Borrower, Guarantors, or the Collateral;

(h) Borrower and Guarantors shall be in compliance with Section 8.5, and Lender shall have received copies of all insurance policies or binders, original certificates of all insurance policies of Borrower and Guarantors confirming that they are in effect and that the premiums due and owing with respect thereto have been paid in full and endorsements of such policies issued by the applicable Insurers and in each case naming Lender as first loss payee or additional insured, as appropriate;

(i) all corporate and other proceedings, documents, instruments and other legal matters in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents (including, but not limited to, those relating to corporate and capital structures of Borrower) shall be satisfactory to Lender;

 

33


(j) Lender shall have received all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “beneficial ownership”, “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act; and

(k) Lender shall have received such other documents, certificates, information or legal opinions as Lender may request, all in form and substance satisfactory to Lender.

6.2 Conditions to Each Advance

The obligations of Lender to make any Advance or Term Loan Advance, including, without limitation, the initial Term Loan Advance, (or otherwise extend credit hereunder) are subject to the satisfaction, each in the Permitted Discretion of Lender, of the following additional conditions precedent:

(a) Borrower shall have delivered to Lender a Revolving Facility Borrowing Certificate or a Term Loan Borrowing Certificate for the Advance or the Term Loan Advance, as applicable, executed by an authorized officer of Borrower, which shall constitute a representation and warranty by Borrower as of the Borrowing Date of such Advance or Term Loan Advance, as applicable, that the conditions contained in this Section 6.2 have been satisfied;

(b) each of the representation and warranties made by Loan Parties in or pursuant to this Agreement, or under the other Loan Documents or which are contained in any certificate, document or financial or other statement furnished in connection herewith, shall be true and correct in all material respects, before and after giving effect to such Advance or Term Loan Advance, as applicable; provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such referenced date; provided, further, that Borrower may update or supplement information in the Perfection Certificate or the Schedules hereto after the Effective Date to the extent necessary to make such representations and warranties true and correct in all material respects as of the date of such Advance or Term Loan Advance, as applicable;

(c) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing or would exist after giving effect to the Advance or the Term Loan Advance, as applicable, on the Borrowing Date;

(d) immediately after giving effect to the requested Advance or Term Loan Advance, as applicable, (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Advances under the Revolving Facility shall not exceed the Facility Cap and (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Term Loan Advances under the Term Loan shall not exceed the Term Loan Commitment;

(e) at the time of making such requested Advance or Term Loan Advance, as applicable, no Material Adverse Effect has occurred (that has not been cured prior to such date) or is continuing; and

(f) Lender shall have received all fees, charges and expenses payable to Lender on or prior to such date pursuant to the Loan Documents.

 

34


VII.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower represents and warrants as of the date hereof, the Closing Date, and each Borrowing Date as follows; provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such referenced date; provided, further, that Borrower may update or supplement information in the Perfection Certificate or the Schedules hereto after the Effective Date to the extent necessary to make such representations and warranties as of any subsequent Borrowing Date:

7.1 Organization and Authority

(a) Borrower is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. Borrower (i) has all requisite corporate or entity power and authority to own its properties and assets and to carry on its business as now being conducted and as contemplated in the Loan Documents, (ii) is duly qualified to do business in every jurisdiction in which failure so to qualify would reasonably be likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect and (iii) has all requisite power and authority (A) to execute, deliver and perform the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (B) to borrow hereunder, (C) to consummate the transactions contemplated under the Loan Documents and (D) to grant the first priority Liens with regard to the Collateral pursuant to the Loan Documents to which it is a party.

(b) In connection with this Agreement, Borrower has delivered to Lender a completed certificate signed by Borrower, entitled “Perfection Certificate” (as updated from time to time after the Closing Date, the “Perfection Certificate”). Borrower represents and warrants to Lender that (a) Borrower’s and each Subsidiaries’ exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate; (b) Borrower and each Subsidiary is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth in the Perfection Certificate; (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s organizational identification number; (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s and each Subsidiaries’ place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s each Subsidiaries’ mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) Borrower and each Subsidiary (and each of its predecessors) has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower and its Subsidiaries is accurate and complete in all material respects (it being understood and agreed that Borrower may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificate after the Closing Date to the extent information provided by Borrower in the Perfection Certificate delivered as of the date hereof has changed).

7.2 Loan Documents

The execution, delivery and performance by the Loan Parties of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, (i) have been duly authorized by all requisite action of each such Person and have been duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of each such Person; (ii) do not violate any provisions of (A) applicable law, statute, rule, regulation, ordinance or tariff, (B) any order of any Governmental Authority binding on any such Person or any of their respective properties or (C) the certificate of incorporation or bylaws (or any other equivalent governing agreement or document) of any such

 

35


Person, or any agreement between any such Person and its respective stockholders, members, partners or equity owners or among any such stockholders, members, partners or equity owners; (iii) are not in conflict with, and do not result in a breach or default of or constitute an event of default, or an event, fact, condition or circumstance which, with notice or passage of time, or both, would constitute or result in a conflict, breach, default or event of default under, any indenture, agreement or other instrument to which any such Person is a party, or by which the properties or assets of such Person are bound; (iv) except as set forth therein, will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien of any nature upon any of the properties or assets of any such Person and (v) except as set forth on Schedule 7.2, do not require the consent, approval or authorization of, or filing, registration or qualification with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person. When executed and delivered, each of the Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party.

7.3 Subsidiaries, Capitalization and Ownership Interests

As of the Closing Date, Borrower has no Subsidiaries except as listed on Schedule 7.3 which states the number and class of equity securities or other ownership, voting or partnership interests (as applicable) issued and outstanding of Borrower’s Subsidiaries (including options, warrants and other securities exercisable for any of the foregoing). The ownership or partnership interests of each Subsidiary that is a limited partnership or a limited liability company are not, and shall not be, certificated, the documents relating to such interests do not expressly state that the interests are governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code, and the interests are not held in a securities account. The outstanding equity securities and ownership, voting or partnership interests (as applicable) of each Subsidiary have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, and, except as listed on Schedule 7.3, Borrower owns all the equity securities and ownership, voting or partnership interests (as applicable) in the Subsidiaries free and clear of any Liens, other than Liens created by the Loan Documents, Permitted Liens and restrictions on transfer pursuant to applicable securities laws and the governing documents of the Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date. Schedule 7.3 sets forth a complete and accurate list of the directors of Borrower and the members and managers (if any) of each Subsidiary on the Closing Date. As of the Closing Date, except as listed on Schedule 7.3, Borrower owns no interest in, nor participates in nor engages in any joint venture, partnership or similar arrangements with any Person.

7.4 Properties

(a) Each Loan Party (i) is the sole owner and has good, valid and marketable title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all of its properties and assets, including the Collateral, whether personal or real, subject to no transfer restrictions or Liens of any kind except for Permitted Liens, and (ii) is in compliance in all material respects with each lease to which it is a party or otherwise bound except in such case under where the failure to comply would not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Schedule 7.4A lists all real properties (and their locations) owned or leased by or to, and all other material assets or property that are leased or licensed by, each Loan Party and all leases (including leases of leased real property) covering or with respect to such properties and assets and all warehouses, fulfillment houses or other locations at which any of Borrower’s material Inventory is located. Each Loan Party enjoys peaceful and undisturbed possession under all such leases and such leases are valid and are in full force and effect.

 

36


(b) Schedule 7.4B lists all deposit accounts and investment accounts (and their locations) owned by each Loan Party on the Closing Date (other than accounts (i) used exclusively for payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit and payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s employees or (ii) used exclusively for individual store operations), and all such deposit accounts and investment accounts are subject to no Liens of any kind except as expressly set forth on Schedule 7.4B, all of which Liens constitute Permitted Liens.

7.5 Other Agreements

No Loan Party is (i) a party or subject to any judgment, order or decree or any Material Contract, document or instrument, or subject to any restriction, which would affect its ability to execute and deliver, or perform under, any Loan Document or to pay the Obligations, or (ii) in default in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any obligation, covenant or condition contained in any Material Contract, document or instrument to which it is a party or to which any of its properties or assets are subject, which default, if not remedied within any applicable grace or cure period would reasonably be likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect, nor is there any event, fact, condition or circumstance which, with notice or passage of time or both, would constitute or result in a conflict, breach, default or event of default under, any of the foregoing which, if not remedied within any applicable grace or cure period would reasonably be likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

7.6 Litigation

Except as set forth in the Perfection Certificate or Schedule 7.6, there is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation pending or, to its knowledge, threatened against any Loan Party (i) that challenges the validity of any of the Loan Documents, or to enjoin the right of such Loan Party to enter into any Loan Document or to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby, (ii) that would reasonably be likely to be or have, either individually or in the aggregate, any Material Adverse Effect or (iii) that would reasonably be likely to result in any Change of Control. No Loan Party is a party or subject to any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority. Except as set forth on Schedule 7.6, there is no material action, suit, proceeding or investigation initiated by any Loan Party currently pending on the Closing Date.

7.7 Hazardous Materials

Borrower and each Subsidiary is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws except in any case to the extent that it would not be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary of Borrower have been notified of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation (i) relating in any way to compliance by or liability of Borrower or any Subsidiary under any Environmental Laws, (ii) which otherwise deals with any Hazardous Substance or any Environmental Law or (iii) which seeks to suspend, revoke or terminate any license, permit or approval necessary for the generation, handling, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Substance, in each case to the extent that the occurrence of such event would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

37


7.8 Tax Returns; Governmental Reports

Borrower, and if applicable, any Subsidiary, (i) have filed all required federal, and all material state, foreign (if applicable) and local, tax returns and other reports which are required by law to be filed by Borrower and any Subsidiary, and (ii) has paid all required federal, and all material state, foreign (if applicable) and local, taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges, including, without limitation, payroll and other employment related taxes, in each case that are due and payable, except only for items that Borrower or any Subsidiary is currently contesting in good faith and that are described on Schedule 7.8 or the Perfection Certificate.

7.9 Financial Statements and Reports

All financial statements and financial information relating to Borrower and its Subsidiaries that have been delivered to Lender by Borrower are accurate and complete in all material respects and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied with prior periods (other than customary year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes). Since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Lender, there has not occurred any Material Adverse Effect or, to Borrower’s knowledge, any other event or condition that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

7.10 Compliance with Law

(a) Each Loan Party (i) is in compliance with all laws, statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances and tariffs of any Governmental Authority applicable to each party’s business, assets or operations and (ii) is not in violation of any order of any Governmental Authority, except in each case where noncompliance or violation would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. There is no event, fact, condition or circumstance which, with notice or passage of time, or both, would constitute or result in any noncompliance with, or any violation of, any of the foregoing, in each case except where noncompliance or violation would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has received any notice that Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is not in compliance in any material respects with any of the requirements of any of the foregoing. Neither Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has (a) engaged in any Prohibited Transactions as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, (b) failed to meet any applicable minimum funding requirements under Section 302 of ERISA in respect of any Plan and no funding requirements have been postponed or delayed except in accordance with applicable law, (c) any knowledge of any event or occurrence which would cause the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation to institute proceedings under Title IV of ERISA to terminate any Plan, (d) any fiduciary responsibility under ERISA for investments with respect to any Plan existing for the benefit of Persons other than its employees or former employees or (e) withdrawn, completely or partially, from any Multiemployer Plans so as to incur withdrawal or related liability under ERISA or the Code. With respect to Borrower and any ERISA Affiliate, there exists no event described in Section 4043 of ERISA, excluding Subsections 4043(b)(2) and 4043(b)(3) thereof, for which the required thirty (30) day notice period has not been waived.

 

38


(b) Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary of Borrower (i) is a Person whose property or interest in property is blocked or subject to blocking pursuant to Section 1 of Executive Order 13224 of September 23, 2001 Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism (66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (2001)), (ii) engages in any dealings or transactions prohibited by Section 2 of such executive order, or is otherwise associated with any such Person in any manner violative of such Section 2, or (iii) is a Person on the list of Specially Designated Nationals (the “SDN List”) and Blocked Persons or subject to the limitations or prohibitions under any other U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) regulation or executive order.

(c) Borrower and each Subsidiary of Borrower is in compliance, in all material respects, with the Patriot Act, the Bank Secrecy Act, the Anti-Corruption Laws and the Anti-Terrorism Laws.

7.11 Intellectual Property

Except as set forth in the Perfection Certificate or on Schedule 7.11, no Loan Party owns, licenses or utilizes any material registered Intellectual Property on the Closing Date.

7.12 Licenses and Permits; Labor

Each Loan Party is in material compliance with, and has all material Permits and Intellectual Property necessary or required by applicable law or Governmental Authority for, the operation of its businesses. No Loan Party is in known breach of or in default under the provisions of any of the foregoing, nor is there any event, fact, condition or circumstance which, with notice or passage of time or both, would constitute or result in a conflict, breach, default or event of default under, any of the foregoing which, if not remedied within any applicable grace or cure period would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No Loan Party is, or has been, involved in any labor dispute, strike, walkout or union organization which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

7.13 No Default

There does not exist any Default or Event of Default or any event, fact, condition or circumstance which, with the giving of notice or passage of time or both, would constitute or result in a Default or Event of Default.

7.14 Disclosure

No Loan Document nor any other agreement, document, certificate or statement furnished to Lender by or on behalf of any Loan Party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents, nor any representation or warranty made by any Loan Party in any Loan Document, contains any untrue statement of material fact or, to the knowledge of Borrower, omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not materially misleading (it being recognized by Lender that (i) the projections and forecasts provided by Loan Parties in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results and (ii) no representation is made with respect to information of a general economic or general industry nature).

 

39


7.15 Existing Indebtedness; Investments, Guarantees and Certain Contracts

As of the Closing Date, except as contemplated by the Loan Documents or as otherwise set forth in the Perfection Certificate or on Schedule 7.15, no Loan Party (i) has outstanding Indebtedness other than Permitted Indebtedness, (ii) is subject or party to any mortgage, note, indenture, indemnity or guarantee of, with respect to or evidencing any Indebtedness of any other Person other than Permitted Indebtedness or (iii) except for Permitted Investments, owns or holds any equity or long-term debt investments in, and does not have any outstanding advances to or any outstanding guarantees for the obligations of, or any outstanding borrowings from, any Person. Borrower has performed all material obligations required to be performed by Borrower pursuant to or in connection with any items listed on Schedule 7.15 and there has occurred no breach, default or event of default under any document evidencing any such items or any fact, circumstance, condition or event which, with the giving of notice or passage of time or both, would constitute or result in a breach, default or event of default thereunder that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary of Borrower has any existing accrued and unpaid Indebtedness owing to any Governmental Authority or any other governmental payor.

7.16 Other Agreements

Except as set forth on Schedule 7.16, as of the Closing Date (i) no director or officer of Borrower or any Subsidiary has received any compensation of any kind in consideration of Borrower entering into this Agreement and (ii) neither Borrower nor any of its Affiliates has paid or offered to pay any compensation to any director or officer of Borrower in consideration of Borrower’s entering into the Loan Documents.

7.17 Insurance

Borrower has in full force and effect such insurance policies as are customary in its industry and as may be required pursuant to Section 8.5 hereof. As of the Closing Date, all such insurance policies are listed and described on Schedule 7.17.

7.18 Names; Location of Offices, Records and Collateral

As of the Closing Date, during the preceding five (5) years, no Loan Party has conducted business under any name (whether corporate, partnership or assumed) other than as shown on Schedule 7.18A. Loan Parties are the sole owner of all of the names listed on Schedule 7.18A, and any and all business done and invoices issued in such names are Loan Parties’ sales, business and invoices. Each trade name of each Loan Party represents a division or trading style of such Loan Parties. As of the Closing Date, Borrower maintains its places of business and chief executive offices only at the location set forth in the Perfection Certificate or on Schedule 7.18B. All of the Collateral is located only in the continental United States.

7.19 Lien Perfection and Priority

(a) Upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement, and upon the proper filing of the necessary financing statements; and (b) recordation of the Amended and Restated Trademark Security Agreement in the Applicable IP Office, without any further action, Lender

 

40


will have a good, valid and perfected first priority Lien and security interest in the Collateral in which a security interest is perfected by such filing or recordation, subject to no transfer or other restrictions or Liens of any kind in favor of any other Person except for Permitted Liens. No financing statement relating to any of the Collateral is on file in any applicable public office except those (i) on behalf of Lender and (ii) in connection with Permitted Liens.

7.20 Investment Company Act

Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

7.21 Regulations T, U and X

Borrower is not engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any “margin stock” or “margin security” (within the meaning of Regulations T, U or X issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), and no proceeds of the Loans will be used to purchase or carry any margin stock or margin security or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock or margin security.

7.22 Survival

Loan Parties make the representations and warranties contained herein with the knowledge and intention that Lender is relying and will rely thereon. All such representations and warranties will survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Advances under the Revolving Facility.

 

VIII.

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower covenants and agrees that, until full performance and satisfaction, and indefeasible payment in full in cash, of all the Obligations (other than indemnity obligations for which there has been no claim) and termination of this Agreement:

8.1 Financial Statements, Reports and Other Information

(a) Financial Reports. Borrower shall furnish to Lender (i) as soon as available and in any event within one-hundred fifty (150) calendar days after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower, audited annual consolidated financial statements of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including the notes thereto, consisting of a consolidated balance sheet at the end of such completed fiscal year and the related consolidated statements of income, retained earnings and owners’ equity for such completed fiscal year, which financial statements shall be prepared on an accrual basis and certified without qualification by an independent certified public accounting firm satisfactory to Lender and accompanied by related management letters, if available, (ii) as soon as available and in any event within forty-five (45) calendar days after the end of each calendar quarter, unaudited consolidated financial statements of Borrower and its Subsidiaries consisting of a balance sheet and statements of income, retained earnings and owners’ equity as of the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, except that the financial statements required under this subclause (ii) shall not be required for the end of the fourth calendar quarter, and (iii) as soon as

 

41


available but in any event within sixty (60) days of the last day of Borrower’s fiscal year, a budget approved by Borrower’s board of directors for the following fiscal year (minimum of one year). All such financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied with prior periods. With each such financial statement, Borrower shall also deliver a certificate of a Responsible Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit I stating that (A) such person has reviewed the relevant terms of the Loan Documents and the condition of Borrower, (B) no Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing, or, if any of the foregoing has occurred or is continuing, specifying the nature and status and period of existence thereof and the steps taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto, and (C) Borrower is in compliance with all financial covenants attached as Annex I hereto (the “Compliance Certificate”). Such Compliance Certificate shall be accompanied by the calculations necessary to show compliance with the financial covenants in a form satisfactory to Lender.

(b) Other Materials. Borrower shall furnish to Lender as soon as available, and in any event within ten (10) calendar days after the preparation or issuance thereof or at such other time as set forth below: (i) promptly upon receipt of the same, copies of all notices, requests and other documents received by Borrower under or pursuant to any instrument, indenture or loan agreement regarding or related to any breach or default by any Loan Party thereto that would reasonably be expected to result in Material Adverse Effect; (ii) such additional financial information, sales projections, operating plans, statements, reports and other materials as Lender may reasonably request from a credit or security perspective or otherwise from time to time, but solely to the extent already created by the Loan Parties and (iii) within five (5) days after the same are sent or received, copies of all correspondence, reports, documents and other filings with any Governmental Authority regarding material noncompliance with or the failure to maintain governmental approvals or requirements of law, in each case that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Notices. Borrower shall promptly, and in any event within five (5) Business Days after Borrower or any authorized officer of Borrower obtains knowledge thereof, notify Lender in writing of (i) any pending or threatened litigation, suit, investigation, arbitration, dispute resolution proceeding or administrative proceeding brought or initiated by or against Borrower or any Subsidiary or otherwise affecting or involving or relating to Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s property or assets that would reasonably be expected, if adversely decided, to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) any Default or Event of Default, which notice shall specify the nature and status thereof, the period of existence thereof and what action is proposed to be taken with respect thereto and (iii) any other development, event, fact, circumstance or condition that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, in each case describing the nature and status thereof and the action proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

8.2 Payment of Obligations

Loan Parties, jointly and severally, shall make full and timely indefeasible payment in cash of the principal of and interest on the Loans, Advances and all other Obligations.

 

42


8.3 Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence and Assets

Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall (i) conduct their business in accordance with good business practices customary to the industry, (ii) engage principally in the same or similar lines of business substantially as heretofore conducted, taken as a whole, or any business reasonably related thereto, (iii) collect their Accounts in the ordinary course of business, (iv) maintain all of their material properties, assets and equipment used or useful in its business in good repair, working order and condition (normal wear and tear excepted and except as may be disposed of in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and otherwise as determined by Borrower and its Subsidiaries using commercially reasonable business judgment), (v) from time to time to make all necessary or desirable repairs, renewals and replacements thereof, as determined by Borrower and its Subsidiaries using commercially reasonable business judgment and (vi) maintain and keep in full force and effect its existence and all material Permits and qualifications to do business and good standing in each jurisdiction in which the ownership or lease of property or the nature of its business makes such Permits or qualification necessary and in which failure to maintain such Permits or qualification could reasonably be likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

8.4 Compliance with Legal and Other Obligations

Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall (i) comply with all laws, statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances and tariffs of all Governmental Authorities applicable to it or its business, assets or operations, (ii) pay all material taxes, assessments, fees, governmental charges, claims for labor, supplies, rent and all other obligations or liabilities of any kind, except liabilities being contested in good faith and against which adequate reserves have been established, (iii) perform in accordance with its terms each Material Contract, agreement or other arrangement to which it is a party or by which it or any of the Collateral is bound and (iv) maintain and comply with all material Permits necessary to conduct its business and comply with any new or additional requirements that may be imposed on it or its business, except, in each case (other than in respect of clause (ii) of this sentence), where the failure to comply, pay, perform or maintain would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

8.5 Insurance

Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall (i) keep all of its insurable properties and assets (including without limitation Inventory that is in transit, whether by vessel, air or land) adequately insured in all material respects against losses, damages and hazards as are customarily insured against by businesses engaging in similar activities or owning similar assets or properties and at least the minimum amount required by applicable law; and maintain general public liability insurance at all times against liability on account of damage to persons and property having such limits, deductibles, exclusions and co-insurance and other provisions as are customary for a business engaged in activities similar to those of Borrower; and (ii) maintain insurance under all applicable workers’ compensation laws; all of the foregoing insurance policies to (A) be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to Lender, (B) name Lender as first loss payee and additional insured thereunder, and (C) expressly provide that they cannot be altered, amended, modified or canceled without thirty (30) Business Days’ prior written notice to Lender and that they inure to the benefit of Lender notwithstanding any action or omission or negligence of or by Borrower or any insured thereunder.

 

43


8.6 True Books

Borrower shall (i) keep true, complete and accurate books of record and account in accordance with commercially reasonable business practices in which true and correct entries are made of all of its and their dealings and transactions in all material respects; and (ii) set up and maintain on its books such reserves as may be required by GAAP with respect to doubtful accounts and all taxes, assessments, charges, levies and claims and with respect to its business, and include such reserves in its quarterly as well as year-end financial statements.

8.7 Inspection; Periodic Audits

Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall permit the representatives of Lender, at the reasonable expense of Borrower, on an annual basis (or more frequently in Lender’s sole judgement upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default) during normal business hours upon reasonable prior written notice (no prior notice of any kind shall be required on an after the occurrance and during the continuance of an Even of Default), to (i) visit and inspect any of its offices or properties or any other place where material Collateral is located to inspect and/or appraise the Collateral and/or to examine or audit all of its books of account, records, reports and other papers, (ii) make copies and extracts therefrom and (iii) discuss its business, operations, prospects, properties, assets, liabilities, condition and/or Accounts with its officers and independent public accountants (and by this provision such officers and accountants are authorized to discuss the foregoing).

8.8 Further Assurances; Post Closing

At Borrower’s cost and expense, Borrower shall (i) within five (5) Business Days after Lender’s request, take such further actions, obtain such consents and approvals and duly execute and deliver such further agreements, assignments, instructions or documents as Lender may reasonably request with respect to, and consistent with (but without imposing additional obligations on the Loan Parties not contemplated by the Loan Documents), the purposes, terms and conditions of the Loan Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, whether before, at or after the performance or consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default, claims against Borrower or the Collateral, or any agreements, consents, documents or instruments to which Borrower is a party or by which any properties or assets of Borrower or any of the Collateral is or are bound or subject, and (ii) upon the exercise by Lender or any of its Affiliates of any power, right, privilege or remedy pursuant to any Loan Document or under applicable law or at equity which requires any consent, approval, registration, qualification or authorization of any Governmental Authority, execute and deliver, or cause the execution and delivery of, all applications, certificates, instruments and other documents that may be so required for such consent, approval, registration, qualification or authorization. Without limiting the foregoing, upon the exercise by Lender or any of its Affiliates of any right or remedy under any Loan Document which requires any consent, approval or registration with, consent, qualification or authorization by, any Person, Borrower shall execute and deliver, or cause the execution and delivery of, all applications, certificates, instruments and other documents that Lender or its Affiliate may reasonably require to obtain such consent, approval, registration, qualification or authorization.

 

44


8.9 Payment of Indebtedness

Except as otherwise prescribed in the Loan Documents, Loan Parties shall pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy at or before maturity (subject to applicable grace periods and, in the case of trade payables, to ordinary course payment practices) all of its material obligations and liabilities, except when the amount or validity thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and such reserves as Lender may deem proper and necessary in its Permitted Discretion shall have been made.

8.10 Lien Searches

If Liens against Borrower or its Subsidiaries other than Permitted Liens exist, Borrower immediately shall take, execute and deliver all actions, documents and instruments necessary to release and terminate such Liens.

8.11 Use of Proceeds

Borrower shall use the proceeds from the Revolving Facility only for the purposes set forth in the third “WHEREAS” clause of this Agreement.

8.12 Taxes and Other Charges

All payments and reimbursements to Lender made under any Loan Document shall be free and clear of and without deduction for all taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, assessments, charges or withholdings and all liabilities with respect thereto of any nature whatsoever, excluding taxes to the extent imposed on Lender’s net income. If Borrower shall be required by law to deduct any such amounts from or in respect of any sum payable under any Loan Document to Lender, then the sum payable to Lender shall be increased as may be necessary so that, after making all required deductions, Lender receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made. Notwithstanding any other provision of any Loan Document, if at any time after the Closing (i) any change in any existing law, regulation, treaty or directive or in the interpretation or application thereof, (ii) any new law, regulation, treaty or directive enacted or any interpretation or application thereof, or (iii) compliance by Lender with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority: (A) subjects Lender to any tax, levy, impost, deduction, assessment, charge or withholding of any kind whatsoever with respect to any Loan Document, or changes the basis of taxation of payments to Lender of any amount payable thereunder (except for net income taxes, or franchise taxes imposed in lieu of net income taxes, imposed generally by federal, state or local taxing authorities with respect to interest or commitment fees or other fees payable hereunder or changes in the rate of tax on the overall net income of Lender), or (B) imposes on Lender any other condition or increased cost in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby or participations therein; and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to Lender of making or continuing any Loan hereunder or to reduce any amount receivable hereunder, then, in any such case, Borrower shall promptly pay to Lender any additional amounts necessary to compensate Lender, on an after-tax basis, for such additional cost or reduced amount as determined by Lender. If Lender becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this Section 8.12 it shall promptly notify Borrower of the event by reason of which Lender has become so entitled, and each such notice of additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section 8.12 submitted by Lender to Borrower shall, absent manifest error, be final, conclusive and binding for all purposes.

 

45


8.13 Deposit and Collateral Accounts

At all times during the term of this Agreement, Borrower shall maintain its primary deposit and operating and savings accounts with Lender. At the request of Lender, Borrower shall deliver a Control Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, with respect to each Collateral Account, within fifteen (15) Business Days of opening any such Collateral Account; provided, however, a Control Agreement shall not be required for any Deposit Account (i) used exclusively for payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit and payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s employees, (ii) used exclusively for store operations or (iii) if such Collateral Account is maintained by Borrower with Lender; provided that Borrower shall sweep the funds in each account for store operations not maintained by Borrower with Lender no less frequently than on a monthly basis to an account maintained by Borrower with Lender.

8.14 [RESERVED]

8.15 [RESERVED]

 

IX.

[RESERVED]

 

X.

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Loan Parties, jointly and severally, covenant and agree that, until the indefeasible payment in full in cash and the full performance of all the Obligations (other than indemnity obligations for which there has been no claim) and termination of this Agreement, Loan Parties shall not:

10.1 Dispositions

Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “Transfer”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any material part of its business or property outside the ordinary course of business, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of worn-out, obsolete or surplus Equipment; (c) in connection with Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; (d) involving assets in the aggregate amount of less than Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) in any fiscal year during the term of this Agreement; (e) of non-exclusive licenses (or exclusive licenses with respect to any geographic area(s) outside the United States) for the use of the property of the Loan Parties or their Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; and (f) in connection with any Change of Control pursuant to which the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnification obligations) are repaid in full concurrently with such Change of Control.

 

46


10.2 Changes in Business, Management, Control or Business Locations

(a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage, as a material portion of Borrower’s business taken as a whole, in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by such Loan Parties their Subsidiaries, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto (and for the avoidance of doubt, operating virtual kitchens and/or Outpost shall be reasonably related to Borrower’s business); (b) liquidate or dissolve; provided that the liquidation or dissolution of Subsidiaries (other than Material Subsidiaries) shall be permitted so long as the such liquidation or dissolution would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or (c) permit or suffer any Change of Control (unless the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnification obligations) are repaid in full concurrently with such Change of Control). Loan Parties shall not, without at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice to Lender; (1) change its principal place of business, (2) change its jurisdiction of organization, (3) change its organizational type or permit any other Subsidiary to change its organization type, (4) change its legal name, (5) change any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction of organization, (6) add or create any Material Subsidiary, unless such Material Subsidiary becomes a Guarantor, (7) permit any Subsidiary to take any action that would effect an “opt-in” to Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect from time to time in the jurisdiction where such Subsidiary is formed or organized such that the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary would be deemed to be a security, (8) permit any Subsidiary to amend its governance documents to permit the issuance of certificates representing the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary. If any Loan Party intends to deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) to a bailee at a location other than as provided in the Perfection Certificate, the Loan Party will first notify Lender, and the Loan Party shall cause such bailee to execute and deliver a bailee agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Lender in its reasonable discretion.

10.3 Mergers or Acquisitions

Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person (unless the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnification obligations) are repaid in full in connection therewith), or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person (other than Permitted Investments), in each case except where (a) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would exist after giving effect to the transactions; and (b) a Loan Party is the surviving legal entity. A Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary or Loan Party and a Loan Party may merge or consolidate into another Loan Party (so long as in the case of a merger or consolidation involving Borrower, Borrower is the surviving legal entity).

10.4 Indebtedness

Create, incur, assume or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

10.5 Encumbrance

Create, incur, allow or suffer any Lien on any of its property, including without limitation its intellectual property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Lender) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any Loan Party’s or any Subsidiary’s intellectual property, except as is otherwise permitted in Section 10.1 and the definition of “Permitted Liens” herein.

 

47


10.6 Maintenance of Collateral Accounts

Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 8.13 hereof.

10.7 Distributions; Investments

(a) Pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any equity (other than (i) the repurchase of Equity Interests to the extent that (1) such repurchases do not exceed Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) in the aggregate per calendar year (unless Borrower raises additional capital to fund such repurchases), and (2) no Event of Default then exists or would be caused thereby, (ii) Borrower may pay dividends solely in Equity Interests of Borrower, (iii) any Subsidiary may pay dividends or make distributions to Borrower and/or (iv) the repurchase of Equity Interests in exchange for the cancellation of indebtedness owed to Borrower) or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except as is otherwise permitted in Section 10.3 hereof.

10.8 Transactions with Affiliates

Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction outside the ordinary course of business with any Affiliate of the Loan Parties, except for transactions (a) (i) that are in the ordinary course Loan Parties’ business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to the Loan Parties than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person and (ii) which have been approved by such board of directors or managers and do not exceed $1,000,000 individually or in the aggregate per calendar year, (b) constituting cash compensation or issuances of Equity Interests for equity incentive purposes, in each case approved by such Loan Party’s board of directors or managers, (c) constituting loans relating to the purchase of Equity Interests of the Loan Parties or their Subsidiaries pursuant to stock purchase plans or agreements approved by such Loan Party’s or Subsidiary’s board of directors or managers that do not exceed Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) individually or in the aggregate per calendar year, (d) constituting loans to employees, officers, directors, managers or other service providers of Borrower secured by Equity Interests of Borrower (i) existing on the effective date (and any extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements thereof that do not increase the aggregate principal amount thereof) or (ii) made following the effective date in an aggregate amount not to exceed Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) outstanding at any time, (e) constituting rounds of equity, convertible equity or Subordinated Debt financing that are investments into Borrower or (f) constituting the exercise of stock options or other purchase of Equity Interests, including payment by promissory note issued to Borrower (without any cash outflow from Borrower).

 

48


10.9 [RESERVED].

10.10 Compliance.

Become an “investment company” or company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so if the violation would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which would reasonably be expected to result in any liability of the Loan Parties, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

10.11 Use of Proceeds.

Use the proceeds of the Loans other than as permitted by this Agreement.

10.12 Anti-Terrorism.

Become (i) a Person whose property or interest in property is blocked or subject to blocking pursuant to Section 1 of Executive Order 13224 of September 23, 2001 Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism (66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (2001)), (ii) a Person who engages in any dealings or transactions prohibited by Section 2 of such executive order, or to its knowledge is otherwise associated with any such Person in any manner violative of such Section 2, (iii) a Person on the SDN List or a Blocked Person or subject to the limitations or prohibitions under OFAC (iv) a Person owned fifty percent (50%) or more by a Person on the SDN List, (v) a Person on the SSI List, or (vi) a Person owned fifty percent (50%) or more by a Person on the SSI List.

 

XI.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

The occurrence of any one or more of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default”:

(a) Loan Parties shall fail to pay (i) any amount of principal or interest on any Loans when due or (ii) any other amount on the Obligations or provided for in any Loan Document when due within three Business Days, in each case, whether on any payment date, at maturity or demand, by reason of acceleration, by notice of intention to prepay, by required prepayment or otherwise;

(b) any representation, statement or warranty made or deemed made by a Loan Party in any Loan Document or in any other certificate, document, report or opinion delivered in conjunction with any Loan Document to which it is a party, shall not be true and correct in all material respects or shall have been false or misleading in any material respect on the date when made or deemed to have been made (except to the extent already qualified by materiality, in which case it shall be true and correct in all respects and shall not be false or misleading in any respect);

 

49


(c) any Loan Party other than Lender shall be in violation, breach or default of, or shall fail to perform, observe or comply with any covenant, obligation or agreement set forth in, any Loan Document and such violation, breach, default or failure shall not be cured within the applicable period set forth in the applicable Loan Document; provided that, with respect to the affirmative covenants set forth in Article VIII (other than Sections 8.2, 8.8 and 8.11 for which there shall be no cure period), there shall be a ten (10) Business Day cure period commencing from the earlier of (i) Receipt by such Person of written notice of such breach, default, violation or failure, and (ii) the time at which such Person or any authorized officer thereof knew or became aware, or should have known or been aware, of such failure, violation, breach or default, but no Advances will be made during the cure period;

(d) (i) any of the Loan Documents ceases to be in full force and effect, or (ii) any Lien created thereunder ceases to constitute a valid perfected first priority Lien on the Collateral in accordance with the terms thereof, or Lender ceases to have a valid perfected first priority security interest in any of the Collateral or any securities pledged to Lender pursuant to the Loan Documents; provided that, with respect to non-material breaches or violations that constitute Events of Default under clause (ii) of this Section XI(d), there shall be a ten (10) Business Day cure period commencing from the earlier of (A) Receipt by the applicable Person of written notice of such breach or violation or of any event, fact or circumstance constituting or resulting in any of the foregoing, and (B) the time at which such Person or any authorized officer thereof knew or became aware, or should have known or been aware, of such breach or violation and resulting Event of Default or of any event, fact or circumstance constituting or resulting in any of the foregoing;

(e) one or more tax assessments, judgments or decrees is rendered against any Loan Party in an amount that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, which is/are not satisfied, stayed, vacated or discharged of record within thirty (30) calendar days of being rendered, but no Advances will be made before the judgment is stayed, vacated or discharged;

(f) (i) any default occurs, which is not cured or waived, (x) in the payment of any principal amount with respect to any Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) of any Loan Party in excess of $1,500,000 to any other Person, (y) in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any provision contained in any agreement, contract, document or instrument to which any Loan Party is a party or to which any of their properties or assets are subject or bound under or pursuant to which any principal amount of Indebtedness in excess of $1,500,000 was issued, created, assumed, guaranteed or secured and such default continues for more than any applicable grace period or permits the holder of any Indebtedness to accelerate the maturity thereof or (z) in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any provision contained in any agreement, contract, document or instrument between any Loan Party and Lender or Affiliate of Lender (other than the Loan Documents or otherwise constitute Obligations) and such default continues for more than any applicable grace period, or (ii) any Indebtedness of any Loan Party in excess of $1,500,000 in the principal amount is declared to be due and payable or is required to be prepaid (other than by a regularly scheduled payment) prior to the stated maturity thereof, or such obligations (other than

 

50


the Obligations) is not paid when due or within any applicable grace period, or any such obligation becomes or is declared to be due and payable before the expressed maturity thereof, or there occurs an event which, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would cause any such obligation to become, or allow any such obligation to be declared to be, due and payable;

(g) any Loan Party shall (i) be unable to pay its debts generally as they become due, (ii) file a petition under any insolvency statute, (iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, (iv) commence, or consent to, a proceeding for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or conservator of itself or of the whole or any substantial part of its property or (v) file a petition seeking reorganization or liquidation or similar relief under any Debtor Relief Law or any other applicable law or statute;

(h) (i) a court of competent jurisdiction shall (A) enter an order, judgment or decree appointing a custodian, receiver, trustee, liquidator or conservator of any Loan Party or the whole or any substantial part of any such Person’s properties, which shall continue unstayed and in effect for a period of sixty (60) calendar days, (B) shall approve a petition filed against any Loan Party seeking reorganization, liquidation or similar relief under the any Debtor Relief Law or any other applicable law or statute, which is not dismissed within sixty (60) calendar days or, (C) under the provisions of any Debtor Relief Law or other applicable law or statute, assume custody or control of any Loan Party of the whole or any substantial part of any such Person’s properties, which is not irrevocably relinquished within sixty (60) calendar days, or (ii) there is commenced against any Loan Party any proceeding or petition seeking reorganization, liquidation or similar relief under any Debtor Relief Law or any other applicable law or statute, and either (A) any such proceeding or petition is not unconditionally dismissed within sixty (60) calendar days after the date of commencement, or (B) any Loan Party takes any action to indicate its approval of or consent to any such proceeding or petition, but no Advances will be made before any such order, judgment or decree described above is stayed, vacated or discharged, any such petition described above is dismissed, or any such custody or control described above is relinquished;

(i) any Change of Control occurs;

(j) Lender receives any indication or evidence that any Loan Party may have directly or indirectly been engaged in any type of activity which, in Lender’s judgment, might result in forfeiture of any material property to any Governmental Authority which shall have continued unremedied for a period of ten (10) calendar days after written notice from Lender, but no Advances will be made before any such activity ceases;

(k) any Loan Party or any of their respective directors or senior officers is criminally indicted or convicted under any law that would reasonably be expected to lead to a Material Adverse Effect;

(l) the issuance of any process for levy, attachment or garnishment or execution upon or prior to any judgment against any Loan Party or any of their property or assets that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, which issuance is not released within thirty (30) days of issuance;

(m) if there occurs any circumstance or circumstances that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

51


Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, notwithstanding any other provision of any Loan Document, Lender may, without notice or demand, do any of the following: (i) terminate its obligations to make Advances hereunder, whereupon the same shall immediately terminate and at the election of Lender all or any of the Loans and/or Notes, all interest thereon and all other Obligations shall automatically, without any further action by Lender, be due and payable immediately (except in the case of an Event of Default under Sections XI(g) or XI(h), in which event all of the foregoing shall automatically and without further act by Lender be due and payable), and (ii) prohibit any action permitted to be taken under Article XI hereof, in each case without presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Loan Parties.

 

XII.

RIGHTS AND REMEDIES AFTER DEFAULT

12.1 Rights and Remedies

(a) In addition to the acceleration provisions set forth in Article XI above, upon the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default, Lender shall have the right to exercise any and all rights, options and remedies provided for in any Loan Document, under the UCC or at law or in equity, including, without limitation, the right to (i) apply any property of any Loan Party held by Lender to reduce the Obligations, (ii) foreclose the Liens created under the Loan Documents, (iii) realize upon, take possession of and sell any Collateral or securities pledged with or without judicial process, (iv) exercise all rights and powers with respect to the Collateral as any Loan Party, as applicable, might exercise, (v) collect and send notices regarding the Collateral with or without judicial process, (vi) by its own means or with judicial assistance, enter any premises at which Collateral or pledged securities are located, or render any of the foregoing unusable or dispose of the Collateral or pledged securities on such premises without any liability for rent, storage, utilities or other sums, and no Loan Party shall resist or interfere with such action, (vii) at Loan Party expense, require that all or any part of the Collateral be assembled and made available to Lender at any place designated by Lender, (viii) reduce or otherwise change the Facility Cap or the Term Loan Commitment, and (ix) relinquish or abandon any Collateral or securities pledged or any Lien thereon. Notwithstanding any provision of any Loan Document, Lender, in its sole discretion, shall have the right, at any time that a Loan Party fails to do so, and from time to time, without prior notice, to: (i) obtain insurance covering any of the Collateral to the extent required hereunder; (ii) pay for the performance of any of Obligations; (iii) discharge taxes or Liens on any of the Collateral that are in violation of any Loan document unless the Loan Party is in good faith with due diligence by appropriate proceedings contesting those items; or (iv) pay for the maintenance and preservation of the Collateral. Such expenses and advances shall be added to the Obligations until reimbursed to Lender and shall be secured by the Collateral, and such payments by Lender shall not be construed as a waiver by Lender of any Event of Default or any other rights or remedies of Lender. Loan Party hereby waive any and all rights that they may have to a judicial hearing in advance of the enforcement of any of Lender’s rights and remedies hereunder, including, without limitation, its right following the occurrence of an Event of Default to take immediate possession of the Collateral and to exercise its rights and remedies with respect thereto.

(b) Each Loan Party agrees that notice received by it at least ten (10) calendar days before the time of any intended public sale, or the time after which any private sale or other disposition of Collateral is to be made, shall be deemed to be reasonable notice of such sale or other disposition. If permitted by applicable law, any perishable Collateral which threatens to

 

52


speedily decline in value or which is sold on a recognized market may be sold immediately by Lender without prior notice to Loan Parties. At any sale or disposition of Collateral or securities pledged, Lender may (to the extent permitted by applicable law) purchase all or any part thereof free from any right of redemption by Borrower which right is hereby waived and released. Loan Parties covenant and agree not to, and not to permit or cause any of their Subsidiaries to, interfere with or impose any obstacle to Lender’s exercise of its rights and remedies with respect to the Collateral. Lender, in dealing with or disposing of the Collateral or any part thereof, shall not be required to give priority or preference to any item of Collateral or otherwise to marshal assets or to take possession or sell any Collateral with judicial process.

12.2 Application of Proceeds

In addition to any other rights, options and remedies Lender has under the Loan Documents, the UCC, at law or in equity, upon the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default, all dividends, interest, rents, issues, profits, fees, revenues, income and other proceeds collected or received from collecting, holding, managing, renting, selling or otherwise disposing of all or any part of the Collateral or any proceeds thereof upon exercise of its remedies hereunder shall be applied in the following order of priority: (i) first, to the payment of interest; (ii) second, to the payment of current principal; (iii) third, to the payment of late charges and other fees; (iv) fourth, to the payment of all costs and expenses of such collection, storage, lease, holding, operation, management, sale, disposition or delivery and of conducting Loan Parties’ business and of maintenance, repairs, replacements, alterations, additions and improvements of or to the Collateral, and to the payment of all sums which Lender may be required or may elect to pay, if any, for taxes, assessments, insurance and other charges upon the Collateral or any part thereof, and all other payments that Lender may be required or authorized to make under any provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, in each such case, in-house documentation and diligence fees and legal expenses, search, audit, recording, professional and filing fees and expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees and all expenses, liabilities and advances made or incurred in connection therewith); (v) fifth, to the payment of all remaining outstanding Obligations, including principal, in such order or preference as Lender may determine; (vi) sixth, to the satisfaction of Indebtedness secured by any subordinate security interest of record in the Collateral if written notification of demand therefor is received before distribution of the proceeds is completed, provided, that if requested by Lender, the holder of a subordinate security interest shall furnish reasonable proof of its interest, and unless it does so, Lender need not address its claims; and (vii) seventh, to the payment of any surplus then remaining to Loan Party, unless otherwise provided by law or directed by a court of competent jurisdiction, provided, that Loan Party shall be liable for any deficiency if such proceeds are insufficient to satisfy the Obligations or any of the other items referred to in this section.

12.3 Rights of Lender to Appoint Receiver

Without limiting and in addition to any other rights, options and remedies Lender has under the Loan Documents, the UCC, at law or in equity, upon the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default, Lender shall have the right to apply for and have a receiver appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction in any action taken by Lender to enforce its rights and remedies in order to manage, protect, preserve, sell or dispose the Collateral and continue the operation of the business of Loan Parties and to collect all revenues and profits thereof and apply the same to the payment of all expenses and other charges of such receivership including the compensation of the

 

53


receiver and to the payments as aforesaid until a sale or other disposition of such Collateral shall be finally made and consummated. To the extent not prohibited by applicable law, each Loan Party hereby irrevocably consents to and waives any right to object to or otherwise contest the appointment of a receiver as provided above. Each Loan Party (i) grants such waiver and consent knowingly after having discussed the implications thereof with counsel, (ii) acknowledges that (A) the uncontested right to have a receiver appointed for the foregoing purposes is considered essential by Lender in connection with the enforcement of their rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and (B) the availability of such appointment as a remedy under the foregoing circumstances was a material factor in inducing Lenders to make the Loans to Borrower and (iii) to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, agrees to enter into any and all stipulations in any legal actions, or agreements or other instruments required or reasonably appropriate in connection with the foregoing, and to cooperate fully with Lender in connection with the assumption and exercise of control by any receiver over all or any portion of the Collateral.

12.4 Rights and Remedies not Exclusive

Lender shall have the right in its sole discretion to determine which rights, Liens and remedies Lender may at any time pursue, relinquish, subordinate or modify, and such determination will not in any way modify or affect any of Lender’s rights, Liens or remedies under any Loan Document, applicable law or equity. The enumeration of any rights and remedies in any Loan Document is not intended to be exhaustive, and all rights and remedies of Lender described in any Loan Document are cumulative and are not alternative to or exclusive of any other rights or remedies which Lender otherwise may have. The partial or complete exercise of any right or remedy shall not preclude any other further exercise of such or any other right or remedy.

12.5 Standards for Exercising Remedies

To the extent that applicable law imposes duties on Lender to exercise remedies in a commercially reasonably manner, Loan Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that it is not commercially unreasonable for Lender (a) to fail to incur expenses reasonably deemed significant by Lender to prepare Collateral for disposition or otherwise to complete raw material or work in process into finished goods or other finished products for disposition, (b) to fail to obtain third-party consents for access to Collateral to be disposed of, or to obtain or, if not required by other law, to fail to obtain governmental or third party consents for the collection or disposition of Collateral to be collected or disposed of, (c) to fail to exercise collection remedies against account debtors or other persons obligated on Collateral or to remove Liens against Collateral, (d) to exercise collection remedies against account debtors and other persons obligated on Collateral directly or through the use of collection agencies and other collection specialists, (e) to advertise dispositions of Collateral through publications or media of general circulation, whether or not the Collateral is of a specialized nature, (f) to contact other persons, whether or not in the same business as Loan Parties, for expressions of interest in acquiring all or any portion of the Collateral, (g) to hire one or more professional auctioneers to assist in the disposition of Collateral, whether or not the Collateral is of a specialized nature, (h) to dispose of Collateral by utilizing Internet sites that provide for the auction of assets of the types included in the Collateral or that have the reasonable capability of doing so, or that match buyers and sellers of assets, (i) to dispose of assets in wholesale rather than retail markets, (j) to disclaim disposition warranties, (k) to purchase insurance or credit enhancements to insure Lender against risks of loss, collection or disposition of Collateral or to provide to Lender a guaranteed return from the collection or disposition of

 

54


Collateral or (l) to the extent deemed appropriate by Lender, to obtain the services of brokers, investment bankers, consultants or other professionals to assist Lender in the collection or disposition of any of the Collateral. Loan Parties further acknowledge that the purpose of this Section 12.5 is to provide non-exhaustive indications of what acts or omissions by Lender would not be commercially unreasonable in Lender’s exercise of remedies against the Collateral and that other acts or omissions by Lender shall not be deemed commercially unreasonable solely on account of not being indicated in this Section 12.5. Without limitation upon the foregoing, nothing contained in this Section 12.5 shall be construed to grant any rights to Loan Parties or to impose any duties upon Lender that would not have been granted or imposed by this Agreement or by applicable law in the absence of this Section 12.5.

 

XIII.

WAIVERS AND JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS

13.1 Waivers

Except as expressly provided for herein, Loan Parties hereby waive setoff, counterclaim, demand, presentment, protest, all defenses with respect to any and all instruments and all notices and demands of any description, and the pleading of any statute of limitations as a defense to any demand under any Loan Document. Loan Parties hereby waive any and all defenses and counterclaims they may have or could interpose in any action or procedure brought by Lender to obtain an order of court recognizing the assignment of, or Lien of Lender in and to, any Collateral. With respect to any action hereunder, Lender conclusively may rely upon, and shall incur no liability to Loan Parties in acting upon, any request or other communication that Lender reasonably believes to have been given or made by a person authorized on Loan Parties’ behalf, whether or not such person is listed on the incumbency certificate delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(d) hereof. In each such case, Loan Parties hereby waive the right to dispute Lender’s action based upon such request or other communication, absent manifest error.

13.2 Delay; No Waiver of Defaults

No course of action or dealing, renewal, release or extension of any provision of any Loan Document, or single or partial exercise of any such provision, or delay, failure or omission on Lender’s part in enforcing any such provision shall affect the liability of any Loan Party or operate as a waiver of such provision or affect the liability of any Loan Party or preclude any other or further exercise of such provision. No waiver by any party to any Loan Document of any one or more defaults by any other party in the performance of any of the provisions of any Loan Document shall operate or be construed as a waiver of any future default, whether of a like or different nature, and each such waiver shall be limited solely to the express terms and provisions of such waiver. Notwithstanding any other provision of any Loan Document, by completing the Closing under this Agreement and by making Advances, Lender does not waive any breach of any representation or warranty under any Loan Document, and all of Lender’s claims and rights resulting from any such breach or misrepresentation are specifically reserved.

 

55


13.3 Jury Waiver

EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY, WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE. EACH PARTY HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENTS OF THE PARTIES TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY.

 

XIV.

EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERMINATION

14.1 Effectiveness and Termination

(a) Subject to Lender’s right to cease making Advances and Term Loan Advances pursuant to Section 2.1 or upon or after any Event of Default, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until the indefeasible payment in full in cash and full performance of all Obligations (other than indemnity obligations for which there has been no claim), unless terminated sooner as provided in this Section 14.1. Borrower may terminate this Agreement at any time upon not less than ten (10) calendar days’ prior written notice to Lender and upon the indefeasible payment in full in cash and full performance of all Obligations (other than indemnity obligations for which there has been no claim) on or prior to such 10th calendar day after Receipt by Lender of such written notice. All of the Obligations shall be immediately due and payable upon any termination by Borrower pursuant to this Section 14.1 on the Termination Date. Notwithstanding any other provision of any Loan Document, no termination of this Agreement shall affect Lender’s rights or any of the Obligations existing as of the effective date of such termination, and the provisions of the Loan Documents shall continue to be fully operative until the Obligations (other than indemnity obligations for which there has been no claim) have been indefeasibly paid in full in cash and fully performed. The Liens granted to Lender under the Loan Documents and the financing statements filed pursuant thereto and the rights and powers of Lender shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding the fact that Borrower’s borrowings hereunder may from time to time be in a zero or credit position until all of the Obligations (other than indemnity obligations for which there has been no claim) have been fully performed and indefeasibly paid in full in cash.

14.2 Survival

All obligations, covenants, agreements, representations, warranties, waivers and indemnities made by Loan Parties in any Loan Document shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents, the Closing, the making of the Loans and any termination of this Agreement until all Obligations (other than indemnity obligations for which there has been no claim) are fully performed and indefeasibly paid in full in cash. The obligations and provisions of Sections 3.5, 13.1, 13.3, 14.1, 14.2, 15.4, 15.7 and 15.10 shall survive termination of the Loan Documents and any payment, in full or in part, of the Obligations.

 

56


XV.

MISCELLANEOUS

15.1 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Service of Process; Venue

The Loan Documents shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Maryland without giving effect to its choice of law provisions. Any judicial proceeding against Loan Parties with respect to the Obligations, any Loan Document or any related agreement may be brought in any federal or state court of competent jurisdiction located in the State of Maryland. By execution and delivery of each Loan Document to which it is a party, each Loan Party (i) accepts the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts and irrevocably agree to be bound by any judgment rendered thereby, (ii) waives personal service of process, (iii) agrees that service of process upon it may be made by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, pursuant to Section 15.5 hereof, (iv) waives any objection to jurisdiction and venue of any action instituted hereunder and agrees not to assert any defense based on lack of jurisdiction, venue or convenience and (v) agrees that this loan was made in Maryland, that Lender has accepted in Maryland Loan Documents executed by Loan Parties and has disbursed Advances under the Loan Documents in Maryland. Nothing shall affect the right of Lender to serve process in any manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of Lender to bring proceedings against Loan Parties in the courts of any other jurisdiction having jurisdiction. Any judicial proceedings against Lender involving, directly or indirectly, the Obligations, any Loan Document or any related agreement shall be brought only in a federal or state court located in the State of Maryland. All parties acknowledge that they participated in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement and that, accordingly, no party shall move or petition a court construing this Agreement to construe it more stringently against one party than against any other.

15.2 Successors and Assigns; Participations; New Lenders

(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that (i) no Loan Party may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by any Loan Party without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) Lender may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of Borrower (and any attempted assignment or transfer by Lender without such consent shall be null and void), except to any Eligible Assignee. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the related parties of Lender) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Lender may, at any time, without the consent of Loan Parties, assign to one or more Eligible Assignees (as defined below) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of the Revolving Facility). For purposes of this Agreement, “Eligible Assignee” means (x) if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any Person (other than a natural Person or a competitor of Borrower) that is (i) an Affiliate of Lender, (ii) a commercial bank, insurance company, or other Person that (x) is an “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933), (y) is engaged in the a business of making commercial loans and (z) has a capital and surplus in excess of $250,000,000 or (iii) a corporate entity that possesses financial sophistication and standing similar to that of

 

57


Lender and approved by Borrower and (y) if an Event of Default exists, any Person. Subject to notification of an assignment, the assignee shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned, have the rights and obligations of Lender under this Agreement, and Lender shall, to the extent of the interest assigned, be released from its obligations under this Agreement only with respect to the assigned interest (and, in the case of an assignment covering all of Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefit of Section 15.4). Loan Parties hereby agree to execute any amendment and/or any other document that may be necessary to effectuate such an assignment, including an amendment to this Agreement to provide for multiple lenders and an administrative agent to act on behalf of such lenders. Any assignment or transfer by Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this paragraph shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section. Lender, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices in Maryland a copy of each assignment delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the assignees, and the commitments of, and principal amounts (and stated interest) of the Loan owing to, each assignee pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Assignee Register”). The entries in the Assignee Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and Borrower and Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Assignee Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. The Assignee Register shall be available for inspection by Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(c) Lender may, at any time, without the consent of Loan Parties, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (each, a “Participant”) in all or a portion of Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of the Revolving Facility and the Term Loan and the Loans owing to it), other than to a natural Person or a competitor of Borrower; provided that (i) Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) Loan Parties shall continue to deal solely and directly with Lender in connection with Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Lender shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of Loan Parties, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that, Lender shall have no obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in the Revolving Facility, Term Loan or other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that the Revolving Facility, any Loan or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

 

58


15.3 Application of Payments

To the extent that any payment made or received with respect to the Obligations is subsequently invalidated, determined to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be repaid to a trustee, debtor in possession, receiver, custodian or any other Person under any Debtor Relief Law, common law or equitable cause or any other law, then the Obligations intended to be satisfied by such payment shall be revived and shall continue as if such payment had not been received by Lender. Any payments with respect to the Obligations received shall be credited and applied in such manner and order as Lender shall decide in its sole discretion.

15.4 Indemnity

Each Loan Party jointly and severally shall indemnify Lender, its Affiliates and its and their respective managers, members, officers, employees, Affiliates, agents, representatives, successors, assigns, accountants and attorneys (collectively, the “Indemnified Persons”) from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel, allocable costs of in-house counsel, and in-house diligence fees and expenses) which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnified Person with respect to or arising out of, or in any litigation, proceeding or investigation instituted or conducted by any Person with respect to any aspect of, or any transaction contemplated by or referred to in, or any matter related to, any Loan Document or any agreement, document or transaction contemplated thereby, whether or not such Indemnified Person is a party thereto, except to the extent that any of the foregoing arises out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of an Indemnified Person. If any Indemnified Person uses in-house counsel for any purpose for which any Loan Party is responsible to pay or indemnify, Borrower expressly agrees that its indemnification obligations include reasonable charges for the costs allocable for such work of such in-house counsel. Lender agrees to give each Loan Party reasonable notice of any event of which Lender becomes aware for which indemnification may be required under this Section 15.4, and Lender may elect (but is not obligated) to direct the defense thereof, provided that the selection of counsel shall be subject to Loan Parties’ consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Any Indemnified Person may, in its reasonable discretion, take such actions as it deems necessary and appropriate to investigate, defend or settle any event or take other remedial or corrective actions with respect thereto as may be necessary for the protection of such Indemnified Person or the Collateral. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any insurer agrees to undertake the defense of an event (an “Insured Event”), Lender agrees not to exercise its right to select counsel to defend the event if that would cause any Loan Parties’ insurer to deny coverage; provided however, that Lender reserves the right to retain counsel to represent any Indemnified Person with respect to an Insured Event at its sole cost and expense. To the extent that Lender obtains recovery from a third party other than an Indemnified Person of any of the amounts that any Loan Party has paid to Lender pursuant to the indemnity set forth in this Section 15.4, then Lender shall promptly pay to such Loan Party the amount of such recovery.

15.5 Notice

Any notice or request under any Loan Document shall be given to any party to this Agreement at such party’s address set forth beneath its signature on the signature page to this Agreement, or at such other address as such party may hereafter specify in a notice given in the manner required under this Section 15.5. Any notice or request hereunder shall be given only by, and shall be deemed to have been received upon (each, a “Receipt”): (i) registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, on the date on which received as indicated in such return receipt, and (ii) delivery by a nationally recognized overnight courier, one Business Day after deposit with such courier.

 

59


15.6 Severability; Captions; Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures

If any provision of any Loan Document is adjudicated to be invalid under applicable laws or regulations, such provision shall be inapplicable to the extent of such invalidity without affecting the validity or enforceability of the remainder of the Loan Documents which shall be given effect so far as possible. The captions in the Loan Documents are intended for convenience and reference only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of the Loan Documents. The Loan Documents may be executed in one or more counterparts (which taken together, as applicable, shall constitute one and the same instrument) and by facsimile or electronic transmission, which facsimile and/or electronic signatures shall be considered original executed counterparts. Each party to this Agreement agrees that it will be bound by its own facsimile and electronic signature and that it accepts the facsimile and electronic signature of each other party.

15.7 Expenses

Borrower shall pay, subject to the Closing occurring (except where failure of the Closing to occur is not a result of Lender’s determination not to close), all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Lender and its Affiliates, including, without limitation, documentation and diligence fees and expenses, all search, audit, appraisal, recording, professional and filing fees and expenses and all other out-of-pocket charges and expenses (including, without limitation, UCC and judgment and tax lien searches and UCC filings and fees for post-Closing UCC and judgment and tax lien searches and wire transfer fees and audit expenses), and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, (i) in any effort to enforce, protect or collect payment of any Obligation or to enforce any Loan Document or any related agreement, document or instrument, (ii) in connection with entering into, negotiating, preparing, reviewing and executing the Loan Documents and any related agreements, documents or instruments, (iii) arising in any way out of administration of the Obligations, (iv) in connection with instituting, maintaining, preserving, enforcing or foreclosing on Lender’s Liens in any of the Collateral or securities pledged under the Loan Documents, whether through judicial proceedings or otherwise, (v) in defending or prosecuting any actions, claims or proceedings arising out of or relating to Lender’s transactions with Loan Parties, (vi) in seeking, obtaining or receiving any advice with respect to its rights and obligations under any Loan Document and any related agreement, document or instrument and (vii) in connection with any modification, restatement, supplement, amendment, waiver or extension of any Loan Document or any related agreement, document or instrument. All of the foregoing shall be charged to Borrower’s account and shall be part of the Obligations, and each such amount so charged shall be deemed an Advance under the Revolving Facility and added to the Obligations, regardless of whether a Revolving Termination has occurred. Without limiting the foregoing, Borrower shall pay all taxes (other than taxes based upon or measured by Lender’s income or revenues or any personal property tax), if any, in connection with the issuance of any Note and the filing and recording of any documents or financing statements.

 

60


15.8 Entire Agreement

This Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which Loan Party are a party constitute the entire agreement between Loan Parties and Lender with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, if any, relating to the subject matter hereof or thereof (including the Original Credit Agreement). Any promises, representations, warranties or guarantees not herein contained and hereinafter made shall have no force and effect unless in writing signed by Loan Parties and Lender. No provision of this Agreement may be changed, modified, amended, restated, waived, supplemented, discharged, canceled or terminated orally or by any course of dealing or in any other manner other than by an agreement in writing signed by Lender and Loan Parties. Each party hereto acknowledges that it has been advised by counsel in connection with the negotiation and execution of this Agreement and is not relying upon oral representations or statements inconsistent with the terms and provisions hereof.

15.9 Lender Approvals

Unless expressly provided herein to the contrary, any approval, consent, waiver or satisfaction of Lender with respect to any matter that is subject of any Loan Document may be granted or withheld by Lender in its sole and absolute discretion.

15.10 Confidentiality and Publicity

(a) Loan Parties agree, and agree to cause each of their Affiliates, (i) not to transmit or disclose provisions of any Loan Document to any Person (other than (w) to Loan Parties’ advisors, officers, directors, employees and consultants on a need-to-know basis, (x) to current and bona fide prospective stockholders, lenders and acquirers of the Loan Parties (and their respective advisors), (y) to the extent required to enforce the provisions hereof or (z) as otherwise may be required by law) without Lender’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), and (ii) to inform all Persons of the confidential nature of the Loan Documents and to direct them not to disclose the same to any other Person (except to the extent permitted herein) and to require each of them to be bound by these provisions. Loan Parties agree to submit to Lender and Lender reserves the right to review and approve all materials intended for public distribution that Loan Parties or any of their Affiliates prepares that contain Lender’s name or describe or refer to any Loan Document, any of the terms thereof or any of the transactions contemplated thereby. Loan Parties shall not, and shall not permit any of their Affiliates to, use Lender’s name (or the name of any of Lender’s Affiliates) in connection with any public announcements, advertising, marketing or press releases or such other similar purposes, without Lender’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld). Nothing contained in any Loan Document is intended to permit or authorize Loan Parties or any of their Affiliates to contract on behalf of Lender. Loan Parties hereby agree that Lender or any Affiliate of Lender may, with the prior written consent of Loan Parties (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), (i) disclose a general description of transactions arising under the Loan Documents for advertising, marketing or other similar purposes, (ii) use Borrower’s name, logo or other indicia germane to such party in connection with such advertising, marketing or other similar purposes and (iii) disclose any and all information concerning the Loan Documents, as well as any information regarding Loan Parties and their operations, received by Lender in connection with the Loan Documents to its lenders or funding or financing sources, so long as Lender informs all such Persons of the confidential nature of the Loan Documents and to direct them not to disclose the same to any other Person (except to the extent permitted herein) and to require each of them to be bound by these provisions. Lender may use confidential information for reporting purposes, including to Governmental Authorities and Lender’s regulators, and market analysis so long as such confidential information is aggregated

 

61


and anonymized prior to distribution unless otherwise expressly permitted by Borrower in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary set forth herein, Lender shall not use any information obtained from or relating to the Loan Parties for any purpose unrelated to the transactions contemplated hereby.

15.11 Patriot Act Verification

Lender hereby notifies Borrower that, pursuant to the requirements of the Anti-Terrorism Laws and regulations, Anti-Corruption Laws and regulations, the Bank Secrecy Act, or any other applicable laws or amendments thereto, and pursuant to Lender’s policies and compliance programs established pursuant to such laws (such laws and Lender’s policies and compliance programs, together “Regulatory Requirements”), Lender shall be entitled to obtain, verify and record information that identifies certain individuals that (a) hold a direct or indirect interest of certain threshold percentages of ownership in an entity, as such percentages are established pursuant to Regulatory Requirements, (b) are guarantors of the Loans, or (c) have management control of a Borrower, which includes such information that will allow Lender to identify such individuals in accordance with Regulatory Requirements. Consequently, Lender may from time to time request, and Borrower, as applicable, shall provide to Lender, each such individual’s name, address, tax identification number, passport number, and/or such other identification information as shall be necessary for such purposes (the “Due Diligence Information”). Lender may, from time to time as it may deem necessary in its sole discretion in order to comply with Regulatory Requirements, provide a form for completion by Borrower which Borrower shall promptly complete and return to Lender. Borrower shall provide Lender with at least ten (10) Business Days advance notice of (i) any transfer of any direct Equity Interest in Borrower resulting in a Person directly owns in excess of twenty-five percent (25%) (or such other percentage as is then in effect under Regulatory Requirements) of Equity Interests of Borrower and (ii) any change in management control of a Borrower (each, a “Regulatory Review Transfer”). Upon Lender’s request in connection with such Direct Regulatory Review Transfer, Borrower shall provide the Due Diligence Information to Lender. Within ten (10) Business Days after receiving knowledge of any Indirect Regulatory Review Transfer resulting in a Person indirectly owns in excess of twenty-five percent (25%) (or such other percentage as is then in effect under Regulatory Requirements) of Equity Interests of Borrower, Borrower shall notify Lender of such Indirect Regulatory Review Transfer. Upon Lender’s request in connection with any Indirect Regulatory Review Transfer, Borrower shall provide the Due Diligence Information to Lender.

15.12 Setoff

Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, and without prior notice to an Loan Party, any such notice being expressly waived by Loan Parties, to set off and appropriate and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held by Lender and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by Lender to or for the credit or the account of Loan Parties against any and all of the Obligations of Loan Parties now or hereafter existing to Lender, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured.

 

62


15.13 Reaffirmation and No Novation

Borrower and Guarantors, by their signatures below, hereby (a) affirm and confirm their grant of security interests and other commitments and obligations, as applicable, under the Original Credit Agreement, and the Loan Documents as defined therein, and (b) confirm and agree that all of their commitments and obligations, as applicable, under the Original Credit Agreement and the Loan documents as defined therein, shall continue to be in full force and effect following the effectiveness of this Agreement, as the same may be further amended and restated. This Agreement shall not extinguish the obligations for the payment of money outstanding under the Original Credit Agreement and the Loan Documents defined therein or discharge or release the Liens or any other security therefor or any guarantee thereof. Nothing herein contained or any return of and/or notation as “Replaced” on any Loan Documents shall be construed as a substitution or novation of the obligations outstanding under the Original Credit Agreement and the Loan Documents defined therein or instruments guaranteeing or securing the same, which shall remain in full force and effect, except as modified hereby or by instruments executed concurrently herewith. Nothing expressed or implied in this Agreement or in any other document contemplated hereby or thereby or any return of and/or notation as “Replaced” on any Loan Documents shall be construed as a release or other discharge of Borrower or any Guarantor under the Loan Documents from any of their respective obligations and liabilities thereunder except as may be contemplated by this Agreement.

15.14 Agreement Controls

In the event of any inconsistency between this Agreement and any of the other Loan Documents, the terms of this Agreement shall control.

[SIGNATURES APPEAR ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

63


Exhibit 10.13

Execution Version

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement is signed and given under seal as of the date first written above and it is intended that this Agreement is and shall constitute and have the effect of a sealed instrument according to law.

 

BORROWER:
SWEETGREEN, INC.
By:   /s/ Mitch Reback
Name:   Mitch Reback
Its:   Chief Financial Officer
Attention:   3000 S. Robertson Blvd.
  Los Angeles, California 90034
E-Mail:   mith,reback@sweetgreen.com
GUARANTORS:
SWEETGREEN NEW YORK, LLC
By:   /s/ Mitch Reback
Name:   Mitch Reback
Its:   Chief Financial Officer
Attention:   3000 S. Robertson Blvd.
  Los Angeles, California 90034
E-Mail:   mith,reback@sweetgreen.com

 

[Sweetgreen – signature page to A&R Credit Agreement]


SWEETGREEN BOSTON, LLC
By:   /s/ Mitch Reback
Name:   Mitch Reback
Its:   Chief Financial Officer
Attention:   3000 S. Robertson Blvd.
  Los Angeles, California 90034
E-Mail:   mith,reback@sweetgreen.com
SWEETGREEN LA, LLC
By:   /s/ Mitch Reback
Name:   Mitch Reback
Its:   Chief Financial Officer
Attention:   3000 S. Robertson Blvd.
  Los Angeles, California 90034
E-Mail:   mith,reback@sweetgreen.com
SWEETGREEN CHICAGO LLC
By:   /s/ Mitch Reback
Name:   Mitch Reback
Its:   Chief Financial Officer
Attention:   3000 S. Robertson Blvd.
  Los Angeles, California 90034
E-Mail:   mith,reback@sweetgreen.com

 

[Sweetgreen – signature page to A&R Credit Agreement]


SWEETGREEN TEXAS, LLC
By:   /s/ Mitch Reback
Name:   Mitch Reback
Its:   Chief Financial Officer
Attention:   3000 S. Robertson Blvd.
  Los Angeles, California 90034
E-Mail:   mith,reback@sweetgreen.com
SWEETGREEN COLORADO, LLC
By:   /s/ Mitch Reback
Name:   Mitch Reback
Its:   Chief Financial Officer
Attention:   3000 S. Robertson Blvd.
  Los Angeles, California 90034
E-Mail:   mith,reback@sweetgreen.com

 

[Sweetgreen – signature page to A&R Credit Agreement]


LENDER:
EAGLEBANK
By:   /s/ Deirdre E. Vollmer
Name:   Deirdre E. Vollmer
Its:   Vice President
Attention:   2001 K Street NW
  Washington, D.C. 20006
Telephone:   (202) 292-1635
FAX:   (301) 841-0345
E-Mail:   DVollmer@EagleBankCorp.com

 

[Sweetgreen – signature page to A&R Credit Agreement]


EXHIBITS

Exhibit A – Form of Amended and Restated Trademark Security Agreement

Exhibit B – Form of Amended and Restated Revolving Promissory Note

Exhibit C – Form of Delayed Draw Term Loan Note

Exhibit D – Form of Revolving Facility Borrowing Certificate

Exhibit E – Form of Unconditional Secured Guaranty and Pledge Agreement

Exhibit F – Form of Solvency Certificate

Exhibit G – Form of Term Loan Borrowing Certificate

Exhibit H – Form of Officer’s Certificate

Exhibit I – Form of Compliance Certificate


SCHEDULES

Schedule 2.3 – Accounts

Schedule 7.2 – Consents, Approvals, Authorizations

Schedule 7.3 – Capitalization; Subsidiaries

Schedule 7.4A – Real Property

Schedule 7.4B – Deposit and Investment Accounts

Schedule 7.6 – Litigation

Schedule 7.8 – Taxes

Schedule 7.11 – Intellectual Property

Schedule 7.15 – Indebtedness

Schedule 7.16 – Transactions with Affiliates

Schedule 7.17 – Insurance Policies

Schedule 7.18A – Names of Borrower

Schedule 7.18B – Location of Offices

Schedule 7.18C – Location of Collateral

Schedule 10.4 – Permitted Indebtedness

Schedule 10.5 – Permitted Liens


ANNEX I

FINANCIAL COVENANTS

Liquid Assets

As of the last Business Day of each calendar quarter, on a consolidated basis, Borrower shall have liquidity (defined as total cash and Cash Equivalents on hand plus the Facility Cap minus all outstanding Advances) which liquidity amount shall be no less than the “trailing 90-day cash burn”. “Trailing 90 day cash burn” shall mean the difference between (i) total cash and Cash Equivalents on hand plus the Facility Cap minus all outstanding Advances on the first Business Day of the applicable calendar quarter, and (ii) total cash and Cash Equivalents on hand plus the Facility Cap minus all outstanding Advances on the last Business Day of the applicable calendar quarter, minus any increase in accounts payable (or plus any decrease in accounts payable), in each case, calculated as the difference in outstanding accounts payable as of the first Business Day of the applicable calendar quarter and as of the last Business Day of the applicable calendar quarter. Cash capital raised in connection with the issuance or any debt or equity during the applicable calendar quarter shall not be included as cash on hand for any portion of this covenant calculation.

 

Annex I-1


FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING CREDIT, DELAYED DRAW

TERM LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

between

SWEETGREEN, INC.

as Borrower,

CERTAIN SUBSIDIARIES OF BORROWER,

as Guarantors

and

EAGLEBANK

as Lender

 

 

$45,000,000 Senior Secured Credit Facilities

 

 

Dated as of

December 14, 2020


FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING CREDIT, DELAYED DRAW

TERM LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

               Page  
I.    DEFINITIONS      1
   1.1    General Terms      1
   1.2    Definitions      2
II.    ADVANCES, PAYMENT AND INTEREST      21
   2.1    The Revolving Facility      21
   2.2    The Revolving Loans; Maturity      21
   2.3    Revolving Facility Disbursements; Requirement to Deliver Revolving Facility Borrowing Certificate      21
   2.4    The Term Loan      22
   2.5    Repayment of Term Loan Advances      22
   2.6    Promise to Pay; Manner of Payment      22
   2.7    [RESERVED]      23
   2.8    [RESERVED]      23
   2.9    Mandatory Prepayments      23
   2.10    Payments by Lender      23
   2.11    [RESERVED]      23
   2.12    Change in Law      23
   2.13    Evidence of Loans      24
III.    INTEREST AND FEES      25
   3.1    Interest on the Revolving Facility and Term Loan      25
   3.2    Origination Fee      26
   3.3    Computation of Fees; Lawful Limits      26
   3.4    Effect of Benchmark Transition Event      26
   3.5    Default Rate of Interest      27
IV.    GRANT OF SECURITY INTERESTS      28
   4.1    Security Interest; Collateral      28
   4.2    Collateral Administration      29
   4.3    Power of Attorney      30
   4.4    Further Assurances      31
V.    INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY      31
   5.1    Intellectual Property      31
VI.    CONDITIONS PRECEDENT      32
   6.1    Conditions to Closing      32
   6.2    Conditions to Each Advance      34
VII.    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      35
   7.1    Organization and Authority      35


   7.2    Loan Documents      35
   7.3    Subsidiaries, Capitalization and Ownership Interests      36
   7.4    Properties      36
   7.5    Other Agreements      37
   7.6    Litigation      37
   7.7    Hazardous Materials      37
   7.8    Tax Returns; Governmental Reports      38
   7.9    Financial Statements and Reports      38
   7.10    Compliance with Law      38
   7.11    Intellectual Property      39
   7.12    Licenses and Permits; Labor      39
   7.13    No Default      39
   7.14    Disclosure      39
   7.15    Existing Indebtedness; Investments, Guarantees and Certain Contracts      40
   7.16    Other Agreements      40
   7.17    Insurance      40
   7.18    Names; Location of Offices, Records and Collateral      40
   7.19    Lien Perfection and Priority      40
   7.20    Investment Company Act      41
   7.21    Regulations T, U and X      41
   7.22    Survival      41
VIII.    AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS      41
   8.1    Financial Statements, Reports and Other Information      41
   8.2    Payment of Obligations      42
   8.3    Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence and Assets      43
   8.4    Compliance with Legal and Other Obligations      43
   8.5    Insurance      43
   8.6    True Books      44
   8.7    Inspection; Periodic Audits      44
   8.8    Further Assurances; Post Closing      44
   8.9    Payment of Indebtedness      45
   8.10    Lien Searches      45
   8.11    Use of Proceeds      45
   8.12    Taxes and Other Charges      45
   8.13    Deposit and Collateral Accounts      46
   8.14    [RESERVED]      46
   8.15    [RESERVED]      46
IX.    [RESERVED]      46
X.    NEGATIVE COVENANTS      46
   10.1    Dispositions      46
   10.2    Changes in Business, Management, Control or Business Locations      47
   10.3    Mergers or Acquisitions      47

 

ii


   10.4    Indebtedness      47
   10.5    Encumbrance      47
   10.6    Maintenance of Collateral Accounts      48
   10.7    Distributions; Investments      48
   10.8    Transactions with Affiliates      48
   10.9    [RESERVED]      49
   10.10    Compliance      49
   10.11    Use of Proceeds      49
   10.12    Anti-Terrorism      49
XI.    EVENTS OF DEFAULT      49
XII.    RIGHTS AND REMEDIES AFTER DEFAULT      52
   12.1    Rights and Remedies      52
   12.2    Application of Proceeds      53
   12.3    Rights of Lender to Appoint Receiver      53
   12.4    Rights and Remedies not Exclusive      54
   12.5    Standards for Exercising Remedies      54
XIII.    WAIVERS AND JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS      55
   13.1    Waivers      55
   13.2    Delay; No Waiver of Defaults      55
   13.3    Jury Waiver      56
XIV.    EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERMINATION      56
   14.1    Effectiveness and Termination      56
   14.2    Survival      56
XV.    MISCELLANEOUS      57
   15.1    Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Service of Process; Venue      57
   15.2    Successors and Assigns; Participations; New Lenders      57
   15.3    Application of Payments      59
   15.4    Indemnity      59
   15.5    Notice      59
   15.6    Severability; Captions; Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures      60
   15.7    Expenses      60
   15.8    Entire Agreement      61
   15.9    Lender Approvals      61
   15.10    Confidentiality and Publicity      61
   15.11    Patriot Act Verification      62
   15.12    Setoff      62
   15.13    Reaffirmation and No Novation      63
   15.14    Agreement Controls      63
   EXHIBITS      1
   SCHEDULES      2
   ANNEX I      1

 

iii


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of December 14, 2020, by and between SWEETGREEN, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in favor of EAGLEBANK (the “Lender”) is entered into pursuant to the A&R Credit Agreement referred to below.

R E C I T A L S

A. The Company and the Lender are parties to that certain Revolving Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of December 6, 2017, as amended on June 8, 2020 and on September 23, 2020 (the “Original Credit Agreement”), pursuant to which the Lender provided a revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Facility”) to the Company.

B. The Company and the Lender entered into that certain Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of December 6, 2017 (the “Original Trademark Security Agreement”), pursuant to which the Company granted to the Lender a first priority security interest in the Trademark Collateral (as defined in the Original Trademark Security Agreement).

C. The Company, the Lender and the entities that become parties thereto as guarantors (each, a “Guarantor” and, collectively, the “Guarantors”) entered into that certain First Amended and Restated Revolving Credit, Delayed Draw Term Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the “A&R Credit Agreement”), pursuant to which the Company and the Lender amended and restated the Original Credit Agreement in order to, inter alia, reflect an increase to the Current Facility Cap and to reflect the addition of the Term Loan.

D. In order to secure Obligations under the A&R Credit Agreement, the Company has granted to the Lender a security interest and lien in and to all of the Company’s assets, including, without limitation, all patents, trademarks, trademark registrations, trade names, copyrights, all applications therefor and all other intellectual or proprietary rights or interests of any kind, nature or description whatsoever.

E. One of the requirements of the A&R Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as such term is defined in the A&R Credit Agreement) is that the Company shall have executed and delivered this Agreement to the Lender.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the Revolving Facility and the Term Loan Commitment, the mutual promises and understandings of the Company and the Lender set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company covenants unto and agrees with the Lender as follows:

1. Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used but not elsewhere defined in this Agreement shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the A&R Credit Agreement. The term “Trademarks” shall mean any and all trademarks, trade names, registered


trademarks, trademark applications, service marks, registered service marks and service mark applications, including (a) the trade names, registered trademarks, trademark applications, registered service marks and service mark applications listed on Schedule 1 attached hereto, (b) all renewals thereof, (c) all income, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due or payable under and with respect thereto, including payments under all licenses entered into in connection therewith and damages and payments for past or future infringements or dilutions thereof, (d) the right to sue for past, present and future infringements and dilutions thereof, (e) the goodwill of the Company’s business symbolized by the foregoing or connected therewith, and (f) all of the Company’s rights corresponding thereto throughout the world. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trademarks do not include any intent-to-use trademarks prior to the filing of an amendment to allege use of the trademark under 15 U.S.C. 1051(c) or the filing of a verified statement of use under 15 U.S.C. 1051(d) with the United States Patent and Trademark Office.

2. Grant Of Security Interest In Trademark Collateral. To secure the Obligations, the Company hereby grants to the Lender a continuing first priority security interest (subject only to Permitted Liens that are permitted to have superior priority to Lender’s Lien) in all of the Company’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following, whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired (collectively, the “Trademark Collateral”):

(a) each Trademark listed on Schedule 1 annexed hereto, together with any reissues, continuations or extensions thereof, and all of the goodwill of the business connected with the use of, and symbolized by, each Trademark; and

(b) all products and proceeds of the foregoing, including, without limitation, any claim by the Company against third parties for past, present or future (i) infringement or dilution of any Trademark or (ii) injury to the goodwill associated with any Trademark.

3. Agreement; Security Agreement. The security interests granted pursuant to this Agreement are granted in conjunction with the security interests granted to the Lender pursuant to the A&R Credit Agreement. The Company hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of the Lender with respect to the security interest in the Trademark Collateral made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the A&R Credit Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein.

4. Authorization To Supplement. With the Company’s prior written consent, the Lender may modify this Agreement by amending Schedule I to include any future United States registered trademarks therefor of the Company (other than intent-to-use trademarks prior to the filing of an amendment to allege use of the trademark under 15 U.S.C. 1051(c) or the filing of a verified statement of use under 15 U.S.C. 1051(d) with the United States Patent and Trademark Office). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no failure to so modify this Agreement or amend Schedule I shall in any way affect, invalidate or detract from the Lender’s continuing security interest in all Trademark Collateral, whether or not listed on Schedule I.

5. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Agreement by signing and delivering one or more counterparts. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or in electronic (i.e., “pdf” or “tif”) format shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

2


6. Severability. In the event and to the extent that any provision hereof shall be deemed to be invalid or unenforceable by reason of the operation of any law or by reason of the interpretation placed thereon by any court, this Agreement shall to such extent be construed as not containing such provision, but only as to such locations where such law or interpretation is operative, and the invalidity or unenforceability of such provision shall not affect the validity of any remaining provisions hereof, and any and all other provisions hereof which are otherwise lawful and valid shall remain in full force and effect. In the event of a conflict between this Agreement and the A&R Credit Agreement, this Agreement shall govern.

7. Assignments. This Agreement shall create a continuing lien on and security interest in the Trademark Collateral and shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the Lender and its successors and permitted assigns.

8. Governing Law. This Agreement, and the rights and duties of the parties hereto, shall be construed and determined in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Maryland.

9. Reaffirmation and No Novation. The Company, by its signature below, hereby (a) affirms and confirms its grant of security interests and other commitments and obligations, as applicable, under the Original Credit Agreement, and the Loan Documents as defined therein, and (b) confirms and agrees that all of its commitments and obligations, as applicable, under the Original Credit Agreement and the Loan Documents as defined therein, shall continue to be in full force and effect following the effectiveness of this Agreement, as the same may be further amended and restated. This Agreement shall not extinguish the obligations for the payment of money outstanding under the Original Credit Agreement and the Loan Documents defined therein or discharge or release the Liens or any other security therefor or any guarantee thereof. Nothing herein contained or any return of and/or notation as “Replaced” on any Loan Documents shall be construed as a substitution or novation of the obligations outstanding under the Original Credit Agreement and the Loan Documents defined therein or instruments guaranteeing or securing the same, which shall remain in full force and effect, except as modified hereby or by instruments executed concurrently herewith. Nothing expressed or implied in this Agreement or in any other document contemplated hereby or thereby or any return of and/or notation as “Replaced” on any Loan Documents shall be construed as a release or other discharge of Borrower or any Guarantor under the Loan Documents from any of their respective obligations and liabilities thereunder except as may be contemplated by this Agreement.

[SIGNATURES APPEAR ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement is signed and given under seal as of the date first written above and it is intended that this Agreement is and shall constitute and have the effect of a sealed instrument according to law.

 

SWEETGREEN, INC.
By:    
Name:   Mitch Reback
Its:   Chief Financial Officer
Attention:  

3000 S. Robertson Blvd.

Los Angeles, California 90034

E-Mail:   mitch.reback@sweetgreen.com

 

EAGLEBANK
By:    
Name:   Deirdre E. Vollmer
Its:   Vice President
Attention:  

2001 K Street NW

Washington, D.C. 20006

Telephone:   (202) 292-1635
FAX:   (301) 841-0345
E-Mail:   DVollmer@EagleBankCorp.com


SCHEDULE 1

[Omitted]


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING PROMISSORY NOTE

 

Up to $35,000,000    December 14, 2020

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned (the “Borrower”) hereby promises to pay to EagleBank, or its successors or registered assigns (“Lender”), in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the aggregate principal amount of each Advance (as defined in the Credit Agreement) from time to time made by Lender to Borrower under that certain First Amended and Restated Revolving Credit, Delayed Draw Term Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2020 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among Sweetgreen, Inc., a Delaware corporation, certain Subsidiaries party thereto, and Lender up to a maximum amount of Thirty-Five Million and no/100 Dollars ($35,000,000) and including all other amounts constituting Obligations of Borrower under the Credit Agreement. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Advance from the date of such Advance until such principal amount is paid in full, at such interest rates and at such times as provided in the Credit Agreement. All payments of principal and interest shall be made as provided in the Credit Agreement. If any amount is not paid in full when due hereunder and under the Credit Agreement (whether at maturity, by reason of acceleration or otherwise), such unpaid amount shall bear interest, to be paid upon demand, from the due date thereof until the date of actual payment (and before as well as after judgment and during the pendency of any proceeding commenced under any Debtor Relief Law) computed at the Default Rate set forth in the Credit Agreement.

This Note is one of the Notes referred to in and issued pursuant to the Credit Agreement, is entitled to the benefits thereof and may be prepaid in whole or in part subject to the terms and conditions provided therein. This Note is secured by the Collateral. Upon the occurrence and continuation of one or more of the Events of Default specified in the Credit Agreement, all amounts then remaining unpaid on this Note shall become, or may be declared to be, immediately due and payable all as provided in the Credit Agreement. Advances made by Lender shall be evidenced by one or more loan accounts or records maintained by Lender in the ordinary course of business. Lender may also attach schedules to this Note and endorse thereon the date, amount, currency and maturity of its Advances and payments with respect thereto; provided that the failure by Lender to make any such notations shall not affect any of Borrower’s obligations in respect of this Note.

Borrower, for itself, its successors and assigns, hereby waives diligence, presentment, protest and demand and notice of protest, demand, dishonor and non-payment of this Note.


No delay or omission on the part of Lender or any holder hereof in exercising its rights under this Note, or delay or omission on the part of Lender, or any holder of this Note, in exercising its or their rights under the Credit Agreement or under any other Loan Document, or course of conduct relating thereto, shall operate as a waiver of such rights or any other right of Lender or any holder hereof, nor shall any waiver by Lender, or any holder hereof, of any such right or rights on any one occasion be deemed a bar to, or waiver of, the same right or rights on any future occasion.

The effect of this Note is to amend and restate that certain Revolving Promissory Note dated as of December 6, 2017 made by Borrower to Lender in the maximum principal amount of Ten Million and No/100 Dollars ($10,000,000) (the “2017 Note”). This Note shall constitute a modification of the terms of the 2017 Note and evidences the same indebtedness that existed under the 2017 Note. Borrower and Lender agree and acknowledge that any and all rights, remedies and payment provisions under the 2017 Note, as hereby amended and restated, shall continue and survive the execution and delivery of this Note. Borrower and Lender further agree and acknowledge that any and all amounts owing or otherwise due under or pursuant to the 2017 Note immediately prior to the effectiveness of this Note shall be owing and otherwise due pursuant to this Note. All references to the 2017 Note in any agreement, instrument or document executed or delivered in connection herewith or therewith or in connection with the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to refer to this Note, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. Nothing expressed or implied in this Note or in any other document contemplated hereby or thereby or any return of and/or notation as “Replaced” on any Loan Documents shall be construed as a release or other discharge of Borrower or any Guarantor under the Loan Documents from any of their respective obligations and liabilities thereunder.

The provisions of Sections 13.3 and 15.1 of the Credit Agreement relating to governing law, jurisdiction, jury trial waiver and venue are hereby incorporated by reference herein, mutatis mutandis.

This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Maryland without giving effect to its choice of law provisions.

Prior to signing this Note, Borrower has read and understood all the provisions of this Note and the Credit Agreement, including the variable interest rate provisions contained therein. Borrower agrees to the terms of this Note and the Credit Agreement.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Note is signed and given under seal as of the date first written above and it is intended that this Note is and shall constitute and have the effect of a sealed instrument according to law.

 

SWEETGREEN, INC.
By:    
Name:   Mitch Reback
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
Address for Notices:
3000 S. Robertson Blvd.
Los Angeles, California 90034

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Revolving Promissory Note]


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF DELAYED DRAW TERM LOAN NOTE

 

Up to $10,000,000.00    December 14, 2020

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned (the “Borrower”) hereby promises to pay to EagleBank, or its successors or registered assigns (“Lender”), in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the aggregate principal amount of each Term Loan Advance (as defined in the Credit Agreement) from time to time made by Lender to Borrower under that certain First Amended and Restated Revolving Credit, Delayed Draw Term Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2020 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among Sweetgreen, Inc., a Delaware corporation, certain Subsidiaries party thereto, and Lender up to a maximum amount of Ten Million and no/100 Dollars ($10,000,000) and including all other amounts constituting Term Loan Obligations of Borrower under the Credit Agreement. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Term Loan Advance from the date of such Term Loan Advance until such principal amount is paid in full, at such interest rates and at such times as provided in the Credit Agreement. All payments of principal and interest shall be made as provided in the Credit Agreement. If any amount is not paid in full when due hereunder and under the Credit Agreement (whether at maturity, by reason of acceleration or otherwise), such unpaid amount shall bear interest, to be paid upon demand, from the due date thereof until the date of actual payment (and before as well as after judgment and during the pendency of any proceeding commenced under any Debtor Relief Law) computed at the Default Rate set forth in the Credit Agreement.

This Note is one of the Notes referred to in and issued pursuant to the Credit Agreement, is entitled to the benefits thereof and may be prepaid in whole or in part subject to the terms and conditions provided therein. This Note is secured by the Collateral. Upon the occurrence and continuation of one or more of the Events of Default specified in the Credit Agreement, all amounts then remaining unpaid on this Note shall become, or may be declared to be, immediately due and payable all as provided in the Credit Agreement. Term Loan Advances made by Lender shall be evidenced by one or more loan accounts or records maintained by Lender in the ordinary course of business. Lender may also attach schedules to this Note and endorse thereon the date, amount, currency and maturity of its Term Loan Advances and payments with respect thereto; provided that the failure by Lender to make any such notations shall not affect any of Borrower’s obligations in respect of this Note.


Borrower, for itself, its successors and assigns, hereby waives diligence, presentment, protest and demand and notice of protest, demand, dishonor and non-payment of this Note.

No delay or omission on the part of Lender or any holder hereof in exercising its rights under this Note, or delay or omission on the part of Lender, or any holder of this Note, in exercising its or their rights under the Credit Agreement or under any other Loan Document, or course of conduct relating thereto, shall operate as a waiver of such rights or any other right of Lender or any holder hereof, nor shall any waiver by Lender, or any holder hereof, of any such right or rights on any one occasion be deemed a bar to, or waiver of, the same right or rights on any future occasion.

The provisions of Sections 13.3 and 15.1 of the Credit Agreement relating to governing law, jurisdiction, jury trial waiver and venue are hereby incorporated by reference herein, mutatis mutandis.

This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Maryland without giving effect to its choice of law provisions.

Prior to signing this Note, Borrower has read and understood all the provisions of this Note and the Credit Agreement, including the variable interest rate provisions contained therein. Borrower agrees to the terms of this Note and the Credit Agreement.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Note is signed and given under seal as of the date first written above and it is intended that this Note is and shall constitute and have the effect of a sealed instrument according to law.

 

SWEETGREEN, INC.
By:    
Name: Mitch Reback
Title: Chief Financial Officer
Address for Notices:
3000 S. Robertson Blvd.
Los Angeles, California 90034

[Signature Page to Delayed Draw Term Loan Note]


EXHIBIT D

Form of

REVOLVING FACILITY BORROWING CERTIFICATE

Date: [DATE]

To EagleBank

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1. Reference is made to that certain First Amended and Restated Revolving Credit, Delayed Draw Term Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2020 (as amended, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified or replaced from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) by and among you, the undersigned and the entities that become parties thereto as guarantors pursuant to Section 4.1(g) of the Credit Agreement. All capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

 

  2.

The undersigned hereby requests an Advance

(a) On [DATE] (a Business Day) (the “Borrowing Date”).

(b) In the amount of $ [AMOUNT].

 

  3.

Please remit funds to: [INSERT REMITTANCE INSTRUCTIONS].

 

  4.

The undersigned hereby certifies that:

(a) Except as set forth in the Perfection Certificate or the Schedules, all representations and warranties made by any Loan Party contained in the Credit Agreement or in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the Borrowing Date (except where such representations and warranties expressly refer to a specific date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of such referenced date).

(b) No Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing or will exist after giving effect to the Advance hereunder on the Borrowing Date.

(c) The borrowing requested herein complies with Section 2.3 of the Credit Agreement.


(d) The aggregate outstanding principal amount of Advances made under the Credit Agreement as of the date hereof prior to giving effect to the Advance requested hereunder is $____________.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Revolving Facility Borrowing Certificate is signed and given under seal as of the date first written above and it is intended that this Revolving Facility Borrowing Certificate is and shall constitute and have the effect of a sealed instrument according to law.

 

SWEETGREEN, INC.
By:    

Name:

  Mitch Reback

Its:

  Chief Financial Officer

[Signature Page to Revolving Facility Borrowing Certificate]


EXHIBIT E

Form of

UNCONDITIONAL SECURED GUARANTY AND PLEDGE

AGREEMENT

This UNCONDITIONAL SECURED GUARANTY AND PLEDGE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of December 14, 2020 by each of the entities listed on the signature pages hereto (each a “Guarantor” and collectively, the “Guarantor”) in favor of EagleBank (“Lender”).

For and in consideration of all extensions of credit, loans and other financial accommodations provided by Lender to Sweetgreen, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), which loans were and will be made pursuant to a First Amended and Restated Revolving Credit, Delayed Draw Term Loan and Security Agreement among Borrower, Lender, Guarantor and the entities that become parties thereto as guarantors, dated as of December 14, 2020, as amended from time to time, and any and all modifications, extensions or renewals thereof (the “Credit Agreement”), Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the prompt and complete payment of all amounts Borrower owes Lender arising under the Credit Agreement and documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, as amended from time to time (collectively, the “Loan Documents”), and Borrower’s performance of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents according to their terms. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them under the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 1 - GUARANTEE

1.1 Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Guarantor shall upon demand by Lender immediately pay all amounts due thereunder (including, without limitation, all principal, interest and fees) and satisfy all of Borrower’s payment obligations under the Loan Documents (“Guarantor Obligations”).

1.2 The obligations hereunder are independent of the obligations of Borrower, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against Guarantor in the first instance as a primary obligation of Guarantor whether action is brought against Borrower or whether Borrower be joined in any such action or actions. Guarantor waives the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting its liability hereunder or the enforcement thereof. Guarantor’s liability under this Agreement is not conditioned or contingent upon the genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the Loan Documents.

1.3 Guarantor authorizes Lender, without notice or demand and without affecting its liability hereunder, from time to time to (a) renew, extend or otherwise change the terms of the Loan Documents or any part thereof; (b) take security for the payment due under this Agreement or the Loan Documents; (c) exchange, enforce, waive or release any such security; and (d) apply any security and direct its sale as Lender, in its discretion, chooses.


1.4 Guarantor waives any right to require Lender to (a) proceed against Borrower or any other Person; (b) proceed against or exhaust any security held from Borrower or any other Person; or (c) pursue any other remedy in Lender’s power whatsoever. Lender may, at its election, exercise, decline or fail to exercise, any right or remedy it may have against Borrower or any security held by Lender, including without limitation the right to foreclose upon any such security by judicial or nonjudicial sale, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of Guarantor hereunder. Guarantor waives any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense of Borrower or any other guarantor, or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of Borrower or any other guarantor. Guarantor waives any setoff, defense or counterclaim that Borrower may have against Lender. Guarantor waives any defense arising out of the absence, impairment or loss of any right of reimbursement or subrogation or any other rights against Borrower. Until all Obligations (other than contingent indemnity obligations for which no claim has been asserted) have been paid in full (i) Guarantor shall not exercise right of subrogation or reimbursement for claims arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (ii) Guarantor shall not exercise right of contribution or other similar rights against Borrower, (iii) Guarantor waives any right to enforce any remedy that Lender now has or may hereafter have against Borrower and (iv) Guarantor waives all rights to participate in any security now or hereafter held by Lender. Guarantor waives all presentments, demands for performance, notices of nonperformance, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and notices of acceptance of this Agreement and of the existence, creation or incurrence of new or additional Indebtedness. Guarantor assumes the responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the financial condition of Borrower and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of any Indebtedness or nonperformance of any obligation of Borrower, warrants to Lender that it will keep so informed, and agrees that absent a request for particular information by Guarantor, Lender shall have no duty to advise Guarantor of information known to Lender regarding such condition or any such circumstances.

1.5 Guarantor and, by its acceptance of this Agreement, Lender hereby confirm that it is the intention of all such Persons that this Agreement and the Guarantor Obligations not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of any Debtor Relief Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar foreign, federal or state law to the extent applicable to this Agreement and the Guarantor Obligations. To effectuate the foregoing intention, Lender and Guarantor hereby irrevocably agree that the Guarantor Obligations at any time shall be limited to the maximum amount as will result in the Guarantor Obligations not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

1.6 If Borrower becomes insolvent, is adjudicated bankrupt or files a petition for reorganization, arrangement, composition or similar relief under any present or future Debtor Relief Law of any applicable jurisdiction, or if such a petition is filed against Borrower, and in any such proceeding some or all of any Indebtedness or obligations under the Credit Agreement are terminated or rejected or any obligation of Borrower is modified or abrogated, or if Borrower’s obligations are otherwise avoided for any reason, Guarantor agrees that Guarantor’s liability hereunder shall not thereby be affected or modified and such liability shall continue in full force and effect as if no such action or proceeding had occurred. This Agreement shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if any payment must be returned by Lender upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of a Borrower or any other Guarantor or otherwise, as though such payment had not been made.

 

2


SECTION 2 - GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST

2.1 To secure the payment and performance of all of the Guarantor Obligations when due, Guarantor hereby grants Lender, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Lender, the Collateral (as defined in the Credit Agreement), wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, together with all Guarantor’s books relating to the Collateral, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to the replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing. Guarantor represents, warrants and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral. If Guarantor shall acquire a material commercial tort claim, Guarantor shall promptly notify Lender in a writing signed by Guarantor of the general details thereof and grant to Lender in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include (i) more than sixty-five percent (65%) of the presently existing and hereafter arising issued and outstanding shares of capital stock owned by Guarantor of any foreign subsidiary which shares entitle the holder thereof to vote for directors or any other matter; (ii) any intent-to-use trademarks at all times prior to the filing of an amendment to allege use of the trademark under 15 U.S.C. 1051(c) or the filing of a verified statement of use under 15 U.S.C. 1051 (d) with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or (iii) any license or contract, in each case if the granting of a Lien in such license or contract is prohibited by or would constitute a default under the agreement governing such license or contract (but (A) only to the extent such prohibition is enforceable under applicable law and (B) other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-408 or 9-409 (or any other Section) of the UCC); provided that upon the termination, lapsing or expiration of any such prohibition, such license or contract, as applicable, shall automatically be subject to the security interest granted in favor of Lender hereunder and become part of the “Collateral.”

2.2 Guarantor hereby authorizes Lender to file financing statements, without notice to Guarantor, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Lender’s interest or rights hereunder, including a notice that any disposition or pledge of the Collateral, by either Guarantor or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Lender under the UCC. Such financing statements may indicate the Collateral as “all assets of the Debtor” or words of similar effect, or as being of an equal or lesser scope, or with greater detail, all in Lender’s discretion.

SECTION 3 - PLEDGE

3.1 As security for the full, prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether by stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of all the Guarantor Obligations, Guarantor hereby pledges to Lender, and grants to Lender, a first priority security interest in all of the following (collectively, the “Pledged Collateral”):

(a) the shares of capital stock or other equity securities of the entities listed on Exhibit A attached hereto, now owned or hereafter acquired (whether in connection with any recapitalization, reclassification or reorganization of the capital of such entities or any

 

3


successors in interest thereto) by Guarantor (the “Pledged Shares”), together with all proceeds and substitutions thereof, all cash, stock and other monies and property paid thereon, all rights to subscribe for securities declared or granted in connection therewith, and all other cash and noncash proceeds of the foregoing. On the date hereof, any certificate or certificates representing the Pledged Shares (to the extent such Pledged Shares are certificated) will be delivered to Lender, accompanied by an instrument of assignment duly executed in blank by Guarantor. To the extent required by the terms and conditions governing the Pledged Shares, Guarantor shall cause the books of each entity whose Pledged Shares are part of the Pledged Collateral and any transfer agent to reflect the pledge of the Pledged Shares. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Lender may effect the transfer of any securities included in the Pledged Collateral (including but not limited to the Pledged Shares) into the name of Lender and cause new certificates representing such securities to be issued in the name of Lender or its transferee;

(b) all voting trust certificates held by Guarantor evidencing the right to vote any Pledged Shares subject to any voting trust and

(c) all additional shares and voting trust certificates of the entities listed on Exhibit A from time to time acquired by Guarantor in any manner (which additional shares shall be deemed to be part of the Pledged Shares), and any certificates representing such additional shares (to the extent such additional shares are certificated), and all dividends, cash, instruments and other property or proceeds from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such Pledged Shares.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Pledged Collateral does not include more than sixty-five percent (65%) of the presently existing and hereafter arising issued and outstanding shares of capital stock owned by Guarantor of any foreign subsidiary which shares entitle the holder thereof to vote for directors or any other matter.

3.2 Guarantor agrees to pay prior to delinquency all taxes, charges, Liens and assessments, in each case imposed by any Governmental Authority, against the Pledged Collateral, except those with respect to which the amount or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves or other appropriate provisions are being maintained by such Person in accordance with GAAP have been provided on the books of Guarantor, and upon the failure of Guarantor to do so, contemporaneous with written notice thereof from Lender to Guarantor, Lender at its option may pay any of them.

3.3 In the event that during the term of this Agreement, any reclassification, readjustment or other change is declared or made in the capital structure of the issuer of the Pledged Shares, all new, substituted and additional shares, options or other securities, issued or issuable to Guarantor by reason of any such change or exercise shall be delivered to and held by Lender under the terms of this Agreement in the same manner as the Pledged Collateral originally pledged hereunder.

3.4 So long as no Event of Default is continuing, Guarantor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and other consensual rights pertaining to the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof, provided that no vote shall be cast or consent, waiver or ratification given or action taken which would be inconsistent with any of the terms of this Agreement or which would constitute or create any violation of any of such terms.

 

4


SECTION 4 - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

4.1 Guarantor hereby represents and warrants to Lender that, except as set forth in the Perfection Certificate:

(a) The execution, delivery and performance by Guarantor of this Agreement has been duly authorized, and does not (i) conflict with any of such Guarantor’s organizational documents; (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any Requirement of Law; (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which such Guarantor or any of its property or assets may be bound or affected; (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or consent, approval or authorization of any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental consents, approvals or authorizations which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect) or (v) constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which Guarantor is bound. Guarantor is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(b) Guarantor has good title to, has rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens. Guarantor has no deposit accounts other than, the deposit accounts, if any, (i) described in the Perfection Certificate delivered to Lender in connection herewith, (ii) used exclusively for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit and payments to or for the benefit of Guarantor’s employees; (iii) used exclusively for store operations; or (iv) of which the Guarantor has given Lender notice and, if requested by Lender, taken such actions as are necessary to give Lender a perfected security interest therein. The Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse) except as otherwise provided in the Perfection Certificate. None of the components of the Collateral are maintained at locations other than as provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted in the Credit Agreement. Guarantor is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property which it owns or purports to own except for (A) non-exclusive licenses granted to its customers and other third parties in the ordinary course of business, (B) over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public and (C) material Intellectual Property licensed to Guarantor and noted on the Perfection Certificate or as otherwise disclosed to Lender in writing from time to time. To Guarantor’s knowledge, no part of the Intellectual Property which Guarantor owns or purports to own and which is material to Guarantor’s business has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part. To the best of Guarantor’s knowledge, no claim has been made that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) Other than those listed on the Perfection Certificate, there is no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Responsible Officers, threatened in writing by or against Guarantor (i) that challenges the validity of any of the Loan Documents, or to enjoin the right of such Guarantor to enter into any Loan Document or to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby, (ii) that would reasonably be likely to be or have, either individually or in the aggregate, any Material Adverse Effect or (iii) that would reasonably be likely to result in any Change of Control;

 

5


(d) Guarantor is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Guarantor is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Guarantor has complied in all material respects with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. None of Guarantor nor any of their Subsidiaries are a “holding company” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company” as each term is defined and used in the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005. Guarantor has not violated any laws, ordinances or rules, the violation of which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. None of Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries’ properties or assets have been used by Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries or, to the best of Guarantor’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating or transporting any Hazardous Substances other than legally. Guarantor and their Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Government Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted.

(e) Guarantor has timely filed all required U.S. federal income tax returns and all other material foreign, state and local tax returns and reports (or appropriate extensions), and Guarantor has timely paid all U.S. federal income taxes and all material foreign, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Guarantor. Guarantor may defer payment of any contested taxes, provided that Guarantor (i) in good faith contests its obligation to pay the taxes by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted and conducted, (ii) notifies Lender in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, any material proceedings and (iii) posts bonds or takes any other steps required to prevent the governmental authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “Permitted Lien”. Guarantor has no knowledge of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Guarantor’s prior tax years which could result in a material amount of additional taxes becoming due and payable by Guarantor. Guarantor has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Guarantor has not withdrawn from participation in, and has not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which would reasonably be expected to result in any material liability of Guarantor, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

(f) Guarantor’s obligations hereunder are not subject to any offset or defense against Lender or Borrower of any kind;

(g) Guarantor is, at the time of delivery of the Pledged Shares, if any, to Lender hereunder, the sole holder of record and the sole beneficial owner of the Pledged Collateral, free and clear of any Lien thereon or affecting title thereto, except for the Lien created by this Agreement and Permitted Liens;

 

6


(h) none of the Pledged Shares have been transferred in violation of applicable federal or state securities, or similar laws, which such transfer may be subject to in the United States or any applicable jurisdiction;

(i) all of the Pledged Shares (other than with respect to non-wholly owned Subsidiaries and joint ventures), and to Guarantor’s knowledge, all of the Pledged Shares with respect to non-wholly owned Subsidiaries and joint ventures, have been duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and are non-assessable;

(j) to Guarantor’s knowledge, (i) there are no subscriptions, warrants, rights of first refusal or other restrictions on transfer relative to, or options exercisable with respect to the Pledged Shares; and (ii) the Pledged Shares are not the subject of any present or threatened in writing suit, action, arbitration, administrative or other proceeding, and Guarantor knows of no reasonable grounds for the institution of any such proceedings;

(k) no consent, approval, authorization or other order of any Person and no consent or authorization of any Governmental Authority is required to be made or obtained which has not yet been made or obtained by Guarantor either (i) for the pledge by Guarantor of the Pledged Collateral pursuant to this Agreement or for the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement by Guarantor; or (ii) for the exercise by Lender of the voting or other rights provided for in this Agreement or the remedies with respect to the Pledged Collateral pursuant to this Agreement, except, in the case of clause (i) and (ii), as (x) may be required in connection with such disposition by laws affecting the offer and sale of securities generally or the applicable organizational documents and (y) by the laws of the United States and any applicable foreign jurisdiction;

(l) the pledge, grant of a security interest in, and delivery of the Pledged Collateral pursuant to this Agreement, will create a valid first priority Lien on and in the Pledged Collateral, and the proceeds thereof, securing the payment of the Guarantor Obligations;

(m) No Guarantor (i) is a Person whose property or interest in property is blocked or subject to blocking pursuant to Section 1 of Executive Order 13224 of September 23, 2001 Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism (66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (2001)), (ii) engages in any dealings or transactions prohibited by Section 2 of such executive order, or is otherwise associated with any such Person in any manner violative of such Section 2 or (iii) is a Person on the list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons or subject to the limitations or prohibitions under any other U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control regulation or executive order; and

(n) Guarantor is in compliance, in all material respects, with the Patriot Act.

 

7


SECTION 5

COVENANTS

5.1 Each Guarantor covenants and agrees to the following:

(a) Guarantor shall, at any time and from time to time, execute and deliver such further instruments and take such further action as may reasonably be requested by Lender to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

(b) Within forty-five (45) days after the Guarantor forms any direct or indirect Material Subsidiary or acquires any direct or indirect Material Subsidiary after the Effective Date, Guarantor shall (i) cause such new Material Subsidiary to become a Guarantor hereunder by executing a Joinder Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, together with such appropriate financing statements and/or a n y Control Agreements, all in form and substance satisfactory to Lender (including being sufficient to grant Lender a first priority Lien in and to the assets of such newly formed or acquired Material Subsidiary), (ii) provide to Lender appropriate certificates and powers, if applicable, and financing statements, pledging all of the direct or beneficial ownership interest in such new Material Subsidiary, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and (iii) provide to Lender all other documentation reasonably requested by Lender in connection with the foregoing in form and substance satisfactory to Lender. Any document, agreement or instrument executed or issued pursuant to this Section 5.1(b) shall be a Loan Document.

(c) Guarantor shall provide Lender with all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act.

5.2 So long as Lender has any commitment to make Loans to any Borrower under the Credit Agreement or any Borrower has any Obligations (other than contingent indemnity obligations for which no claim has been asserted) outstanding under the Loan Documents, Guarantor agrees that Guarantor, upon obtaining any shares of capital stock or other equity securities that should be pledged pursuant to Section 3.1 of this Agreement, shall promptly deliver to Lender a duly executed Pledge Supplement in substantially the form of Exhibit C attached hereto (a “Pledge Supplement”) identifying such additional shares of capital stock or other equity securities. Guarantor hereby authorizes Lender to attach each Pledge Supplement to this Agreement and agrees that all shares of capital stock or other equity securities listed thereon shall for all purposes hereunder constitute Pledged Collateral.

5.3 Guarantor shall not create, incur, allow or suffer any Lien on any of its property, including without limitation its intellectual property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Lender) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering Guarantor’s or any Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property.

 

8


SECTION 6 - EVENTS OF DEFAULT

6.1 Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, Lender shall have all of the rights of a secured party under the UCC with respect to the Collateral. Guarantor’s obligations hereunder are not limited to the Collateral or any exercise by Lender of rights and remedies against the same, and Lender may pursue any other available rights and remedies against Guarantor, whether hereunder, at law or otherwise, without resort to the Collateral if Lender deems it in its best interests to do so.

6.2 During the existence and continuation of an Event of Default, Lender may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, at its election, apply, set off, collect or sell in one or more sales, or take such steps as may be necessary to liquidate and reduce to cash in the hands of Lender in whole or in part, with or without any previous demands or demand of performance or notice or advertisement, the whole or any part of the Pledged Collateral in such order as Lender may elect, and any such sale may be made either at public or private sale at its place of business or elsewhere, or at any broker’s board or securities exchange, either for cash or upon credit or for future delivery, provided, however, that if such disposition is at private sale, then the purchase price of the Pledged Collateral shall be equal to the public market price then in effect, or, if at the time of sale no public market for the Pledged Collateral exists, then, in recognition of the fact that the sale of the Pledged Collateral would have to be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), and that the expenses of such registration are commercially unreasonable for the type and amount of collateral pledged hereunder, Lender and Guarantor hereby agree that such private sale shall be at a purchase price mutually agreed to by Lender and Guarantor or, if the parties cannot agree upon a purchase price, then at a purchase price established by Lender in the exercise of its reasonable discretion. Lender shall be under no obligation to delay the sale of any of the Pledged Shares for the period of time necessary to permit Guarantor to register such securities for public sale under the Act, or under applicable state securities laws, even if Guarantor would agree to do so. Lender may be the purchaser of any or all Pledged Collateral so sold and hold the same thereafter in its own right free from any claim of Guarantor or right of redemption. To the extent permitted by applicable law, demands of performance, notices of sale, advertisements and presence of property at sale are hereby waived. Any sale hereunder may be conducted by any officer or agent of Lender.

6.3 The proceeds of the sale of any of the Pledged Collateral and all sums received or collected by Lender from or on account of such Pledged Collateral shall be applied by Lender to the payment of expenses incurred or paid by Lender in connection with any sale, transfer or delivery of the Pledged Collateral, to the payment of any other costs, charges, attorneys’ fees or expenses mentioned herein, and to the payment of the Obligations or any part hereof, all in such order and manner as Lender in its discretion may determine.

6.4 Upon the transfer by Lender of all or any part of the Obligations pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, Lender may transfer all or any part of the Pledged Collateral to the transferee of the Obligations and shall be fully discharged thereafter from all liability and responsibility with respect to such Pledged Collateral so transferred, and the transferee shall be vested with all the rights and powers of Lender hereunder with respect to such Pledged Collateral so transferred; but with respect to any Pledged Collateral not so transferred, Lender shall retain all rights and powers hereby given.

 

9


SECTION 7 - MISCELLANEOUS

7.1 Guarantor agrees to pay reasonable attorneys’ fees and all other out of pocket costs and expenses which may be incurred by Lender in the enforcement of this Agreement. No terms or provisions of this Agreement may be changed, waived, revoked or amended without Lender’s and Guarantor’s prior written consent. Should any provision of this Agreement be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable, all of the other provisions shall remain effective. This Agreement embodies the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the matters set forth herein, and supersedes all prior agreements among the parties with respect to the matters set forth herein. No course of prior dealing among the parties, no usage of trade, and no parole or extrinsic evidence of any nature shall be used to supplement, modify or vary any of the terms hereof. Lender may not assign this Agreement, except to an Eligible Assignee or with the consent of Borrower, in which case such assignment shall not in any way affect Guarantor’s liability under it. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of Lender and its successors and permitted assigns. This Agreement is in addition to the guaranties of any other guarantors of the Obligations.

7.2 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Maryland, without giving effect to conflicts of laws principles thereof that would result in the application of any Requirement of Law of any other jurisdiction. Each of Guarantor and Lender hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a) submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in the State of Maryland; provided that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Lender from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Lender or Guarantor, as the case may be

(b) expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court described in clause (a) above;

(c) waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by any such court described in clause (a);

(d) waives personal service of the summons, complaints and other process issued in such action or suit described above in this Section 7.2 and agrees that service of such summons, complaints and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Guarantor, at the addresses set forth on the signature page hereto and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Guarantor’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid; and

(e) TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, GUARANTOR AND LENDER EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

 

10


This Section 7.2 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

7.3 This Agreement may be executed in counterpart signature pages, all of which taken together shall be deemed to be one original of this instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart to this Agreement by facsimile or electronic mail shall be effective as a manually executed counterpart to this Agreement.

7.4 Lender hereby notifies the Guarantor that pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Guarantor, which information includes the name and address of each Guarantor and other information that will allow Lender to identify such Guarantor in accordance with the Patriot Act, and each Guarantor agrees to provide, or cause each Material Subsidiary to provide, such information from time to time to Lender. As required by federal regulation, the Loan is contingent upon satisfactory verification of identity of the signatories.

7.5 Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, and without prior notice to Guarantor, any such notice being expressly waived by Guarantor, to set off and appropriate and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held by Lender and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by Lender to or for the credit or the account of Guarantor against any and all of the Obligations when due of Loan Parties now or hereafter existing to Lender, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured.

[Signatures begin on next page.]

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Unconditional Secured Guaranty and Pledge Agreement is signed and given under seal as of the date first written above and it is intended that this Unconditional Secured Guaranty and Pledge Agreement is and shall constitute and have the effect of a sealed instrument according to law.

 

[GUARANTOR]
a [________________________]
By:    
Name:    
Title:    
Address:    
   

 

[Signature Page to Unconditional Secured Guaranty and Pledge Agreement]


Exhibit A

Pledged Shares

 

ISSUER

   NUMBER OF SHARES,
UNITS OR MEMBERSHIP
INTERESTS ISSUED
     NUMBER OF SHARES,
UNITS OR MEMBERSHIPS
OWNED BY GUARANTOR
     PERCENTAGE
PLEDGED
     CERTIFICATED
YES/NO
     CERTIFICATE
NUMBER
     CERTIFICATE
DELIVERED
YES/NO
 
                 


Exhibit B

Form of Joinder Agreement

[See attached.]


JOINDER

AGREEMENT

This JOINDER AGREEMENT, dated as of [                ], is executed and delivered by [                ] (the “Additional Guarantor”), in favor of EagleBank (“Lender”) party to that certain First Amended and Restated Revolving Credit, Delayed Draw Term Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2020 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, restructured or otherwise modified, renewed or replaced from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among Sweetgreen, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), Lender and the entities that become parties thereto as guarantors pursuant to Section 4.1(g) of the Credit Agreement. All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in such Credit Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, in connection with the Credit Agreement, certain guarantors (“Guarantor”) have entered into that certain Unconditional Secured Guaranty and Pledge Agreement, dated _________________, 2020 , in favor of Lender, (as amended, restated, modified, renewed, supplemented or extended from time to time, the “Guaranty and Pledge Agreement”);

WHEREAS, Guarantor is required to cause the Additional Guarantor to become a party to the Guaranty and Pledge Agreement to grant in favor of Lender the Liens and security interests therein specified and provide its guarantee of the Obligations as therein contemplated; and

WHEREAS, the Additional Guarantor has agreed to execute and deliver this Joinder Agreement to become a party to the Guaranty and Pledge Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED:

1. Guaranty and Pledge Agreement. By executing and delivering this Joinder Agreement, the Additional Guarantor (a) hereby becomes a party to the Guaranty and Pledge Agreement as a “Guarantor” thereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Guarantor and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, hereby expressly assumes all obligations and liabilities of a Guarantor thereunder, and (b) hereby grants to Lender, as security for the Obligations, a security interest in all of the Additional Guarantor’s right, title and interest in any and to all Collateral (as defined in the Guaranty and Pledge Agreement) of the Additional Guarantor, in each case whether now owned or hereafter acquired or in which the Additional Guarantor now has or hereafter acquires an interest and wherever the same may be located, but subject in all respects to the terms, conditions and exclusions set forth in the Guaranty and Pledge Agreement. The Additional Guarantor hereby represents and warrants that, except as set forth in the Perfection Certificate, each of the representations and warranties contained in Section 4 of the Guaranty and Pledge Agreement (x) that is qualified by materiality is true and correct, and (y) that is not qualified by materiality, is true and correct in all material respects, in


each case, on and as the date hereof (after giving effect to this Joinder Agreement) as if made on and as of such date (except to the extent any such representation and warranty expressly relates to an earlier date, in which case such representation and warranty was true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date); provided, further, that Borrower or Additional Guarantor may update or supplement information in the Perfection Certificate to the extent necessary to make such representations and warranties true, accurate, and complete in all material respects.

2. Pledged Shares. Exhibit A to the Guaranty and Pledge Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety and replaced with Exhibit A attached hereto.

3. Governing Law. THIS JOINDER AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

4. Loan Document. This Joinder Agreement shall constitute a Loan Document under the Loan Agreement.

[Signature Page Follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Joinder Agreement is signed and given under seal as of the date first written above and it is intended that this Joinder Agreement is and shall constitute and have the effect of a sealed instrument according to law.

 

[ADDITIONAL GUARANTOR]

By:    
Name:  
Title:  

[Signature Page to Joinder Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

REPLACEMENT SCHEDULE TO UNCONDITIONAL SECURED GUARANTY

AND PLEDGE AGREEMENT


Exhibit C

Pledge Supplement


EXHIBIT F

Form of

SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE

[Omitted]


EXHIBIT G

Form of

TERM LOAN BORROWING CERTIFICATE

[Omitted]


Schedules

[Omitted]

Exhibit 10.16

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING CREDIT,

DELAYED DRAW TERM LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING CREDIT, DELAYED DRAW TERM LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is made as of September 29, 2021 (the “Effective Date”) by and among SWEETGREEN, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), the entities that become parties hereto as guarantors pursuant to Section 4.1(g) of the Loan Agreement (as defined below) (each, a “Guarantor” and, collectively, the “Guarantors”), and EAGLEBANK (“Lender”). For purposes of this Amendment, the term “Loan Agreement” shall mean that certain First Amended and Restated Revolving Credit, Delayed Draw Term Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2020, by and among Borrower, Guarantors and Lender. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings given to such terms in the Loan Agreement.

WHEREAS, in connection with a potential initial public offering of the equity securities of Borrower, the Loan Parties have requested that certain modifications be made to the Loan Agreement, to among other things, increase certain limits with respect to Permitted Indebtedness and Permitted Investments and to allow for the issuance of certain unsecured debt, including convertible notes; and

WHEREAS, the Loan Parties and Lender have agreed to amend the Loan Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the terms and conditions contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the Loan Parties and Lender hereby agree to the following amendments to the Loan Agreement.

1. Amendments to Loan Agreement. Effective as of the Effective Date but subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 2 below, the parties hereto agree that the Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

(a) Section 1.2 is amended to add the following definition of “Beneficial Ownership Certification”:

(b) “”Beneficial Ownership Certification” shall mean a certification regarding beneficial ownership required by the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, which certification shall be substantially in form and substance satisfactory to Lender.”

(c) Section 1.2 is amended to add the following definition of “Beneficial Ownership Regulation”:

“”Beneficial Ownership Regulation” shall mean 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230.”

(d) Section 1.2 is amended to delete the definition of “Change of Control” in its entirety and to substitute the following in lieu thereof:

“”Change of Control” shall mean, at any time, any Person or “group” (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than the Permitted Holders, taken as a whole, shall have obtained at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting power of the outstanding voting Equity Interests of Borrower.”


(e) Section 1.2 is amended to delete the definition of “Direct Regulatory Review Transfer” in its entirety.

(f) Section 1.2 is amended to delete the definition of “Due Diligence Information” in its entirety.

(g) Section 1.2 is amended to delete the definition of “Equity Interests” in its entirety and to substitute the following in lieu thereof:

““Equity Interests” shall mean, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options, or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable (but excluding any or any portion of convertible notes, rights or options or other debt instruments with convertible features that have not been converted into or exchanged for equity securities) for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination.”

(h) Section 1.2 is amended to add the following definition of “First Amendment Effective Date”:

“”First Amendment Effective Date” shall mean September 29, 2021.”

(i) Section 1.2 is amended to add the following definition of “Founders”:

“”Founders” shall mean collectively Jonathan Neman, Nicolas Jammet and Nathaniel Ru; and “Founder” shall mean each of foregoing individuals.”

(j) Section 1.2 is amended to delete the definition of “Indirect Regulatory Review Transfer” in its entirety.

(k) The definition of “Permitted Acquisition” in Section 1.2 is amended to delete the words “Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000)” from clause (ii) of such definition and substitute in lieu thereof the words “Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000)”.

(l) Section 1.2 is amended to add the following definition of “Permitted Convertible Debt”:

““Permitted Convertible Debt” shall mean unsecured Indebtedness of the Borrower, issued after the First Amendment Effective Date, which by its terms is convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of Borrower and/or cash in lieu therof or a combination of Equity Interests of Borrower and cash in lieu thereof; provided that (i) at the time of the incurrence thereof and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) the stated maturity date for all Permitted Convertible Debt shall be no earlier than ninety (90) days after the end of the later of (A) the Revolving Facility Maturity Date and (B) the Term Loan Maturity Date, and shall not be subject to any conditions that could result in such stated final maturity occurring on a

 

2


date that precedes the 90th day after the end of the later of (1) the Revolving Facility Maturity Date and (2) the Term Loan Maturity Date (except upon the occurrence of an event of default, a change in control, fundamental change, an asset disposition or an event of loss, or upon conversion or exchange or voluntary redemption by the Borrower), (iii) the principal amount of any Permitted Convertible Debt shall not be subject to any regularly scheduled amortization or sinking fund payments prior to the maturity described in clause (ii) above, (iv) such Permitted Convertible Debt shall not be required to be repaid, prepaid, redeemed, repurchased or defeased, whether on one or more fixed dates, upon the occurrence of one or more events or at the option of any holder thereof prior to the 90th day after the end of the later of (A) the Revolving Facility Maturity Date and (B) the Term Loan Maturity Date (except, in each case, upon the occurrence of an event of default, a change in control, fundamental change, an asset disposition or an event of loss, or upon conversion or exchange or voluntary redemption by the Borrower), (v) the terms, conditions and covenants of such Permitted Convertible Debt shall be such as are customary for Indebtedness of such type (as determined by the Loan Parties in good faith) and (vi) no Subsidiary of Borrower that is not a Loan Party shall guarantee the obligations of Borrower thereunder.”

(m) Section 1.2 is amended to add the following definition of “Permitted Equity Derivatives”:

““Permitted Equity Derivatives” shall mean any forward purchase, accelerated share purchase, call option, warrant transaction or other equity derivative transactions relating to any Permitted Convertible Debt.”

(n) Section 1.2 is amended to add the following definition of “Permitted Holders”:

“”Permitted Holders” shall mean, collectively, (i) the Founders and their respective Affiliates and (ii) to the extent not included in clause (i), any trust of which Founders or their immediate family members are trustees, settlors or beneficiaries.”

(o) The definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” in Section 1.2 is amended to:

 

  (i)

delete the words “Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000)” from clause (c) of such definition and substitute in lieu thereof “Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000)”;

 

  (ii)

delete the words “other unsecured Indebtedness not exceeding Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000)” from clause (f) of such definition and substitute in lieu thereof “other Indebtedness not exceeding Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000)”;

 

  (iii)

add the following as the new clauses (k), (l) and (m) after clause (j) of such definition: “(k) Spyce Assets Debt in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed Fifty Million Dollars ($50,000,000) at any time outstanding; (l) Permitted Convertible Debt and Permitted Unsecured Indebtedness, in a combined aggregate principal amount not to exceed Three Hundred Million Dollars ($300,000,000) at any time outstanding; (m) to the extent constitute Indebtedness, obligations under any Permitted Equity Derivatives;”;

 

3


  (iii)

renumber the existing clauses (k) through (n) of such definition as clauses (n) thought (q).

(p) The definition of “Permitted Investments” in Section 1.2 is amended to:

 

  (i)

delete the words “Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000)” from clause (h) of such definition and substitute in lieu thereof “Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000)”.

 

  (ii)

delete the words “Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) in the aggregate with respect to all such Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties” from clause (j) of such definition and substitute in lieu thereof “Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year; provided that Borrower shall furnish to Lender a report on any Investments made pursuant to this clause (j) during each fiscal quarter together with the Compliance Certificate delivered to Lender for such fiscal quarter pursuant to Section 8.1(a)”.

 

  (iii)

delete the words “Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) in the aggregate outstanding at any time” from clause (m) of such definition and substitute in lieu thereof “Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year”.

 

  (iv)

delete the word “and” immediately preceding clause (m) of such definition;

 

  (v)

delete the period at the end of clause (m) of such definition and substitute in lieu thereof “; and”; and

 

  (vi)

add the following as a new clause (n) at the end of such definition: “Permitted Equity Derivatives.”;

(q) The definition of “Permitted Liens” in Section 1.2 is amended to:

 

  (i)

delete the word “and” immediately preceding clause (n) of such definition;

 

  (ii)

delete the period at the end of clause (n) of such definition and substitute in lieu thereof “;”; and

 

  (iii)

add the following as a new clause (o) after clause (n) of such definition: “Liens securing Indebtedness under clause (f) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness.”; and

 

  (iv)

add the following as a new clause (p) after clause (o) of such definition: “any Liens on Spyce Assets, including, without limitation, any Liens securing Spyce Assets Debt and to the extent constituting Liens, any licenses or other licensing arrangements of Spyce Assets; and

 

  (v)

rename the existing clause “(o)” of such definition as clause “(q).”

 

4


(r) Section 1.2 is amended to add the following definition of “Permitted Unsecured Debt Default”:

““Permitted Unsecured Debt Default” shall mean an Event of Default under Section XI(g) with respect to any Permitted Convertible Debt or Permitted Unsecured Indebtedness.”

(s) Section 1.2 is amended to add the following definition of “Permitted Unsecured Indebtedness”:

““Permitted Unsecured Indebtedness” shall mean unsecured Indebtedness of the Borrower, issued after the First Amendment Effective Date; provided that (i) at the time of the incurrence thereof and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) the stated maturity date for all Permitted Unsecured Indebtedness shall be no earlier than ninety (90) days after the end of the later of (A) the Revolving Facility Maturity Date and (B) the Term Loan Maturity Date, and shall not be subject to any conditions that could result in such stated final maturity occurring on a date that precedes the 90th day after the end of the later of (1) the Revolving Facility Maturity Date and (2) the Term Loan Maturity Date (except upon the occurrence of an event of default, a change in control, fundamental change, an asset disposition or an event of loss, or upon conversion or exchange or voluntary redemption by the Borrower), (iii) the principal amount of any Permitted Unsecured Indebtedness shall not be subject to any regularly scheduled amortization or sinking fund payments prior to the maturity described in clause (ii) above, (iv) such Permitted Unsecured Indebtedness shall not be required to be repaid, prepaid, redeemed, repurchased or defeased, whether on one or more fixed dates, upon the occurrence of one or more events or at the option of any holder thereof prior to the 90th day after the end of the later of (A) the Revolving Facility Maturity Date and (B) the Term Loan Maturity Date (except upon the occurrence of an event of default, a change in control, fundamental change, an asset disposition or an event of loss, or upon conversion or exchange or voluntary redemption by the Borrower), (v) the terms, conditions and covenants of such Permitted Unsecured Indebtedness shall be such as are customary for Indebtedness of such type (as determined by the Loan Parties in good faith) and (vi) no Subsidiary of Borrower that is not a Loan Party shall guarantee the obligations of Borrower thereunder.”

(t) Section 1.2 is amended to delete the definition of “Regulatory Requirements” in its entirety.

(u) Section 1.2 is amended to delete the definition of “Regulatory Review Transfer” in its entirety.

(v) Section 1.2 is amended to delete the definition of “Revolving Facility Maturity Date” in its entirety and to substitute the following in lieu thereof:

“”Revolving Facility Maturity Date” shall mean the earlier to occur of (a) ninety (90) days prior to the scheduled maturity for any portion of the Permitted Convertible Debt or Permitted Unsecured Indebtedness, as applicable or (b) December 14, 2022, unless earlier terminated pursuant to this Agreement.”

(w) Section 1.2 is amended to add the following definition of “Spyce”:

“”Spyce” shall mean Spyce Food Co., a Delaware corporation.”

 

5


(x) Section 1.2 is amended to add the following definition of “Spyce Assets”:

““Spyce Assets” shall mean, collectively, (i) any Spyce Technology, (ii) any existing and future Intellectual Property that constitutes, incorporates or is otherwise related to any Spyce Technology and (iii) any automated kitchen product or equipment (including those designed for assembly of ingredients) that utilizes the Spyce Technology and/or such Intellectual Property referenced in the foregoing clause (ii) and (iv) any other assets related to the foregoing clauses (i) through (iii).”

(y) Section 1.2 is amended to add the following definition of “Spyce Assets Debt”:

“”Spyce Assets Debt” shall mean any Indebtedness incurred to finance the development, acquisition and/or production of any Spyce Assets (except for any Loans hereunder) and any Indebtedness secured by any Spyce Assets.

(z) Section 1.2 is amended to add the following definition of “Spyce Technology”:

“”Spyce Technology” shall mean all forms of technology and content, including any or all of the following: (i) published and unpublished works of authorship, including without limitation audiovisual works, collective works, computer programs or software (whether in source code or executable form), documentation, compilations, databases, derivative works, literary works, maskworks, websites, and sound recordings; (ii) inventions (whether or not patentable), discoveries, improvements, business methods, compositions of matter, machines, methods, and processes and new uses for any of the preceding items; (iii) information that is not generally known or readily ascertainable through proper means, whether tangible or intangible, including without limitation algorithms, customer lists, ideas, designs, formulas, know-how, methods, processes, programs, prototypes, systems, and techniques; (iv) databases, data compilations and collections and technical data; and (v) devices, prototypes, designs and schematics (whether or not any of the foregoing is embodied in any tangible form and including all tangible embodiments of the foregoing, such as instruction manuals, laboratory notebooks, prototypes, samples, studies and summaries), in each case, either developed by or acquired from Spyce or its Affiliates, including, without limitation, such technology and content related to its “Infinite Kitchen” product.”

(aa) Section 1.2 is amended to delete the definition of “Term Loan Maturity Date” in its entirety and to substitute the following in lieu thereof:

“”Term Loan Maturity Date” shall mean the earlier to occur of (a) ninety (90) days prior to the scheduled maturity for any portion of the Permitted Convertible Debt or Permitted Unsecured Indebtedness, as applicable or (b) December 15, 2025, unless earlier terminated pursuant to this Agreement.”

(bb) Article II is amended to add the following as a new Section 2.14:

“2.14 Commitment to Lend

Upon the occurrence of a Permitted Unsecured Debt Default, Lender’s obligation to make any Loans to Borrower under this Agreement shall immediately terminate.”

 

6


(cc) Section 4.1(b) is amended to:

 

  (i)

delete the word “or” immediately preceding clause (iii) of Section 4.1(b);

 

  (ii)

delete the period at the end of clause (iii) of Section 4.1(b) and substitute in lieu thereof “;”; and

 

  (iii)

add the following as a new clause (iv) at the end of Section 4.1(b): “or (iv) any Spyce Assets.”

(dd) Section 8.1 is amended to add the following as a new Section 8.1(d):

“(d) Deemed Delivery. Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 8.1(a) or (b) (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date: (i) on which such materials are publicly available as posted on the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system (EDGAR), (ii) on which Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ website on the internet at Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ website address or (iii) on which such documents are posted on Borrower’s behalf on an internet or intranet website, if any, to which Lender has access (whether a commercial or third-party website); provided, however, that Borrower shall promptly notify Lender in writing (which may be by electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents (and in case of financial statements required under Section 8.1(a), such notice may be provided in the Compliance Certificate for the same reporting period of such financial statements).”

(ee) Section 8.13 is amended to add the following new paragraph at the end:

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Control Agreement is not required for any Deposit Accounts and/or Securities Accounts owned by Spyce and its Subsidiary so long as (i) the aggregate balance of such accounts does not exceed $600,000 at any time and (ii) the balance of such account is transferred to account(s) with Lender within 12 months of the First Amendment Effective Date.

(ff) Article X is amended to add the following as a new Section 10.13:

10.13 Right to Finance Spyce Assets Debt.

“In connection with any Spyce Assets Debt, Lender shall have the right (but not an obligation) to provide such financing to the Loan Parties (the “Financing Right”) subject to the terms set forth in this Section 10.13. Prior to engaging any other banks or financial institutions with respect to any Spyce Assets Debt, the Loan Parties shall provide a written notice to Lender setting out the contemplated terms of such Spyce Assets Debt (the “Financing Proposal”). If Lender elects to exercise the Financing Right in its sole discretion, it shall provide such election in writing to the Loan Parties after 20 Business Days upon receipt of the Financing Proposal. Upon receipt of such election, the Loan Parties and Lender shall negotiate in good faith a term sheet setting out the terms, conditions and pricing of such proposed Spyce Assets Debt in the next 30 Business Days (or such longer period mutually agreed by the Loan Parties and Lender). If the parties are unable to reach an agreement on the terms of the Financing Proposal within such period (or Lender has not elected to exercise the Financing Right in accordance with the terms hereof), then the Loan Parties shall be permitted to engage other banks, financial institutions or other Person to provide financing(s) with respect to such Spyce Assets Debt and consummate any such financing(s).

 

7


For the avoidance of doubt, the Financing Right granted hereunder may only be exercised by Lender once during the term of this Agreement. Any election to exercise the Financing Right is irrevocable.”

(gg) Section 10.7 is amended to:

 

  (i)

delete the word “and” immediately preceding clause (f) of Section 10.1;

 

  (ii)

delete the period at the end of clause (f) of Section 10.1 and substitute in lieu thereof “;”; and

 

  (iii)

add the following as a new clause (g) at the end of Section 10.1: “and (g) the settlement, unwinding or other termination of any Permitted Equity Derivatives.”

(hh) Section 10.7 is amended to delete such section in its entirety and to substitute the following in place thereof:

“(a) Pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any equity (other than (i) the repurchase of Equity Interests to the extent that (1) such repurchases do not exceed Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000) in the aggregate per calendar year (unless Borrower raises additional capital to fund such repurchases), and (2) no Event of Default then exists or would be caused thereby, (ii) Borrower may pay dividends solely in Equity Interests of Borrower, (iii) any Subsidiary may pay dividends or make distributions to Borrower, (iv) the repurchase of Equity Interests in exchange for the cancellation of indebtedness owed to Borrower, (v) issuance of Equity Interests of Borrower or any Subsidiary (and any cash payment in lieu of issuance of fractional shares) in connection with the exercise or conversion of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for the Equity Interests of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, including, without limitation, any Permitted Convertible Debt and/or (vi) the purchase of any Permitted Equity Derivatives and any settlement, unwinding or other termination of any Permitted Equity Derivatives to the extent no Event of Default then exists or would be caused thereby in each case), (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except as is otherwise permitted in Section 10.3 hereof or (c) pay any amount in cash in repayment, redemption, retirement, conversion or repurchase, directly or indirectly, of any Permitted Convertible Debt (other than (i) payment of interest, expenses and indemnities as and when due in respect of any Permitted Convertible Debt, (ii) purchases, redemptions and other payments of any Permitted Convertible Debt in connection with the issuance of other Permitted Convertible Debt so long as the aggregate principal amount of Permitted Convertible Debt does not exceed Three Hundred Million Dollars ($300,000,000) after giving effect to such purchases, redemptions and other payments, (iii) exchange of Permitted Convertible Debt for Equity Interests of Borrower (and any cash payment in lieu of issuance of fractional shares) and any cash payment for accrued interest and/or (iv) cash payment in lieu of issuance of fractional shares in connection with the settlement upon any conversion or exchange of Permitted Convertible Debt).”

 

8


(ii) Article XI is amended to delete all references to “$1,500,000” in Section XI(f) and substitute in lieu thereof the words “Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000)”.

(jj) Article XI is amended to add the following proviso at the end of Section XI(f):

“provided that this Section XI(f) shall not apply to (i) secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, (ii) with respect to any Permitted Equity Derivatives, termination events or equivalent events pursuant to the terms of such Permitted Equity Derivatives and not as a result of any default thereunder by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (iii) any conversion of exchange of any Permitted Convertible Debt and any conversion or exchange trigger that results in such Permitted Convertible Debt becoming convertible or exchangeable, as applicable and (iv) Indebtedness of a Person acquired in connection with a Permitted Acquisition that has become due and payable as a result of such Permitted Acquisition;”

(kk) Section 15.11 is amended to delete such section in its entirety and to substitute the following in place thereof:

“15.11 Patriot Act Verification

Lender hereby notifies Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act, the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, the Anti-Terrorism Laws, the Anti-Corruption Laws and/or the Bank Secrecy Act, Lender is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Borrower, which information includes the name and address of Borrower and other information that will allow Lender to identify Borrower in accordance with the Patriot Act, the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, the Anti-Terrorism Laws and/or the Anti-Corruption Laws. Borrower shall provide such information and take such actions as are reasonably requested by Lender in order to assist Lender in maintaining compliance with the Patriot Act, the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, the Anti-Terrorism Laws, the Anti-Corruption Laws and/or the Bank Secrecy Act, including, without limitation, a Beneficial Ownership Certification form acceptable to Lender. The information included in the Beneficial Ownership Certification is to be true and correct in all respects.”

2. Conditions of Effectiveness. The effectiveness of this Amendment is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) The consummation of the first offering by Borrower of its Equity Interests to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or under any similar law then in effect.

(b) Lender shall have received counterparts of this Amendment duly executed by Borrower, each Guarantor and Lender.

(c) Lender shall have received such documents and certificates as Lender or its counsel may reasonably request relating to the organization, existence and good standing of the Loan Parties, the authorization of this Agreement and any other legal matters relating to such Loan Parties, the Loan Documents or this Agreement, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender and its counsel.

(d) Lender shall have received an Officer’s Certificate in the form of Exhibit H attached to the Loan Agreement, dated the date hereof, and signed by the Chief Financial Officer of each of the Loan Parties.

 

9


(e) Lender shall have received payment of Lender’s fees and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable out-of-pocket fees and expenses of counsels for Lender) in connection with this Amendment.

3. Representations and Warranties of the Loan Parties. Each Loan Party for itself hereby represents and warrants as follows:

(a) This Amendment and each of the Loan Documents (each as amended hereby), as applicable, constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of such Loan Party enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting Lender’s rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

(b) As of the date hereof and giving effect to the terms of this Amendment, (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (ii) the representations and warranties of Borrower set forth in the Loan Agreement are true and correct in all material effects (provided that any representation or warranty qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect is true and correct in all respects) (except to the extent any such representation or warranty expressly relates to an earlier date, in which case such representation or warranty shall be true and correct as of such earlier date).

4. Reference to and Effect on the Loan Agreement and the Loan Documents.

(a) Upon the effectiveness hereof, each reference to the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document shall mean and be a reference to the Loan Agreement and such other Loan Document, as the case may be, as amended hereby.

(b) Except as specifically amended above, each Loan Document and all other documents, instruments and agreements executed and/or delivered in connection therewith shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed.

(c) Except as specifically provided above, the execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of Lender, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of the Loan Agreement, the Loan Documents or any other documents, instruments and agreements executed and/or delivered in connection therewith.

(d) This Amendment is a “Loan Document” under (and as defined in) the Loan Agreement.

5. Consent and Reaffirmation. Without in any way establishing a course of dealing by Lender, each of Lender and each of the undersigned Loan Parties consents to this Amendment and reaffirms the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents executed by it and acknowledges and agrees that the Loan Agreement and each and every Loan Document executed by the undersigned in connection with the Loan Agreement remains in full force and effect and is hereby reaffirmed, ratified and confirmed.

6. Counterparts; Electronic Execution. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by facsimile or in electronic (e.g., “pdf” or “tif”) format shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment. The words “execution,”

 

10


“signed,” “signature,” and words of similar import in this Amendment shall be deemed to include electronic or digital signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same effect, validity and enforceability as manually executed signatures or a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for under applicable law, including the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act of 2000 (15 USC § 7001 et seq.) or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

7. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Service of Process. The provisions of Section 15.1 of the Loan Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference herein, mutatis mutandis.

8. Entire Agreement. The provisions of Section 15.8 of the Loan Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference herein, mutatis mutandis.

9. Headings. Section headings in this Amendment are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Amendment for any other purpose.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement is signed and given under seal as of the date first written above and it is intended that this Agreement is and shall constitute and have the effect of a sealed instrument according to law.

 

BORROWER:
SWEETGREEN, INC.
By:  

/s/ Mitch Reback

Name:   Mitch Reback
Its:   Chief Financial Officer
Attn:   3000 S. Robertson Blvd.
  Los Angeles, California 90034
Email:   mitch.reback@sweetgreen.com
GUARANTORS:
SWEETGREEN NEW YORK, LLC
By:  

/s/ Mitch Reback

Name:   Mitch Reback
Its:   Chief Financial Officer
Attn:   3000 S. Robertson Blvd.
  Los Angeles, California 90034
Email:   mitch.reback@sweetgreen.com
SWEETGREEN BOSTON, LLC
By:  

/s/ Mitch Reback

Name:   Mitch Reback
Its:   Chief Financial Officer
Attn:   3000 S. Robertson Blvd.
  Los Angeles, California 90034
Email:   mitch.reback@sweetgreen.com

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Revolving Credit, Delayed Draw Term Loan and Security Agreement]


SWEETGREEN LA, LLC
By:  

/s/ Mitch Reback

Name:   Mitch Reback
Its:   Chief Financial Officer
Attn:   3000 S. Robertson Blvd.
  Los Angeles, California 90034
Email:   mitch.reback@sweetgreen.com
SWEETGREEN CHICAGO LLC
By:  

/s/ Mitch Reback

Name:   Mitch Reback
Its:   Chief Financial Officer
Attn:   3000 S. Robertson Blvd.
  Los Angeles, California 90034
Email:   mitch.reback@sweetgreen.com
SWEETGREEN TEXAS, LLC
By:  

/s/ Mitch Reback

Name:   Mitch Reback
Its:   Chief Financial Officer
Attn:   3000 S. Robertson Blvd.
  Los Angeles, California 90034
Email:   mitch.reback@sweetgreen.com
SWEETGREEN COLORADO, LLC
By:  

/s/ Mitch Reback

Name:   Mitch Reback
Its:   Chief Financial Officer
Attn:   3000 S. Robertson Blvd.
  Los Angeles, California 90034
Email:   mitch.reback@sweetgreen.com

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Revolving Credit, Delayed Draw Term Loan and Security Agreement]


LENDER:
EAGLEBANK
By:  

/s/ Deirdre E. Vollmer

Name:   Deirdre E. Vollmer
Its:   Vice President
Attn:   2001 K Street NW
  Washington, D.C. 20006
Telephone: (202) 292-1635
FAX:   (301) 841-0345
Email:   DVollmer@EagleBankCorp.com

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Revolving Credit, Delayed Draw Term Loan and Security Agreement]

Exhibit 10.17

EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

This EXCHANGE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of [•], 2021 by and among Sweetgreen, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and stockholders of the Company listed on Exhibit A hereto (collectively, the “Exchange Stockholders”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to implement a dual class structure in connection with the Company’s proposed initial public offering of its capital stock in a firm commitment underwritten offering (the “IPO”) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”);

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO, the Board has approved an Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), which, among other things, if effected in connection with the IPO, would create two series of common stock of the Company, Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Class A Common Stock”), entitling holders to one (1) vote per share and Class B common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Class B Common Stock”), entitling holders to ten (10) votes per share;

WHEREAS, the Certificate of Incorporation further provides that the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Pre-IPO Common Stock”), will, upon the effectiveness of the filing of the Certificate of Incorporation (the “Effective Time”), be reclassified as Class A Common Stock;

WHEREAS, the Exchange Stockholders hold or will hold shares of Pre-IPO Common Stock as of immediately prior to the Effective Time and all such shares of Pre-IPO Common Stock will be reclassified as shares of Class A Common Stock at the Effective Time;

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that exchanging certain shares of Class A Common Stock that will be held by the Exchange Stockholders at the Effective Time as set forth on Exhibit A hereto for shares of Class B Common Stock as part of the implementation of the dual class structure is advisable and in the best interest of the Company and all of its stockholders, including its stockholders other than the Exchange Stockholders;

WHEREAS, the Exchange Stockholders have entered into a lock-up agreement with the underwriters in connection with the IPO relating to their shares of Pre-IPO Common Stock pursuant to which they have agreed to limit the number of shares they may sell, transfer or pledge in the contemplated early lock-up releases to a lower percentage of holdings than other equity holders of the Company; and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto intend that no gain or loss shall be recognized in the Exchange (as defined below) pursuant to Sections 368(a)(1)(E) and/or 1036 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and this Agreement shall constitute a “plan of organization” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Sections 1.368-2(g) and 1.368-3(a).

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above recitals and the mutual covenants made herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged and accepted, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1


1. EXCHANGE OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK.

1.1 Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, immediately following the Effective Time and effective immediately prior to the consummation of the IPO (the “Exchange Effective Time”), each Exchange Stockholder shall be deemed to have automatically transferred to the Company the shares of Class A Common Stock held by such Exchange Stockholder as set forth on Exhibit A hereto (the “Class A Shares”) and the Company shall issue to each Exchange Stockholder shares of Class B Common Stock (the “Class B Shares”), at an exchange ratio of one (1) Class A Share for one (1) Class B Share (the “Exchange”). The number of Class A Shares to be transferred and the number of Class B Shares to be received in the Exchange by each Exchange Stockholder are as set forth on Exhibit A hereto.

1.2 Concurrently herewith, each Exchange Stockholder shall deliver to the Company an Assignment Separate from Certificate in substantially the form attached to this agreement as Exhibit B to evidence that the shares of the Pre-IPO Common Stock (which will automatically be renamed as Class A Common Stock upon the Effective Time) have been duly transferred to the Company to be held in escrow until the Exchange Effective Time and such documents are automatically released without further action by the Company or the Exchange Stockholder at the Exchange Effective Time.

1.3 Upon the effectiveness of the Exchange, the Company shall deliver to each Exchange Stockholder such documentation as may be reasonably required to evidence that the Class B Shares have been duly issued and transferred to the applicable Exchange Stockholder.

2. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

2.1 Representations and Warranties of the Exchange Stockholders. Each Exchange Stockholder hereby, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to the Company, with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, as follows:

(a) Ownership; Authority. Each Exchange Stockholder will be, as of the Exchange Effective Time, the beneficial and legal owner of the Class A Shares exchanged hereunder, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and restrictions (except for restrictions on transfer arising under applicable securities laws or as set forth or contemplated by this Agreement, the Certificate of Incorporation, the bylaws of the Company or any other agreements to which such Exchange Stockholder and the Company are a party). Each Exchange Stockholder has the full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and, assuming the waiver or inapplicability of any and all rights of first refusal or co-sale by the Company and the Company’s stockholders that are applicable to the transactions contemplated hereby, and assuming the effectiveness of the Certificate of Incorporation, to transfer, convey and exchange the Class A Shares in accordance with this Agreement. Assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by the Company, this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement of such Exchange Stockholder, enforceable against such Exchange Stockholder in accordance with its terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity). Upon consummation of the Exchange contemplated hereby, the Company will acquire from Exchange Stockholder good and marketable title to the Class A Shares, free and clear of any and all liens, encumbrances and restrictions (except for restrictions on transfer arising under applicable securities laws or as set forth or contemplated by this Agreement, the Certificate of Incorporation, the bylaws of the Company or any other agreements to which such Exchange Stockholder and the Company are a party, and subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity).

(b) Governmental Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance by such Exchange Stockholder of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby require no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any governmental authority on the part of such Exchange Stockholder (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt (a) the filing by the Company of the Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, (b) compliance by the Company with any applicable requirements of any applicable state or federal securities laws, and (c) any filings required by the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (the “HSR Act”)). For purposes of this Agreement, “governmental authority” means any transnational, domestic or foreign federal, state or local governmental, regulatory or administrative authority, department, court, agency or official, including any political subdivision thereof.

 

2


(c) Non-contravention. The execution, delivery and performance by such Exchange Stockholder of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not, assuming compliance with the matters referred to in Section 2.1(b) and approval of and adoption by the Company’s stockholders of the Certificate of Incorporation, (a) violate any governing document, including any trust agreement, applicable to such Exchange Stockholder, (b) violate any law or order applicable to such Exchange Stockholder, (c) assuming the waiver or inapplicability of any and all rights of first refusal or co-sale held by the Company or the Company’s stockholders that are applicable to the transactions contemplated hereby, constitute a material default under any provision of any agreement or other instrument binding upon such Exchange Stockholder, or (d) result in the creation or imposition of any lien on such Exchange Stockholder’s Class B Shares, other than restrictions on transfer arising under applicable securities laws or as set forth or contemplated by this Agreement, the Certificate of Incorporation or any other agreements to which such Exchange Stockholder and the Company are a party.

(d) Restricted Securities; Rule 144. Such Exchange Stockholder understands that the Class B Shares are characterized as “restricted securities” under the Securities Act because such shares are being acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a public offering and in exchange for shares acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a public offering, and that under the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder the Class B Shares may be resold without registration under the Securities Act only in certain limited circumstances, and subject to the restrictions under the Company’s certificate of incorporation. Such Exchange Stockholder understands and hereby acknowledges that the Class B Shares must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is otherwise available. Such Exchange Stockholder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which provide a safe harbor for certain resales of shares purchased in a transaction not involving a public offering, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.

(e) Legends. It is understood that any certificate or book entry position representing the Class B Shares and any securities issued in respect thereof or exchange therefor, shall bear legends in substantially the following form (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws or agreements to which the Exchange Stockholder is a party):

“THE SHARES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SHARES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SHARES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.”

(f) No Other Representations or Warranties. Except for the representations and warranties contained in this Section 2.1, neither any Exchange Stockholder nor any other person on behalf of any Exchange Stockholder has made any other express or implied representation or warranty, either written or oral. The Company acknowledges and agrees that it has not received or relied upon any express or implied representation or warranty made by any Exchange Stockholder or any other person on behalf of any Exchange Stockholder outside of this Agreement.

 

3


2.2 Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company hereby represents and warrants to each Exchange Stockholder, with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, as follows:

(a) Corporate Existence and Power. The Company is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

(b) Corporate Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby are within the corporate powers of the Company and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company and the Company’s stockholders, subject to compliance with Section 2.2(c) and the approval of and adoption by the Company’s stockholders of the Certificate of Incorporation. Any and all rights of first refusal or co-sale held by the Company or the Company’s stockholders that are applicable to the transactions contemplated hereby have been waived or are otherwise inapplicable. Assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by each Exchange Stockholder, this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms (subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity).

(c) Valid Issuance of Shares. The Class B Shares, when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The Class B Shares shall have the rights, restrictions, privileges and preferences set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation and the bylaws of the Company.

(d) Governmental Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby require no action by or in respect of, or filing with, any governmental authority other than (i) the filing by the Company of the Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, (ii) compliance by the Company with any applicable requirements of any applicable state or federal securities laws, and (iii) any filings required by the HSR Act.

(e) Non-contravention. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not, assuming compliance with the matters referred to in Section 2.2(c) and approval of and adoption by the Company’s stockholders of the Certificate of Incorporation, (i) violate the Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws of the Company, (ii) violate any law or order applicable to the Company, (iii) require any consent or other action by any person under, constitute a default under, or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any right obligation of the Company or to the loss of any benefit to which the Company is entitled under any provision of any agreement or other instrument binding upon the Company or (iv) result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance on the Class B Shares other than as set forth or contemplated by this Agreement or the Certificate of Incorporation.

(e) Litigation. There is no claim, action, suit, arbitration, criminal or civil proceeding or investigation pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, currently threatened that questions the validity of this Agreement, or the right of the Company to enter into this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

3. EFFECTIVENESS.

3.1 Effectiveness. This Agreement shall become effective concurrently with the Effective Time, which the parties hereto agree shall not occur until the applicable waiting period under the HSR Act shall have expired or been terminated, and the consents, actions and filings referred to in Sections 2.1(b) and 2.2(d) of this Agreement shall have been made and/or obtained.

4. MISCELLANEOUS.

4.1 Waiver of Right of First Refusal and Transfer Restrictions. The Company hereby waives or has obtained the waiver of any preexisting rights of first refusal, co-sale and other transfer restrictions applicable to the transactions contemplated hereby and fully consents to the Exchange contemplated herein.

 

4


4.2 Governing Plan Documents. In the event that any Class A Shares to be exchanged pursuant hereto are issued under the Company’s 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended, the “Plan”), the Class B Shares issued pursuant hereto shall remain subject to the terms of the Plan and the form of governing documentation thereunder, including any Stock Option Grant Notice and Option Agreement as well as, if applicable, any Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement or similar agreement.

4.3 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of law.

4.4 No Assignment. The terms and conditions of this Agreement, including all obligations and rights therein, may not be assigned.

4.5 Amend or Waive. This Agreement may be amended or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by a written instrument executed by each of the parties hereto.

4.6 Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision.

4.7 Entire Agreement. This Agreement shall constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing among the parties are expressly canceled.

4.8 Counterparts; Facsimile. This Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile signature, including electronic signatures, and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

4.9 Tax Consequences. The parties hereto intend that no gain or loss shall be recognized in the Exchange pursuant to Sections 368(a)(1)(E) and/or 1036 of the Code. The parties adopt this Agreement as a plan of reorganization within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.368-2(g) and 1.368-3(a). Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Exchange Stockholder has reviewed with his own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of the Exchange, investment in the Class B Shares and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each Exchange Stockholder is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, except for the representations and warranties of the Company expressly set forth in Section 2.2 above.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS.]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

SWEETGREEN, INC.
By:  

             

Name:  

             

Title:  

             

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SWEETGREEN, INC. EXCHANGE AGREEMENT]


EXHIBIT A

[Omitted]


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED and pursuant to that certain Exchange Agreement by and among the undersigned (“Exchange Stockholder”), Sweetgreen, Inc. (the “Company”) and the additional parties thereto, dated as of ____________, 2021, the Exchange Stockholder hereby assigns and transfers unto the Company the following number of the following shares of capital stock of the Company standing in Exchange Stockholder’s name on the Company’s books, in exchange for an equivalent number of shares of Class B Common Stock:

 

CLASS/SERIES

  

SHARES

Class A Common Stock    [___]

Transferor hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Secretary of the Company to transfer said stock on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

DATED: ____________, 2021

 

EXCHANGE STOCKHOLDER:
[___]
By:  

             

Name:  

             

Title:  

             

 

EXHIBIT B TO SWEETGREEN, INC. EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of the Registrant(1)(2)

The following is a list of subsidiaries of Sweetgreen, Inc, excluding certain subsidiaries that, in the aggregate as a single subsidiary, do not constitute a significant subsidiary.(3)

 

Name of Subsidiary

  

State of Incorporation

Spyce Food Co.

   Delaware

 

(1)

As of September 13, 2021.

(2)

Pursuant to item 601(b)(21)(ii) of Regulation S-K, the names of 27 consolidated wholly owned subsidiaries, all within the United States and carrying on the same line of business, have been omitted.

(3)

7 such subsidiaries have been excluded.

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated June 17, 2021, relating to the financial statements of Sweetgreen, Inc. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Los Angeles, California

October 25, 2021